Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/28?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 04:27:30 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[AUTHORIZATION BY THE GOVERNOR UNDER SECTION 58A]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2516

Title

AUTHORIZATION BY THE GOVERNOR UNDER SECTION 58A

Description






AUTHORIZATION BY THE GOVERNOR UNDER
SECTION 58A

(Cap. 115. section 58A)

[16 May 1980.1

In exercise of the powers conferred by section 58A of the
Immigration Ordinance. the Governor has on 7th day of May 1980
declared that all vessels manned or occupied by Members of Her
Majesty's Forces acting in the course of their duties. including members
of the Royal Hong Kong Regiment, to be authorized vessels and that all
persons in charge of such vessels may exercise the powers conferred by
section 58 of the said Ordinance.
L.N. 113/80.

Abstract

L.N. 113/80.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2516

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:02 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (TREATMENT OF DETAINEES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2515

Title

IMMIGRATION (TREATMENT OF DETAINEES) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (TREATMENT OF DETAINEES) ORDER
(Cap. 115, section 35(1))
[20 June 19801

L.N. 145 of 1980 L.N. 82 of 1981, R. Ed. 1981, L.N. 197 of 1982, L.N. 246 of 1985, L.N. 246 of
1988, L.N. 145 of 1989, L.N. 174 of 1989, L.N. 359 of 1989

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Treatment of Detainees) Order.

2. Treatment of detainees

A person detained in any place specified in Schedule 2 to this order shall be
accorded the treatment provided in the rules contained in Schedule 1 to this order.

(L.N. 82 of 1981)

SCHEDULE 1 (L.N. 82 of 1981) [para- 2]

RULES

1. Interpretation

In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

,,auxiliary office?' means a member of the Auxiliary Medical Service Unit established by the

Essential Services (Auxiliary Medical Services) Corps Regulations (Cap. 197 sub. leg.) or of the
Civil Aid Services Unit established by the Essential Services (Civil Aid Services) Corps Regulations
(Cap. 197 sub. leg.); -Centre- means any place specified in Schedule 2; (L.N. 82 of 1981)
'detainee' means a person detained in the Centre under the Ordinance; 'officer' means an
auxiliary officer and a public officer attached to or directed by the Government

to work at the Centre; 'Superintendent' means, the officer in charge of the Centre.

2. Search

(1) Every detainee may be searched on admission and at such times subsequently as the
Superintendent or any officer authorized by him may direct.

(2) The searching of a detainee shall be conducted with due regard to decency and self-
respect, and in as seemly a manner as is consistent with the necessity of discovering any
concealed articles.

(3) No detainee shall be stripped and searched in the sight of another detainee:

Provided that a child under the apparent age of 10 years may be stripped and searched in the
presence of its parent.

(4) No detainee shall be searched other than by an officer of the same sex.

3. Possession of articles

Any article found in the possession of a detainee may be seized and stored until the release,
removal or transfer of the detainee when such article shall be returned to him, unless possession
of





such article is prohibited, or authority for detention of such article is provided for, under some
other Ordinance.

4. Record of particulars of detaineers

A record may be maintained of each detainee and for this purpose an officer may require
from a detainee and take upon his admission and from time to time his name, age, height, weight,
particular marks, fingerprints, photograph and other measurements and particulars. No
photograph or particulars obtained under this rule shall be given to any person unless he is
officially authorized to receive it.

5. Medical examination

A medical officer may on admission and at any time thereafter examine a detainee and after
each such examination shall record the state of the health of the detainee and such other
particulars as he may deem necessary.

6. Disease or vermin

If any detainee is found to have any infectious or contagious disease or to be infested with
vermin, a report shall be made as soon as possible to a medical officer under whose direction
steps, including the vaccination or inoculation of detainees, shall be taken to treat the condition
and to prevent its transmission to other detainees.

7. Accommodation

A detainee shall occupy such accommodation as may be allocated to him by an officer, and
no detainee shall occupy any accommodation if directed by an officer not to do so.

8. Written communications

Subject to the approval of, and to such conditions as may be imposed by, the Superintendent
in his discretion, a detainee may send and receive letters at all reasonable times.

9. visits

A detainee shall not receive visitors except with the prior permission of the Superintendent
given in his discretion.

10. Roll-cad

A detainee shall muster at such times and places as may be required by an officer or by order
of the Superintendent for the purposes of roll-call.

11. Detainees to remain indoors between 8 p.m. and
7 a.m.

A detainee shall return to the accommodation allocated to him by 8 p.m. each night or such
later time as the Superintendent may allow and shall not leave the building in which the
accommodation is contained before 7 a.m. the following morning or such earlier time as the
Superintendent may allow.

12. Detainees not to enter certain
areas

A detainee shall not enter any part of the Centre in breach of any order of an officer or any
official notice prohibiting entry by the detainee to that part.





13. Confinement of
detainees

(1) A detainee who

(a) disobeys a lawful order of an officer;

(b) commits any assault;

(c)wilfully disfigures or damages any part of the Centre or any property which is not
his own;

(d) commits any nuisance; or

(e) contravenes or aids or abets the contravention of any of these rules, may, after due
inquiry and upon being afforded an opportunity to exculpate himself, be separately confined by
order of the Superintendent for a period not exceeding 7 days.

(2) Where in the opinion of the Superintendent, it is desirable either in the interests of a
detainee or in the interests of good order in the Centre that a detainee should he separately
confined, he may be so confined by order of the Superintendent:

Provided that he shall not be so confined for more than 7 days without his consent.

14. Violent detainee may he
restrained

A detainee who is violent may be physically and mechanically
restrained.

15. Complaints

(1) A detainee may complain to the Superintendent, or any officer authorized by the
Superintendent to receive complaints, regarding the treatment received by him or any other
detainee in the Centre.

(2) The Superintendent shall, as soon as practicable after a complaint has been made, record
and investigate that complaint and advise the detainee who made the complaint of the outcome
of his investigation.

SCHEDULE2 [para. 21

CENTRES

1. Kai Tak Vietnamese Boat People Departure Centre(L.N. 246 of 1988)

2-3. (Repealed L.N. 359 of1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2515

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:02 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANTS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2514

Title

IMMIGRATION (UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANTS) ORDER

Description






1986 Ed.]Immigration (Unauthorized Entrants) Order [CAP. 115 D
[Subsidiary]
IMMIGRATION (UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANTS) ORDERL.N. 194/79.
L.N. 142/80
(Cap. 115, section 37B) L.N, 51 186.

[7 August 1979.1

1. This order may be cited as the Immigration (Unauthorized Citation.
Entrants) Order.
2. (1) Subject to the exceptions specified in sub-para- Declaration of
graph (2), the following persons are declared to be unauthorized unauthorized
entrants- entrants.
(a) all persons resident or formerly resident in Vietnam;
(aa) all persons who leave, or seek to leave, the People's L.N. 142180.
Republic of China when not in possession of documents
issued in that country permitting them to do so in accord-
ance with its laws;
(b) all persons resident or formerly resident in Macau;
(c) all persons who are or have been in Macau, whether in
transit or in any other circumstances whatsoever.
(2) The following persons are excepted from the declaration in
sub-paragraph (1)-
(a) any person holding a travel document-
(i) in relation to which an exemption has been granted
under section 61(2) of the Ordinance; or
(ii) which bears an unexpired visa issued by or on
behalf of the Director of Immigration; and
(b) any person who has been granted permission to land by an
immigration officer or immigration assistant. L.N. 151186,
L.N. 194/79. L.N. 142/80. L.N. 151/86. Citation. Declaration of unauthorized entrants. L.N. 142/80. L.N. 151/86.

Abstract

L.N. 194/79. L.N. 142/80. L.N. 151/86. Citation. Declaration of unauthorized entrants. L.N. 142/80. L.N. 151/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2514

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:01 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (ANCHORAGES AND LANDING PLACES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2513

Title

IMMIGRATION (ANCHORAGES AND LANDING PLACES) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (ANCHORAGES AND LANDING PLACES) ORDER
(Cap. 115, section 60)

[1 April 19721

L.N. 66 of 1972 L.N. 259 of 1978, L.N. 19 of 1979, L.N. 432 of 1982, R. Ed. 1983, L.N. 312 of
1985,

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Anchorages and Landing Places)
Order.

2. Designation of approved immigration anchorages

The following places are designated as approved immigration anchorages

(a)for a vessel which regularly conveys passengers between Hong
Kong and Macau or Hong Kong and China, any terminal declared
under regulation 3 of the Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-
China and Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations (Cap. 313 sub. leg.);
(L.N. 312 of 1985);

(b)for any other ship, any immigration anchorage specified in Schedule
1.

3. Designation of approved landing places

The places specified in Schedule 2 are designated as approved landing places.

(L.N. 432 of 1982)

SCHEDULE1 [para- 21

Name of Anchorage Description

1. Eastern ImmigrationThe area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
Anchorage joining the following positions-

(a) latitude 22* 18' 21' north, longitude 114' 12'00' east;
(b) latitude 221 18' W north, longitude 114* 12' W east;

(c) latitude 221 18'04' north 1 longitude 114' 12' 18' east;

(d) latitude 22' 18' 2 l' north: longitude 114* 12' 29' east;
(e) latitude 22* 18'21' north, longitude 1141 12'00' east.







Name of Anchorage Description

II. Western ImmigrationThe area of the waters of Hong Kong bounded by straight lines
Anchorage joining the following positions-

(a) latitude 22' 19' 21' north, longitude 114' 06' 16.5' east;
(b) latitude 22' 18'30' north, longitude 114106'22' east;

(e) latitude 22' 18'21' north, longitude 114*06'03' cast;

(d) latitude 22' 19'03' north, longitude 114105'42' east.
(L.N. 19 of 1979; L.N. 432 of 1982; L.N. 312 of
1985)

SCHEDULE 2

Name of
Landing

Place

I. Hong Kong International Airport
II-V. (Repealed L.N. 312 of 1985)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2513

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:00 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (PLACES OF DETENTION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2512

Title

IMMIGRATION (PLACES OF DETENTION) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (PLACES OF DETENTION) ORDER
(Cap. 115, section 35(1))
[21 February 19751

L.N. 50 of 1975 L.N. 109 of 1975, L.N. 110 of 1975, L.N. 119 of 1975, L.N. 134 of 1975, L.N.
265 of 1975, L.N. 282 of 1977, L.N. 31 of 1978, L.N. 260 of 1978, L.N. 282 of 1978, L.N.
283 of 1978, L.N. 6 of 1979, L.N. 12 of 1979, L.N. 22 of 1979, L.N. 23 of 1979, L.N. 24 of
1979, L.N. 42 of 1979, L.N. 63 of 1979, L.N. 69 of 1979, L.N. 102 of 1979, L.N. 128 of
1979, L.N. 136 of 1979, L.N. 167 of 1979, L.N. 174 of 1979, L.N. 182 of 1979, L.N. 185 of
1979, L.N. 238 of 1979, L.N. 144 of 1980, L.N. 181 of 1980, LA 218 of 1980, L.N. 241 of
1980, L.N. 290 of 1980, L.N. 295 of 1980, L.N. 336 of 1980, L.N. 59 of 1981, L.N. 81 of
1981, L.N. 154 of 1981, L.N. 256 of 1981, L.N. 5 of 1982, L.N. 198 of 1982, L.N. 344 of
1982, L.N. 300 of 198-7, L.N. 327 of 1983, L.N. 361 of 1983, L.N. 352 of 1984, L.N. 248 of
1985, L.N. 249 of 1985, L.N. 22 of 1986, L.N. 241 of 1986, L.N. 29 of 1987, L.N. 260 of
1987, L.N. 265 of 1987, L.N. 268 of 1987, L.N. 274 of 1987, L.N. 361 of 1987, L.N. 429 of
1987, R. Ed. 1987, L.N. 150 of 1988, L.N. 183 of 1988, L.N. 206 of 1988, L.N. 245 of
1988, L.N. 275 of 1988, L.N. 296 of 1988, R. Ed. 1988, L.N. 13 of 1989, L.N. 93 of 1989,
L.N. 144 of 1989, L.N. 153 of 1989, L.N. 167 of 1989, L.N. 173 of 1989, L.N. 213 of 1989,
L.N. 224 of 1989, L.N. 238 of 1989, L.N. 274 of 1989, L.N. 323 of 1989, L.N. 326 of 1989,
L.N. 358 of 1989, L.N. 384 of 1989,

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Places of Detention) Order.

2. Places of detention

The places specified in Schedules 1, 2 and 3 shall be places at which a person
required or authorized to be detained by or under the Ordinance may be so detained.

3. Application of Prison Rules

A person detained in any place set out in Schedule 1 shall receive the same
treatment as that which is accorded to a person committed to prison for safe custody
in any of the circumstances specified in rule 188(1) of the Prison Rules (Cap. 234 sub.
leg.) and, mutatus mutandis, rules 189 to 2017 (inclusive) of the Prison Rules (Cap.
234 sub. leg.) shall apply to him.

3A. Power to modify privileges under Prison Rules

Notwithstanding paragraph 3, the privileges specified in rules 203 and 206 of
the Prison Rules (Cap. 234 sub. leg.) may be modified or withdrawn

(a)by the Commissioner of Correctional Services in his discretion in
respect of a person detained in a place specified in Schedule 1 of
which he has the control;





(b)by the Commissioner of Police in his discretion in respect of a person
detained in a place specified in Schedule 1 of which he has the control.

(L.N. 63 of 1979; L.N. 102 of 1979; L.N. 167 of 1979)

3B. Use of telephone

Notwithstanding paragraph 3, a person detained in that part of Victoria Prison
known as Victoria Immigration Centre and occupied by the Immigration Department
may, upon request made to the Commissioner of Correctional Services or to the
Director, be permitted at all reasonable times to make use of a telephone provided for
the bona fide purpose of communicating with his legal advisers, relatives or friends.

(L.N. 59 of 1981)

4. Treatment of young persons

A person, who in the opinion of an immigration officer is under the age of 16
years, may be detained in any place set out in Schedule 2 and shall receive the same
treatment as that which is accorded to a child or young person detained in a place of
refuge under section 34E of the Protection of Women and Juveniles Ordinance (Cap.
213).

SCHEDULE1 [paras. 2 31

1 The sites and buildings from time to time set apart for the purposes of prisons under the
Prisons Ordinance (Cap. 234) and which are specified in the Schedule to the Prisons Order
(Cap. 234 sub. leg.).

2.Addiction Treatment Centres from time to time appointed under the Drug Addiction
Treatment Centres Ordinance (Cap. 244) and which are set out in the Addiction Treatment
Centre (Consolidation) Order (Cap. 244 sub. leg.).

3. Any police station.

4. Custodial wards of the Queen Mary Hospital and Queen Elizabeth Hospital.

5. San Uk Ling Holding Centre.

6-11. (Repealed L.N. 358 of 1989) 12. Green Island Reception Centre. 13-22. (Repealed L.N.
358 of1989)

(L.N. 93 of 1989)

SCHEDULE2 [paras. 2 41

1. The Chuk Yuen Children's Reception Centre.

2. The Ma Tau Wai Girls'Home.





3. The Begonia Road Boys'Home.

4. The Pui Yin Juvenile Home. (L.N. 22 of 1986)

SCHEDULE3 [para. 21

1 The Immigration Department Detention Quarters within the Hong Kong Airport Building.

2.The area of the 13th floor of the Wanchai Tower 11, 7 Gloucester Road, occupied by the
Immigration Department set aside as a detention room. (L.N. 384 of 1989)

3. Victoria Road Centre. (L.N. 336 of 1980)

4.The area of the Hong Kong-Macau Ferry Terminal occupied by the Immigration Department
set aside as a detention room. (L.N.119of1975)

5.The area of the first floor of the China Ferry Terminal, Canton Road, Tsimshatsui occupied
by the Immigration Department set aside as detention quarters. (L.N. 296 of 1988)

6. The military camp at Dills Corner, New Territories. (L.N. 282 of 1978)

7.Rooms 13128, 1 1E/13A, 8W/16A, 8W/19 and 8W/18A and the West Wing of Ward 10 of
the British Military Hospital, Kowloon. (L.N. 12 of 1979)

8-9. (Repealed L.N. 249 of 1985)

10. (Repealed L.N. 358 of 1989)

11. (Repealed L.N. 198 of 1982)

12.The area of the 5th floor of the Yu Yuet Lai Building, No. 43-55 Wyndham Street, occupied
by the Immigration Department set aside as a detention room. (L.N. 256 of 1981)

13. (Repealed L.N. 275 qf 1988)
14. Kai Tak Vietnamese Boat People Departure Centre.(L.N. 245 of 1988)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2512

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:00 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2511

Title

IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS

Description






IMMIGRATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 115, section 59)

[1 April 1972.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Immigration
Regulations.

2. (1) Permission given to a person to land in Hong Kong as
a visitor shall be subject to the following conditions of stay-

(a)he shall not take any employment, whether paid or
unpaid;

(b) he shall not establish or join in any business; and

(c)he shall not become a student at a school, university or
other educational institution.

(2) Permission given to a person to land in Hong Kong in
transit shall be subject to the condition of stay that he shall not
remain in Hong Kong after the departure of the ship on which he
arrived in Hong Kong.

(3) Permission given to a person to land in Hong Kong
as a student shall be subject to the following conditions of
stay-

(a)that he shall become a student only at a specified school,
university or other educational institution and undertake
such course of study as may be approved by the Director;
and

(b) that he shall not-
(i) take any employment, whether paid or unpaid; or
(ii) establish or join in any business.

(4) Permission given to a person to land in Hong Kong for
employment shall be subject to the condition of stay that he shall
only take such employment or establish or join in such business as
may be approved by the Director.

(5) Permission given to a person to land in Hong Kong as a
contract seaman shall be subject to the condition of stay that he





shall, not remain in Hong Kong after the departure of a specified ship or
later than 14 days after the date of landing, whichever is earlier.

3. The Director, on payment of the prescribed fees, if any, may issue
in such form as he may determine, and may renew

(a)an identity book, and a certificate of nationality and a
certificate of identity, for a seaman;

(b) a certificate of identity;

(c) an entry permit and a re-entry permit;

(d) a visitor's permit for a resident of Macau;

(e) a document of identity; and

(f) a Vietnamese refugee card.

4. The immigration examination signal referred to in section 3(1) of
the Ordinance shall be

(a)by day, the letters H.N.N., shown by means of signal flags;
and

(b)by night, three lights coloured white in a vertical line one over
the other, equally spaced at distances of not less than 1 m and
visible from any direction at a distance of at least 1 nautical
mile.

5. A notice required to be furnished by the captain of a ship to an
immigration officer under section 6(1)(a)(i) or section 6(2)(a)(i) of the
Ordinance shall- contain the following particulars of each member of the
crew

(a)his given names, surname or patronymic, rating, date of birth
and nationality;

(b)the date on which and place where. he first signed on as
such;and

(c) the number of his current seaman's book held.

6. A notice required to be furnished by the captain of a ship to an
immigration officer under section 6(1)(a)(ii) or section 6(2)(a)(ii) shall
contain the following particulars of each passenger--

(a)his given names, surname or patronymic, occupation, date of
birth, nationality and permanent address;

(b)his port of embarkation and the port of disembarkation; and

(c) the number of his passport or other travel document.





7. A notice required to be furnished by the captain of an aircraft to
an immigration officer under section 6(3) of the Ordinance shall contain
the following particulars of the passengers

(a)the given names, surname or patronymic and nationality of
each passenger;

(b)the number of passengers who embarked at the last departure
place of the aircraft;

(c)the number of passengers who were on the same flight before
it landed at the last departure place of the aircraft;

(d)the number of passengers disembarking in Hong Kong; and

(e)the number of passengers continuing on the same flight from
Hong Kong.

7A. A notice under section 13A(2) or (4) of the Ordinance required
to be given to a Vietnamese refugee under section 13A(5) of the
Ordinance may be given

(a) to him personally; or

(b)where in the opinion of an immigration office it is not
practicable to give the notice personally, in the; following
manner

(i) in the case of a person who is a member of a family, to
the head of the family;

(ii) in the case of a person who is a passenger on board, or a
member of the crew of, a ship, to the captain of the ship;

(iii) in the case of a person who is employed, to his
employer;

(iv) by publishing the notice in a publication circulated in
the refugee centre in which the person normally resides;

(v) by posting the notice on a notice board in the refugee
centre in which the person normally resides; or

(vi) by broadcasting the notice, on not less than 2 different
days, over a loudspeaker, or in any other manner, in the
refugee centre in which the person normally resides.

8. The photograph required by an immigration officer or immigration
assistant to be furnished under section 15(1) of the Ordinance shall be
not smaller than 50 mm by 40 mm nor larger than 60 mm by 50 min.





9. (1) The practice and procedure on an inquiry held by a
Deportation Tribunal under section 23 of the Ordinance shall be
such as the president of the Tribunal may determine.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), a
Deportation Tribunal may receive and consider any evidence which
it considers relevant in carrying out its functions under the
Ordinance, notwithstanding that the evidence would not be
admissible in a court in Hong Kong under the law relating to
evidence.

9A. (1) The practice and procedure on an appeal to the
Tribunal under section 53A of the Ordinance shall, subject to
paragraph (2), be such as the chief adjudicator may determine.

(2) The Third Schedule shall have effect for the purpose of
regulating appeals to the Tribunal.

10. The forms set out in the First Schedule are prescribed for
the purposes of the Ordinance.

11. (1) The fees set out in the Second Schedule shall be
payable for the issue or renewal of documents issued by or on behalf
of the Director of Immigration and for visas and other matters
arising under the Ordinance.

(2) If the fee payable for a visa issued by a state to a British
citizen, a British Dependent Territories citizen or a British Overseas
citizen differs from the fee specified in the Second Schedule as
payable for a visa of the same class, the fee payable by a national of
such state for a visa of that class shall be the fee payable on the grant
thereof in the United Kingdom and shall be converted into the
equivalent amount of Hong Kong currency.

(3) If the fee payable under paragraph (2) includes-

(a)a number of cents which is less than 50 the number of cents
shall be disregarded;

(b)50 or more cents such number of cents shall be regarded as
one dollar.

(4) Any fee payable under paragraph (1) may be remitted or
refunded by the Director in such cases as the Governor may direct.





FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 10.]

FORM NO. IA

IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HONG KONG


IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

(Cap. 115)


Section 5(4) and (5)


ARRIVAL CARD


Please write clearly
Do not fold

PART A

Family name (in capitals) Sex


Given names (in capitals)

Travel document No. Place and date of issue


Nationality Date of birth


day /month /year

PART B Address in Hong Kong

Place of birth


Home address


Flight No./ship's name From





Signature of traveller


All travellers should complete Parts A and B except that travellers from Macau
who are not Macau residents need complete only Part A

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY


IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HONG KONG

IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE

(Cap. 115)

Section 5(4) and (5)

DEPARTURE CARD


Please retain in
passport Do not fold

PART A

Family name (in capitals) Sex

Given names (in capitals)







Travel document No. Place and date of issue


Nationality Date of birth

day /month /year

PART B Address in Hong Kong

Place of birth


Home address


Flight No./ship's name Destination



Signature of traveller

P.T.O.

All travellers should complete Parts A and B except that travellers to Macau who
are not Macau residents need complete only Part A



FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY



Information for Hong Kong Tourist Association

Are you travelling with a group of 10 or more? Yes No






FORM NO. 1B

IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HONG KONG

IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE


(Cap. 115)


Section 5(4) and (5)



DEPARTURE CARD


Please write clearly

Do not fold

PART A

Family name (in capitals) sex


Given names (in capitals)

Travel document No. Place and date of issue


Nationality Date of birth

day /month /year
PART B Address in Hong Kong
Place of birth


Home address


Flight No./ship's name Destination

Signature of traveller

P.T.O.





All travellers should complete Parts A and B except that travellers to Macau who
are not Macau residents need complete only Part A

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY


Information for Hong Kong Tourist Association

Are you travelling with a group of 10 or more? Yes No



FORM No. 2


IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 11(8)

RECOGNIZANCE


WHEREAS ........................................

of ........................................................................................................................


is an immigrant in respect of whom the condition(s) of stay specified below

is/are in force under the Immigration Ordinance:






Now-

The said ............................or
.....................................A
....................................
of ..................................being the


captain/ owner/agent of the owner/of the ship/aircraft of which the
said .....................................................................................................................

is a member of the crew;

....................................
Of ..................................and



....................................

of ........................................................................................................................


hereby acknowledges/ acknowledge that he/they severally will pay to the Crown

the following sum/sums-
the said ............the sum of



*the said ..........the sum of



*the said ..........the sum of



if the said ................fails to comply with the



following condition(s) of stay-



Signed by-
the said ...........................................................



*the said ........................ .......................



*the said ................................................



on the ......day of ............19


in the presence of
........................................................................................................








.........................
Signature


* Delete where inapplicable.





FORM NO.3

IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE


(Chapter 115)


Section 14(1)

ALIEN REGISTRATION CARD

By virtue of section 14(1) of the Immigration Ordinance, an alien within

Hong Kong who-

(a) attains the age of 16 years; or



(b) having previously been exempted from that subsection or section


5(4)(b), 5(a)(ii) or (5)(b)(ii) (otherwise than by reason of his age),



ceases to be so exempted,

must, within one month thereafter, furnish this form, duly completed, to the

Director.

1. Male. Surname (Capitals) ....................................................................



Female. Other names
................................................................................

2. Nationality
.................................................................................

3. Passport Number
.........................................................................................


4. Place of Issue
...........................................................................................
....

5. Date of Issue
...........................................................................................
....

6. Date of Expiry
7. Place of Birth ......................................................

8. Date of Birth
...........................................................................................
.....

9.Original Port of Embarkation


..................................................................... m it jig

10. Full Permanent Address


...........................

11. Address in Hong Kong


........

12. Signature







FORM No. 4



IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE


(Chapter 115)

Section 29(1)


WARRANT FOR DETENTION

WHEREAS it appears to me-

(a)that there are reasonable grounds for inquiry as to whether


Of .............................................................................................................

ought to be deported under section 20 of the Immigration Ordinance;

and

(b) that such person should be detained for the purposes of or during

such inquiry:


NOW, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 29(1)

of the Immigration Ordinance, 1 hereby authorize the detention of the said

.............................
................................................................................................

for a period of 14 days ending on the day


Of ................. 19.


Dated this ......................day of 19


Secretary for Security.


FORM NO.5

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 29(2)

WARRANT FOR FURTHER DETENTION

WHEREAS it appears to me that .............


............ of






being a person who is detained under a detention warrant should be further

detained-

Now, THEREFORE in exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 29(2)

of the Immigration Ordinance, 1 hereby authorize the further detention of

the said

for a period of 7 days ending on the day of

19.......

Dated this .day of 19



..........................................................
Secretary for Security.


Insert here the reasons for further detention under section 29(2) of the Immigration Ordinance.

FORM NO.6

IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 31(1)

WARRANT FOR DETENTION

WHEREAS
In

(a)...................................................................... of



is in Hong Kong in contravention of a deportation order in force






in respect of him and is to be removed from Hong Kong under


section 25 of the Immigration Ordinance,
and

(b) it appears to me-

(i) that the continued presence of such person in Hong Kong is



necessary for the time being in connection with inquiries being

carried on into activities of the said ..................................................


.............................

or of another person, which are prejudicial to the security of

Hong Kong; and



(ii) that the said


may abscond if he is not detained:


NOW, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 31(1)

of the Immigration Ordinance, I hereby authorize the detention of the said

.....................................
for a period of 14 days, ending on the day


of .................19

Dated this ..day of ..............19

Governor.

FORM NO.7


IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 115)
Section 31(2)
WARRANT FOR FURTHER DETENTION



WHEREAS it appears to me that
....................................................................................

............................... of







being a person who is detained under a warrant issued under section 31(1)







of the Immigration Ordinance, should be further detained for the purposes

referred to in section 31(1) of the Ordinance:


Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 31(2)



of the Immigration Ordinance, 1 hereby authorize the detention of the said

........................................................................................................................
....

for a period of 7 days ending on the day of

19


Dated this ..day of .............19



Governor.



FORM NO.8

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 36(1)

RECOGNIZANCE

WHEREAS .................................................................................................................... of
........................................................................................................................

*is detained under section 27, 28, 30, 32 or 34 of the Immigration Ordinance:

*is liable to be detained under section 27, 28, 30, 32 or 34 of the Immigration
Ordinance and is not now so detained:

Nowthe said
...............................................................................................................

............of ................. and
............of ......................

hereby acknowledges/acknowledge that he/they severally will pay to the Crown the

following sum/sums-
the said .................the sum of

*the said ...................... the sum of
*the said ................the sum of 5
if the said ..................................................... fails
to report to-
(a)* the duty officer .... Police
station on every .........between the

hours of .............and


(b)* the duty officer, Investigation Division, Immigration Department on every

..............A ............................
between the hours of 0900 and 1700

Sa .. Saturday afternoons and public holidays
excepted)

Saturday a

commencing ............................ until this

recognizance ceases to have effect.

Signed bythe said
...............................................................................................................

*the said
...............................................................................................................

*the said
...............................................................................................................

on the ..........................day of
........19

in the presence of .................................

Signature.

Delete here inappropriate.

complete in case of police recognizance.

(b) complete in case of Immigration Department recognizance.




1987




FORM NO. 8A

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 36(3)

RECOGNIZANCE

IN TEE MAGISTRATE'S COURT AT IN HONG KONG.

WHEREAS .................................................................................................................... Of
........................................................................................................................
may become liable to be detained under section 32(2) of the Immigration
Ordinance:

Nowthe said
...............................................................................................................

................................................ of and

............ of .

hereby acknowledges/ acknowledge that he/they severally will pay to the Crown the

following sum/sums-
the said .................the sum of 5
*the said ................the sum of
*the said ................the sum of
if the said ..............fails to report to

the duty officer, Investigation Division, Immigration Department on every

.................. .between the hours of 0900 and 1700

(Saturday afternoons and public holidays excepted) commencing ..............................

until this recognizance ceases to have
effect.

Signed by

the said
...............................................................................................................

*the said
...............................................................................................................

*the said ..................................................................

Taken before me the ...............day of ............................................... 19

Explained by

..... ................. .. .. .. .. .......
.

Sworn Interpreter. Magistrate. rate
(or Magistrate's Clerk)
*Delete where inappropriate











FORM NO. 8B

IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 37G/46A*

APPLICATION FOR FORFEITURE OF PROPERTY

IN THE MAGISTRATE'S COURT AT IN HONG
KONG.

In exercise of the powers conferred on the Attorney General under section

37G/46A* of the Immigration Ordinance 1 ...................

pursuant to an authorization by the Attorney General under section 7 of the Legal
Officers Ordinance hereby apply for the forfeiture of
..................................................

..........................
.........................................................................

....................... .....

(here insert description of property) ............................................................

Dated this day of 19

.................

(Signature)

Delete where inappropriate.







FORM NO.9



IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE


(Chapter 115)

Section 48(1)



APPLICATION FOR FORFEITURE OF A SHIPIVEHICLE


IN THE MAGISTRATE'S COURT AT ..IN HONG
KONG.



Pursuant to section 48(1) of the Immigration Ordinance, I
..................................

..................... Director of Immigration, hereby

apply for the forfeiture of
...........................................................................................



(here insert description of the ship or vehicle)
.............................................................


The name and address of the claimant, as specified in a notice of claim

given under section 47(6) of the
Immigration Ordinance, is ........................................

.........

...........

Dated this day of ...............19


Director of Immigration.





FORM NO. 10



IMMIGRATION
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 115)

Section 48(2)


SUMMONS TO CLAIMANT ON APPLICATION FOR FORFEITURE


IN THE MAGISTRATES COURT AT ...IN HONG
KONG.

..
..................... Applicant.
.....................

and


................ ...Claimant.

. ....................

To the said claimant ...................................................................................................



Application having been made under section 48(1) of the Immigration


Ordinance for the forfeiture of
...................................................................................


....................................
This summons requires you to appear on the day



of ......... .....19 ....at o'clock in the

A H
noon, at the Magistrate's Court at

in Hong Kong before a magistrate on the hearing of the said application.


Dated this day of .....19


..........................

Magistrate.

P.T.O. FOR CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE.









(Back)


CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
it m BA 4

(To be completed at time of service)

Served upon the within named ...................................................................................

by (here state method of service)
.................................................................................



.....................................



.....................................

Signature of process server and date







FORM NO. 11

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE



(Chapter 115)

Section 55(2)

RECOGNIZANCE


WHEREAS
...........................................................................................

of ........................................................................................................................

is required by the Governor in Council under section 55(2) of the

tion Ordinance to enter into this recognizance on the by the


Governor in Council, subject to the condition(s) specified below, of the


deportation order made against him:

Now-

the said .........................................................................

........................................................ of
and



......................................... of


hereby acknowledges/acknowledge that he/they severally will pay to the Crown



the following sum/sums-

the said ........the sum of



*the said ........the sum of


......................
*the said ............the sum of



if the said ................fails to comply with the
............................






following condition(s)

Signed by

the said ................................................



*the said .........................................
......


*the said ........ ......... ...........................

on the .....day of .............................. 19


in the presence of
........................................................................................................


...............................

Signature.

* Delete where inapplicable.





SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. I L]

FEES PAYABLE UNDER THE
ORDINANCE

Fee

Item Document or Circumstance
1-3. [Deleted, L.N. 71/87.]

4. Seaman's identity book valid for 5 years 55.00
5. Renewal of a seaman's identity book valid for 5 years 40.00
6. Seaman's certificate of nationality and identity 55.00
7. Renewal of a seaman's certificate of nationality and identity 10.00
8. Ordinary visa ..................115.00
9. Transit visa ....................60.00
10.......Change of conditions of stay or extension of limit of stay 115.00

11. Hong Kong Certificate of Identity (whether of full or restricted

validity)-

(i) 44-page certificate .........150.00
(ii) 92-page certificate ........300.00

12- Multiple re-entry permit (whether of full or restricted validity) 35.00
13. First extension of the validity of a multiple re-entry permit of
restricted validity, unless the full fee was paid on first issue 25.00
14. Re-entry permit valid for 1 visit10.00
15. Visitor's permit for resident of Macau valid for 1 visit 25.00

16. Visitor's permit for resident of Macau for multiple visits and

valid for 1 year .............45.00

16A. Visitor's permit, valid for 1 visit, for resident of Macau who was

formerly resident in China and settled in Macau after 14
January 1979 ...................115.00

17............................Entry permit 115.00



18. Endorsement to a travel document for which no specific fee is

provided ......................40.00

19. Service charge for supplying, on application, a copy of any

document, or for making or forwarding, or both, a request or

recommendation to any authority of a foreign state or
Commonwealth country, for consular or nationality
registration or for the issue or renewal of a passport or other
travel document or of a document of identity or for the grant

of a visa or entry permit .....45.00

20. [Deleted, L.N. 59185.1

21. Document of identity valid for 7 years-

(i) 44-page document ..........115.00







(ii)...........................92-page document 230.00





THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 9A.]

1. The Director of Immigration shall cause every notice of appeal to be
delivered to the chief adjudicator, or any adjudicator nominated by the chief
adjudicator as soon as is practicable.

2. The Tribunal shall deal with an appeal as expeditiously as is practicable, and
for that purpose may sit at any time.

3. (1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3), an appeal to the Tribunal shall be
heard and determined by 2 adjudicators sitting together.

(2) The Tribunal shall allow an appeal if either adjudicator hearing the appeal
considers that the appeal should be allowed under section 53D(1) of the Ordinance.

(3) The power under section 53C of the Ordinance to dismiss an appeal
without a hearing shall be exercised by 2 adjudicators who need not consider the
appeal together, but each of whom shall record his decision in writing.

4. An appeal shall be heard in private:

Provided that the Tribunal may, if it thinks proper, permit any person to be
present at the hearing.

5. A Tribunal may consider any matter which appears to it to be relevant to
any ground of appeal permitted by the Ordinance notwithstanding the omission of
any reference to such matter in the notice of appeal, and may receive and consider
any evidence which appears to it to be relevant to the issues before it
notwithstanding that the evidence would not be admissible in a court of law.

6. The Director of Immigration shall be the respondent to an appeal and may
be represented by an immigration officer.

7. An appellant may, if the Tribunal thinks fit so to allow, be represented at
the hearing by counsel or a solicitor who is authorized by the appellant to appear as
his representative, and where the appellant is so represented, the Tribunal may also
allow the Director of Immigration to be represented by counsel or a solicitor.

8. (1) The Director of Immigration shall, as soon as practicable after notice of
appeal is given, cause

(a)a written summary of the facts of the case and of the reasons for the
removal order to be prepared and to be referred to the Tribunal; and

(b)a copy thereof to be given to the appellant and read over to him in a
language he understands if he is unable to read it for himself.

(2) It shall not be necessary for the Director of Immigration to comply with
sub-paragraph (1) if he is of the opinion that it is not practicable to do so having
regard to the time available before the hearing of the appeal; but in any such case
an oral statement of the facts of the case and of the reasons for the removal order
shall be given at the. hearing of the appeal.

9. (1) The Tribunal shall, if there is to be a hearing, cause notice in writing to
be given as soon as is practicable to the Director of Immigration and to the
appellant stating the time and place of the hearing.

(2) It shall be the duty of the Director of Immigration to secure, subject to
paragraph 11, the attendance at the hearing notified under sub-paragraph (1), of
any appellant who is in custody.

10. (1) The Tribunal may, on its own motion or, if it thinks fit, on the
application of an appellant or of the Director of Immigration, by summons require
any person to attend as a witness at the hearing of an appeal at such time and place
as may be specified in the summons, and at the hearing to answer any questions or






produce any documents in his possession, custody or power which relate to any
issue in the appeal.

(2)(a) Notwithstanding sub-paragraph (1), no person shall be compelled to
give 'any evidence or produce any document which he could not he
compelled to give or produce in proceedings in a court of law.





(b)Nothing in this sub-paragraph shall entitle any person to refuse to give
any evidence or to produce any document on the ground only that such
evidence or document would not be admissible in a court of law and that
accordingly he could not be compelled to give or produce it.

(3) The Tribunal may required any witness to give evidence on oath or
affirmation.

(4) For the purpose of this paragraph, the Tribunal and any adjudicator shall
have the same powers in relation to witnesses as a magistrate would have under
sections 21 and 22 of the Magistrates Ordinance in proceedings under Part 11 of
that Ordinance, and a summons to a witness shall be in such form as the chief
adjudicator may determine.

(5)(a) The Tribunal may allow in respect of a witness who attends at the
hearing of an appeal to give evidence (including professional or expert
evidence) a professional witness allowance, expert witness allowance or
loss allowance, as the case may be, not exceeding the professional witness
allowance, expert witness allowance or loss allowance that a magistrate
may allow under the Criminal Procedure (Witnesses' Allowances) Rules in
respect of a witness who attends to give evidence in criminal proceedings.

(b)Any sum allowed under sub-sub-paragraph (a) shall cease to be payable
unless claimed within 3 months from the date on which it was allowed.

11. (1) Where an appeal has not been disposed of by the adjudicators hearing
it, the chief adjudicator shall make arrangements, if he is of the opinion that it is
not practicable for the appeal to be detemitined by those adjudicators, or
determined without undue delay by those adjudicators, for the appeal to be dealt
with by one of those adjudicators and another adjudicator or 2 other adjudicators;
and the appeal may be dealt with accordingly.

(2) Where the adjudicators hearing an appeal consider that the appeal should,
for any reason, be dealt with by one of them and another adjudicator, or by 2 other
adjudicators, they may make arrangements for the appeal to be so dealt with; and
the appeal may be dealt with accordingly.

12. The Tribunal may hear an appeal in the absence of the appellant-

(a)if the appellant refuses or declines to appear when given the opportunity
to do so; or

(b) if satisfied that-

(i) by reason of illness or injury the appellant cannot attend the
hearing; or

(ii) if the appellant did attend the hearing he would present a threat to
the health or safety of other persons at the hearing,

and that it would be proper in all the circumstances to proceed in the absence of
the appellant.

13. The Tribunal shall keep a summary or record of proceedings in every
appeal which comes before it in such form as the chief adjudicator may determine.
L.N. 63/72. L.N. 118/72. L.N. 7/74. L.N. 110/74. L.N. 60/76. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 8/77. L.N. 107/77. L.N. 268/77. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 84/79. L.N. 178/79. L.N. 85/80. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 300/80. L.N. 327/80. L.N. 175/81. L.N. 422/82. L.N. 181/84. L.N. 254/84. L.N. 59/85. L.N. 153/86. 27 of 1987. L.N. 71/87. L.N. 117/87. Citation. Conditions of stay. Issue of documents. L.N. 71/87. Prescribed immigration examination signal. L.N. 268/77. L.N. 103/80. Prescribed particulars of the crew of a ship. Prescribed particulars of passengers on board a ship. Prescribed particulars of passengers on board an aircraft. Prescribed manner for giving notices. L.N. 175/81. Photographs. L.N. 103/80. Practice and procedure of Deportation Tribunals. Practice and procedure on appeals to the Tribunal. L.N. 300/80. Third Schedule. Forms. First Schedule. Fees. Second Schedule. L.N. 422/82. L.N. 118/72. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 8/77. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 85/80. L.N. 181/84. L.N. 59/85. 27 of 1987, s. 2. L.N. 117/87. L.N. 117/87. L.N. 153/86. L.N. 300/80. Duty of Director of Immigration in respect of notices of appeal. Expediting appeals. Appeals to be heard by 2 adjudicators. Hearings to be in private. Tribunal not confined to grounds set out in notice of appeal. Respondent on an appeal. Representation of appellant. Director of Immigration to prepare facts for Tribunal. Notice of hearing date and securing attendance of appellant. Witnesses and evidence. (Cap. 227.) L.N. 254/84. (Cap. 221, sub. leg.) Transfer of hearing to other adjudicators. Hearings in absence of appellant. Record of proceedings.

Abstract

L.N. 63/72. L.N. 118/72. L.N. 7/74. L.N. 110/74. L.N. 60/76. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 8/77. L.N. 107/77. L.N. 268/77. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 84/79. L.N. 178/79. L.N. 85/80. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 300/80. L.N. 327/80. L.N. 175/81. L.N. 422/82. L.N. 181/84. L.N. 254/84. L.N. 59/85. L.N. 153/86. 27 of 1987. L.N. 71/87. L.N. 117/87. Citation. Conditions of stay. Issue of documents. L.N. 71/87. Prescribed immigration examination signal. L.N. 268/77. L.N. 103/80. Prescribed particulars of the crew of a ship. Prescribed particulars of passengers on board a ship. Prescribed particulars of passengers on board an aircraft. Prescribed manner for giving notices. L.N. 175/81. Photographs. L.N. 103/80. Practice and procedure of Deportation Tribunals. Practice and procedure on appeals to the Tribunal. L.N. 300/80. Third Schedule. Forms. First Schedule. Fees. Second Schedule. L.N. 422/82. L.N. 118/72. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 151/76. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 8/77. L.N. 103/80. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 279/77. L.N. 85/80. L.N. 181/84. L.N. 59/85. 27 of 1987, s. 2. L.N. 117/87. L.N. 117/87. L.N. 153/86. L.N. 300/80. Duty of Director of Immigration in respect of notices of appeal. Expediting appeals. Appeals to be heard by 2 adjudicators. Hearings to be in private. Tribunal not confined to grounds set out in notice of appeal. Respondent on an appeal. Representation of appellant. Director of Immigration to prepare facts for Tribunal. Notice of hearing date and securing attendance of appellant. Witnesses and evidence. (Cap. 227.) L.N. 254/84. (Cap. 221, sub. leg.) Transfer of hearing to other adjudicators. Hearings in absence of appellant. Record of proceedings.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2511

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:59 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2510

Title

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 115





CHAPTER 115

IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1 Short title ........................................
............................................ 6
2. Interpretation ................. .... 6

PARTIA

RIGHT OF ABODE IN HONG KONG

2A. Hong Kong permanent residents enjoy right of abode in Hong Kong ....... 10

PART 11

IMMIGRATION PROCEDURE

3. Arriving ships and aircraft ..........10

4. Examination of persons ............................. 11

5, Powers of Director and requirements in relation to examinations under

section 4 ...............................11
6. Returns to be furnished by captains of ships and aircraft, etc . 13

PART III

CONTROL OF IMMIGRATION

7. General provision as to immigration control 14

8. Resident British citizens and resident United Kingdom belongers have right to

land in Hong Kong .......................14
9. Special provisions as to members of crew of aircraft is
10. Special provisions as to servicemen . 16
11. Permission to land and conditions of stay 16

12. Special provisions as to giving of permission to land to members of ship's crew 18

13. Authority for illegal immigrant to remain 18

PART IIIA

VffiTNA~ ~GEES

13A. Special conditions of stay regarding Vietnamese refugees ........................ 18
13B. Appeals against warrants of detention 21





Section................................... Page
13BA......................................Lawfulness of detention 21

13C.....................Designation of refugee centres 1 22

13D......................................Detention pending decision as to permission to remain in Hong Kong, or
pending removal from Hong Kong ........22
13E......................................Removal from Hong Kong of Vietnamese refugees and persons detained
under section 13D .....................23
13F......................................Review by a Refugee Status Review Board 23
13G......................................Refugee Status Review Boards 25
13H......................................Designation of detention centres 25

PARTIV

SUPPLY OF PARTICULARS BY ALIENS AND BY
PERSONS
STAYING IN HOTELS OR 0~ LODGING PLACES

14.......................................Aliens to furnish particulars 27
15.......................................Powers to require alien to produce photographs 27
16.......................................Changes in furnished particulars 27
17.......................................Record of visitors to hotels, etc . 27
PARTIVA
REQUIREMENT TO CARRY PROOF OF IDENTITY
17A......................................Commencement and discontinuance 28
17B......................................Interpretation 29
17C......................................Carrying and production of proof of identity 29
17D......................................Arrest 30
17E......................................Examination of persons not carrying proof of identity 31

PARTIVB

PROHIBITION OF EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS
AND OTHERS

17F......................................Commencement and discontinuance 31
17G......................................Interpretation 32
17H......................................Transitional powers of employers 33
171......................................Offence to be employer of a person who is not lawfully employable 34
I7J......................................Employers to inspect documents of new employee 35

17M. Employers to inspect regularly Vietnamese refugee cards of employees and

termination of employment ..........7 35

17K......................................Records to be kept by employers 36
17L......................................Powers of enforcement 36
17LA.....................................Production of record or list 37
17M......................................Offences 37

17N. Presumption..............................................................................................................
..........................................38





Section Page
PARTY
POWER TO REMOVE OR DEPORT
18. Removal of persons refused permission to land and of members of ship's crew
who contravene certain conditions of stay 38
19. Power to order removal 39
20. Power to deport 40

21. Recommendation by court for deportation 41

22........................................Appointment of Deportation Tribunal 42
23........................................Inquiry by Deportation Tribunal 42
PART VI
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS AS TO REMOVAL AND DEPORTATION
24........................................Removal by immigration officer under section 18 43
25........................................Removal pursuant to removal order or deportation order 44

PART VII

DETENTION

26. Power to detain for inquiry .......... 45

27........................................Detention pending examination and decision as to landing 45
28........................................Detention pending determination of objection 46
29........................................Detention for inquiry as to deportation 46
30........................................Power to detain following recommendation of court for deportation 46
31........................................Detention of deportee for inquiries 47
32........................................Detention pending removal or deportation 47
33........................................Detention of persons on board ships or aircraft 48
34........................................Detention of person arrested under section 54(3) 49
35........................................General provisions as to detained persons 49
36........................................Recognizance as alternative to detention so
37........................................Recovery of cost of maintaining person detained under section 32(1) 51

PART VIIA

UNAUTHORIZED
ENTRANTS

37A.................Interpretation .......................... 51

37B.......................................Declaration of unauthorized entrants 52
37C.......................................Offence by crew etc., of ship carrying unauthorized entrants 52
37D.......................................Arranging passage to Hong Kong of unauthorized entrants 53

37DA. Assisting unauthorized entrant to remain 53





Section..................................... Page
37E...............................Forfeiture of ships 54
37F...................Determination of application for forfeiture 55
37G..............................Forfeiture of property 56
37H...................Compensation for seizure of ship or property 57

371. Entry of ships with unauthorized entrants may be permitted in certain

circumstances .........................57
37J.....................Prosecution for acts outside Hong Kong 58
37K.....................................Proof 58
31L...................Attorney General to consent to prosecution 59
37M..............................Expiry of this Part 59

PART VIIB
SPECIAL PROVISIONS

37N.......................................Interpretation 59
370.......................................Offence by crew etc., of ship carrying unauthorized entrants 60
37P.......................................Arranging passage of unauthorized entrants 61
37Q.......................................Forfeiture of ships 61
37R.......................................Application to this Part of provisions of Part VIIA 62
37S.......................................Additional powers and saving 62
37T.......................................Expiry of this Part 62

PART VIII
OFFENCES AND FORFEITURE
38.Prohibition of landing and remaining without permission, and penalty for

carrying illegal immigrant ............62
39. 9......................................Liability of captain of ship carrying persons seeking to land unlawfully 63
40. Aircraft passengers arriving without valid travel document 63
41. Breach of condition of stay ...........64

42. False statements, forgery of documents and use and possession of forged

documents ..........................64

43. Breach of deportation order, and landing from ship or aircraft in which

removal to be effected
............................................... 65

44........................................Miscellaneous offences 65
45........................................Continuance of an offence 66
46........................................Limitation of time for prosecution of summary offences 66
46A.......................................Forfeiture of property other than a ship or vehicle 66
46B.......................................Power to restrain disposal of property 67
47........................................Forfeiture of ships and vehicles 67
48........................................Determination of applications for forfeiture 68

49. Security in lieu of detention where application made for forfeiture of ship or

vehicle ...............................69
50........................................Claims for return of forfeited ships, vehicles or money 69





Section................................... Page
PARTIX
MISCELLANEOUS
51........................................Public officers to be subject to Governor's directions 70
52........................................Immigration officers to be subject to directions of Director of Immigration 70
53........................................Review of decisions of public officers 71
53A.......................................Appeal against removal orders made by Director or Deputy Director of
Immigration ...........................72
53B.......................................Removal orders not to be executed pending appeal 73
53C.......................................Dismissal of appeal without hearing 73
53D.......................................Determination of appeals 73
53E.......................................Release of successful appellant 74
53F.......................................Establishment of Immigration Tribunal 74
53G.......................................Practice and procedure of Tribunal 74
54........................................Suspension of deportation orders 75
55........................................Rescission of deportation orders 75
56........................................Miscellaneous powers of immigration officers and immigration assistants 75
56A.......................................Exercise by customs officers of certain powers of immigration officers 77
57........................................Exercise by police officers of certain powers of immigration officer 78
57A.......................................Powers of arrest by Her Majesty's forces 78
57B.......................................Resisting arrest by, and obstruction of, Her Majesty's forces 79

57C.................Definition of 'Her Majesty's forces
................................................................ 79

58.......................................Powers of Her Majesty's naval officers 79
58A......................................Powers of persons in charge of authorized vessels 80
59.......................................Power to make regulations 80
59A......................................Amendment of Schedule 1 81

60. Designation of approved immigration anchorages and approved landing

places ces ............................81
61.......................................Travel document to bear visa 81
62.......................................Presumptions 81
63.......................................Evidence of certain acts under Ordinance 82
63A......................................Evidence by certificate 83
63B......................................Admissibility of copies of records 83
64.......................................Burden of proving certain matters 84
65.......................................Recovery of moneys due under recognizance 84
66.......................................Transitional provisions 94

Schedule 1. Hong Kong Permanent Residents 85

Schedule 2. Transitional Provisions
................................................................................ 85





CHAPTER 115

IMMIGRATION

To consolidate and amend the law relating to immigration and deportation.

[1April 1972] L.N.62of1972

Originally 55 of 1971 57 of 1972, L.N. 183 of 1972, 52 of 1976, 47 of 1977, 3 of 1979, 42 of
1979, 61 of 1979, L.N. 287 of 1979,15 of 1980,62 of 1980, L.N. 302 of 1980, L.N. 303 of
1980, L.N. 315 of 1980, 35 of 1981, 64 of 1981, 66 of 1981, L.N. 373 of 1981, 75 of 1981,
42 of 1982, L.N. 346 of 1982, L.N. 392 of 1982, 78 of 1982, 79 of 1982, L.N. 87 of 1983,
55 of 1983, 24 of 1984, 31 of 1984, L.N. 382 of 1984,40 of 1985, L.N. 353 of 1985,61 of
1986, L.N. 277 of 1986,21 of 1987, 31 of 1987, L.N. 396 of 1987, R. Ed. 1987, L.N. 294
of 1988, L.N. 334 of 1988, 23 of 1989,30 of 1989,53 of 1989,65 of 1 989, L.N. 385 of
1989

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Immigration Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

(1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'adjudicator' means the chief adjudicator, deputy chief adjudicator and any other
adjudicator appointed under section 53F; (Added 62 of 1980 s. 2. Amended 24
of 1984 s. 2)

'approved immigration anchorage' means a place designated as an approved
immigration anchorage by order under section 60;

'approved landing place' means a place designated as an approved landing place
by order under section 60;

'Board' means a Refugee Status Review Board established under section 13G;
(Added 23 of 1989 s. 2)

'captain' means master (of a ship) and commander (of an aircraft);

'certificate of identity' means a document, other than a document of identity, which
is issued by the Director of Immigration for the purpose of international travel
to a person who is not the holder of, and is unable to obtain, a valid travel
document; (Added 66 of 1981 s. 2)

'child' means a legitimate or legitimated child, a stepchild and a child adopted in a
manner recognized by law;





'Commissioner of Registration' has the same meaning as it has in the Registration
of Persons Ordinance(Cap. 177); (Replaced 31 of 1987s. 2)

'crew', in relation to a ship or aircraft, means all persons actually employed in the
working or service of the ship or aircraft, including the captain, and 'member of
the crew' shall be construed accordingly;

'deportation order' means an order under section 20;

'detention centre' means any place designated under section 13H as a detention
centre; (Added 53 of 1989 s. 2)

'detention warrant' means a warrant issued under section 29(1) or (2);

'Director' means the Director of Immigration, the Deputy Director of Immigration
and any assistant director of immigration;

'document of identity' means a document issued by the Director of Immigration for
the purpose of visa endorsement to a person who is not the holder of, and is
unable to obtain, a valid travel document; (Added 66 of 1981 s.2)

If

'empowered' means empowered by or under this Ordinance;

'entry permit' means an entry permit issued under this Ordinance;

'examination' includes a further examination under section 4(1), and 'examine' shall
be construed accordingly;

'Hong Kong permanent resident' means a person who belongs to a class or
description of persons specified in Schedule 1; (Added31 of 1987s. 2)

'identity card' has the same meaning as it has in the Registration of Persons
Ordinance(Cap. 177); (Replaced 31 of 1987s. 2)

'immigrant' means a person who is not a Hong Kong permanent resident;
(Amended 31 of 1987s. 2)

'immigration assistant' means any member of the Immigration Service of the rank of
chief immigration assistant, senior immigration assistant or immigration
assistant; (Added57of1972s.2. Amended42of1979s.2; 65 of 1989 s.2)

If

'immigration officer' means any member of the Immigration Service of or above the
rank of assistant immigration officer;

'land' means

(a) enter by land or disembark from a ship or aircraft; and

(b)in the case of a person who arrives in Hong Kong otherwise than by
land or in a ship or aircraft, land in Hong Kong;

'limit of stay' means a condition of stay limiting the period during which a person
may remain in Hong Kong;

'owner' includes

(a)in relation to a ship or aircraft, any charterer to whom the ship or
aircraft is demised;

(b) in relation to a vehicle-







(i)any person in whose name the vehicle is registered under the
Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374);





(ii) any person by whom the vehicle is kept and used; and

(iii) if it is the subject of a hiring agreement or hire purchase
agreement, the person in possession of the vehicle under the
agreement; (Replaced 61 of 1986 s. 2)

'passenger' means any person carried in a ship or aircraft other than a member of
the crew;

're-entry permit' means a re-entry permit issued under this Ordinance;

'refugee centre' means any place designated under section 13C as a refugee centre;
(Added 35 of 1981 s. 2)

registration officer' has the same meaning as it has in the Registration of Persons
Ordinance(Cap. 177); (Added31 of 1987s. 2)

'Registration of Persons Tribunal' means the Registration of Persons Tribunal
established by section 3C of the Registration of Persons Ordinance (Cap. 177);
(Added31 of 1987s. 2)

'removal order' means an order under section 19(1);

'resident British citizen' means a British citizen who has at any time been ordinarily
resident in Hong Kong for a continuous period of not less than 7 years either
as a British citizen or partly as a United Kingdom belonger and partly as a
British citizen; (Replaced 31 of 1987s. 2)

'resident United Kingdom belonger' means a United Kingdom belonger who was at
any time before 1 January 1983 ordinarily resident in Hong Kong for a
continuous period of not less than 7 years; (Amended 31 of 1987 s. 2)

'right of abode in Hong Kong' means the right of abode in Hong Kong referred to
in Part IA; (Added31 of 1987s. 2)

'serviceman' means a person, not being locally engaged, who is a serving member
of Her Majesty's regular naval, military or air force service;

',ship' includes a barge, a hovercraft and every other description of vessel;
(Added61of1979s.2. Amended78of1982s.2)

'specified country' means a country or territory

(a) of which a person who is to be removed from Hong Kong is a

national or a citizen;

(b) in which that person has obtained a travel document;

(e) in which that person embarked for Hong Kong; or

(d) to which an immigration officer or immigration assistant has

reason to believe that that person will be admitted; (Amended
15 of 1980 s. 10)

'travel document' means a passport furnished with a photograph of the holder, or
some other document establishing to the satisfaction of an immigration officer
or immigration assistant the identity and nationality, domicile or place of
permanent residence of the holder; (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10; 31 of 1984 s. 2)

'Tribunal' means the Immigration Tribunal established by section 53F; (Added 62
of 1980 s. 2)





'United Kingdom belonger' means a person who, immediately before 1 January
1983, was a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by

reason of his birth, adoption, naturalization or registration in the United

Kingdom or was the wife or child of any such person; (Amended 78 of

1982 s. 2; 31 of 1987 s. 2) Vietnamese refugee' means a person who

(a) was previously resident in Vietnam; or

(aa) was born after 31 December 1982 and whose father or mother was
previously resident in Vietnam; and (Added 79 of 1982 s. 2)

(b)is permitted to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee pending his
resettlement elsewhere; (Added 35 of 1981 s. 2)

Vietnamese refugee card' means a card of identity issued by the Director to a

Vietnamese refugee. (Replaced 35 of 1981 s. 2)

(2) References in this Ordinance to landing in Hong Kong unlawfully are
references to landing in or entering Hong Kong in contravention of this Ordinance,
the repealed Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance or the repealed
Immigrants Control Ordinance, and for the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared
that no person shall be held not to have landed unlawfully

(a)by reason only of any presumption, conclusive or rebuttable, that he
cannot be guilty of an offence or is incapable of committing a crime; or

(b)on the ground only that he is not guilty of an offence under
subsection (1) of section 38 in respect of paragraph (a) of that
subsection. (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 2)

(3) References in this Ordinance to an offence under this Ordinance include
references to an offence under section 90(1) of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance
(Cap. 221) where the arrestable offence which a person has committed is an offence
under this Ordinance.

(4) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person shall not be treated as
ordinarily resident in Hong Kong

(a)during any period after the commencement of this Ordinance in which
he remains in Hong Kong

(i) without the authority of the Director, after landing
unlawfully; or

(ii) in contravention of a limit of stay; or
(iii) as a refugee under section 13A; or (Added 42 of 1982 s. 2)

(iv) while detained in Hong Kong under section 13D; or (Added 23
of 1989 s. 2)

(b)during any period, whether before or after the commencement of this
Ordinance, of imprisonment or detention pursuant to the sentence or
order of any court.

(Amended 31 of 1987s. 2)





PARTIA

RIGHT OF ABODE IN HONG KONG

2A. Hong Kong permanent residents enjoy

right of abode in Hone Kong

(1) A Hong Kong permanent resident enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong,
that is to say he has the right

(a) to land in Hong Kong;

(b)not to have imposed upon him any condition of stay in Hong Kong,
and any condition of stay that is imposed shall have no effect;

(c) not to have a deportation order made against him; and

(d) not to have a removal order made against him.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1)(c), no person against whom a deportation
order was made prior to 1 July 1987 enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong unless
the deportation order has expired or been revoked.

(Part IA added 31 of 1987 s. 3)

PART II

IMMIGRATION PROCEDURE

3. Arriving ships and aircraft

(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (6), the captain of a ship shall, on the arrival
of the ship in Hong Kong

(a)anchor or moor the ship at an approved immigration anchorage and
keep the ship in such anchorage as long as may be necessary for the
purposes of this Ordinance; and

(b)hoist the prescribed immigration examination signal and keep the
same hoisted until an immigration officer or a chief immigration -
assistant permits him to lower it. (Amended 65 of 1989 s.3)

(2) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may, on the arrival of
a ship in Hong Kong, require the captain- (Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(a)to anchor or moor the ship at such place as he may specify, being a
place at which the captain considers that the ship may safely be
moored or anchored;

(b)to keep the ship in such place so long as may be necessary for the
purposes of this Ordinance,





but a requirement under this subsection shall cease to have effect if the captain
is required by or under any other Ordinance to move the ship to another place.
(3) Except with the permission of the Director, no person other than a
pilot or health officer in the course of his duty shall-
(a) board or leave a ship which has arrived in Hong Kong; or
(b)be within 30 m of any such ship, otherwise than on a wharf or
pier, (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 2)
until the immigration examination signal is lowered.
(4) Except with the permission of the Director, nothing shall be removed
from or taken or placed on board a ship which has arrived in Hong Kong until
the immigration examination signal is lowered.
(5) The captain of an aircraft arriving in Hong Kong shall not land the
aircraft except at an approved landing place.
(6) The Director of Immigration may exempt from subsection (1) the
captains of such ships, or of ships of such class or description as he thinks fit.

4. Examination of persons
(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, an immigration officer or
immigration assistant may-
(a)subject to subsection (2), examine any person on his arrival or
landing in or prior to his departure from Hong Kong, or if he has
reasonable cause for believing that such person landed in Hong
Kong unlawfully, at any time;
(b)examine a person at any time if he has reasonable cause for
believing that such person is contravening or has contravened a
condition of stay in respect of him, or remains in Hong Kong
without the permission of an immigration officer or immigration
assistant in contravention of section 7(2), (Amended 31 of 1987
s.4)
(c) (Repealed 31 of 1987s. 4)
and a person who is so examined may be required by an immigration officer or im-
migration assistant to submit to further examination. (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 3)
(2) A person who satisfies an immigration officer or immigration assistant
that he is a serviceman shall not be examined further under subsection (1)(a) on
his arrival in or prior to his departure from Hong Kong.
(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

5. Powers of Director and requirements in relation
to examinations under section 4
(1) The Director may require-
(a) the owner of a ship or aircraft or his agent; or
(b) the captain of a ship or aircraft,





to produce in such manner as the Director may specify for examination under
section 4(1)(a)-

(i) the passengers arriving or departing in that ship or aircraft; and (ii)
the members of the crew of that ship or aircraft.

(2) A requirement under subsection (1)

(a)may relate to all or any of the passengers or all or any of the members
of the crew or to all or any of both;

(b)may be made generally for all occasions or, without prejudice to any
general requirement which may be in force, for any particular
occasion.

(3) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may require a person to
proceed to such place as he may specify for the purpose of examination under
section 4(1). (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(4) Any person of or over the age of 16 years, other than a serviceman, being
examined under section 4(1)(a) shall- (Amended 79 of 1982 s. 4; 31 of 1987s.5)

(a)produce a valid travel document, entry permit or re-entry permit; and

(b)subject to subsection (9), furnish an arrival or departure card in the
prescribed form, duly completed.

(5) Where a person being examined under section 4(1)(a) is of or over the age of
7 years and under the age of 16 years and- (Amended 79 of 1982 s. 4; 31 of 1987 s.
5)

(a) is accompanied by an adult, the adult shall-

(i) produce a valid travel document, entry permit or re-entry permit
relating to such person; and

(ii) subject to subsection (9), furnish in respect of such person an
arrival or departure card in the prescribed form, duly completed;

(b)having arrived or being about to depart in a ship or aircraft, is not
accompanied by an adult, the owner of the ship or aircraft shall

(i) produce a valid travel document, entry permit or re-entry permit
relating to such person; and

(ii)subject to subsection (9), furnish in respect of such person an
arrival or departure card in the prescribed form, duly completed.

(6) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may require any person,
other than a serviceman, being examined under section 4(1) to

(a)declare whether or not he is in possession of any documents of any
description specified by that officer or that assistant, being a
description relevant for the purposes of the examination; and





(b) produce to the officer or the assistant any such documents which
are in his possession. (Amended57of 1972s.3)

(7) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may require a person being
examined under section 4(1) to furnish to him such information as he may require for
the purposes of this Ordinance. (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(8) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may give such directions as
he considers necessary for preventing any person from evading examination under
section 4(1). (Amended57of 1972s.3)

(9) The Director of Immigration may exempt from subsection (4)(a), (4)(b),
(5)(a)(ii) or (5)(b)(ii) any person or any class or description of persons. (Amended
21 of 198 7 s. 2)

6. Returns to be furnished by captains

of ships and aircraft, etc.

(1) Subject to subsection (5), the captain of a ship shall, on the arrival of the
ship in Hong Kong

(a) furnish to an immigration officer or a chief immigration

assistant-

(i)3 copies of a notice containing the prescribed particulars of the
crew; and

(ii) 2 copies of a notice containing the prescribed particulars of the
passengers; and

(b) if so required by an immigration officer or a chief immigration

assistant, produce the ship's papers.

(2) Subject to subsection (5), the captain of a ship shall, immediately before the
departure of the ship from Hong Kong

(a) furnish to an immigration officer or a chief immigration

assistant-

(i) 2 copies of a notice containing the prescribed particulars of the
crew; and

(ii) 2 copies of a notice containing the prescribed particulars of the
passengers; and

(b) if so required by an immigration officer or a chief immigration

assistant, produce the ship's papers.

(3) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may, on the arrival of
an aircraft in Hong Kong and immediately prior to the departure of an aircraft
therefrom, require the captain of the aircraft to furnish to him a notice containing the
names and nationalities of the crew and a notice containing the prescribed
particulars of the passengers.

(4) A passenger on board a ship or aircraft arriving in or departing from Hong
Kong shall furnish to the captain of the ship or aircraft any information required by
him for the purpose of furnishing a notice under this section.





(5) The Director of Immigration may exempt from this section the captains of
such ships, or of ships of such class or description, as he thinks fit.

(Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

PART 111

CONTROL OF
IMMIGRATION

7. General provision as to immigration control

(1) A person may not land in Hong Kong without the permission of an
immigration officer or immigration assistant unless- (Amended 15 of 1980 S.10)

(aa) he enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong; or (Added 31 of 1987s.6)

(a)he has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1); or

(b)he may land in Hong Kong without such permission by virtue of
section 9(1) or 10(1). (Amended 79 of 1982s.5)

(2) A person who was born in Hong Kong but who does not enjoy the right of
abode in Hong Kong, or does not have the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of
section 8(1), may not remain in Hong Kong without the permission

of an immigration officer or immigration assistant. (Added 79 of 1982 s. 5.
Amended 31 of 1987s. 6)

8. Resident British citizens and resident
United Kingdom belongers have
right to land in Hong Kong

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a resident British citizen or a resident United
Kingdom belonger has the right

(a) to land in Hong Kong;

(b)not to have imposed upon him any condition of stay in Hong Kong,
and any condition of stay that is imposed shall have no effect; and

(c) not to have a removal order made against him.

(2) If a deportation order is made against a resident British citizen or a resident
United Kingdom belonger under section 20(4), the right to land under subsection (1)
shall cease while the deportation order is in force.

(Replaced 31 of 1987s. 7)





9. Special provisions as to members of crew of aircraft

(1) Where a person who does not enjoy the right of abode in Hong Kong, or
does not have the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), arrives in
Hong Kong as a member of the crew of an aircraft under an engagement requiring
him to leave within 7 days on that or another aircraft as a member of its crew, then
unless- (Amended31 of 1987s. 8)

(a) a deportation order is in force in respect of him;

(b)he has at any time been refused permission to land in Hong Kong and
has not since then been given permission to land in Hong Kong; or

(e)he is examined under section 4(1)(a) otherwise than for the purpose of
establishing that he is such a member of the crew of an aircraft,

he may land in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or
immigration assistant and remain until the departure of the aircraft on which he is
required by his engagement to leave.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, any such person who, having lawfully
landed in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or
immigration assistant by virtue of subsection (1)

(a)seeks permission to remain in Hong Kong beyond the time allowed by
subsection (1); or

(b)remains in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration
officer or immigration assistant beyond the time: so allowed or is
reasonably suspected by an immigration officer or immigration
assistant of intending to do so,

shall thereupon be deemed to be a person seeking to land in Hong Kong; and an
immigration officer or immigration assistant may examine him under section 4(1)(a)
within 28 days thereafter or, if at that time he is detained in pursuance of the
sentence or order of any court, within 28 days after his discharge from detention.

(3) Any such person who, having lawfully landed in Hong Kong without the
permission of an immigration officer or immigration assistant by virtue of subsection
(1)

(a)remains in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration
officer or immigration assistant beyond the time allowed by subsection
(1); and

(b)does not submit himself to examination under section 4(1)(a) within the
period during which in accordance with subsection (2) he may be
examined by an immigration officer or immigration assistant under that
section,

shall on the expiry of that period be deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance to
have landed in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or
immigration assistant.

(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)





10. Special provisions as to servicemen

(1) A serviceman may land in Hong Kong without the permission of an
immigration officer or immigration assistant.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, any such serviceman who ceases to be
a serviceman shall thereupon, unless he enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong, or
has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), be deemed to be a
person seeking to land in Hong Kong; and an immigration officer or immigration
assistant may examine him under section 4(1)(a) within 28 days after

(a) he ceases to be a serviceman; or

(b)if at the time he ceases to be a serviceman he is detained in pursuance
of the sentence or order of any court, his discharge from detention.
(Amended31 of 1987s. 9)

(3) Any such person who does not submit himself to examination under section
4(1)(a) within the period during which in accordance with subsection (2) he
may be examined by an immigration officer or immigration assistant under that
section shall on the expiry of that period be deemed for the purposes of this
Ordinance to have landed in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration
officer or immigration assistant.

(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

11. Permission to land and conditions of stay

(1) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may, on the examination
under section 4(1)(a) of a person who by virtue of section 7(1) may not land in
Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or immigration
assistant, give such person permission to land in Hong Kong but an immigration
officer only may refuse him such permission. (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10; 79 of 1982
s. 6)

(IA) An immigration officer or immigration assistant may, on the examination
under section 4(1)(b) of a person who by virtue of section 7(2) may not remain
in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or immigration
assistant, give such person permission to remain in Hong Kong but an immigration
officer only may refuse him such permission. (Added 79 of 1982s.6. Amended31 of
1987s. 10)

(2) Where permission is given to a person to land or remain in Hong Kong, an
immigration officer or immigration assistant may impose(Amended 79 of 1982 s. 6)

(a) a limit of stay; and

(b)such other conditions of stay as an immigration officer or
immigration assistant thinks fit, being conditions of stay authorized by
the Director, either generally or in a particular

case.(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)





(3) Subject to subsection (9), the permission given to a person to land or remain
in Hong Kong shall be deemed to be subject to the prescribed conditions of stay in
addition to any conditions of stay imposed under subsection (2). (Amended 79 of
1982 s. 6)

(4) In the case of a person who is a member of a party in the charge of a
responsible person, notice of any condition of stay shall be deemed to be given to
such person if it is given in writing to the person in charge of the party.

(5) The Director may at any time by notice in writing to any person other than a
person who enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong, or has the right to land in
Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), impose any condition of stay (other than a limit
of stay) in respect of such person. (Replaced 57 of 1972 s.4. Amended31 of 1987s.
10)

(5A) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may at any time by
notice in writing to any person other than a person who enjoys the right of abode in
Hong Kong, or has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1)
(Amended31 of 1987s. 10; 65 of 1989s. 3)

(a) cancel any condition of stay in force in respect of such person;

(b)vary any condition of stay (other than a limit of stay) in force in
respect of such person if the condition as varied could properly be
imposed by an immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant
(other than the Director) under subsection (2)(b); (Amended 78 of
1982 s. 4; 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(c)vary any limit of stay in force in respect of such person by enlarging
the period during which such person may remain in HongKong.
(Added57of1972s.4)

(6) The Governor may at any time vary any limit of stay in force in respect of
any person by curtailing the period during which such person may remain in Hong
Kong, and the Director shall in writing notify such person of any such variation.

(7) The Governor may by order applying to all persons or to any class or
description of persons, other than persons who enjoy the right of abode in Hong
Kong, or have the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1)(Amended 31
of 1987s. 10)

(a)cancel or vary any condition of stay in force in respect of such
persons;

(b)impose any condition of stay (other than a limit of stay) in respect of
such persons.

(8) Whenever a condition of stay is in force in respect of a person, the Director
may

(a) require such person; or

(b)if such person is a member of the crew of a ship or aircraft, require the
captain of the ship or aircraft or the owners or agents of the ship or
aircraft,





to enter into a recognizance in the prescribed form in such amount and with such
number of sureties as the Director may reasonably require.

(9) The Director of Immigration may exempt any person or any class or
description of persons from compliance with all or any of the prescribed conditions
of stay.

(10) Any permission given to a person to land or remain in Hong Kong shall, if
in force on the day that person departs from Hong Kong, expire immediately after his
departure. (Added 31 of 1984 s. 3)

12. Special provisions as to giving of permission

to land to members of ship's crew

An immigration officer or immigration assistant may permit a person who is a
member of the crew of a ship and does not enjoy the right of abode in Hong Kong,
or does not have the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), to land in
Hong Kong notwithstanding that he has not been examined under section 4(1)(a);
and in any such case notice of any condition of stay imposed in respect of such
person shall be deemed to have been given to that person if it is given to the captain
of the ship or the owners or agents of the ship.

(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10; 31 of 1987 s. 11)

13. Authority for illegal immigrant to remain

The Director may at any time authorize a person who landed in Hong Kong
unlawfully to remain in Hong Kong, subject to such conditions of stay as he thinks
fit, whether or not he has been convicted of that offence, and section 11(5), (5A) and
(6) shall apply to him as it applies to a person who has been given permission to land
in Hong Kong under section 11(1).

(Amended 57 of 1972 s. 5; 31 of 198 7 s. 12)

PART IIIA

VIETNAMESE
REFUGEES

13A. Special conditions of stay regarding
Vietnamese refugees

(1) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may permit any
person

(a)who was previously resident in Vietnam and who has been examined
under section 4(1)(a); or





(b)who was born after 31 December 1982 and whose father or mother
was previously resident in Vietnam and who has been examined
under section 4(1)(b), (Amended 31 of 1987 s. 13; 65 of 1989 s. 3)

to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee pending his resettlement elsewhere, and, in the
case of any such person who arrives in Hong Kong on or after 2 July 1982 or who
was born after 31 December 1982 may order him to be detained in a refugee centre
specified by the immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant. (Replaced 79 of
1982 s. 7. Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(2) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may at any time by
notice in writing to a Vietnamese refugee impose any condition of stay or any further
condition of stay which may include

(a) a limit of stay;

(b)a condition that such person shall reside in a refugee centre specified
by an immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant and shall
comply with any rules made under section 13C;
(Amended65of1989s.3)

(c) a condition that such person shall not-

(i) take any employment, whether paid or unpaid; (ii)
establish or join in any business; or

(iii)become a student at a school, university or other educational
institution.

(3) Every Vietnamese refugee who has been permitted to remain in Hong Kong
whether before or after the commencement of the Immigration (Amendment)
Ordinance 1981 (35 of 1981) shall be subject to a condition of stay that

(a)if he is made an offer of resettlement elsewhere he shall not without
reasonable excuse fail or refuse

(i) to accept the offer; nor

(ii) to comply with any requirement necessary for the completion of
the resettlement procedure; and

(b)if he is required by an immigration officer or a chief immigration
assistant to surrender the Vietnamese refugee card held by him, he
shall not without reasonable excuse fail or refuse to surrender
forthwith the Vietnamese refugee card. (Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(4) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may at any time by
notice in writing to a Vietnamese refugee- (Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(a) cancel any condition of stay in force in respect of such person;

(b)vary any condition of stay (other than a limit of stay) in force in
respect of such person;

(c)vary any limit of stay in force in respect of such person by curtailing
or enlarging the period during which such person may remain in
Hong Kong.





(4A) Any Vietnamese refugee who remains in Hong Kong without the
permission of an immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant beyond the
period allowed by any limit of stay specified in any condition of stay in force in
respect of him shall be deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance to have landed in
Hong Kong unlawfully upon the expiration of such period. (Added 42 of 1982 s. 3.
Amended 65 of 1989 s. 3)

(5) A notice under subsection (2) or (4) shall be given to a Vietnamese refugee
in such manner as may be prescribed.

(6) Without prejudice to section 41, where the Director is satisfied that any
Vietnamese refugee permitted under this section to remain in Hong Kong (whether
he was so permitted before or after the commencement of the Immigration
(Amendment) Ordinance 1982 (42 of 1982)) has

(a) contravened any condition of stay in force in respect of him; or

(b)been found guilty in Hong Kong of an offence punishable with a
term of imprisonment,

he may-

(i) cancel or vary any condition of stay in force in respect of such
person; or

(ii) issue a warrant authorizing the detention of such person in such
refugee centre as he may specify in the warrant. (~laced 42 of 1982 s.
3)

(6A) Where; the Director certifies that it is necessary in the interests of order or
good management in any refugee centre that a Vietnamese refugee permitted under
this section to remain in Hong Kong (whether he was so permitted before or after the
commencement of the Immigration (Amendment) Ordinance 1982 (42 of 1982)) be
detained, he may issue a warrant authorizing the detention of such person in such
other refugee centre as he may specify in the warrant. (Added 42 of 1982 s. 3)

(6B) A certificate purporting to be signed by the Director stating that it is
necessary in the interests of order or good management in any refugee centre that a
Vietnamese refugee permitted to remain in Hong Kong should be detained, shall be
conclusive evidence of that fact. (Added 42 of 1982 s.3)

(7) Where the Director issues a warrant of detention under subsection (6) or
(6A) he shall cause written notice to be served as soon as is practicable on the
Vietnamese refugee against whom it is issued informing him- (Amended 42 of 1982
s. 3)

(a) of the ground on which the warrant is issued; and

(b)that if he wishes to appeal under section 13B he must do so by
giving to an immigration officer or immigration assistant written
notice of his grounds of appeal and the facts upon which he relies
within 48 hours of receiving the notice of the warrant.





(8) The Director may at any time cancel a warrant of detention issued under
subsection (6) or (6A) and direct that the Vietnamese refugee detained under the
warrant be released. (Amended 42 of 1982 s. 3)

(9) Any person detained under this section may be detained in a refugee centre
designated by the Secretary for Security under section 13C as a refugee centre for
the detention of Vietnamese refugees. (Added42 of 1982 s. 3)

(10) Any person detained under this section shall (unless the Secretary for
Security otherwise orders) remain in detention for so long as he remains in Hong
Kong. (Added 42 of 1982 s. 3)

(11) Every person detained under this section shall be permitted all reasonable
facilities to enable him to obtain any authorization required for entry to another state
or territory or, whether or not he has obtained such authorization, to leave
HongKong. (Added42 of 1982 s. 3)

13B. Appeals against warrants of detention

(1) Any Vietnamese refugee against whom a warrant of detention under section
13A(6) or (6A) has been issued may appeal to the Secretary for Security against the
warrant. (Amended 42 of 1982 s. 4)

(2) A Vietnamese refugee who wishes to appeal under subsection (1) shall serve
written notice of appeal, stating his grounds of appeal and the facts upon which he
relies, upon an immigration officer or immigration assistant, within 48 hours of being
notified of the warrant of detention under section 13A(7)

Provided that such notice shall not preclude such Vietnamese refugee from
raising other facts prior to the determination of his appeal by the Secretary for
Security or the Deputy Secretary for Security and relying upon those facts.

(3) An appeal under subsection (1) may be considered by the Secretary for
Security or the Deputy Secretary for Security who may confirm, vary or cancel the
warrant of detention. (Amended 42 of 1982 s. 4)

(4) A decision of the Secretary for Security or the Deputy Secretary for Security
under subsection (3) shall be final.

13BA. Lawfulness of detention

(1) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that any Vietnamese
refugee deprived of his liberty by detention under section 13A(6) or (6A) shall be
entitled to apply to the High Court, in order that that court may decide without delay
on the lawfulness of such detention and order his release if the detention is not
lawful.

(2) The jurisdiction, practice and procedure of the High Court relating to writs
of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum' shall apply in relation to such applications.

(Added 42 of 1982 s. 5)





13C. Designation of refugee centres
(1) The Secretary for Security may by order designate any place as
a refugee centre for the residence or detention of Vietnamese refugees.
(Amended 42 of 1982 s. 6)
(2) The Secretary for Security may make rules providing for the
treatment, and control of conduct, of Vietnamese refugees in refugee centres
and for the management and security of, and the maintenance of order,
discipline, cleanliness and hygiene in, refugee centres, and different rules may be
made in respect of different centres. (Replaced 42 of 1982 s. 6)
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2), rules made
under that subsection may provide for-
(a)contravention of any provision thereof to be punished by the
imposition of a penalty not exceeding $500 and by separate
confinement for a period not exceeding 28 days; (Amended 42
of 1982 s. 6)
(b) the confinement of persons punished by separate confinement;
(c)the imposition, by a specified public officer, of such punishment
for such contravention;
(d)appeals against the imposition of punishment and the practice
and procedure relating to such appeals;
(e)the payment and the disposal of monetary penalties in any
manner whatsoever.
(4) Any refugee centre designated as a refugee centre for the detention
of Vietnamese refugees shall be under the control and management of the
Commissioner of Correctional Services and notwithstanding section 13A
or 13D, any Vietnamese refugee detained therein may be removed by the
Commissioner of Correctional Services from such refugee centre to any other
refugee centre so designated. (Added 42 of 1982 s. 6)
(5) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (2) rules made under
that subsection in respect of any refugee centre designated as a refugee centre
for the detention of Vietnamese refugees may provide for-
(a)the powers, duties, conduct and discipline of officers of the
Correctional Services Department and other persons employed
in refugee centres;
(b) the duties and powers of visiting justices;
(c)the conditions under which visitors may be allowed to visit
refugee centres. (Added 42 of 1982 s. 6)
13D.Detention pending decision as to permission
to remain in Hong Kong, or pending
removal from Hong Kong
(1) As from 2 July 1982 any resident or former resident of Vietnam who
arrives in Hong Kong not holding a travel document which bears an unexpired





visa issued by or on behalf of the Director may, if he has not been granted an
exemption under section 61(2), be detained under the authority of the Director in
such place as the Director may specify pending a decision to grant or refuse him
permission to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee or, after a decision to refuse him
permission to remain in Hong Kong, pending his removal from Hong Kong and any
child of such resident or former resident, whether or not he was born in Hong Kong,
may also be so detained, unless that child holds a travel document with such a visa
or has been granted an exemption under section 61(2). (Amended 23 of 1989 s. 3)

(2) Every person detained under this section shall be permitted all reasonable
facilities to enable him to obtain any authorization required for entry to another state
or territory or, whether or not he has obtained such authorization, to leave Hong
Kong.

(3) Where a person is detained under subsection (1) after a decision to refuse
him permission to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee, such person as the Director
may authorize for the purpose shall serve on the detained person a notice in such
form as the Director may specify notifying him of his right to apply fora review under
section 13F(I). (Added23of1989s.3)

(4) Notice under subsection (3) may be served

(a) personally; or

(b)by displaying it in some prominent place within the area where the
person concerned is detained in such a manner that it may be
conveniently read by him. (Added 23 of 1989 s. 3)

(Added 42 of 1982 s. 7)
13E.Removal from Hong Kong of Vietnamese refugees
and persons detained under section 13D

(1) The Director may at any time order any Vietnamese refugee or person
detained in Hong Kong under section 13D to be removed from Hong Kong.

(2) An immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may remove from
Hong Kong in accordance with section 24 any person ordered to be removed from
Hong Kong under subsection (1). (Amended65of1989s.3)

(Added 42 of 1982 s. 7)

13F. Review by a Refugee Status Review Board

(1) Any person on whom a notice is served under section 13D(3) may, within 28
days of such service, apply to the Board to have the decision that he may not remain
in Hong Kong as a refugee reviewed.

(2) An application for a review under this section may be made on behalf of a
child by his parent or any person having care of the child.





(3) In preparing his case for review under this section an applicant shall be
permitted all reasonable facilities to enable him to obtain the assistance of

(a) his legal representative, if he has one; or
(b) in any other case, a prescribed person,

and such representative or person shall be afforded all reasonable facilities to enable
him to render such assistance.

(4) Neither the applicant nor his representative shall be entitled to be present
when his case is reviewed by a Board.

(5) Upon the hearing of the review a Board shall make such decision as to the
status of the appellant and as to his continued detention under section 13D(1) as it
may think fit, being a decision which the Director might lawfully have made under
this Ordinance, and the Director shall give effect to such decision.

(6) For the removal of doubt, it is hereby declared that the making of an
application under this section does not give the person by whom or on whose
behalf it is made the right to land or remain in Hong Kong pending the decision of a
Board on the application.

(7) A Board when considering any review under this section shall act in an
administrative or executive capacity.

(8) A Board shall not be required to assign any reason for its decision and a
decision of a Board shall not be subject to review or appeal in any court.

(9) Any resident or former resident of Vietnam or any child of such resident or
former resident who prior to the commencement of the Immigration (Amendment)
Ordinance 1989 (23 of 1989) objected under section 53 to a refusal to grant him
permission to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee or to his detention or removal under
section 13D shall, if his objection is pending at the commencement of that
Ordinance, be deemed to have applied to a Refugee Status Review Board for a
review of that decision under subsection (1). (23 of 1989 s. 6(1) incorporated)

(10) The chairman of the Refugee Status Review Boards may authorize or direct
that the rules of practice and procedure on review prescribed under section 59 as
read with section 13G(5) shall be modified in such manner as he may direct for the
purpose of hearing an application to which subsection (9) applies. (23 of 1989 s.
6(2) incorporated)

(11) Where a decision has been made to refuse any resident or former resident
of Vietnam permission to remain in Hong Kong as a refugee not more than 14 days
prior to the commencement of the Immigration (Amendment) Ordinance 1989 (23 of
1989), the period of 28 days referred to in subsection (1) shall, in his case, be
reckoned as commencing on the commencement of that Ordinance, as if a notice
under section 13D, notifying him of that decision had been served at the time of
such commencement. (23 of 1989 s. 6(3) incorporated)

(Added 23 of 1989 s. 4)





13G. Refugee Status Review Boards

(1) There shall be Refugee Status Review Boards and there shall be a
Chairman, and such number of Deputy Chairmen and members of those
Boards as may be appointed by the Governor.
(2) Persons appointed by the Governor under subsection (1) may be
public officers and shall be appointed for such periods and on such terms as the
Governor may determine.
(3) The remuneration, if any, of the Chairman, a Deputy Chairman and
members of the Boards shall be determined by the Financial Secretary and paid
out of moneys appropriated by the Legislative Council for the purpose.
(4) A Board shall be constituted from persons appointed under sub-
section (1) in such manner as may be prescribed.
(5) The practice and procedure on a review under section 13F, and of
a Board, shall be such as shall be prescribed and, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing and of section 59, regulations under that section may
prescribe-
(a)the manner in which an application under section 13F is to be
made, including the furnishing of grounds therefor;
(b)the constitution of a Board and the manner in which decisions
are to be taken;
(e) the exclusion of persons from the proceedings of a Board;
(d)prescribing a person for the purposes of section 13F(3)(b) and
deeming that person to be the representative of the applicant, in
such circumstances and to such extent as may be specified;
(e)the matters which a Board is entitled to consider; or
the manner in which decisions are to be notified.
(Added 23 of 1989 s. 4)

13H. Designation of detention centres

(1) The Secretary for Security may by order designate any place as a
detention centre for the detention of persons authorized to be detained there
under section 13D.
(2) A detention centre shall be under the control and management of
an officer appointed by the Secretary for Security and the officer appointed
shall be-
(a) the Commissioner of Correctional Services;
(b) the Commissioner of Police; or
(c) the Chief Staff Officer, Civil Aid Services.
(3) The officer who has been appointed by the Secretary for Security to
have control and management of a detention centre may issue such general





orders and instructions not inconsistent with this Ordinance or any rules made
under this section as are necessary or expedient for the administration of the
detention centre under his control.

(4) Every officer and other person employed in a detention centre shall in the
exercise of any powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance or rules made
under this section comply with any general orders and instructions issued under
subsection (3).

(5) The Secretary for Security may make rules providing for the treatment, and
control of conduct, of such detainees in detention centres and for the management
and security of, and the maintenance of order, discipline, cleanliness and hygiene in,
detention centres, and for the punishment of offenders.

(6) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (5), rules made under that
subsection may provide for

(a)contravention of any provision thereof by a detained person to be
punished by the imposition of a penalty not exceeding $500 and by
separate confinement for a period not exceeding 28 days;

(b)the separate confinement of persons and the circumstances under
which a person may be so confined;

(c)the imposition, by a specified public officer, of such punishment for
such contravention;

(d)searching of detainees and visitors and detention for the purpose of
search;

(e)appeals against the imposition of punishment and the practice and
procedure relating to such appeals;

(f) the confiscation of unauthorized articles and the disposal thereof;

(g)the payment and the disposal of monetary penalties in any manner
whatsoever;

(h)the powers, duties, conduct and discipline of officers of the person
having control and management of the detention centres and other
persons employed in the detention centres;

(i) the duties and powers of visiting justices;

(j)the appointment of detention centre visitors and the duties of such
detention centre visitors;

(k)the conditions under which visitors may be allowed to visit a
detention centre and their conduct,

and difrerent rules may be made in respect of different detention centres.

(7) Rules made under subsection (5) may provide that a contravention of any
provision thereof shall be an offence and may provide penalties therefor not
exceeding a fine of $5,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.

(Added 53 of 1989 s. 3)
(Part IIIA added 35 of 1981 s. 3)





PART IV

SUPPLY OF PARTICULARS BY ALIENS AND BY PERSONS
STAYING IN HOTELS OR OTHER LODGING PLACES
(AmendedL.N. 294 of 1988)

14. Aliens to furnish particulars

(1) Subject to subsection (2), an alien within Hong Kong who

(a) attains the age of 16 years; or

(b)having previously been exempted from this subsection or section
5(4)(b), (5)(a)(ii) or (5)(b)(ii) (otherwise than by reason of his age),
ceases to be so exempted,

shall within 1 month thereafter furnish to the Director in the prescribed form the
particulars required thereby.

(2) The Director of Immigration may exempt from subsection (1) any person or
any class or description of persons.

15. Powers to require alien to produce photographs

(1) Subject to subsection (2), an immigration officer or immigration assistant
may require an alien within Hong Kong who is over the age of 15 years to furnish
the prescribed photographs of himself. (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(2) A requirement shall not be made under subsection (1)

(a) unless the alien has been in Hong Kong for at least 14 days; or

(b)if the alien has furnished such photographs to the Director within the
preceding 3 years.

16. Changes in furnished particulars

(1) Subject to subsection (2), an alien who is over the age of 15 years shall
within 7 days notify the Director of any change in

(a) any of the particulars furnished in an arrival card;

(b)any of the particulars furnished in the prescribed form pursuant to
section 14(1);

(c) any particulars notified pursuant to this subsection; or

(d) the address at which he resides.

(2) The Director of Immigration may exempt from subsection (1) any person or
any class or description of persons.

17. Record of visitors to hotels, etc.

(1) A person over the age of 15 years who intends to stay at any premises to
which this section applies shall on arriving at the premises inform the keeper of the
premises of his full name and nationality.





(2) Any such person who is an alien shall also-

(a)on arriving at the premises, inform the keeper of the premises of the
date of his arrival in Hong Kong, the name of the ship or airline (if any)
by which he arrived and his occupation; and

(b)on or before his departure from the premises, inform the keeper of the
premises of the place to which he is going and, if he is departing from
Hong Kong, of the ship or airline (if any) by which he will depart.

(3) The keeper of any premises to which this section applies shall

(a)require all persons who stay at the premises to comply with their
obligations under this section; and

(b)keep for at least 12 months a record in writing of the information given
to him by any such person pursuant to this section.

(4) An immigration officer, immigration assistant or police officer may

inspect at any time the record kept by the keeper of any premises pursuant to
subsection (3). (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(5) Any information required by this section to be given by or to any

person may be given by or to any other person acting on his behalf.

(6) This section applies to any premises, whether furnished or un

furnished, where lodging or sleeping accommodation is provided for reward.

(7) In this section

'keeper' includes any person who receives another person to stay in premises,

whether on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person;

'stay' means lodge or sleep, for one night or more, in accommodation provided

for reward.

PART IVA

REQUIREMENT TO CARRY PROOF OF IDENTITY

17A. Commencement and discontinuance*

(1) The Governor in Council may from time to time, by order published in the
Gazette, declare that this Part, or any provision of this Part specified in the order

(a) shall come into operation;

(b) shall be discontinued in its operation.

(2) Where an order is made under subsection (1)(a), this Part or, as the case may
be, any provision specified in the order, shall continue in operation until an order is
made in relation to it under subsection (1)(b); and where an order is made under
subsection (1)(b) in relation to this Part or any provision

Part IVA came into operation on 30 October 1980 (L.N. 302 of
1980).





of it, the operation of this Part or, as the case may be, of that provision shall be
discontinued until such time as a further order is made under subsection (1)(a) in
relation to it.

(3) Section 23 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1) shall
have the same effect in relation to the discontinuance of the operation of any
provision by virtue of an order under subsection (1)(b) as it would have if such
provision had been repealed.

17B. Interpretation

(1) Subject to subsection (2), in this Part-
'proof of identity' in relation to any person means-

(a) his valid identity card; (Amended 31 of 1987s.14)

(b)a document issued by the Commissioner of Registration
acknowledging that that person has applied

(i) to be registered under the Registration of Persons Ordinance
(Cap. 177); or

(ii) for a new identity card under regulation 13 or 14 of the
Registration of Persons Regulations (Cap. 177 sub. leg.);

(e) a valid travel document held by him;

(d) (Repealed L.N. 87 of 1983)

(e)documentary proof of identity officially issued to him for the purpose
of his service in Her Majesty's regular naval, military or air forces; or

(f)a Vietnamese refugee card issued to him. (Amended 35 of 1981 s.4)

(2) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend subsection (1) by deleting
from or adding to the list of documents which may be used as proof of identity
under this Part. (Added 35 of 1981 s. 4)

17C. Carrying and production of proof of identity

(1) Every person who-

(a) has attained the age of 15 years; and

(b) (i) is the holder of an identity card or is required to apply to be
registered under the Registration of Persons Ordinance (Cap.
177); or

(ii) is the holder of a Vietnamese refugee card,
shall have with him at all times proof of his identity.

(2) A person who is required by subsection (1) to have with him proof of his
identity shall on demand produce it for inspection by

(a) any police officer;

(b) any immigration officer or immigration assistant; or





(c)any person or member of a class of persons authorized for the
purpose by the Governor by order published in the Gazette,

who is in uniform or who produces, if required to do so, documentary identification
officially issued to him as proof of his appointment as a police officer, immigration
officer, immigration assistant or, as the case may be, person authorized under
paragraph (c).

(3) Any person who fails to produce proof of his identity for inspection as
required by subsection (2) commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine
of $1,000:

Provided that it shall be a defence in proceedings for an offence under this
subsection for the person charged to prove that he had reasonable excuse for failing
to produce proof of identity.

(4) In respect of any failure to produce proof of identity for inspection as
required by subsection (2), it shall be reasonable excuse for the purposes of
subsection (3) if at the date of the alleged offence the defendant had no proof of
identity with him because all proof of identity of which he was the holder, including
any document specified in section 17B(b)(ii), had been lost or destroyed and

(a)he had reported the loss or destruction to a police officer at a police
station or, in the case of an identity card, to a registration officer;or
(Amended 31 of 1987s. 15)

(b) he had had no opportunity so to report the loss or destruction.

(5) Where the Governor authorizes any person or class of persons for the
purposes of subsection (2)(c) he may limit the authority of such persons to such
area, place or occasion or in such other manner as is specified in the order by which
the authority is given.

(6) Nothing in this section shall affect the operation of any order made under
regulation 11(1) of the Registration of Persons Regulations (Cap. 177 sub. leg.)
(relating to the compulsory carrying of identity cards).

17D. Arrest

(1) A person referred to in section l7C(2)(a), (b) or (c) may arrest without
warrant any person who fails to produce for inspection on demand proof of his
identity, and in the case of such an arrest by a person referred to in section
l7C(2)(a) or (c), the person arrested shall if not released be delivered as soon as
reasonably practicable into the custody of the officer in charge of a police station.

(2) An arrest carried out under subsection (1) shall not be unlawful by reason
only of the fact that the arrested person is a person not required by section 17C(1)
to have proof of his identity with him.

(3) Where a person is arrested under subsection (1) otherwise than by an
immigration officer or immigration assistant and it appears to the officer in





charge of a police station that he may have landed in Hong Kong unlawfully, or
have intended or attempted so to do, or is contravening or has contravened a
condition of stay in respect of him, he shall be taken as soon as is reasonably
practicable to an immigration officer or immigration assistant for examination under
section 17E. (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 4)

(4) Where a person who is arrested under subsection (1) otherwise than by an
immigration officer or immigration assistant and is not

(a)taken before an immigration officer or immigration assistant under
subsection (3); or

(b) proceeded against for an offence under section l7C(3), he shall be
released forthwith unless he may be held in lawful custody for some other reason.

17E. Examination of persons not
carrying proof of identity

Without prejudice to any other provision of this Ordinance, an immigration
officer or immigration assistant may examine any person who is found not to have
with him proof of his identity in order to determine whether that person has landed
in Hong Kong unlawfully or intended or attempted so to do or is contravening or
has contravened a condition of stay in respect of him.

(Amended 75 of 1981 s. 5)
(Part IVA added 62 of 1980 s. 3)

PART IVB

PROHIBITION OF EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL
IMMIGRANTS AND OTHERS

(Amended 35 of 1981 s. 5)

17F. Commencement and discontinuance*

(1) The Governor in Council may from time to time, by order published in the
Gazette, declare that this Part, or any provision of this Part specified in the order

(a) shall come into operation;

(b) shall be discontinued in its operation.

(2) Where an order is made under subsection (1)(a), this Part or, as the case
may be, any provision specified in the order, shall continue in operation

Sections 17G, 17H and 17J came into operation on 28 October
1980.

Sections 171, 17K, 17L, 17M and 17N came into operation on 3 November 1980. (L.N.
303 of 1980)





until an order is made in relation to it under subsection (1)(b); and where an order is
made under subsection (1)(b) in relation to this Part or any provision of it, the
operation of this Part or, as the case may be, of that provision shall be discontinued
until such time as a further order is made under subsection (1)(a) in relation to it. (3)
Section 23 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance

(Cap. 1) shall have the same effect in relation to the discontinuance of the operation
of any provision by virtue, of an order under subsection (1)(b) as it would have if
such provision had been repealed.

17G. Interpretation

(1) In this Part-

'appointed day' means the day last declared under section 17F(I)(a) for section 171
to come into operation;

'approved document means a document approved by the Governor under
subsection (2)(c)(v);

'certificate of exemption' means a certificate issued by the Commissioner of
Registration to a person who by virtue of regulation 25(e) of the Registration of
Persons Regulations (Cap. 177 sub. leg.) (relating to the aged, the blind and the
infirm) is not required to be registered under the Registration of Persons
Ordinance (Cap. 177);

'contract of employment' means any agreement, whether in writing or oral, express
or implied, whereby one person agrees to employ another and that other agrees
to serve his employer as an employee and includes a contract of
apprenticeship;

,,employee' means any person who has entered into a contract of employment to be
employed by any other person as an employee or apprentice;

'employer' means any person who has entered into a contract of employment to
employ any other person as an employee or apprentice, and the duly
authorized agent, manager or factor of such first mentioned person;

'identity card' includes a document issued by the Commissioner of Registration
acknowledging that the holder has applied

(a)to be registered under the Registration of Persons Ordinance (Cap.
177); or

(b)for a new identity card under regulation 13 or 14 of the Registration of
Persons Regulations (Cap. 177 sub. leg.);

'official passport means a passport issued by a foreign Government to an employee
of that Government for the purpose of carrying out official duties;

'record of employees' means a record required to be kept under section 17K.

(2) Without prejudice to any provision of this Ordinance relating to

conditions of stay which may be imposed on any person, a person is lawfully
employable for the purposes of this Part only if-





(a) he is the holder of an identity card;
(b) he is the holder of an official passport; or
(c) he is not required to be registered under the Registration of
Persons Ordinance (Cap. 177) and is the holder of-

(i) a valid travel document which is not endorsed with a condition of
stay prohibiting him for taking employment; (Amended 30 of
1989 s. 2)

(ii) (Repealed 31 of 1984 s. 4)

(iii)a Vietnamese refugee card which does not prohibit him from
taking employment; (Amended 35 of 1981 s. 6)

(iv) a certificate of exemption; or

(v) any other document of a type approved by the Governor by
order published in the Gazette.

(Amended 31 of 1984 s. 4)

17H. Transitional powers of employers

(1) An employee may be required by his employer to produce for inspection
within the time limited by subsection (3)

(a) the employee's identity card;

(b) the employee's official passport; or

(c)where the employee is not the holder of an identity card and is not
required to be registered under the Registration of Persons Ordinance
(Cap. 177)

(i) a valid travel document;
(E) (Repealed 31 of 1984 s. 5)

(iii) a Vietnamese refugee card or a document issued by the

Director acknowledging that the employee is the holder of a
Vietnamese refugee card which is reported lost or destroyed; (iv) a
certificate of exemption; or

(v) any other approved document,
held by the employee.

(2) A requirement may be made under subsection (1)-

(a)at any time prior to the appointed day in the case of an employee
who

(i) is in Hong Kong; and (ii) is
not absent from work; or

(b)upon the first return to work of an employee who between the day on
which an order under section 17F(I)(a) was last made and the
appointed day

(i) was outside Hong Kong; or
(ii) was absent from work.





(3) Where an employee fails

(a)by the appointed day to comply with a requirement made in
accordance with subsection (2)(a); or

(b)within 72 hours of his return to work, to comply with a requirement
made in accordance with subsection (2)(b),

his employer shall be entitled to terminate the employment of such employee
without notice or payment in lieu and no liability, either at common law or under any
Ordinance, shall attach to the employer by reason of such termination or for any
loss thereby suffered by the employee:

Provided that if at any time after the time limited by this subsection the
employee produces to his employer for inspection any document which should have
been produced within the time so limited, the employee's employment shall, if it has
not already been terminated, cease upon such production to be liable to be
terminated under this subsection.

171. Offence to be employer of a person
who is not lawfully employable

(1) Any person who is the employer of an employee who is not lawfully
employable commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year.

(2) It shall be a defence in proceedings for an offence under this section for
the person charged to prove that the employee in respect of whom the offence is
alleged to have been committed

(a)had been absent from work continuously from the date when section
17H last came into operation until 72 hours before the date of the
alleged offence; or

(b)is the holder of a Vietnamese refugee card, that at the time the
contract of employment was entered into with the employee the
Vietnamese refugee card held by the employee did not prohibit the
employee from taking employment and that the person charged had
no knowledge that the Vietnamese refugee card held by the employee
was, after the contract of employment was entered into, replaced by a
new Vietnamese refugee card prohibiting the employee from taking
employment. (Replaced 35 of 1981 s. 7)

(3) It shall not be a defence in proceedings for an offence under this section
that the employee entered the employment of the employer before the appointed
day. (Added L.N. 346 of 1982)

(4) Where a person is charged with an offence under this section a certificate
signed by the Director and certifying that the employee in respect of whom the
offence is alleged to have been committed was, at the date of the alleged offence, not
lawfully employable, shall be admitted in evidence on its





production without further proof and, until the contrary is proved, it shall be
presumed

(a) that the certificate was signed by the Director; and

(b)that the employee in respect of whom the offence is alleged to have
been committed was, at the date of the alleged offence, not lawfully
employable. (Added 30 of 1989 s. 3)

17J. Employers to inspect documents of new employee

(1) No person shall in Hong Kong enter into a contract of employment to
employ any other person unless he first inspects

(a) the identity card held by such other person;

(b) the official passport held by such other person; or

(c)where such other person is not the holder of an identity card and is
not required to be registered under the Registration of Persons
Ordinance (Cap. 177)

(i) a valid travel document; (ii)
(Repealed 31 of 1984 s. 6) (iii) a
Vietnamese refugee card; (iv) a
certificate of exemption; or (v) any
other approved document, held by
him.

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

17JA. Employers to inspect regularly Vietnamese

refugee cards of employees and

termination of employment

(1) Every employer shall, where he has in his employment any employee who is
the holder of a Vietnamese refugee card, require such employee to produce for
inspection the Vietnamese refugee card held by the employee on every occasion
wages are paid by the employer to the employee to ensure that the employee is
lawfully employable.

(2) Where an employee to whom subsection (1) applies

(a)is the holder of a Vietnamese refugee card which prohibits him from
taking employment; or

(b)fails or refuses to produce for inspection, within 72 hours of his
being required to do so under subsection (1), the Vietnamese refugee
card held by him,

his employer shall be entitled to terminate the employment of such employee without
notice or payment in lieu and no liability, either at common law or under any
Ordinance, shall attach to the employer by reason of such termination or for any loss
thereby suffered by the employee:





Provided that if at any time after the time limited by paragraph (b) the
employee produces to his employer for inspection the Vietnamese refugee card
which should have been produced within the time so limited, the employee's
employment shall, if it has not already been terminated and if the employee
is not prohibited from taking employment, cease upon such production to be
liable to be terminated under this subsection.
(Added 35 of 1981 s. 8)

17K. Records to be kept by employers
(1) Every employer shall keep at the place of employment of each of his
employees a record of-
(a)the full name of the employee as shown in his identity card or
other document by virtue of which he is lawfully employable; and
(b)the type of document held by the employee by virtue of which he
is lawfully employable, and the number of that document.
(2) Every employer shall, where he employs more than 10 employees at
any one place of employment, keep at that place the records of those employees
in the form of a list of the names and particulars of those employees required
under subsection (1).
(3) Every employer shall keep the record of each employee and every fist
required to be kept under subsection (2)-
(a) up to date;
(b)in a form which is capable of being produced on demand to a
person authorized to inspect it; and
(c)in a form which is legible and capable of being readily under-
stood by any person authorized to inspect it.
(4) In this section 'place of employment' in relation to an employee who
has no single place of employment, means his principal place of employment.

17L. Powers of enforcement
(1) Every senior labour inspector and labour inspector appointed under
section 3 of the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59)
shall, if in uniform or upon production of his authority if required, have
authority to enter any premises or place where he has reasonable cause to
believe that persons are in employment, other than such premises or place as
are principally used for dwelling purposes, and-
(a)to require an employer there to produce on demand for
inspection any record or list which an employer is required to
keep under section 17K; (Replaced 30 of 1989 s. 4)
(b)to require an employee there to produce on demand for
inspection any document which the employee is required by
section 17C to have with him; (Replaced 30 of 1989 s. 4)





(e)to seize and remove any thing which may appear to him to be
evidence of an offence under section 17M. (Added30of1989s.4)

(IA) Any employer from whom any records or lists which an employer is
required to keep under section 17K or other documents have been seized and
removed under subsection (1)(c) shall, pending any proceedings for an offence
under section 17M, be entitled to make copies of and take extracts from such
records, lists or other documents and it shall be the duty of the Director at all
reasonable times, and subject to such reasonable conditions as to security or
otherwise as he may impose, to give the employer access to them for that purpose.
(Added 30 of 1989 s. 4)

(2) Any immigration officer or immigration assistant and any police officer may,
if in uniform or upon production of his authority if required, without prejudice to any
other provision of this Ordinance or to any other law call for, inspect and copy any
record of employees.

17LA. Production of record or list

(1) A senior labour inspector or a labour inspector appointed under section 3 of
the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59) may, by notice in
writing served on an employer, require the employer to produce to him for inspection
any record or list which an employer is required to keep under section 17K before the
expiry of such time being not less than 72 hours as shall be specified in the notice.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) may be served by serving a copy

(a) personally;

(b)by registered post addressed to the last known place of business or
residence of the person to be served; or

(c)on any person who appears to the person serving the notice to be an
employee of the person to be served.

(Added 30 of 1989 s. 5)

17M. Offences

(1) Any person who

(a) contravenes section 17K(1), (2) or (3); or

(b)fails to produce for inspection a record or list of employees when
lawfully required to do so, (Amended 30 of 1989 s. 6)

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 510,000.

(2) Any person who fails or refuses to produce for inspection a document the
production of which is required under section 17L(1)(b) commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of 1,000.

(3) Any person who obstructs any public officer in the execution of his duty
under this Part commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months:





Provided that it shall be a defence in proceedings for an offence under this
subsection for the person charged to prove that he did not act unreasonably having
regard to all the circumstances of the offence charged.

17N. Presumption

Any person who is found at a place where employees are in the employment of
an employer shall, unless it is proved that he is lawfully employable, be presumed
until the contrary is proved

(a)to have entered into a contract of employment to be employed by that
employer; and

(b) to be an employee of that employer.

(Part IVB added 62 of 1980 s. 3)

PART V

POWER TO REMOVE OR
DEPORT

18. Removal of persons refused permission to land and
of members of ship's crew who contravene
certain conditions of stay

(1) Subject to subsection (2), an immigration officer or a chief immigration
assistant may remove from Hong Kong in accordance with section 24(Amended 65
of 1989 s. 3)

(a)a person who, pursuant to any examination whatsoever under section
4(1)(a), is under section 11 (1) refused permission to land in Hong
Kong; and (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 6)

(b)a person who, having arrived in Hong Kong on board a ship in which
he was a member of the crew and been given permission to land in
Hong Kong subject to a condition of stay requiring him to leave
Hong Kong

(i) in a specified ship; or

(ii) within a specified period in accordance with arrangements for his
repatriation,

contravenes or is reasonably suspected by an immigration officer of
intending to contravene that condition.

(2) A person who is refused permission to land in Hong Kong may not be
removed from Hong Kong under subsection (1)(a) after the expiry of 2 months
beginning with the date on which he landed. (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 6)

(3) Subsection (2) shall not apply if it appears to the Director that the person
refused permission to land was previously resident in Vietnam. (Added 3 of 1979 s.
2)





1990

(4) Subsection (3) shall expire on 31 December 1990 unless the Legislative
Council by resolution otherwise determines. (Added 3 of 1979 s. 2. Extended L.N.
287 of 1979; L.N. 315 of 1980; L.N. 373 of 1981; L.N. 392 of 1982; L.N. 368 of
1983; L.N. 382 of 1984; L.N. 353 of 1985; L.N. 277 of 1986; L.N. 396 of 1987;
L.N. 334 of 1988; L.N. 385 of 1989)

19. Power to order removal

(1) A removal order may be made against a person requiring him to leave Hong
Kong

(a) subject to subsection (3), by the Governor if it appears to him

that that person is an undesirable immigrant who has been

ordinarily resident in Hong Kong for less than 3 years; or

(b) by the Director if it appears to him that that person

(Amended 31 of 1987s. 16)

(i) might have been removed from Hong Kong under section 18(1) if
the time limited by section 18(2) had not passed; or

(ii) has (whether before or after commencement of the Immigration
(Amendment) (No. 4) Ordinance 1981 (75 of 1981)) landed in
Hong Kong unlawfully or is contravening or has contravened a
condition of stay in respect of him; or (Replaced 75 of 1981 s.
7)

(iia) not being a person who enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong,
or has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1),
has contravened section 42; or (Added 31 of 1984 s. 7. Amended
31 of 1987 s. 16)

(iii) being a person who by virtue of section 7(2) may not remain in
Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or
immigration assistant, has remained in Hong Kong without
such permission. (Added 79 of 1982 s. 8)

(2) (Repealed 31 of 1987s. 16)

(3) A removal order shall not be made under subsection (1)(a) against an
immigrant who is a British citizen or a United Kingdom belonger except after
consideration by the Governor of the report of a Deportation Tribunal under section
23, unless the Governor certifies that the departure of the immigrant from Hong Kong
is necessary in the interest of the security of Hong Kong or for political reasons
affecting the relations of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom with
another country. (Amended 78 of 1982 s. 5; 31 of 1987 s.16)

(4) A removal order made against a person shall invalidate any permission or
authority to land or remain in Hong Kong given to that person before the order is
made or while it is in force.





(5) Where the Director makes a removal order he shall cause written notice to
be served as soon as is practicable on the person against whom it is made informing
him

(a) of the ground on which the order is made; and

(b)that if he wishes to appeal he must do so by giving to an immigration
officer or immigration assistant written notice of his grounds of appeal
and the facts upon which he relies within 24 hours of receiving the
notice of the order.

(6) In this section 'Director' means the Director of Immigration or the Deputy
Director of Immigration.

(Replaced 62 of 1980 s. 4)

20. Power to deport

(1) The Governor in Council may make a deportation order against an immigrant,
other than a British citizen or a United Kingdom belonger, if(Amended 78 of 1982 s.
6;31 of 1987 s. 17)

(a)the immigrant has been found guilty in Hong Kong of an offence
punishable with imprisonment for not less than 2 years; or

(b)the Governor in Council deems it to be conducive to the public good.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Governor in Council may make a deportation
order against a British citizen other than a resident British citizen, or a United
Kingdom belonger other than a resident United Kingdom belonger, if- (Amended 78
of 1982 s. 6; 31 of 1987 s. 17)

(a)such person has been found guilty in Hong Kong of an offence
punishable with imprisomnent for not less than 2 years; or

(b)the Governor in Council deems it to be conducive to the public good.

(3) The Governor in Council shall not make a deportation order against a British
citizen or a United Kingdom belonger under subsection (2) except(Amended 78 of
1982 s. 6;31 of 1987 s. 17)

(a) on the recommendation of a court under section 21;

(b)after consideration of the report of a Deportation Tribunal under
section 23; or

(c)where the Governor certifies that the case concerns the security of
Hong Kong or the relations of Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom with another country.

(4) The Governor in Council may make a deportation order against a resident
British citizen or a resident United Kingdom belonger if the Governor in Council
deems it to be conducive to the public good on the ground that the departure of
such person from Hong Kong is necessary in the interest of the security of Hong
Kong or for political reasons affecting the relations of





Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom with another country.

(Amended 78 of 1982 s. 6; 31 of 1987 s. 17)

(5) A deportation order shall require the person against whom it is made to
leave Hong Kong and shall prohibit him from being in Hong Kong at any time
thereafter or during such period as may be specified in the order.

(6) (Repealed 31 of 1987s.17)

(7) A deportation order made against a person shall invalidate any permission
or authority to land or remain in Hong Kong given to that person before the order is
made or while it is in force.

(8) For the purposes of this section and section 21, the question whether an
offence is one for which a person is punishable with imprisonment shall be
determined without regard to any Ordinance restricting the imprisonment of young
offenders.

21. Recommendation by court for deportation

(1) Where an adult British citizen other than a resident British citizen, or an adult
United Kingdom belonger other than a resident United Kingdom belonger, has been
found guilty in Hong Kong of an offence punishable with imprisonment for not less
than 2 years, any court having power to sentence him for that offence may
recommend that a deportation order be made against him. (Replaced 78 of 1982 s. 7.
Amended31 of 1987s. 18)

(2) A court shall not recommend that a deportation order be made against a
person unless that person has been given not less than 7 days notice in writing
stating that such person will be given an opportunity to make to the court
representations with respect to the making of such a recommendation; and, for the
purpose of enabling a notice to be given under this subsection or, if a notice was
given less than 7 days previously, for the purpose of enabling the required 7 days to
elapse, the court may adjourn the proceedings and, if such person is not detained
pursuant to the sentence or order of any court, may remand such person in custody.

(3) In determining whether or not to recommend that a deportation order be
made against any person, a court shall have regard to any representations which
may be made by or on behalf of such person and in particular to any evidence which
such person may adduce as to his character or circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding any rule of practice restricting the matters which ought to
be taken into account in dealing with an offender who is sentenced to imprisonment,
a recommendation for deportation may be made in respect of an offender who is
sentenced to imprisonment for life.

(5) A recommendation that a deportation order be made against a person shall
be treated as a sentence for the purpose of any Ordinance providing an appeal
against sentence; and where a court recommends or purports to recommend that a
deportation order be made against a person, the validity of





the recommendation shall not be called in question except on an appeal against the
recommendation or the finding of guilty on which it was made.

(6) A deportation order shall not be made on the recommendation of a court so
long as an appeal or further appeal is pending against the recommendation or
against the finding of guilty on which it was made; and for this purpose an appeal or
further appeal shall be treated as pending (where one is competent but has not been
brought) until the expiry of the time for bringing that appeal.

(7) A person shall be treated as an adult for the purposes of this section if he is
of or over the age of 16 years.

22. Appointment of Deportation Tribunal

(1) Where it is proposed that

(a)a removal order should be made under section 19(1)(a) against an
immigrant who is a British citizen or a United Kingdom belonger; or
(Amended62of 1980s. 5; 78of 1982s. 8;31 of 1987s. 19)

(b)a deportation order should be made against a British citizen or a
United Kingdom belonger, (Replaced 31 of 1987s. 19)

and the Governor has not certified that the departure from Hong Kong of such
person is necessary in the interest of the security of Hong Kong or for political
reasons affecting the relations of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom
with another country, the Chief Justice shall, on application by the Attorney General,
appoint a Deportation Tribunal to hold an inquiry under section 23.

(2) Every Deportation Tribunal shall consist of ajudge or a district judge, who
shall be the president of the Tribunal, and 2 other members selected by the Chief
Justice from the panel appointed under subsection (3).

(3) The Governor may appoint such person as he thinks fit to be members of a
panel for the purposes of this section.

23. Inquiry by Deportation Tribunal

(1) A person in whose case a Deportation Tribunal is to hold an inquiry under
this section shall, not less than 7 days before the day appointed for the holding of
the inquiry, be served with a notice in writing

(a)notifying him that a Deportation Tribunal is to hold such inquiry and
of the day on which it will be held; and

(b)containing a statement of the ground on which it is proposed that a
removal order or a deportation order should be made.

(2) Every inquiry under this section shall be held in chambers and the practice
and procedure on the inquiry shall be such as may be prescribed.

(3) The Deportation Tribunal shall, after inquiry in accordance with this section,
make a report to the Secretary for Security setting out its findings of





fact and, if it sees fit, stating whether or not in its opinion a removal order or a
deportation order should be made. (Amended 31 of 1984 s. 8)

PART VI

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS AS TO REMOVAL AND
DEPORTATION

24. Removal by immigration officer under section 18

(1) Where a person is to be removed from Hong Kong under section 18 or 13E
in a ship or aircraft, an immigration officer may give directions(Amended 42 of 1982
s. 8)

(a)to the captain of the ship or aircraft in which that person arrived in
Hong Kong requiring him to remove that person from Hong Kong in
that ship or aircraft;

(b)to the owners or agents of the ship or aircraft in which that person
arrived in Hong Kong requiring them to remove that person from
Hong Kong in any ship or aircraft specified or indicated in the
directions, being a ship or aircraft of which they are the owners or
agents;

(c)to the said owners or agents requiring them to make arrangements for
the removal of that person from Hong Kong in any ship or aircraft
specified or indicated in the directions to a specified country;

(d)to the owners or agents of any ship or aircraft requiring them to make
arrangements for the removal of that person from Hong Kong in any
ship or aircraft specified or indicated in the directions to a specified
country, notwithstanding that such person did not arrive in Hong
Kong in a ship or aircraft of which they are the owners or agents or in
any ship or aircraft.

(2) A person in respect of whom directions are given under subsection (1) may
be placed under the authority of an immigration officer or immigration assistant on
board any ship or aircraft in which he is to be removed in accordance with the
directions. (Amended57of1972s.6)

(3) Where the ship in which a person arrived in Hong Kong is a ship not
exceeding 500 gross tons

(a)the captain of that ship may be required under subsection (1)(a) to
remove that person from Hong Kong forthwith in that ship; and

(b)an immigration officer or a chief immigration assistant may take such
steps as he thinks necessary to procure the immediate departure of
that ship from Hong Kong. (Amended 65 of 1989 s.3)





(4) A person may be removed from Hong Kong under section 18 or 13E by land
to a specified country; and for that purpose may be taken in the custody of an
immigration officer, immigration assistant or police officer to the place at which he is
to be removed. (Amended57 of 1972 s. 6;42 of 1982 s.8)

(5) Subject to section 25(5) and (5A), the expenses of or incidental to the
removal from Hong Kong of a person who is removed in accordance with directions
under subsection (1)(d) shall be met from moneys provided by the Legislative
Council, but save as aforesaid the expenses of or incidental to the removal from
Hong Kong of a person who is removed in accordance with directions under
subsection (1) shall be met by the owners of the ship or aircraft. (Amended31 of
1984 s. 9)

25. Removal pursuant to removal

order or deportation order

(1) A person in respect of whom a removal order or a deportation order is in
force may be removed from Hong Kong in accordance with this section.

(2) The Director may give directions

(a)to the captain of any ship or aircraft about to leave Hong Kong
requiring him to remove such person from Hong Kong to a specified
country;

(b)to the owners or agents of any ship or aircraft requiring them to make
arrangements for the removal of such person from Hong Kong in a
ship or aircraft specified or indicated in the directions to any such
country.

(3) A person in respect of whom directions are given under subsection (2) may
be placed under the authority of an immigration officer, immigration assistant or
police officer on board any ship or aircraft in which he is to be removed in
accordance with the directions. (Amended57of1972s.7)

(4) A person in respect of whom a removal order or a deportation order is in
force may be removed by land to a specified country, and for that purpose may be
taken in the custody of an immigration officer, immigration assistant or police officer
to the place at which he is to be removed. (Amended 57 of 1972 s. 7)

(5) The Chief Secretary may apply in or towards payment of the expenses of or
incidental to

(a)the voyage from Hong Kong of a person in respect of whom a
removal order or a deportation order is in force; and (Amended 31 of
1984 s. 10)

(b)the maintenance until departure of such a person and his
dependants, if any,

any money belonging to that person; and except so far as they are paid as aforesaid
the expenses of or incidental to the removal from Hong Kong of





a person in respect of whom a removal order or a deportation order is in force shall
be met from moneys provided by the Legislative Council.

(5A) Any expenses under subsection (5) or section 24(5) or any part thereof
met from moneys provided by the Legislative Council may be recovered from the
person concerned as a civil debt due to the Government. (Added 31 of 1984 s. 10)

(6) Without prejudice to subsection (5) or (5A), the Chief Secretary may require
any person to whom subsection (5)(a) applies to use for the purposes of the voyage
from Hong Kong any aeroplane or ship ticket or voucher issued in respect of that
person. (Added52of1976s.2. Amended31 of 1984s. 10)

PART VII

DETENTION

26. Power to detain for inquiry

Without prejudice to any other provision of this Ordinance~

(a)where any member of the Immigration Service of or above the rank of
chief immigration officer or any police officer of or above the rank of
superintendent is satisfied- (Amended 31 of 1984 s.11)

(i)that inquiry for the purposes of this Ordinance, other than the
provisions relating to deportation, is necessary in the case of
any person; and

(ii) that such person may abscond if he is not detained, such
person may be detained for not more than 48 hours; and

(b)where any member of the Immigration Service of or above the rank of
principal immigration officer or any police officer of or above the rank
of assistant commissioner of police is so satisfied, such person may
be detained for not more than a further 5 days.

27. Detention pending examination
and decision as to landing

A person who may be examined under section 4(1)(a) or is required to submit to
further examination following an examination under section 4(1)(a) may be detained
under the authority of an immigration officer

(a) for not more than 24 hours pending the examination; and

(b)for not more than a further 24 hours pending a decision to give or
refuse him permission to land.





28. Detention pending determination of objection

A person who has lodged an objection under section 53(1) may be detained
under the authority of the Director pending the determination of the objection.

29. Detention for inquiry as to deportation

(1) If it appears to the Secretary for Security-
(a)that there are reasonable grounds for inquiry as to whether a
person ought to be deported under section 20; and
(b)that such person should be detained for the purposes of or during
such inquiry,
he may issue a warrant in the prescribed form authorizing the detention of such
person for a period of 14 days.
(2) If it appears to the Secretary for Security that it is desirable that a
person detained under a detention warrant should be further detained-
(a) for the purposes referred to in subsection (1);
(b)for the purpose of inquiries into activities, whether of that person
or another person, which are prejudicial to the security of Hong
Kong, being inquiries which in the opinion of the Secretary for
Security should be conducted before the proceedings for
the deportation of such person are completed; or
(e) while proceedings for his deportation are completed,
the Secretary for Security may from time to time issue further warrants in
the prescribed form authorizing the detention of such person for periods of
7 days.
(3) Any police officer may arrest a person in respect of whom a detention
warrant is in force.
(4) The Secretary for Security may at any time direct that a person
detained under a detention warrant be released.
(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 3)

30. Power to detain following recommendation
of court for deportation

Where a court has recommended that a deportation order be made against
a person, and such person is not detained pursuant to the sentence or order of
any court, he may, unless the court by which the recommendation is made
otherwise directs, be detained for not more than 28 days pending the decision of
the Governor in Council as to whether or not a deportation order should be
made against him.





31. Detention of deportee for inquiries

if-

(a)a person who is in Hong Kong in contravention of a deportation
order in force in respect of him is to be removed from Hong Kong
under section 25; and

(b) it appears to the Governor-

(i)that the continued presence of such person in Hong Kong is
necessary for the time being in connection with inquiries being
carried on into activities, whether of that person or another
person, which are prejudicial to the security of Hong Kong;and

(ii) that such person may abscond if he is not detained, the Governor
may issue a warrant in the prescribed form authorizing the detention of such person
for a period of 14 days.

(2) If it appears to the Governor that a person detained under a warrant issued
under subsection (1) or this subsection should be further detained for such purpose,
he may from time to time issue further warrants in the prescribed form authorizing the
detention of such person for periods of 7 days.

(3) The Governor may at any time direct that a person detained under a warrant
issued under subsection (1) or (2) be no longer detained thereunder.

32. Detention pending removal or deportation

(1) A person who is to be removed from Hong Kong under section 18 or

13E (Amended 42 of 1982 s. 8)
(a)may be detained until he is so removed, and may be so
detained for not more than 48 hours under the authority of
an immigration officer and thereafter under the authority of
the Director; and
(b)may, if he is on board a ship or aircraft, be removed therefrom
under the authority of an immigration officer for detention under
this subsection.

(IA) Where consideration is being given to applying for or making a removal
order in respect of a person, that person may be detained as provided for in
subsection (2) or (2A), whichever is appropriate in the particular case. (Added 62 of
1980 s. 6)

(2) A person may be detained under the authority of the Secretary for Security

(a)for not more than 14 days pending the making of an application to the
Governor for a removal order under section 19(1)(a) in respect of that
person; and





(b)for not more than a further 14 days pending the decision of the
Governor as to whether or not a removal order should be made under
section 19(1)(a) in respect of that person. (Replaced 62 of 1980s.6)

(2A) A person may be detained pending the decision of the Director of
Immigration or Deputy Director of Immigration as to whether or not a removal order
should be made under section 19(1)(b) in respect of that person

(a)for not more than 7 days under the authority of the Director of
Immigration or Deputy Director of Immigration;

(b)for not more than a further 21 days under the authority of the
Secretary for Security; and

(c)where inquiries for the purpose of such decision have not been
completed, for a further period of 21 days under the authority of the
Secretary for Security, in addition to the periods provided under
paragraphs (a) and (b). (Added 62 of 1980 s. 6)

(3) A person in respect of whom a removal order under section 19(1)(a) or a
deportation order is in force may be detained under the authority of the Secretary for
Security pending his removal from Hong Kong under section 25. (Amended 15 of
1980 s. 4; 62 of 1980 s. 6)

(M) A person in respect of whom a removal order under section 19(1)(b) is in
force may be detained under the authority of the Director of Immigration or Deputy
Director of Immigration pending his removal from Hong Kong under section 25.
(Added 62 of 1980 s. 6)

(4) Notwithstanding subsections (1), (1A), (2), (2A), (3) and (3A), a person who
is to be removed from Hong Kong under section 18 or 13E or in respect of whom a
removal order or a deportation order is in force may be detained- (Amended 62 of
1980 s. 6;42 of 1982 s. 8)

(a)under the authority of the Secretary for Security for not more than 28
days; and (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 4)

(b)by order of a court on the application of the Attorney General for
further periods, not exceeding 21 days upon any one application,

for the purpose of giving evidence at the trial of any offence or of facilitating
inquiries into any offence or suspected offence. (Added42of1979s.3)

(5) In subsection (4), 'court' includes the District Court and a magistrate.
(Added 42 of 1979 s. 3)

33. Detention of persons on board ships or aircraft

(1) The captain of a ship or aircraft shall, if so required by an immigration
officer, immigration assistant or police officer, take such steps as maybe necessary
for preventing- (Amended57of1972s.8)





(a). a person who arrived in the ship or aircraft and has been refused
permission to land in Hong Kong; or

(b)a person placed on board the ship or aircraft under section 24(2)
or 25(3),
from landing from the ship or aircraft before it leaves Hong Kong.

(2) For the purpose of preventing any such person from landing from the ship
or aircraft, the captain of the ship or aircraft may detain that person in custody on
board the ship or aircraft.

34. Detention of person arrested under section 54(3)

A person who is arrested under section 54(3) may be detained

(a)by any police officer for the purpose of inquiries for not more than 48
hours; and

(b)under the authority of the Secretary for Security for not more than a
further 28 days pending the decision of the Governor in Council as to
whether or not the suspension of the deportation order made against
him should be rescinded. (Amended 15 of 1980s.5)

35. General provisions as to detained persons

(1) Save as otherwise provided in this Ordinance, persons required or
authorized to be detained by or under this Ordinance may be detained in such places
as the Secretary for Security may by order direct; and the Governor may by order
provide for the treatment of persons so detained. (Amended 15 of 1980s.6)

(2) Subject to this Ordinance, the Secretary for Security may direct
that(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 6; 42 of 1982 s. 9)

(a)a person required or authorized to be detained by or under this
Ordinance; or

(b)persons of such class or description as he may specify, being
persons required or authorized to be detained by or under this
Ordinance,

may be detained in such other place as he may specify, and-
(i) a person in respect of whom such a direction has been given; or

(ii) a person of any class or description in respect of which such a
direction has been given,

may be detained in such place.

(3) Without prejudice to any other Ordinance

(a) any person detained by virtue of this Ordinance; and





(b)any person who, being detained in pursuance of the sentence or
order of a court, would otherwise be liable to be detained by virtue of
this Ordinance,

may be taken in the custody of an immigration officer, immigration assistant, officer
of the Correctional Services Department or police officer to and from any place where
his attendance is required for any purpose of this Ordinance. (Amended 57 of 1972
s. 9; 42 of 1982 s. 9)

(4) Any person required or authorized to be detained by or under this
Ordinance may be arrested without warrant by an immigration officer, immigration
assistant, officer of the Correctional Services Department or police officer; and any
person who is

(a) detained by virtue of this Ordinance;

(b)being removed from one place in which he is detained by virtue of
this Ordinance to another place in which he may be so detained; or

(c)being taken to any place in the custody of an immigration officer,
immigration assistant, officer of the Correctional Services Department
or police officer in accordance with this Ordinance,

shall be deemed to be in lawful custody. (Amended57of 1972s. 9;42of 1982 S.9)

36. Recognizance as alternative to detention

(1) An immigration officer and any police officer may require a person-

(a) who is detained under section 27, 28, 30, 32 or 34; or

(b)who, being liable to be detained under any of those sections, is not
for the time being so detained,

to enter into a recognizance in the prescribed form in such amount and with such
number of sureties as the Director or such police officer may reasonably require; and
where a person who is so detained enters into such a recognizance he may be
released.

(2) A person may be detained under section 27, 28, 30, 32 or 34 notwithstanding
that he has entered into a recognizance pursuant to a requirement under subsection
(1); and where such person is so detained otherwise than in consequence of or
following a breach of the recognizance, the recognizance shall thereupon cease to
have effect.

(3) If it appears to a magistrate on the application of the Director that any
person may become liable to be detained under section 32(2), the magistrate may
order that person to enter into a recognizance in the prescribed form in such amount
and with such number of sureties as he thinks fit. (Added 52 of 1976 s. 3)

(4) The magistrate may order any person who wilfully fails to comply with an
order under subsection (3) to be imprisoned for 6 months. (Added 52 of 1976 s. 3)





(5) A recognizance entered into pursuant to subsection (3) shall cease to have
effect

(a)where the person who has entered into the recognizance has been
detained under section 32(2);

(b)where the person who has entered into the recognizance has a
removal order or deportation order made against him;

(c)where it is decided that a removal order will not be made in respect of
him;

(d)upon the expiration of 6 months from the date on which the
recognizance was entered into or upon the expiration of the period for
which the recognizance has been extended under subsection (6),

whichever is the earlier. (Added52of1976s.3)

(6) A magistrate may, on application by the Director prior to the expiration of a
recognizance entered into pursuant to subsection (3), extend the recognizance for
such period not exceeding 6 months as the magistrate thinks fit.
(Added52of1976s.3)

37. Recovery of cost of maintaining person

detained under section 32(1)

If a person who is detained under section 32(1) pending his removal from Hong
Kong under section 18 arrived in Hong Kong in a ship or aircraft, the Director of
Immigration may require the owner of the ship or aircraft or his agent to pay to the
Government the expense incurred by it in maintaining that person during his
detention.

PART VIIA

UNAUTHORIZED
ENTRANTS

37A. Interpretation

In this Part-

'passage' in relation to an unauthorized entrant includes the travel and transport of
the unauthorized entrant by ship, aircraft, vehicle or any other means
whatsoever; and

'unauthorized entrant' means a person belonging to a class or description of
persons who, by an order made under section 37B, are declared to be
unauthorized entrants, other than a person who under subsection (2) of that
section is excepted from the declaration in such order.





37B. Declaration of unauthorized entrants

(1) The Governor in Council may by order declare any class or description of
persons, other than persons who enjoy the right of abode in Hong Kong, or have
the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), to be unauthorized entrants.
(Amended31 of 1987s. 20)

(2) A declaration under subsection (1) may be made subject to such exceptions
as are specified in the order.
37C.Offence by crew etc., of ship carrying
unauthorized entrants

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a ship enters Hong Kong with an unauthorized
entrant on board

(a) each member of the crew;

(b) the owner of the ship and his agent; and

(c)any person who participated in making arrangements.to enable the
voyage on which the unauthorized entrant boarded the ship or was
brought to Hong Kong to take place,

commits an offence and is liable---

(i)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $5,000,000 and to
imprisonment for life; and

(ii)on summary conviction to a fine of 5100,000 and to imprisonment for
3 years.

(2) (a)The captain or owner of a ship shall not be convicted of an offence
under subsection (1) if he proves that at the time of the entry of the
ship into Hong Kong he did not know, had no reason to suspect and
could not with reasonable diligence have discovered that there was
on board the ship any unauthorized entrant.

(b)A person who is a member of the crew of a ship other than the
captain shall not be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) if
he proves that prior to the commencement of the voyage on which
the unauthorized entrant was brought to Hong Kong, he did not
know and had no reason to suspect that any unauthorized entrant
would be carried on the ship.

(c)A person accused of an offence under subsection (1)(c) shall not be
convicted of such offence if he proves that on the date or dates on
which he participated in making any such arrangements as are
referred to in that subsection he did not know and had no reason to
suspect that any unauthorized entrant would be carried on the ship.

(d)A person who is the agent of the owner of a ship shall not be
convicted of an offence under subsection (1) if he proves





(i) that prior to the commencement of the voyage on which any
unauthorized entrant was brought to Hong Kong, he did not
know and had no reason to suspect that any unauthorized
entrant would be carried on the ship; and

(ii) that he informed the Director at the earliest practicable
opportunity of the presence on board the ship of unauthorized
entrants.

37D. Arranging passage to Hong Kong
of unauthorized entrants

(1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who, on his own behalf or on behalf
of any other person, whether or not such other person is in Hong Kong

(a) arranges or assists the passage to, or within, Hong Kong;

(b)offers to arrange or assist the passage to, or within, Hong Kong; or

(c)does or offers to do an act preparatory to or for the purpose of
arranging or assisting the passage to, or within, Hong Kong,

of a person who is, or of a conveyance which carries, an unauthorized entrant,
commits an offence and is liable

(i) on conviction on indictment to a fine of 55,000,000 and to
imprisonment for life;

(ii) on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for 3
years.

(2) No person shall be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) if he
proves that he did not know, had no reason to suspect and could not with
reasonable diligence have discovered

(a)that the person whose carriage on a conveyance or whose passage is
the subject of the charge, was an unauthorized entrant; or

(b)that the conveyance in relation to which he is charged was carrying,
or would carry, any unauthorized entrant,

as the case may be.

(3) In this section 'conveyance' means a ship, aircraft, vehicle or any other
means whatsoever of travel or transport.

37DA. Assisting unauthorized entrant to remain

(1) Any person who assists an unauthorized entrant to remain in Hong Kong
commits an offence and shall be liable

(a)on conviction on indictment, to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 10 years; and

(b)on summary conviction, to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for
3 years.





(2) No person shall be convicted of an offence under subsection, (1) if he
proves that he did not know, had no reason to suspect and could not with
reasonable diligence have discovered that the person he assisted was an
unauthorized entrant.

(Added 75 of 1981 s. 8)

37E. Forfeiture of ships

(1) Where a ship is used in the commission of an offence under section 37C or
37D, the ship shall be liable to forfeiture whether or not any person is convicted of
any such offence.

(2) With the approval in writing of the Attorney General the Director may seize
and detain any ship which appears to him to be liable to forfeiture under subsection
(1) and within 21 days of any such seizure the Director shall serve notice of the
seizure on the owner of the ship:

Provided that where there is more than one owner of a ship it shall be sufficient
for the purposes of this subsection to give notice to one of the owners.

(3) A notice under subsection (2) shall be deemed to have been duly served on
the owner if

(a)it is delivered to him, or to the person whom the Director believes to
be the owner;

(b)it is sent by registered post addressed to such person at the place of
residence or business of such person, if any, known to the Director;
or

(c)where in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to serve the
notice in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) it is published in
accordance with subsection (4).

(4) Within 21 days of the seizure of any ship which appears to the Director to
be liable to forfeiture under subsection (1), notice of the seizure of the ship shall be
published

(a) in the Gazette; and

(b)in 1 newspaper published in Hong Kong in the English language and
1 newspaper so published in the Chinese language.

(5) Any person who has a claim to a ship which has been seized (in this section
and in section 37F referred to as the claimant) may, within 30 days of the publication
in the Gazette of notice of the seizure, give notice in writing to the Director that he
claims that the ship is not liable to forfeiture.

(6) A notice under subsection (5) shall state an address within Hong Kong at
which the claimant may be served in any proceedings arising out of the claim and in
any such proceedings a document addressed to the claimant and sent by post to, or
delivered at, that address shall for the purposes of this Part be deemed to be duly
served on the claimant.





(7) The Director may at any time prior to the expiration of the period of time
specified in subsection (5), terminate the seizure of the ship by serving notice to that
effect on the owner in accordance with subsection (3), or in a similar manner on the
person in possession of the ship at the time it was seized; and within 14 days of so
terminating the seizure of the ship, the Director shall release the ship to the owner or
to such person and publish notice of the termination of the seizure in the manner
provided in subsection (4).

(8) If, on the expiry of the period of time specified in subsection (5) for the
giving of a notice of a claim, no such notice has been given in writing to the
Director, the ship shall thereupon be deemed to be duly forfeited to the Crown.

(9) A person has a claim for the purposes of this section and section 37F if

(a)he is the owner of the ship, or of an interest in the ship, or is the
agent of the owner; or

(b) he was in possession of the ship at the time it was seized.

37F. Determination of application for forfeiture

(1) Where a notice of claim is given under section 37E(5) and the Director does
not terminate the seizure under section 37E(7), the Director shall apply for the
forfeiture of the ship.

(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made to a magistrate, the
District Court or to the High Court, as the Attorney General thinks fit.

(3) When an application under subsection (1) is made to a magistrate, the
magistrate shall issue a summons to the claimant requiring him to appear before a
magistrate on the hearing of the application and shall cause a copy of the summons
to be served on the Director.

(4) When an application under subsection (1) is made to the District Court or
the High Court, it shall be made and proceeded with, and may be withdrawn, in
accordance with rules of court, and may be begun by motion.

(5) If on the hearing of an application made under subsection (1)

(a)neither the claimant nor any other person appears before the court to
make a claim and the court is satisfied that notice of the date of the
hearing was duly served on the claimant; or

(b)neither the claimant nor any person satisfies the court that he has a
claim,

and the court is satisfied that the ship is liable to forfeiture, the court shall order that
the ship be forfeited to the Crown.

(6) If, on the hearing of an application made under subsection (1) and not
withdrawn, the court is satisfied that

(a) the ship is liable to forfeiture; and

(b) a person has a claim in respect thereof,





it shall order that the ship be forfeited to the Crown unless that person satisfies the
court that it is just and equitable in all the circumstances

(i) that the ship should not be forfeited; or

(ii)that the ship should not be forfeited but that instead a sum under
subsection (7) should be paid to the Crown.

(7) Where the court does not order that the ship be forfeited, it shall order that
the ship be released to the owner or his agent either without payment to the Director
or upon payment to the Director of

(a)such sum, if any, as appears to the court to be sufficient to reimburse
the Government for expenditure reasonably incurred or to be incurred
by the Government in seizing and detaining the ship and in supplying
goods and services to it and to any person on board the ship;

(b)such sum, if any, as appears to the court to be just and equitable in
lieu of forfeiture of the ship, having regard to all the circumstances
including the value of the ship, the degree of blameworthiness of the
owner or other claimant and any other relevant factors.

(8) If any sum ordered to be paid under subsection (7) is not paid to the
Director within 1 month of the date of the order, then the ship shall thereupon be
deemed to be duly forfeited to the Crown without prejudice to any order for the
payment of any sum under subsection (7)(a), which may be recovered as a civil debt
due to the Government.

(9) Where the court orders that the ship be forfeited, it may in addition order
the owner or other claimant to pay to the Director the sum specified in subsection
(7)(a).

(10) On the hearing of an application made under subsection (1), a certified true
copy of the record of any proceedings, including the decision of the court, in
respect of an offence under section 37C or 37D shall be admissible in evidence, and
for the avoidance of doubt it is declared that such application is a civil proceeding.

(11) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, an application to a magistrate
under subsection (1) may with the leave of the magistrate be withdrawn at any time
prior to the making of an order under subsection (6) or (7), and shall be deemed for
the purpose of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227) to be a complaint to which
section 8 of that Ordinance applies.

37G. Forfeiture of property

An application may at any time be made by the Attorney General to a
magistrate in the prescribed form, or in accordance with rules of court to the District
Court or the High Court by motion, for forfeiture under this section and if upon
hearing such application or, where no such application is made,





in the course of a prosecution for an offence under section 37C or 37D it appears to
the court that any property other than a ship

(a)has been, is being or is intended to be used in the commission or to
procure or facilitate the commission of an offence under section 37C
or 37D; or

(b)is the proceeds or represents the proceeds, directly or indirectly (as
being the result of any disposal or realization of the whole or part of
the proceeds) of any such offence,

the court shall, whether or not any person is convicted of any such offence, order
the forfeiture of such property unless it is satisfied that it would not be just to do so
or that there is other good reason why it should not do so.

37H. Compensation for seizure of ship or property

(1) Where any ship or other property is seized under this Part and subsequently
released to the owner, whether on the order of a court or otherwise, the owner or
person in lawful possession may within 6 months of such release apply to the
District Court or the High Court for compensation for any loss arising out of the
seizure, which shall be recoverable as a civil debt due from the Government, and
such application may be begun by motion.

(2) An award of compensation under subsection (1) shall be an award of such
sum, if any, as is just and equitable in all the circumstances of the case, including the
conduct and comparative blameworthiness of

(a) the owner of the ship or other property;

(b)the person in charge or control of the ship or other property at the
time it was seized;

(c) the agents of the persons specified in paragraphs (a) and (b); and

(d) public officers and any other persons concerned.
371.Entry of ships with unauthorized entrants may
he permitted in certain circumstances

(1) Notwithstanding anything in this Part, no offence is committed, and no ship
shall be liable to forfeiture, under this Part in respect of the presence of an
unauthorized entrant on board a ship

(a)which the Governor has in his discretion on special grounds granted
permission to enter Hong Kong; or

(b)whose first port of call is Hong Kong, if the unauthorized entrant was
taken on board without reward pursuant to a legal obligation to go to
his assistance.

(2) In any proceedings for an offence under this Part or for forfeiture arising out
of such an offence, until it is proved that an unauthorized entrant was taken on
board a ship





(a) without reward;

(b) pursuant to a legal obligation to go to the assistance of the

unauthorized entrant; and

(c) whose first port of call was Hong Kong, the
contrary shall be presumed.

(3) For the purposes of this section 'legal obligation' means an obligation
imposed upon the state where the ship is registered, pursuant to

(a) an International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea which

has been acceded to by the United Kingdom and extended to

Hong Kong;

(b) any other international convention acceded to by the United

Kingdom and extended to Hong Kong; or

(c) customary international law.

(4) For the purposes of this section Hong Kong is the first port of call of a ship
if

(a) (i) immediately before the ship first went to the assistance of any
unauthorized entrants it was in the course of a business or
commercial voyage and the next port of call at which the ship
was due to call was Hong Kong; and

(ii) immediately after going to the assistance of the unauthorized
entrants the ship proceeded directly to Hong Kong; or

(b) (i) it is necessary for the ship to enter Hong Kong as a port of refuge
because there is a risk to the ship's safety arising from weather
conditions or from the carriage of hazardous cargoes together
with unauthorized entrants or because the lives of the crew or
other persons on board the ship are in danger;

(ii) the captain, owner or agent informs the Director of Marine at the
earliest practicable opportunity of such of the circumstances
specified in subparagraph (i) as apply to the ship; and

(iii)the Secretary for Security in his discretion grants permission for
the ship to enter Hong Kong.

Proseution for acts outside Hong
Kong

Without prejudice to any law or enactment to the like or a similar effect as that
of this section, where any person is in Hong Kong, he may be charged and
convicted in respect of anything which was done or which occurred wholly or



37J. Prosecution for acts outside Hong Kong

Without prejudice to any law or enactment to the like or a similar effect as that of this section, where any
person is in Hong Kong, he may be charged and convicted in respect of anything which was done or which occurred wholly or
partly outside Hong Kong that would have been an offence under this Part if it had
been done or had occurred within Hong Kong.

37K. Proof

(1) A person who in any proceedings under this Part is alleged to be an
unauthorized entrant shall be presumed to be such until the contrary is proved.





(2) Where a person is charged with an offence under this Part as being the
owner of a ship, or the agent of the owner, or as being a member of the crew of a
ship, a certificate purporting to be signed by a police officer of the rank of
Superintendent or above and certifying that the person charged was, at the date on
which the offence is alleged to have taken place, in the honest belief of that officer-
(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 7)

(a) the owner of the ship; or

(b) the agent of the owner; or

(c) the captain or other member of the ship's crew, shall be admitted in
evidence on its production without further proof and until the contrary is proved it
shall be presumed that

(i) the certificate was signed by the person by whom it purports to have
been signed;

(ii) the person who signed the certificate was a police officer of the rank
stated in the certificate; and

(iii) the person charged was, at the date on which the offence is alleged to
have taken place, the owner of the ship, the agent of the owner or, as
the case may be, the captain or other member of the ship's crew.

37L. Attorney General to consent to prosecution

No prosecution shall be brought under this Part without the consent of the
Attorney General.

37NL Expiry of this Part

This Part shall expire on 31 Decemberunless the Legislative Council
by resolution otherwise determines.

(Part VIIA added 61 of 1979s. 3. Extended L.N. 315 of 1980; L.N. 373 of 1981; L.N.
392 of 1982; L.N. 368 of 1983; L.N. 382 of 1984; L.N. 353 of 1985; L.N. 277 of
1986; L.N. 396 of 1987,- L.N. 334 of 1988; L.N. 385 of 1989)

PART VIIB

SPECIAL
PROVISIONS

37N. Interpretation

In this Part-

'passage' in relation to an unauthorized entrant includes the travel and transport of
the unauthorized entrant by ship, aircraft, vehicle or any other means
whatsoever; and





'unauthorized entrant' means a person belonging to a class or description of
persons who, by an order made under section 37B, are declared to be
unauthorized entrants, other than a person who under subsection (2) of
that section is excepted from the declaration in such order.
370.Offence by crew etc., of ship carrying
unauthorized entrants

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a ship is in waters outside the waters of
the Colony with unauthorized entrants on board, or assisting unauthorized
entrants, in such circumstances that any of them is likely to enter, or to seek to
enter, or to be brought into Hong Kong-
(a) each member of the crew;
(b) the owner of the ship and his agent; and
(c)any person who participated in making arrangements to enable
the voyage on which any of the unauthorized entrants boarded or
were assisted by the ship or were brought to such waters, to take
place, or to enable such assistance to be provided,
commits an offence and is liable-
(i)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $5,000,000 and to
imprisonment for life; and
(ii)on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and to im-
prisonment for 3 years.
(2) (a)The captain or owner of a ship shall not be convicted of an
offence under subsection (1) if he proves that at the date of the
alleged offence he did not know, had no reason to suspect and
could not with reasonable diligence have discovered that there
was on board the ship any unauthorized entrant.
(b)A person who is a member of the crew of a ship other than the
captain shall not be convicted of an offence under subsection (1)
if he proves that prior to the commencement of the voyage on
which the offence is alleged to have been committed, he did not
know and had no reason to suspect that any unauthorized
entrant would be carried on the ship or be assisted by it in the
circumstances specified in subsection (1).
(c)A person accused of an offence under subsection (1)(c) shall not
be convicted of such offence if he proves that on the date or dates
on which the offence is alleged to have been committed he did not
know and had no reason to suspect that any unauthorized
entrant would be carried on the ship or be assisted by it in the
circumstances specified in subsection (1).
(d)A person who is the agent of the owner of a ship shall not be
convicted of an offence under subsection (1) if he proves---





(i) that prior to the commencement of the voyage on which the
offence is alleged to have been committed, he did not know
and had no reason to suspect that any unauthorized entrant
would be carried on the ship or be assisted by it in the
circumstances specified in subsection (1); and
(ii) that where there were unauthorized entrants on board the
ship he informed the Director at the earliest practicable
opportunity of that fact.

37P. Arranging passage of unauthorized entrants

(1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who, on his own behalf or
on behalf of any other person, whether or not such other person is in Hong
Kong-
(a)arranges or assists the passage to, or through, waters outside the
waters of the Colony;
(b)offers to arrange or assist the passage to, or through, such waters;
or
(c)does or offers to do an act preparatory to or for the purpose of
arranging or assisting the passage to, or through, such waters,
of a person who is, or of a ship which carries, an unauthorized entrant in such
circumstances that the unauthorized entrant is likely to enter, or to seek to
enter, or to be brought into, Hong Kong commits an offence and is liable-
(i)on conviction on indictment to a fine of $5,000,000 and to
imprisonment for life;
(ii)on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 years.
(2) No person shall be convicted of an offence under subsection (1) if he
proves that he did not know, had no reason to suspect and could not with
reasonable diligence have discovered-
(a)that the person whose passage or whose carriage on a ship is the
subject of the charge, was an unauthorized entrant; or
(b)that the ship in relation to which he is charged was carrying, or
would carry, any unauthorized entrant,
as the case may be.

37Q. Forfeiture of ships

(1) Where a ship is used in the commission of an offence under section
370 or 37P, the ship shall be liable to forfeiture whether or not any person is
convicted in respect of any such offence.
(2) Sections 37E and 37F shall apply in relation to a ship which is liable
to forfeiture under subsection (1) as they apply to a ship which is liable





to forfeiture under section 37E(1), and accordingly in section 37F(10) the references
to sections 37C and 37D shall, for the purposes of this section, be construed as if
they were references to sections 370 and 37P respectively.

37R. Application to this Part of
provisions of Part VIIA

(1) Subject to subsection (2), sections 37G, 37H, 371, 37J, 37K and 37L shall
apply and have effect for the purposes of this Part as if they were contained in this
Part.

(2) For the purposes of construing section 37G in its application to this Part in
accordance with subsection (1), the references in that section to sections 37C and
37D shall be deemed to be references to sections 370 and 37P respectively.

37S. Additional powers and saving

(1) Any power under this Ordinance that may be exercised within the waters of
the Colony may, for the purposes of preventing the commission of any offence
under this Ordinance, or of preventing the entry to Hong Kong of unauthorized
entrants, be exercised in waters outside the waters of the Colony.

(2) No action shall lie for anything done or purported to be done under the
provisions of this Ordinance in waters outside the waters of the Colony which
would not be actionable if done within the waters of the Colony.

37T. Expiry of this Part

This Part shall expire on 31 December 1990 unless the Legislative Council by
resolution otherwise determines.

(Part VIIBadded61of 1979s.4. Extended L.N. 315 of 1980; L.N. 373 of
1981; L.N. 392 of 1982; L.N. 368 of 1983; L.N. 382 of 1984; L,N 353 of
1985; L.N. 277 of 1986; L.N. 396 of 1987,- L.N. 334 of 1988; L.N. 385 of
1989)

PART VIII

OFFENCES AND
FORFEITURE

38. Prohibition of landing and remaining
without permission, and penalty for
carrying illegal ~grant

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person who

(a)being a person who by virtue of section 7 may not land in Hong
Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or immigration
assistant, lands in Hong Kong without such

permission; or(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)





(b)having landed in Hong Kong unlawfully, remains in Hong Kong
without the authority of the Director,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and
to imprisonment for 3 years.

(2) A person may land in Hong Kong, without the permission of an immigration
officer or immigration assistant, for the purpose of examination under section 4(1)(a)
in accordance with arrangements in that behalf approved by the Director, and if he
submits himself forthwith to such examination shall be deemed for the purposes of
subsection (1) not to have landed unless and until permission to land is granted to
him. (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(3) The Governor may by order provide that subsection (1) shall not apply to an
immigrant who lands from a ship or aircraft in such circumstances as may be
specified in the order.

(4) If a person lands from a ship in contravention of subsection (1)(a)-

(a) the captain of the ship; and

(b) the owner of the ship and his agent,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable

(i) on conviction on indictment, to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment
for 7 years; and

(ii) on summary conviction, to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for 3
years,

unless he proves that all reasonable steps had been taken to ensure that persons did
not land from the ship in contravention of subsection (1).

39. Liability of captain of ship carrying

persons seeking to land unlawfully

If a person on board a ship is seeking to land from the ship in contravention of
section 38(1)(a), the captain of the ship shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable

(a)on conviction on indictment, to a fine of $100,000 and to
imprisonment for 7 years; and

(b)on summary conviction, to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for
3 years,

unless he proves that he did not know and had no reason to suspect that such
person was seeking to land in contravention of section 38(1)(a).

40. Aircraft passengers arriving without

valid travel document

If a passenger who arrives in Hong Kong in an aircraft does not have a valid
travel document, the owner of the aircraft and his agent shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.





41. Breach of condition of stay

Any person who contravenes a condition of stay in force in respect of him shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

42. False statements, forgery of documents and

use and possession of forged documents

(1) Any person who makes or causes to be made

(a)to an immigration officer, immigration assistant or any other person
lawfully acting under or in the execution of Part 11, 111 or IV of this
Ordinance;

(b)in any document furnished to an immigration officer or immigration
assistant pursuant to this Ordinance or a requirement made
thereunder; or

(c)for the purpose of obtaining, whether for himself or any other person,
any travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit, certificate of
identity, document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card,

any statement or representation which he knows to be false or does not believe to
be true shall be guilty of an offence. (Amended 57of 1972 s. 10)

(2) Any person who

(a) (i) alters without lawful authority or forges; or

(ii) transfers to another without reasonable excuse, any travel
document, entry permit, re-entry permit, certificate of identity,
document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card or any document
whatsoever issued, kept or made under or for the purposes of Part 11,
Ill or IV of this Ordinance; (Replaced 61 of 1986s.3)

(b)uses for the purposes of Part II, III or IV of this Ordinance any forged,
false or unlawfully obtained or altered travel document, entry permit,
re-entry permit, certificate of identity, document of identity,
Vietnamese refugee card or other document;

(c) has in his possession-

(i)any forged, false or unlawfully obtained or altered travel
document, entry permit, re-entry permit, certificate of identity,
document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card; or

(ii) any forged, false or unlawfully altered document whatsoever
intended for use for the purposes of Part II, III or IV of this
Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) A travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit, certificate of identity,
document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card shall be deemed





to be unlawfully obtained for the purposes of this section if any person made a false
statement or representation for the purposes of or in connection with an application
for the issue or renewal of the same.

(4) Any person who is guilty of an offence under this section shall be liable

(a)on conviction on indictment, to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment
for 14 years; and (Amended 66 of 1981 s. 3)

(b)on summary conviction, to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.

(5) In this section, 'false' means false in a material particular.

(Amended 62 of 1980 s. 7)

43. Breach of deportation order, and landing from ship

or aircraft in which removal to he effected

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if-

(a)any person in respect of whom a deportation order is in force is in
Hong Kong in contravention of the order; or

(b)any person who has been placed on board a ship or aircraft under
section 25(3) lands from the ship or aircraft before it leaves Hong
Kong,

he shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable-
(i) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for 7 years; and

(ii) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for 3 years.

(2) A person who has not been given notice

(a) of a deportation order made against him;

(b)of the rescission of a suspension of the deportation order made
against him,

shall not be guilty of an offence under subsection (1)(a).

44. Miscellaneous offences

Any person who without reasonable excuse knowingly contravenes-

(a)section 3(1), (3), (4) or (5), 5(4) or (5), 6(1), (2) or (4), 14(1), 16(1), 17(1),
(2) or (3) or 33(1);

(b)any requirement made under section 3(2), 5(1), (3), (6) or (7), 6(3), 11(8)
or 15(1);

(c) any directions given under section 5(8), 24(1) or 25(2); or

(d) any condition imposed under section 13,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$20,000.





45. Continuance of an offence

Where a person is convicted of an offence under section 44 consisting of a
contravention of section 14(1) and the contravention continues after the conviction,
then, unless he has a reasonable excuse for the continuance of the contravention, he
shall be guilty of a further offence under section 44 and shall be liable on conviction
to be punished accordingly.

46. Limitation of time for prosecution

of summary offences

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a complaint may be made or an information laid in
respect of an offence under this Ordinance punishable only on summary conviction
within 2 years from the time when the matter of such complaint or information
respectively arose.

(2) A complaint may be made or an information laid in respect of an offence
under section 38(1)(b) or 41 within 3 years from the time when the matter of such
complaint or information respectively arose.

(Replaced 52 of 1976 s. 4)

46A. Forfeiture of property other than a ship or vehicle

(1) An application may at any time be made by the Attorney General to a
magistrate in the prescribed form, or in accordance with rules of court to the District
Court or the High Court by motion, for forfeiture under subsection (2) of any
property other than a ship or vehicle.

(2) If in the course of a prosecution for an offence under section 38(1) or under
section 90(1) of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap. 221) where the arrestable
offence which a person has committed is an offence under section 38(1), or of the
hearing of an application made under subsection (1) by the Attorney General for
forfeiture under this section, it appears to the court that any property other than a
ship or vehicle

(a)has been, is being or is intended to be used in the commission or to
procure or facilitate the commission of such an offence; or

(b)is the proceeds or represents the proceeds directly or indirectly (as
being the result of any disposal or realization of the whole or part of
the proceeds) of any such offence,

the court shall, whether or not any person is convicted of any such offence, order
the forfeiture of such property unless it is satisfied that it would not be just to do so
or that there is other good reason why it should not do so.

(3) Where it appears to a court which is considering making an order for
forfeiture under this section that a person who is not before the court may claim
ownership of, or an interest in, the property which may be forfeited, it shall give that
person an opportunity to make representations to the court as to why such an order
should not be made.

(Added 61 of 1979 s. 5)





46B. Power to restrain disposal of property

(1) A court, in the course of a prosecution under this Ordinance, or of the
hearing of any application by the Attorney General for forfeiture under this
Ordinance, may of its own motion or upon application by the Attorney General, by
written notice to any person in possession or control of money or property that may
be forfeited, direct that such person shall not dispose of or otherwise deal with the
property specified in the notice without the consent of the court.

(2) A person who disposes of, or otherwise deals with property specified in a
notice under subsection (1) other than in accordance with the consent of the court
shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of $50,000 or the value of the
property disposed of or otherwise dealt with, whichever is the greater, and to
imprisonment for 3 years.

(Added 61 of 1979 s. 5)

47. Forfeiture of ships and vehicles

(1) Where the captain of a ship is guilty of an offence under section 38(4) or 39,
the ship shall be liable to forfeiture, whether or not the captain is convicted in
respect of such offence. (Amended42of1979s.4)

(2) Any vehicle which has been used in the commission of

(a) an offence under section 38(1); or

(b)an offence under section 90(1) of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance
(Cap. 221) where the arrestable offence which a person has committed
is an offence under section 38(1) of this Ordinance,

shall be liable to forfeiture, whether or not any person has been convicted in respect
of such offence.

(3) Within 21 days of the seizure of any ship or vehicle which appears to him to
be liable to forfeiture under subsection (1) or (2), the Director may serve notice of
such seizure on the owner of the ship or vehicle:

Provided that where there is more than one owner of a ship or vehicle it shall be
sufficient for the purposes of this subsection to give notice to one of the owners.

(4) A notice under subsection (3) shall be deemed to have been duly served if

(a) it is delivered to the person on whom it is to be served;

(b)it is sent by registered post addressed to such person at the place of
residence or business of such person, if any, known to the Director;
or

(c)where it cannot be served in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b),
the notice is exhibited in the Immigration Department in





a place to which the public have access for a period of not less
than 7 days commencing within 21 days of the seizure of the ship
or vehicle.
(5) Within 7 days after the service under subsection (3) of a notice of
seizure, notice of the seizure of the ship or vehicle shall be published-
(a) in the Gazette; and
(b)in 1 newspaper published in Hong Kong in the English language
and in 1 newspaper so published in the Chinese language.
(6) Where a notice of seizure has been served under subsection (3), any
person who has a claim (hereinafter referred to as the claimant) may within 30
days after-,
(a)the date of the notice, if it was served under subsection (4)(a)
or (b); or
(b)the first day on which the notice was exhibited, if it was served
under subsection (4)(c),
give notice in writing to the Director that he claims that the ship or vehicle is
not liable to forfeiture.
(7) If, on the expiry of the appropriate period of time specified in
subsection (6) for the giving of a notice of claim, no such notice has been given
in writing to the Director, the ship or vehicle shall be forfeited forthwith to the
Crown.
(8) A person has a claim for the purposes of this section and section 48
if-
(a) he is the owner of the ship or vehicle or the agent of the owner; or
(b)he was in possession of the ship or vehicle at the time it was
seized.

48. Determination of applications for forfeiture

(1) Where a notice of claim is given under section 47(6), the Director shall
apply in the prescribed form to a magistrate for the forfeiture of the ship or
vehicle and shall state in the application the name and address of the claimant
as specified in the notice of claim.
(2) When any such application is made to a magistrate, the magistrate
shall issue a summons in the prescribed form to the claimant, requiring him to
appear before a magistrate on the hearing of the application, and shall cause
a copy of the summons to be served on the Director.
(3) If, on the hearing of an application under this section-
(a)neither the claimant nor any other person appears before the
magistrate to make a claim and the magistrate is satisfied that the
summons was duly served; or
(b)neither the claimant nor any other person satisfies the magistrate
that he has a claim,





and the magistrate is satisfied that the ship or vehicle is liable to forfeiture, the
magistrate shall order that the ship or vehicle be forfeited to the Crown.

(4) If, on the hearing of an application under this section

(a) a person satisfies the magistrate that he has a claim; and

(b)the magistrate is satisfied that the ship or vehicle is liable to
forfeiture,
the magistrate may order that the ship or vehicle be(i)
forfeited to the Crown; or

(ii) delivered to the owner thereof or his agent.

(5) If, on the hearing of an application under this section, the magistrate is not
satisfied that the ship or vehicle is liable to forfeiture, he shall order that it be
delivered to the owner thereof or his agent.

(6) On the hearing of an application under this section a certified true copy of
the record of the proceedings, including the decision of the court, in any
proceedings in respect of the offence under section 38(1) or (4) or 39 of this
Ordinance or section 90(1) of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap. 221) shall be
admissible in evidence. (Replaced 42 of 1979 s.5)

(7) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, an application under this
section shall be deemed for the purposes of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227) to
be a complaint to which section 8 of that Ordinance applies.

49. Security in lieu of detention where application

made for forfeiture of ship or vehicle

(1) Where an application has been made under section 48, a magistrate may, on
payment into court by way of security of a sum of money not less in amount than
the value of the ship as assessed by the Director of Marine or the value of the
vehicle as assessed by the Director, order that the ship or vehicle be delivered to the
claimant, subject to a condition that it be re-delivered into the custody of the
Director before the date of hearing of the application.

(2) If a ship or vehicle which has been delivered to a claimant under subsection
(1) is not re-delivered to the Director before the date of hearing of the application
under section 48, the magistrate hearing the application may, in lieu of ordering that
the ship or vehicle be forfeited to the Crown, order that the money paid into court
under subsection (1) be forfeited to the Crown.

(3) Save as provided in subsection (2), the magistrate hearing the application
shall, at the conclusion of the proceedings, order that the amount of the money paid
into court under subsection (1) shall be repaid to the person who paid it into court.

50. Claims for return of forfeited ships, vehicles or money

(1) The owner of any ship or vehicle forfeited to the Crown under section 47 or
48 or his agent or the person by whom money forfeited to the Crown under section
49 was paid into court may within 6 weeks after





(a) the ship, vehicle or money was forfeited to the Crown; or

(b)the determination of any appeal against the order for its forfeiture,

give notice in writing to the Director of his intention to submit to the Governor a
moral claim in respect of the forfeited ship, vehicle or money.

(2) Where the owner of a forfeited ship or vehicle or the person by whom
forfeited money was paid into court has given notice in writing to the Director under
subsection (1) and has submitted a moral claim to the Governor by lodging it with
the Chief Secretary within 1 month from the date of such notice, the Governor may

(a)order the return of the forfeited ship or vehicle to the owner or his
agent or the return of the forfeited money to the person by whom it
was paid into court, as the case may be; or

(b) direct that the claim be referred to the Governor in Council.

(3) The Governor in Council, on considering a claim referred to him under
subsection (2), may

(a)order the return of the forfeited ship or vehicle to the owner or his
agent or the return of the forfeited money to the person by whom it
was paid into court, as the case may be; or

(b) reject the claim.

PART IX

MISCELLANEOUS

51. Public officers to be subject to Governor's directions

(1) The Governor may give such directions as he thinks fit (either generally or in
any particular case) with respect to the exercise or performance by any public officer,
not being a judge, a district judge or a magistrate, of any powers, functions or duties
under this Ordinance.

(2) Any public officer shall, in the exercise or performance of any powers,
functions or duties under this Ordinance, comply with any directions given by the
Governor under subsection (1).

52. Immigration officers to be subject to directions

of Director of Immigration

(1) The Director of Immigration may give such directions as he thinks fit (either
generally or in any particular case) with respect to the exercise or performance by
any other immigration officer or an immigration assistant of any powers, functions or
duties under this Ordinance. (Amended 57 of 1972 S. 11)





(2) Any immigration officer or immigration assistant shall, in the exercise or
performance of any powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance, comply with
any directions given by the Director of Immigration under subsection (1) in addition
to complying with directions given by the Governor under section 51(1). (Amended
57of 1972 s.]])

(3) Directions given under subsection (1) shall not be inconsistent with
directions given by the Governor under section 5 1 (1).

53. Review of decisions of public officers

(1) Subject to subsection (8), any person aggrieved by a decision, act or
omission of any public officer taken, done or made in the exercise or performance of
any powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance may by notice in writing
lodged with the Chief Secretary within the time prescribed in subsection (2) object to
that decision, actor omission. (Amended62 of 1980s. 8)

(2) An objection under subsection (1) shall be lodged within the period
hereinafter specified after the person aggrieved was informed of the decision, act or
omission or the same became known to him (whichever is the earlier), that is to say

(a)within 24 hours, in the case of a person who, having landed in Hong
Kong unlawfully, has been in Hong Kong in the opinion of the
Director for less than 10 days; (Amended75of1981s.9)

(b) within 14 days, in any other case.

(3) An objection under subsection (1) by a person referred to in subsection
(2)(a) shall be considered by the Governor; any other objection under subsection (1)
shall be considered by the Governor in Council.

(4) On consideration of an objection under subsection (1), the Governor or the
Governor in Council, as the case may be, may confirm, vary or reverse the decision,
act or omission of the public officer or substitute therefor such other decision or
make such other order as he thinks fit.

(5) The Governor in Council may at any time of his own motion vary or reverse
any decision, act or omission of any public officer taken, done or made in the
exercise or performance of any powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance or
substitute therefor such other decision or make such other order as he thinks fit.

(6) Nothing in this section entitles a person to object under this section to any
decision, act or omission of the Governor, the Governor in Council or any court or
entitles the Governor in Council to review any decision, act or omission of a court.

(7) For the removal of doubt, it is hereby declared that the lodging of an
objection does not give the person by whom or on whose behalf it is lodged the
right of abode in Hong Kong or right to land or remain in Hong Kong pending the
decision on the objection of the Governor or the Governor in Council. (Amended31
of 1987s. 21)





(8) No objection shall be made under this section-

(a) to a warrant of detention issued under section 13A(6); or

(b)to a removal order made by the Director of Immigration or the Deputy
Director of Immigration; or

(c) to the decision of an adjudicator; or

(d)to the decision of a public officer in respect of the right of abode in
Hong Kong of any person where the Registration of Persons Tribunal
has previously determined that that person does not enjoy that right;
or (Replaced 31 of 1987s. 21. Amended23of 1989s.5)

(e)to any decision in respect of which a right to apply to a Board under
section 13F(1) has at any time subsisted; or (Added23of 1989s.5)

(f)to an order for the removal of a person from Hong Kong under
section 13E. (Added23 of 1989s. 5)
53A.Appeal against removal orders made by Director
or Deputy Director of Immigration

(1) A person against whom a removal order has been made by the Director of
Immigration or the Deputy Director of Immigration may appeal to the Tribunal
against the removal order on the ground that on the facts of his case

(aa) he enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong; or (Added 31 of
1987s.22)

(a) he has the right to land in Hong Kong under section 8(1); or

(b)he had at the date when the removal order was made the permission
of the Director of Immigration to remain in Hong Kong.

(2) A person who wishes to appeal under subsection (1) shall serve written
notice of appeal, stating his grounds of appeal and the facts upon which he relies,
upon an immigration officer or immigration assistant, within 24 hours of being
notified of the removal order under section 19(5):

Provided that such notice shall not preclude such person from raising other
facts prior to the determination of his appeal by the Tribunal and relying upon those
facts.

(3) Where the Tribunal, upon an examination of

(a)the written notice of appeal served under subsection (2) on which a
person ('the appellant') appealing under subsection (1) seeks to rely;
and

(b)the summary or record of the proceedings of the Registration of
Persons Tribunal in respect of an unsuccessful appeal by the
appellant under section 3D(1) of the Registration of Persons
Ordinance (Cap. 177),





is satisfied that the facts or matters on which the appellant is seeking to rely are the
same or substantially the same facts or matters on which the appellant sought to rely
on the appeal to the Registration of Persons Tribunal, it may dismiss the appeal
under subsection (1) without a hearing and shall cause written notice of such
dismissal to be given or sent by post to the appellant. (Added31 of 1987s. 22)

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

53B. Removal orders not to be executed pending appeal

A person shall not be removed pursuant to a removal order made by the
Director of Immigration or the Deputy Director of Immigration

(a)until the time limited for an appeal has passed or the person against
whom the removal order has been made declares in writing that he
does not intend to appeal, whichever is the sooner; or

(b)where an appeal against the order is commenced, until the appeal is
determined by the Tribunal, or the appellant declares in writing that
he is abandoning his appeal, whichever is the sooner.

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

53C. Dismissal of appeal without hearing

Where the Tribunal, upon an examination of the written grounds of appeal on
which a person appealing under section 53A seeks to rely, is satisfied that the facts
or matters on which the appellant is seeking to rely are matters which would not
entitle the appellant to succeed in the appeal, it may dismiss the appeal without a
hearing and in any such case it shall cause written notice of such dismissal to be
given to the appellant and to the Director of Immigration.

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

53D. Determination of appeals

(1) On an appeal under section 53A against a removal order

(a)where the Tribunal determines that on the facts of the case as it finds
them the appellant

(ia) does not enjoy the right of abode in Hong Kong; and (Added31
of 1987s. 23)

(i) does not have the right to land in Hong Kong under section 8(1);
and

(ii) does not, disregarding the effect of the removal order under
section 19(4), have the permission of the Director of Immigration
to remain in Hong Kong,

it shall dismiss the appeal; and





(b)in any other case it shall allow the appeal and rescind the removal
order.

(2) The decision of the Tribunal under this section or section 53C shall be final.

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

53E. Release of successful appellant

Where an appeal under section 53A is successful the appellant shall be
released forthwith unless he may be held in lawful custody on some other matter.

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

53F. Establishment of Immigration Tribunal

(1) There is hereby established a tribunal to be known as the Immigration
Tribunal.

(2) For the purpose of exercising the jurisdiction of the Tribunal, the Governor
shall appoint a chief adjudicator, deputy chief adjudicator and such number of other
adjudicators as from time to time may be necessary.

(3) The remuneration, if any, of the chief adjudicator, deputy chief adjudicator
and other adjudicators shall be determined by the Governor.

(Added62 of 1980s. 9. Amended24 of 1984s.3)

53G. Practice and procedure of Tribunal

(1) The practice and procedure on appeals under section 53A, and of the
Tribunal shall be such as shall be prescribed, and without prejudice to the generality
of the foregoing and of section 59, the following matters may be prescribed and
provided for under section 59

(a)the number of adjudicators who shall hear and determine any appeal;

(b)provision as to witnesses and the production of documents similar to
that in sections 21 and 22 of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227);

(ba) provision for the payment of an allowance to witnesses at a hearing
of an appeal similar to that contained in rules made under section 9B
of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap. 221) for the payment of an
allowance to witnesses in criminal proceedings before any court;
(Added 24 of 1984 s. 4)

(c)the hearing of an appeal in the absence of the appellant where he
cannot attend by reason of illness or injury or where his attendance
would present a threat to the health or safety of other persons at the
hearing or in other circumstances; and





(d)provision empowering the Tribunal to allow, if it thinks fit, the
appellant and respondent to be represented by counsel or a solicitor.

(2) The Tribunal and any adjudicator may in the discharge of any function
under this Ordinance consult any member of a panel of legal advisers to the Tribunal
appointed by the Attorney General.

(Added 62 of 1980 s. 9)

54. Suspension of deportation orders

(1) The Governor may suspend the deportation order made against any person
on such conditions as he thinks fit, and during the continuance of the suspension
the deportation order shall not be in force.

(2) The Governor in Council may rescind the suspension of a deportation order,
whereupon the deportation order shall again be in force in respect of the person
against whom it was made.

(3) Any police officer who has reason to suspect that a person has contravened
any condition subject to which the deportation order made against that person is
suspended may arrest such person.

(4) If a person who has been arrested under subsection (3) is charged with any
offence, he shall be brought before a magistrate within 48 hours after his arrest.

55. Rescission of deportation orders

(1) The Governor in Council may rescind the deportation order made against
any person, but the rescission of the deportation order shall not affect the power of
the Governor in Council to make another such order against that person.

(2) The Governor in Council may, on rescinding the deportation order made
against any person, require that person to enter into a recognizance in the
prescribed form in such amount and with such sureties as the Governor in Council
may specify. (Amended 55 of 1983 s. 3)

(3) A requirement under subsection (2) shall be deemed for the purposes of the
provisions of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227) relating to recognizances to be
an order under section 61(1) of that Ordinance.

56. Miscellaneous powers of immigration

officers and immigration assistants

(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, an immigration officer or

immigration assistant may- (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 8)





(a)board and search any ship, aircraft, vehicle or train which has arrived
in Hong Kong (not being a ship of war or a military aircraft);

(b)search any person being examined under section 4(1), other than a
person who enjoys the right of abode in Hong Kong, or has the right
to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), and any property
belonging to such person or under his control; (Amended31 of 1987s.
24)

(c) (Repealed 15 of 1980 s. 8)

(d) (Repealed 15 of 1980 s. 8)

(e)seize, remove and detain any thing which may be forfeited under this
Ordinance or which is or contains evidence of the commission of an
offence under this Ordinance or of the landing of any person in Hong
Kong unlawfully; (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 10)

(f) (Repealed 15 of 1980 s. 8)

(g)search any person who is or has been or may be arrested or detained
under this Ordinance and any property belonging to him or under his
control.

(IA) For the purposes of this Ordinance, an immigration officer or immigration
assistant may- (Amended 31 of 1984 s. 12)

(a) detain for not more than 7 days any document-

(i) produced pursuant to a requirement under section 5(6)(b); or
(ii) found on any person searched under subsection (1)(b);

(b)arrest and detain any person if he has reason to suspect that such
person has committed an offence under this Ordinance, or has landed
in Hong Kong unlawfully and has not been authorized by the
Director to remain; (Amended 75 of 1981 s. 10)

(c)board and search any ship, aircraft, vehicle or train (not being a ship
of war or a military aircraft), or enter and search any premises or
place, if he has reason to suspect that there is therein

(i) any person who may be arrested under this Ordinance; or

(ii) any thing which may be seized under this Ordinance. (Added 15
of 1980 s. 8)

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, any public officer may

(a)break open any outer or inner door of or in any premises or place
which he is empowered to enter and search;

(b)stop and forcibly board any ship, aircraft, vehicle or train which he is
empowered to board and search;

(c) stop any person whom he is empowered to search;

(d)remove by force any person or thing obstructing any arrest,
boarding, entry, search, seizure, removal or detention which he is
empowered to make;





(e)detain every person found in any premises or place which he is
empowered to search until the same has been searched;

(f) detain every person on board any ship, aircraft, vehicle or train which
he is empowered to search, and prevent any person from
approaching or boarding such ship, aircraft, vehicle or train, until it
has been searched.

(3) No female shall be searched under this section except by a female and no
person shall be searched under this section in a public place if he objects to being
so searched.

(4) Where a document is detained under subsection (1A)(a), the person by
whom it was produced or on whom it was found shall be supplied with a
photographic copy of such document if he so requests and makes payment therefor,
and the copy so supplied to a person shall be made in his presence. (Amended31 of
1984 s. 12)
56A.Exercise by customs officers of certain
powers of immigration officers

(1) Any member of the Customs and Excise Service authorized in writing by the
Commissioner of Customs and Excise may exercise the powers conferred on an
immigration officer by section 3(2), 4(1), 5(3), (6) or (7), 11 (1), (IA) or (2), 18(1)(a),
24(1)(a) or (3), 27, 32(1) or 56(1) or (IA).

(2) An authorization given by the Commissioner of Customs and Excise under
subsection (1) may be given to a member of the Customs and Excise Service by name
or may be given to any such member holding such rank or performing such duties as
the Commissioner may specify, and may extend to all the powers specified in
subsection (1) or to such of those powers as the Commissioner may specify.

(3) The Commissioner of Customs and Excise may, after consultation with the
Director of Immigration, give such directions as the Director may specify to members
of the Customs and Excise Service authorized under this section to exercise any of
the powers of an immigration officer.

(4) A member of the Customs and Excise Service shall, in the exercise of any
powers which he is authorized under this section to exercise, comply with any
directions given by the Commissioner of Customs and Excise under subsection (3) in
addition to complying with directions given by the Governor under section 51(1).

(5) Directions given under subsection (3) shall not be inconsistent with
directions given by the Governor under section 5 1 (1).

(6) The Commissioner of Customs and Excise may, after consultation with the
Director of Immigration, cancel any authorization given under subsection (1) and, in
the event of such cancellation, any directions given by the Commissioner under
subsection (3) shall cease to have effect.





(7) In this section-

'Commissioner of Customs and Excise' includes a Deputy Commissioner of

Customs and Excise and an Assistant Commissioner of Customs and

Excise; (Amended 40 of 1985 s. 8)

'member of the Customs and Excise Service' means any person holding an

office specified in Schedule 1 to the Customs and Excise Service Ordinance

(Cap. 342).

(Added31 of 1984 s. 13)

57. Exercise by police officers of certain

powers of immigration officer

(1) Any police officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner of Police may
exercise the powers conferred on an immigration officer by section 3(2), 4(1), 5(3), (6)
or (7), 11(1), (IA) or (2), 18(1)(a), 24(1)(a) or (3), 27, 32(1) or 56(1)or(1A).
(Amended66of1981s.4;79of1982s.9)

(2) An authorization given by the Commissioner of Police under subsection (1)
may be given to a police officer by name or may be given to any police officer
holding such rank or performing such duties as the Commissioner may specify, and
may extend to all the powers specified in subsection (1) or to such of those powers
as the Commissioner may specify.

(3) The Commissioner of Police may, after consultation with the Director of
Immigration, give such directions as the Director may specify to police officers
authorized under this section to exercise any of the powers of an immigration officer.

(4) A police officer shall, in the exercise of any powers which he is authorized
under this section to exercise, comply with any directions given by the
Commissioner of Police under subsection (3) in addition to complying with
directions given by the Governor under section 51(1).

(5) Directions given under subsection (3) shall not be inconsistent with
directions given by the Governor under section 5 1 (1).

(5A) The Commissioner of Police may, after consultation with the Director of
Immigration, cancel any authorization given under subsection (1) and, in the event of
such cancellation, any directions given by the Commissioner under subsection (3)
shall cease to have effect. (Added 31 of 1984s.14)

(6) In this section, 'Commissioner of Police' includes any deputy commissioner
of police, senior assistant commissioner of police or assistant commissioner of
police.

57A. Powers of arrest by Her Majesty's forces

(1) Without prejudice to this Ordinance or any other law, any member of Her
Majesty's forces acting in the course of his duty and for the purposes of





this Ordinance may arrest any person whom he reasonably suspects to be a person
who

(a)by virtue of section 7 may not land in Hong Kong without the
permission of an immigration officer or immigration assistant and who
lands or attempts to land without such permission; or

(b)having landed in Hong Kong unlawfully, remains in Hong Kong
without the authority of the Director,

and may use such force as may be reasonably necessary for the purpose.

(2) Any person arrested under subsection (1) shall be delivered into the
custody of a police officer or an immigration officer or immigration assistant as soon
as practicable.

(Added52of1976s.5. Amended15of 1980s. 10)
57B.Resisting arrest by, and obstruction
of, Her Majesty's forces

(1) Any person being a person liable to arrest under section 57A (1) who resists
arrest by a member of Her Majesty's forces under that subsection shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(2) Any person who obstructs any member of Her Majesty's forces acting in the
course of his duty and for the purposes of this Ordinance shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

(Added 52 of 1976 s. 5)

57C. Definition of 'Her Majesty's forces'

In sections 57A and 57B 'member of Her Majesty's forces' includes any officer
or member of the Royal Hong Kong Regiment as constituted under the Royal Hong
Kong Regiment Ordinance (Cap. 199) or of the Royal Hong Kong Auxiliary Air Force
as constituted under the Royal Hong Kong Auxiliary Air Force Ordinance (Cap.
198).

(Added42 of 1979 s. 6)

58. Powers of Her Majesty's naval officers

(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the officer in command of any of Her
Majesty's ships of war or auxiliary ships and any person under his command may
board and search any ship, not being a ship of war, which is proceeding through the
waters of HongKong. (Amended42of1979s.7)

(2) Where the officer in command of one of Her Majesty's ships of war or
auxiliary ships has reason to suspect that any ship is being or has been used in





the commission of an offence under section 38(1) or, while it is in force, Part VIIA or
Part VIIB or that any person on board such a ship is seeking to land in contravention
of section 38(1)(a), or that a ship is being or has been used in landing any person in
Hong Kong unlawfully, such officer and any person under his command may-
(Amended 42 of 1979 s. 7; 61 of 1979 s. 6; 75 of 1981s.11)

(a)seize the ship and detain it until it can be delivered to an immigration
officer or police officer;

(aa) tow or otherwise move the ship; and (Added61of1979s.6)

(b)detain any person found on the ship until he can be delivered into
the custody of an immigration officer or police officer.

(3) Any such officer and any person under his command may

(a)stop and forcibly board any ship which he is empowered to board
and search;

(b)remove by force any person or thing obstructing any boarding,
search, seizure or detention which he is empowered to make;

(c)detain any person found on any ship which he is empowered to
search until it has been searched.

58A. Powers of persons in charge of authorized vessels

(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the captain or person in charge of any
vessel, or any vessel belonging to a class or description of vessels authorized by the
Governor for the purposes of this section, and any person under the command of
such captain or person may exercise respectively the powers conferred by section 58
on an officer in command of any of Her Majesty's ships of war and on any person
under the command of such officer.

(2) Without prejudice to section 51, the Governor may give directions to any
person with respect to the exercise of any powers under this section, either generally
or in any particular case.

(3) A person shall, in the exercise of any powers under this section, comply
with any directions given by the Governor under subsection (2).

(Added 61 of 1979 s. 7)

59. Power to make regulations

The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any of the following
purposes

(a)providing for any matter or thing which is to be or may be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(b)the issue, in such form as the Director of Immigration may determine,
of any document for the purposes of this Ordinance; (Replaced 21 of
1987s. 3)





(c)the fees payable in respect of the issue or renewal of documents
issued by or on behalf of the Director of Immigration or in respect of
visas or any other matters arising under this Ordinance;

(d)generally for the better carrying out of the purposes of this
Ordinance.

59A. Amendment of Schedule 1

The Legislative Council may by resolution amend Schedule 1.

(Added 79 of 1982
s. 10)

60. Designation of approved immigration anchorages

and approved landing places

The Secretary for Security may by order designate the places which shall be
approved immigration anchorages and approved landing places for the purposes of
this Ordinance.

(Amended 15 of 1980
s. 9)

61. Travel document to bear visa

(1) Subject to subsection (2) and without prejudice to any other provision of
this Ordinance, a travel document shall not be valid for the purposes of this
Ordinance unless it bears a visa which was issued by or on behalf of the Director of
Immigration and is in force on the date on which the person to whom the travel
document relates arrives in Hong Kong.

(2) The Director of Immigration may exempt from subsection (1) any person or
any class or description of person.

62. Presumptions

(1) For any of the purposes of this Ordinance, if a person who by virtue of
section 7 may not land or remain in Hong Kong without the permission of an
immigration officer or immigration assistant does not produce an identity card
relating to himself when required to do so by an immigration officer, immigration
assistant or police officer, such person shall be deemed, until the contrary is proved,
to have landed in Hong Kong unlawfully. (Amended 79 of 1982s.10)

(2) For any of the purposes of this Ordinance, if a person who by virtue of
section 7 may not land in Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration
officer or immigration assistant is on board a ship proceeding through the waters of
Hong Kong, such person shall be deemed to be seeking to land in contravention of
section 38(1)(a) unless it is proved that





(a) he was a member of the crew of the ship;

(b) he was ordinarily resident in Hong Kong;

(c)he was in possession of a travel document, entry permit or reentry
permit; or

(d) the ship was leaving Hong Kong.

(Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

63. Evidence of certain acts under Ordinance

(1) Any document purporting to be-

(a)a removal order signed by the Governor or by the Director of
Immigration or Deputy Director of Immigration, or a deportation order
signed by the Clerk of Councils; or (Replaced 62 of 1980 s. 10)

(b)a copy of a removal order or a deportation order certified by the Chief
Secretary or the Clerk of Councils to be a true copy of the removal
order or deportation order,

shall be admitted in evidence in any proceedings on its production without further
proof, and until the contrary is proved it shall be presumed that the removal order or
deportation order was made against the person named and on the date specified
therein.

(2) A certificate purporting to be made for the purposes of this subsection and
to set out

(a)a requirement made in writing under section 5(1), (3) or (7), 6(3) or
15(1);

(b) directions given in writing under section 5(8) or 24(1); or

(c)any exemption granted under section 5(9), 11(9) or 14(2) to any class
or description of persons,

and purporting to be signed by the Director of Immigration shall be admitted in
evidence in any proceedings on its production without further proof, and

(i) until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the certificate
was signed by the Director of Immigration and that the requirement
was made or the directions given to the person named and on the
date specified in the certificate or that the exemption was granted
and was in force on the date so specified, as the case may be; and

(ii) the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the requirement,
directions or exemption.

(3) A certificate purporting to be made for the purposes of this subsection and
to set out directions given in writing under section 25(2) and purporting to be signed
by the Director of Immigration shall be admitted in evidence in any proceedings on
its production without further proof, and





(a)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the certificate
was signed by the Director of Immigration and that the directions
were given to the person named and on the date specified in the
certificate; and

(b) the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the directions.

63A. Evidence by certificate

Where in any proceedings a person is charged with an offence under section
38(4) or 39 or with aiding, abetting, counselling or procuring, or with conspiracy to
aid, abet, counsel or procure, the commission by another of an offence under section
38(1), a certificate purporting to be signed by the Director and certifying that that or
any other person- (Amended61of1979s.8)

(aa) does not enjoy the right of abode in Hong Kong; (Added 31 of
1987s.25)

(a) has not the right to land in Hong Kong under section 8(1);

(b)is not a person who, by virtue of section 9(1) or 10(1), may land in
Hong Kong without the permission of an immigration officer or
immigration assistant; and (Amended 15 of 1980 s. 10)

(c)has not been given permission to land in Hong Kong under
section 11,
shall be admitted in evidence on its production without further proof and-

(i) until the contrary is proved it shall be presumed that the certificate
was signed by the Director; and

(ii) the certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the facts contained
therein.

(Added 47 of 1977s. 2)

63B. Admissibility of copies of records

A document purporting to be a copy of the records or part of the records kept
by the Director and purporting to be certified as a true copy thereof by the officer
having custody of the records shall be admissible in evidence in criminal or civil
proceedings before any court on its production without further proof and

(a)until the contrary is proved, the court before which such document is
produced shall presume

(i) that the document is certified by such officer; and

(ii) that the document is a true copy of the records or part of the
records to which it refers; and

(b)such document shall be prima facie evidence of all matters contained
therein.

(Added 61 of 1986 s. 4)





64. Burden of proving certain matters

if

(a)in any proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance or in any
other proceedings under this Ordinance; or

(b)in any proceedings with reference to any act done or proposed to be
done under this Ordinance,

a person claims that he-

(i) is a Hong Kong permanent resident; (Amended 31 of 1987 s. 26)

(ii) is not an alien;

(iii)-(v) (Repealed 78 of 1982 s. 11)

(v) (Repealed 31 of 1987s. 26)

(va) is a British citizen; (Added 78 of 1982s. 11)

(vb) is a United Kingdom belonger; (Added 78 of 1982 s. 11. Amended 31
of 1987s. 26)

(vc) is a resident British citizen; (Added 78 of 1982 s. 11)

(vd) is a resident United Kingdom belonger; (Added 78 of 1982 s.]].
Amended31 of 1987s. 26)

(ve) is a British Dependent Territories citizen; (Added 78 of 1982 s.11)

(vf) (Repealed 31 of 198 7 s. 26)

(vi) has been ordinarily resident in Hong Kong for 3 years or more than 3
years;

(vii) is exempt from any provision of this Ordinance or belongs to a class or
description of persons who are exempt from any provision of this
Ordinance;

(viii) is an alien to whom section 14(1) or 16(1) does not apply;

(ix) is a person to whom section 38(1)(a) does not apply by virtue of an
order under subsection (3) of that section,

the onus of proving the same shall lie on that person.

65. Recovery of moneys due under recognizance

Any sum of money due under a recognizance entered into in accordance with a
requirement under section 11(8) or 36(1) or (3) shall be recovered in the District
Court as a debt due to the Crown, notwithstanding that the amount is in excess of
520,000.

(Amended 52 of 1976 s. 6)

66. Transitional provisions

Schedule 2 shall have effect for the purposes of transition to the provisions of
this Ordinance from the provisions of the following Ordinances repealed by

this Ordinance, namely- (Amended 78 of 1982 s. 12)





(a)Deportation (British Subjects) Ordinance (Cap. 239, Revised Edition
1964);

(b) Deportation of Aliens Ordinance (Cap. 240, Revised Edition
1964); and

(c)Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance (Cap. 243, Revised
Edition 1964).

(Added 64 of 1981 s. 2)

SCHEDULE 1 [ss.
2(1)

HONG KONG PERMANENT
RESIDENTS

1. Any person who is wholly or partly of Chinese race and has at any time been ordinarily
resident in Hong Kong for a continuous period of not less than 7 years.

2. Any person who is a British Dependent Territories citizen and who

(a)belongs to a class or description of persons specified in Article 2 of the Hong Kong
(British Nationality) Order 1986 (L.N. 233 of 1986) as having a connection with
Hong Kong; or

(b)is such a citizen by virtue of his having a connection with any of the British
Dependent Territories (other than Hong Kong) mentioned in Schedule 6 to the
British Nationality Act 1981 (1981 c. 61 U.K.) and has at any time been married
to a person specified in subparagraph (a).

*3. Any person who is a Commonwealth citizen and who immediately before 1 January 1983 had
the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1)(a) as then in force.

(Schedule] added 78 of 1982 s. 14. Replaced 31 of 1987s.
27)

SCHEDULE 2 [s. 661

TRANSITIONAL
PROVISIONS

1. In this Schedule 'commencement date' means 1 April 1972; 'Deportation (British Subjects)
Ordinance', 'Deportation of Aliens Ordinance', and 'Immigration (Control and Offences)
Ordinance' mean respectively(a) the repealed Deportation (British Subjects) Ordinance; (b) the
repealed Deportation of Aliens Ordinance; and (c) the repealed Immigration (Control and
Offences) Ordinance.

Note: For ease of reference, the repealed section 8(1)(a) is reproduced in the
Appendix.





'Immigrants Control Ordinance' means the Immigrants Control Ordinance (Cap. 243, Revised
Edition 1950) repealed by the repealed Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance;

'Police Supervision Ordinance' means the Police Supervision Ordinance (Cap. 224, Revised
Edition 1972) repealed by the Police Supervision (Repeal) Ordinance 1983 (55 of 1983);
(Added55 of 1983 s. 3)

'repealed', except in relation to the Immigrants Control Ordinance and the Police Supervision
Ordinance, means repealed by this Ordinance. (Replaced 55 of 1983 s. 3)

2. Section 4(1)(a)

Section 4(1)(a) shall have effect as if it included a reference to a person who arrived in Hong
Kong before the commencement date, being a person who immediately before the
commencement date was being examined or further examined under section 11 of the
Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance or was about to be so examined or further
examined; and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to any such person accordingly.

3. Section 5(4)(a) (5)(a)

The references in section 5(4)(a) and 5(5)(a) to an entry permit and a re-entry permit
include references to an entry permit and a re-entry permit issued under the Immigration
(Control and Offences) Ordinance.

4. Section 9(1)(b)

Section 9(1)(b) shall have effect as if the references to a person having been refused
permission to land in Hong Kong and having been given permission to land in Hong Kong
included references to having been refused permission to enter Hong Kong under the Immigration
(Control and Offences) Ordinance or the repealed Immigrants Control Ordinance and to having
been given permission to enter Hong Kong under either of those Ordinances.

5. Section 10(2)

Section 10(2) shall have effect as if it included a reference to a serviceman who ceased to be
such before the commencement date, being a serviceman who had not made an application under
section 38 of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance before that date or whose
application had not been determined under the said Ordinance before that date.

6. Section 11(2)

Any conditions imposed in respect of a person who entered Hong Kong before the
commencement date under section 15 of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance and
in force immediately before that date (whether the same were imposed at the time of entry or
subsequent thereto) shall, subject to section 8(2), continue in force and have effect as if they
were conditions of stay imposed under section 11(2) of this Ordinance; and the provisions of this
Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

7. Section 14(1)

Section 14(1) shall have effect as if it included a reference to an alien who is in Hong Kong
on the commencement date, being an alien who had become liable before that date to comply
with section 25(1) of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance but had not complied
therewith.





8. Section 16

Section 16 shall have effect as if the references to particulars furnished in an arrival card and
to particulars furnished in the prescribed form pursuant to section 14(1) include respectively
references to corresponding particulars furnished to the Director or to the former immigration
officer or to the former Registrar of Aliens in accordance with the Immigration (Control and
Offences) Ordinance or the repealed Immigrants Control Ordinance or a requirement made under
either of those Ordinances.

9. Sections 18, 24 32(1)

Sections 18, 24 and 32(1) shall apply to a person, not being a person who has the right to
land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), who before the commencement date has been
refused permission to enter Hong Kong under the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance
as they apply to a person who is refused permission to land under this Ordinance.

10. section 18(1)(b)

Section 18(1)(b) shall have effect, except in the case of a person who has the right to land
in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), as if it included a reference to a condition imposed under
section 15 of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance and in force immediately before
the commencement date, being a condition making the same requirement as the condition of stay
referred to in the said section 18(1)(b); and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply
accordingly.

11. section 19(1)(b)(ii)

Section 19(1)(b)(ii) shall have effect as if it included a reference to a person who has
contravened section 3(1)(a)(ii) or (b) of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance or
any condition imposed under section 15 of the said Ordinance and in force immediately before
the commencement date (whether such condition was imposed at the time of entry or subsequent
thereto), but in whose case an order has not been made under section 43(4) of the said Ordinance;
and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

12. Section 19

Any order made in respect of a person under section 43(4) of the Immigration (Control and
Offences) Ordinance, not being a person who has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of
section 8(1), shall, if in force immediately before the commencement date, continue in force and
have effect for all purposes of this Ordinance as if it were a removal order made in respect of that
person under section 19 of this Ordinance.

13. Section 20(1)

Any deportation order made against a person under the Deportation (British Subjects)
Ordinance or the Deportation of Aliens Ordinance and in force immediately before the
commencement date shall continue in force and have effect for all purposes of this Ordinance as
if it were a deportation order made under section 20(1) of this Ordinance.

14. Sections 19(4) 20(7)

Sections 19(4) and 20(7) shall have effect as if

(a)the reference to permission to land in Hong Kong included a reference to
permission to enter Hong Kong given under the Immigration (Control and
Offences) Ordinance;

(b)the reference to authority to remain in Hong Kong included a reference to a permit
of the Director granted under the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance.





15. Sections 24(2), 25(3) 33

A person, not being a person who has the right to land in Hong Kong by virtue of section
8(1), who immediately before the commencement date was on board a ship or aircraft, having
been placed thereon with a view to his removal from Hong Kong in accordance with the
Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance, the Deportation (British Subjects) Ordinance or
the Deportation of Aliens Ordinance or any order or requirement made or issued thereunder, shall
be deemed to have been placed thereon under section 24(2) or section 25(3), as the case may be,
and it shall be presumed that an immigration officer, immigration assistant or police officer has
made a requirement under section 33 of this Ordinance; and the provisions of this Ordinance
shall apply accordingly.

16. Section 26

Any person detained immediately before the commencement date under section 13(1)(a) of
the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance may, if any member of the Immigration
Service of or above the rank of chief immigration officer or a police officer of or above the rank
of assistant commissioner of police is satisfied as to the matters referred to in section 26(a), be
detained on the authority of such member or police officer for a total period of seven days,
taking account of the period for which such person had been detained before the commencement
of this Ordinance.

17. Section 29(2)

A person detained immediately before the commencement date

(a)following his arrest on a warrant issued under section 5(3) of the Deportation
(British Subjects) Ordinance; or

(b)in accordance with the direction of a judge, court or magistrate given under section
7 of that Ordinance,

may continue to be detained as if a detention warrant had been issued in respect of him on the
commencement date under section 29(2); and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply
accordingly.

18. Section 29(2)

A person detained immediately before the commencement date under the authority of a
warrant issued under section 4 or 5 of the Deportation of Aliens Ordinance may continue to be
detained as if a detention warrant had been issued in respect of him on the commencement date
under section 29(2); and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

19. Section 32(3) (M)

A person detained immediately before the commencement date under section 9(2) of the
Deportation (British Subjects) Ordinance or section 8(2) of the Deportation of Aliens Ordinance
may continue to be detained as if his detention had been authorized by the Secretary for Security
under section 32(3) or by the Director of Immigration or Deputy Director of Immigration under
section 32(3A) of this Ordinance, whichever is appropriate in the particular case.

20. Section 32(3) (M)

A person detained immediately before the commencement date under section 43(4) of the
Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance may, unless he is a person who has the right to
land in Hong Kong by virtue of section 8(1), continue to be detained as if his detention had been
authorized by the Secretary for Security under section 32(3) or by the Director of Immigration
or Deputy Director of Immigration under section 32(3A) of this Ordinance, whichever is
appropriate in the particular case.





21. Section 33

Section 33 shall apply to a person, not being a person who has the right to land in Hong
Kong by virtue of section 8(1), who before the commencement date has been refused permission
to enter Hong Kong under the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance as it applies to a
person who has been refused permission to land in Hong Kong under this Ordinance; and it shall
be presumed that an immigration officer, immigration assistant or police officer has made a
requirement under the said section 33.

22. Section 38(1)(b)

The reference in section 38(1)(b) to the authority of the Director includes a reference to a
permit of the Director granted under the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance.

23. Section 42(2)(a)

The reference in section 42(2)(a) to a travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit,
certificate of identity, document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card or other document issued,
kept or made under or for the purposes of Part II, III or IV of this Ordinance includes a reference
to a travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit or other document issued, kept or made
under or for the purposes of the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance.

24. Section 42(2)(b) (c)(i)

The references in section 42(2)(b) to a travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit,
certificate of identity, document of identity, Vietnamese refugee card or other document and the
references in section 42(2)(c)(i) to a travel document, entry permit, re-entry permit, certificate
of identity, document of identity or Vietnamese refugee card include references to a travel
document, entry permit or re-entry permit issued under the Immigration (Control and Offences)
Ordinance.

25. Section 47(1) (2)

Section 47(1) and (2) shall have effect as if they included, respectively, a reference to a ship
not exceeding two hundred and fifty gross tons, and a vehicle, which has been used in the
contravention or attempted contravention of any of the provisions of the Immigration (Control
and Offences) Ordinance (whether or not any person has been convicted of such contravention
or attempted contravention), being a ship or vehicle in respect of which notice of seizure has not
been served before the commencement date under section 46(2) of the said Ordinance; and the
provisions of this Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

26. Section 55(2)

Any condition imposed under section 17(3) of the Deportation of Aliens Ordinance and in
force immediately before the commencement date shall, if it has not been complied with, be
deemed to be a requirement under section 55(2) of this Ordinance; and any recognizance entered
into in accordance with an order under the said section 17(3) and in force immediately before the
commencement date shall be deemed to be a recognizance entered into in accordance with a
requirement under section 55(2) of this Ordinance and shall continue in force for the remainder
of the period for which it would have continued in force in accordance with the order under the
said section 17(3).

27. Section 56(1)(e) (1A)(b)

References in section 56(1)(e) and (1A)(b) to an offence under this Ordinance include
references to an offence under the Immigration (Control and Offences) Ordinance.





28. Police Supervision Ordinance-s. 3(1) (2)

Any police supervision order made under section 3(1) or (2) of the repealed Police
Supervision Ordinance (Cap. 224, Revised Edition 1972) and in force immediately before the
commencement of this Ordinance shall continue in force and have effect for all purposes of the
Police Supervision Ordinance as if it were made under section 3(1) or (2) of that Ordinance as
amended.

(Schedule 2 added 64 of 1981 s. 2. Amended 78 of 1982 s. 13; 55 of 1983
s. 3)

APPENDIX

Immediately before 1 January 1983 section 8(1)(a) read as follows-

'8. Right to land in Hong Kong and to remain free of conditions
of stay

(1) The following persons shall have the right to land in Hong Kong that is to say-

(a) Hong Kong belongers*;'.

'Hong Kong belonger' in section 2(1) (Interpretation) was defined as follows-
'Hong Kong belonger' means a person who-
(a) immediately before 1 January 1983 was-

(i) a British subject who was born in Hong Kong;

(ii) a British subject by naturalization in Hong Kong;

(iii) a British subject by registration in Hong Kong under section 7(2) of
the British Nationality Act 1948;

(iv) a British subject married or who had been married to, or was a child
of, a person mentioned in sub-paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii);'.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2510

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

91
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:58 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (AMUSEMENT GAME CENTRE) (EXEMPTION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2509

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (AMUSEMENT GAME CENTRE) (EXEMPTION) ORDER

Description






MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES (AMUSEMENT GAME
CENTRE) (EXEMPTION) ORDER

(Cap. 114, section 11(2))

[8 April 1982.1

1. This order may be cited as the Miscellaneous Licences
(Amusement Game Centre) (Exemption) Order.

2. The places and classes of places specified in the Schedule
are exempted from being an amusement game centre.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.1
1. Any place where the organization or conduct of a game of amusement is
authorized by licence issued under section 22([)(a)(iii) of the Gambling Ordinance to
a charitable institution or trust of a public character which is exempt from tax under
section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance.

2. Po Leung Kok Holiday Camp, Lot 613. DD257. Pak Tam Chung. Sai
Kung.

3. Community Sports, Lot 2314. DD96, Liu Pok Road, Ma Tso Lung,
Sheung Shui.
L.N. 117/82. L.N. 189/84. Citation. Exemption. Schedule. (Cap. 148.) (Cap. 112.) L.N. 189/84. L.N. 189/84.

Abstract

L.N. 117/82. L.N. 189/84. Citation. Exemption. Schedule. (Cap. 148.) (Cap. 112.) L.N. 189/84. L.N. 189/84.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2509

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:57 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2508

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS

Description






MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
R(,giihition
PART 1
GE\ER'U_

1. Citation .........1 . ................... ... ... ... A 5

2. Interpretation............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

3. Licensing authority. fees, and term .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

4. Renewals ............................... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... A 5
5. Transfers ................................. ... ... ... ... ... A 5

6. Fee for duplicates. and for amendment of- licence,., ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

7. Refusals and revocations ...............-... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

8. Appeals ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

9. Special conditions ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
10..............Defacing a licence ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

11. Applications and renewals ... ... .. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

12.........Refunds ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

13..................Date ofexpiration oflicences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

14................Power to renew licences .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

15..................Premises not to be changed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

16............Boarding ships .............. ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... A 8
17............Offences and penalties.......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

PART 11
AUCTIONEERS

18.......Form ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A8
19. Name to be exhibited at auctions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8
20. Production of licence A 8

21. Liquor and tobacco ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- A 8

22. Conditions . ............A9
PART 111-PART V
[Revokeill
PART VI
Pui3Lic. DANe.F. HALLS.... A -W

57. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
.......... ...

58. Application for licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - - A9

58A. Minimum dancing area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

59. Outdoor sign ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10





Regulation Pt~ge
60.Only approved assistants to be employed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
61.Register of dancing partners, etc . ... ... ... ... ... . . ... ... ... A 10
62.Return of dancing partners. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
63.Minimum age for employees and persons present in the premises ... ... ... A 10
64.Sleeping on premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
65-66. [Rei,oke~ll ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
67.Sale or consumption of liquors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
68.Good order in premises ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... A 10
69.Lighting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
69A.Prohibition of partitions and screens ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
69 B.Requirements as to seating ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... A 11
70.Removal of fire daneer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
71.Fire appliances and escape ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
72.Exits and doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 1 -2
73.Garipways and staircases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
74.Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
75.Latrines ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12
76. Hy,giene ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... A 12
77.Entry and inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 1 2-
78.Conditions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

PART VII
[Rei.(jke(il

PART VIII

TixiBUR STORES
82. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...A 13
83. Conditions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

PARTS IX AND X
[Ret.e)ked)

PART XI
S(.Hooi.s
106. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
107. Application for licence ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
107A. Minimum dancing area ... .. ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
109. Outdoor sign ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
IOT Only approved assistants to be employ.ed ... ... . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... A 15
110. Register of dancing instructor. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
Ill. Register of persons recening, tuition ... . 1. ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... A 15





Re~zulation page
112. Return of dancing instructors. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
113. Mimmum age for employee\... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 1 ~
113A. Minimum age for person present in the premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
114. Sleeping on premises ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
115. Exclusion of public ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- A 15
116. [Rev(;keA ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 1 ~
117. Sale or consumption of liquors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - - ... A 1 ~
118. Good order in premises ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
11 8A. Prohibition of partitions and screens ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
1 19B. Requirements as to scating... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
118C. Prohibition aLainst enterine cocklofts . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
119. L i Lh t in L, 1 .. ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... A 16
IN. Remoxal offire dancer - ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... A 1
121. Fire appliances and escape ... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 1
122. Exits and doors ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
123. Gang,.kays and staircases ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
124. Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms ... ... ... ... - . ... ... A 18
125. Latrines ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
126. Hygiene ... ... ... ....1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..
127. Entry and inspection ... ...... ... ... - - ... ... ... ... ... ... A Is
128. Conditions ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... A 18

PART XII
[R(,i.tik(,(11

PART XII[
PHYSIOTHFR W~ CIAM( S
135. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
136. Application for licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
137. Outdoor sign and licence to he exhibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
138. Only approved assistants to be employed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
139. Register of employees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19
140. Licensing authority to be notified of cessation of employment ... ... ... ... A 20
141. Entry and inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
142. List oftherapeutic equipment to be supplied to licensing authority ... ... ... A 20
143. Licence not transferable except with permission ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
144. Therapeutic equipment not transferable except ' ith permission ... ... ... ... A 20
145. Prohibition of other businesses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20
146. Register of persons treated. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20





Regulation Page
PART XIV
Am', SFWNT GAME CENTRES
147. Form ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... A 20
148 Outdoor sign ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... A 20
149. Good order in premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
150. Sale or consumption of liquor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
151. Production of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
152. Conditions ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... A 21

First Schedule. Licensing authorities. fees and term ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
Second Schedule. Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22 2





MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES REGULATIONS

(Cap. 114. section 3)

[27 October 1933.1

PART 1

G1.\ERAL

1. These regulations may be cited as the Miscellaneous
Licences Rep
,ulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
-Building Authority- has the same meaning as it has in section 2 of
the Buildings Ordinance;

blpremises' means, unless the contrary appears. the premises for
which any licence has been or is sought to be granted under the
Ordinance;
-licensing authority' means the officer authorized to issue a licence
under the Ordinance.

3. The officers authorized to issue licences, and the fees
prescribed for such licences, and the periods for which such licences
shall be issued shall be as set forth in the First Schedule.

4. A licence may be renewed by the endorsement of the
renewal thereof by the licensing authority on the original licence,
and each renewal shall be subject to the same fee as the fee
prescribed by these regulations for such licence.

5. The licensing authority may, on sufficient cause being
shown to his satisfaction and subject to such conditions as he may
think fit to impose, permit-





(a)the transfer of an existing licence until its expiration to
another person; or

(b)the transfer of an existing licence until its expiration to
different premises,

and such transfer shall be endorsed on the licence.

6. If the licensing authority is satisfied that a licence granted
or transferred to any person under the provisions of the Ordinance-

(a) has been lost or destroyed, or accidentally defaced. or

(b) requires amendment,

he may, upon payment of a fee of S50, issue to such person a
duplicate of the licence or make the amendment, as the case may be.

7. (1) The licensing authority may refuse to grant or renew
a licence, or may revoke a licence granted -

(a) to a person under the age of 21 years;

(b) to any person who may be unsuitable to hold such licence;

(c)in respect of any premises which are unsuitable for the
purposes for which the licence is required or held. or in
which the accommodation or provision for treatment.
where such is the purpose of the licence. is not reasonably
adequate or suitable.

(d)in respect of any premises which have been or are being
improperly conducted,

(e)in respect of any premises in which any curative treatment
is or may he a~ministered by any person who does not
possess such technical qualifications as may be reasonably
necessary.

in respect of any premises in which no adequate provision
against fire has been made:

(g)in respect of any premises which are being conducted in
contravention of the provisions of the Ordinance, or any
regulation made thereunder: and

(h)to any person or in respect of any premises, if such refusal
or revocation in his opinion be expedient in the public
interest.

(2) Upon any breach of the Ordinance or any regulation or
condition of a licence the licensing authority may in his discretion
peremptorily revoke the licence. whereupon the same shall forthwith
cease to he valid.

(3) In all other cases, the licensing authority shall not refuse to
renew or shall not revoke a licence unless he has given to the person
applying for the licence or holding the licence proposed to be
revoked not less than 7 days' previous notice either personally or in





writing that objections have been or x~, ill be taken to such renewal or
that a revocation is proposed. Such written notice as aforesaid may be
given by post to the applicant at the premises or at his last address as
shown in any register of licences kept by the licensing authority.

(4) Nothing in this regulation contained shall he construed as
limiting in any way the discretion of the licensing authority contained in
section 5 of the Ordinance.

8. Any appeal to the Governor in Council from the decision of the
licensing authority shall be made in writing addressed to the Chief
Secretary setting forth the grounds of the appeal. within 14 days from
the date of such decision.

9. Subject to the approval of the Go.,ernor in Council, the licensing
authority may impose such special conditions in respect of any licence
as the circumstances may require.

10. No person shall alter, deface. or make zin~, erasure on a licence.
and no person shall use. or have in his possession .k.ith a view to use. a
licence on which an erasure has been rnade. or which has been altered
or defaced 'in any way.

11. A person requiring a licence or the reneikal or any extension of
such licence shall make application either personafly, or in writing to the
licensing authority and in such forni as lie rnay direct and shall when
making the same pay to the licensing authority the licence fee
prescribed by these regulations.

12. (1) If the licensing authority refuses to grant or renew a licence.
the licence fee shall be refunded. or if he revokes a licence except on the
ground of misconduct, a part of such fee shall be refunded to the
applicant or licensee.

(2) The part of the fee so refunded shall bear to the whole fee the
same proportion as the unexpired part of the term for which the licence
was granted bears to the whole term.

(3) No refund shall be made in respect of any period during which a
licence shall have been in force.

13. Every licence shall expire on the day fixed by these regulations
or named in such licence, or if no day be fixed then on the day which, in
the year following, corresponds to the day on which such licence was
granted, or renewed.

14. Every licence may on its expiration be renewed for further
periods not exceeding 1 year at a time.

15. When a licence has been granted to any person or persons to
carry on any trade, business or occupation at any premises. such
person or persons shall not carry on any such trade, business or
occupation at any other premises without the appropriate licence





for such other premises and the written approval of the licensing
authority.

16. No licence granted to any person under the Ordinance to
carry on any trade, business or occupation on board ships shall
authorize such person to go on board any ship without the permis-
sion of the master or officer in charge of such ship.

17. Any person who contravenes any of the provisons of
regulation 10, 15. 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 59. 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65. 67, 68,
69, 70, 71, 72, 73. 74. 75, 76. 77, 78(1), 83, 1M 109. 110, 111. 112,
113, 114, 115. 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127,
128(1)~ 137, 138, 139, 140. 141. 142, 143, 144. 145, 146. 148. 149.
150, 151 or 152(1), commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
510.000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

PART 11

A t (-TIO\ E E RS

18. The form of an auctioneer's licence shall be that in Form 1
in the Second Schedule.

19. Ekcrv auctioneer. before heuinning any auction. shall affix
or suspend. or catise to he allixed or suspcnded. a ticket or board.
containint-Y his true and full personal names. surnarne and residence
painted. printed. or \k ritten in large letters and Chinese characters.
publicly visible and legible. in sorne conspicuous part of the place
or premises xx here the auction is 11M so that all persons rnay casily
read the sarric. and shall also keep such ticket or board so affixed or
ss
uspended during the k\hole time ot'sLich auction held.

20. Any person acting as an auctioneer shall on the demand
of any police officer produce and shoxk to such officer. or x~ithiii
24 hours produce and slioxk to the officer on duty at the report room
at the Central Police Station. the licence granted to hirn under the
Ordinance.

21. No licence taken out by any person to exercise or carry on
the trade or business of an auctioneer shall authorize such person to
deal in or sell. either on his own account or for the benefit of ans
other person, any liquor or tobacco for the dealing in or selling of
which a licence is required under any enactment for the time being in
force relating to the same. except upon premises in respect of which
the owner of such liquor or tobacco shall ha~e taken Out and shall
have in force at the time of the sale thereof the proper licence for the
sale of such liquor or tobacco:

Provided that

(a)any such licensed auctioneer may, sell by auction. by
sample. any such liquor or tobacco as aforesaid. if the
owner thereof shall be duly licensed for the sale of such
liquor or tobacco.





(b)the Commissioner of Customs and Excise may in his
discretion authorize any licensed auctioneer to sell any
such liquor or tobacco by auction where he shall be
satisfied that the said liquor or tobacco is the property of a
private person, and is not sold for profit or by way of trade.

22. The holder of every auctioneer's licence shall observe the
following conditions, and such special conditions as the licensing
authority may in his discretion impose, which shall be endorsed on
the licence-

(a)except with the written permission of the licensing
authority, the licensee shall not transfer, lend or hire his
licence to any person;

(b)no auction shall take place except between the hours of 8
a.m. and 8 p.m.

PART III

[Rei.oked, 53 of'1983, s. 18]

PART IV

[Reroked, 54 ol'1978,.~. 31

PART V

[Rei,oked, L.N. 3011;'76]

PART VI

PUBLic DANCE HALLS

57. The form of a public dance hall licence shall be that in
Form 6 in the Second Schedule.

58. A person requiring a licence to open or keep any premises
as a public dance hall shall when making application for the same
furnish to the licensing authority 2 copies of his photograph.

58A. (1) After the commencement* of the Miscellaneous
Licences (Amendment) Regulations 1965 no new public dance hall
licence shall be issued or renewed, and after the expiry of a period
of 24 months from the commencement of such regulations no public
dance hall licence issued before the commencement of such regula-
tions shall be renewed, in respect of any premises in which the total
unobstructed dancing area available to persons resorting thereto for
the purpose of dancing is less than 46 square metres.





(2) It shall be a condition of every new public dance hall
licence issued or renewed after the commencement of the aforesaid
regulations and of every public dance hall licence renewed after the
expiry of a period of 24 months from the commencement of the
aforesaid regulations that at all times when the premises are open to
the public for dancing the total unobstructed dancing area available
to persons resorting thereto for the purpose of dancing is not less
than 46 square metres.

59. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
exhibit and keep exhibited the words -Licensed for dancing- in
English and in Chinese the charactersin some
conspicuous place near the door and on the outside of the premises
to the satisfaction of the licensing authority.

60. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
employ in the premises only such assistants as the licensing authority
may approve.

61. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
keep a register at the premises and shall correctly enter therein the
names. age, sex, nationality, birthplace and place of residence in the
Colony of every dancing partner and other person employed in the
premises and shall affix thereto a photograph of every sucii dancing
partner and employee.

62. On the first day of every month every person licensed to
keep a public dance hall shall make a return in writing to the
licensing authority in such form as he may approve of the particulars
required to be entered in the register. relating to every dancing
partner and other person then employed in the premises.

63. (1) No person under the age of 18 years shall be employed
in the premises.

(2) No person under the age of 16 years shall be permitted to
be present, at any time when the public are not excluded from the
premises, in any part of the premises available to the public.

64. No person other than the licensee, members of his family.
his agent, or watchman, and no person employed as a dancing
partner shall sleep or be permitted to sleep on the licensed premises.

65-66. [Rei,oked, 8 of'1977, s. 21

67. No intoxicating liquors shall be sold or consumed in the
premises, except under and in accordance with the terms of a valid
licence in that behalf granted in respect of such premises.

68. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
maintain good order in the premises and shall not suffer or permit
therein-





(a) any profanity or impropriety of language,

(b) any indecency of dress, dance or gesture,

(e)any ofrensive personalities or representations of living
persons or anything calculated to produce riot or breach of
the peace,

(d) any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;

(e) any unlawful game; or

any persons of notoriously bad charac ter to assemble and
meet together.

69. The premises shall be lighted throughout by gas or electri-
city from the mains of a public utility company, and. except by and
in accordance with the special permission of the licensing authority,
no candle, oil lamp or other form of illumination shall be used
therein.

69A. The licensee shall not erect, place or have any partition or
screen in any part of the premises available to the pubiic.

69B. (1) The seating facilities in the premises shall, except as
otherwise permitted in paragraph (2), be by means of separate chairs
only (each such chair designed to accommodate one person only)
and shall, at all times when the premises are open to the public for
the purpose of dancing, so be arranged as to ensure that at least
one-half of the dancing area can be seen from every chair.

(2) The seating facilities in the premises when the premises are
open to the public for the purpose of dancing may consist of or
include seats designed to accommodate more than one person but
only if-

(a)every such seat is in a position outward-facing against a
wall; and

(b)at least one-half'of the dancing area can be seen from every
sitting place on every such seat; and

(e)no such seat is fitted with anything, other than arm-rests,
calculated to or having the effect of segregating any person
using that sofa or seat from any other person using the
same or any other sofa or seat.

70. The licensing authority may require the removal of, and
the licensee shall iffirnediately remove, anything in the premises
which in the opinion of the licensing authority is a fire danger.

71. (1) Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Director of Fire Services-

(a)fire appliances adequate for the protection of the premises,
at all times free from obstruction and ready for use;





(b) [Deleted, L.N. 391/841

(c) an adequate shade or guard for every lamp and fire; and

(d)fire resisting screens, shutters, curtains or other adequate
means of fire protection for every window or opening
which adjoins any place or premises where any inflam-
mable substance is kept or stored.

(2) Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority adequate means of escape in case of fire for all
persons from every part of the premises.

(3) Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall at
all times keep free from obstruction and ready for use every means
of escape provided by him under paragraph (2).

72. Every door and barrier on the premises must open out-
wards, and every exit shall be plainly indicated in 170-millimetre
letters and Chinese characters by a fixed lighted sign of a nature and
in a position approved by the Director of Fire Services.

73. Every gangway. passage and staircase for the exit of
the public shall be kept entirely free from obstruction, whether
permanent or temporary. and no person shall he permitted to loiter
therein.

74. No corridor shall be used as a cloakroom, and no pegs for
hanging hats or cloaks shall be allowed therein.

75. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide and shall maintain in a clean and wholesome condition on
the premises adequate latrine. urinal or watercloset accommodation
to the satisfaction of the Director of Urban Services in the urban
areas and the Director of Regional Services elsewhere.

76. Every person licensed to keep a public dance hall shall
provide adequate measures for ventilating. cleansing and otherwise
securing hygienic conditions in the premises and shall maintain the
premises in a hygienic condition to the satisfaction of the Director
of Urban Services in the urban areas and the Director of Regional
Services elsewhere.

77. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall at all
reasonable times permit any police officer not under the rank of
inspector and any person authorized in writing by the licensing
authority to enter and inspect the licensed premises and the entries in
any records kept in connexion therewith.

78. (1) Every person holding a licence to keep a public dance
hall shall observe the following conditions, namely-





(a)that except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person;

(b) [Deleted, 8 of'1977, s. 21

(c.)that should any person employed by the licensee and
induced by him or on his behalf to enter the Colony
become liable to expulsion from the Colony or at any time
after the termination, in whatsoever manner. of his services
with the licensee desire to return to the place from where he
came to the Colony, the licensee shall defray the cost of
such expulsion or return,

(d)that where the public dance hall is situated on a floor. not
being the lowest floor, of a building designed for domestic
purposes, the licensee shall not permit to be present on the
premises at any time when the premises are open to the
public for the purpose of dancing a greater number of
persons, including dancing partners and other persons
employed by the licensee, than one person for every square
metre of the area which is available on the premises to the
public;

(e)that on demand the licensee shall produce and show to the
licensing authority and any person deputed by the licens-
ing authority in writing in that behalf every contract in
respect of any employment performed on the premises,

and such special conditions as the licensing authority may in his
discretion impose.

(2) Every condition specified in or imposed under para-
graph (1) shall be endorsed on the licence.

PART VII

[Revoked, L.N. 301176]

PART VIII

TimBER STORES

82. The form of a timber store licence shall be that in Form 8
in the Second Schedule.

83. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall observe
the following conditions, and such special conditions as the licens-
ing authority may in his discretion impose, which shall be endorsed
on the licence-

(a)every timber store shall be constructed and maintained in
good and substantial repair and clean condition to the
satisfaction of the licensing authority;





(b)no naked lights. fires, chatties nor any cooking shall be
permitted in any timber store..

(c.)no person. except watchmen only not exceeding 2 in
number, shall dwell in any timber store;

(d)the keeper of any timber store shall install such fire
appliances as the ISirector of Fire Services may require and
maintain them in efficient condition,

(e)every person holding a licence under this Part shall at all
reasonable times permit any police officer not under the
rank of inspector and any person authorized in writing by
the licensing authority to enter and inspect the licensed
premises and the entries in any records kept in connexion
therewith.

-PARTS IX AND X

[Rei.okecl. L.N. 301 761

PART XI

D,x\ci,,.(3 S(-iiooi.s

106. The form of a dancinc school licence shall be that in Forin
11 in the Second Schedule.

107. A person requiring a licence to open. keep or use any
premises as a dancing school shall ~k hen making application for the
L_
same. furnish to the licensing authority 2 copies of his or her
photograph.

107A. (1) After the commencement* of the Miscellaneous
Licences (Amendment) Regulations 1965. no dancing school licence
shall be issued or renewed in rsopeci of nly premises in ~khich the
total unobstructed dancing area available to persons resorting
thereto for the purpose of receiving instruction in dancing is less
than 46 square metres, or the total seating area is more than
one-third of the dancing area.

(2) It shall be a condition of every such licence issued or
renewed after the commencement of the aforesaid regulations that at
all times when the premises are open for Instruction in dancing the
total unobstructed dancing area available to persons resorting
thereto for the purpose of receiving instruction in dancing is not less
than 46 square metres and the total seating area is not more than
one-third of the dancing area.

108. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
exhibit and keep exhibited---Licensedfor Dancing Instruction--- in
English and in Chinese the characters--- ---in some con-
spicuous place near the door and on the outside of the premises to
the satisfaction of the licensing authority-





109. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
employ at the premises only such assistants as the licensing authority,
may approve.

110. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school. shall keep
a register at the premises and shall correctly enter therein the names.
age. sex, nationality, birth place and place of residence in the Colony
of every dancing instructor. dancing partner and of any other person
employed in the premises and shall affix thereto a photograph of
every such dancing instructor, dancing partner or employee.

111. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall keep a
register of all persons receiving tuition at the school in which shall be
entered the name and address of the persons receiving tuition.

112. On the first day of every month. every person licensed to
keep a dancing school shall make a return in ~,kritinL, to the licensing
authority in such form as he may approve of the particulars required
to be entered in the register relating to escry dancing instructor,
dancing partner and to other persons employed on the premises.

113. No person under the age of 18 years shall be ernployed in
the premises.

113A. No person under the age of 16 years shall he permitted to
be present, at any time during which the licensee may. under and in
accordance with his licence. allow the premises to be used for
instruction in dancing, in any part of the premises available to
persons resorting thereto for the purpose of receiving instruction in
dancing.

114. No person other than the licensee, members of his family,
his agent, or watchman shall sleep or be permitted to sleep on the
licensed premises.

115. Except during the hours prescribed in the conditions of the
licence, no instruction in dancing shall be given and the public shall
be excluded from the premises.

116. [Revoked, L.N. 1101165.1

117. No intoxicating liquors shall be sold or consumed in the
premises, except under and in accordance with the terms of a valid
licence in that behalf granted in respect of such premises.

118. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall main-
tain good order in the premises and shall not suffer or permit
therein---

(a) any profanity or impropriety of language;

(b) any indecency of dress, dance or gesture;





(c) any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;

(d) any unlawful game: or

(e)any persons of notoriously bad character to assemble and
meet together.

H8A. The licensee shall not erect, place or have any partition or
screen in any part of the premises available to persons resorting
thereto for instruction in dancing.

118B. The seating facilities in the premises shall be by means of
separate chairs (each such chair designed to accommodate one
person only) and shall, at all times when the premises are open for
the purpose of instruction in dancing, be so arranged as to ensure-

(a)that any person sitting in any chair has an unobstructed
view of the whole of the dancing area; and

(b)that no chair is obstructed by any pillar, plant or other
thing (whether similar or not) calculated to, or having the
effect of, segregating any person using that chair from the
full sight of any other person present.

118C. (1) No person shall be permitted to enter any cockloft in
the premises at any time during which the licensee may, under and in
accordance with his licence, allow the premises to be used for
instruction in dancing.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be taken to prohibit the
licensee himself from entering any such cockloft.

119. (1) The premises shall at all times when open for the
purpose of instruction in dancing. except between the hours of
8 a.m. and 6 p.m.. be lighted throughout by gas or electricity
from the mains of a public utility company, the lighting shall be
controlled by switches. no lamp shall be connected to a switch or
other device by which the light therefrom may be dimmed. and.
except by and in accordance with the speciaf permission of the
licensing authority, no candle, oil lamp or other form of illumina-
tion shall be used therein.

(2) On the issue or renewal of any dancing school licence the
licensing authority may specify, by endorsement thereon--

(a)the minimum number of lamps required to be alight on the
premises at all times when the premises are, under para-
graph (1), required to be lighted:

(b) the minimum wattage of each such lamp;

(c) the siting of each such lamp.

(d)the colour of the bulb of. and the colour and type of the
shade which may be used in connexion with, each such
lamp; and





(e)such period of grace (if any) as the licensing authority may
consider necessary for the purpose of enabling compliance
with any endorsement made as aforesaid;

and where any such endorsement has been made on a licence in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then.
subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) and the decision of the
Governor in Council on any appeal thereunder against such endorse-
ment, the lighting on the premises shall comply therewith at all
times when the premises are, under paragraph (1), required to be
lighted:

Provided that where any period of grace has been granted in
respect of any endorsement, non-compliance therewith during such
period shall not constitute a contravention of this paragraph.

(3) Where the licensee is aggrieved by any endorsement made
on his licence pursuant to paragraph (2) o; by 'the failure to grant a
period of grace in respect of any endorsement. he may appeal by way
of petition against such endorsement or such failure to the Governor
in Council, and in the event of such an appeal-

(a) the provisions of regulation 8 shall apply in respect thereof..

(b)the Governor in Council may cancel or vary the endorse-
ment appealed against, or grant a period of grace where
the failure of the licensing authority to grant such a period
is the subject of the appeal,

(e)written notice of the decision of the Governor in Council
shall be given to the licensee;

(d)pending the giving of written notice to the licensee as
aforesaid, the endorsement appealed against, or. where the
appeal is against the failure of the licensing authority to
grant any or a sufficient period of grace in respect of any
endorsement, that endorsement, shall have no effect, and
the period of grace (if any) applicable in respect of any
such endorsement as aforesaid, whether granted by the
licensing authority or the Governor in Council, shall not
commence or be deemed to have commenced to run until
the giving of such written notification to the licensee.

120. The licensing authority may require the removal of, and
the licensee shall immediately remove, anything in the premises
which in the opinion of the licensing authority is a fire danger.

121. (1) Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Director of Fire Services-

(a)fire appliances adequate for the protection of the premises,
at all times free from obstruction and ready for use;

(b) [Deleted, L.N. 391/84]

(c) an adequate shade or guard for every lamp and fire; and





(d)fire resisting screens. shutters, curtains or other adequate
means of fire protection for every window or opening
which adjoins any place or premises where any inflam-
mable substance is kept or stored.

(2) Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
provide and maintain on the premises to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority adequate means of escape in case of fire for all
persons from every part of the premises.

(3) Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall at all
times keep free from obstruction and ready for use every means of
escape provided by him under paragraph (2).

122. Every door and barrier on the premises must open out-
wards, and every exit shall be plainly indicated in 170-millimetre
letters and Chinese characters by a fixed lighted sign of a nature and
in a position approved by the Director of Fire Services.

123. Every gangway, passage and staircase for the exit of the
public shall be kept entirely free from obstruction, whether
permanent or temporary, and no person shall be permitted to loiter
therein.

124. No corridor shall be used as a cloakroom, and no pegs for
hanging hats or cloaks shall be allowed therein.

125. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
provide and shall maintain in a clean and wholesome condition on
the premises adequate latrine, urinal or water-closet accommodation
to the satisfaction of the Director of Urban Services in the urban
areas and the Director of Regional Services elsewhere.

126. Every person licensed to keep a dancing school shall
provide adequate measures for ventilating, cleansing and otherwise
securing hygienic conditions in the premises and shall maintain the
premises in a hygienic condition to the satisfaction of the Director
of Urban Services in the urban areas and the Director of Regional
Services elsewhere.

127. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall at all
reasonable times permit any police officer not under the rank of
inspector and any person authorized in writing by the licensing
authority to enter and inspect the licensed premises and the entries in
any records kept in connexion therewith.

128. (1) Every person holding a licence to keep a dancing school
shall observe the following conditions. namely-

(a)that except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
transfer. lend or hire his licence to any person,





(b)that the licensee shall not allow the premises to be used for
instruction in dancing between the hours of 2 a.m. and 8
a.m. daily;

(c)that except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence, the licensee shall not
employ a greater number of instructors and dancing part-
ners than the number endorsed on the licence;

(d)that where the dancing school is situated on a floor, other
than the lowest floor, of a building designed for domestic
purposes, the licensee shall not permit to be present on the
premises at any time when the premises are open for
instruction in dancing, a greater number of persons. includ-
ing instructors and dancing partners. than one person for
every square metre of the area which is available for the
purposes of instruction,

and such special conditions as the licensing authority may impose.

(2) Every condition specified in or 'Imposed under para-
graph (1) shall be endorsed on the licence.

PART XII

[Rei,oked, L.N. 301 76]

PART XIII

PHYSIOTHERAPY CLINICS

135. The form of a physiotherapy clinic licence shall be that in
Form 13 in the Second Schedule.

136. A person requiring a licence under this Part shall when
making application for the same furnish to the licensing authority 2
copies of his photograph.

137. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall exhibit
and keep exhibited the words 'Licensed Physiotherapy Clinic- in
English and in Chinese the charactersin some
conspicuous place near the door and on the outside of the premises
to the satisfaction of the licensing authority and shall keep his
licence exhibited in a suitable place (to be approved by the licensing
authority) in the premises.

138. No person holding a licence under this Part shall employ in
the premises any person other than assistants approved by the
licensing authority, except in work of a menial nature only.

139. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall keep a
register at the premises and shall correctly enter therein the name,





age, sex, nationality, birthplace and place of residence in the Colony
of every assistant employed in the premises and shall affix thereto a
photograph of every such person.

140. If any person ceases to be employed as an assistant in any
physiotherapy clinic, the holder of the licence therefor shall, within
10 days after such cessation of employment, notify the licensing
authority thereof.

141. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall at
all reasonable times permit any person authorized in writing by
the licensing authority to enter and inspect the licensed premises.
and to inspect the entries in the registers kept under regulations
139 and 146.

142. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall, at the
beginning of each quarter of the year, supply to the licensing
authority a list of all therapeutic equipment and apparatus listed in
the Second Schedule to the Ordinance, kept or used in the premises.

143. No person holding a licence under this Part shall, except
with the written permission of the licensing authority endorsed on
the licence. transfer. lend or hire his licence to any person.

144. No person holding a licence under this Part shall. except
with the written permission of the licensing authority, transfer. lend
or hire any therapeutic equipment or apparatus or part thereof to
any person.

145. No person holding a licence under this Part shall carry on
any other business on the premises.

146. Every person holding a licence under this Part shall keep a
register at the premises of all persons treated on the premises. giving
their names. date or dates of attendance and the name of the
recommending medical practitioner.

PART XIV

Ak1USEME\T GAME CE\TRES

147. The form of an amusement game centre licence shall be
that in Form 14 in the Second Schedule.

148. Every person licensed to keep an amusement (lame centre
shall exhibit and keep exhibited the words -Licensed Amusement
Game Centre- in English and in Chinese the characters '+4)~WWt
C 4-L,- in some conspicuous place near the door and on the outside
of the premises to the satisfaction of the licensing authority.





149. Every person licensed to keep an amusement game centre
shall maintain good order in the premises and shall not suffer or
permit therein-

(a) any drunkenness or other disorderly conduct;

(b) any unlawful game; or

(c)any persons of notoriously bad character to assemble and
meet together.

150. No person licensed to keep an amusement game centre
shall allow any intoxicating liquors to be sold or consumed on the
premises, except under and in accordance with the terms of a valid
licence in that behalf granted to him in respect of such premises.

151. Every person holding a licence to keep an amusement
game centre shall produce and show such licence at the premises to
any police officer on demand.

152. (1) Every person holding a licence to keep an amusement
game centre shall observe the following conditions, namely-

(a)that except with the written permission of the licensing
authority endorsed on the licence. the licensee shall not
transfer, lend or hire his licence to any person;

(b)that the licensee shall riot permit any machine or device of
a type specified in paragraph (a). (b) or (c) of the definition
of -amusement game centre- or the Third Schedule to the
Ordinance which is installed or placed in the amusement
game centre for the purpose of amusement recreation or
entertainment to be operated between the hours of 2 a.m.
and 8 a.m. daily,

and such special conditions as the licensing authority may in his
discretion impose.

(2) Every condition specified in or imposed under paragraph
(1) shall be endorsed on the licence.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

i Officer authorized
Period of Fee
Licence validity to issue

Amusement game centre. One year S300 Commissioner for Tele-
for each vision and Entertainment
machine Licensing.
permitted
by the
licence
Auctioneer. One yearS800 Commissioner of Police.
Dancing school. One year S1.500 ~Commissioner for Tele-
vision and Entertainment
Licensing.





Licence Period of Fee Officer authorized
validity to issue

Massage establishment. One year $400 Commissioner of Police.
Physiotherapy clinic. One year $300 Director of MedieaP-o*EP-
Health Services
Public dance hall. One year $1,500 Commissioner for Tele-
vision and Entertainment
Licensing.
Timber store. One year $750 Director of Fire Services.

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 18.]

FORM 1

Licence No . ........................

AUCTIOINEER'S LICENCE

(Annual)

................. of ................................................ 1 1
is hereby licensed to carry on the business of an auctioneer until the ...............
day of ....19 ... inclusive. subject to the conditions and for the
further periods endorsed hereon.

Dated this .........---day of ........... ~ 19

Licenising Authority.

FORM 2
[Revoked 53 of 1983.s. 18]

FORMS 3 & 4
(Revoked, 54 of 1978, s. 3]





FORm 5
[Revoked, L.N. 301 76]

FORm 6 [reg. 57.1

Licence No . ........................

PUBLIC DANCE HALL LICENCE

(Annual)

................... of 1
is hereby licensed to keep ........... its a public

dance hall until the ........day of 19 inclusive,

subject to the conditions and for the further periods endorsed hereon.

Dated this ~ .......day of ............ 19

FOR,m 7
[Revoked, L.N. 301 76]

FORm 8 [reg. 82.]

Licence No . ........................

TimBER STORE LICENCE

................. of

is hereby licensed to keep a timber store at .................................................................

............. until the day of

19 inclusive, subject to the conditions and for the further periods endorsed

hereon.

Dated this ......day of ..................... 19

Licen.yil~g Azithorit.i..





FORMS 9 & 10
[Revoked, L.N. 301 761

FORM 11 [reg. 106.]

Licence No . ......................

DANCING SCHOOL LICENCE

(Annual)

............................... . Of

is hereby licensed to keep .....as a dancing
1 h, 1 . im-

school until the ........da\ of ..................... .................. 19 inclusixe

and for the further periods endorsed hereon subject to complying with the regulations
affecting dancing schools from time to time in force under the Miscellaneous
Licences Ordinance and to observing the special conditions endorsed hereon.

Dated this .......da,~ (if ................. 19

Lic.episiy~g Aulhoril.v.

CONDITION, 1

Aggregate maximum number of instructors and dancing partners permitted

FO RM 1 -2
[Revoked. L.N. 301 761





FORM 13 [reg. 135.1

Licence No . ........................

PH~'SIOTHF.RAP-,'CLI,,i(. Lic.E.,( v

(Annual)

............ of

is hereby licensed to carry on a physiotherapy clinic at

............. j 1 until the
Photograph.

day of ..... 19 inclusive. subject to

the conditions and for the further periods endorsed hereon.

Dated this ........ day of 19

Li(.episi~g .41tli?op-il-i..

CO\DITIO\'S

1 . No person shall he accepted for treatment except on the written recommen-
dation of a duly registered medical practitioner.
2. No advertising in respect of the clinic shall he permitted. except in
publications intended primarily for the use ofthe medical profession.
3. Radio emissions from therapeutic equipment and apparatus used in the
clinic shall be conllined to the frequencies designated for medical purposes within the
tolerances specified in the Radio Regulations annexed to the International Telecom-
munication Convention ot Buenos Aires, 1952. as applicable to Hong Kong.

FORM 14 [reg. 147.1

Licence No . ........................

AMUSEMENT GAME CE\TRE LicE\,c.F.

(Annual)

.......... ............. of
is licensed to keep the following machines

at ....................................... until the
...................day of --------- 19 inclusive subject to the conditions
and for the further periods endorsed hereon.

Dated this ..........day of 19

Licensing Authorit.v.
25 of 1933. Second Schedule. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. G.N. 302/34. G.N. 874/34. G.N. 423/35. G.N. 672/36. G.N. 238/40. G.N. 500/41. G.N. 13/47. G.N. 652/47. G.N.A. 296/48. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 95/52. G.N.A. 1/56. G.N.A. 101/56. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 155/65. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 2/75. L.N. 231/76. L.N. 301/76. 8 of 1977. L.N. 126/77. L.N. 135/77. L.N. 206/77. 54 of 1978. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 123/82. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 300/82. 53 of 1983. L.N. 88/84. L.N. 320/84. L.N. 372/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 67/85. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 391/84. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 114.) Licensing authority, fees, and terms. First Schedule. Renewals. Transfers. Fee for duplicates, and for amendment of licences. G.N.A. 1/56. L.N. 320/84. Refusals and revocations. Appeals. Special conditions. Defacing a licence. Applications and renewals. Refunds. Date of expiration of licences. Power to renew licences. Premises not to be changed. Boarding ships. Offences and penalties. L.N. 301/76. 54 of 1978, s. 3. 53 of 1983, s. 18. L.N. 86/82. Form. Second Schedule. Form 1. Name to be exhibited at auctions. Production of licence. Liquor and tobacco. L.N. 206/77. L.N. 294/82. Conditions. Form. Second Schedule. Form 6. G.N. 500/41. Application for licence. Minimum dancing area. (L.N. 110/65.) [*20.8.65] L.N. 372/84. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing partners, etc. Return of dancing partners, etc. Minimum age for employees and persons present in the premises. L.N. 110/65. Sleeping on premises. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Lighting. Prohibition of partitions and screens. Requirements as to seating. L.N. 155/65. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. Exits and doors. L.N. 300/82. Gangways and staircases. Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms. Latrines. L.N. 67/85. Hygiene. L.N. 67/85. Entry and inspection. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 372/84. 8 of 1941, s. 6. Form. Second Schedule. Form 8. Conditions. G.N.A. 95/52. Form. Second Schedule. Form 11. Application for licence. Minimum dancing area. (L.N. 110/65.) [*20.8.65] L.N. 372/84. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing instructor, etc. Register of persons receiving tuition. Return of dancing instructors, etc. Minimum age for employees. L.N. 110/65. [In force on 20.8.1966.] Minimum age for person present in the premises. L.N. 110/65. Sleeping on premises. Exclusion of public. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Prohibition of partitions and screens. L.N. 110/65. Requirements as to seating. L.N. 110/65. Prohibition against entering cocklofts. L.N. 110/65. Lighting. L.N. 110/65. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. Exits and doors. L.N. 123/82. L.N. 300/82. Gangways and staircases. Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms. Latrines. L.N. 67/85. Hygiene. L.N. 67/85. Entry and inspection. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 372/84. G.N.A. 1/56. Form. Second Schedule. Form 13. Application for licence. Outdoor sign and licence to be exhibited. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of employees. Licensing authority to be notified of cessation of employment. Entry and inspection. List of therapeutic equipment to be supplied to licensing authority. Licence not transferable except with permission. Therapeutic equipment not transferable except with permission. Prohibition of other businesses. Register of persons treated, etc. L.N. 86/82. Form. L.N. 86/82. Second Schedule. Form 14. Outdoor sign. L.N. 86/82. Good order in premises. L.N. 86/82. Sale or consumption of liquor. L.N. 86/82. Production of licence. L.N. 86/82. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 231/76. L.N. 301/76. 8 of 1977, s. 2. L.N. 126/77. 54 of 1978, s. 3. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 88/84. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 110/65. G.N.A. 95/52. G.N.A. 1/56. L.N. 86/82.

Abstract

25 of 1933. Second Schedule. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. G.N. 302/34. G.N. 874/34. G.N. 423/35. G.N. 672/36. G.N. 238/40. G.N. 500/41. G.N. 13/47. G.N. 652/47. G.N.A. 296/48. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 95/52. G.N.A. 1/56. G.N.A. 101/56. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 155/65. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 2/75. L.N. 231/76. L.N. 301/76. 8 of 1977. L.N. 126/77. L.N. 135/77. L.N. 206/77. 54 of 1978. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 123/82. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 300/82. 53 of 1983. L.N. 88/84. L.N. 320/84. L.N. 372/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 67/85. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 391/84. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 114.) Licensing authority, fees, and terms. First Schedule. Renewals. Transfers. Fee for duplicates, and for amendment of licences. G.N.A. 1/56. L.N. 320/84. Refusals and revocations. Appeals. Special conditions. Defacing a licence. Applications and renewals. Refunds. Date of expiration of licences. Power to renew licences. Premises not to be changed. Boarding ships. Offences and penalties. L.N. 301/76. 54 of 1978, s. 3. 53 of 1983, s. 18. L.N. 86/82. Form. Second Schedule. Form 1. Name to be exhibited at auctions. Production of licence. Liquor and tobacco. L.N. 206/77. L.N. 294/82. Conditions. Form. Second Schedule. Form 6. G.N. 500/41. Application for licence. Minimum dancing area. (L.N. 110/65.) [*20.8.65] L.N. 372/84. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing partners, etc. Return of dancing partners, etc. Minimum age for employees and persons present in the premises. L.N. 110/65. Sleeping on premises. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Lighting. Prohibition of partitions and screens. Requirements as to seating. L.N. 155/65. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. Exits and doors. L.N. 300/82. Gangways and staircases. Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms. Latrines. L.N. 67/85. Hygiene. L.N. 67/85. Entry and inspection. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 372/84. 8 of 1941, s. 6. Form. Second Schedule. Form 8. Conditions. G.N.A. 95/52. Form. Second Schedule. Form 11. Application for licence. Minimum dancing area. (L.N. 110/65.) [*20.8.65] L.N. 372/84. Outdoor sign. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of dancing instructor, etc. Register of persons receiving tuition. Return of dancing instructors, etc. Minimum age for employees. L.N. 110/65. [In force on 20.8.1966.] Minimum age for person present in the premises. L.N. 110/65. Sleeping on premises. Exclusion of public. Sale or consumption of liquors. Good order in premises. Prohibition of partitions and screens. L.N. 110/65. Requirements as to seating. L.N. 110/65. Prohibition against entering cocklofts. L.N. 110/65. Lighting. L.N. 110/65. Removal of fire danger. Fire appliances and escape. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. L.N. 391/84. Exits and doors. L.N. 123/82. L.N. 300/82. Gangways and staircases. Corridors not to be used as cloakrooms. Latrines. L.N. 67/85. Hygiene. L.N. 67/85. Entry and inspection. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 372/84. G.N.A. 1/56. Form. Second Schedule. Form 13. Application for licence. Outdoor sign and licence to be exhibited. Only approved assistants to be employed. Register of employees. Licensing authority to be notified of cessation of employment. Entry and inspection. List of therapeutic equipment to be supplied to licensing authority. Licence not transferable except with permission. Therapeutic equipment not transferable except with permission. Prohibition of other businesses. Register of persons treated, etc. L.N. 86/82. Form. L.N. 86/82. Second Schedule. Form 14. Outdoor sign. L.N. 86/82. Good order in premises. L.N. 86/82. Sale or consumption of liquor. L.N. 86/82. Production of licence. L.N. 86/82. Conditions. L.N. 89/68. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 231/76. L.N. 301/76. 8 of 1977, s. 2. L.N. 126/77. 54 of 1978, s. 3. L.N. 86/82. L.N. 88/84. L.N. 110/65. L.N. 110/65. G.N.A. 95/52. G.N.A. 1/56. L.N. 86/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2508

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

25
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:57 +0800
<![CDATA[MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2507

Title

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 114





CHAPTER 114
MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ....................Page

1..........Short title ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2..........Interpretation.................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3..........Regulations ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

4. Prohibition of trading, etc., without licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
5. Grant of licences. revocation and appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

6.............Search warrants ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
6A............Power of seizure ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

7...............Offences and penalties .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

7A.........Forfeiture ........... . .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
8. Liability of agent ..................... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 7

9. Saving .................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

10..................Amendment of Third Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
11..................Amendment of Fourth Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

First Schedule. List of trades. businesses or occupations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
Second Schedule. List of therapeutic equipment or apparatus ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

Third Schedule . .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
Fourth Schedule ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 114

MISCELLANEOUS LICENCES

To consolidate and amend the law relating to miscellaneous licences.

[27 October 1933.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Miscellaneous Licences
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

-amusement game centre- means. subject to section 11(2). any
place in which there is installed or placed for use or operation
for the purpose, in whole or in part. of amusement. recreation
or entertainment on payment directly or indirectly of any
consideration in money or money*s worth. any machine or
device-

(a)which enables or is capable of enabling any person by any
means whatever to release, set in moti . on. manipulate.
control or direct the movement of any, ball. projectile. or
other object. and registers any score or combination in any
manner whatever. or

(b)which enables or is capable of enabling any person by any
means whatever to release, set in motion. manipulate,
control or direct the movement of any image. signal or
electrical impulse; or

(c)which upon the insertion therein by any person of any
coin, token, disc, card or object. produce~ or is capable of
producing to him any prize. coin, token or disc or any
other object or article whatever. or

(d) specified in the Third Schedule.

not being a machine or device specified in the Fourth Schedule.
(Replaced, 11 of] 982, s. 2)

,'auctioneer' includes every person who exercises or carries on the
trade or business of an auctioneer. or who acts in such capacity
at any sale or roup, and every person who sells or offers for sale





any goods or chattels, lands, tenements, or hereditaments, or
any interest therein, at any sale or roup where any person or
persons become the purchaser of the same by competition. and
being the highest bidder, either by being the single bidder or
increasing upon the biddings made by others, or decreasing on
sums named by the auctioneer or person acting as auctioneer.
or other person at such sale or roup, or by any other mode of
sale by competition;

'dancing school' means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of giving instruction in dancing except-

(a)a place of public entertainment licensed as such under the
Places of Public Entertainment Ordinance; or

(b)a public dance hall licensed as such under this Ordinance.
or

(c) dancing schools for children under the age of 16;

(d)a place used for the purpose of giving instruction
in dancing where no charge whatsoever to any person
resorting thereto, whether for admittance or instruction.
or for food or drink supplied, or otherwise, is made; or

(e)a place used for the purpose of giving instruction in
dancing by The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts
established by The Hong Kong Academy for Performing
Arts Ordinance; (Added, 38 of 1984, s. 28)
(Added, 15 of'1952, s. 2. Amended, 27 oj'1965, s. 2)

---hawkeC means any person who trades in any street or public
thoroughfare or goes from place to place, or goes on board any
vessel, selling or exposing for sale any goods, wares or mer-
chandise immediately to be delivered, or exposing samples or
patterns of any goods, wares or merchandise to be afterwards
delivered, or selling or offering for sale his skill in handicraft,
except a person selling or seeking orders for goods, wares or
merchandise to or from person who are dealers therein, and
who buy to sell again; (Amended, 9 of 1934, s. 2)

'Physiotherapy clinic' means any premises used or represented
as being or intended to be used for the treatment of diseases
or disabilities of the human body, where any therapeutic
equipment or apparatus listed in the Second Schedule is kept
or used, except a physiotherapy department of or attached to a
hospital for the time being recognized by the Director of
Medical and Health Service , or except the consulting room
of a duly registered medical practitioner; (Added, 64 of 1955,
s. 2)

'place' includes any house, shop, room, office, boat, vehicle or
vessel, or any erection movable or otherwise, or any spot on
land or water;





'public dance-hall' means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of dancing to which the general public are admitted
with or without payment for admission unless such place is a
place of public entertainment licensed as such under the Places
of Public Entertainment Ordinance:

Provided that a place shall not be deemed to be opened,
kept or used for the purpose of dancing if it is opened, kept or
used primarily for some other lawful purpose to which dancing
is merely an incidental attraction for which no charge is made
and no instructors or dancing partners are provided or made
available; (Added, 15 of 1952, s. 2)

'sale' includes exchange or barter;

'timber store- means any building, yard or other place used for the
storage of timber or bamboo in any quantity in excess of 12
cubic metres other than timber in baulk. ~or the purposes
of this definition timber in baulk shall not include china fir
poles; (Added, 8 of 1941, s. 2. Amended, 27 oj'1965, s. 2 and
L.N. 300/82)
(Amended, 53 of 1983, s. 18)

3. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide
for-

(a) licensine. reculation and control of any. place. trade. busi
ness. undertaking or occupation specified in the First
t~
Schedule; (Amended, If ol*1952, s. 3 and64 (?f 1955, s. 3)

(b)classifying for the purposes of paragraph (a) any place.
trade, business or occupation for wi~ich a licence'may be
issued under this Ordinance.

(c)the particulars which an applicant for any licence
granted under this Ordinance shall furnish to any officer
empowered to issue a licence hereunder. ~Added, 15 f
1952,s. 3)

(d)the form and conditions of any licence granted under this
Ordinance. the officers who may issue such licence and the
fees therefor, the hours during which such licence may be
used and the period for which such licence shall be issued.

(e)the lighting to be used in any place licensed under this
Ordinance and in such regulations to provide the general
specifications and requirements to be satisfied in respect of
such lighting, or to empower any, officer specified therein to
determine. at the time of the issue or renewal of any licence
under this Ordinance, the particular specifications and
requirements to be satisfied in respect of such lighting in
the place to which the licence relates: (Added, 27 of 1965.
s.3)
precautions to be taken against fire in any place licensed
under this Ordinance..





(g)maintenance of peace and good order in any place licensed
under this Ordinance;

(h)means of securing hygienic conditions and requiring the
maintenance of such conditions in any place licensed under
this Ordinance;

(i)entry and inspection of any place licensed under this
Ordinance, by the Commissioner of Police, the Secretary
for Home Affairs or any other officer authorized by the
Governor in that behalf,

(j)exempting any place, trade, business or occupation
situated or carried on within specified areas from the
operation of this Ordinance or of any part thereof or
of any regulations made thereunder. and specifying and
varying the boundaries of such areas; and

(k) generally. carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordin-
. ance.

(2) Such regulations may provide that the contravention
of any particular regulation shall constitute an offence and may
prescribe penalties for breach of the regulations not exceeding a fine
of 510,000 or imprisonment for 6 months. (Added, 15 of 1952,
s. 3. Amended, 11 of 1982, s. 3)

4. No person shall open or keep any place specified in
the First Schedule. or conduct any trade, business or occupation
specified in the First Schedule except under and in accordance with
a licence issued under this Ordinance.
(Amended, 64 o 1955, s. 4 and 53 o 1983, s. 18)
f _f

5. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3). the grant
of any licence issued, or to be issued under this Ordinance and the
grant of any renewal of any licence shall be in the absolute discretion
of the officer authorized to issue such licence. (Amended, 53 qf
1983,s. 18)

(2) Such officer may revoke a licence granted to any person on
proof to his satisfaction of an offence against this Ordinance or
other misconduct, by such person.

(3) An appeal shall lie by way of petition, in such manner and
form and within such period as may be provided by regulation under
section 3, to the Governor in Council from the decision of any officer
under this section.
(Amended, 27 of 1965, s. 4)

6. If it is made to appear to a magistrate or a justice of the
peace by information upon oath that there is reason to believe that
an offence against this Ordinance is being committed in any place,
the magistrate or justice of the peace may issue a warrant authoriz-
ing any police officer to enter and search such place and to arrest
such persons as may be found therein.
(Amended, 15 of 1952, s. 4)





6A. (1) A police officer who has entered any place in pursu-
ance of a warrant issued under section 6 may seize and remove from
that place any machine or device together with its contents and all
related or ancillary components including any cabinet or other
casing in which it is housed if he has reason to suspect that such
machine or device may be liable to forfeiture under section 7X and
may detain the machine or device and the contents, components,
cabinet and casing until all proceedings, including any appeal, have
been completed or a decision is taken not to proceed.

(2) No claim or action shall lie against the Crown or any public
officer,in respect of the seizure, removal or detention of any machine
or device under subsection (1).
(Added, 11 of 1982, s. 4)

7. Any person who-

(a) contravenes the provisions of section 4, or

(b)fails to comply with any condition in a licence issued
hereunder; or

(c)in furnishing any particulars which he is required by
regulation made hereunder to furnish. furnishes any
information which he knows or has reason to believe to
be false in any material particular or by reason of the
omission of any, material particular or furnishes any
information without any belief in the truth or accuracy of
the information supplied.

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable-
(i)in the case of an otTence under paragraph (a). to a fine of
550,000 or to imprisonment for 6 months. or
(ii)in the case of an offence under paragraph (b) or (c). to a
fine of S10,000 or to imprisonment for 6 months.
~Repla~,ed, 15 ol* 1952, s. -5. Amended, 11 of198-2, s. 5)

7A. The court shall. on the conviction of any person of an
offence under section 7(a) relating to an amusement game centre.
order the forfeiture of any machine or device together with its
contents and all related or ancillary components including any
cabinet or other casing in which it i~ housed (if any) seized by a
police officer under section 6A. being a machine or device of a type
specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of -amusement
game centre- or the Third Schedule which was installed or placed in
the amusement game centre for the purposes of amusement, recrea-
tion or entertainment, unless the owner of the machine or device
satisfies the court that there is special and exceptional reason not to
order forfeiture. such as that the machine or de-~,,ice had been stolen
and the theft reported to the police as soon as practicable; but
ownership of itself of a machine or device by a person other than the
person convicted or financial hardship to any person shall not be
special and exceptional reason.
(Added. 11 ol 1982, s. 6)





8. Whenever any person to whom any licence or permit or
authority has been issued or granted under this Ordinance would be
liable under the provisions of this Ordinance or of any regulations
made thereunder to any punishment, penalty or forfeiture for any
act, omission, neglect or default, he shall be liable to the same
punishment, penalty or forfeiture for every similar act, omission.
neglect or default of any agent or servant employed by him in the
course of his business, and every such agent or servant shall also
be liable to every punishment, penalty or forfeiture prescribed for
such acts, omissions, neglects or defaults contrary to the provisions
of this Ordinance as fully and effectually as if he had been the
person to whom the licence or permit or authority had been issued
or granted.

9. The provisions of this Ordinance shall be in addition to
and not in derogation of the provisions of any other enactment
relating to or affecting any place, trade. business or occupation with
respect to which this Ordinance applies.
(Replaced, 8 of 1941, s. 3)

10. The Governor in Council may by order published in the
Gazette include any machine or device in or amend the Third
Schedule.
(Added, 1101982. s. 7)

IIA.

11. (1) The Secretary for Home Affairs may by order
published in the Gazette include any machine or device in or amend
the Fourth Schedule.

(2) The Secretary for Home Affairs may by order published
in the Gazette exempt any place, or class of places, from being an
amusement game centre.
(Added, 11 of 1982, s. 7)

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 3 & 4.]

Amusement game centre.

Auctioneer.

Dancing school.

Hawker of tobacco, cigars or cigarettes.

Physiotherapy clinic.

Public dance-hall.

Timber store.

(Amended, 22 of 1935, s. 7; 8 of 1941, s. 4; 42 of 1947, s. 3..15 of 1952, s. 6: 64
of 1955, s. 5; 50 of 1956, s. 3; 27 of 1965, s. 5; 21 of 1973, s. 20; 54 of'1978, s. 2;
11 of 1982, s. 8 and 53. of 1983, s. 18)





SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 2.1

Therapeutic equipment or apparatus involving the use of any of the following-
Infra-red radiations
Ultra-violet radiations
Galvanic current
Faradic current
Sinusoidal current
Long wave diathermy (high frequency current)
Short wave diathermy (ultra-high frequency current)
Ultra-short wave diathermy
Electro-cautery
Oscillator
Supersonic equipment
Electric hydrotherapy.
(Added, 64 of 1955, s. 6)

THIRD SCHEDULE[ss. 21 & 10.1
'Added, 11 of 1982, s. 9)

FOURTH SCHEDULE[ss. 2 & 11.1
Added. II of] 982. s. 9,

Gymnasium equipment installed in a gymnasium or recreational health clinic.
(Added. L.N. 116 82.)
Originally 25 of 1933. (Cap. 114, 1950.) 9 of 1934. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. 15 of 1952. 64 of 1955. 50 of 1956. 27 of 1965. 21 of 1973. 54 of 1978. 1 of 1982. 11 of 1982. L.N. 116/82. L.N. 300/82. 53 of 1983. 38 of 1984. Short title. Interpretation. Third Schedule. Fourth Schedule. [cf. 1845 c. 15, s. 4.] (Cap. 172.) (Cap. 1135.) [cf. 1888 c. 33, s. 2; 1871 c. 96, s. 3.] Second Schedule. (Cap. 172.) Regulations. First Schedule. Prohibition of trading, etc., without licence. First Schedule. Grant of licences, revocation and appeals. Search warrants. Power of seizure. Offences and penalties. Forfeiture. Liability of agent. Saving. Amendment of Third Schedule. Amendment of Fourth Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 25 of 1933. (Cap. 114, 1950.) 9 of 1934. 22 of 1935. 8 of 1941. 42 of 1947. 15 of 1952. 64 of 1955. 50 of 1956. 27 of 1965. 21 of 1973. 54 of 1978. 1 of 1982. 11 of 1982. L.N. 116/82. L.N. 300/82. 53 of 1983. 38 of 1984. Short title. Interpretation. Third Schedule. Fourth Schedule. [cf. 1845 c. 15, s. 4.] (Cap. 172.) (Cap. 1135.) [cf. 1888 c. 33, s. 2; 1871 c. 96, s. 3.] Second Schedule. (Cap. 172.) Regulations. First Schedule. Prohibition of trading, etc., without licence. First Schedule. Grant of licences, revocation and appeals. Search warrants. Power of seizure. Offences and penalties. Forfeiture. Liability of agent. Saving. Amendment of Third Schedule. Amendment of Fourth Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2507

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

114

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:56 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORK ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2506

Title

PUBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORK ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PUBLIC RECLAMATIONS AND WORKS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 113

(Repealed by the Foreshore and Sea-bed (Reclamations)
Ordinance 1985, No. 63 of 1985, now Cap. 127)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2506

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

113

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:55 +0800
<![CDATA[DOUBLE TAXATION RELIEF (INCOME FROM SHIPPING OPERATIONS) (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2505

Title

DOUBLE TAXATION RELIEF (INCOME FROM SHIPPING OPERATIONS) (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER

Description






DOUBLE TAXATION RELIEF (INCOME FROM SHIPPING
OPERATIONS) (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER

(Cap. 112, section 49)

[8 September 19891

L.N. 316 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Double Taxation Relief (Income from
Shipping Operations) (United States of America) Order.

2. Declaration of arrangements

It is declared that-
(a)the arrangements specified in the Schedule have been made with
the Government of the United States of America with a view to
affording relief from double taxation in relation to income tax
and any tax of a similar character imposed by the laws of the
United States of America in respect of income derived from the
international operation of ships; and
(b)it is expedient that those arrangements should have effect in
relation to tax under the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112)
notwithstanding anything in any enactment.

SCHEDULE [para. 21

AGREEMENT CONSTITUTED BY EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG FOR DOUBLE TAXATION
RELIEF IN RESPECT OF INCOME FROM
INTERNATIONAL OPERATION OF SHIPS
EXCHANGE OF NoTEs
No. 1
CONSUL GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
TO
HONG KONG COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REVENUE
Consulate General of the
United States of America
Hong Kong
August 1, 1989





Sir:
On behalf of the Government of the United States of America, 1 have the honor to
propose that the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Hong Kong
conclude an agreement to exempt from income tax (which term for the purposes of the agreement in
the case of Hong Kong refers to profits tax), on a reciprocal basis, income derived by residents of
the other from the international operation of ships (which term for the purposes of the agreement
shall not include aircraft). I further have the honor to inform you that the Government of the
United States of America is prepared to conclude an agreement in the following terms:
1. The Government of the United States of America, in accordance with Sections 872(h) and
883(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, agrees to exempt from tax gross income derived from the
international operation of ships by individuals who are residents of Hong Kong (other than U.S.
citizens) and corporations which are incorporated in Hong Kong or controlled or managed in Hong
Kong (other than corporations organized in the United States).
2. In the case of a corporation, the exemption granted by the Government of the United
States of America shall apply only if the corporation meets either of the following conditions:
(a)the corporation's stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities
market in Hong Kong, another country which grants an equivalent exemption to U.S.
corporations, or the United States; or
(b)more than 50 percent of the value of the corporation's stock is owned, directly or
indirectly, by individuals who are residents of Hong Kong or of a country which grants an
equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations, or by a corporation organized in a country
which grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations and whose stock is primarily
and regularly traded on an established securities market in that country, another country
which grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations, or the United States.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (b), the Government of Hong Kong shall be treated as
an individual resident of Hong Kong, and stock of a corporation owned by another corporation,
partnership, trust or estate shall be treated as owned proportionately by the beneficial owners.
3. For the purposes of applying the 50 percent test to a Hong Kong corporation, if the
corporation is a U.S. controlled foreign corporation as defined in Section 957(a) of the United
States Internal Revenue Code, the U.S. shareholders are treated as residents of Hong Kong.
4. The Government of Hong Kong agrees to exempt from tax gross income derived from the
international operation of ships by U.S. residents and corporations organized in the United States
(other than corporations which are subject to tax by Hong Kong on the basis of residence).
5. In the case of a corporation, the exemption granted by the Government of Hong Kong
shall apply only if the corporation meets either of the following conditions:
(a)the corporation's stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities
market in the United States, another country which grants an equivalent exemption to
Hong Kong corporations, or Hong Kong; or
(b)more than 50 percent of the value of the corporation's stock is owned, directly or
indirectly, by individuals who are residents of the United States or of another country
which grants an equivalent exemption to Hong Kong's corporations, or by a corporation
organized in a country which grants an equivalent exemption to Hong Kong corporations
and whose stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in
that country, another country which grants an equivalent exemption to Hong Kong
corporations, or Hong Kong.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (b), the Government of the United States of America
shall be treated as an individual resident of the United States of America.
6. Gross income for the purposes of this agreement includes all income derived from the
international operation of ships, including:
(a)income from the rental of ships used in international transport on a full (time or voyage)
or bareboat basis;
(b)income from the rental of containers and related equipment used in international
transport which is incidental to income from the international operation of ships;
(c)income from the participation in marine transport pools which engage in international
operation of ships; and





(d)gains from the sale, disposal or other alienation of ships by a person primarily engaged in
the international operation, lease or rental of ships.
7. If any difficulty or doubt as to the interpretation or application of this agreement should
arise, the competent authorities of the two Governments shall seek to resolve such difficulty or
doubt by mutual agreement. For this purpose, the competent authorities are:
(a)in the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury or his authorized representative; or any
person or body authorized to perform any or similar functions at present exercisable by
the above-mentioned office-bearer; and
(b)in Hong Kong, the Financial Secretary or his authorized representative; or any person or
body authorized to perform any or similar functions at present exercisable by the
above-mentioned office-bearer.
8. Either Government may terminate this agreement by giving written notice of
termination.
If the foregoing is acceptable to the Government of Hong Kong, 1 have the honor to
propose that this note, together with your reply in that sense, shall constitute an agreement between
the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Hong Kong which shall
enter into force on the date of your reply and shall have effect with respect to taxable years on or
after 1 January 1987.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Sir, the assurance of my highest
consideration.

Donald M. ANDERSON
Mr. Anthony AU-YEUNG, LP.
Commissioner of Inland Revenue
Hong Kong

No. 2
HONG KONG COMMISSIONER OF INLAND REvENuE
TO
CONSUL GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Commissioner of Inland Revenue
Hong Kong
16 August 1989
Sir:
On behalf of the Government of Hong Kong, 1 have the honour to acknowledge receipt of
your note of 1 August 1989 which reads as follows:
'On behalf of the Government of the United States of America, 1 have the honor to
propose that the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Hong
Kong conclude an agreement to exempt from income tax (which term for the purposes of the
agreement in the case of Hong Kong refers to profits tax), on a reciprocal basis, income derived
by residents of the other from the international operation of ships (which term for the purposes
of the agreement shall not include aircraft). I further have the honor to inform you that the
Government of the United States of America is prepared to conclude an agreement in the
following terms:
1. The Government of the United States of America, in accordance with Sections 872(b)
and 883(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, agrees to exempt from tax gross income derived from
the international operation of ships by individuals who are residents of Hong Kong (other
than U.S. citizens) and corporations which are incorporated in Hong Kong or controlled or
managed in Hong Kong (other than corporations organized in the United States).





2. In the case of a corporation, the exemption granted by the Government of the United
States of America shall apply only if the corporation meets either of the following conditions:
(a)the corporation's stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities
market in Hong Kong, another country which grants an equivalent exemption to
U.S. corporations, or the United States; or
(b)more than 50 percent of the value of the corporation's stock is owned, directly or
indirectly, by individuals who are residents of Hong Kong or of a country which
grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations, or by a corporation organized
in a country which grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations and whose
stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in that
country, another country which grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. cor-
porations, or the United States.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (b), the Government of Hong Kong shall he
treated as an individual resident of Hong Kong, and stock of a corporation owned by another
corporation, partnership, trust or estate shall be treated as owned proportionately by the
beneficial owners.
3. For the purposes of applying the 50 percent test to a Hong Kong corporation, if the
corporation is a U.S. controlled foreign corporation as defined in Section 957(a) of the United
States Internal Revenue Code, the U.S. shareholders are treated as residents of Hong Kong.
4. The Government of Hong Kong agrees to exempt from tax gross income derived
from the international operation of ships by U.S. residents and corporations organized in the
United States (other than corporations which are subject to tax by Hong Kong on the basis of
residence).
5. In the case of a corporation, the exemption granted by the Government of Hong
Kong shall apply only if the corporation meets either of the following conditions:
(a)the corporation's stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities
market in the United States, another country which grants an equivalent exemption
to Hong Kong corporations, or Hong Kong; or
(b)more than 50 percent of the value of the corporation's stock is owned, directly or
indirectly, by individuals who are residents of the United States or of another country
which grants an equivalent exemption to Hong Kong's corporations, or by a
corporation organized in a country which grants an equivalent exemption to Hong
Kong corporations and whose stock is primarily and regularly traded on an
established securities market in that country, another country which grants an
equivalent exemption to Hong Kong corporations, or Hong Kong.
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (b), the Government of the United States of
America shall be treated as an individual resident of the United States of America.
6. Gross income for the purposes of this agreement includes all income derived from the
international operation of ships, including:
(a)income from the rental of ships used in international transport on a full (time or
voyage) or bareboat basis;
(b)income from the rental of containers and related equipment used in international
transport which is incidental to income from the international operation of ships;
(c)income from the participation in marine transport pools which engage in
international operation of ships; and
(d)gains from the sale, disposal or other alienation of ships by a person primarily
engaged in the international operation, lease or rental of ships.
7. If any difficulty or doubt as to the interpretation or application of this agreement
should arise, the competent authorities of the two Governments shall seek to resolve such
difficulty or doubt by mutual agreement. For this purpose, the competent authorities are:
(a)in the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury or his authorized representative; or
any person or body authorized to perform any or similar functions at present
exercisable by the above-mentioned office-bearer; and
(b)in Hong Kong, the Financial Secretary or his authorized representative; or any
person or body authorized to perform any or similar functions at present exercisable
by the above-mentioned office-bearer.





8. Either Government may terminate this agreement by giving written notice of
termination.

If the foregoing is acceptable to the Government of Hong Kong, 1 have the honor to
propose that this note, together with your reply in that sense, shall constitute an agreement
between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Hong Kong
which shall enter into force on the date of your reply and shall have effect with respect to
taxable years on or after 1 January 19P.'
I have the honour to inform you that the Government of Hong Kong has been duly
authorised by the sovereign Government which is responsible for its foreign affairs to accept the
foregoing proposal, and that the proposal is acceptable to the Government of Hong Kong, which
therefore agrees that your note and the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the
Government of Hong Kong and the Government of the United States of America which shall enter
into force today and shall have efrect with respect to taxable years on or after 1 January 1987.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Sir, the assurance of my highest
consideration.
Anthony AU-YEUNG
Mr. Donald M. Anderson
Consul General of the
United States of America
Hong Kong

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2505

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:55 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 1 OF 1987]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2504

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 1 OF 1987

Description






PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1987

BY His ExCELLENCY SIR DAVID CLIVE WILSON, Knight
Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and
Saint George, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of Hong Kong.

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 5(1)(e) of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby PROCLAIM
that, in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1988, and subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall be
charged in respect of land or buildings or land and buildings in Area
T as defined in the Schedule to the Rating (Areas of Hong Kong)
Order.

GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal this 5th day of
December 1987.

David WILSON,
Governor.
. 9

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 405/87. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 405/87. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2504

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:54 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1979]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2503

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1979

Description






PROCLAMATION

No. 3 of 1979

BY His ExcELLENcy SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY. MACLEHOSE,
Knight Grand Cross of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire,
Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael
and Saint George, Knight Commander of the Royal Victorian Order,
Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its
Dependencies.

In exercise otthe powers conferred on me by section 5(1Xe) of the
Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby PROCLAIM that, in
respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1980, and
subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall be charged in
respect of land or buildings or land and buildings in Areas D2, E, J4, N4
and NS, P, Q, R, and S of the New Territories, as defined in the Schedule
to the Rating (Areas of Hong Kong) Order.

GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of Hong
Kong this 28th day of June 1979.

MURRAY
MACLEHOGE,
Governor.
GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 173/79.

Abstract

L.N. 173/79.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2503

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:53 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 2 OF 1977]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2502

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 2 OF 1977

Description






PROCLAMATION

No. 2 of 1977

BY His ExcELLENcy SiR DENYS EMIL TUDOR ROBERT5,
Knight Commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British
Empire, Queen's Counsel, Justice of the Peace, Acting Governor
and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its
Dependencies.

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 5(1)(e) of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby PROCLAIM
that, in respect of the year of assessment commencing on the 1st April
1978, and subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall be
charged in respect of land or buildings or land and buildings in Areas
FS, F6, F7, G5, HS, J3, K2, L4, LS, M5, N2 and N3 of the New
Territories, as defined in the Schedule to the Rating (Areas of
Hong Kong) Order.

GivEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 10th day of December 1977.

DEws RoBERTs,
Acting Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 301/77.

Abstract

L.N. 301/77.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2502

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:53 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1976]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2501

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1976

Description






PROCLAMATION

No. 3 of 1976

BY His ExcELLENcy SiR CRAWFORD MURRAY MAC-
LEHOSE, Knight Grand Cross of the Most Excellent Order of the
British Empire, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander
of the Royal Victorian Order, Governor and Commander-in-Chief
of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 5(1Xe) of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby. PROCLAIM
that, in respect of the year of assessment commencing on the 1st
April 1977, and subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall
be charged in respect of land or buildings or land and buildings
in that part of Area BC situated in the New Territories outside New
Kowloon and in Areas D, E, F2, F3, F4, H3, H4, J2, M4, and NI
of the New Territories, as defined in the Schedule to the Rating
(Areas of Hong Kong) Order.

GivEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 9th day of November 1976.

MumtAy MAcLEHosE,
(9 Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 276/76. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 276/76. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2501

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:52 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1975]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2500

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 3 OF 1975

Description






PROCILAMATION

No. 3 of 1975

BY His EXCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY
MAcLEHOSE, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander of
the Royal Victorian Order, Member of the Most Excellent Order
of the British Empire, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the
Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 5(1)(e) of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby PROCLAIM
that, in respect of the year of assessment commencing on the 1st
April 1976, and subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall
be charged in respect of any land or buildings or land and buildings
in Areas FI, GI, G2, G3, G4, HI, H2, J1, KI, LI, L2, L3, MI, M2
and M3 of the New Territories, as defined in the Schedule to the
Rating (Areas of Hong Kong) Order.

GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 14th day of July 1975.

MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
9 Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 172/75. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 172/75. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2500

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:52 +0800
<![CDATA[PROCLAMATION NO. 1 OF 1974]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2499

Title

PROCLAMATION NO. 1 OF 1974

Description






PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1974

BY His ExCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY
MAcLEHOSE, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Member of the Most
Excellent Order of the British Empire, Governor and Commander-
in-Chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 5(1)(e) of
the Inland Revenue Ordinance, Chapter 112, 1 hereby PROCLAIM
that, in respect of the year of assessment commencing on the 1st
April 1974 and subsequent years of assessment, property tax shall
be charged in respect of any land or buildings or land and buildings
in Areas D and E of the New Territories, as defined in the Schedule
to the Rating (Areas of Hong Kong) Order.

GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 23rd day of March 1974.

MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
(9 Goi.erizor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.
L.N. 61/74. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 61/74. (Cap. 116, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2499

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:51 +0800
<![CDATA[EXEMPTION FROM SALARIES TAX ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2498

Title

EXEMPTION FROM SALARIES TAX ORDER

Description






EXEMPTION FROM SALARIES TAX ORDER

(Cap. 112, section 87)

[3 February 1967.]

1. This order may be cited as the Exemption from Salaries
Tax Order.

2. (1) Any person who is in receipt of a pension granted
under regulation 31 of the Pensions Regulations on account of
permanent injury arising out of the 1939-1945 war shall be exempt
from the payment of salaries tax chargeable in respect of that
pension for any year of assessment under section 8 of the Ordinance.

(2) This paragraph shall apply to the years of assessment up to
and including the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975.

3. Any person who is in receipt of a pension granted un~,er
regulation 31 of the Pensions Regulations or section 15(1) ofm~-
Pension Benefits Ordinal9ee. shall be exempt from the payment of
salaries tax chargeable in respect of that pension for any year of
assessment under section 8 of the Ordinance.
L.N. 10/67. L.N. 182/76. 36 of 1987. Citation. Exemption from salaries tax. (Cap. 89, sub. leg.) L.N. 182/76. General exemption from salaries tax in respect of disability pensions. L.N. 182/76. 36 of 1987, s. 54. (Cap. 89, sub. leg.) (Cap. 99.)

Abstract

L.N. 10/67. L.N. 182/76. 36 of 1987. Citation. Exemption from salaries tax. (Cap. 89, sub. leg.) L.N. 182/76. General exemption from salaries tax in respect of disability pensions. L.N. 182/76. 36 of 1987, s. 54. (Cap. 89, sub. leg.) (Cap. 99.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2498

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:50 +0800
<![CDATA[INLAND REVENUE (RETIREMENT SCHEME) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2497

Title

INLAND REVENUE (RETIREMENT SCHEME) RULES

Description






INLAND REVENUE (RETIREMENT SCHEME) RULES

(Cap. 112, section 85)

[22 March 1957.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Inland Revenue (Retirement
Scheme) Rules.

2. In these rules-

'retirement scheme' includes provident fund.

3. (1) An application for the approval of a retirement scheme
for the purposes of the Ordinance shall be made in writing to the
Commissioner and shall set out the full details of the retirement
scheme.

(2) The applicant for such approval shall furnish the Commis-
sioner with such further information relating to the retirement
scheme as the Commissioner may require.

4. The requirements for the approval of any retirement
scheme for the purposes of section 87A of the Ordinance are set out
in the Schedule:

Provided that such requirements shall not apply for the pur-
poses of approval at any time before 31 March 1959, in the case of
any retirement scheme in existence and operating at the coming into
operation of these rules.

5. If the terms or conditions of any retirement scheme are
altered at any time after an application for approval thereof has
been made, any approval thereof given by the Commissioner shall-

(a)where such alteration was made after the approval was
given, be deemed to have been withdrawn at the time of
such alteration; or

(b)where such alteration was made before the approval was
given, be deemed not to have been given:

Provided that the Commissioner may, if he is notified in writing
of such alteration within 1 month after such alteration is made,
approve the retirement scheme, as altered, and, where approval is so
given, any previous approval given by the Commissioner shall not
be deemed to have been withdrawn under this rule.





SCHEDULE [r. 4.1

REQUIREMENTS FOR APPROVAL OF RETIREMENT SCHEMES

1 . The retirement scheme shall be exclusively for the benefit of the
employee or employees and of the widow, children, surviving dependants, or legal
personal representatives of an employee.

2. Each employee concerned shall be entitled to defined benefits and the
terms and conditions of the retirement scheme shall have been made known to all
the employees concerned.

3. The benefits afforded by the retirement scheme shall accrue only-

(a)on retirement from the service of the employer at some specified age of
not less than 45 years; or

(b)on retirement after some specified period of service with the employer of
not less than 10 years; or

(c)on attaining the age of 60 years or some specified age for retirement
whichever is the later; or

(d) on earlier incapacity or death.

Where, however, the retirement scheme provides for proportionate or reduced
benefits in the event of an employee leaving the employer's service prior to
attaining the specified age or completing the specified period of service, the
provision for such benefits shall not in itself disqualify the scheme from approval.

4. The nature of the benefits afforded by the retirement scheme shall be the
same in relation to all the persons to whom the scheme relates but a scheme
relating to more than one class of employee may be regarded as so many separate
schemes for this purpose.

5. Where the retirement scheme is conducted by a third party to whom the
employer makes periodical contributions, the diversion of such contributions to
any purposes (other than those of the scheme) and the refund of such
contributions to the employer shall, except with the consent of the Commissioner
and subject to paragraph 6, be prohibited.

6. The employer shall have no lien on any sum or other benefit to which the
employee would be entitled under the retirement scheme except

(a)to the extent that the employer has suffered a loss due to a dishonest act
committed by the employee; or

(b)to the extent of a debt acknowledged in writing by the employee as owing
to the employer.

7. (1) Nothing in these rules shall prevent the Commissioner from approving
a retirement scheme which provides for the forfeiture of the employer's
contributions where an employee is dismissed upon any of the following grounds

(a) wilfully disobeying a lawful and reasonable order;

(b)misconducting himself, such conduct being inconsistent with the due and
faithful discharge of his duties;

(c) being guilty of fraud or dishonesty;

(d) being habitually neglectful in his duties; or

(e)upon any other ground on which the employer would be entitled to
terminate the contract of employment without notice at common law.







(2) If the retirement scheme is conducted by a third party being a trustee, the
trustee shall be satisfied that the dismissal was duly made upon one of the grounds
specified in sub-paragraph (1).
G.N.A. 24/57. G.N.A. 23/58. L.N. 90/69. L.N. 141/71. Citation. Interpretation. Application. Requirements. Schedule. G.N.A. 23/58. Alteration of retirement schemes. L.N. 141/71. L.N. 90/69.

Abstract

G.N.A. 24/57. G.N.A. 23/58. L.N. 90/69. L.N. 141/71. Citation. Interpretation. Application. Requirements. Schedule. G.N.A. 23/58. Alteration of retirement schemes. L.N. 141/71. L.N. 90/69.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2497

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:50 +0800
<![CDATA[INLAND REVENUE RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2496

Title

INLAND REVENUE RULES

Description






INLAND REVENUE RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule ..................................Page

1. Citation.................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

Rates ofDepreciation

2..............Rates of depreciation ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

Method of ascertainment, for the purposes of section 16 of the Ordinance,
of the extent to which outgoings and expenses are incurred
in the production ofprofits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax under Part IV of the Ordinance

2A.............................General apportionment of outgoings and expenses ... ... ... ... ... A 4
2B.............................Interest on borrowed money used in purchase of shares ... ... ... ... A 4

2C.............Investment portfolios ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

2D..................Rights of objection and appeal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

Method of ascertainment and determination of the profits of the
Hong Kong branch of a bank whose head office
is elsewhere than in Hong Kong

3...................Banks; Hong Kong branch offices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

4..........[Revoked] ...................... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

Method of ascertainment and determination of the profits of the
Hong Kong branch of a person whose head office
is elsewhere than in Hong Kong

5.....................Profit of Hong Kong branch offices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

Method of apportioning an annuity between
capital and interest

A
89 ftftikoit!'................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...





INLAND REVENUE RULES
(Cap. 112, section 85)
[22 August 1947.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Inland Revenue Rules.

Rates of Depreciation

2. (1) For the purpose of the Ordinance, the expression
'machinery or plant' shall include or be deemed to include the items
specified in the second column of the First Part of the Table annexed
to this rule but not the items specified in the second column of the
Second Part of that Table which shall be deemed to be included in
the expression 'any implement, utensil and article' for the purposes
of the Ordinance.

(2) The rates of depreciation specified in the third column of
the First Part of the Table annexed to this rule are hereby prescribed
for the purpose of ascertaining the annual allowance to be made
under sections 37(2), 37A(2) and 3911(3) of the Ordinance.

(3) Wharves shall not be or be deemed to be included in the
expression 'plant or machinery' but where a balancing allowance
or a balancing charge falls to be made to or on any person under
section 35 of the Ordinance in respect of any wharf, the allowances,
if any, granted in respect of such wharf under section 37 or 37A
of the Ordinance for any year of assessment prior to the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1965, shall be taken into account
in calculating such balancing allowance or charge.

TABLE
FIRST PART
Rate of
Item Depreciation
1. Air-conditioning plant excluding room air-conditioning units 10%
2. Bank safe deposit boxes, doors and grills .............................. 10%
3. Broadcasting transmitters .....10%
4. Cables (electric) .............10%
5. Lamp standards (street)-gas or electric 10%
6. Lifts and escalators (electric) 10%
7. Mains (gas or water) ..........10%
8. Oil.........................tanks ......................................................................................
10%





Rate of
Item Depreciation
9. Shipping---
Ships, junks and sampans .........10%
Lighters .........................10%
Tugs .............................10%
10. Sprinklers ...................10%
11. Domestic appliances ..........20%
12. Furniture (excluding soft furnishings) ....................... 20%
13. Room air-conditioning units .. 20%
14. Shipping-
Launches and ferry vessels ....... 20%
Hydrofoils ..................................... 20%
15. Taxi meters ..................20%
16. Type and blocks (if not dealt with on renewals basis) 20%
17. Aircraft (including engines) ........................ 30%
18. Bar syphon apparatus ................................ 30%
19. Bicycles ................................... 30%
20. Bleaching and finishing machinery and plant 30%
21. Concrete pipe moulds ......... 30%
22. Electric cookers and kettles . 30%
23. Electronic data processing equipment 30%
24. Electronics manufacturing machinery and plant 30%
25. Motor vehicles ...............30%
26. Plastic manufacturing machinery and plant including moulds ... 30%
27. Shipping-
Outboard motors ..................30%
28. Silk manufacturing machinery and plant 30%
29. Sulphuric and nitric acid plant 30%
30. Tank lorries .................30%
31. Textile and clothing manufacturing machinery and plant 30%
32. Tractors-bull dozers and graders 30%
33. Weaving, spinning, knitting and sewing machinery 30%
34. Machinery or plant, not specified in items 1 to 33, and used for
the purposes of a transport, tunnel, dock, water, gas or electricity
undertaking or a public telephone or public telegraphic service 10%
35. Any other machinery or plant, not specified in items 1 to 34 20%

SECOND PART
Item
1. Belting.
2. Crockery and cutlery.
3. Kitchen utensils.
4. Linen.
5. Loose tools.
6. Soft furnishings (including curtains and carpets).
7. Surgical and dental instruments.
8. Tubes for X-ray and infra-red machines.





Method of ascertainment, for the purposes of section 16 of the
Ordinance, of the extent to which outgoings and expenses
are incurred in the production of profits in respect
of which a person is chargeable to tax under
Part IV of the Ordinance

2A. (1) NO deduction shall be allowed for any outgoing or
expense incurred in the production of profits not arising in or
derived from Hong Kong, but where any outgoing or expense was
incurred partly in the production of profits arising in or derived from
within Hong Kong and partly in the production of profits arising
or derived from outside Hong Kong, then, for the purpose of ascer-
taining the extent to which such outgoing or expense is deductible
under section 16 of the Ordinance, an apportionment thereof shall
be made on such basis as is most appropriate to the activities of
the trade, profession or business concerned.

(2) Where, apart from or in addition to the circumstances
referred to in paragraph (1) as giving rise to an apportionment, it is
necessary to make an apportionment of any outgoing or expense by
reason of it having been incurred not wholly and exclusively in the
production of profits in respect of which a person is chargeable to
tax under Part IV of the Ordinance, such apportionment or further
apportionment, as the case may be, shall, subject to the provisions of
rules 211 and 2C, be made on such basis as is most reasonable and
appropriate in the circumstances of the case.

2B. (1) Where interest is paid or payable on any sum of
money borrowed and used partly for the purpose of acquiring shares
in a corporation which is chargeable to tax under Part IV of the
Ordinance and partly for some other purpose or purposes, such
interest as is attributable to the part used for the purpose of
acquiring such shares shall, subject to paragraph (2), not be an
allowable deduction, and where any apportionment is necessary
to ascertain the amount of interest so attributable, it shall be
made on such basis as is most reasonable and appropriate in the
circumstances of the case.

(2) Where a person is chargeable to tax under Part IV of the
Ordinance in respect of profits from share dealing, no apportion-
ment or disallowance of interest shall be made under paragraph (1)
in respect of any money borrowed and used for the purpose of
acquiring the shares constituting the subject-matter of such share
dealing.

2C. (1) Where the investment portfolio of any person who is
chargeable to tax under Part IV of the Ordinance is, in the opinion
of the assessor, sufficiently substantial to warrant making an adjust-
ment in respect of the expenses of supervision and management of
the portfolio, a due proportion of the management, clerical and
general expenses attributable to the supervision and management of
the investment portfolio shall be disallowed, and, unless a more
practical and suitable basis is available in the circumstances of the





case, the estimation of such due proportion of the management,
clerical and general expenses shall be made on the basis of such
percentage of the total cost of the investments and securities
which comprise the investment portfolio as is most reasonable and
appropriate in the circumstances of the case, not exceeding-

(a)one-eighth per cent in any case where the investments are
held not for purpose of, or not solely for the purpose of,
producing profits by way of dividends, but for, or also
for, the purpose of producing profits, by resale or share
dealing;

(b) one-half per cent, in any other case.

(2) Where the investment portfolio of any person who is
chargeable to tax under Part IV of the Ordinance is not, in the
opinion of the assessor, sufficiently substantial to warrant making an
adjustment in respect of the supervision and management of the
portfolio, no disallowance or apportionment shall be made under
paragraph (1).

2D. Any decision under rule 2A, 2B or 2C shall be subject to
the same rights of objection and appeal as are conferred by Part XI
of the Ordinance.

Method of ascertainment and determination of the profits of
the Hong Kong branch of a bank whose head office
is elsewhere than in Hong Kong

3. (1) In this rule-

'bank' means any bank whose head office is elsewhere than in
Hong Kong;

'Hong Kong branch' means the business carried on in Hong Kong
by any such bank.

(2) Where any accounts prepared by a bank for its own
purposes disclose, in the opinion of the Assessor, the true profits of
the Hong Kong branch, the assessable profits shall be computed on
the basis of such accounts.

(3) Where no accounts are prepared which in the opinion of
the Assessor disclose the true profits of the Hong Kong branch,
the following provisions shall apply in the determination of such
profits-

(a)the same proportion of the total profits of the bank as the
assets of the Hong Kong branch bear to the total assets of
the bank shall be treated as profits made from transactions
in Hong Kong and shall be assessed accordingly;

(b)for the purposes of determining the total profits of the
bank, similar adjustments for tax purposes will be made in





the accounts of the bank as would have been necessary
had the whole of those profits been liable to tax under this
Ordinance;

(c)where the Assessor is of the opinion that it would be
impracticable or inequitable to adopt the provisions of
sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, he may
estimate the amount of the profits of the Hong Kong
branch, and assess such profits accordingly:

Provided that any decision of an Assessor under this rule shall
be subject to objection and appeal in accordance with the provisions
of Part XI of the Ordinance.

4. [Revoked, 49 of 1956, s. 691

Method of ascertainment and determination of the profits of
the Hong Kong branch of a person whose head office
is elsewhere than in Hong Kong

5. (1) In this rule-

'person' includes a company, partnership, or body of persons;

'permanent establishment' means a branch, management or other
place of business, but does not include an agency unless the
agent has, and habitually exercises, a general authority to
negotiate and conclude contracts on behalf of his principal or
has a stock of merchandise from which he regularly fills orders
on his behalf.

(2) The Hong Kong profits of a person having a permanent
establishment in Hong Kong, but whose head office is situated
elsewhere than in Hong Kong, will be assessed as follows-

(a)where the person keeps accounts for his Hong Kong
establishment in such a way that his true profits arising in
or derived from Hong Kong can be readily ascertained
from those accounts, his assessment to Profits Tax will
be computed by reference to the profits disclosed in those
accounts;

(b)where the person's accounts do not disclose the true profits
arising in or derived from Hong Kong, his tax liability will
be computed by reference to his total profits wherever
made. The same proportion of his total profits as his
turnover in Hong Kong bears to his total turnover shall
be treated as profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong
and shall be taxed accordingly;

(c)for the purposes of determining total profits of a person,
similar adjustments for tax purposes will be made in his
accounts as would have been necessary had the whole of
those profits been liable to tax under the Ordinance;





(d)where the Assessor is of the opinion that it would be
impracticable or inequitable to adopt the provisions of
sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph he may
compute the amount of the profits arising in or derived
from Hong Kong on a fair percentage of the turnover of
the person in Hong Kong:

Provided that the decision of an Assessor under this rule shall
be subject to objection and appeal in accordance with the provisions
of Part XI of the Ordinance.

Method of apportioning n annuity between
capital and witerest

6. (1) For the purposes of in assessment to interest tax
under Part V of the Ordinance, an annuity payable in respect of
valuable consideration given shall fifrst be apportioned as between
capital and interest in accordance wi h this rule; and the proportion
which the capital element in any annCity payment bears to the total
amount of that payment shall be wnstant for all payments on
account of the annuity.

(2) In the case of an annuity where neither the term of the
annuity nor the amount of any an~uity payment depends on any
contingency other than the duration of a human life or lives, the
capital element shall be the same proportion of the annuity as the
proportion which the total amoun or value of the consideration
bears to the actuarial value of the ailnuity payments as determined
in accordance with paragraph (3); ~nd the amount of the excess of
the annuity over the capital element so determined shall be deemed
to be interest chargeable to interest tax.

(3) The actuarial value of the annuity payments shall-

(a)be their value as at the date when the first of such payments
begins to accrue; and

(b)be determined in accordance with the select tables in the
volume of tables published in 1953 at the University Press,
Cambridge, for the Instit~te of Actuaries and the Faculty
of Actuaries entitled The! a(55) Tables for Annuitants in
the United Kingdom,

without discounting any payment for the time to elapse between the
date when the first payment begins:~to accrue and the date on which
payment is made.

(4) In the case of an annuity ~~ayable for a term of years certain
y
the capital element shall be obtaine dividing the total amount or
value of the consideration for the nnuity by the number of years in
the term; and the excess of the annuity over the amount so obtained
shall be deemed to be interest chargeable to interest tax.





(5) In any case not covered by paragraph (2) or (4), the capital
element of any annuity payment stall be such proportion of such
payment as the Commissioner, having regard to paragraph (2) and
to the contingencies affecting the al inuity, considers on reasonable
grounds to be just.

(6) This rule shall be constmed subject to the following
provisions-

(a)no apportionment to carital shall be made in respect
of any consideration given by a person other than the
annuitant, or his or her spouse; and

(b)any premium or portion :)f a premium which has been
allowed as a deduction under section 42B of the
Ordinance, shall be exchided from the amount of the
consideration.
G.N. 658/47. G.N.A. 18/48. 36 of 1955. 49 of 1956. G.N.A. 26/60. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 129/65. L.N. 209/67. L.N. 140/71. L.N. 81/74. L.N. 121/79. L.N. 365/80. L.N. 149/81. 7 of 1986. Citation. Rates of depreciation. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 365/80. L.N. 149/81. L.N. 81/74. General apportionment of outgoings and expenses. L.N. 129/65. 7 of 1986, s. 12. Interest on borrowed money used in purchase of shares. L.N. 129/65. Investment portfolios. L.N. 129/65. Rights of objection and appeal. L.N. 129/65. Banks; Hong Kong branch offices. 7 of 1986, s. 12. L.N. 101/65. Profit of Hong Kong branch offices. 7 of 1986, s. 12. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 140/71. Apportionment of annuity. L.N. 140/71.

Abstract

G.N. 658/47. G.N.A. 18/48. 36 of 1955. 49 of 1956. G.N.A. 26/60. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 129/65. L.N. 209/67. L.N. 140/71. L.N. 81/74. L.N. 121/79. L.N. 365/80. L.N. 149/81. 7 of 1986. Citation. Rates of depreciation. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 365/80. L.N. 149/81. L.N. 81/74. General apportionment of outgoings and expenses. L.N. 129/65. 7 of 1986, s. 12. Interest on borrowed money used in purchase of shares. L.N. 129/65. Investment portfolios. L.N. 129/65. Rights of objection and appeal. L.N. 129/65. Banks; Hong Kong branch offices. 7 of 1986, s. 12. L.N. 101/65. Profit of Hong Kong branch offices. 7 of 1986, s. 12. L.N. 101/65. L.N. 140/71. Apportionment of annuity. L.N. 140/71.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2496

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:49 +0800
<![CDATA[INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2495

Title

INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 112





CHAPTER 112
INLAND REVENUE ORDINANCE
ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS
Section.....................................Page

PART I

~DUCTORY

1...............................Short title 8
2............................Interpretation 8
3. Establishment of Board of Inland Revenue. Power of Governor to appoint a
Commissioner and other officers ........13
3A............Exercise of powers and duties 14
4..........................Official secrecy 14

PART II
PRoPERTY TAx

5..........................Charge of property tax - is
SA.......Ascertainment of assessable value 19
5B.Ascertainment of assessable value on or after 1 April 1983 21
6...............................(Repealed) 22
7.Reduction and refund in case of unoccupied property 22
7A..........................Interpretation 22
7B.......Claims for refund of property tax 22
7C...............................Bad debts 23

PART III
SALARiEs TAx

8....................Charge of salaries tax 23
9......Definition of income from employment 26
10..........Agg.~tion of incomes of spouses 29
11...............................(Rdpealed) 29
IIA..............................(Repealed) 29
1 1B.....Ascertainment of assessable income 29
11C. Office or employment of profit ......................................................................... 29





Section..................................... Page
1 1D...............................Receipt of income 29
12.........................Adjustments to assessable income 31
12A...............................Treatment of losses 31
12B......................Ascertainment of net chargeable income 32
12BA..............................Charitable donation 33
13...........................Calculation of salaries tax 34

PART IV

PROMS TAX

14..............................Charge of profits tax 34
15.....................Certain amounts deemed trading receipts 36
15A......................Transfer of right to receive income 39
15B...................................(Repealed) 39
15C..............Valuation of trading stock on cessation of business 40
I5D......................Post-cessation receipts and payments 40
16.......................Ascertainment of chargeable profits 40
16A.......Special payment under an approved retirement scheme allowable as a
deduction .............................45
16B.......................Expenditure on scientific research 46
16C........................Payments for technical education 48
16D.........................Approved charitable donations 48
16E...................Purchase and sale of patent rights, etc . 49
17..............................Deductions not allowed 49
18...........................Basis for computing profits 50
18A..............Assessable profits for the year of assessment 197415 52
18B...Basis for computing assessable profit for years of assessment commencing on
1 April 1975 ..........................53
18C....Commencement of source of profits in years of assessment commencing on or
after 1 April 1974 ....................53
18D...Cessation of source of profits in years of assessment commencing on 1 April
1975 ..................................54
18E..................Change of accounting date and apportionments 57
18F........................Adjustment of assessable profits 58
19...............................Treatment of losses 58
19A. Computation of losses............................................................................................. 59





Section..................................... Page
19B..........................Approved charitable donations 60
19C......................Treatment of losses after 1 April 1975 60
19D.....................Computation of losses after 1 April 1975 62
19E...............................Adjustment of losses 62
20. Liability of certain non-resident persons 63
20A..................Persons chargeable on behalf of a non-resident 63
20B........Persons chargeable in respect of certain profits of a non-resident 64

21. Assessable profits of certain businesses to be computed on a percentage of the
turnover ..............................65
21A......Computation of assessable profits from cinematograph films, patents,
trademarks, etc . .....................66
22............................Assessment of partnerships 66
22A............Ascertainment of share of partnership profits or losses 67
23........Ascertainment of assessable profits of life insurance corporations 67
23A..Ascertainment of assessable profits of insurance corporations other than life
insurance corporations ................71

23AA. Mutual insurance corporations ......72
23B........Ascertainment of the assessable profits of a resident ship-owner 72
23C.......Ascertainment of the assessable profits of a non-resident ship-owner 73
24.........................Clubs, trade associations, etc . 75
25....................Deduction of property tax from profits tax 75

26. Exclusion of certain dividends and profits from the assessable profits of other
persons ...............................76
26A.....................Exclusion of certain profits from tax 76
27. (Repeated) .......................................................................... ...................... 77

PART V
(Repeated)

PART VI
DEPRECIATION, ETC.

34.......................................Initial and annual allowances, industrial buildings and structures 77
35.......................................Balancing allowances and charges, industrial buildings and structures 79
35A......................................Special provisions on termination of leasehold interest 80
35B......................................Buildings and structures bought unused so





Section.................................... Page
36...........Rebuilding allowance for a commercial building or structure 81
36A................Application of provisions to machinery or plant 81
37................Initial and annual allowances, machinery or plant 82
37A....Initial and annual allowances in respect of machinery and plant acquired
under hire purchase agreement .........84
38...............Balancing allowances and charges, machinery or plant 85
38A.....Determination of cost of individual assets sold together for one price 86
3811.....Commissioner's power to determine the true value of an asset on sale 86
38C.........Special provision as to allowances on a change in partnership 87
39........................Replacement of machinery or plant 87
39A...Reduction of allowances not to affect calculation of subsequent allowances 88
39B..Initial and annual allowances on machinery or plant under the pooling system 88
39C........................Pooling system when not to apply 90
391)..........Balancing allowances and charges under the pooling system 91
39E.....Allowances under this Part in respect of capital expenditure on leased
1 machinery and plant .................93
40.....................Interpretation ....1 97
40A.........Initial allowances in years of assessment 1974/75 to 1975/76 100

PART VII
PERSONAL AGREEMENT

40B................................Interpretation 101
41........................Election for personal assessment 101
42.....................Calculation of total income ...................................................... 102
42a. Husband and wife ................104
42B Allowances.......................... 104
43.......................................Rates of charge 109
43A......................................Interpretation 110

PART VIII
DOUBLE TAXATION RELIEF

44.......................................(Repealed) 1ll
45.......................................Relief in respect of Commonwealth income tax ill
46.......................................Official secrecy 112
47-48....................................(Repealed) 112
49.......................................Double taxation arrangements 112
50. Tax credits...............................................................................................................
..........................................113





Section................................... page

PART IX
RETURNS, ETC.

51,......................................Returns and information to be furnished 115
51A......................................Power to require statement of assets and liabilities etc . 118
51B......................................Power to issue search warrant 119
51C......................................Business records to be kept 121
51D......................................Rent records to he kept 121
52.......................................Information to be furnished by officials and employers 122
53.......................................Who may act for incapacitated or non-resident persons 123
54.......................................Liability of executor of deceased taxpayer 123
55.......................................(Repealed) 124
56.......................................Precedent partner to act on behalf of partnership 124
56A......................................Joint owners and co-owners 124
57.......................................Principal officer to act on behalf of a corporation or body of persons 125
58.......................................Signature and service of notices 125
58a Election by spoures to be separately charged .....................
PART X
ASSESSMENtS
59.......................................Assessor to make assessments 126
59A......................................Provisional assessments 128
60.......................................Additional assessments 128
61.......................................Certain transactions and dispositions to be disregarded 129
61A......................................Transactions designed to avoid liability for tax 129
61B......................................Utilization of losses to avoid tax 130
62.......................................Notice to be issued by Commissioner 131
63.......................................Validity of assessments, etc . 131
63A......................................Appointment ofagent in the United Kingdom 132

PART XA
PRovisioNAL SALum TAx

63B......................................Liability for provisional salaries tax 132
63C......................................Amount of provisional salaries tax 132
63D.....................................Demands for provisional salaries tax 134
63E......................................Holding over of payment of provisional salaries tax 135
63F......................................Provisional salaries tax to be applied against salaries tax 136





Section.................................... Page

PART XII
PRovisioNAL PRoms TAx

63G.......................................Liability for provisional profits tax 136
63H.......................................Amount of provisional profits tax 137
631.......................................Demands for provisional profits tax 138
63.1......................................Holding over of payment of provisional profits tax 138
63K.......................................Provisional profits tax to be applied against profits tax 139

PART XC
PRovimoNAL PRoPERTY TAx

63L.......................................Liability for provisional property tax 140
63M.......................................Amount of provisional property tax 140
63N.......................................Demands for provisional property tax 141
630.......................................Holding over of payment of provisional property tax 141
63P.......................................Provisional property tax to be applied against property tax 142

PART XI
OWEMONS AND APPEAis

64........................................Objections 142
65........................................Constitution of the Board of Review 145
66........................................Right of appeal to the Board of Review 145
67. Transfer of appeals under section 66 for hearing and determination by High
Court instead of Board of Review ......146
68........................................Hearing and disposal of appeals to the Board of Review 147
69........................................Appeals to the High Court 149
69A.......................................Right to appeal directly to Court of Appeal against decision of Board of
Review ................................150
70........................................Assessments or amended assessments to be final 151
70A.......................................Powers of assessor to correct errors 151
70B.......................................Husband and wife 152
PART XII
PAY~ AND REcovERY oF TAx
71........................................Provisions regarding payment of tax 152
72........................................Tax to include fines, etc . 155
73-74. (RepeaL-d) .......................156
75........................................Tax recoverable as a civil debt through the District Court 156





Section Page

75A Recovery of tax from wife. ........

76.......................................Recovery of tax from a debtor of the taxpayer 157
77.......................................Recovery of tax from persons leaving Hong Kong 157
77A......................................Refusal of clearance to ships and aircraft where tax is in default 158
78.......................................(Repealed) 159

PART XIII
REPAYMENT

79......................................Tax paid in excess to be refunded 159

PART XIV
PENALTIES AND OFFENCES

80......................................Penalties for failure to make returns, making incorrect returns, etc . 160
80A.....................................(Repealed) 161
81......................................Breach of secrecy and other matters to be offences 161

82........................Penal provisions relating to fraud, etc . 1 161

82A......................................Additional tax in certain cases 162
82B......................................Appeals against assessment to additional tax to Board of Review 164
83.......................................Tax payable notwithstanding proceedings 164
84.......................................Prosecutions, sanction of Commissioner 164

PART XV

GENERAL

85.......................................Power to make rules 165
86.......................................Board of Inland Revenue to specify forms 165
87.......................................General power of Governor in Council to exempt 166
87A......................................Approval of retirement schemes 166
88.......................................Exemption of charitable bodies 166

Schedule 1................................Standard Rate 166
Schedule 2................................Rates 167
Schedule 3................................Public Utility Companies 171
Schedule 4. Percentage reduction specified for the purposes of s. 42B(1)..........171





CHAPTER 112

INLAND REVENUE

To impose a tax on property, earnings and profits.
(Amended 26 of 1969 s. 2; 17 of 1989 s. 2)

[3 May 19471

Originally 20 of 1947 (Cap. 112,1950) -20 of 1948,3 of 1949,9 of 1950, 10 of 1950,30 of 1950,37
of 1950, 16 of 1951, 36 of 1954, 36 of 1955, 49 of 1956, 9 of 1958, G.N.A. 100 of 1960, 11 of
1961,28 of 1964,35 of 1965, L.N. 138 of 1965,15 of 1966,35 of 1966, L.N. 8 of 1968, L.N. 100
of 1968,26 of 1969,35 of 1969,39 of 1969,51 of 1969,65 of 1970,2 of 1971,13 of 1971,26 of
1972, 40 of 1972, 8 of 1973, 33 of 1973, L.N. 162 of 1973, L.N. 218 of 1973, 68 of 1973, 16 of
1974,23 of 1974, L.N. 161 of 1974, L.N. 5 of 1975, 7 of 1975, L.N. 60 of 1975, L.N. 66 of 1975,
38 of 1975, 41 of 1975, 43 of 1975, 62 of 1975, 76 of 1975, 92 of 1975, 32 of 1976, L.N. 191 of
1976, L.N. 15 of 1977,32 of 1977, L.N. 91 of 1978,51 of 1978, L.N. 151 of 1978,61 of 1978,62
of 1978, 73 of 1978, 79 of 1978, L.N. 1 of 1979, 7 of 1979, 9 of 1979, 12 of 1979, 29 of 1979, 36
of 1979, 39 of 1979, 48 of 1979, 68 of 1979, 79 of 1979, L.N. 53 of 1980, 20 of 1980, 34 of 1980,
48 of 1980, 63 of 1980, L.N. 348 of 1980, L.N. 377 of 1980, 10 of 1981, L.N. 137 of 1981, 30 of
1981, 32 of 1981, 71 of 1981, L.N. 359 of 1981, 74 of 1981, 76 of 1981, 79 of 1981, L.N. 17 of
1982, 5 of 1982, L.N. 57 of 1982, 9 of 1982, 29 of 1982, L.N. 18 of 1983, 8 of 1983, 13 of 1983,
35 of 1983, 62 of 1983, 71 of 1983, 36 of 1984, 52 of 1984, L.N. 411 of 1984, 7 of 1985, 11 of
1985,21 of 1985, L.N. 262 of 1985, 7 of 1986, L.N. 65 of 1986,19 of 1986,27 of 1986, R. Ed.
1986, 28 of 1987, 36 of 1987, 69 of 1987, 28 of 1988, 85 of 1988, 4 of 1989, 10 of 1989, 17 of
1989, L.N. 164 of 1989, L.N. 262 of 1989, 3 ef fo , 43 pf &I ' f---r fl).
Ir

PART 1

INTRODUCTORY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Inland Revenue Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

(1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-
Itactive partner', in relation to a partnership, means a partner who takes an
active part in the control, management, or conduct of the trade or business
of such partnership;
tlagenC, in relation to a non-resident person or to a partnership in which any
partner is a non-resident person, includes-
(a)the agent, attorney, factor, receiver, or manager in Hong Kong of
such person or partnership; and





(b)any person in Hong Kong through whom such person or
partnership is in receipt of any profits or income arising in or
derived from Hong Kong;
'approved charitable donation' means a donation of money to any charitable
institution or trust of a public character which is exempt from tax under
section 88 or to the Government,or the Urban Council, for charitable
purposes; (Replaced 13 of 197176 of 19 75 s. 2; 74 of
1981s.4)
'approved retirement scheme' means a retirement scheme or part thereof
approved for the time being by the Commissioner under section 87A;
(Added49of]956s.3. Amended 7of 1986s. 2)
'assessable income' means the assessable income of a person in any year of
assessment as ascertained in accordance with sections 11 B, 11 C and 11 D;
and 'net assessable income' means assessable income as adjusted in
accordance with section 12; (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 2)
'assessable profits' means the profits in respect of which a person is chargeable
to tax for the basis period for any year of assessment, calculated in
accordance with the provisions of Part IV; (Replaced 28 of 1964 s. 2)
~lassessor' means an assessor appointed under this Ordinance;
Itassistant commissioner' means an assistant commissioner of Inland Revenue
appointed under this Ordinance;
'authorized representative' means a person authorized in writing by any other
person to act on his behalf for the purposes of this Ordinance; (Replaced
7 of 1975 s. 2)
'basis period' for any year of assessment is the period on the income or
the profits of which tax for that year ultimately falls to be computed;
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 3)
'bill of sale' means a bill of sale registrable under the Bills of Sale Ordinance
(Cap. 20);
'body of persons' means any body politic, corporate or collegiate and any
company, fraternity, fellowship and society of persons whether corporate
ornotcorporate; (Added36 of 1955 s. 3)
'business' includes agricultural undertaking, poultry and pig rearing and the
letting or sub-letting by any corporation to any person of any premises or
portion thereof, and the sub-letting by any other person of any premises or
portion of any premises held by him under a lease or tenancy other than
from the Crown; (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 2)
'certificate of deposit' means a document relating to money, in any currency,
which has been deposited with the issuer or some other person, being a
document which recognizes an obligation to pay a stated amount to bearer
or to order, with or without interest, and being a document by the delivery
of which, with or without endorsement, the right to receive that stated
amount, with or without interest, is transferable; (Added30of]98]s.2)





'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Inland Revenue appointed under
this Ordinance; (Replaced 26 of 1969 s. 3)
'corporation' means any company which is either incorporated or registered
under any enactment or charter in force in Hong Kong or elsewhere but
does not include a co-operative society or a trade union; (Amended 2 of
1971s.2)
'debenture' means a debenture as defined in section 2(1) of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32);
'deposit' means a deposit as defined in section 2(1) of the Banking Ordinance
(Cap.155); (Added29of 1982 s. 2. Amended 27 of 1986 s. 137)
'deputy commissioner' means the deputy commissioner of Inland Revenue
appointed under this Ordinance;
'executor' means any executor, administrator, or other person administering
the estate of a deceased person, and includes a trustee acting under a trust
created by the last will of the author of the trust;
'financial institution', means-
(a) an authorized institution licensed or registered under the Banking
Ordinance (Cap. 155);
(b) any associated corporation of such an authorized institution which,
being exempt by virtue of section 3(2)(a) or (b) or (c) of the Banking
Ordinance (Cap. 155), would have been liable to be licensed or
registered as a deposit-taking company under that Ordinance had it
not been so exempt; (Replaced 27 of 1986 s. 137)
'Governor' means the Governor of Hong Kong and includes the officer for the
time being administering the Government; (Added36 of 1955 s. 3)
'Hong Kong currency' means money which is legal tender in Hong Kong;
(Added29 of 1982 s. 2)
'incapacitated person' means any minor, lunatic, idiot, or person of unsound
mind;
'inspector' means an inspector appointed under this Ordinance; (Added 36 of
4 1955s.3)
'mortgage' means a security by way of mortgage or equitable mortgage for the
payment of any definite and certain sum of money advanced or lent at the
time, or previously due and owing, or forborne to be paid, being payable, or
for the repayment of money thereafter to be lent, advanced or paid, or which
may become due upon an account current, together with any sum already
advanced or due, or without, as the case may be, and includes-
(a)conditional surrender by way of mortgage, or further charge, of or
affecting any property whatsoever; and
(b)any conveyance of any property whatsoever in trust to be sold or
otherwise converted into money, intended only as a security, and
redeemable before the sale or other disposal thereof, either by
express stipulation or otherwise; and





(c)any instrument for defeating or making redeemable, or explaining
or qualifying any conveyance, transfer or disposition of any
property whatsoever, apparently absolute, but intended only as a
security; and
(d)any instrument relating to the deposit of any title deeds or instru-
ments constituting or being evidence of the title to any property
whatsoever or creating a charge on any property whatsoever; and
(e) any mortgage by an equitable owner of his equitable rights; and
(f)any warrant of attorney to enter up judgment; (Replaced 79 of
1979 s. 2) [cf. 1891 c. 39 s. 86 U.K.]
'net chargeable income' means net chargeable income calculated in accordance
with section 1213; (Added 71 of 1983 s. 2)
,,owner' in respect of land or buildings or land and buildings, includes a person
holding directly from the Crown, a beneficial owner, a tenant for life, a
mortgagor, a mortgagee in possession, a person who is making payments to a
co-operative society registered under the Co-operative Societies Ordinance
(Cap. 33) for the purpose of the purchase thereof, and a person who holds
land or buildings or land and buildings subject to a ground rent or other
annual charge; and includes an executor of the estate of an owner; (Added
26 of 1969 s. 3. Amended 8 of 1983 s. 2)
'person' includes a corporation, partnership, trustee, whether incorporated or
unincorporated, or body of persons; (Amended 2 of 1971 s. 2; 30 of 1981
s.2)
'precedent partner' means the partner who, of the active partners resident in
Hong Kong-
(a) is first named in the agreement of partnership; or
(b)if there is no agreement, is specified by name or initials singly or
with precedence to the other partners in the usual name of the
partnership; or
(c)is first named in any statutory statement of the names of the
partners;
14profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong' for the purposes of Part IV shall,
without in any way limiting the meaning of the term, include all profits from
business transacted in Hong Kong, whether directly or through an agent;
'receiver' includes any receiver or liquidator, and any assignee, trustee, or
other person having the possession or control of the property of any
person by reason of insolvency or bankruptcy;
'retirement scheme' means any scheme or arrangement, whether or not it is
enforceable or intended to be enforceable by legal proceedings, under
which, or any provident fund out of which, there is to be paid for the
benefit of any person or of his widow, children, surviving dependants or
legal representative, any pension, annuity, lump sum, gratuity or other like
benefit to be paid-





(a)on retirement, or in anticipation of retirement, or, in connection
with previous employment, after retirement; or
(b)on or in anticipation of or in connection with any change in the
nature of the employment of any person,
and includes any pension, annuity, lump sum, gratuity or other like benefit
which is to be afforded by reason of the death or disability of a person
occurring during his employment, where such pension, annuity, lump sum
or gratuity is calculated by having regard to the period of such service;
(Added 7 of 1986 s. 2)
'standard rate' means the rate specified in Schedule 1; (Added 30 of 1950
Schedule)
'tax' except for the purposes of Parts XII and XIII, means any tax imposed by
this Ordinance (including provisional salaries tax charged under Part YCA,
provisional profits tax charged under Part XB and provisional property tax
charged under Part XC) other than additional tax, but for the purposes of
Parts XII and XIII 'tax' includes additional tax; (Replaced 26 of 1969
s.3. Amended8 of 1973s. 2; 7of]975s. 2;8of 1983s.2)
'trade' includes every trade and manufacture, and every adventure and
concern in the nature of trade;
'trustee' includes any trustee, guardian, curator, manager, or other person
having the direction, control, or management of any property on behalf of
any person, but does not include an executor;
'wife' mean the lawful wife of any person married to him by a Christian
marriage or its civil equivalent, or in the case of a Chinese or any other
Asiatic the principal spouse; (Added 36 of 1955 s. 3)
'wife living apart from her husband' mean -
(a) a wife who is living apart from her husband-
(i) under a decree or order of a competent court within or
outside Hong Kong;
(ii) under a duly executed deed of separation; or
(iii) in such circumstances that in the opinion of the
Commissioner the separation is likely to be permanent; or
(b) a wife who is a permanent resident as defined in section 41, but
whose husband is neither such a permanent resident nor a
temporary resident as defined by section 41; (Replaced 26 of
1969 s. 3)
'year of assessment' means the period of 12 months commencing on 1 April in
any year; (Replaced 30 of 1950 Schedule)
'year preceding a year of assessment' means the period of 12 months ending on
31 March immediately prior to such year of assessment.
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 3; 9 of 1958 s. 2; 26 of 1969 s. 3; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) For the purposes of the definition of 'financial institution' in
subsection (1)-





'associated corporation% in relation to a bank or deposit~taking company,
means-
(a)a corporation over which the bank or deposit-taking company
has control;
(b)a corporation which has control over the bank or deposit-taking
company; or
(e)a corporation which is under the control of the same person as is
the bank or deposit-taking companytleontrol', in relation to a corporation, means the power of a person to secure-
(a) by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting
power in or in relation to that or any other corporation; or
(b)by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or
other document regulating that or any other corporation,
that the affairs of the first-mentioned corporation are conducted in
accordance with the wishes of that person.
(Added 73 of 1978 s. 2)

3. Establishment of Board of Inland Revenue.
Power of Governor to appoint a
Commissioner and other officers
(1) (a)There shall be a Board of Inland Revenue composed of the
Financial Secretary and 4 other members appointed by the
Governor, of whom not more than one shall be an official in the
employment of the Government. A member so appointed shall
hold office until he shall resign or be removed from office by the
Governor.
(aa) The Board of Inland Revenue shall have a secretary who shall be
the deputy commissioner. (Added8of 1983s.3)
(b)3 members of the Board of Inland Revenue shall form a quorum
for the transaction of business and when the Financial Secretary
is present he shall be the chairman.
(c)All matters coming before the Board of Inland Revenue shall be
decided by a majority of votes, and in the case of an equality of
votes the chairman or presiding member shall have a second or a
casting vote.
(d)The Board of Inland Revenue may transact any of its business by
the circulation of papers without meeting; and a resolution signed
by a majority of the members shall be as valid and effective as if it
had been passed at a meeting by the votes of the members so
signing. (Added8of 1983s.3)
(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the Governor may appoint a
Commissioner, a deputy commissioner, assistant commissioners, assessors and
inspectors.(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 4)





(3) An assistant commissioner exercising or performing any power, duty,
or function of the Commissioner under this Ordinance shall be deemed for all
purposes to be authorized to exercise or perform the same until the contrary is
proved.
(4) All powers conferred upon an assessor by this Ordinance may be
exercised by an assistant commissioner.

3A. Exercise of powers and duties

(1) Where under this Ordinance any power is conferred or any duty is
imposed on the Commissioner and so long as it is not provided that the power
or duty shall be exercised or performed by the Commissioner personally, such
power may be exercised or such duty may be performed by the deputy
commissioner or by an assistant commissioner.
(2) Except where a provision of this Ordinance provides that a power or
duty shall be exercised or performed by the Commissioner personally, the
Commissioner may, subject to such limitations as he may think fit, authorize in
writing any public officer to exercise any power or perform any duty conferred
or imposed upon him by this Ordinance.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 4)

4. Official secrecy

(1) Except in the performance of his duties under this Ordinance, every
person who has been appointed under or who is or has been employed in
carrying out or in assisting any persons to carry out the provisions of this
Ordinance shall preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to all matters
relating to the affairs of any person that may come to his knowledge in the
performance of his duties under this Ordinance, and shall not communicate any
such matter to any person other than the person to whom such matter relates or
his executor or the authorized representative of such person or such executor,
nor suffer or permit any person to have access to any records in the possession,
custody or control of the Commissioner. (Amended9of]958s.3)
(2) Every person appointed under or employed in carrying out the
provisions of this Ordinance, shall before acting under this Ordinance take and
subscribe before a justice of the peace an oath of secrecy in such form as the
Board of Inland Revenue may specify. (Amended39of]969s.2)
(3) No person appointed under or employed in carrying out the
provisions of this Ordinance shall be required to produce in any court any
return, document, or assessment, or to divulge or communicate to any court
any matter or thing coming under his notice in the performance of his duties
under this Ordinance, except as may be necessary for the purpose of carrying
into effect the provisions of this Ordinance.





(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the
Commissioner or any officer of the Inland Revenue Department authorized by
the Commissioner in that behalf may communicate any matter which comes to
his knowledge, including a copy of any return, accounts or other document
submitted to him in connection with this Ordinance-
(a)to the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation, to the Collector
of Stamp Revenue, or to the Estate Duty Commissioner, or
(Amended 20 of 1948 s. 4)
(b)to the income tax authority of any part of the Commonwealth to
such an extent as the Commissioner may deem necessary to
enable the correct refief to be given from income tax in that part
in respect of the payment of tax under this Ordinance, or
(Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule; 9 of 1958 s. 3)
(e)to the Attorney General, or any public officer authorized by him,
for the purpose of reporting under section 68(5) an appeal to the
BoardofReview. (Added2ofl97]s.3)
(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the
Commissioner may permit the Director of Audit or any officer of that
department duly authorized by the Director of Audit in that behalf to have
such access to any records or documents as may be necessary for the
performance of his official duties. The Director of Audit or any officer so
authorized shall be deemed to be a person employed in carrying out the
provisions of this Ordinance for the purpose of subsection (2).
(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, where the
Commissioner is of the opinion that any tax deemed to be in default under the
provisions of section 71 (1) has for the time being become irrecoverable, he may
communicate to the Financial Secretary the names and descriptions of the
persons charged with such tax together with particulars of the tax in default.
(Added 9 of 1958 s. 3)
(Amended 9 of 1958 s. 3)

PART II

PRoPERTY TAx

5. Charge of property tax

(1) Property tax shall, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, be
charged for each year of assessment on every person being the owner of any
land or buildings or land and buildings wherever situate in Hong Kong and
shall be computed at the standard rate on the net assessable value of such land
or buildings or land and buildings for each such year. (Amended 76 of 1975
s. 3; 8 of 1983 s. 4; 7 of 1986 s. 12)





Provided that-
(a) (Repealed 76 of 1975 s. 3)
(b)where the owner of the land is not the owner of the buildings
thereon, separate assessments shall be made for the land and for
the buildings;
(c) (Repealed 26 of 1969 s. 5)
(d) (Repealed 76 of 1975 s. 3)
(e)property tax shall not be charged for any year of assessment
in respect of any land or buildings or land and buildings in the
New Territories other than New Kowloon unless and until the
Governor by proclamation in the Gazette declares that property
tax shall be so charged. (Added 49 of 1956 s. 4)
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 6)
(IA) In subsection (1), 'net assessable value' means the assessable value
of land or buildings or land and buildings, ascertained in accordance with
section 5A or 5B, as the case may be-
(a)less, in a case under section 5A, an allowance for repairs and
outgoings of 20% of that assessable value; or
(b) less, in a case under section 513-
(i) where the owner agrees to pay the rates in respect of the land
or buildings or land and buildings, those rates paid by him;
and
(ii) an allowance for repairs and outgoings of 20% of that
assessable value after deduction of any rates under
subparagraph (i). (Added 76 of 1975 s. 3. Amended 8 of
1983s.4)
(IB) The percentage allowance specified in subsection (IA) may be
amended by resolution of the Legislative Council. (Added 76 of 1975 s. 3)
(2) (a)Notwithstanding subsection (1), any corporation carrying
on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong shall, on
application made in writing to the Commissioner and on
proof of the facts to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, be
entitled to exemption from the property tax for any year of
assessment in respect of any land or buildings or land and
buildings owned by the corporation where the corporation
would be entitled under section 25 to a set-off of the property
tax which, if exemption were not granted under this sub-
section, would be paid by the corporation; and the property
shall be and remain exempted from property tax for each
year of assessment in which the circumstances, throughout
the whole of that year, are such as to qualify the property for
such exemption for the whole of that year. (Amended 7 of
1986s.12)





(b)Where the circumstances are such that the property does not
qualify for exemption under this subsection for the whole of any
year of assessment, then the property tax chargeable in respect
thereof shall be reduced in the proportion which the number of
days in such year during which the property was so qualified
bears to the whole of that year, and any excess tax paid shall be
refunded.
(c)Every corporation exempted from property tax under this
subsection in respect of any land or buildings or land and
buildings. shall., within 30 days after the event, notify the
Commissioner in writing of any change in the ownership or use
thereof or in any other circumstances affecting such exemption.
(Added 35 of 1965 s. 3)
(M) Except for the purposes of section 513(5)-
(a)the words 'throughout the whole of that year' and 'the whole
of ' in subsection (2)(a);
(b) subsection (2)(b); and
(c) subsections (3), (4) and (5),
shall not apply to any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1983.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 4)
(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1)- (Amended2of]971 s. 4; 5of 1982
s.2)
(a)in the case of any building or any part thereof owned by a sole
owner and occupied solely by him exclusively for residential
purposes throughout the whole of any year of assessment,
property tax shall not be charged in respect thereof for that year
of assessment, and any tax paid shall be refunded;
(b)in the case of any building or any part thereof owned by a sole
owner and occupied solely by him exclusively for residential
purposes during, but not throughout the whole of, any year of
assessment, property tax in respect thereof for that year of
assessment shall be reduced in the proportion in which the
number of days during which it was occupied solely by the owner
exclusively for residential purposes during that year bears to the
number of days in that year, and any excess tax paid shall be
refunded;
(c)in the case of any building or part thereof owned by more than
one owner jointly or in common, the property tax which would,
but for the provisions of this paragraph, be chargeable in respect
thereof shall, for the purposes of determining what, if any,
reduction in the amount of such tax is allowable under this
paragraph, and for this purpose only, be treated as if
apportioned-





(i) in the case of joint ownership, between the joint owners
equally;and
(ii) in the case of ownership in common, between the owners in
common each in proportion to his share in such ownership,
and in respect of any such owner who throughout the whole of
any year of assessment solely occupied such building or part
exclusively for residential purposes, his portion of the property
tax for that year of assessment shall not be charged in respect of
such building or part, and in respect of any such owner who,
during but not throughout the whole of, any year of assessment,
solely occupied such building or part exclusively for residential
purposes, his portion of the property tax for that year of
assessment shall be reduced in the proportion in which the
number of days during which such building or part was solely
occupied by him exclusively for residential purposes during that
year bears to the number of days in that year, and the total
property tax in respect of such building or part shall be computed
accordingly, and any excess tax paid shall be refunded; (Added
35 of 1965 s. 3)
(d)in the case of any land or building or land and building or part
thereof owned by-
(i)a person who carries on a club or similar institution on or in
such land or building or land and building or such part,
being a person who is, by virtue of section 24(1), deemed not
to carry on a business;
(ii)a person who carries on a trade, professional or business
association on or in such land or building or land and
building or part in such circumstances that he is not deemed
by section 24(2) to carry on a business;
(iii) a clan, family or Vong, which land or building or land and
building or part is certified by the Secretary for Home
Affairs to be the ancestral property of the clan or family
or the property of the Cong, (Amended L.N. 17 of 1982;
L.N. 18 of 1983)
and occupied by such person, clan, family and Cong solely for the
purposes of a club or similar institution or a trade, professional
or business association or for the purposes of the clan, family or
Cong, as the case may be, throughout the whole of any year of
assessment, property tax shall not be charged in respect thereof
for that year of assessment, and any tax paid shall be refunded:
Provided that where, during a year of assessment, such
person, clan, family or Cong received any rent or other similar
consideration, other than from a member of the club or similar





institution or of the trade, professional or business association or
of the clan, family or t'ong, under a lease or licence or an
agreement for a lease or licence of such land or building or land
and building or part thereof, property tax shall be charged for
that year in accordance with subsection (1) by reference to-
(i)the proportion which the area the subject of the lease or
licence or agreement therefor bears to the total area of the
whole of the land or building or land and building or part;
and
(ii)the proportion which the number of days during which such
land or building or land and building or part was subject to
such lease or licence or agreement therefor during that year
bears to the number of days in that year. (Added 7 of 1979
s.2)
(4) Where any building or part of any building in respect of which the
property tax has not been charged or has been reduced in pursuance of any of
the provisions of subsection (3) ceases to be occupied solely by the owner
exclusively for residential purposes or, in the case referred to in paragraph (c) of
that subsection, solely by any of the owners by reason of whose occupation the
property tax was not charged or was reduced, such owner shall notify the
Commissioner in writing within 3 months of his ceasing so to occupy the same.
(Added 35 of 1965 s. 3)
(5) For the purposes of subsections (2), (3) and (4)-
(a) (Repealed 26 of 1969 s. 5)
(b)occupation of any building or part by one of more than one
owners shall not be taken to be occupation otherwise than solely
by such owner merely by reason of the fact that another owner
also occupied the same building or part during the same period;
(c)references to a building or part thereof means only a building
or a part of a building the rateable value of which is separately
estimated under section 10 of the Rating Ordinance (Cap. 116).
(Added 35 of 1965 s. 3)

5A. Ascertainment of assessable value

(1) Except for the purposes of section 513(5) and an assessment of
provisional property tax under Part XC for the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1983, this section shall not apply to any year of assessment
commencing on or after 1 April 1983. (Added8of 1983s. 5)
(IA) In a case where subsection (4) applies, the assessable value of land or
buildings or land and buildings shall be an amount equal to the estimated
annual rent which would be permitted under Part 1 or authorized or fixed
under Part 11 or IV or section 124C, as the case may be, of the Landlord and





Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 7) if- (Amended 39 of 1979 s. 26;
76 of 1981 s. 60)
(a)the tenant undertook to pay all usual tenant's rates and taxes;
and
(b)the landlord undertook to pay the Crown rent, the costs of
repairs and insurance and any other expenses necessary to
maintain the property in a state to command that rent.
(2) In any other case, the assessable value of land or buildings or land and
buildings shall be an amount equal to the rent at which on the first day of any
year of assessment such property might reasonably be expected to let from year
to year if-
(a)the tenant undertook to pay all usual tenant's rates and taxes;
and
(b)the landlord undertook to pay the Crown rent, the costs of
repairs and insurance and any other expenses necessary to
maintain the property in a state to command that rent:
Provided that-
(i) in respect of any property which became chargeable to property
tax on a date after the first day of the year of assessment for
which an assessable value falls to be ascertained, the assessable
value of such property shall be ascertained by reference to that
date;
(ii) where in relation to any year of assessment a fresh assessable
value of any property has not been ascertained, the assessable
value of the property for that year shall be deemed to be the same
as that last ascertained in respect of such property.
(3) For the purpose of ascertaining the assessable value of land or
buildings or land and buildings under this section-
(a)subject to paragraph (b), all machinery (including lifts) used as
adjuncts to the property shall be regarded as part of the property,
but the reasonable expenses incurred in working such machinery
shall be allowed for in arriving at the assessable value of the
property;
(b)no account shall be taken of the value of any machinery in or on
the property for the purpose of manufacturing operations or
trade processes.
(3A) Subject to subsection (311), where any land or buildings or land and
buildings are wholly let on the first day of any year of assessment and the
Commissioner is satisfied that the assessable value of the land or buildings or land
and buildings as ascertained in accordance with this section exceeds the annual
rent in respect of the land or buildings or land and buildings, the assessable value
for that year of assessment shall, if paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (IA) or (2)
apply, be reduced to the annual rent. (Added 5 of 1982 s. 3)





(313) For the purposes of subsection (3A), the annual rent shall be-
(a)if the rent reserved as on the first day of the year of assessment is
expressed as an annual rent, such annual rent; or
(b)in any other case, the amount of the rent reserved as on the first
day of the year of assessment expressed as the annual rent,
and shall include any consideration which has been given or required or will be
given or required, whether in money or in kind or in any other manner, as a
condition of the grant or continuation of the letting:
Provided that in respect of any letting the Commissioner may apportion
such consideration or any part thereof on such basis as in his opinion is
reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances of the case. (Added5of1982
s.3)
(4) This subsection applies where-
(a)any building or any part thereof is wholly let on the first day of
any year of assessment;
(b)Part 1, 11 or IV or section 124A of the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 7) applies on the first day of
any year of assessment to that letting; and (Amended 39 of 1979
s. 26; 76 of 1981 s. 60)
(c)the Commissioner is satisfied that no consideration has been
given or required or will be given or required, whether in money
or in kind or in any other manner, as a condition of the grant or
continuation of such letting other than the payment of such rent
as is permitted or authorized under the Landlord and Tenant
(Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 7).
(Replaced 76 of 1975 s. 4)

5B. Ascertainment of assessable value
on or after 1 April 1983

(1) Subject to subsection (5), this section shall apply to any year of
assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1983.
(2) The assessable value of land or buildings or land and buildings for
each year of assessment shall be the consideration, in money or money's
worth, payable in that year to, to the order of, or for the benefit of, the
owner in respect of the right of use of that land or buildings or land and
buildings.
(3) Any consideration payable before the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1983 in respect of a period of the right of use which starts after, or
extends beyond, 1 April 1983 shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed
to be payable in equal monthly instalments during the period of the right of use
or during a period of 3 years ending on 31 March 1986, whichever is the
shorter.





(4) Any consideration payable in respect of a period of the right of use
which is not contained within any one year of assessment shall, for the purposes
of this section, be deemed to be payable in equal monthly instalments during
the period of the right of use or during a period of 3 years commencing at the
start of the period of the right of use to which the consideration relates,
whichever is the shorter.
(5) When a person ceases to be liable to property tax in respect of land or
buildings or land and buildings during the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1983, the assessable value of that land or buildings or land and buildings
shall be ascertained in accordance with section 5A.
(6) In this section, 'consideration' includes any consideration payable in
respect of the provision of any services or benefits connected with or related to
the right of use.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 6)

6. (Repealed 8 of 1983 s. 7)

7. Reduction and refund in case of unoccupied property
(1) Except for the purposes of section 5B(5), this section shall not apply
to any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1983. (Added 8 of
1983s.8)
(2) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that any land
or buildings or land and buildings have been occupied for less than 12 months in
any year of assessment any property tax payable in respect thereof shall be
reduced proportionately and any excess tax paid shall be refunded. (Replaced 36
of]955s.8. Amended8of 1973s. 3; fflof 1974s. 3; 76of 1975s. 5)

7A. Interpretation
In this Part-
'buildings', except for the purposes of section 5(2), (3), (4) and (5), includes
any part of a building; (Replaced 35 of 1965 s.4)
9and or buildings or land and buildings' includes piers, wharves and other
structures;
'occupied', in relation to land or buildings or land and buildings, means land
or buildings or land and buildings which are being put to beneficial use.
(Replaced 76 of 1975 s. 6)
(Added36 of 1955 s. 9)

7B. Claims for refund of property tax
(1) Notwithstanding section 70, a claim made for a refund of property tax
under section 5(3) (a), (b), (c) or (d) or under section 7 may be made in writing





within 90 days after the end of the relevant year of assessment or within 90 days
after notice of assessment to the property tax is given, whichever is the later:
(Amended 7 of 1979 s. 3)
Provided that if the Commissioner is satisfied that owing to absence from
Hong Kong, sickness or other reasonable cause, the person claiming a refund of
property tax was prevented from making his claim within the period allowed,
the Commissioner shall extend the period as he considers reasonable in the
circumstances. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) For the purposes of Part XI a claim made in accordance with sub-
section (1) shall be regarded as an objection to an assessment under section 64.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 8)

7C. Bad debts
(1) In ascertaining the assessable value of any land or buildings or land
and buildings under this Part for any year of assessment commencing on or
after 1 April 1983, there shall be deducted any consideration in money or
money's worth, payable or deemed to be payable on or after 1 April 1983 to, to
the order of, or for the benefit of, the owner in respect of the right of use of that
land or buildings or that land and buildings and proved to the satisfaction of
the assessor to have become irrecoverable during that year of assessment.
(2) Consideration previously deducted as irrecoverable and recovered
during any year of assessment shall be treated as consideration mentioned in
section 513(2) payable in that year of assessment in respect of the right of use
of the land or buildings or land and buildings in respect of which that
consideration was payable.
(3) Notwithstanding section 70, where a person is entitled to deduct any
consideration under subsection (1) but the land or buildings or land and
buildings has no or insufficient assessable value from which to deduct that
consideration in the year of assessment in which, under that subsection, that
consideration is deductible, that consideration, or that consideration to the
extent to which it cannot be deducted in that year, shall be deducted from the
assessable value of that land or buildings or that land and buildings in the latest
year of assessment in which that assessable value is sufficient.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 9)

PART 111

SALARiEs TAx
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 10)

8. Charge of salaries tax
(1) Salaries tax shall, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, be
charged for each year of assessment on every person in respect of his income
arising in or derived from Hong Kong from the following sources-





(a) any office or employment of profit; and
(b) any pension.
(IA) For the purposes of this Part, income arising in or derived from
Hong Kong from any employment-
(a)includes, without in any way limiting the meaning of the
expression and subject to paragraph (b), all income derived from
services rendered in Hong Kong including leave pay attributable
tosuchservices; (Amended69 of 1987s. 2)
(b)excludes income derived from services rendered by a person
who-
(i) is not employed by the Government or as master or member
of the crew of a ship or as commander or member of the
crew of an aircraft; and
(ii) renders outside Hong Kong all the services in connection
with his employment; and (Added 2 of 1971 s. 5.
Amended 69 of 1981 s. 2)
(c)excludes income derived by a person from services rendered by
him in any territory outside Hong Kong where-
(i) by the laws of the territory where the services are rendered,
the income is chargeable to tax of substantially the same
nature as salaries tax under this Ordinance; and
(ii) the Commissioner is satisfied that that person has, by
deduction or otherwise, paid tax of that nature in that
territory in respect of the income. (Added69 of 1987s. 2)
(IB) In determining whether or not all services are rendered outside Hong
Kong for the purposes of subsection (IA) no account shall be taken of services
rendered in Hong Kong during visits not exceeding a total of 60 days in the
basis period for the year of assessment. (Added2of]97]s.5)
(2) In computing the income of any person for the purposes of subsection
(1) there shall be excluded the following---
(a) the official emoluments received by the Governor;
(b)the official emoluments of consuls, vice-consuls and persons
employed on the staff of any consulate, who are subjects or
citizens of the state which they represent;
(c)any sum received by way of commutation of pension under an
approved retirement scheme, the Pensions Ordinance (Cap. 89),
the Pension Benefits Ordinance (Cap. 99) or the Pension Benefits
(Judicial Officers) Ordinance (Cap. 401); (Replaced 2 of 1971
s.5. Amended36of 1987s. 42;85 of 1988s. 48)
(ca) in the case of a pension attributable to services rendered in any
office or employment, other than employment by the Govern-
ment, so much of the pension as is not attributable to services
rendered in Hong Kong; (Added2of]97]s.5)





(cb) any sum, other than a pension, withdrawn from an approved
retirement scheme, but, if the approved retirement scheme is
set up by an employer not chargeable to tax under Part IV,
the sum excluded by this paragraph shall not exceed, in the
case of that part of the sum withdrawn which represents
the employer's contributions, an amount equal to 15% of the
employee's income from his office or employment for the year
preceding the date of withdrawal multiplied by the number of
completed years of his service with that employer; (Added 2
of 1971 s, 5)
(d)the emoluments payable by the Governments of the members
of the Commonwealth, other than the Government of Hong
Kong, to members of Her Majesty's forces and to persons in
the permanent service of those Governments in Hong Kong in
respect of their offices under those Governments;
(e)wound and disability pensions granted to members of Her
Majesty's forces;
gratuities granted to members of Her Majesty's forces in respect
of services rendered during war;
(g)any amount arising from a scholarship, exhibition, bursary, or
other similar educational endowment held by a person receiving
full time instruction at a university, college, school, or other
similar educational establishment; (Replaced 26 of 1969 s. 9)
(h)the emoluments payable by the Government of the United
Kingdom to persons in the temporary service of that Govern-
ment who are in the opinion of the Commissioner serving in
Hong Kong on United Kingdom based terms whereby they are
normally employed in the United Kingdom but are liable for
overseas service or are recruited in the United Kingdom specially
for service in Hong Kong; (Added26of]969s.9)
(i)any amount received by way of periodical payments in the nature
of alimony or maintenance by a woman from her husband or
former husband; (Added 35 of 1965 s. 5)
(j)income derived from services rendered as master or member of
the crew of a ship or as commander or member of the crew of an
aircraft by a person who was present in Hong Kong on not more
than-
(i) a total of 60 days in the basis period for that year of
assessment; and
(ii) a total of 120 days failing partly within each of the basis
periods for 2 consecutive years of assessment, one of which
is that year of assessment; (Added2of]97]s.5. Amended
7 of 1986 s. 3)





(k)any salary or other remuneration paid by another person who is
chargeable to profits tax under Part IV which, but for section
17(2), would be deductible in computing the profits or losses of
such other person for the purposes of that Part. (Added 7 of
1986s.3)
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 11.Amended.15of 1966s.2; 7of 1986s. 12)

9. Definition of income ftom employment

(1) Income from any office or employment includes-
(a)any wages, salary, leave pay, fee, commission, bonus, gratuity,
perquisite, or allowance, whether derived from the employer or
others, except-
(i) the value of any holiday warrant or passage granted by an
employer to an employee in so far as it is used for travel;
(ii) any allowance for the purchase of any such holiday warrant
or passage in so far as it is expended for that purpose; and
(iii)any allowance paid by an employer to an employee for the
transportation of the personal effects of the employee in
connection with any journey on which a holiday warrant or
passage referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii) is used in so
far as the allowance is expended for the transportation of the
personal efrects of the employee; (Amended 3 of 1949 s. 4;
9 of 1950 Schedule; 2 of 1971 s. 6; 40 of 1972 s. 2)
(aa) so much of any amount (other than a pension falling under
section 8(1)(b)) received by an employee before or after his
employment ceases, whether by way of commutation or
otherwise, from a pension or provident fund, scheme or society,
other than an approved retirement scheme, as represents his
employer's contributions to that fund, scheme or society;
(Added 2 of 1971 s. 6)
(b)the rental value of any place of residence provided rent-free by
the employer or an associated corporation; (Amended 38 of
1975s.2)
(e)where a place of residence is provided by an employer or an
associated corporation at a rent less than the rental value, the
excess of the rental value over such rent; (Amended 38 of 1975
s.2)
(d)any gain realized by the exercise of, or by the assignment or
release of, a right to acquire shares or stock in a corporation
obtained by a person as the holder of an office in or an employee
of that or any other corporation. (Added2of]971s.6)




(IA) (a)Notwithstanding subsection (1)(a), where an employer or
associated corporation refunds all or part of the rent paid by the
employee, such refund shall be deemed not to be income;
(b)a place of residence in respect of which an employer or associated
c . orporation has refunded all the rent therefor shall be deemed for
the purposes of subsection (1) to be provided rent free by the
employer or associated corporation;
(c)a place of residence in respect of which an employer or associated
corporation has refunded part of the rent therefor shall be
deemed for the purposes of subsection (1) to be provided by the
employer or associated corporation for a rent equal to the
difference between the rent paid by the employee and the part
thereof refunded by the employer or associated corporation.
(Added36 of 1954 s. 2. Amended38of1975s.2)
(2) The rental value of any place of residence provided by the employer or
an associated corporation shall be deemed to be 10% of the income as
described in subsection (1)(a) derived from the employer for the period during
which a place of residence is provided after deducting the outgoings, expenses
and allowances provided for in section 12(1)(a) and (b) to the extent to which
they are incurred during the period for which the place of residence is provided
and any lump sum payment or gratuity paid or granted upon the retirement or
termination of employment of the employee: (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 6,-26 of
1969 s. 10; 7 of 1975 s. 3; 38 of 1975 s. 2)
Provided that-
(a)if such place of residence be a hotel, hostel or boarding house the
rental value shall be deemed to be 8% of the income aforesaid
where the accommodation consists of not more than 2 rooms and
4% where the accommodation consists of not more than one
room;
(b)if such place of residence be other than a hotel, hostel or
boarding house any person may elect to have-
(i) in respect of the years of assessment up to and including
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1982, the
assessable value ascertained in accordance with section 5A; or
(ii) in respect of the years of assessment commencing on or after
1 April 1983, the rateable value included in the valuation list
prepared under section 12 of the Rating Ordinance (Cap.
116) or, if the place of residence is not so included, the
rateable value ascertained in accordance with Part 111 of that
Ordinance,
substituted for rental value at 10% as aforesaid. (Replaced 10
of 1950 s. 3. Amended 38 of 1975 s. 2; 76 of 1975 s. 7; 8 of 1983
S.10)





(3) A pension shall include a pension which is voluntary or is capable of
being discontinued. (Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 13)
(4) For the purposes of subsection (1)-
(a)the gain realized by the exercise at any time of such a right as is
referred to in paragraph (d) of that subsection shall be taken to
be the difference between the amount which a person might
reasonably expect to obtain from a sale in the open market at
that time of the shares or stock acquired and the amount or value
of the consideration given whether for them or for the grant of
the right or for both; and
(b)the gain realized by the assignment or release of such a right as is
referred to in paragraph (d) of that subsection shall be taken
to be the difference between the amount or value of the
consideration for the assignment or release and the amount or
value of the consideration given for the grant of the right,
(a just apportionment being made of any entire consideration given for the
grant of the right to acquire the said shares or stock and other shares or stock
or otherwise for the grant of the right to acquire those shares or stock and for
something beside):
Provided that neither the consideration given for the grant of the right nor
any such entire consideration shall be taken to include the performance of any
duties in or in connection with the office or employment by reason of which the
right was granted, and no part of the amount or value of the consideration
given for the grant shall be deducted more than once under this subsection.
(Replaced 2 of 1971 s. 6)
(5) Where salaries tax may by virtue of subsection (1)(d) become
chargeable in respect of any gain which may be realized by the exercise of a
right, salaries tax shall not be chargeable under any other provision of this
Ordinance in respect of the receipt of the right. (Added 2 of 1971 s. 6.
Amended L.N. 65 of 1986)
(6) For the purposes of this section-
,,associated corporation' means-
(a) a corporation over which the employer has control;
(b) if the employer is a corporation-
(i) a corporation which has control over the employer; or
(ii) a corporation which is under the control of the same person
as is the employer;
'control', in relation to a corporation, means the power of a person to
secure-
(a)by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting
power in or in relation to that or any other corporation; or
(b)by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association
or other document regulating that or any other corporation,





that the affairs of the first-mentioned corporation are conducted in
accordance with the wishes of that person; (Added38of]975s.2)
'place of residence' includes a residence provided by an employer or an
associated corporation notwithstanding that the employee is required to
occupy that place of residence by or under his terms of employment and
whether or not by doing so he can better perform his duties. (Added48of
1979s.2)

10. Aggregation of incomes of spouses

In the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband-
(a) salaries that shall be payable on their net chargeable income; and
(b) the husband shall, subject to section 13(2), be solely charged to
salaries tax in respect of their net chargeable income.
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 3)

11 (Repeated 71 of 1983 s. 4)

11A. (Repealed 71 of 1983 s. 4)

11B. Ascertainment of assessable income

The assessable income of a person in any year of assessment shall be the
aggregate amount of income accruing to him from all sources in that year of
assessment.
(Added8of 1973s. 5. Amended71 of 1983s. 5)

11C. Office or employment of profit

For the purpose of section 11 B, a person shall be deemed to commence or
cease, as the case may be, to derive income from a source whenever and as often
as he commences or ceases-
(a) to hold any office or employment of profit; or
(b) to become entitled to a pension.
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 6)

11D. Receipt of income

For the purpose of section 11 B-
(a) income which has accrued to a person during the basis period for
a year of assessment but which has not been received by him in





such basis period shall not be included in his assessable income
for that year of assessment until such time as he shall have
received such income, when notwithstanding anything contained
in this Ordinance, an additional assessment shall be raised in
respect of such income:
Provided that for the purposes of this paragraph income
which has either been made available to the person to whom it
has accrued or has been dealt with on his behalf or according to
his directions shall be deemed to have been received by such
person;
(b)income accrues to a person when he becomes entitled to claim
payment thereof.
Provided that-
(i)any lump sum payment received on or after 1 April 1966,
being a lump sum payment or gratuity paid or granted
upon the retirement from or termination of any office or
employment or any contract of employment of an employee
or a lump sum payment of deferred pay or arrears of pay
arising from an award of salary or wages, whether such a
payment is paid by an employer to a person during
employment or after that person has left his employ, shall
upon the application in writing of the person entitled to
claim payment thereof within 2 years after the end of the
year of assessment in which the payment is made be related
back and shall then be deemed to be income which has
accrued during the periods in which the services or
employment, in respect of which the payment was made,
were performed or exercised, or, if the relevant periods of
service or employment exceed 3 years, the payment shall be
deemed to be income accruing at a constant rate over the 3
years ending on the date on which the person became
entitled to claim payment thereof or ending on the last day
of employment, whichever is the earlier; and, notwith-
standing section 70, an application made by any person
under this proviso for the adjustment of an assessment shall,
to that extent, be regarded as a valid objection to the
assessment under section 64; and
(ii)subject to proviso (i), any payment made by an employer to
a person after that person has ceased or been deemed to
cease to derive income which, if it had been made on the last
day of the period during which he derived income, would
have been included in that person's assessable income for the
year of assessment in which he ceased or is deemed to cease





to derive income from that employment, shall be deemed
to have accrued to that person on the last day of that
employment.
(Added8of 1973s. 5.Amended 71 of 1983s. 7)

12. Adjustments to assessable income

(1) In ascertaining the net assessable income of a person for any year of
assessment, there shall be deducted from the assessable income of that
person-
(a)all outgoings and expenses, other than expenses of a domestic or
private nature and capital expenditure, wholly, exclusively and
necessarily incurred in the production of the assessable income;
(b)allowances calculated in accordance with Part VI in respect of
capital expenditure on machinery or plant the use of which is
essential to the production of the assessable income;
(c)the amount of any excess carried forward to that year of
assessment in accordance with section 12A(3);
(d)the amount of any excess required by subsection (3) to be
deducted.
(2) Where any machinery or plant is not used wholly and exclusively in
the production of assessable income, the amount of the allowances provided
for in subsection (1)(b) shall be reduced in the proportion considered by the
assessor to be fair and reasonable.
(3) If in the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from
her husband, the aggregate of deductions claimed for any year of assessment by
either spouse under subsection (1)(a), (b) and (c) exceeds the assessable income
of that spouse in that year, the excess shall be deducted from the assessable
income of the other spouse for the purpose of determining the net assessable
income of that other spouse in that year.
(4) (Repealed 71 of 1983 s. 8)
(5) The amount of assessable income for any year of assessment of a
person shall, for the purposes of ascertaining his net assessable income, be
increased by the amount of any balancing charge directed to be made under
Part VI on that person in respect of the machinery or plant used in the
production of the assessable income.
(Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 4. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 8)

12A. Treatment of losses

(1) Where in any year of assessment the aggregate of the outgoings,
expenses and allowances deductible under section 12(1)(a) and (b) from the





assessable income of a person exceeds the amount of his assessable income, the
amount of the excess shall, subject to subsection (4), be carried forward and set
off against his assessable income in subsequent years of assessment.
(2) The aggregate amount set off against a person's assessable income in
subsequent years of assessment shall not exceed the amount of any excess under
subsection (1).
(3) Subject to subsection (4), a set off by a person under this section shall
first be made against his assessable income for the year of assessment next
succeeding the year of assessment in respect of which the excess occurred and,
so far as it cannot be so made, against his assessable income for the next year of
assessment and so on until the excess has been completely set off.
(4) In the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from
her husban
(a) effect shall be given to section 12(3) before the amount of any
excess to be carried forward and set ofF under this section is
computed under subsection (1); and
(b)any excess so computed after effect is given to section 12(3)
shall-
(i) be set off, first in the year of assessment next succeeding the
year of assessment in respect of which the excess occurred,
primarily against the assessable income of the spouse whose
deductions resulted in the excess and then, so far as it cannot
be so set off, against the assessable income of the other
spouse; and
(ii) then, and so far as it cannot be set off in accordance with
subparagraph (i), be set off in the next following year of
assessment, primarily against he assessable income of the
other spouse,
and so on from year to year until the excess has been completely
set off.
(Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 4.1983s.9)

12B. Ascertainment of net chargeable income

(1) The net chargeable income of a person for any year of assessment
shall, subject to subsection (2), be such amount as is arrived at after deducting
from his net assessable income-
(a)such approved charitable donations as are provided for under
section 12BA; and
(b) such allowances as are under section 42B(1) permitted for that
person.





(2) In the case of a husband and wift, not being a wife living apart from
her husband, they shall have but one net chargeable income, whether or not
they elect under section 58A to be separately charged, and it shall be such
amount as is arrived at after deducting from the aggregate of their net
assessable incomes-

(a)such approved charitable donations as are provided for under
sectio 12BA; and
(b) such allowances as are under section 42B(1) permitted in their
case.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2)(b),for the purpose of ascertaining the
net chargeable income for any year of assessment of a husband and wife, not
being a wife living apart from her husband, no allowance under section 42B(1)(e)
in any year of assessment shall granted unless the husband has, in such year
of assessment, assessable income other than income of his wife which is
aggregated with his under subsection (2). (Added 28 of 1988 s. 2)
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 10)

12BA. Charitable donation

(1) The amount of charitable donations that, in ascertaining net
chargeable income, may be deducted-
(a) from the net assessable income of a person; or
(b) in the husband and wife, not being a wife living apart
from her husband, from the aggregate of their net assessable
incomes,
shall be, subject to subsections (2) and (3), the aggregate of approved charitable
donations which are made during that year by that person and, where
paragraph (b) applies, by such wife, if in any case such aggregate amount is not
less than $100.
(2) Every deduction claimed by virtue of subsection (1) shall be claimed
on the form specified by the Board of Inland Revenue and the deduction shall
be permitted only if the claim contains such particulars and is supported by
such proof as the Commissioner may require.
(3) No deduction shall be permitted under subsection (1) for any year of
assessment in respect of-
(a) any sum which is allowable as a deduction under section 16, 16B,
16C or 16D;
(b) a sum in excess of 10% of-
(i) the assessable income as reduced by the deductions provided
for under section 12(1)(a) and (b); or
(ii) in the case of a hushand and wife, not being a wife liviing
apart from her husband, the aggregate of the assessable





incomes of both spouses as reduced in each case by the
deductions provided for under section 12(1)(a) and (b).
(Added 71 of 1983 s. 11)

13. Calculation of salaries tax

(1) Salaries tax shall be charged at the rates specified in Schedule 2 on the
net chargeable income of a person for each year of assessment ascertained in
accordance with the provisions of this Part:
Provided that-
(a) (Repealed 8 of 1973 s. 6)
(b)in no case shall the amount of salaries tax charged exceed the
amount which would have been chargeable had the standard rate
been charged on the whole of-
(i) the net assessable income as reduced by approved charitable
donations provided for under section 12BA; or
(ii) in the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living
apart from her husband, the aggregate of their net assessable
incomes as reduced by approved charitable donations
provided for under section 12BA. (Replaced 71 of 1983
s.12)
(2) Where a husband and wife elect under section 58A to be separately
charged in respect of any year of assessment, each spouse shall in respect of that
year of assessment be charged such proportion of the salaries tax that is payable
under subsection (1) as the net assessable income of that spouse bears to the
aggregate of their net assessable incomes. (Added 71 of 1983 s. 12)

PART IV

PROFITS TAX

14. Charge of profits tax

Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, profits tax shall be charged for
each year of assessment at the standard rate on every person carrying on a
trade, profession or business in Hong Kong in respect of his assessable profits
arising in or derived from Hong Kong for that year from such trade, profession
or business (excluding profits arising from the sale of capital assets) as
ascertained in accordance with this Part: (Replaced 2 of 1971 s. 9. Amended
7 of 1986 s. 12)
Provided that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 161%; and





(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportionable under section 22A and is
charged in the partnership name under section 22, profits tax
shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate
of161%; (Added38of]975s.3)
Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1976 and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1979-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 17%; and
(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in the partnership name under section 22, profits tax
shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate
of17%; (Added 32 of 1976s.2. Amended32of 1981 s.2)
Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1980 and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1983-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 161%; and
(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in the partnership name under section 22, profits tax
shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the
rate of 161%; (Added 32 of 1981 s. 2. Amended 36 of 1984
s.2)
Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1984 and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1986-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 18 1/2%; and

(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in the partnership name under section 22, profits tax
shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate
ofl8J%; (Added36 of 1984s. 2. Amended28 of 1987s. 2)
.Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1987-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 18%; and
(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in, the partnership name under section 22, profits tax





shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate
of18%; (Added28 of 1987s. 2. Amended28of 1988s.3)
Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1988-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 17%; and
(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in the partership name under section 22, profits tax shall
be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate of
17%; (Added28 of 1988s.3. Amended ]7of 1989 s. 3)
Provided further that for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1989 and all subsequent years of assessment-
(a)in the case of a corporation, profits tax shall be charged at the
rate of 161%; and
2
(b)in the case of a corporation to which a share of the assessable
profits of a partnership is apportioned under section 22A and is
charged in the partnership name under section 22, profits tax
shall be charged on such share of the assessable profits at the rate
of 161%. (Added 17 of 1989 s. 3)

15. Certain amounts deemed trading receipts

(1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the sums described in the
following paragraphs shall be deemed to be receipts arising in or derived from
Hong Kong from a trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong-
(a)sums, not otherwise chargeable to tax under this Part, received by
or accrued to a person from the exhibition or use in Hong Kong
of cinematograph or television film or tape, any sound recording,
or any advertising material connected with such film, tape or
recording;
(b)sums, not otherwise chargeable to tax under this Part, received by
or accrued to a person for the use of or right to use in Hong
Kong a patent, design, trademark, copyright material or secret
process or formula or other property of a similar nature, or for
imparting or undertaking to impart knowledge directly or indirectly
connected with the use in Hong Kong of any such patent, design,
trademark, copyright, secret process or formula or other property;
(c)sums received by or accrued to a person by way of grant, subsidy
or similar financial assistance in connection with the carrying on
of a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong, other than sums
in connection with capital expenditure made or to be made by the
person;





(d)sums received by or accrued to a person by way of hire, rental or
similar charges for the use of movable property in Hong Kong or
the right to use movable property in Hong Kong;
(e) (Repealed 7 of 1975 s. 7)
(j)sums received by or accrued to a corporation carrying on a trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong by way of interest derived
from Hong Kong; (Replaced 19 of 1986 s. 2)
(g)sums received by or accrued to a person, other than a
corporation, carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong
Kong by way of interest derived from Hong Kong which interest
is in respect of the funds of the trade, profession or business;
(Replaced 19 of 1986 s. 2. Amended 17 of 1989 s. 4)
(h)sums received by or accrued to a person by way of refund to that
person of a contribution made by him as employer to an
approved retirement scheme, but to the extent only that such
sums were allowed as deductions in ascertaining the assessable
profits of that person under this Part;
(i)sums, not otherwise chargeable to tax under this Part, received by
or accrued to a financial institution by way of interest which
arises through or from the carrying on by the financial institution
of its business in Hong Kong, notwithstanding that the moneys
in respect of which the interest is received or accrues are made
available outside Hong Kong; (Added 73 of 1978 s. 3)
(j)sums received by or accrued to a corporation carrying on a trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong by way of gains or profits
arising in or derived from Hong Kong from the sale or other
disposal or on the redemption on maturity or presentment of a
certificate of deposit or bill of exchange; (Replaced 19 of 1986
s.2)
(k)sums received by or accrued to a person. other than a
corporation, carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong
Kong by way of gains or profits arising in or derived from Hong
Kong from the sale or other disposal or on the redemption on
maturity or presentment of a certificate of deposit or bill of
exchange where such gains or profits are in respect of the funds
of the trade, profession or business; (Replaced 19 of 1986 s. 2.
Amended 28 of 1987s. 3; 17 of 1989 s. 4)
(1)sums, not otherwise chargeable to tax under this Part, received by
or accrued to a financial institution by way of gains or profits
arising through or from the carrying on by the financial
institution of its business in Hong Kong from the sale or other
disposal or on the redemption on maturity or presentment of a
certificate of deposit or bill of exchange notwithstanding that-





(i) the moneys laid out for the acquisition of the certificate or
bill were made available outside Hong Kong; or
(ii) the sale, disposal or redemption is effected outside Hong
Kong; and (Added 19 of 1986 s. 2. Amended 28 of 1987
s.3)
(m)sums received or receivable by a person as consideration in
respect of the transfer of a right to receive income, as provided
for in section 15A. (Added28 of 1987s. 3)
(IA) Subsection (1)(j) or (k) shall not apply to gains or profits arising in
or derived from Hong Kong, other than gains or profits received by or accrued
to a person whose trade, profession or business comprises or includes trading in
certificates of deposit or bills of exchange, to the extent to which such gains or
profits relate to a period prior to 1 April 1981; and gains or profits received by
or accrued to any person from the sale or other disposal or on the redemption
on maturity or presentment, on or after 1 April 198 1, of a certificate of deposit
or bill of exchange purchased or otherwise acquired by that person before that
date, shall be determined by reference to such amount as the Commissioner
may consider such certificate of deposit or bill of exchange would have realized
if it had been sold in the open market at the close of business on 31 March 1981
and not by reference to the amount, if any, paid by that person in so purchasing
or otherwise acquiring such certificate of deposit or bill of exchange. (Added
30 of 1981 s. 3)
(1 B) (Repealed 36 of 1984 s. 3)
(2) Where, in ascertaining for the purposes of this Part the profits of a
trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong, a deduction has been
allowed for any debt incurred for the purposes of the trade, profession or
business, then, if the whole or any part of that debt is thereafter released, the
amount released shall be deemed to be a receipt of the trade, profession or
business arising in or derived from Hong Kong at the time when the release was
effected.
(3) Where in the basis period for any year of assessment a financial
institution was not a financial institution for the whole of that period, in that, if
the institution is a bank it was not licensed for the whole of that period or if the
institution is a deposit-taking company it was not registered for the whole of
that period, then subsection (1)(i) and (1) shall apply only in respect of such
part of the basis period during which the bank or deposit-taking company was
licensed or registered, as the case may be. (Added 73 of 1978 s. 3. Amended
19 of 1986 s. 2)
(4) The amendments to this section effected by the Inland Revenue
(Amendment) Ordinance 1984 (36 of 1984) shall not have the effect of rendering
chargeable to tax sums received or accrued to any person prior to 1 April 1984
which were not chargeable to tax immediately prior to the coming into force of
thatOrdinance.(Added36 of 1984s.3)





(5) The amendments to this section effected by the Inland Revenue
(Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1986 (19 of 1986) shall apply to sums received
or accrued by way of interest, gains or profits on or after 1 April 1986, and the
provisions of this section in force immediately prior to the coming into force of
that Ordinance shall continue to apply to such sums received or accrued prior
to 1 April 1986 as if such amendments had not been enacted. (Added 19 of
1986s.2)
(Replaced2of]97]s.9. Amended 7of 1986s. 12)

15A. Transfer of right to receive income

(1) Subject to subsection (3) where-
(a)a right to receive income from property is transferred by a person
to another person; and
(b)consideration has been received or is receivable in respect of the
transfer,
the amount of the consideration shall, notwithstanding the exclusion relating to
the sale of capital assets contained in section 14, be treated as a trading receipt
arising in or derived from Hong Kong by the transferor from a trade,
profession or business carried on in Hong Kong.
(2) The reference in subsection (1) to the amount of consideration shall,
in the case where consideration is paid or given otherwise than in cash, be
construed as a reference to the money value of the consideration.
(3) Subsection (1) shall not apply in relation to a transfer of a right to
receive income from property where the right arose from the ownership by the
transferor of a legal or equitable estate or interest in the property and, before or
at the time of that transfer, the transferor also transferred that estate or interest
to the transferee.
(4) In this section-
'income' means any profits, rent, interest or royalty chargeable to tax under
Part IV;
'property' means any property whatsoever;
'right to receive income from property' means a right to have income that will
or may be derived from property paid to, or applied or accumulated for
the benefit of, the person owning the right.
(5) This section shall apply to any agreement made for the transfer of a
right to receive income from property within the meaning of subsection (4)
entered into or effected after 25 February 1987 other than an agreement made
in pursuance of a legally enforceable obligation incurred on or before that date.
(Added 28 of 198 7 s. 4)

15B. (Repealed 71 of 1983 s. 13)





15C. Valuation of trading stock on cessation of business

Where a person ceases to carry on a trade or business in Hong Kong the
trading stock of the trade or business at the date of cessation shall be valued
for the purpose of computing the profits in respect of which that person is
chargeable to tax under this Part as follows- (Amended28of]964s.6,-26of
1969s.12)
(a) in the case of any such trading stock-
(i) which is sold or transferred for valuable consideration to a
person who carries on or intends to carry on a trade or
business in Hong Kong; and
(ii)the cost whereof may be deducted by the purchaser as an
expense in computing the profits from such trade or business
in respect of which such purchaser is chargeable to tax under
this Part, the value thereof shall be taken to be the amount
realized on the sale or the value of the consideration given
for the transfer; (Amended 28 of 1964 s. 6)
(b)in the case of any other such trading stock, the value thereof shall
be taken to be the amount which it would have realized if it had
been sold in the open market at the date of cessation.
(Added36 of 1955 s. 22. Amended 7of 1986s. 12)

15D. Post-cessation receipts and payments

(1) Where a person who has ceased to carry on a trade, profession or
business in Hong Kong, receives any sum which, if it had been received before
such cessation, would have been included in the profits of the trade, profession
or business in respect of which the person is chargeable to tax under this Part,
then to the extent to which the sum has not already been included in such
profits that sum shall be deemed to be profits of the trade, profession or
business for the year of assessment in which the cessation occurred.
(2) Where a person who has ceased to carry on a trade, profession or
business in Hong Kong pays any sum which, if it had been paid before such
cessation, would have been deductible in computing the profits of the trade,
profession or business in respect of which the person is chargeable to tax under
this Part, then to the extent to which the sum has not already been deducted in
computing such profits, that sum shall be deducted in ascertaining his profits
for the year of assessment in which the cessation occurred.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 13. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

16. Ascertainment of chargeable profits

(1) In ascertaining the profits in respect of which a person is chargeable to
tax under this Part for any year of assessment there shall be deducted all





outgoings and expenses to the extent to which they are incurred during the basis
period for that year of assessment by such person in the production of profits
in respect of which he is chargeable to tax under this Part for any period,
including-
(a)where the conditions set out in subsection (2) are satisfied, sums
payable by such person by way of interest upon any money
borrowed by him for the purpose of producing such profits, and
sums payable by such person by way of legal fees, procuration
fees, stamp duties and other expenses in connection with such
borrowing; (Replaced 2 of 1971 s. 11. Amended 36 of 1984
s.4)
(b)rent paid by any tenant of land or buildings occupied by him for
the purpose of producing such profits, but not exceeding, in the
case of rent paid to the tenant's spouse, or by a partnership to
one or more of the partners thereof or to a spouse of any such
partner, an amount equal to the assessable value of the land or
buildings; (Amended 76 of 1975 s. 8; 8 of 1983 s. 11; 71 of 1983
s.14)
(c)tax of substantially the same nature as tax imposed under this
Ordinance, proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner to
have been paid elsewhere, whether by deduction or otherwise, by
any corporation which is managed and controlled in Hong Kong
or by a person other than a corporation who carries on a trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong, during the basis period for
the year of assessment in respect of profits chargeable to tax by
virtue of section 15(1)(j), (g), (i), (j), (k) or (I): (Amended 7 of
1986 s. 12; 19 of 1986 s. 3)
Provided that no deduction shall be made under this
paragraph if the corporation or person concerned is eligible for
relief under Part VIII in respect of such profits; (Added 73 of
1978s.4. Amended36of 1984s. 4)
(d)bad debts incurred in any trade, business or profession, proved to
the satisfaction of the assessor to have become bad during the
basis period for the year of assessment, and doubtful debts to the
extent that they are respectively estimated to the satisfaction of
the assessor to have become bad during the said basis period
notwithstanding that such bad or doubtful debts were due and
payable prior to the commencement of the said basis period:
Provided that-
(i) deductions under this paragraph shall be limited to debts
which were included as a trading receipt in ascertaining the
profits, in respect of which the person claiming the deduction
is chargeable to tax under this Part, of the period within





which they arose, and debts in respect of money lent, in the
ordinary course of the business of the lending of money
within Hong Kong, by a person who carries on that
business; (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(ii)all sums recovered during the said basis period on account of
amounts previously allowed in respect of bad or doubtful
debts shall for the purposes of this Ordinance be treated as
part of the profits of the trade, business or profession for
that basis period;
(e)expenditure incurred in the repair of any premises, plant,
machinery, implement, utensil or article employed in the
production of such profits;
expenditure incurred in the replacement of any implement,
utensil or article employed in the production of such profits:
Provided that no allowances have been or shall be made
under the provisions of Part VI in respect of such implement,
utensil or article;
(g)notwithstanding section 17, a sum expended for the registration
of a trade mark, design or patent used in the trade, profession or
business which produces such profits; (Replaced 26 of 1969 s. 14)
(ga) the payments and expenditure specified in sections 16B and 16C,
as provided therein;
(h)such other deductions as may be prescribed by any rule made
under this Ordinance.
(2) The conditions referred to in subsection (1)(a) are that-
(a) the money has been borrowed by a financial institution;
(b)the money has been borrowed by a public utility company
specified in Schedule 3 at a rate of interest not exceeding the rate
specified by the Financial Secretary by notice in the Gazette;
(Amended 17 of 1989 s. 5)
(c)the money has been borrowed from a person other than a
financial institution or an overseas financial institution and the
sums payable by way of interest are chargeable to tax under this
Ordinance;
(d)the money has been borrowed from a financial institution or an
overseas financial institution and the repayment of the principal
or interest is not secured or guaranteed either in whole or in part,
and whether directly or indirectly, by any instrument executed or
any undertaking given-
(i) by or on behalf of the borrower or any partner of the
borrower;
(ii) where the borrower is a body of persons, whether corporate
or unincorporate, by or on behalf of any shareholders,





member, director or member of the board of management of
the borrower; or
(iii) where the borrower is a corporation, by or on behalf of any
associated corporation,
against a deposit made with that or any other financial institution
or overseas financial institution where any sums payable by way
of interest on the deposit are not chargeable to tax under this
Ordinance; (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 4)
(e) the money has been borrowed wholly and exclusively to
finance~-
(i) capital expenditure incurred on the provision of machinery
or plant which qualifies for an allowance under Part VI; or
(ii) the purchase of trading stock, and such stock is used
by the borrower in the production of profits chargeable to
tax under this Part,
and the lender is not-
(A) any partner of the borrower; or
(B)where the borrower is a body of persons, whether
corporate or unincorporate, any shareholder, member,
director or member of the board of management of the
borrower; or
(C)where the borrower is a corporation, any associated
corporation; (Replaced 36 of 1984 s. 4. Amended 7 of
1986s.4)
the person chargeable to tax is a corporation and the deduction is
in respect of interest payable by that corporation-
(i) on debentures;
(ii) to the holder of any instrument issued-
(A)bona fide and in the course of carrying on business
and which is marketable in Hong Kong or in a major
financial centre outside Hong Kong approved by the
Commissioner for the purposes of this subparagraph;
or
(B)in pursuance of any agreement or arrangements, where
the issue of an advertisement or invitation to the public
in respect of such agreement or arrangements, or
any document which contains such an advertisement
or invitation, has been authorized by the Securities
and Futures Commission under section 4(2)(g) of
the Protection of Investors Ordinance (Cap. 335); or
(Amended 10 of 1989 s. 65)
(iii)on moneys borrowed from an associated corporation, where
the moneys borrowed in the hands of the associated





corporation arise entirely from the proceeds of an issue by
the associated corporation of debentures or of any such
instrument as is described in subparagraph (ii), in an amount
not exceeding the interest payable by the associated
corporation to the holders of its debentures or of such
instruments. (Added 7 of 1986 s. 4)
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)--
(a)any reference in paragraph (d)(i) or (ii) or paragraph (e)(A) or
(B) to-
(i) a borrower or partner of a borrower; or
(ii) a shareholder, member, director or member of the board of
management,
who is a natural person, shall be deemed to extend to that
person's parents, spouse, child, brother or sister (whether of
the whole or half blood) and, in deducing such a relationship,
an adopted child shall be deemed to be a child both of the
natural parents and of the adopting parent and a step child
to be the child both of the natural parents and of any step
parent;
(b) an 'associated corporation' means-
(i) a corporation over which the borrower has control;
(ii) a corporation which has control over the borrower; or
(iii)a corporation which is under the control of the same person
as the borrower,
and, for the purposes of this definition, control shall have the
same meaning as it has in section 2(2);
(ba) 'debentures' means debentures listed on a stock exchange in
Hong Kong or any other stock exchange recognized for the
purposes of this paragraph by the Commissioner; (Added 7 of
1986s.4)
(c)an 'overseas financial institution' means a person carrying on
the business of banking or deposit-taking outside Hong Kong
other than a person whom the Commissioner has, in accordance
with the powers vested in him by subsection (4), determined
shall not be recognized for the purposes of subsection (2) as
an overseas financial institution. (Added 36 of 1984 s. 4.
Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(M) The rate of interest which was applicable for the purposes of
subsection (2)(b) immediately before this section was amended by the Inland
Revenue (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1989 (17 of 1989) shall be applicable
for the purposes of this section as amended by that Ordinance until a difrerent
rate of interest specified by the Financial Secretary under this section as so
amended takes effect.(Section 22(1) of 17 of 1989 incorporated)





(4) The Commissioner may for the purposes of subsection (2) determine
that a person shall not be recognized as an overseas financial institution if he is
of the opinion that that person's banking or deposit-taking business is not
adequately supervised by a supervisory authority. (Added36 of 1984s. 4)
(5) The amendments to this section effected by the Inland Revenue
(Amendment) Ordinance 1984 (36 of 1984) shall not have the effect of
disallowing any deduction under subsection (1)(a) which could lawfully have
been made immediately prior to the coming into force of that Ordinance where
the deduction is in respect of sums payable prior to 1 April 1984. (Added36of
1984 s. 4. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 4)
(6) The Governor in Council may, by notice in the Gazette, amend
Schedule 3. (Added 17 of 1989 s. 5)
(Replaced 28 of 1964 s. 7. Amended35of1965s.9)

scheme allowable as a deduction

(1) Where a person carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong
Kong makes a payment which is either- (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(a)a contribution, other than an ordinary annual contribution, to
a fund duly established under an approved retirement scheme;
or
(b)a premium, other than an ordinary annual premium, in respect of
a contract of insurance under an approved retirement scheme,
such payment shall, to the extent that it is made in respect of individuals
employed by such person for the purposes of producing profits in respect of
which he is chargeable to tax under this Part and that it is not excessive in view
of all the relevant circumstances, be deemed to be an expense wholly and
exclusively incurred in the production of such profits and shall be allowed as a
deduction therefrom in accordance with subsection (2).
(2) For the purpose of making the deduction provided for in subsection
(1), one fifth part of the payment shall be deemed to have been expended during
the basis period in which the payment was actually made and the remaining 4
parts shall be deemed to have been expended at the rate of one part in the basis
period for each of the succeeding 4 years of assessment:
Provided that in no case shall the total amount of the deductions exceed
the amount of the payment.
(3) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that this section is
applicable only to payments made in or after the basis period for the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1955.
(Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 12)





16B. Expenditure on scientific research

(1) Notwithstanding anything in section 17, in ascertaining the profits
from any trade or business in respect of which a person is chargeable to tax
under this Part for any year of assessment there shall, subject to subsection (2),
be deducted the following payments made, and expenditure incurred, by such
person during the basis period for that year of assessment (other than any
amount which is allowable as a deduction apart from this section), namely-
(a) payments to-
(i) an approved research institute for scientific research related
to that trade or business; or
(ii)an approved research institute, the object of which is the
undertaking of scientific research related to the class of trade
or business to which that trade or business belongs; and
(b)expenditure on scientific research related to that trade or
business, including capital expenditure except to the extent that it
is expenditure on land or buildings or on alterations, additions or
extensions to buildings.
(2) Where any payment or expenditure to which this section refers is
made or incurred outside Hong Kong and the trade or business in relation to
which it is so made or incurred is carried on partly in and partly out of
Hong Kong, the deduction allowable under this section shall be such part
of the amount which would otherwise be allowable as is reasonable in the
circumstances. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(3) (a)Where any plant or machinery, representing scientific research
expenditure of a capital nature which pursuant to subsection
(1)(b) has been allowed as a deduction in ascertaining the profits
from a trade or business, ceases to be used by the person
carrying on the trade or business for scientific research related to
that trade or business and is then or thereafter sold by him, the
proceeds of sale shall be treated as a trading receipt of the trade
or business accruing at the time of the sale or, if the sale occurs
on or after the date on which the trade or business is
permanently discontinued, accruing immediately before the
discontinuance.
(b)Where any such plant or machinery is destroyed, it shall for the
purposes of paragraph (a) be treated as if it had been sold
immediately before the destruction thereof and any insurance
moneys or other compensation of any description received by
the person carrying on the trade or business in respect of the
destruction and any money received by him in respect of the
remains of the plant or machinery shall be treated as if they were
proceeds of that sale.





(c)The reference in paragraph (a) to the time of sale shall be
construed as a reference to the time of completion or the time
when possession is given, whichever is the earlier.
(4) (a) In this section-
,,an approved research institute' means any university, college,
institute, association or organization which is approved in
writing for the purposes of this section by the Director of
Education as an institute, association or organization for
undertaking scientific research which is or may prove to be
of value to Hong Kong; (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
',scientific research' means any activities in the fields of natural
or applied science for the extension of knowledge.
(b) An approval for the purposes of paragraph (a) may-
(i) operate as from a date, whether before or after the date of
approval, specified in the instrument of approval; and
(ii) be withdrawn at any time.
(5) In this section-
(a)references to expenditure incurred on scientific research do not
include any expenditure incurred in the acquisition of rights
in, or arising out of, scientific research, but, save as aforesaid
and subject to subsection (1)(b), include all expenditure incurred
for the prosecution of, or the provision of facilities for the
prosecution of, scientific research; and
(b)references to scientific research related to a trade or business or
class of trade or business shall be read as including a reference
to-
(i) any scientific research which may lead to or facilitate an
extension, or an improvement in the technical efficiency, of
that trade or business, or, as the case may be, of trades or
businesses of that class; and
(ii) any scientific research of a medical nature which is of special
relation to the welfare of workers employed in that trade or
business or, as the case may be, in trades or businesses of
that class.
(6) For the purposes of this section-
(a)expenditure shall not be regarded as incurred by a person in so
far as it is, or is to be, met directly or indirectly by the Crown
or by any government or public or local authority, whether in
Hong Kong or elsewhere, or by any person other than the
first-mentioned person; and (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(b)any expenditure of a capital nature incurred on scientific research
related to any trade or business by a person about to carry on
that trade or business shall be treated as if it had been incurred by





that person on the first day upon which he does carry on that
trade or business.
(7) The same sums paid, or expenditure incurred, shall not be taken into
account for any of the purposes of this section in relation to more than one
trade or business.
(Added 35 of 1965 s. 10)

16C. Payments for technical education

(1) Notwithstanding anything in section 17, where a person carrying
on a trade or business in Hong Kong makes any payment to be used for the
purposes of technical education related to that trade or business at any
university, university college, technical college or other similar institution which
is approved in writing for the purposes of this section by the Director of
Education (being an amount which is not otherwise allowable as a deduction
under this Ordinance), the payment shall be deducted as an expense in
ascertaining the profits from that trade or business for the year of assessment in
the basis period of which the payment was made. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) For the purposes of this section, technical education shall be deemed
to be related to a trade or business, if, and only if, it is technical education of a
kind specially requisite for persons employed in the class of trade or business to
which that trade or business belongs.
(3) An approval for the purposes of subsection (1) may-
(a)operate as from a date, whether before or after the date of
approval, specified in the instrument of approval; and
(b) be withdrawn at any time.
(Added 35 of 1965 s. 10)

16D. Approved charitable donations

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person chargeable to tax under this Part
may deduct the aggregate of approved charitable donations made by that
person in the basis period for a year of assessment, if such aggregate is not less
than 5100, from what would otherwise have been the assessable profits of such
person for that year of assessment.
(2) A person shall not be entitled under subsection (1) to deduct for any
year of assessment-
(a)any sum which is allowable as a deduction under section 12(1)(c),
16, 16B or 16Q
(b)a sum in excess of 10% of such balance of that person's
assessable profits after making any adjustment for the allowances
and charges provided under Part VI.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 10)





16E. Purchase and sale of patent rights, etc.

(1) Notwithstanding anything in section 17, in ascertaining the profits from
any trade, profession or business in respect of which a person is chargeable to tax
under this Part for any year of assessment there shall, subject to subsection (2),
be deducted any expenditure incurred by such person during the basis period for
that year of assessment (other than any amount which is allowable as a
deduction apart from this section) on the purchase of patent rights or rights to
any trade mark or design, for use in Hong Kong in the trade, profession or
business in the production of such profits. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) Where any rights of a kind referred to in subsection (1) are purchased
partly for use in Hong Kong and partly for use outside Hong Kong the
deduction allowable under this section shall be such part of the expenditure
referred to in subsection (1) as is, having regard to the extent of the use in Hong
Kong, reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances of the case. (Amended
7 of 1986 s. 12)
(3) Where any rights of a kind referred to in subsection (1) in respect of
which a deduction has been allowed to any person under this section in
ascertaining the profits from a trade, profession or business are thereafter sold
by hirn-
(a) the proceeds of sale; or
(b)if the deduction was one to which subsection (2) applied, such
part of the proceeds of sale as relates to the rights in respect of
which a deduction was allowed under that subsection,
not being an amount otherwise chargeable to tax under this Part, shall,
notwithstanding the exclusion relating to the sale of capital assets contained in
section 14, be treated as a trading receipt of the trade, profession or business
accruing at the time of sale, or if the sale occurs on or after the date on which
the trade, profession or business is permanently discontinued, accruing
immediately before the discontinuance.
(4) In this section-
(a)'patent rights' means the right to do or authorize the doing of
anything which would, but for that right, be an infringement of a
patent; and
(b)a reference to the purchase or sale of rights of a kind referred to
in subsection (1) includes a reference to the purchase or sale of a
share or interest in any such rights.
(Added 35 of 1983 s. 2)

17. Deductions not allowed

(1) For the purpose of ascertaining profits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax under this Part no deduction shall be allowed in respect of-
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 25; 49 of 1956 s. 13)





(a)domestic or private expenses, including the cost of travelling
between residence and place of business;
(b)any disbursements or expenses not being money expended for the
purpose of producing such profits; (Amended 36 of 1955 s. 25)
(c)any expenditure of a capital nature or any loss or withdrawal of
capital;
(d) the cost of any improvements;
(e)any sum recoverable under an insurance or contract of indemnity;
rent of, or expenses in connection with, any premises or part of
premises not occupied or used for the purpose of producing such
profits; (Amended 36 of 1955 s. 25)
(g)any tax paid or payable under this Ordinance other than salaries
tax paid in respect of employees' remuneration; (Replaced 3 of
1949 s. 7. Amended 35 o 1955 s. 25)
If
(h)any sum paid by an employer being either an ordinary annual
contribution to a fund duly established under an approved
retirement scheme or an ordinary annual premium in respect of a
contract of insurance under an approved retirement scheme, to the
extent that the aggregate of such payments in respect of an
employee under an approved retirement scheme or schemes exceeds
15% of the total emoluments of that employee for the period in
respect of which the payment is made; (Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 13.
Amended 2 of 1971 s. 12; 7 of 1986 s. 5)
(i)any provision made for the payment in respect of an employee of
any sum referred to in paragraph (h), to the extent that the
aggregate of such provision and any such payment as is referred
to in that paragraph exceeds 15% of the total emoluments of that
employee for the period in respect of which the provision is
made; or (Added 7 of 1986 s. 5)
(j)any provision made in respect of a retirement scheme other
than for the payment of any sum referred to in paragraph (h).
(Added 7 of 1986 s. 5)
(2) In computing the profits or losses of a person carrying on a trade,
profession or business, nothing shall he deducted for salaries or other
remuneration of, or for interest on capital or loans provided by, that person's
spouse or, in the case of a partnership, any partner therein or any partner's
spouse. (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 15)

18. Basis for computing profits

(1) Save as provided in this section, the assessable profits for any year of
assessment from any trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong





shall be computed on the full amount of the profits therefrom arising in or
derived from Hong Kong during the year preceding the year of assessment.
(2) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that the accounts of a trade,
profession or business carried on in Hong Kong are usually made up to some
day other than 31 March, he may direct that the assessable profits from that
source be computed on the amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived
from Hong Kong during the year ending on that day in the year preceding the
year of assessment. Where, however, the assessable profits from any trade,
profession or business have been computed by reference to an account made up
to a certain day, and no account is made up to the corresponding day in the
year following, the assessable profits from that source both for the year of
assessment in which such failure occurs and for the 2 years of assessment
following shall be computed on such basis as the Commissioner in his discretion
thinks fit.
(3) Subject to section 18C, where a person commences to carry on a
trade, profession or business in Hong Kong on a day within a year of
assessment, the assessable profits from that source for such year of assessment
shall be computed on the amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived
from Hong Kong during the period beginning on the date of commencement
and ending on the last day of that year of assessment. (Amended 7 of 1975
S. 11)
(4) Where a person has commenced to carry on a trade, profession
or business in Hong Kong on a day within the year preceding a year of
assessment, the assessable profits from that source for that year of assessment
shall be computed on the amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived
from Hong Kong for 1 year from such day:
Provided that such person may claim, by giving notice in writing to the
Commissioner, to have the assessable profits from the source for that year of
assessment and for the following year of assessment (but not for one or other of
those years) recomputed on the basis of the actual profits therefrom arising in
or derived from Hong Kong during each such year respectively, but where the
commencement is in the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1973, such
claim for recomputation shall relate only to the year of assessment commencing
onlAprill974. (Amended7of]975s.11)
(5) Where a person ceases to carry on a trade, profession or business in
Hong Kong the assessable profits from that source for the year of assessment in
which the cessation occurs shall be computed on the amount of the profits
therefrom arising in or derived from Hong Kong during the period beginning
on 1 April in that year and ending on the date of cessation:
Provided that where the profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong
from that source during the year of assessment immediately preceding the year
in which the cessation occurs exceed what would otherwise have been the
assessable profits from that source for that preceding year such assessable





profits shall be recomputed on the basis of the actual profits therefrom arising
in or derived from Hong Kong during that preceding year and an additional
assessment shall be made accordingly.
(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 70 a claim made for an
adjustment of any assessment because of a change in the basis period required
or authorized under the provisions of this section shall be entertained if it is
made in writing within 2 years after the end of the relevant year of assessment
or, where the claim has been made under the proviso to subsection (4), within
2 years after the end of the second of the 2 years of assessment referred to in
such proviso. A claim so made shall be regarded as an objection to an
assessment under section 64 for the purposes of Part Xl. (Amended 35 of
1965s.11)
(7) This section shall apply to the years of assessment up to and including
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974. (Replaced 7 of 1975
S. 11)
(Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 14. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

18A. Assessable profits for the year
of assessment 197415

(1) Where the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1974 from any trade, profession or business fall to be computed
under section 18(1) but the actual profits from that source for that year of
assessment exceed those assessable profits as so computed, then, not-
withstanding section 18, the assessable profits for the year of assessment
commencing on 1 April 1974 shall be computed on the basis of those actual
profits.
(2) Where the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1974 from any trade, profession or business fall to be computed
under section 18(2) on the amount of profits from that source for the year
ending on a day other than 31 March in the year preceding that year of
assessment but the actual profits from that source-
(a)for the year ending on the corresponding day in the year of
assessment; or
(b)if the accounts for that trade, profession or business were made
up to more than 1 day in the year of assessment, for the year
ending on such of those days as the Commissioner may direct,
exceed those assessable profits as so computed, then, notwithstanding section
18, the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1974 shall be computed on the basis of those actual profits.
(3) Where the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1974 from any trade, profession or business fall to be computed
under section 18(4) but the lesser of the actual profits from that source for-





(a)the year ending on the day in that year of assessment to which the
accounts of that trade, profession or business were made up; or
(b) that year of assessment,
exceed those assessable profits as so computed, then notwithstanding section
18, the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1974 shall be computed on the basis of those actual profits.
(4) For the purposes of applying this section there shall be disregarded
any loss brought forward to the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1974 under section 19(2).
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12)

of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975

(1) Subject to subsection (2) and to sections 18C, 18D and 18E, the
assessable profits for any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April
1975 from any trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong shall be
computed on the full amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived from
Hong Kong during the year of assessment.
(2) Subject to sections 18C, 18D and 18E, where the Commissioner is
satisfied that the accounts of a trade, profession or business carried on in Hong
Kong are made up to some day other than 31 March, he may direct that the
assessable profits from that source for any year of assessment be computed on
the full amount of profits therefrom arising in or derived from Hong Kong
during the year ending on that day in the year of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

years of assessment commencing
on or after 1 April 1974

(1) Subject to subsection (2) where a person commences to carry on a
trade, profession or business in Hong Kong within any year of assessment
commencing on or after 1 April 1974 and the Commissioner is satisfied that the
first accounts of such trade, profession or business after its commencement are
made up to some day other than 31 March, the assessable profits from that
source for that year of assessment shall-
(a)if the first accounts are made up to a day within that year of
assessment, be computed on the full amount of the profits from
that source arising in or derived from Hong Kong during the
period beginning on the day of commencement and ending on the
day to which the accounts are made up; or
(b)if the first accounts are for a period in excess of a year and are
made up to a day within a year of assessment following that in





which the commencement occurred, be computed on such basis
as the Commissioner thinks fit. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) Where the first accounts of a trade, profession or business commenced in
any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1974 are for a period of 1
year or less and are made up to a day within the year of assessment following that
in which the commencement occurred, there shall be deemed to be no assessable
profits for the year of assessment in which the commencement occurred.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12)

commencing on 1 April 1975

(1) Save as provided in this section, where, in any year of assessment
commencing on or after 1 April 1975, a person ceases to carry on a trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong, the assessable profits from that source for
the year of assessment in which the cessation occurs shall be computed on the
amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived from Hong Kong during
the period beginning on the day following the end of the basis period for the year
preceding the year of assessment and ending on the date of cessation.
(2) Where in any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1975
a person ceases to carry on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong which
was commenced by him in Hong Kong before 1 April 1974, the assessable
profits from that source for the year of assessment in which the cessation occurs
shall be computed on the amount of the profits therefrom arising in or derived
from Hong Kong during the period beginning on 1 April in that year and
ending on the date of cessation:
Provided that where a person ceases to carry on such trade, profession or
business in Hong Kong other than by reason of the death of an individual
previously carrying on a trade, profession or business as the sole proprietor
thereof, and the trade, profession or business, or any part thereof, is transferred
to or carried on by any other person as his trade, profession or business, this
subsection shall not apply, but the cessation shall, subject to subsection (3), be
deemed to be a cessation for the purposes of subsection (1). (Amended 71 of
1983s.16)
(2A) Where a person ceases to carry on a relevant trade, profession or
business on or after 1 April 1979, the following amount shall be treated as
assessable profits therefrom for the year of assessment in which the cessation
occurs and shall be in addition to the assessable profits therefrom which, apart
from this subsection, fall to be computed for that year of assessment-
(a)in the case of an excepted trade, profession or business, the
amount, if any, by which the relevant profits therefrom arising in
or derived from Hong Kong during the relevant period exceed
the transitional amount;





(b)in the case of any other relevant trade, profession or business, the
full amount of any relevant profits therefrom arising in or derived
from Hong Kong during the relevant period,
and, for the purposes of this subsection, profits are 'relevant profits' if, but for
subsection (2) and apart from Part VI, the assessable profits for that year of
assessment would have included those profits, and-
'excepted trade, profession or business' means a relevant trade, profession or
business referred to in the definition in this subsection of 'transitional
amount';
'relevant period' means the period beginning on the day next following the end
of the basis period for the year preceding the year of assessment in which
the cessation occurs and ending on 31 March in the year preceding the year
of assessment in which the cessation occurs;
'relevant trade, profession or business' means a trade, profession or business to
which subsection (2) applies and in the case of which the basis period for
the year preceding the year of assessment in which the cessation occurs
ends on a day other than 31 March;
'transitional amount' means-
(a)where the assessable profits from a relevant trade, profession
or business for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1974 fell to be computed under section 18(2) on the amount
of profits therefrom for the year ending on a day other than
31 March in the year preceding that year of assessment, the
amount of profits from the relevant trade, profession or
business arising in or derived from Hong Kong during the
period beginning on the day next following the corres-
ponding day in that year of assessment and ending on 31
March 1975;
(b)where the assessable profits from a relevant trade, profession or
business for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974
fell to be computed under section 18A(2), the amount of profits
from the relevant trade, profession or business arising in or
derived from Hong Kong during the period beginning on the day
next following the end of the basis period for that year of
assessment and ending on 31 March 1975,
and where a loss was incurred in the carrying on of a relevant trade,
profession or business referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this definition
during the period therein referred to, 'transitional amounC, in relation to
that trade, profession or business, shall be construed to mean a nil amount.
(Added34 of 1980 s. 2)
(3) Where in the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975 a person
ceases to carry on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong which was
commenced by him in Hong Kong before 1 April 1974 and-





(a)subsection (2) does not apply by virtue of the proviso thereto;
and
(b)the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1974 have not been computed under section 18A(I) or (2);
and
(c)the basis period for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1974 ended within the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1973,
then the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1975 shall be computed on the amount of the profits arising in or derived from
Hong Kong during the period beginning 1 year after the end of the basis period
for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974 and ending on the date
of cessation.
(4) Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance to the contrary, where, in
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975, a person ceases to carry on
a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong which was commenced by him in
Hong Kong in the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1973-
(a)the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1974 shall be recomputed on the basis of the actual
profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong during such year;
and
(b)the assessable profits for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1975 shall be computed on the amount of the profits
therefrom arising in or derived from Hong Kong during the
period beginning on 1 April 1975 and ending on the date of
cessation.
(5) Where a person who commenced to carry on a trade, profession or
business in Hong Kong in a year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April
1975-
(a)ceases to carry on such trade, profession or business in the year
of assessment following that in which such commencement
occurred; and
(b)by virtue of section 18Q2), there has been deemed to be no
assessable profits for the year of assessment in which the
commencement occurred,
the assessable profits for the year of assessment in which the cessation occurs
shall be recomputed on the basis of the actual profits arising in or derived from
Hong Kong from the date of the commencement to the date of cessation.
(6) Notwithstanding section 70, where a person ceases to carry on a
trade, profession or business in the circumstances described in subsection (4), a
claim made by that person for an adjustment of any assessment in accordance
with that subsection shall be entertained if it is made in writing within 2 years
after the end of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975.





(7) A claim made under subsection'(6) shall be regarded as an objection
to an assessment under section 64 for the purposes of Part Xl.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

18E. Change of accounting date and apportionments

(1) Where the assessable profits of a person from any trade, profession or
business carried on in Hong Kong have been computed by reference to an
account made up to a certain day in any year of assessment and either-
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(a)that person fails to make up an account to the corresponding day
in the following year of assessment; or
(b)that person makes up accounts to more than one day in the
following year of assessment,
then-
(i) the assessable profits from that source for the year of assessment
in which the circumstances described in either paragraph (a) or (b)
prevail shall be computed on such basis as the Commissioner
thinks fit; and
(ii)the assessable profits for the year preceding that year of
assessment shall be recomputed on such basis as the
Commissioner thinks fit.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)-
(a)where the accounts of any trade, profession or business are made
up to the end of the Lunar year, the Commissioner may accept
those accounts as being made up to a corresponding day in each
year of assessment; and
(b)in the case of a trade, profession or business which was
commenced on or after 1 April 1974, the Commissioner may, if
he considers it necessary, make a computation under subsection
(1) in respect of a basis period which exceeds 12 months.
(3) For the purposes of this Part, where in the case of a trade, profession
or business it is necessary in order to arrive at the assessable profits or the losses
for any year of assessment to divide or apportion to specific periods the profits
and losses for any period for which accounts have been made up, or to
aggregate any such profits or losses or any apportioned parts thereof, it shall be
lawful to make such division and apportionment or aggregation, and any such
apportionment shall be made in proportion to the number of days or months in
the respective periods unless the Commissioner, having regard to any special
circumstances, otherwise directs.
(4) For the purposes of section 18D(2A), where in the case of a trade,
profession or business it is necessary in order to arrive at the profits or losses for
any period to divide or apportion to specific periods the profits and losses for





any period for which accounts have been made up, or to aggregate any such
profits or losses or any apportioned parts thereof, the Commissioner may make
such division and apportionment or aggregation as he may deem proper in that
case. (Added34 of 1980s. 3)
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12)

18F. Adjustment of assessable profits

(1) The amount of assessable profits for any year of assessment of a
person chargeable to tax under this Part shall be increased by the amount of
any balancing charge directed to be made on that person under Part VI and
decreased by the allowances made to that person under Part VI for that year of
assessment to the extent to which the relevant assets are used in the production
of the assessable profits.
(2) When in any year of assessment the amount of the allowances made
under Part VI to any person chargeable to tax under this Part exceeds the total
amount of that person's assessable profits, as increased by any balancing
charge, the amount of such excess shall, for the purposes of section 19C, be
deemed to be a loss of that person for that year of assessment.
(3) This section shall apply to the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1975 and to subsequent years of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 12)

19. Treatment of losses

(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3) where a loss is incurred in
any year of assessment up to and including the year of assessment commencing
on 1 April 1974 by a person chargeable to tax under this Part the amount of
such loss attributable to activities in Hong Kong shall notwithstanding the
provisions of section 70 be set off against what would otherwise have been the
assessable profits of such person for that year of assessment. (Amended 49 of
1956 s. 15; 7 of 1975 s. 13; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) Where the amount of loss which may set off under subsection (1) is
such that it cannot be wholly set off against the assessable profits of a person
chargeable to tax under this Part for the year of assessment in which the loss
occurred, the amount not so set ofr shall be carried forward and shall be set off
against what would otherwise have been assessable profits of that person for the
future years of assessment in succession:
Provided that-
(a) the amount of any such loss allowed to be set ofr in computing
the assessable profits for any year of assessment shall not be set





off in computing the assessable profits for any other year of
assessment; and
(b)where a loss is set off under this subsection in respect of the year
of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975 or any subsequent
year of assessment, that loss shall be set off before the set ofr of
any loss under section 19C. (Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 13)
(3) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that losses incurred
during the basis period for any year of assessment prior to that commencing on
1 April 1955, shall be ascertained and treated in accordance with the relevant
provisions of this Ordinance in force on 31 March 1955.
(4) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (3), where a loss is sustained
in respect of the basis period for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1955, such part of such loss as is attributable to that portion (including the
whole) of the basis period which is prior to 1 April 1955, shall for the purposes
of this section be deemed to have been sustained during the said year of
assessment.
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 28)

19A. Computation of losses

(1) For the purposes of section 19, the amount of a loss incurred by a
person chargeable to tax under this Part shall, subject to the provisions of
subsection (2) of this section, be computed in a like manner as assessable profits
are computed.
(2) Where the assessable profits of a person chargeable to tax under this
Part are computed in accordance with section 18(2) by reference to accounts for
a period ending on some day other than 31 March in the year prior to the year
of assessment, any loss which may be set off under the provisions of section 19
shall be computed by reference to such person's accounts for a similar period
ending on the same day in the year of assessment, and the loss so computed
shall be deemed to be the loss incurred by such person in that year of
assessment.
(3) Where a person commences to carry on a trade, profession or business
in Hong Kong within the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974, any
loss incurred by that person in that year of assessment shall be computed by
reference to such person's accounts for a similar period as that person's
assessable profits would have been computed under section 18C. (Added 7 of
1975 s. 14. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) shall apply to the years of assessment up to
and including the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974. (Added 7
of 1975 s. 14)
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 16)





19B. Approved charitable donations

(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person chargeable to tax under this Part
may deduct the aggregate of approved charitable donations made by that
person in the basis period for a year of assessment, if such aggregate is not less
than $100, from what would otherwise have been the assessable profits of such
person for that year of assessment after first giving effect, where appropriate, to
section 19.
(2) A person shall not be entitled under subsection (1) to deduct for any
year of assessment-
(a)any sum which is allowable as a deduction under section 16, 16B
or l6Q
(b)a sum exceeding 10% of the assessable profits of that person for
that year.
(3) This section shall apply to the year of assessment up to and including
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974. (Added7of]975s.15)
(Added 65 of 1970 s. 5)

19C. Treatment of losses after 1 April 1975

(1) Where in any year of assessment-
(a)an individual sustains a loss in any trade, profession or business
carried on by him; and
(b) the individual or, in the case of a husband and wife, npt being a
wife living apart from her husband, the husband does not elect
for personal assessment under section 41 or is not deemed to
have elected to be personally assessed for that year of
assessment,
the amount of that loss shall be carried forward and set off against the amount
of his assessable profits from that trade, profession or business for subsequent
years of assessment. (Amended 71 of 1983 s. 17)
(2) Where in any year of assessment-
(a)an individual incurs a share of a loss of a partnership in any
trade, profession or business carried on by that partnership; and
(b) the individual or, in the case of a husband and wife, tickt being a
wife living apart from her husband, the husband does not elect
for personal assessment under section 41 or is not deemed to have
elected to be personally assessed for that year of assessment,
the amount of that share of the loss shall be carried forward and set ofF against
the amount of his share of assessable profits of the partnership from that trade,
profession or business for subsequent years of assessment: (Amended 71 of
1983s.17)





Provided that where at the end of the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1983 a share of a loss to be carried forward under this subsection is one
that was incurred by a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, in partnership with each other, whether or not also with other persons-
(i) the share of the loss shall be deemed to be apportioned between
the husband and wife in the proportions in which they were
entitled to share profits between themselves as at the last day of
the basis period for that year of assessment; and
(ii) each such portion of the share of the loss shall be carried forward
and set off against the husband's or, as the case may be, the wife's
respective share of assessable profits of the partnership from that
trade, profession or business for subsequent years of assessment.
(Added 71 of 1983 s. 17)
(3) Where in any year of assessment an individual has sustained a loss or
has incurred a share of a loss of a partnership and-
(a) is personally assessed under Part VII; or
(b)in the case of a wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, the husband is personally assessed under Part VII;
the amount of the loss or share of the loss shall be dealt with in accordance with
that Part. (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 17)
(4) Where in any year of assessment a corporation or a person, who is not
an individual, a partnership or a corporation, carrying on a trade, profession or
business sustains a loss in that trade, profession or business, the amount of that
loss shall be set off against the assessable profits of the corporation or person
(including its share of the assessable profits of a partnership in which it is a
partner) for that year of assessment and to the extent not so set off, shall be
carried forward and set off against the corporation's or the person's assessable
profits and its share of assessable profits of such a partnership for subsequent
years of assessment.
(5) Where-
(a)a trade, profession or business is carried on in Hong Kong by
persons in partnership and any one of those persons is a
corporation or is a person who is not an individual, a partnership
or a corporation; and (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(b)in any year of assessment a loss 'is incurred in that trade,
profession or business,
then the corporation's or the person's share of that loss shall be set off against
the assessable profits of the corporation or the person for the year of assessment
in which the loss was incurred and to the extent not so set off, be carried
forward and, for subsequent years of assessment, be set off first against the
corporation's or the person's share of the assessable profits of such partnership
and, to the extent not so set ofr, then against the assessable profits of the
corporation or the person.





(6) For the purposes of this section-
(a)the amount of any loss set off in computing the assessable profits
for any year of assessment shall not be set off in computing the
assessable profits for any other year of assessment;
(b)the amount of any loss carried forward to any year of assessment
to be set off against the assessable profits for that year shall not
be set off more than once in that year of assessment;
(c)the total amount set off against assessable profits shall not exceed
the amount of the loss;
(d)the amount of any loss to be set off under this section shall be the
loss attributable to activities in Hong Kong; (Amended 7 of
1986s.12)
(e)the amount of any loss sustained in any trade, profession or busi-
ness carried on for the benefit of a trust by a person in his capacity
as trustee shall not be available for set off except against the assess-
able profits of that trust from that trade, profession or business for
subsequent years of assessment. (Added30of]98]s.4)
(7) For the purposes of this section-
(a)'partnership' does not include a partnership (other than a
partnership referred to in section 345(2) of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32)) consisting at any time in the year of
assessment of more than 20 partners;
(b)in calculating the number of partners in a partnership, there shall
be included every partner in any other partnership which is itself
a partner in the first-mentioned partnership. (Replaced 51 of
1978s.9)
(8) This section shall apply to the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1975 and to subsequent years of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 16)

19D. Computation of losses after 1 April 1975
(1) For the purposes of section 19C, the amount of loss incurred by a
person chargeable to tax under this Part for any year of assessment shall be
computed in like manner and for such basis period as the assessable profits for
that year of assessment would have been computed.
(2) This section shall apply to the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1975 and to subsequent years of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 16)

19E. Adjustment of losses
(1) For the purposes of section 19D, the amount of loss for any year of
assessment of any person chargeable to tax under this Part shall be increased by





the allowances made to that person under Part VI for that year of assessment to
the extent to which the relevant assets are used in the production of the losses
and decreased by the amount of any balancing charge directed to be made on
that person under Part VI.
(2) Where in any year of assessment the amount of the balancing charge
made under Part VI to a person chargeable to tax under this Part exceeds the
total amount of that person's losses, as increased by any allowances, the
amount of such excess shall be deemed to be assessable profits of that person
for that year of assessment.
(3) This section shall apply to the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1975 and to subsequent years of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 16)

20. Liability of certain non-resident persons

(1) For the purposes of this section-
(a)a person is closely connected with another person where the
Commissioner in his discretion considers that such persons are
substantially identical or that the ultimate controlling interest of
each is owned or deemed under this section to be owned by the
same person or persons;
(b)the controlling interest of a company shall be deemed to be
owned by the beneficial owners of its shares, whether held
directly or through nominees, and shares in one company held by
or on behalf of another company shall be deemed to be held by
the shareholders of the last-mentioned company.
(2) Where a non-resident person carries on business with a resident
person with whom he is closely connected and the course of such business is so
arranged that it produces to the resident person either no profits which arise in
or derive from Hong Kong or less than the ordinary profits which might be
expected to arise in or derive from Hong Kong, the business done by the
non-resident person in pursuance of his connection with the resident person
shall be deemed to be carried on in Hong Kong, and such non-resident person
shall be assessable and chargeable with tax in respect of his profits from such
business in the name of the resident person as if the resident person were his
agent, and all the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply accordingly.
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 29; 7 of 1986 s. 12)

20A. Persons chargeable on behalf of a non-resident

(1) A non-resident person shall be chargeable to tax either directly or in
the name of his agent in respect of all his profits arising in or derived from
Hong Kong from any trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong





whether such agent has the receipt of the profits or not, and the tax so charged
whether directly or in the name of the agent shall be recoverable by all means
provided in this Ordinance out of the assets of the non-resident person or
from the agent. Where there are more agents than one they may be charged to
tax jointly or severally in respect of the profits of the non-resident person and
shall be jointly and severally liable for the tax thereon. (Amended 7 of 1986
s. 12)
(2) Every person chargeable to tax as agent, or from whom tax is
recoverable in respect of the profits of another person, shall retain out of any
assets coming into his possession or control on behalf of such other person or in
his capacity as agent so much thereof as shall be sufficient to produce the
amount of such tax, and he shall be and is hereby indemnified against any
person whomsoever in respect of his retention of such assets.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in subsections (1) and (2), any
person who sells any goods in Hong Kong on behalf of a non-resident person
shall furnish quarterly to the Commissioner a return showing the gross
proceeds from such sales and shall at the same time pay to the Commissioner a
sum equal to 1 % of such proceeds or such lesser sum as may have been agreed
with the Commissioner. On receipt of such sum the Commissioner shall issue a
certificate in the form specified by the Board of Inland Revenue: (Amended 39
of 1969 s. 3; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
Provided that the Commissioner may exempt any such person from the
provisions of this subsection on such conditions as he may consider fit.
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 17)

20B. Persons chargeable in respect of
certain profits of a non-resident

(1) Without prejudice to section 20A, this section applies in respect of a
non-resident person who is chargeable to tax in respect of-
(a)sums deemed by virtue of section 15(1)(a) or (b) to be receipts
arising in or derived from Hong Kong from a trade, profession or
business carried on in Hong Kong; or
(b)sums received in respect of, or which in any way derive directly
or indirectly from, the performance in Hong Kong by a
non-resident entertainer or sportsman (whether or not he is the
non-resident person who is so chargeable) of an activity in his
character as entertainer or sportsman on or in connection with a
commercial occasion or event, including------
(i)any appearance of the entertainer or sportsman by way of or
in connection with the promotion of any such occasion or
event; and





(ii) any participation by the entertainer or sportsman in or
for sound recording, films, videos, radio, television or other
similar transmissions (whether live or recorded).
(2) Where this section applies, the non-resident person is chargeable
to tax in respect of the sums described in subsection (1) in the name of any
person in Hong Kong who paid or credited those sums to that or any other
non-resident person, and the tax so charged shall be recoverable by all
means provided in this Ordinance from that person in Hong Kong.
(3) Where a person in Hong Kong from whom tax is recoverable by
virtue of this section pays or credits to a non-resident person (whether or not
he is the non-resident person who is chargeable to tax) sums described in
subsection (1) he shall, at the time he makes the payment or credit, deduct from
those sums so much thereof as is sufficient to produce the amount of such tax,
and he is hereby indemnified against any person in respect of his deduction of
such sum.
(4) In this section-
~1entertainer or sportsman' means a person, other than a corporation, who
gives performances (whether alone or with others) in his character as
entertainer or sportsman in any kind of entertainment or sport, including
any activity of a physical kind which (whether in a live or recorded form)
the public or any section of the public is or may be permitted (whether for
payment or not) to see or hear;
'commercial occasion or evenC includes any description of occasion or event-
(a)for which an entertainer or sportsman (or other person) might,
by virtue of his performance of the activity, receive or become
entitled to receive anything by way of cash or any other form of
property; or
(b)which is designed to promote commercial sales or activity by
advertising, the endorsement of goods or services, sponsorship,
or other promotional means of any kind.
(Added 4 of 1989 s. 2)

21. Assessable profits of certain businesses to he
computed on a percentage of the turnover

Where the true amount of the assessable profits arising in or derived
from Hong Kong of a non-resident person in respect of a trade, profession
or business carried on in Hong Kong cannot be readily ascertained, such
assessable profits may be computed on a fair percentage of the turnover of that
trade or business in Hong Kong.
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 30; 7 of 1975 s. 17; 7 of 1986 s. 12)





from cinematograph films,
patents, trademarks, etc.

The assessable profits of a person arising in or derived from Hong Kong in
respect of a sum deemed by section 15(1)(a) or (b) to be a receipt arising in or
derived from Hong Kong from a trade, profession or business carried on in
Hong Kong shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance and notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Part, be taken to be 10% of such sum.
(Added2of]97]s.14. Amended7of]975s. 18; 7of 1986s. 12)

22. Assessment of partnerships

(1) Where a trade, profession or business is carried on by 2 or more
persons jointly the assessable profits therefrom shall be computed in one sum
and the tax in respect thereof shall be charged in the partnership name.
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 31)
(2) The precedent partner shall make and deliver a statement of the
profits or losses of such trade, profession or business, on behalf of the
partnership, ascertained in accordance with the provisions of this Part relating
to the ascertainment of profits. Where no active partner is resident in Hong
Kong the return shall be furnished by the manager or agent of the partnership
in Hong Kong. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(3) If a change occurs in a partnership of persons carrying on any trade,
profession or business, by reason of retirement or death, or the dissolution of
the partnership as to one or more of the partners, or the admission of a new
partner, in such circumstances that one or more of the persons who until that
time were engaged in the trade, profession or business continue to be engaged
therein, or if a person previously engaged in any trade, profession or business
on his own account continues to be engaged in it, but as a partner in a
partnership, the tax payable by the person or persons who carry on the trade,
profession or business after that time shall, notwithstanding the change be
computed on what would otherwise have been the assessable profits of such
person or persons or the aggregation of such assessable profits as if no such
change had occurred: (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule; 36 of 1955 s. 31; 49 of
1956 s. 18; 7 of 1975 s. 19)
Provided that on application made in writing by all the persons engaged in
the trade, profession or business which was commenced before 1 April 1975
both immediately before and immediately after the change, and signed by all of
them or, in the case of a deceased person, by his legal representative, and
received by the assessor within 2 years after the change took place, the assessor
shall compute the profits for any year of assessment up to and including the
year commencing on 1 April 1974 as if the trade, profession or business had





been discontinued at the date of the change and a new trade, profession or
business had been then set up and commenced. (Amended 30 of 1950
Schedule; 49 of 1956 s. 18; 7 of 1975 s. 19)
(4) Tax upon the partnership shall be recoverable by all means provided
in this Ordinance out of the assets of the partnership, or from any partner.
(Amended 36 of 1955 s. 31)
(5) Tax may be assessed on the profits of a partnership notwithstanding
the cessation or dissolution of such partnership and shall be recoverable from
the former partners and from the assets of the partnership at the time of its
cessation.

profits or losses

(1) In order to ascertain the share of a partner of the assessable profits or
losses of a partnership, such assessable profits or losses for the relevant year of
assessment shall be apportioned amongst the persons who were partners during
the basis period in the ratio in which the profits or losses of the basis period for
that year of assessment were divided; and the profits or losses as so apportioned
shall constitute the shares of the assessable profits and losses of the individual
partners for that year of assessment.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), there shall be excluded from the
assessable profits of a partnership any loss brought forward under section
19C.
(3) For the purposes of this section-
(a)'partnership' does not include a partnership (other than a
partnership referred to in section 345(2) of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32)) consisting at any time in the year of
assessment of more than 20 partners;
(b)in calculating the number of partners in a partnership, there shall
be included every partner in any other partnership which is itself
a partner in the first-mentioned partnership. (Replaced 51 of
1978s.9)
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 20)

23. Ascertainment of assessable profits
of Nfe insurance corporations

(1) The assessable prQfits for any year of assessment of a corporation,
whether mutual or proprietary, from the business of life insurance, shall-
(a)be deemed to be 5% of the premiums from life insurance business
in Hong Kong of the corporation during the basis period for that
year; or(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)





(b)should the corporation so elect, be that part of the adjusted
surplus ascertained in accordance with the provisions of
subsections (2) to (7) deemed to arise in the basis period for that
year less any dividend received which is required to be excluded
by virtue of section 26(a): (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 19)
Provided that-
(i) any such election once made shall be irrevocable and in
addition shall be deemed to apply to all future years of
assessment;and (Added49of]956s.19)
(ii) until such part of the adjusted surplus is ascertained, the
assessable profits shall be calculated provisionally in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this subsection, and tax
charged and collected as if no such election had been made.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 19)
(2) A corporation which elects to be assessed in the manner provided in
subsection (1)(b) shall submit to the Commissioner a certified true copy of the
latest abstract of the report of the actuary submitted to the Insurance Authority
under section 18 of the Insurance Companies Ordinance (Cap. 41) or, in the
case of a corporation to which section 52(3) of that Ordinance applies, a copy
of the latest such abstract submitted under that section. (Replaced 11 of 1985
s.2)
(3) Any election under subsection (1)(b) shall be effective only if the
actuarial report is submitted not later than 2 years after the end of the period in
respect of which it is made. Where an effective election has been made it shall be
lawful to give effect to such election notwithstanding the provisions of section
70. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 19)
(4) (a) The surplus shall be the amount by which the life insurance fund
exceeds the estimated liability of the corporation on the life
insurance fund at the end of the period in respect of which any
actuarial report is made.
(b) The adjusted surplus shall be ascertained by adding to the
surplus-
(i) any deficit in respect of a period prior to the period in
respect of which the relevant actuarial report is made where
such deficit is included in such report;
(ii) any outgoing or expense charged against the life insurance
fund in the relevant actuarial report which is not such that it
would be allowed as a deduction in ascertaining assessable
profits under the provisions of section 16;
(iii) any expense disbursement or loss charged against the life
insurance fund in the relevant actuarial report which is such
that it would not be allowed as a deduction in ascertaining
assessable profits by reason of the provisions of section 17;





(iv) any income or profits of the corporation arising in the period
in respect of which the relevant actuarial report is made, not
being profits from the business of insurance other than fife
insurance, and not credited to the life insurance fund in such
report;
(v) any appropriations of profits or transfers to reserve charged
against the fund during the period in respect of which the
relevant actuarial report is made, other than appropriations
or transfers to policy holders in their capacity as such;
(va)the amount of a balancing charge directed to be made under
Part VI, (Added 7 of 1975 s. 21)
and by deducting therefrom-
(vi) any surplus disclosed by a previous actuarial report which
has been retained in the life insurance fund in the relevant
actuarial report;
(vii)any transfer or appropriation to policy holders in their
capacity as such, effected during the period in respect of
which the relevant actuarial report is made where such
transfer or appropriation has not been charged against the
life insurance fund in such report;
(viii) any outgoing or expenses not charged against the life
insurance fund during the period in respect of which the
relevant actuarial report is made which is such that it would
be deducted in ascertaining assessable profits under the
provisions of section 16;
(ix) any receipt of a capital nature, or transfer from reserve,
credited to the life insurance fund during the period in
respect of which the relevant actuarial report is made;
(x) the allowances provided by Part VI to the extent to which
the relevant assets are used in the production of the adjusted
surplus. (Added 7 of 1975 s. 21)
(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection (4) the adjusted
surplus of a corporation which transacts life insurance business both within
Hong Kong and elsewhere shall be the adjusted surplus ascertained in
accordance with the provisions of the said subsection (4) less that portion of
such adjusted surplus as is not deemed under the provisions of subsection (6) to
be profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(6) Where a corporation transacts life insurance business both within
Hong Kong and elsewhere, the portion of the adjusted surplus ascertained in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (4) which shall be deemed to be
profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong is the amount which bears the
same proportion to the adjusted surplus so ascertained as the aggregate of the
premiums from life insurance business in Hong Kong for the period of the





relevant actuarial report bears to the aggregate of the premiums from the whole
of the corporations life insurance business for that period. (Amended 7 of
1986s.12)
(7) Any adjusted surplus ascertained in accordance with the foregoing
provisions shall be deemed to arise during the years or other periods which
make up the period in respect of which the relevant actuarial report is made in
the proportion which the aggregate of the premiums from life insurance
business in Hong Kong in each such period bears to the aggregate of such
premiums for the total period in respect of which the relevant actuarial report is
made. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 19; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(8) (a)Where the making of the adjustments required by subsection (4)
results in a deficit, such deficit shall be deemed to be the loss
sustained by the corporation during the period in respect of
which the relevant actuarial report is made.
(b)In ascertaining for the purposes of sections 19 and 19C what part
of such loss so calculated is attributable to activities in Hong
Kong the provisions of subsections (5) and (6) shall apply mutatis
mutandis. (Amended 11 of 1985 s. 2)
(c)Any such loss attributable to activities in Hong Kong shall be
deemed to have been sustained during the years which make up
the period in respect of which the relevant actuarial report is
made in the proportion which the aggregate of the premiums
from life insurance business in Hong Kong in each such year
bears to the aggregate of such premiums for the total period
in respect of which the relevant actuarial report is made.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 19; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(9) In this section---
,,actuarial report' means any abstract referred to in subsection (2); (Added 11
of 1985 s. 2)
'life insurance business' means business of the following classes as specified in
Part 2 of Schedule 1 to the Insurance Companies Ordinance (Cap. 41)-
A Life and annuity;
B Marriage and birth;
C Linked long term;
E Tontines,
and references to a 9ife insurance fund' shall be construed accordingly;
(Replaced 11 of 1985 s. 2)
'premiums from life insurance business in Hong KonJ includes-
(a)all premiums received or receivable in Hong Kong from both
residents and non-residents; and
(b)all premiums receivable outside Hong Kong from residents of Hong
Kong where such premiums are in respect of policies the proposals
for which were received by the corporation in Hong Kong:





Provided that any such premiums returned to the insured and any
corresponding premiums paid on reinsurance shall be deducted from the
premiums so receivable. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 32)

insurance corporations other than
life insurance corporations

(1) The assessable profits of a corporation, whether mutual or
proprietary, from the business of insurance other than life insurance, shall be
ascertained by taking the gross premiums from such insurance business in
Hong Kong less any such premiums returned to the insured and any premiums
paid on corresponding reinsurance and adding thereto any interest or other
income arising in or derived from Hong Kong and the amount of any
balancing charge directed to be made under Part VI, and deducting therefrom
a reserve for unexpired risks at the percentage adopted by that corporation in
relation to its operations as a whole for such risks at the end of the period for
which such profits are ascertained, and adding thereto a reserve similarly
calculated for unexpired risks outstanding at the commencement of such
period, and from the amount so arrived at deducting the actual losses less the
amount recoverable in respect thereof under reinsurance, the agency expenses
in Hong Kong and the allowances provided under Part VI to the extent to
which the relevant assets are used in the production of such profits, and a fair
proportion of the expenses of the head office of the corporation: (Amended
49 of 1956 s. 20; 7 of 1975 s. 22)
Provided that where the Commissioner is satisfied that, by reason of the
limited extent of such business transacted in Hong Kong by a non-resident
insurance corporation it would be unreasonable to require such corporation to
furnish the particulars necessary for the application of this section, he may
permit the assessable profits of the corporation to be ascertained by reference to
the proportion of the total profits and income of the corporation corresponding
to the proportion which its premiums from insurance business in Hong Kong
bear to its total premiums or on any other basis which appears to him to be
equitable.
(2) For the purposes of this section 'premiums from insurance business in
Hong Kong' shall include-
(a)all premiums in respect of contracts of insurance other than life
insurance made in Hong Kong; and
(b)all premiums on contracts of insurance other than life insurance
the proposals for which were made to the corporation in Hong
Kong. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 20)
(Added36 of 1955 s. 33.Amended 7of 1986s. 12)





23AA. Mutual insurance corporations

For the purposes of this Part, a mutual insurance corporation shall be
deemed to carry on an insurance business the surplus from which shall
be ascertained in the manner provided in sections 23 and 23A for ascertaining
assessable profits and shall be deemed to be assessable profits chargeable to tax
under section 14.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 15)

23B. Ascertaimnent of the assessable
profits of a resident ship-owner

(1) Where a person carries on a business as an owner of ships and
either---
(a)the business is normally controlled or managed from within
Hong Kong; or
(b) such person is a company incorporated in Hong Kong,
such person shall be deemed to be carrying on that business in Hong Kong and
the assessable profits from that business for any year of assessment shall be the
sum bearing the same ratio to the aggregate of the sums receivable during the
basis period for such year of assessment by such person in respect of the
carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods shipped in Hong Kong, in
respect of outward towage undertaken from Hong Kong and in respect of
charter hire other than charter hire attributable to a permanent establishment
maintained by such person outside Hong Kong as his total profits for the basis
period bear to the aggregate of the total sums receivable by him during that
period in respect of the carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods, in
respect of towage and in respect of charter hire: (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 12)
Provided that in calculating the sums receivable in respect of the carriage
of passengers, mails, livestock and goods shipped in Hong Kong nothing shall
be included in respect of the shipment of goods brought to Hong Kong solely
for transhipment unless the outward freight is payable in Hong Kong.
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) In this section-
'business as an owner of ships' does not include dealing in ships or agency
business in connection with shipping; (Added2of]97]s.15)
'charter hire' means sums receivable by a ship-owner under a charter party
which is either a bare boat, voyage or time charter and under which there is
a demise of the ship; (Amended 2 of 1971 s. 15)
,,owner' includes a charterer;
'permanent establishment' means a branch, management or other place of
business, but does not include an agency unless the agent has, and
habitually exercises, a general authority to negotiate and conclude
contracts on behalf of his principal;





',ship' includes aircraft;
'total profits' for any period means the world profits of a person from his
business as an owner of ships as shown by his accounts for such period:
Provided that where the said total profits have been computed on a
basis which differs materially from that prescribed in this Part for the
ascertainment of assessable profits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax, such profits shall be adjusted so as to correspond as
nearly as may be to the sum which would have been arrived at had they
been computed in accordance with the provisions of this Part relating to
the ascertainment of assessable profits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax. (Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 23)
(3) For the purposes of this section, a sum receivable by a ship-owner
under a charter party other than a bare boat, voyage or time charter under
which there is a demise of the ship, shall be taken to be receivable from the
carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods or in respect of towage.
(Added 2 of 1971 s. 15)
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 21)

of a non-resident ship-owner

(1) Where a person to whom the provisions of section 23B do not apply
carries on a business as an owner of ships and any ship owned or chartered by
him calls at Hong Kong such person shall be deemed to be carrying on that
business in Hong Kong, and the assessable profits from such business for any
year of assessment shall be the sum bearing the same ratio to the aggregate of
the sums receivable during the basis period for such year of assessment by such
person in respect of the carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods
shipped in Hong Kong, in respect of outward towage undertaken from Hong
Kong and in respect of charter hire attributable to a permanent establishment
maintained by such person in Hong Kong as his total profits for the basis
period bear to the aggregate of the total sums receivable by him during that
period in respect of the carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods, in
respect of towage and in respect of charter hire: (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 13)
Provided that in calculating the sums receivable in respect of the carriage
of passengers, mails, livestock and goods shipped in Hong Kong nothing shall
be included in respect of the shipment of goods brought to Hong Kong solely
for transhipment unless the outward freight is payable in Hong Kong.
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) Where in the opinion of the assessor the provisions in subsection (1)
for computing assessable profits cannot for any reason be satisfactorily applied
in the case of any particular person, the assessable profits of such person for
any year of assessment may be computed on a fair percentage of the aggregate





of the sums receivable during the basis period for such year of assessment by
such person in respect of the carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods
shipped in Hong Kong, in respect of outward towage undertaken from Hong
Kong and in respect of charter hire attributable to a permanent establishment
maintained by such person in Hong Kong: (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 13; 7 of
1986s.12)
Provided that where the profits of any person have been assessed for any
year of assessment in accordance with this subsection, such person shall,
notwithstanding the provisions of section 70, be entitled to claim at any time
within 2 years of the end of such year of assessment that his assessable profits
for that year be recomputed on the basis provided by subsection (1) of this
section.
(3) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that the call of a ship owned or
chartered by a person to whom the provisions of this section apply is casual and
that further calls at Hong Kong by that ship or others in the same ownership
are improbable, he may in his discretion direct that such person shall not be
deemed to be carrying on business in Hong Kong by reason of such casual call.
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(4) The master of any ship owned by a person to whom the provisions of
this section apply shall, though not to the exclusion of any other agent, be
deemed to be the agent of such person.
(5) In this section-
'business as an owner of ships' does not include dealing in ships or agency
business in connection with shipping; (Added2of]97]s.16)
'charter hire' means sums receivable by a ship-owner under a charter party
which is either a bare boat, voyage or time charter and under which there is
adernise of the ship; (Amended2of]97]s.16)
,,owner' includes a charterer;
'permanent establishment' means a branch, management or other place of
business, but does not include an agency unless the agent has, and
habitually exercises, a general authority to negotiate and conclude
contracts on behalf of his principal;
'ship' includes aircraft;
'total profits' for any period means the world profits of a person from his
business as an owner of ships as shown by his accounts for such period:
Provided that where the said total profits have been computed on a
basis which differs materially from that prescribed in this Part for the
ascertainment of assessable profits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax, such profits shall be adjusted so as to correspond as
nearly as may be to the sum which would have been arrived at had they
been computed in accordance with the provisions of this Part relating to
the ascertainment of assessable profits in respect of which a person is
chargeable to tax.(Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 24)





(6) For the purposes of this section, a sum receivable by a ship-owner
under a charter party other than a bare boat, voyage or time charter under
which there is a demise of the ship, shall be taken to be receivable from the
carriage of passengers, mails, livestock and goods or in respect of towage.
(Added2 of 1971 s. 16)
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 2 1)

24. Clubs, trade associations, etc.

(1) Where a person carries on a club or similar institution which receives
from its members not less than half of its gross receipts on revenue account
(including entrance fees and subscriptions), such person shall be deemed not to
carry on a business; but where less than half of its gross receipts are received
from members, the whole of the income from transactions both with members
and others (including entrance fees and subscriptions) shall be deemed to be
receipts from a business, and such person shall be chargeable in respect of the
profits therefrom. (Amended 36 of 1955 s. 23; 49 of 1956 s. 22)
(2) Where a person carries on a trade, professional or business association
in such circumstances that more than half its receipts by way of subscriptions
are from persons who claim or would be entitled to claim that such sums
were allowable deductions for the purposes of section 16, such person shall be
deemed to carry on a business, and the whole of the income of such association
from transactions both with members and others (including entrance fees and
subscriptions) shall be deemed to be receipts from business, and such person
shall be chargeable in respect of the profits therefrom. (Amended 36 of
1955 s. 34; 2 of 1971 s. 17,.40 of 1972 s. 3)
(3) In this section, 'members' means those persons entitled to vote at
a general meeting of the club, or similar institution, or trade, professional or
business association. (Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 34. Amended40of]972s.3)

25. Deduction of property tax from profits tax

Where property tax is payable for any year of assessment under Part 11
in respect of any land or buildings owned by a person carrying on a trade,
profession or business, any profits tax payable by such person in respect of that
year of assessment shall be reduced by a sum not exceeding the amount of such
property tax paid by him:
Provided that-
(a)no reduction shall be allowed unless either the profits derived
from such property are part of the profits of the trade, profession
or business carried on by such person or the property is occupied





or used by him for the purposes of producing profits in respect of
which he is chargeable to tax under this Part; (Replaced 11 of
1961 s. 5. Amended 35 of 1965 s. 14)
(b)if the amount of property tax paid for a year of assessment
exceeds the profits tax payable, the amount so paid in excess shall
be refunded in accordance with the provisions of section 79;
(Replaced 11 of 1961 s. 5)
(c)where property tax for the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1960, or earlier years, exceeded the profits tax payable for
such years the amount of the excess shall be set ofr against the
profits tax payable for the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1961, after deduction of the property tax paid for that year
and any balance left over shall be carried forward and set off
in like manner against the profits tax payable for the next
succeeding years. (Replaced 11 of 1961 s. 5)
(Replaced 3 of 1949 s. 9)

26.Exclusion of certain dividends and profits from
the assessable profits of other persons

For the purposes of this Part-
(a)a dividend from a corporation which is chargeable to tax under
this Part shall not be included in the profits in respect of which
any other person is chargeable to tax under this Part; and
(b)save as otherwise provided no part of the profits or losses of
a trade, profession or business carried on by a person who is
chargeable to tax under this Part shall be included in ascertaining
the profits in respect of which any other person is chargeable to
tax under this Part. (Added2of]97]s.18)
(Replaced 16 of 1951 s. 5. Amended 28 of 1964 s. 10; 2 of 1971 s. 18; 7
of 1975 s. 25; 62 of 1975 s. 2)

26A. Exclusion of certain profits from tax

(1) For the purposes of this Part-
(a)interest paid or payable on a Tax Reserve Certificate issued by
the Commissioner;
(b)interest paid or payable on a Government bond issued under the
Loans (Government Bonds) Ordinance (Cap. 64); and
____~c) any profit on the salg~)f such a Government bond,
shall no-t'be included in the profits of any corporation or other person
chargeable to tax under this Part.





(1A) (a) For the purposes of this Part-
(i) the profits on the disposal of securities by trustees; and
(ii) sums received or accrued to trustees by way of interest,
where the trustees are trustees under a unit trust authorized
under section 15 of the Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333), shall not
be included in the profits of any corporation or other person
chargeable to tax under this Part. (Replaced 36 of 1984 s. 5)
(b) In this subsection
'securities' includes any negotiable receipt or other negotiable
certificate or document evidencing the deposit of a sum
of money, or any rights or interests arising under any
such receipt, certificate or document; but otherwise has the
same meaning as in section 2(1) of the Securities Ordinance
(Cap. 333); and
'unit trust' has the same meaning as in section 2(1) of the
Securities Ordinance (Cap. 333).
(c)Notwithstanding section 70, this subsection applies to any year
of assessment commencing before, on or after 1 April 1983.
(Added 13 of 1983 s. 2)
(2) (Repealed 17 of 1989 s. 6)
(Replaced 62 of 1975 s. 3)

27. (Repealed 51 of 1978 s. 9) '

PART V

(Repealed 17 of 1989 s. 7)

PART VI

DEPRECIATION, ETC.

34.Initial and annual allowances, industrial
buildings and structures

(1) Where a person incurs capital expenditure on the construction of a
building or structure which is to be an industrial building or structure
occupied for the purposes of a trade there shall be made to the person who
incurred the expenditure for the year of assessment in the basis period for
which the expenditure was incurred an allowance to be known as an 'initial
allowance' equal to one-fifth thereof.. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule; 35 of
1965s.17)





Provided that-
(a)no initial allowance shall be made for the 8 successive years of
assessment commencing on 1 April in each of the years 1957 to
1964;
(b)where any initial allowance has been made in relation to capital
expenditure on a building or structure under this subsection
before such building or structure comes to be used and when it
first comes to be used it is not an industrial building or structure,
such allowance shall be disallowed and such additional
assessments as may be necessary consequent thereon shall be
made. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 17(2) (a)Where any person is, at the end of the basis period for any year
of assessment, entitled to an interest in a building or structure
which is an industrial building or structure and where that
interest is the relevant interest in relation to the capital
expenditure incurred on the construction of that building or
structure an allowance for depreciation by wear and tear, to
be known as an 'annual allowance', equal to one-twenty-fifth
of that expenditure shall be made to him for that year of
assessment. (Amended36of]955s.41;35of]965s.17)
(b)Where the interest in a building or structure, which is the relevant
interest in relation to any expenditure, is sold while the building
or structure is an industrial building or structure the annual
allowance, in the years of assessment the basis periods for which
end after the time of that sale shall be computed by reference to
the residue of expenditure immediately after the sale and shall be
the fraction of the said residue the numerator of which is 2, where
the building or structure was first used before the commencement
of the basis period for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1965, and one, where the building or structure was first
used on or after the commencement of such basis period, and
the denominator of which is the number of years of assessment
comprised in the period which-
(i)begins with the first year of assessment for which the buyer is
entitled to an annual allowance or would be so entitled if the
building or structure had at all material times continued to
be an industrial building or structure; and
(ii) ends with the year of assessment which, where the building
or structure was first used before the commencement of the
basis period for the year of assessment commencing on
1 April 1965, is the 50th year after the year in which the
building or structure was first used, and where the building
or structure was first used on or after such basis period,





is the 25th year after the year of assessment in which the
building or structure was first used, and so on for any
subsequent sales. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 17)
(c)Notwithstanding anything in the preceding provisions of this
section, in no case shall the amount of an annual allowance for
any year of assessment in respect of any expenditure exceed such
as, apart from the writing off falling to be made by reason of
the making of that allowance, would be the residue of that
expenditure at the end of his basis period for that year of
assessment.

35. Balancing allowances and charges, industrial
buildings and structures

(1) Where any capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction
of a buileing or structure and any of the following events occurs while the
building or structure is an industrial building or structure, that is to say-
(Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(a) the relevant interest in the building or structure is sold; or
(b)that interest, being a leasehold interest, comes to an end
otherwise than on the person entitled thereto acquiring the
interest which is reversionary thereon; or
(c)the building or structure is demolished or destroyed or, without
being demolished or destroyed, ceases altogether to be used,
an allowance or charge, to be known as a 'balancing allowance' or a
'balancing charge' shall, in the circumstances mentioned in this section, be
made to or, as the case may be, on the person entitled to the relevant interest
immediately before that event occurs for the year of assessment in his basis
period for which that event occurs:
Provided that no balancing allowance shall be made to any person where
the building or structure is demolished for purposes unconnected with or not in
the ordinary course of conduct of the trade or business for the purposes of
which the building or structure was used in circumstances qualifying for annual
allowances under section 34. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 18)
(2) Where there are no sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys,
or where the residue of the expenditure immediately before the event exceeds
those moneys, a balancing allowance shall be made and the amount thereof
shall be the amount of the said residue or, as the case may be, of the excess
thereof over the said moneys.
(3) If the sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys exceed the
residue, if any, of the expenditure immediately before the event, a balancing
charge shall be made and the amount on which it is made shall be an amount
equal to the excess or, where the residue is nil, to the said moneys.





(4) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (3), in no case shall the
amount on which a balancing charge is made on a person exceed the aggregate
of the following amounts, that is to say-
(a)the amount of the initial allowance, if any, made to him in respect
of the expenditure in question;
(b)the amount of the annual allowances, if any, made to him in
respect of the expenditure in question.

35A. Special provisions on termination
of leasehold interest

Where, on the termination of a leasehold interest-
(a)a lessee of any building or structure remains in possession thereof
with the consent of the lessor without a new lease being granted
to him, the leasehold interest shall be deemed for the purposes of
this Part to continue so long as he so remains in possession;
(b)a new lease is granted to the lessee either by way of regrant or in
pursuance of an option available to him under the terms of the
first lease, this Part shall have effect as if the second lease were a
continuation of the first lease.
(Added 2 of 1971 s. 27)

35B. Buildings and structures bought unused

Where capital expenditure is incurred on the construction of a building or
structure and, before that building or structure is used, the relevant interest
therein is sold- '
(a)the expenditure actually incurred on the construction thereof
shall be left out of account for the purposes of this Part and any
initial allowance made under section 34 shall be disallowed and
such additional assessments as may be necessary consequent
thereon shall be made; but
(b) (i)in a case where the person who sells that interest incurred
that expenditure and made that sale in the course of a trade
which consists, in whole or part, in the construction or
development of buildings or structures for the purpose of
sale, the person who buys that interest shall be deemed for
those purposes to have incurred, on the date when the
purchase price becomes payable, capital expenditure on the
construction thereof equal to the net price paid by him for
that interest; and
(ii) in any other case, the person who buys that interest shall
be deemed for those purposes to have incurred, on the





date when the purchase price becomes payable, capital
expenditure on the construction thereof equal to the
expenditure actually incurred on the construction of the
building or structure or to the net price paid by him for that
interest, whichever is the less: (Replaced 29 of 1982 s. 7)
Provided that-
(a)where in a case to which paragraph (b)(i) applies the relevant
interest in the building or structure is sold more than once before
the building or structure is used, only the person who buys that
interest on the occasion of the last of those sales shall be deemed
to have incurred capital expenditure on the construction of the
building or structure and that capital expenditure shall be equal
to the net price paid on the first sale or the net price paid by him,
whichever is the less;
(b)where in a case to which paragraph (b)(ii) applies the relevant
interest in the building or structure is sold more than once before
the building or structure is used, that paragraph shall have effect
only in relation to the last of those sales. (Replaced 29 of 1982
s. 7)
(Added 2 of 1971 s. 27)

36.Rebuilding allowance for a commercial
building or structure

Where at the end of the basis period for any year of assessment a person is
entitled to an interest in a commercial building or structure and where that
interest is the relevant interest in relation to the capital expenditure incurred on
the construction of that building or structure, an allowance to be known as a
'rebuilding allowance' equal to three quarters of 1 % of the capital expenditure
incurred on the construction of such building or structure shall be made to him
for that year of assessment.
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 42. Amended 26 of 1969 s. 18)

36A. Application of provisions to machinery or plant

(1) Except where otherwise provided, in relation to the initial and annual
allowances on machinery or plant-
(a) sections 37, 37A, 38 and 39 shall apply to the years of assessment
up to and including the year of assessment commencing on 1
April 1979; and
(b)sections 3913, 39C and 39D shall apply to the year of assessment
commencing on 1 April 1980 and to subsequent years of
assessment.





(2) Where in relation to any machinery or plant the Commissioner is
satisfied that in respect of any year of assessment commencing on or after 1
April 1980 the application of any of the provisions of the sections referred to
in subsection (1)(b) is impracticable or inequitable, he may direct that the
provisions of the sections referred to in subsection (1)(a) shall apply to the
extent and for the duration specified in the direction.
(3) Where under subsection (2) the Commissioner directs that the
provisions of section 37 shall apply to any machinery or plant in respect of-
(a)the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1980, the initial
allowance shall be equal to 35% of the expenditure referred to in
subsection (1) of that section;
(b)any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1981,
the initial allowance shall be equal to 55% of the expenditure
referred to in subsection (1) of that section. (Replaced 29 of
1982s.8)
(Added 63 of 1980 s. 2)

37. Initial and annual allowances, machinery or plant
(1) Where a person carrying on a trade, profession or business incurs
capital expenditure on the provision of machinery or plant for the purposes
of producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV then, except where such
expenditure is expenditure of a kind described in section 16B(I)(b), there
shall be made to him, for the year of assessment in the basis period for which
the expenditure is incurred, an allowance, to be known as an 'initial
allowance'. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule; 35 of 1965 s. 19; 26 of 1969
s. 19; 23 of 1974 s. 2)
(IA) For the purposes of subsection (1), the initial allowance shall be-
(a)in respect of a year of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1973, equal to one-fifth of the
expenditure referred to in subsection (1); and
(b)in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974
and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including the
year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1979, equal to
one-quarter of such expenditure. (Added 23 of 1974 s. 2.
Amended 32 of 1981 s. 4)
(2) Where at the end of the basis period for any year of assessment a
person owns and has in use machinery or plant for the purposes of producing
profits chargeable to tax under Part IV there shall be made to him in respect
of that year of assessment an allowance to be known as an 'annual allowance'
for depreciation by wear and tear of those assets. The allowance shall be
calculated at the rates prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue and shall be
computed on the reducing value of the asset, which shall be the cost of the asset
reduced by-





(a)any initial allowance computed in accordance with the provisions
of this section; and
(b)by the annual allowances computed under the provisions of this
section:
Provided that-
(a)where the asset was acquired before the basis period in respect of
the year of assessment 1947/48 the value at the end of the basis
period shall be computed by deducting from the amount paid
for the asset by its present owner annual allowances as if
this subsection had been in force during the whole period of
ownership of the asset excluding any period during which the
owner was deprived of the use of the asset by reason of enemy
occupation;
(b)the Commissioner may in his discretion allow a higher rate than
that prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue. (Amended 16
of 1951 s. 7,-35 of 1965 s. 19; 26 of 1969 s. 19)
(M) For the purposes of subsection (2), in any case where machinery or
plant is owned and used by a person for any period immediately before he uses it for
the purposes of producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV, 'cost of the
asset' means the sum computed by deducting from the actual cost the notional
amount of the annual allowances which would have been made under subsection
(2) to the owner if since acquiring the asset he had used it for the purpose of
producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV. (Added26of]969s.19)
(3) Nothing in subsection (2) shall apply in respect of any machinery or
plant owned and used by a person for the purposes of his trade or business
where such machinery or plant represents scientific research expenditure of
a capital nature which pursuant to section 16B(I)(b) has been allowed as a
deduction in ascertaining the profits from such trade or business in respect
of which such person in chargeable to tax under Part IV for any year of
assessment. (Added35of]965s.19)
(4) If a person succeeds to any trade, profession or business which
immediately before the succession-
(a) was carried on by another person; and
(b)made use of machinery or plant for the purpose of producing
profits chargeable to tax under Part IV,
and, immediately after the succession, such machinery or plant, without being
sold to the successor, is in use in that trade, profession or business for the same
purpose, the reduced value of such machinery or plant shall, for the purpose of
computing annual allowances under subsection (2), be taken to be the reduced
value thereof still unallowed to that other person as at the time of the
succession. (Added2of]97]s.28)
(5) Notwithstanding subsection (4), no initial allowance shall be made
under this Part by virtue of subsection (4). (Added2of]97]s.28)





and plant acquired under hire purchase agreement

(1) Where a person carrying on a trade, profession or business incurs
capital expenditure under a hire purchase agreement on the provision of
machinery or plant for the purposes of producing profits chargeable to tax
under Part IV then, except where such expenditure is expenditure of a kind
described in section 16B(I)(b), there shall be made to him for each year of
assessment in the basis period for which he has made an instalment payment
under such agreement, an initial allowance. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 20; 26 of
1969 s. 20; 23 of 1974 s. 3)
(IA) For the purposes of subsection (1), the initial allowance shall be-
(a)in respect of a year of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1973, equal to one-fifth of the
capital portion only of the instalment payment referred to in
subsection (1);
(b)in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April
1974 and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1979, equal to
one-quarter of the capital portion only of such payment;
(c)in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1980
equal to 35% of the capital portion only of such payment;
(Replaced 29 of 1982 s. 9)
(d)in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1981
and all subsequent years of assessment up to and including the
year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1988, equal to 55% of
the capital portion only of such payment; and (Added29 of
1982 s. 9. Amended 17 of 1989 s. 8)
(e)in respect of any year of assessment commencing on or after 1
April 1989, equal to 60% of the capital portion only of such
payment. (Added 17 of 1989 s. 8)
(2) Where at the end of the basis period for any year of assessment a
person has in use for the purposes of producing profits chargeable to tax under
Part IV, machinery or plant acquired by him under a hire purchase agreement
there shall be made to him in respect of that year of assessment an annual
allowance for depreciation by wear and tear on such machinery or plant.
(Amended 26 of 1969 s. 20)
(3) An annual allowance under this section shall be calculated at rates
prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue and shall be computed on the
reducing value of such machinery or plant which shall be the full cost thereof,
excluding any interest which may be included in such cost under the terms
of the agreement and reduced by any initial or previous annual allowances
computed under this section:(Amended 35 of 1965 s. 20)





Provided that the Commissioner may in his discretion allow a higher rate
than that prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue.
(4) Nothing in subsection (2) shall apply in respect of any machinery or
plant used by a person for the purposes of his trade or business where such
machinery or plant represents scientific research expenditure of a capital nature
which pursuant to section 16B(I)(b) has been allowed as a deduction in
ascertaining the profits from such trade or business in respect of which such
person is chargeable to tax under Part IV for any year of assessment. (Added
35 of 1965 s. 20)
(Added36 of 1955 s. 43)

38. Balancing allowances and charges,
machinery or plant

(1) Where any of the following events occurs in the case of any machinery
or plant in respect of which an initial allowance or an annual allowance
has been made for any year of assessment to a person carrying on a trade,
profession or business, that is to say, either- (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(a) the machinery or plant is sold, whether while still in use or not; or
(b) the machinery or plant is destroyed; or
(c)the machinery or plant is put out of use as being worn out or
obsolete or otherwise useless or no longer required,
and the event in question occurs either whilst the person is carrying on his
trade, profession or business or at the time when he ceases so to do, an
allowance or charge, to be known as a 'balancing allowance' or a 'balancing
charge', shall in the circumstances mentioned in this section, be made to or, as
the case may be, on that person for the year of assessment in his basis period for
which that event occurs. (Amended 36 of 1955 s. 44)
(2) Where there are no sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys
or where the amount of the capital expenditure of the person in question on the
provision of the plant or machinery still unallowed as at the time of the event
exceeds those moneys, a balancing allowance shall be made, and the amount
thereof shall be the amount of the expenditure still unallowed as aforesaid or, as
the case may be, the excess thereof over the said moneys; but in a case where an
annual allowance has been computed on the cost of the asset as determined in
accordance with section 37(2A), the cost of the asset as computed in accordance
with that subsection shall be deemed to be the capital expenditure for the
purposes of this subsection and in a case where an annual allowance has been
computed in accordance with section 37(4), the reduced value used for the
purpose of that subsection shall be deemed to be the capital expenditure for the
purposes of this subsection. (Amended26of 1969s. 21; 2 of 1971 s. 29)
(3) If the sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys exceed the
amount, if any, of the said expenditure still unallowed as at the time of the





event, a balancing charge shall be made, and the amount on which it is made
shall be an amount equal to the excess or, where the said amount still unallowed
is nil, to the said moneys.
(4) Where by reason of a person ceasing to carry on his trade, profession
or business, machinery or plant in respect of which an initial or an annual
allowance has been made is put out of use, such person shall be deemed to
have received immediately prior to such cessation, sale moneys for such
machinery or plant of such an amount as the Commissioner may consider it
would have realized had it been sold in the open market at the time of
cessation:
Provided that if such person sells such machinery or plant within 12
months of the date of cessation he may claim the adjustment of any balancing
allowance or charge which may have been made to or on him as if such sale had
taken place immediately prior to the date of cessation and notwithstanding the
provisions of section 70 an assessor shall make any necessary correction to any
assessment. (Added36 of 1955 s. 44. Amended35of]965s.21)
(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, in no case shall
the amount on which a balancing charge is made on a person exceed the
aggregate of the following amounts, that is to say- (Amended 36 of 1955
s.44)
(a)the amount of the initial allowance, if any, made to him in respect
of the expenditure in question;
(b)the amount of the annual allowances, if any, made to him in
respect of the expenditure in question, including any allowance
computed under proviso (b) to section 37(2) at a rate higher than
that prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue. (Amended3of
1949s.13)

38A. Determination of cost of individual
assets sold together for one price

Where assets which qualify for initial or annual allowances under this Part
are sold together or with other assets in pursuance of one bargain the
Commissioner shall for the purposes of the calculation of the allowances and
charges provided for in this Part, and having regard to all the circumstances of
the transaction allocate a purchase price to each individual asset.
(Added36 of 1955 s. 45)

38B. Commissioner's power to determine
the true value of an asset on sale

Where an asset which qualifies for initial or annual allowances is sold,
and-





(a) the buyer is a person over whom the seller has control; or
(b) the seller is a person over whom the buyer has control; or
(e)both the seller and the buyer are persons over both of whom
some other person has control; or
(d)the sale is between a husband and wife, not being a wife living
apart from her husband, (Added 71 of 1983 s. 18)
the Commissioner shall, if he is of the opinion that the sale price of such asset
does not represent its true market value at the time of such sale, determine such
true market value and the amount so determined shall be deemed to be the sale
price of such asset for the purpose of calculating the allowances and charges
provided for in this Part.
(Added36 of 1955 s. 45)

38C. Special provision as to allowances
on a change in partnership

Where a change occurs in a partnership of persons carrying on any trade,
profession or business and an application made in accordance with the
provisions of the proviso to section 22(3) has been properly received by an
assessor the provisions of this Part shall apply as if no such change had
occurred except that any annual and rebuilding allowances in respect of assets
of the old partnership acquired by the new partnership granted for the year of
assessment in which such assets were acquired by the new partnership, shall be
apportioned pro rata between the old and the new partnership.
(Added36 of 1955 s. 45. Amended49of]956s.27)

39. Replacement of machinery or plant

Where machinery or plant in the case of which any of the events mentioned
in section 38(1) has occurred is replaced by the owner thereof and a balancing
charge falls to be made on him by reason of that event or, but for the provisions
of this section, would have fallen to be made on him by reason thereof, then, if
by notice in writing to the Commissioner he so elects, the following provisions
shall have effect, that is to say- (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(a)if the amount on which the charge would have been made is
greater than the capital expenditure on providing the new
machinery or plant-
(i) the charge shall be made only on an amount equal to the
difference; and
(ii) no initial allowance, no balancing allowance and no annual
allowance shall be made or allowed in respect of the new
machinery or plant or the expenditure on the provision
thereof; and





(iii) in considering whether any, and, if so, what balancing
charge falls to be made in respect of the expenditure on the
new machinery or plant, there shall be deemed to have been
made in respect of that expenditure an initial allowance
equal to the full amount of that expenditure;
(b) if the capital expenditure on providing the new machinery or
plant is equal to or greater than the amount on which the charge
would have been made~-
(i) the charge shall not be made; and
(ii) the amount of any initial allowance in respect of the said
expenditure shall be calculated as if the expenditure had
been reduced by the amount on which the charge would
have been made; and
(iii) in considering what annual allowance is to be made in
respect of the new machinery or plant, there shall be left out
of account a proportion of the machinery or plant equal to
the proportion which the amount on which the charge would
have been made bears to the amount of the said expenditure;
and
(iv) in considering whether any and, if so, what balancing
allowance or balancing charge falls to be made in respect of
the new machinery or plant, the initial allowance in respect
thereof shall be deemed to have been increased by an
amount equal to the amount on which the charge would
have been made.

of subsequent allowances

Where, by virtue of section 12(2), 1817(1) or 19E(I), the amount of any
allowance provided for under this Part is reduced, such reduction shall not
affect the calculation of subsequent allowances which shall be computed in the
first place as if the full amount of the allowance had been granted and shall then
where appropriate be apportioned in relation to the extent to which the relevant
assets are or have been used in the production of assessable income or
assessable profits.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 27)

or plant under the pooling system

(1) Where a person carrying on a trade, profession or business incurs
capital expenditure on the provision of machinery or plant for the purposes of





producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV then, except where such
expenditure is expenditure of a kind described in section 16B(1)(b), there shall
be made to him, for the year of assessment in the basis period for which the
expenditure is incurred, an allowance, to be known as an 'initial allowance'.
(Amended32of 1981 s. 6)
(IA) For the purposes of subsection (1), the initial allowance shall be
equal to the following percentages of the expenditure referred to in that
subsection-
(a) for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1980, 35%;
(b)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1981 and all
subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1988,55%; (Replaced29of
1982 s. 10. Amended 17 of 1989 s. 9)
(c)for any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1989,
60%. (Added 17 of 1989 s. 9)
(2) Where during the basis period for any year of assessment or during
the basis period for any earlier year of assessment a person owns or has owned
and has in use or has had in use any machinery or plant for the purposes of
producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV, there shall be made to him in
respect of each class of machinery or plant for that year of assessment an
allowance, to be known as an 'annual allowance', for depreciation by wear and
tear of such machinery or plant. (AmendedL.N. 262of 1985)
(3) The annual allowance shall be calculated at the rates of depreciation
prescribed by the Board of Inland Revenue and shall be computed on the
reducing value of each class of machinery or plant.
(4) Subject to subsections (5), (6) and (7), the reducing value of a class of
machinery or plant shall be the aggregate capital expenditure incurred on the
provision of the machinery or plant belonging to that class reduced by-
(a)the aggregate of any initial allowances computed in accordance
with section 37 in respect of any machinery or plant belonging to
that class;
(b)the aggregate of any annual allowances computed in accordance
with section 37 in respect of any machinery or plant belonging to
that class;
(c)the aggregate of any initial allowances computed in accordance
with this section in respect of any machinery or plant belonging
to that class;
(d) any annual allowance computed in accordance with this section;
(e)any sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys received in
respect of any machinery or plant belonging to that class; and
(f)any reducing value of machinery or plant excluded from the total
reducing value of a class of machinery or plant under section
39Q3).





(5) Where, prior to the commencement of the Inland Revenue
(Amendment) (No. 4) Ordinance 1980 (63 of 1980), any machinery or plant has
been the subject of a balancing allowance or balancing charge computed in
accordance with section 38, such machinery or plant shall, for the purposes of
subsection (4), be excluded from the class of machinery or plant.
(6) Where any machinery or plant is owned and used by a person for any
period immediately before he uses it for the purposes of producing profits
chargeable to tax under Part IV, the capital expenditure incurred on the
provision of the machinery or plant for the purposes of subsection (4) shall be
computed by deducting from the actual cost the notional amount of the annual
allowances which would have been made under section 37 to the owner if since
acquiring the machinery or plant he had used it for the purpose of producing
profits chargeable to tax under Part IV.
(7) If a person succeeds to any trade, profession or business which
immediately before the succession-
(a) was carried on by another person; and
(b)the machinery or plant that was used at any time by that other
person for the purpose of producing profits chargeable to tax
under Part IV is not sold to the successor,
the reducing value of such machinery or plant shall, for the purpose of
computing annual allowances under subsection (3), be taken to be the reducing
value thereof still unallowed to that other person as at the time of succession.
(8) Notwithstanding subsection (7), no initial allowance shall be made
under this Part by virtue of subsection (7).
(9) No annual allowance shall be made where the reductions made under
subsection (4) exceed the aggregate capital expenditure incurred on the
provision of the class of machinery or plant.
(10) Nothing in subsection (2) shall apply in respect of any machinery or
plant owned and used by a person for the purposes of his trade or business where
such machinery or plant represents scientific research expenditure of a capital
nature which pursuant to section 16B(I)(b) has been allowed as a deduction in
ascertaining the profits from such trade or business in respect of which such person
is chargeable to tax under Part IV for any year of assessment.
(11) The Commissioner may in his discretion allow a higher rate of
depreciation in respect of any class of machinery or plant than that prescribed
by the Board of Inland Revenue.
(Added 63 of 1980 s. 3)

39C. Pooling system when not to apply

(1) The provisions of this Part which applied immediately prior to the
commencement of the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 4) Ordinance 1980
(63 of 1980) shall continue to apply-





(a)subject to subsection (2), in respect of machinery or plant to
which section 37A applies;
(b) in respect of machinery or plant to which section 39A applies.
(2) Where, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a hire purchase
agreement, machinery or plant to which section 37A applies passes into the
ownership of the person carrying on a trade, profession or business who
incurred the capital expenditure under the hire purchase agreement, the
reducing value of such machinery or plant computed in accordance with that
section shall be included in the class of machinery or plant for the purposes of
section 39B for the years of assessment following the year of assessment during
the basis period for which the machinery or plant passed into the ownership of
that person.
(3) Where any machinery or plant which is included in a class of machinery
or plant for the purposes of section 39B and which was used wholly and
exclusively in the production of profits chargeable to tax under Part IV is
subsequently not so used wholly and exclusively in the production of such profits,
the provisions of this Part which applied immediately prior to the commencement
of the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 4) Ordinance 1980 (63 of 1980) shall
apply to such machinery or plant in respect of the year of assessment during the
basis period for which the machinery or plant is subsequently not used wholly and
exclusively in the production of profits chargeable to tax under Part IV, and the
reducing value of such machinery or plant shall be deemed to be such an amount
as the Commissioner may consider it would have realized had it been sold in the
open market at the time it ceased to be used wholly and exclusively in the
production of such profits, and such reducing value shall be excluded from the
total reducing value of that class of machinery or plant.
(4) For the purposes of subsection (2), in the application of section 37A,
subsection (2) of that section shall be read as if 'during the basis period' was
substituted for 'at the end of the basis period'.
(Added 63 of 1980 s. 3)

391). Balancing allowances and charges
under the pooling system

(1) Where at the end of a basis period for a year of assessment the
aggregate reductions made under section 3913(4) in respect of a class of
machinery or plant exceed the aggregate capital expenditure incurred by a
person on the provision of machinery or plant belonging to that class-
(a)a charge, to be known as a 'balancing charge', shall be made on
him, and the amount on which it is made shall be an amount
equal to the excess; and
(b)the reducing value at the end of the basis period for that year of
assessment shall be nil.





(2) Subject to subsection (3) and except where subsection (4) applies,
where a person ceases to carry on his trade, profession or business in a year of
assessment, the aggregate of the sale, insurance, salvage or compensation
moneys, if any, of the machinery or plant in respect of which an initial
allowance or annual allowance has been made shall be compared with the
amount of the reducing value of the class of machinery or plant at the end of
the basis period for that year of assessment and-
(a)where there are no sale, insurance, salvage or compensation
moneys. or where the amount of the reducing value exceeds the
aggregate of such moneys, an allowance, to be known as a
'balancing allowance', shall be made to him, and the amount
thereof shall be the amount of the reducing value or, as the case
may be, the excess thereof over the aggregate of the said moneys;
or
(b)where there are sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys,
and the aggregate of such moneys exceeds the amount, if any,
of the reducing value, a charge, to be known as a 'balancing
charge', shall be made on him, and the amount on which it is
made shall be an amount equal to the excess or, where the
reducing value is nil, to the aggregate of the said moneys.
(3) Subsection (2) shall not apply on the occasion on which any
machinery or plant, to which section 39B(7) applies, passes by way of
succession.
(4) Where by reason of a person ceasing to carry on his trade, profession
or business machinery or plant in respect of which an initial allowance or
annual allowance has been made is put out of use and there are no sale,
insurance, salvage or compensation moneys, such person shall. subject to
subsection (5), be deemed to have received immediately prior to such cessation,
sale moneys for such machinery or plant of such an amount as the
Commissioner may consider it would have realized had it been sold in the open
market at the time of cessation.
(5) If a person sells any machinery or plant referred to in subsection (4)
within 12 months of the date of cessation he may claim the adjustment of any
balancing allowance or balancing charge which may have been made to or on
him as if such sale had taken place immediately prior to the date of cessation
and notwithstanding section 70 an assessor shall make any necessary correction
to any assessment.
(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, where the
aggregate of any sale, insurance, salvage or compensation moneys in respect of
any machinery or plant exceeds the capital expenditure incurred on the
provision of that machinery or plant, the aggregate of such moneys shall-
(a)for the purposes of calculating a balancing charge under
subsection (2)(b); and





(b)in calculating the reducing value of the class of machinery or
plant under section 3913(4),
not exceed the capital expenditure incurred on the provision of that machinery
or plant.
(7) For the purposes of subsection (6), the capital expenditure incurred on
the provision of the machinery or plant shall be taken as- (Amended 7 of
1986s.6)
(a)in a case where section 37(2A) applies, the 'cost of the asset-
computed in accordance with that section;
(b)in a case where section 39B(6) applies, the capital expenditure
computed in accordance with that section; or
(c)in any other case, the aggregate capital expenditure incurred by
the person in question on the provision of the machinery or plant
for the purposes of producing profits chargeable to tax under
Part IV.
(Added 63 of 1980 s. 3)

expenditure on leased machinery and plant

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Part, a person (in
this section referred to as 'the taxpayer') who incurs capital expenditure on the
provision of machinery or plant, being machinery or plant acquired by the
taxpayer under a contract entered into after the commencement of the Inland
Revenue (Amendment) Ordinance 1986 (7 of 1986), for the purpose of
producing profits chargeable to tax under Part IV shall not have made to him
the initial or annual allowances prescribed in section 37, 37A or 39B if, at a time
when the machinery or plant is owned by the taxpayer, a person holds rights as
lessee under a lease of the machinery or plant, and-
(a)the machinery or plant was, prior to its acquisition by the
taxpayer, owned and used by that person (whether alone or
with others), or any associate of that person (which person or
any such associate is hereinafter referred to as 'the end-user');
or
(b)the machinery or plant, not being a ship or aircraft or any part
thereof, is while the lease is in force-
(i) used wholly or principally outside Hong Kong by a person
other than the taxpayer; and
(ii)the whole or a predominant part of the cost of the
acquisition or construction of the machinery or plant was
financed directly or indirectly by a non-recourse debt; or
(c)the machinery or plant is a ship or aircraft or any part thereof
and-





(i) the person holding rights as lessee is not a person who is
deemed by section 23B to be carrying on a business as the
owner of ships in Hong Kong; and
(ii) the whole or a predominant part of the cost of the acquisition
or construction of the ship or aircraft or the part thereof was
financed directly or indirectly by a non-recourse debt.
(2) Subsection (1)(a) shall not apply where-
(a)the machinery or plant was acquired by the taxpayer on payment
from the end-user at not more than the price which the end-user
paid to the supplier (not being a supplier who is himself an
end-user); and
(b)no initial or annual allowances have at any time prior to the
acquisition of the machinery or plant by the taxpayer been made
under section 37, 37A or 39B to the end-user in respect of such
machinery or plant.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) an allowance shall be deemed not
to have been made if the end-user, by notice in writing to the Commissioner
within 3 months of the date on which the capital expenditure on the provision
of machinery or plant giving rise to the allowance is incurred, or within such
further time as the Commissioner may, in any particular case, permit, disclaims
such allowance.
(4) For the purposes of this section machinery or plant owned or leased
by a trustee shall be deemed to be owned or leased both by the trustee and the
beneficiary under the trust or, in the case of a discretionary trust, both by the
trustee and by such beneficiary as the Commissioner may, in his discretion,
determine to be the beneficiary during the relevant basis period.
(5) In this section-
,,acquisition' means acquisition by a person as owner and includes holding or
hiring under a hire-purchase agreement or, if the hire-purchase agreement
is a conditional sale agreement, holding as purchaser;
llariangement' includes-
(a)any agreement, arrangement, understanding, promise or
undertaking, whether express or implied, and whether or not
enforceable, or intended to be enforceable, by legal proceedings;
and
(b)any scheme, plan, proposal, action or course of action or course
of conduct;
,,associate', in relation to a person holding rights as lessee under any lease of
machinery or plant, means-
(a) where the person holding such rights is a natural person-
(i) a relative of' the person holding such rights;
(ii)a partner of the person holding such rights and any relative
of that partner;





(iii)a partnership in which the person holding such rights is a
partner;
(iv) any corporation controlled by the person holding such rights,
by a partner of the person holding such rights or by a part-
nership in which the person holding such rights is a partner;
(v) any director or principal officer of any such corporation as is
referred to in subparagraph (iv);
(b) where the person holding such rights is a corporation-
(i) any associated corporation;
(ii) any person who controls the corporation and any partner of
such person, and, where either such person is a natural
person, any relative of such person;
(iii) any director or principal officer of that corporation or of any
associated corporation and any relative of any such director
or officer;
(iv) any partner of the corporation and, where such partner is a
natural person, any relative of such partner;
(c) where the person holding such rights is a partnership-
(i)any member of the partnership and, where such member is a
natural person, any relative of such member;
(ii)any partner of the partnership and, where such partner is a
natural person, any relative of such partner and, where such
partner is a partnership, any relative of any member of that
partnership who is a natural person;
(iii)any corporation controlled by the partnership or by any
partner thereof or, where such a partner is a natural person,
any relative of such partner;
(iv) any corporation of which any partner is a director or
principal officer;
(v) any director or principal officer of a corporation referred to
in subparagraph (iii);
'associated corporation' means-
(a) a corporation over which the person holding rights under any
lease of machinery or plant has control;
(b) a corporation which has control over such person holding rights,
being a corporation;
(c) a corporation which is under the control of the same person as
such person holding rights, being a corporation;
'beneficiary under the trusC means, where the trustee holds machinery or plant
on behalf of a beneficiary who is himself a trustee in respect of that
machinery or plant, the beneficiary for whom such machinery or plant is
ultimately held, being the person who has the use of, or the right to use,
such machinery or plant for his own benefit;





'conditional sale agreement' means an agreement for the sale of goods under
which the purchase price or part of it is payable by instalments, and the
property in the goods remains in the seller (notwithstanding that the buyer
is to be in possession of the goods) until such conditions as to the payment
of instalments or otherwise as may be specified in the agreement are
fulfilled;
44control', in relation to a corporation, means the power of a person to secure-
(a)by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting
power in or in relation to that or any other corporation; or
(b)by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or
other document regulating that or any other corporation,
that the affairs of the first-mentioned corporation are conducted in
accordance with the wishes of that person;
,lend-user' means any person (whether alone or with others) holding rights as
lessee under a lease of machinery or plant or any associate of such person;
'held for use' includes installed ready for use and held in reserve;
'lease' includes-
(a)any arrangement under which a right to use machinery or plant is
granted by the owner of the machinery or plant to another
person; and
(b)any arrangement under which a right to use machinery or plant,
being a right derived directly or indirectly from a right referred to
in paragraph (a), is granted by a person to another person,
but does not include a hire-purchase agreement or a conditional sale
agreement unless, in the opinion of the Commissioner, the right under the
agreement to purchase or obtain the property in the goods would
reasonably be expected not to be exercised;
'non-recourse debt', in relation to the financing of the whole or a predominant
part of the cost of the acquisition or construction of any machinery or
plant, means a debt where the rights of the creditor in the event of default
in the repayment of principal or payment of interest-
(a)are limited wholly or predominantly to any or all of the
following-
(i) rights (including a right to moneys payable) in relation to
the machinery or plant or the use of the machinery or
plant;
(ii)rights (including rights to moneys payable) in relation to
goods produced, supplied, carried, transmitted or delivered,
or services provided, by means of the machinery or plant;
(iii) rights (including a right to moneys payable) in relation to
the loss or disposal of the whole or a part of the machinery
or plant or of the taxpayer's interest in the machinery or
plant;





(iv) any conjunction of such rights as are referred to in
subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii);
(v) rights in respect of a mortgage or other security over the
machinery or plant; or
(vi) rights arising out of any arrangement relating to the
financial obligations of the end-user of the machinery or
plant towards the taxpayer, being financial obligations in
relation to the machinery or plant;
(b)are in the opinion of the Commissioner capable of being limited
as described in paragraph (a), having regard to either or both of
the following---
(i) the assets of the taxpayer;
(ii) any arrangement to which the taxpayer is a party; or
(c)where paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply, are limited by reason
that not all of the assets of the taxpayer (not being assets that are
security for a debt of the taxpayer other than a debt arising in
relation to the financing of the whole or part of the cost of the
acquisition of the machinery or plant) would be available for the
purpose of the discharge of the whole of the debt so arising
(including the payment of interest) in the event of any action or
actions by the creditor or creditors against the taxpayer arising
out of the debt;
14principal office?' means-
(a)a person employed by a corporation who, either alone or jointly
with one or more other persons, is responsible under the
immediate authority of the directors for the conduct of the
business of the corporation; or
(b)a person so employed who, under the immediate authority
of a director of the body corporate or a person to whom para-
graph (a) applies, exercises managerial functions in respect
of the body corporate;
'relative' means the spouse, parent, child, brother or sister of the relevant
person, and, in deducing such a relationship, an adopted child shall be
deemed to be a child both of the natural parents and the adopting parent
and a step child to be the child of both the natural parents and of any step
parent;
,,used' includes held for use.
(Added 7 of 1986 s. 7)

40. Interpretation

(1) In this Part-
'basis period' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 except that-





(a)where 2 basis periods overlap the period common to both shall be
deemed to fall in the first basis period only; and
(b)where there is an interval between the end of the basis period for
one year of assessment and the beginning of the basis period for
the next year of assessment the interval shall be deemed to fall in
the second basis period but where, in respect of salaries tax, the
interval is the year ending on 31 March 1973, that interval shall
not be deemed to fall in the second basis period; (Replaced 49
of 1956 s. 28. Amended 8 of 1973 s. 8)
'capital expenditure'~-
(a)includes interest paid and commitment fees incurred in respect of
a loan made for the sole purpose of financing the provision of
an industrial building or structure or commercial building or
structure or machinery or plant; but
(b)does not include expenditure which is reimbursed by way of or
attributable to any grant, subsidy or similar financial assistance
and in relation to the person incurring the expenditure does
not include any expenditure which is allowed to be deducted
in ascertaining for the purpose of Part IV the profits of a trade
or business carried on by that person; (Replaced 30 of 1981
s.7)
'capital expenditure on the provision of machinery or planC includes capital
expenditure on alterations to an existing building incidental to the
installation of that machinery or plant for the purposes of the trade,
profession or business;
'class of machinery or planC means the items of machinery or plant for which
the same rate of depreciation is prescribed by the Board of Inland
Revenue; (Added 63 of 1980 s. 4)
'commercial building or structure' means any building or structure or part of
any building or structure used by the person entitled to the relevant interest
for the purposes of his trade, profession or business other than an
industrial building or structure; (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 22. Amended26
of 1969 s. 22)
'hire-purchase agreement' means an agreement for the bailment of goods
under which the bailee may buy the goods, or under which the property in
the goods will or may pass to the bailee; (Added 7 of 1986 s. 8)
'industrial building or structure' means any building or structure or part of
any building or structure used-
(a)for the purposes of a trade carried on in a mill, factory or other
similar premises; or
(b)for the purposes of a transport, tunnel, dock, water, gas or
electricity undertaking or a public telephonic or public
telegraphic service; or (Amended 39 of 1969 s. 5)





(c)for the purposes of a trade which consists of the manufacture of
goods or materials or the subjection of goods or materials to any
process; or
(d) for the purposes of a trade which consists in the storage-
(i) of goods or materials which are to be used in the
manufacture of other goods or materials; or
(ii)of goods or materials which are to be subjected in the course
of a trade to any process; or
(iii) of goods or materials on their arrival into Hong Kong; or
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(e) for the purposes of the business of farming;
(f)for the purposes of scientific research in relation to any trade or
business,
and, in particular, the said expression includes any building or structure or
part of any building or structure used by a person carrying on a trade,
undertaking or business specified in paragraphs (a) to (e) of this definition
and provided by him for the welfare of workers employed in his trade,
undertaking or business and in use for that purpose:
Provided that-
(i) where part of the whole of a building or structure is, and part
thereof is not, an industrial building or structure, and the capital
expenditure which has been incurred on the construction of the
second mentioned part is not more than one-tenth of the total
capital expenditure which has been incurred on the construction
of the whole building or structure, the whole building or structure
and every part thereof shall be treated as an industrial building or
structure; and
(ii)subject to the provisions of paragraph (i) of this proviso but
notwithstanding anything else contained in the foregoing
provisions of this definition, the expression 'industrial building
or structure' shall not include any building or structure or part of
any building or structure used as a dwelling house (other than as
a dwelling house for the housing of manual workers), retail shop,
showroom, hotel or office; (Replaced 35 of 1965 s.22)
'relevant interest- means, in relation to any expenditure incurred on the
construction of a building or structure the interest in that building or
structure to which the person who incurred the expenditure was entitled
when he incurred it; (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 28)
'residue of expenditure' means the amount of the capital expenditure incurred
in the construction of a building or structure reduced by-
(a) the amount of any initial allowance made;
(b) any annual allowance made;
(c) any balancing allowance granted,





and increased by any balancing charges made:
Provided that in computing the residue of expenditure there shall be
written off, in respect of any year in which no initial or annual allowance
fell to be made, an amount of one-fiftieth of the capital expenditure in the
case of a year prior to the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1965,
and one-twenty-fifth of the capital expenditure in the case of such or any
subsequent year of assessment, and for the purposes of this proviso 'year'
means the period which would have comprised a year of assessment in
respect of which an initial or annual allowance would have fallen to be
made if the building or structure had then been in use as an industrial
building or structure and the provisions of section 34 had then been in
force. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 22)
(2) For the purposes of this Part, any capital expenditure incurred for the
purposes of a trade, profession or business by a person about to carry on such
trade, profession or business shall be treated as if it had been incurred by that
person on the first day upon which he does carry on such trade, profession or
business. (Added35of]965s.22)
(3) References in this Part to capital expenditure incurred on the
construction of a building or structure do not include any expenditure incurred
on the acquisition of, or of rights in or over, any land. (Added29 of 1982
S. 11)
(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 46)

40A. Initial allowances in years of assessment
1974175 to 1975176

(1) Where-
(a)the assessable profits of a person for the year of assessment com-
mencing on 1 April 1974 are computed under section 18A; and
(b)there is an interval between the end of the basis period for the
year of assessment ending on 31 March 1974 and the beginning
of the basis period for the year of assessment ending on 31 March
1975,
then, notwithstanding paragraph (b) of the definition of 'basis period' in
section 40(1), but subject to subsection (3) the initial allowance on capital
expenditure provided under this Part shall be made only on the higher of the
capital expenditure incurred in the interval or the second basis period referred
to paragraph (b) of this subsection.
(2) Where-
(a)the assessable profits of a person for the year of assessment
commencing on 1 April 1974 have been computed under section
18; and





(b)there is an interval between the end of the basis period for the
year of assessment ending on 31 March 1975 and the beginning
of the basis period for the year of assessment ending on 31 March
1976,
then, notwithstanding paragraph (b) of the definition of 'basis period' in
section 40(1), but subject to subsection (3), the initial allowance on capital
expenditure provided under this Part shall, in respect of the year of assessment
commencing on 1 April 1975, be made only on the higher of the capital
expenditure incurred in the interval or in the second basis period referred to in
paragraph (b) of this subsection.
(3) Where the amount of capital expenditure incurred in the interval and
the second basis period referred to in subsection (1)(b) or (2)(b) is the same, the
initial allowance shall be made only in respect of the capital expenditure
incurred in the second basis period.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 28)

PART VII

PERSONAL ASSESSMENT

40B. Interpretation

In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-
'individual' does not include-
(a) a wife unless she is a wife living apart from her husband; or
(b) a person under the age of 18;

'joint totoal income' means joint total income calculated in accordance with
section 42A.
(Added 71 of 1983 s. 19)

41. Election for personal assessment
y
(1) An individual being either a permanent or temporary resident may
elect for personal assessment on his total income.
(2) Where an individual is deceased a duly appointed executor shall have
the same right to elect for personal ahe total income of the
deceased as the deceased would have if he were alive. (Replaced 35 of 1965
s. 23. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 20)
(2A) Where-
(a)a deceased individual, or his executor on his behalf, elected, or is
deemed to have elected, to be personally assessed for the year of
assessment in which the deceased died; and
(b) that individual was a partner in a partnership; and





(c) that individual had a share of the partnership assessable profits or

losses in the year of assessment following that in which he died,
then his executor may claim to have that share of such assessable profits or losses
computed in accordance with Part IV included in the deceased's total income for the
year of assessment in which he died. (Added 7 of 1975 s. 29)

(3) Any election under this section shall be made in writing and lodged with the
Commissioner not later than 2 years after the end of the year of assessment in
respect of which the election is made or 1 month after an assessment of income or
profits forming part of the individual's total income for such year of assessment
becomes final and conclusive under section 70, whichever is the later.
(Amended2of]97]s.31)

(4) In this section-

'permanent resident' means an individual who ordinarily resides in Hong Kong;
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

'temporary resident means an individual who stays in Hong Kong for a period or a
number of periods amounting to more than 180 days during the year of
assessment in respect of which the election is made or for a period or periods
amounting to more than 300 days in 2 consecutive years of assessment one of
which is the year of assessment in respect of which the election is made.

(Replaced 36 of 1955 s. 47. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 20; 7 of 1986 s. 12)

42. Calculation of total income

(1) For the purposes of this Part the total income of an individual for any year
of assessment shall, subject to subsection (8), be the aggregate of the following
amounts

(a) (i) in respect of the years of assessment up to and including the year
of assessment commencing on 1 April 1982 and in a case
mentioned in section 5D(5), the sum which is equivalent to that
part of the net assessable value as ascertained in accordance
with sections 5(1A) and 5A on which any property tax is
chargeable on the individual which represents proportionately
the part or parts of the land or buildings or land and buildings in
respect of which the property tax is chargeable which have been
let for any period during the year of assessment, taking into
account both the area or areas let and the period or periods of
letting; (Amended 76 of 1975 s. 9; 8 of 1983 s. 12)

(ii) in respect of the years of assessment commencing on or after 1
April 1983, the sum equivalent to the net assessable value as
ascertained in accordance with sections 5(1A) and 511; (Added
8 of 1983 s. 12)





(b)the net assessable income of the individual for that year of
assessment; and (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 21)
(c)the assessable profits of the individual for that year of assessment
computed in accordance with Part IV:
(d) (Repealed 17 of 1989 s. 10)
Provided that there shall be deducted from that part of the total income
arising from paragraph (a) the amount of any interest payable on any money
borrowed for the purpose of producing that part of the total income where the
amount of such interest has not been allowed and deducted under Part IV.
(Amended 17 of 1989 s. 10)
(2) There shall be deducted from the total income of an individual for any
year of assessment-
(a)subject to subsections (3) and (4), the aggregate of approved
charitable donations which are made during the year of
assessment by the individual and any spouse whose total income
is required to be aggregated with that of the individual under
section 42A, if such aggregate of donations is not less than $100;
and
(b)the amount of the individual's loss or share of loss for that year
of assessment computed in accordance with Part IV.
(3) An individual shall not be entitled under subsection (2)(a) to deduct
for any year of assessment any sum which is allowable as a deduction under
section 16, 16B, 16C or 16D or which has been allowed to the individual's
spouse against total income that is required to be aggregated with that of the
individual under section 42A
(4) The total amount
(a)of any sum which is allowable as a deduction under subsection
(2)(a); and
(b) any sum which is allowable as a deduction under section 16D,
shall not exceed 10% of the total amount of-
(i)the total income of the individual for the year of assessment;
and
(ii) any sum which is allowable as a deduction under section 16D.
(5) Where in any year of assessment the amount of an individual's loss
under subsection (2)(b) exceeds that individual's total income, after making the
deductions under subsection (2)(a), the amount of such excess shall be carried
forward and set off against the individual's total income for future years of
assessment:
Provided that, in a case wh Ir the total incomes of spouses are required to
be aggregated under section 42A auy such excess for either spouse shall, before
being carried forward and set o under this subsection, be reduced as far as can
be done by being set off against the total income of the other spouse as reduced
under subsection (2).






(6) Where under subsection (6) the amount of an individual's excess is
brought forward to any year of assessment that individual or, where that
individual is a wife not living apart from her husband, her husband shall,
whether or not elected under section 41 to be assessed under this Part,
be deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance to have elected for personal
assessment and shall be assessed to tax for that year of assessment under this
Part.

(7) The amount of any excess set off under subsection (5) against an
individual's total income or that of the individual's spouse for any year of
assessment shall not be set off for any other year of assessment.
(8) For the purposes of this Part the total income of an individual for
any year of assessment shall not include the profits or losses or share of
profits or losses of that individual as a member of any partnership (other
than a partnership referred to in section 345(2) of the Companies Ordinance
(Cap. 32)) consisting, at any time in that year of assessment, of more than
20partners. (Amended51of]978s.9)
(9) For the purposes of subsection (8), in calculating the number of
partners in a partnership there shall be included every partner in any other
partnership which is itself a partner in the first-mentioned partnership.

(10) In this section 'individual' includes a wife.
(Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 30. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 21)

42A. Husband and wife

For the purposes of this Part the total income (as reduced under section
42(2) and (5) a wife, not being a wife living apart from her husband, shall be
aggregated with the total income (as so reduced) of her husband to produce a
joint total income.
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 22)

42B. Allowances

(1) In giving effect to an election under the provisions of this Part he
assessor shall make a single assessment in the sum of the total income (as
reduced under section 42(2) and (5) ) of the individual or, in the case of a
husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from her husband, in the sum of
their joint total income, as reduced in either case by such of the following
allowances as may be appropriate- (Amended 7 of 1975 s. 31; 71 of 1983
s.23)

(a) an allowance of $32,000; (Amended 33 of 1973 s. 3; 48 of 1980
S. 3; 32 of 1981 s. 7; 29 of 1982 s. 12; 71 of 1983 s. 23; 28 of 1987
s. 5; 17 of 1989 s. 11)





(aa) an additional allowance of $7,000 if the individual was not
entitled during the year of assessment to an additional allowance
under paragraph (bb), but this allowance of $7,000 shall be
reduced by the percentage specified in Part I of Schedule 4 of the
amount, if any, by which- (Amended 48 of 1980,s. 3)
(i) in the case of an individual who is chargeable to salaries tax
under Part Ill, the net assessable income of that individual
as reduced by approved charitable donations provided for
under section 12BA, exceeds $39,000; and
(ii) in the case of an individual who has elected for personal
assessment under this Part, the total income of that
individual (as reduced under section 42(2) and (5)) exceeds
$39,000; (Added 32 of 1977 s. 2 Amended 29 of 1979 s. 2;
32 of 1981 s. 7; 29 of 1982 s. 12; 71 of 1983 s. 23; 19 of 1986
s. 4; 28 of 1987 s. 5; 28 of 1988 s. 4; 17 of 1989 s. 11)

(b) an allowance of $34,000 if at any time during the year of
assessment the individual was married to a wife: (Amended 33
of 1973 s. 3; 48 of 1980 s. 3; 32 of 1981 s. 7; 28 of 1987 s. 5; 17 of
1989 s.11)
Provided that-
(i) where the wife is living apart from her husband the
allowance shall be granted only where the husband is
maintaining or supporting the wife and on due claim being
made therefor by the husband;
(ii) where the allowance is granted in respect of a wife living
apart from her husband, the wife shall be treated as being a
wife not living apart from her husband for the purposes
of sections 10, 12B(2) and 13(1)(b)(ii) and of this Part;
(Amended 71 of 1983 s.23)

(iii) any claim made under this paragraph in respect of a wife
living apart from her husband may be revoked by the
husband within the year of assessment in respect of which it
was made or within 6 years after the expiration of that year;
(Replac 35 of 1965 s. 25)

(bb) an additional allowance of $14,000 if at any time during the year
of assessment the individual was married to a wife, but this
allowance of $14,000 shall be reduced by the percentage specified
in Part 2 of Schedule 4 of the amount, if any, by which-

(i) in the case of a husband and wife chargeable to salaries tax
under Part III, the aggregate of their net assessable incomes
as reduced by approved charitable donations provided for
under section 12BA, exceeds $80,000;





(ii) in the case of an individual who has elected for personal
assessment under this Part, the joint total income of that
individual and his wife exceeds $80,000:
Provided that-
(i) where the wife is living apart from her husband the
additional allowance shall be granted only where the
husband is maintaining or supporting the wife and on due
claim being made therefor by the husband;
(ii) where the allowance is granted in respect of a wife living
apart from her husband, the wife shall be treated as being a
wife not living apart from her husband for the purposes of
sections 10, 12B(2) and 13(1)(b)(ii) and of this Part;
(iii) any claim made under this paragraph in respect of a wife
living apart from her husband may be revoked by the
husband within the year of assessment in respect of which it
was made or within 6 years after the expiration of that year;
(Added32of 1977s. 2. Amended 29 of 1979 s.2;48 of l980
s. 3; 32 of 1981 s. 7; 29 of 1982 s. 12 ; 71 of 1983 s. 23; 21 of
1985 s. 2; 19 of 1986 s. 4; 28 of 1987 s.5; 28 of 1988 s. 4; 17
of 1989 s. 11)
(c) an allowance of $13,000 if the individual had living and was
maintaining during the year of assessment an unmarried child
who was-
(i) under the age of 18 years;
(ii) over the age of 18 years but under the age of 25 years and
was receiving full time education at a university, college,
school or other similar educational establishment; or
(iii)over the age of 18 years and was, by reason of physical or
mental disability, incapacitated for work,
and where the individual had more than one such child an
allowance of $9,000 for the 2nd child, $3,000 for the 3rd child
and $2,000 each for the 4th, 5th and 6th child and $1,000 for each
subsequent child:
Provided that--

(i) the total of the allowances to an individual in respect of his
children shall not exceed $34,000;
(ii) where 2 or more individuals are entitled to claim an
alowance under this paragraph in respect of the same child
for the same year of assessment, the allowance due shall be
apportioned on such basis as the Commissioner may decide
having regard to the contributions made by each individual
to the maintenance and education of the child during the
year of assessment; (Replaced 33 of 1973 s. 3. Amended





32 of 1977 s. 2; 48 of 1980 s. 3; 32 of 1981 s. 7; 29 of 1982
s. 12; 21 of 1985 s. 2,. 28 of 1987 s. 5; 28 of 1988 s. 4; 17 of
1989 s.11)
(cc) an allowance of $20,000 if at any time during the year of
assessment the individual had the sole or predominant care of a
child in respect of whom the individual was entitled during the
year of assessment to claim an allowance under paraoaph (c):
Provided that-
(i) an individual shall not be entitled to claim an allowance
under this paragraph-
(A)if during the year of assessment the individual was
entitled to claim an allowance under paragraph (b);
(B)by reason only that the individu made contributions
to the maintenance and education of the child during
the year of assessment; or
(C) in respect of any 2nd or subsequent child;
(ii) where 2 or more individuals are entitled to claim an allow-
ance under this paragraph in respect of the same child for the
same year of assessment, the allowance due shall be appor-
tioned on such basis as the Commissioner may decide-
(A)having regard to the respective periods for which each
individual had the sole or predominant care of the child
during the year of assessment; or
(B) if, in the opinion of the Commissioner, those periods
are uncertain, on such basis as the Commissioner may
decide as being just; (Added 17of 1989 s. 11)
(d) an allowance of $11,000, if the individual or his wife, not being a
wife living apart from her husband, maintains a parent of the
individual or his wife in the year of assessment and that parent at
any time in that year- (Amended 48 of 1980 s. 3; 32 of 1981
s. 7,. 29 of 1982 . 12; 19 of 1986 s. 4; 28 of 1988 s. 4; 17 of 1989
s.11)
(i) was a permanent resident in Hong Kong; and (Amended 7
of 1986 s.12)
(ii) was aged 60 or more or, being under the age of 60, was
eligible to claim an allowance under the Government's
Disability Allowance Scheme,
and an allowance under this paragraph may be granted in respect
of each such parent of the individual or his wife so maintained;
(Added 79 of 1978 s. 2)
(dd) additional allowance of $3,000 if a parent in respect of whom
the individual is eligible to claim an allowance under paragraph
(d) for the year of assessment was residing, otherwise than for





full valuable consideration, with the individual continuoijsly
throughout the year of assessment and, if there was more than
one such parent, an additional allowance under this paragraph
may be granted in respect of each such parent; (Added 35 of
1983 s. 3. Amended 21 of 1985 s. 2)
(e)an allowance of 515,000 or an amount equal to the income of
the wife which is aggregated with his income (whichever is the
less) if at any time during the year of assessment the individual
was married to a wife whose net assessable income is aggregated
with his net assessable income under section 12B(2), but an
individual shall not be granted an allowance under this
paragraph in any year of assessment unless the Commissioner is
satisfied that the income of the wife which is aggregated with
that of the individual is reasonable in amount having regard to
the services rendered in respect of which the income accrued.
(Added 28 of 1988 s. 4)
(f)-(h) (Repealed 33 of 1973s. 3)
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)(d)--
(a)a parent shall only be treated as being maintained by an
individual or his wife if-
(i)the parent resides, otherwise than for full valuable
consideration, with the individual for a continuous period of
not less than 6 months in the year of assessment; or
(ii)the individual or his wife contributes not less than $1,200 in
money towards the maintenance of that parent in the year of
assessment;
(b) 'parent of the individual or his wife' means-
(i) a parent of whose marriage, being a marriage recognized by
the law of Hong Kong, the individual or his wife is the child;
(ii) a parent by whom the individual or his wife was adopted in
an adoption recognized by the law of Hong Kong;
(iii) a step-parent;
(iv) the natural mother of the individual or his wife; or
(v) a parent of a deceased husband or wife of the individual.
(Added 79 of 1978 s. 2. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2A) An allowance under subsection (1)(d) or (dd) shall not be given to
more than one individual; and where
(a) the Commissioner has reason to believe that 2 or more
individuals are eligible to claim the allowance in respect of the
same parent for the same year of assessment, the Commissioner
shall not consider any claim until he is satisfied that the claimants
hav agreed which of them shall be entitled to claim the
allowance; or





(b) an allowance under subsection (1)(d) or (dd) has been granted-
(i)to 2 or more individuals in respect of the same parent for the
same year of assessment; or
(ii) to an individual and, within 6 months of such allowance
being granted, another individual appears to the Com-
missioner to be eligible to claim that allowance in respect of
the same parent for the same year of assessment,
the Commissioner shall invite the individuals to whom the
allowance has been granted and any other individual who
appears to the Commissioner to be eligible to claim the allowance
to agree which of them is to have the allowance and the
Commissioner may in consequence of such agreement or if the
individuals do not so agree within a reasonable time raise
additional assessments under section 60, within the period of time
specific in that section. (Added 79 of 1978 s. 2. Amended 35
of 1983 s.3)
(3) Every individual who claims an allowance under this section shall make
his claim on the form specified by the Board of Inland Revenue and an allowance
shall be granted only if the claim contains such particulars and is supported by
such proof as the Commissioner may require. (Amended 39 of 1969s.7)
(Added 36 of 1955 s. 49)

43. Rates of charge

(1) Tax shall be charged on the amount of the assessment referred to in
section 42B(1) and at the rates specified in Schedule 2-
(a) on the individual; or
(b) in the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart
from her husband, on the husband unless they elect under section
58A to be separately charged, in which case tax shall be charged
in accordance with subsection (2C). (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 24)
(1A) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the amount of tax charged under
that subsection shall not in any case exceed the amount which would have been
chargeable had the standard rate been charged on the total income (as reduced
under section 42(2) and (5) ) or, as the case may be, the joint total income.
(Added 65 of 1970 s. 8. Amended 7 of 1975 s. 32; 71 of 1983s. 24)
(2) Any property tax, any salaries tax and any profits tax paid under the
provisions of Parts II, 1II and IV respectively shall, where the relevant amounts
on which such taxes were calculated are included in the total income of the
person who paid the tax, be set ofr for the purposes of collection against the tax
charged under this Part on that person or, in the case of a husband and wife,
not being a wife living apart from her husband, who do not elect under section
58A to be separately charged, on the hushand. (Replaced 26 of 1969 s. 26.
Amended 8 of 1973 s. 11; 8 of 1983 s. 13; 71 of 1983 s. 24; 17 of 1989 s. 12)





(2A) (Repealed 17 of 1989 s. 12)
(2B) In respect of the years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1982 and in a case mentioned in section
5B(5), any tax paid by the individual whether directly or indirectly under the
provision of Part II for a year of assessment for which he has elected personal
assessment, to the extent to which such tax- (Amended 30 of 1981 s. 8; 8 of
1983s.13)
(a) is available for set off under section 25;
(b)would have been refundable under section 5(3) except that the
relevant part of the land or buildings or land and buildings did
not qualify under the definition of building or part thereof in
section 5(5)(c);
(c) would have been refundable under section 7 except that the
relevant period when the land or buildings or land and buildings
were unoccupied did not consist of entire months in the year of
assessment,
shall be set off for the purposes of collection against the tax charged under this
Part on that individual for that year of assessm . (Added 26 of 1969 s. 26)
(2C) Where a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, elect under section 58A to be separately charged in respect of any year
of assessment, each spouse shall in respect of that year of assessment be charged
such proportion of the tax that would otherwise be payable under subsection
(1)(b) as the total income (as reduced under section 42(2) and (5)) of that
spouse bears to their joint total income. (Added 71 of 1983 s.24)

(3) Where the aggregate of the taxes which may be set off under
subsections (2) and (2B) exceeds the amount of tax charged under this Part, the
Commissioner shall, on receipt of a claim from the person charged in the form
specified by the Board of Inland Revenue and on being satisfied that the claim
is in order, refund such excess to that person. (Added 36 of 1955 s. 50.
Amended 26 of 1969 s. 26; 39 of 1969 s. 8; 30 of 1981 s. 8; 71 of 1983 s. 24; 17 of
1989s. 12)

43A. Interpretation
In this Part-
'child' means-
(a) the child of an individual by his wife or former wife; or
(b) in the case of a woman her own child; or
(e)in the case of Asiatics a child of the individual by his concubine if
such child is recognized by him and his family as a member of his
family; or
(d) an adopted child; or
(e) a step-child;





'income', in relation to any person, means income derived beneficially by that
person; (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 25)
'loss' and 'losses' do not include a loss sustained by a person acting in his
capacity as the trustee of a trust. (Added30of]98]s.9)
(Added36 of 1955 s. 51)

PART VIII

DouBLE TAxATION RELIEF

(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 32)

44. (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 33)

45. Relief in respect of Commonwealth income tax

(1) If any person resident in Hong Kong who has paid, by deduction or
otherwise, or is liable to pay, tax under this Ordinance for any year of
assessment on any part of his income, proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that he has paid, by deduction or otherwise, or is liable to pay,
Commonwealth income tax for that year in respect of the same part of his
income, he shall be entitled to relief from tax in Hong Kong paid or payable by
him on that part of his income at a rate thereon to be determined as follows-
(a)if the Commonwealth rate of tax does not exceed one-half of the
rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance in Hong
Kong the rate at which relief is to be given shall be the
Commonwealth rate of tax;
(b)in any other case the rate at which relief is to be given shall be
half the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance.
(Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(2) If any person not resident in Hong Kong who has paid, by deduction
or otherwise, or is liable to pay, tax under this Ordinance for any year of
assessment on any part of his income proves to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that he has paid, by deduction or otherwise, or is liable to pay
Commonwealth income tax for that year of assessment in respect of the same
part of his income, he shall be entitled to relief from tax paid or payable by him
under this Ordinance on that part of his income at a rate thereon to be
determined as follows-
(a)if the Commonwealth rate of tax appropriate to his case does not
exceed the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this
Ordinance, the rate at which relief is to be given shall be one-half
of the Commonwealth rate of tax;





(b)if the Commonwealth rate of tax appropriate to his case exceeds
the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance, the
rate at which relief is to be given shall be equal to the amount by
which the rate of tax appropriate to his case under this Ordinance
exceeds one-half of the Commonwealth tax. (Amended 30 of
1950 Schedule)
(3) For the purposes of this section, Commonwealth income tax means
any income tax charged under any law in force in any part of the
Commonwealth (other than the United Kingdom or Hong Kong) if the
legislature of that part or place has provided for relief in respect of tax charged
on income both in that part or place and Hong Kong in a manner similar to
that provided in this section. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(4) For the purpose of this section the expression 'rate of tax' when
applied to tax paid or payable under this Ordinance means the rate determined
by dividing the amount of the tax paid or payable for the year (before the
deduction of the relief granted under this section) by the amount of the income
in respect of which the tax paid or payable under this Ordinance has been
charged for that year and the Commonwealth rate of tax shall be computed in a
similar manner. (Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 34. Amended26of 1969s. 27)
(5) Where a person is for any year of assessment resident both in Hong
Kong and in a part or place in which Commonwealth income tax is charged, he
shall for the purposes of this section be deemed to be resident where during that
year he resides for the longer period. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(6) The expression 'income' in this section shall mean income or profits.
(Added 30 of 1950 Schedule. Amended49of]956s.34)
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

46. Official secrecy
Where, under any law in force in any part of the Commonwealth provision
is made for the allowance of relief from income tax in respect of the payment of
tax under this Ordinance, the obligation as to secrecy imposed by section 4 of
this Ordinance shall not prevent the disclosure to the authorized officers of the
Government in that part of the Commonwealth of such facts as may be
necessary to enable the proper relief to be given in cases where relief is claimed
from tax under this Ordinance or from income tax in that part or place
aforesaid. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)

47-48. (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 35)

49. Double taxation arrangements
(1) If the Governor in Council by order declares that arrangements
specified in the order have been made with the Government of any territory





outside Hong Kong with a view to affording relief from double taxation in relation to
income tax and any tax of a similar character imposed by the laws of that territory,
and that it is expedient that those arrangements should have effect, the
arrangements shall have effect in relation to tax under this Ordinance
notwithstanding anything in any enactment. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

(2) (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 36)

(3) On the making of an order under this section with respect to arrangements
relating to any territory forming part of the Commonwealth (other than the United
Kingdom or Hong Kong), section 45 shall cease to have effect as respects that
territory except in so far as the arrangements otherwise provide. (Amended 30 of
1950 Schedule; 7 of 1986 s. 12)

(4) Any order made under this section may be revoked by a subsequent order.

(5) Where any arrangements have effect by virtue of this section, the obligation
as to secrecy imposed by section 4 shall not prevent the disclosure to any
authorized officer of the Government with which the arrangements are made of such
information as is required to be disclosed under the arrangements.

(6) The Governor in Council may make rules for carrying out the provisions of
any arrangements having effect under this section.

(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 36)

50. Tax credits

(1) The provisions of this section shall have effect where, under arrangements
having effect under section 49, tax payable in respect of any income in the territory
with the Government of which the arrangements are made is to be allowed as a credit
against tax payable in respect of that income in Hong Kong; and in this section the
expression 'foreign tax' means any tax payable in that territory which under the
arrangements is to be so allowed and the expression 'tax' means tax chargeable
under this Ordinance. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

(2) The amount of the tax chargeable in respect of the income shall be reduced
by the amount of the credit:

Provided that credit shall not be allowed against tax for any year of assessment
unless the person entitled to the income is resident in Hong Kong for that year.
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

(3) The credit shall not exceed the amount which would be produced by
computing the amount of the income in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance and then charging it to tax at a rate ascertained by dividing the tax'
chargeable (before allowance of credit under any arrangements having effect under
section 49) on the total income of the person entitled to the income by the amount of
his total income.





(4) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (3), the total credit
to be allowed to a person for any year of assessment for foreign tax under all
arrangements having effect under section 49 shall not exceed the total tax
payable by him for that year of assessment. (Amended 17 of 1989 s. 13)
(5) In computing the amount of the income-
(a)no deduction shall be allowed in respect of foreign tax (whether
in respect of the same or any other income);
(b)where the tax chargeable depends on the amount received in
Hong Kong, the said amount shall be increased by the
appropriate amount of the foreign tax in respect of the income;
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(c)where the income includes a dividend and under the
arrangements foreign tax not chargeable directly or by deduction
in respect of dividend is to be taken into account in considering
whether any, and if so what, credit is to be given against tax in
respect of the dividend the amount of the income shall be
increased by the amount of the foreign tax not so chargeable
which falls to be taken into account in computing the amount of
the credit,
but notwithstanding anything in the preceding provisions of this subsection a
deduction shall be allowed of any amount by which the foreign tax in respect of
the income exceeds the credit therefor.
(6) Subsection (5)(a) and (b) (but not the remainder thereof ) shall apply
to the computation of total income for the purposes of determining the rate
mentioned in subsection (3), and shall apply thereto in relation to all income in
the case of which credit falls to be given for foreign tax under arrangements for
the time being in force under section 49.
(7) Where-
(a)the arrangements provide, in relation to dividends of some
classes, but not in relation to dividends of other classes, that
foreign tax not chargeable directly or by deduction in respect of
dividends is to be taken into account in considering whether any,
and if so what, credit is to be given against tax in respect of the
dividends; and
(b)a dividend is paid which is not of a class in relation to which the
arrangements so provide,
then, if the dividend is paid to a company which controls, directly or indirectly
not less than one-half of the voting power in the company paying the dividend,
credit shall be allowed as if the dividend were a dividend of a class in relation to
which the arrangements so provide.
(8) Credit shall not be allowed under the arrangements against tax
chargeable in respect of the income of any person for any year of assessment if
he elects that credits shall not be allowed in the case of his income for that year.





(9) Any claim for an allowance by way of credit shall be made not later than 2
years after the end of the year of assessment, and in the event of any dispute as to
the amount allowable the claim shall be subject to objection and appeal in like
manner as an assessment.

(10) Where theamount of a credit given under the arrangement is rendered
excessive or insufficient by reason of any adjustment of the amount of any tax
payable either in Hong Kong or elsewhere, nothing in this Ordinance limiting the
time for the making of assessments or claims for relief shall apply to any assessment
or claim to which the adjustment gives rise, being an assessment or claim made not
later than 2 years from the time when all such assessments, adjustments and other
determinations have been made, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, as are material
in determining whether any and if so what credit falls to be given. (Amended 7 of
1986 s. 12)

PART IX

RETURNS, ETC.

51. Returns and information to be furnished

(1) An assessor may give notice in writing to any person requiring him within a
reasonable time stated in such notice to furnish any return which may be specified
by the Board of Inland Revenue for property tax, salaries tax or profits tax under
Parts 11, 111, IV, XA, XII and XC, containing such particulars and in such form as
may be specified by the Board of Inland Revenue. An assessor shall give notice to
any individual who has elected or has been deemed to have elected to be personally
assessed under Part VII requiring him within a reasonable time stated in such notice
to furnish a return of his total income assessable under this Ordinance, containing
such particulars and in such form as may be specified by the Board of Inland
Revenue. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 26; 39 of 1969 s. 9; 8 of 1973 s. 12; 7 of 1975 s.
33; 8 of 1983 s. 14; 17 of 1989 s.14)

(2) Every person chargeable to tax for any year of assessment shall inform the
Commissioner in writing that he is so chargeable not later than 4 months after the
end of the basis period for that year of assessment unless he has already been
required to furnish a return under the provisions of suject section (1). (Replaced 49
of 1956 s. 37)

---(3) An assessor may give notice in writing to any person when and as often as he
thinks necessary requiring him within a reasonable time stated in such notice to
furnish fuller or further returns respecting any matter of which a return is required or
prescribed by this Ordinance.

(4) For the purposes of obtaining full information in regard to any matter which
may affect any liability, responsibility or obligation of any person under this
Ordinance





(a)an assessor or an inspector may give notice in writing to such
person, or to any other person whom he considers may be in
possession of information or documents in regard to any such
matter as aforesaid, requiring him within such reasonable time as
is stated in the notice to furnish all information in his possession
respecting any such matter, and to produce for examination any
deeds, plans, instruments, books, accounts, trade lists, stock lists,
vouchers, bank statements or other documents which the assessor
or inspector giving the notice considers are or may be relevant for
the purpose aforesaid:
Provided that in the case of a notice under this paragraph
requiring the production of any account kept by a solicitor and
relating to the affairs of any client or clients of his, production of
a copy of all relevant entries therein respecting any matter upon
which information is sought shall be a sufficient compliance with
the aforesaid requirement of the notice if the copy is certified by
the solicitor as being a correct copy of all relevant entries in such
account respecting the matter aforesaid;
(b)an assistant commissioner may give notice in writing to such
person, or to such other person, requiring him, at a time and
place to be named by the assistant commissioner, to attend and
be examined, and upon such examination to answer truthfully all
questions put to him, respecting any such matter as aforesaid.
(Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 26. Amended40ofl972s.4)
(4A) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that the powers
conferred by subsection (4) include the power to require information from, and
to require the attendance for the purpose of being examined of,-
(a)any person, or any employee of any person, who was a party to
any particular land or property transaction;
(b)any person, or any employee of any person, who has acted for
or is acting for any party to any particular land or property
transaction;
(c)any person who either paid or received, directly or indirectly, any
consideration, brokerage, commission or fee in respect of or in
connection with any particular land or property transaction; and
(d)any person, or any employee of any person, who was concemed
in the passing of any consideration, brokerage, commission
or fee, or in the clearing or collection of any cheque or other
instrument of exchange, respecting any particular land or
property transaction,
as to any of the following matters, that is to say-
(i) the full names (including aliases) and addresses of any of the
persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) and any other





information in his possession which may be helpful in identifying or
locating any such persons;

(ii) any consideration, brokerage, commission or fee paid or received in
respect of or in connection with any such land or property
transaction; and

(iii) the terms and conditions of any such land or property transaction,

and the existence in respect of any communication, whether oral or written, of
privilege from disclosure shall not constitute any excuse for the nondisclosure of
information as to any of the matters specified in paragraphs (i) to (iii) where
disclosure thereof is required from any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to
(d), but except as aforesaid nothing in subsection (4) shall require disclosure by
counsel or solicitor of any privileged information or communication given or made to
him in that capacity. (Added 35 of 1965 s.26)

(4B) (a)Any person who without reasonable excuse, the burden of proof
whereof shall lie upon him, fails to comply with the requirements of a
notice given to him under subsection (4)(a) or fails to attend in
answer to a notice issued under subsection (4)(b) or having attended
fails to answer any questions put to him, being questions which
under that paragraph may be put to him, shall be liable to a penalty of
$5,000 recoverable under section 75 as a civil debt due to the Crown:
(Amended 11 of 1985 s. 3)

Provided that-

(i)the Commissioner may compound any such penalty and may
before judgment in proceedings therefor stay or compound such
proceedings, or may refuse to accept payment of such penalty or
any part thereof except under a judgment of the court in
proceedings for the recovery thereof;

(ii) the court before which any proceedings for such penalty are
brought may, if it thinks fit, give judgment for a less amount.

(b)In addition to giving judgment for the penalty or any less amount as
aforesaid, the court may order the person against whom the
proceedings were brought to do, within a time specified in the order,
the act which he has failed to do. (Added 35 of 1965 s.26)

(5) A return, statement, or form purporting to be furnished under this Ordinance
by or on behalf of any person shall for all purposes be deemed to have been
furnished by that person or by his authority, as the case may be, unless the contrary
is proved, and any person signing any such return, statement, or form shall be
deemed to be cognizant of all matters therein.





(6) Any person who ceases to carry on any trade, profession or business
or who ceases to own any source of income or to be the owner of any land or
buildings or land and buildings in respect of which tax is chargeable under the
provisions of Part II, III, IV or VII shall so inform the Commissioner in writing
within 1 month of such cessation. (Replaced 49 of 1956 S. 37,.8 of 1983s. 14)
(7) Any person chargeable to tax under Part III, IV or VII who is about
to leave Hong Kong for any period exceeding 1 month shall give notice in
writing to the Commissioner of his expected date of departure, and if he intends
to return to Hong Kong the approximate date of his return. Such notice shall
be given not later than 1 month before the expected date of departure:
Provided that-
(a)the Commissioner may accept such shorter notice as he may
deem reasonable; and
(b)this subsection shall not apply in the case of an individual who is
required in the course of his employment, business or profession
to leave Hong Kong at frequent intervals. (Added 49 of 1956
s. 37. Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(8) Any person chargeable to tax under Part 11, 111, IV or VII who
changes his address shall within 1 month inform the Commissioner in writing of
the particulars of the change. (Added 2 of 1971 s. 33. Amended 8 of 1983
s.14)
(9) (Repealed 43 of 1975 s.2)

51A. Power to require statement
of assets and liabilities etc.

(1) Where the Commissioner or the deputy commissioner is personally
of the opinion that a person has made an incorrect return or supplied false
information having the effect of understating his income or profits chargeable
to tax and has done so without reasonable excuse and not through an innocent
oversight or omission, the Commissioner may, with the consent of the Board of
Review, give notice in writing to such person requiring him to furnish within the
time limited by such notice, not being less than 30 days from the date of service
of the notice, a statement containing particulars of- (Amended 43 of 1975
s. 3; L.N. 377 of 1980)
(a)all assets which the person or his spouse possessed in Hong
Kong, including any possessed jointly or severally with any other
person, at such times as may be specified in the notice; and
(b)all liabilities to which the person or his spouse was subject in
Hong Kong, including any to which he was subject jointly or
severally with any other person, at such times as may be specified
in the notice; and





(c)all expenditure or disbursements from funds in Hong Kong,
including remittances overseas and gifts, incurred or made by the
person or his spouse during such periods as may be specified in
the notice; and
(d)all sums, including remittances, gifts and legacies received in
Hong Kong by the person or his spouse during such periods as
may be specified in the notice. (Amended 71 of 1983 s. 26; 7 of
1986s.12)
(2) A notice given under subsection (1) shall not specify any time or
period earlier than 7 years before the commencement of the year of assessment
in which it is given.
(3) An application for the consent of the Board of Review shall be made
in writing by the Commissioner to the clerk of the Board and shall be
accompanied by a statement of the material on the basis of which it is proposed
to exercise the powers of the Commissioner or deputy commissioner under
subsection (1).
(4) Upon receipt of an application under subsection (3), the Chairman of
the Board of Review shall appoint 3 members from the panel of the Board of
Review, one of whom shall be the Chairman or a deputy chairman, to consider
the application.
(5) When the Board is considering an application, the Commissioner or
his authorized representative may attend, but the person in respect of whom the
application is made may not attend.
(6) Subject to subsection (7), neither in the application nor on the
consideration thereof shall the identity of the person in respect of whom the
application is made be revealed to the Board of Review.
(7) If the person on whom a notice under subsection (1) has been given so
requests, the Commissioner shall furnish him with a certificate from the
Chairman or deputy chairman of the Board of Review certifying that the
Board's consent to the issue of the notice was given, and for the purpose of
obtaining such a certificate the Commissioner shall reveal to the Chairman or
deputy chairman the identity of that person.
(8) The decision of the Board of Review to grant or refuse consent shall
be final.
(Added26ofl969s.28. Amended40of]972s.5;43of]975s.3)

51B. Power to issue search warrant

(1) If the Commissioner, or an officer of the Inland Revenue Department
not below the rank of chief assessor authorized in writing by the Commissioner
for the purpose (in this section referred to as the authorized officer), satisfies a
magistrate, by statement made on oath,-





(a)that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that a person
has made an incorrect return or supplied false information
having the effect of understating his income or profits chargeable
to tax and has done so without reasonable excuse and not
through an innocent oversight or omission; or
(b)that a person has failed to comply with an order of a court made
under section 80(1) directing him to comply with the require-
ments of a notice given to him under section 5 1 (1) or (3),
the magistrate may by warrant authorize the Commissioner or authorized
officer to exercise the following powers---
(i) without previous notice at any reasonable time during the day,
to enter and have free access to any land, buildings, or place
where he suspects there to be any books, records, accounts
or documents of that person, or of any other person, which
may afford evidence material in assessing the liability of the
first-mentioned person for tax, and there to search for and
examine any books, records, accounts or documents; (Amended
43 of 1975 s. 4)
(ii) in carrying out any such search, to open or cause to be removed
and opened, any article in which he suspects any books, records,
accounts or documents to be contained;
(iii) to take possession of any books, records, accounts or documents
of that person or that person's spouse, and to make copies of
such parts of any books, records, accounts or documents of any
other person, as may atford evidence material in assessing the
liability of the first-mentioned person for tax; (Replaced 43 of
1975 s. 4. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 27)
(iv) to retain any such books, records, accounts or documents for as
long as they may be reasonably required for any assessment to be
made or for any proceedings under this Ordinance to be
completed:
Provided that if the Commissioner or authorized officer shall
retain any book, record, account or document for a period of
more than 14 days, the person aggrieved may apply in writing to
the Board of Review for an order directing the return thereof
and the Board of Review, after hearing the applicant or
his authorized representative and the Commissioner or his
representative, may so order, either unconditionally or subject to
any condition which the Board may consider it proper to impose.
(Amended 7 of 1975 s. 34)
(IA) Any officer of the Inland Revenue Department under the direction
of the Commissioner or an authorized officer may assist the Commissioner or
an authorized officer in the execution of a warrant issued under subsection (1)





and may exercise any of the powers referred to in subsection (1)(i), (ii) and (iii).
(Added40 of 1972 s. 6)
(2) When exercising any power under subsection (1), the Commissioner
or authorized officer shall produce on demand the warrant issued to him under
that subsection.
(3) The person to whose affairs any books, records, accounts or
documents taken possession of under subsection (1) relate shall be entitled to
examine and make extracts from them at such times and under such conditions
as the Commissioner may determine.
(4) Any person who obstructs or hinders the Commissioner or an
authorized officer acting in the discharge of his duty under subsection (1) or an
officer assisting him under subsection (1A) shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty
a fine of $2,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.
(Added26of]969s.28. Amended40of]972s.6)

51C. Business records to he kept
(1) Subject to subsection (2), every person carrying on a trade, profession
or business in Hong Kong shall keep sufficient records in the English or Chinese
language of his income and expenditure to enable the assessable profits of such
trade, profession or business to be readily ascertained and shall retain such
records for a period of not less than 7 years after the completion of the
transactions, acts or operations to which they relate. (Amended 7 of 1986
s.12)
(2)Subsection (1) shall not require the preservation of any records-
(a) which the Commissioner has specified need not be preserved; or
(b) of a corporation which has been dissolved.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 28)

51D. Rent records to he kept
(1) Subject to subsection (2), every person who is the owner of land or
buildings or land and buildings situated in Hong Kong shall keep sufficient
records in the English or Chinese languages of the consideration, in money or
money's worth, payable or deemed to be payable to him, to his order or for his
benefit on or after 1 April 1983 in respect of the right of use of that land or
buildings or land and buildings to enable the assessable value of that land or
buildings or land and buildings to be readily ascertained and shall retain such
records for a period of not less than 7 years after the completion of the
transactions, acts or operations to which they relate.
(2)Subsection (1) shall not require the preservation of any records-
(a) which the Commissioner has specified need not be preserved; or
(b) of a corporation which has been dissolved.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 15)





52. Information to be furnished by
officials and employers
(1) The Commissioner may give notice in writing to any officer in the
employment of the Government or of any public body requiring him within a
reasonable time stated in such notice to furnish any particulars which he may
require for the purposes of this Ordinance which may be in the possession of
such officer:
Provided that no such officer shall by virtue of this section be obliged to
disclose any particulars as to which he is under any express statutory obligation
to observe secrecy.
(2) Every person who is an employer shall, when required to do so by
notice in writing given by an assessor, furnish within a reasonable time stated in
such notice a return containing the names and places of residence and the full
amount of the remuneration, whether in cash or otherwise, for the period
specified in the notice, of-
(a)all persons employed by him in receipt of remuneration in excess
of a minimum figure to be fixed by the assessor; and
(b) any other person employed by him named by the assessor.
(3) For the purposes of this section, any director of a company, or person
engaged in the management of a company, shall be deemed to be a person
employed by the company. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 9)
(4) Where any person who is an employer commences to employ in Hong
Kong an individual who is or is likely to be chargeable to tax under Part Ill, or
any married woman, he shall give notice thereof in writing to the Commissioner
not later than 3 months after the date of commencement of such employment,
stating the full name and address of the individual, the date of commencement and
the terms of employment. (Added 49 of 1956s.38. Amended7of1986s.9)
(5) Where any person who is an employer ceases or is about to cease to
employ in Hong Kong an individual who is or is likely to be chargeable to tax
under Part Ill, or any married woman, he shall give notice thereof in writing to
the Commissioner not later than 1 month before such individual ceases to be
employed in Hong Kong, stating the name and address of the individual and
the expected date of cessation: (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 9)
Provided that the Commissioner may accept such shorter notice as he may
deem reasonable. (Added 49 of 1956 s. 38)
(6) The employer of any individual who is chargeable to tax under Part
111 and is about to leave Hong Kong for any period exceeding 1 month shall
give notice in writing to the Commissioner of the expected date of departure of
such individual. Such notice shall be given not later than 1 month before the
expected date of departure:
Provided that-
(a)the Commissioner may accept such shorter notice as he may
deem reasonable; and





(b)this subsection shall not apply in the case of an individual who is
required in the course of his employment to leave Hong Kong at
frequent intervals. (Added49of]956s.38)
(7) An employer who is required by subsection (6) to give notice to the
Commissioner of the expected departure of an individual shall not, in the case
of an individual whom he has ceased, or is about to cease, to employ in Hong
Kong, except with the consent in writing of the Commissioner or in the case of
money paid to the Commissioner on the direction of the individual, make any
payment of money or money's worth to or for the benefit of the individual for a
period of 1 month from the date on which he gave the notice; and compliance
with this subsection shall constitute a defence in any proceedings against an
employer in respect of his failure to make any payment to or for the benefit of
the individual during the said period. (Added26of]969s.29. Amended2of
1971s.34)
(8) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsections (4) and (5)
an employer shall not---berequired to give notice under those subsections in
respect of a married woman if he has reasonable grounds for believing that
neither the nor her husband are, or are likely to be, chargeable to tax under
Part III. (Added 7 of 1986s.9)
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

53. Who may act for incapacitated
or non-resident persons

An act or thing required by or under this Ordinance to be done by any
person shall, if such person is an incapacitated or non-resident person, be
deemed to be required to be done by the trustee of such incapacitated person or
by the agent of such non-resident person, as the case may be.

54. Liability of executor of deceased taxpayer

The executor of a deceased person shall be chargeable with the tax for all
periods prior to the date of such person's death with which the said person
would be chargeable if he were alive, and shall be liable to do all such acts,
matters or things as the deceased person if he were alive would be liable to do
under this Ordinance:
Provided that-
(a)no proceedings, other than an assessment to additional tax under
section 82A, shall be instituted against the executor under the
provisions of Part XIV in respect of any act or default of the
deceasedperson; (Amended43of]975s.5)
(b)no assessment or additional assessment in respect of a period
prior to the date of such person's death shall be made after the





expiry of 1 year from such date of death, or 1 year from the date
of filing any affidavit required under the Estate Duty Ordinance
(Cap. 111), whichever is the later.(Amended 26 of 1969 s. 30)

55. (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 39)

56. Precedent partner to act on behalf of partnership

(1) Wherever 2 or more persons in partnership act as agents, or are
employers, or are persons in receipt of profits or act in any other capacity
whatever, either on behalf of themselves or of any other person, the precedent
partner of such partnership shall be answerable for doing all such acts, matters
and things as would be required to be done under the provisions of this
Ordinance by an individual acting in such capacity: (Amended 49 of 1956
s.40)
Provided that any person to whom a notice has been given under the
provisions of this Ordinance as precedent partner of a partnership shall be
deemed to be the precedent partner thereof unless he proves that he is not a
partner in such partnership, or that some other person resident in Hong Kong
is the precedent partner thereof. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(2) Where 2 or more persons who are not in partnership act jointly in
any capacity mentioned in subsection (1), they shall be jointly and severally
answerable for doing all such acts, matters, and things as would be required to
be done under the provisions of this Ordinance by an individual acting in such
capacity.

56A. Joint owners and co-owners

(1) Where 2 or more persons are joint owners or owners in common of
any land or buildings or land and buildings, any of those persons appearing
from any deed, conveyance, will, judgment or other instrument in writing
registered in the Land Office under the Land Registration Ordinance (Cap. 128)
to be such an owner shall be answerable for doing all such acts, matters and
things as would be required to be done under the provisions of this Ordinance
by a sole owner.
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) shall relieve any person of any obligation
under this Ordinance or affect any right and obligation of joint owners or
owners in common as between themselves.
(3) Where any person pays property tax under subsection (1) and that
person is not, apart from that subsection, liable to that tax or part of it, that
person may recover from any other person that tax or part of it to which that
other person, apart from that subsection, is liable under this Ordinance.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 16)





57. Principal officer to act on behalf of
a corporation or body of persons
(1) The secretary, manager, any director or the liquidator of a
corporation and the principal officer of a body of persons shall be answerable
for doing all such acts, matters, or things as are required to be done under the
provisions of this Ordinance by such corporation or body of persons.
(2) If no secretary, manager, director or liquidator of a corporation or
no principal officer of a body of persons is ordinarily resident in Hong Kong,
the corporation or body of persons, as the case may be, shall inform the
Commissioner, and keep him so informed at all times, of the name and address
of an individual ordinarily resident in Hong Kong who shall be answerable
for doing all such acts, matters, or things as are required to be done under
the provisions of this Ordinance by such corporation or body of persons.
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(Replaced 2 of 1971 s. 35)

58. Signature and service of notices
(1) Every notice to be given by the Commissioner, an assistant
commissioner, an assessor or an inspector under this Ordinance shall bear the
name of the Commissioner, assistant commissioner, assessor or inspector,
as the case may be, and every such notice shall be valid if the name of the
Commissioner, assistant commissioner, assessor or inspector is duly printed or
signedthereon. (Replaced 26 of 1969 s.31)
(2) Every notice given by virtue of this Ordinance may be served on a
person either personally or by being delivered at, or sent by post to, his last
known postal address, place of abode, business or employment or any place at
which he is, or was during the year to which the notice relates, employed or
carrying on business or the land or buildings or land and buildings in respect of
which he is chargeable to tax under Part II: (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 42; 26 of
1969 s. 31; 8 of 1983 s. 17)
Provided that a notice of assessment under section 62 shall be served
personally or by being sent by registered post (or in the case of an assessment to
property tax under Part II either by registered post or by ordinary post) to any
such place as aforesaid. (Replaced 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(3) Any notice sent by post shall be deemed to have been served on the
day succeeding the day on which it would have been received in the ordinary
course by post.
(4) In proving service by post it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter
containing the notice was duly addressed and posted.
(5) Every name printed or signed on any notice or signed on any
certificate given or issued for the purposes of this Ordinance which purports to
be the name of the person authorized to give or issue the same shall be judicially
noticed.





(6) If a notice given under this Part requires something to be done within
a time stated in the notice, the Commissioner or, in the case of a notice given by
an assessor, an assessor may by notice in writing extend the time for complying
with the notice. (Added 2 of 1971 s. 36)

58A. Election by spouses to be separately charged

(1) A husband and wife may elect to be separately charged in respect of
any year of assessment for the purposes of section 13(2), 43(2C) or 63C(1A) but
such an election-
(a) shall not be entertained unless it is-
(i) made for that year assessment in a return specified by the
Board of Inland Revenue for the purposes of section 51(1);
and
(ii) so made by both spouses jointly in the same return;
(b) shall be irrevocable; and
(c)shall have effect for all purposes for which such an election may
be, or could have been, made under this Ordinance for that year
of assessment.
(2) Where spouse is deceased a duly appointed executor shall, subject to
subsection (1), have the same right to elect on behalf of the deceased to be
separately charged as the deceased would have had if the deceased were alive.
(Added 71 of 1983 s. 28)

PART X

ASSESSMENTS

59. Assessor to make assessments

(1) Every person who is in the opinion of an assessor chargeable with tax
under this Ordinance shall be assessed by him as soon as may be after the
expiration of the time limited by the notice requiring him to furnish a return
under section 5 1 (1):
Provided that the assessor may assess any person at any time if he is of
opinion that such person is about to leave Hong Kong, or that for any other
reason it is expedient to do so. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(IA) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an assessor is of the opinion
that an election by an individual under section 41 for personal assessment on
his total income would result in a refund becoming due of the whole of the
amount which he might lawfully be assessed for property tax if such amount
were paid, the assessor shall not be obliged to proceed to make an assessment in
respect of that tax.(Added 26 of 1969 s. 32)





(1B) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an assessor is satisfied that-
(a)an individual on his wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, carries on (not jointly with another person) a trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong and the individual is
eligible to elect under section 41 for personal assessment on his
total income; and
(b)the assessable profits of that individual in respect of his trade,
profession or business in Hong Kong for any year of assessment
do not exceed 539,000; and (Amended 32 of 1981 s. 8; 29 of
1982 s. 13; 28 of 1987 s. 6; 28 of 1988 s. 5; 17 of 1989 s. 15)
(c) the individual, and his wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, has no income, property, or profits chargeable to tax
under this Ordinance for that year of assessment, other than in
respect of such trade, profession or business,
the assessor shall not be obliged to proceed to make an assessment of profits tax
in respect of such assessable profits. (Added 2 of 1971 s. 37. Amended 7 of
1975 s. 35; 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(1C) Notwithstanding subsection (1), where an assessor is satisfied that-
(a)an individual or his wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, carries , on a trade, profession or business in Hong
Kong, either solely or jointly with another person, and the
individual is eligible to elect under section 41 for personal
assessment on his total income; and (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(b) the individual, and his wife, not being a wife living apart from her
husband, has no Iricome, property or profits chargeable to tax
under this Ordinance for any year of assessment, other than in
respect of such trade, profession or businesI and
(c) the assessable profits of the individual or his wife, not being a
wife living apart from her husband, in respect of such trade,
profession or business for such year of assessment, or his or her
share of those profits if he or she is a partner in the trade,
profession or business, are such that if there were an election for
personal assessment under section 41 and after taking into
account the allowances that would have to be deducted under
section 42B, no tax would be charged on either of them,
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 29)
the assessor shall not be obliged to proceed to make an assessment of profits tax
in respect of such assessable profits and, if he has made such an assessment, he
may notwithstanding section 70, annul the assessment or in case of assessment
of a partnership may reduce it insofar as it relates to the share of profits of such
individual or wife. (Added2of]97]s.37. Amended71 of 1983s. 29)
(2) Where a person has furnished a return in accordance with the
provisions of section 51 the assessor may either- (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 43)





(a) accept the return and make an assessment accordingly; or
(b)if he does not accept the return, estimate the sum in respect of
which such person is chargeable to tax and make an assessment
accordingly; or (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 43)
(e)in relation to the years of assessment up to and including the year
of assessment commencing on 1 April 1974, if he accepts the
return as substantially correct but considers it necessary to make
further inquiries on any matter, make immediately a provisional
assessment in the amount of the return. (Added2of]97]s.37.
Amended 7 of 1975 s. 35)
(3) Where a person has not furnished a return and the assessor is of the
opinion that such person is chargeable with tax, he may estimate the sum in
respect of which such person is chargeable to tax and make an assessment
accordingly, but such assessment shall not affect the liability of such person to a
penalty by reason of his failure or neglect to deliver a return. (Amended 49 of
1956s.43)
(4) In the case of profits from a trade or business, if accounts of such
trade or business have not been kept in a satisfactory form, the assessor may
assess the profits or income of such trade or business on the basis of the usual
rate of net profit on the turnover of such trade or business, and the Board of
Inland Revenue may prescribe the amounts of such usual rates of profits in
particular classes of trade or business.

59A. Provisional assessments
(1) A provisional assessment under section 59(2)(c) shall be a valid
assessment for all purposes except that section 64(1) shall not apply unless the
provisional assessment is confirmed under section 62(2).
(2) Where it appears to an assessor that a provisional assessment which
has not been confirmed under section 62(2) should be increased or reduced for
any year of assessment, the assessor may, in place of such provisional
assessment, within the year of assessment or within 6 years after the expiration
thereof, assess the person assessed at the amount at which according to his
judgment such person ought to have been assessed:
Provided that where the under-assessment of any person in a provisional
assessment for any year of assessment is due to fraud or wilful evasion, the
assessment under this subsection may be made at any time within 10 years after
the expiration of that year of assessment.
(Added 2 of 1971 s. 38)

60. Additional assessments
(1) Where it appears to an assessor that for any year of assessment any
person chargeable with tax has not been assessed or has been assessed at less





than the proper amount, the assessor may, within the year of assessment or
within 6 years after the expiration thereof, assess such person at the amount or
additional amount at which according to his judgment such person ought to
have been assessed, and the provisions of this Ordinance as to notice of
assessment, appeal and other proceedings shall apply to such assessment or
additional assessment and to the tax charged thereunder: (Amended 16 of
1951 s. 10; 49 of 1956 s. 44)
Provided that-
(a) (Repealed 2 of 1971 s. 39)
(b)where the non-assessment or under-assessment of any person for
any year of assessment is due to fraud or wilful evasion, such
assessment or additional assessment may be made at any time
within 10 years after the expiration of that year of assessment.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 44)
(2) Where it appears to an assessor that the whole or part of any tax
repaid to a person (otherwise than in consequence of an assessment having been
determined on objection or appeal) has been repaid by mistake, whether of fact
or law, the assessor may, within the year of assessment to which the repayment
relates or within 6 years after the expiration thereof, assess such person in the
amount of tax so repaid by mistake, and the provisions of this Ordinance as to
notice ' of assessment, objection, appeal and other proceedings shall apply to
such assessment and to the tax charged thereunder. (Added2of]97]s.39)
(3) No assessment shall be made under subsection (2) if the repayment
was in fact made on the basis of, or in accordance with, the practice generally
prevailing at the time when the repayment was made. (Added2of]97]s.39)

61. Certain transactions and dispositions
to he disregarded
Where an assessor is of opinion that any transaction which reduces or
would reduce the amount of tax payable by any person is artificial or fictitious
or that any disposition is not in fact given effect to, he may disregard any
such transaction or disposition and the person concerned shall be assessable
accordingly.

61A. Transactions designed to avoid Hability for tax
(1) This section shall apply where any transaction has been entered into
or effected after the commencement of the Inland Revenue (Amendment)
Ordinance 1986 (7 of 1986) (other than a transaction in pursuance of a
legally enforceable obligation incurred prior to such commencement) and that
transaction has, or would have had but for this section, the effect of conferring
a tax benefit on a person (in this section referred to as 'the relevant person'),
and, having regard to-





(a)the manner in which the transaction was entered into or carried
out;
(b) the form and substance of the transaction;
(c)the result in relation to the operation of this Ordinance that, but
for this section, would have been achieved by the transaction;
(d)any change in the financial position of the relevant person that
has resulted, will result, or may reasonably be expected to result,
from the transaction;
(e)any change in the financial position of any person who has, or
has had, any connection (whether of a business, family or other
nature) with the relevant person, being a change that has resulted
or may reasonably be expected to result from the transaction;
(f) whether the transaction has created rights or obligations which
would not normally be created between persons dealing with each
other at arm's length under a transaction of the kind in question;
and
(g)the participation in the transaction of a corporation resident or
carrying on business outside Hong Kong,
it would be concluded that the person, or one of the persons, who entered into
or carried out the transaction, did so for the sole or dominant purpose of
enabling the relevant person, either alone or in conjunction with other persons,
to obtain a tax benefit.
(2) Where subsection (1) applies, the powers conferred upon an assessor
under Part X shall be exercised by an assistant commissioner, and such assistant
commissioner shall, without derogation from the powers which he may exercise
under that Part, assess the liability to tax of the relevant person-
(a)as if the transaction or any part thereof had not been entered into
or carried out; or
(b) in such other manner as the assistant commissioner considers
appropriate to counteract the tax benefit which would otherwise
be obtained.
(3) In this section-
'tax benefit' means the avoidance or postponement of the liability to pay tax or
the reduction in the amount thereof;
'transaction' includes a transaction, operation or scheme whether or not
such transaction, operation or scheme is enforceable, or intended to be
enforceable, by legal proceedings.
(Added 7 of 1986 s. 10)

61B. Utilization of losses to avoid tax
Where the Commissioner is satisfied that-
(a)any change in the shareholding in any corporation, as a direct or
indirect result of which profits have been received by or accrued





to that corporation during any year of assessment, has been
effected by any person after the commencement of the Inland
Revenue (Amendment) Ordinance 1986 (7 of 1986); and
(b)the sole or dominant purpose of the change was for the purpose
of utilizing any loss or any balance of any loss sustained in a
trade, profession or business carried on by the corporation, in
order to avoid liability on the part of that corporation or any
other person for the payment of any tax or to reduce the amount
thereof,
the set off of any such loss or balance of loss against any such profits shall be
disallowed.
(Added 7 of 1986 s. 10)

62. Notice to he issued by Commissioner

(1) The Commissioner shall give a notice of assessment to each person
who has been assessed stating the amount assessed, the amount of tax charged,
and such due date for payment thereof as may be fixed by the Commissioner.
(Amended 2 of 1971 s. 40)
(2) Where the assessment is a provisional assessment made under section
59(2) the person assessed shall be notified accordingly by the Commissioner,
and he shall further be notified in due course by the Commissioner if
such provisional assessment is confirmed. The confirmation of a provisional
assessment shall not preclude the making of an additional assessment
subsequently under section 60.
(3) Where by reason of an amendment of the law it is necessary to vary
the amount of tax charged in any notice of assessment the Commissioner may
give such notification as may be necessary to the person assessed in that notice
of assessment, and any notification so given shall, as regards any particulars of
the assessment contained in the notification which have not been included in
the notice of assessment, have effect as if the notification were a notice of
assessment.
(Amended 35 of 1965 s. 27)

63. Validity of assessments, etc.

No notice, assessment, certificate, or other proceeding purporting to be in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance shall be quashed, or deemed
to be void or voidable, for want of form, or be affected by reason of a mistake,
defect, or omission therein, if the same is in substance and effect in conformity
with or according to the intent and meaning of this Ordinance, and if the
person assessed or intended to be assessed or affected thereby is designated
therein according to common intent and understanding.





63A. Appointment of agent in the United Kingdom

For the purposes of facilitating the assessment of the income or profits of a
person residing in the United Kingdom the Governor may appoint an agent in
the United Kingdom who may exercise in respect of any United Kingdom
resident who may apply to be dealt with through him all the powers conferred
by this Ordinance on an assistant commissioner. The agent appointed under
this section shall report to the Commissioner the amount of the assessable
income or profits of any such person ascertained in accordance with the
provisions of this Ordinance and shall forward to the Commissioner the
accounts and computations upon which his assessment is based:
Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the right of objection or
appeal under Part Xl. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 28)
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 45)

PART XA

PRovisioNAL SALARiEs TAx

63B. Liability for provisional salaries tax

(1) Every person who is chargeable to salaries tax under Part III in
respect of any year of assessment shall be liable to pay provisional salaries tax
in respect of that year of assessment in accordance with this Part.
(2) In the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living apart from
her husband-
(a) provisional salaries tax shall be payable on their net chargeable
income adjusted as necessary under section 63C(1); and
(b) the husband shall, subject to section 63C(1A), be solely liable to
pay that provisional salaries tax.
(Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 30)

63C. Amount of provisional salaries tax

(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), provisional salaries tax in respect of
any year of assessment shall be payable at the rates specified in Schedule 2 for
that year of assessment by reference to the amount of the net chargeable income
for the preceding year of assessment adjusted, for the purposes of this section,
as follows-
(a)any loss set off under section 12A in calculating the net assessable
income, or net assessable incomes, on which that net chargeable
income is based, shall be added; (Amended 71 of 1983
s. 31 (a) (i))





(b)any loss which may be set ofT under section 12A in the year of
assessment shall be set off against that amount:
Provided that-
(i) in respect of the year of assessment up to and including the year
of assessment commencing on 1 April 1984, in no case shall the
amount of provisional salaries tax charged on any person
under this subsection exceed the amount which would have
been chargeable on him had the standard rate for the year of
assessment been charged on the whole of his assessable income
for the preceding year of assessment as reduced by the outgoings,
expenses and allowances provided for in section 12(1) and any
excess set off under section 12A; and
(ii) in respect of the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1985
and subsequent years of assessment, in no case shall the amount
of provisional salaries tax charged under this subsection exceed
the amount which would have been chargeable had the standard
rate been charged on the whole of-
(A)the net assessable income for the preceding year of
assessment as reduced by approved charitable donations
provided for under section 12BA; or
(B) in the case of a husband and wife, not being a wife living
apart from her husband, the aggregate of their net assessable
incomes for the preceding year of assessment as reduced by
approved charitable donations provided for under section
17BA. (Replaced 71 of 1983 s. 31)
(1A) Where a husband and wife have; under section 58A, elected to be
separately charged in respect of a year of assessment, the amount of provisional
salaries tax payable, under subsection (1)-
(a)shall, if that year of assessment commences on 1 April 1984, be
apportioned between them so that -
(i) the wife shall be charged such proportion of the
provisional salaries tax as, in the year of assessment
commencing on 1 April 1983, her income bore to their
combined income, disregarding for these purposes the
effect of amendments made to this Ordinance by the
Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 5) Ordinance 1983 (71
of 1983); and
(ii) the husband shall be charged the balance of the provisional
salaries tax; and
(b) shall, if that year of assessment commences on or after 1 April
1985, be apportioned between them so that each spouse shall
be charged such proportion of the provisional salaries tax as the
net assessable income of that spouse in the preceding year of





assessment bore to tbe aggregate of their net assessable incomes
in that preceding year. (Added 71 of 1983 s. 31)
(IB) For the purpose of calculating net chargeable income under
subsection (1) in order to ascertain provisional salaries tax for the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1989 the references in section 12B(I)(b) and
(2)(b) to section 4213(1) shall be read as references to section 4213(1) as amended
by the Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1989 (17 of 1989).
(Section 22(2) of 17 of 1989 incorporated)
(2) If a person commences to derive income from a source on a day
within any year of assessment, an assessor may estimate the sum in respect of
which provisional salaries tax is payable in that year and the succeeding year of
assessment. (Amended 71 of 1983 s. 31)
(3) If a person ceases to derive income from a source within any year of
assessment an assessor may estimate the sum in respect of which provisional
salaries tax is payable for that year of assessment and for the year preceding
that year of assessment. (Amended 71 of 1983 s. 31)
(4) If a person is liable to pay provisional salaries tax, an assessor shall, as
soon as may be after the expiration of the time limited by the notice requiring
that person to furnish a return under section 51(1), assess or estimate the
amount of the provisional salaries tax which he is liable to pay.
(5) Notwithstanding subsection (4), an assessor may assess or estimate the
airnount of provisional salaries tax which any person is liable to pay if he is of
the opinion that the person is about to leave Hong Kong or that for any other
reason it is expedient to do so. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(6) When an assessor has assessed or estimated the amount of provisional
salaries tax which a person is liable to pay, the Commissioner shall give a notice
to that person stating the amount of provisional salaries tax to be paid, and
such due date for payment thereof as may be fixed by the Commissioner.
(6A) Where in any year of assessment a notice for payment of provisional
salaries tax has been given under subsection (6) an any rate specified
in Schedule 2, or any allowance provided for in section 42B, for that year of
assessment is amended, the amount of provisional salaries tax stated in the
notice shall nevertheless be payable. (Added32of]98]s.9)
(7) For the purposes of Part XII, provisional salaries tax shall be deemed
to be a tax charged under the provisions of this Ordinance and a notice under
subsection (6) shall be deemed to be a notice of assessment.
(Added 8 of 1973s. 13. Amended 7 of 1975s.36)

63D. Demands for provisional salaries tax
(1) In any year of assessment, a notice for payment of provisional salaries
tax may be-
(a)given separately to any person liable to pay provisional salaries
tax; or





(b)included in a notice of assessment to salaries tax. (Amended 7 of
1975s.37)
(2) (Repealed 7 of 1975 s. 37)
(Added 8 of 1973 s. 13)

63E. Holding over of payment of
provisional salaries tax

(1) Where, in relation to any year of assessment, a person is liable to pay
provisional salaries tax, he may subject to subsection (5), by notice in writing
lodged with the Commissioner 14 days before the day by which
the provisional salaries tax is to be paid, apply to the Commissioner on any of
the grounds specified in subsection (2) to have the payment of the whole or part
of such tax held over until he is required to pay salaries tax for that year
of assessment or, in the case of an application on the ground set out in sub-
section (2)(d), until-
(a)the determination of the objection or settlement thereof under
section 64(3);
(b) he is required to pay salaries tax for that year of assessment,
whichever is the sooner. (Amended 7 of 1975 s. 38; 71 of 1983 s. 32)
(2) The grounds referred to in subsection (1) are-
(a)that the person assessed to provisional salaries tax has become
entitled during the year of assessment to an allowance under
section 42B(1)(b),(c) or (d), which allowance was not taken into
account in the ascertainment of his net chargeable income for the
year preceding the year of assessment or in estimating the sum in
respect of which such person is liable to pay provisional salaries
tax; (Amended33of 1973s. 4; 79of 1978s. 3)
(b)that the net chargeable income during the year of assessment of
the person assessed to provisional salaries tax is, or is likely to be,
less than 90% of the net chargeable income for the year preceding
the year of assessment or of the estimated sum in respect of which
such person is liable to pay provisional salaries tax; (Amended
7 of 1975 s. 38)
(c)that the person assessed to provisional salaries tax has ceased, or
will before the end of the year of assessment cease, to derive
income chargeable to salaries tax; or
(d)that the person assessed to provisional salaries tax has objected
under section 64 to his assessment to salaries tax for the year
preceding the year of assessment. (Added 7 of 1975 s. 38)
(3) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Commissioner
shall consider the same and may hold over the payment of the whole or part of
the provisional salaries tax.





(4) The Commissioner shall, by notice in writing, inform the person
applying under subsection (1) of his decision.
(5) In the case of a husband and wife who elect under section 58A to be
separately charged in respect of any year of assessment-
(a) an application under subsection (1) to have payment of
provisional salaries tax held over shall not be entertained unless it
is made by both spouses jointly; and
(b)any provisional salaries tax held over by the Commissioner shall,
as between the spouses, be held over in such proportions as he
think fit. (Added 71 of 1983 s. 32)
(Added 8 of 1973 s. 13)

63F. Provisional salaries tax to he
applied against salaries tax

(1) When any person had paid provisional salaries tax in respect of any
year of assessment, the Commissioner shall, not later than when he gives notice
of assessment of salaries tax, apply the amount of provisional salaries tax so
paid in payment first of-
(a)the salaries tax payable by that person for that year of
assessment; then
(b)the provisional salaries tax payable in respect of the year of
assessment succeeding that year of assessment,
and shall refund to the person paying the provisional salaries tax the amount of
the provisional salaries tax not so applied. (Replaced 7 of 1975 s. 39)
(2) If at any time in any year of assessment a person was married to a wife
whose net assessable income was required to be aggregated with that of her
husband for the purpose of calculating their net chargeable income under
section 12B(2), any provisional salaries tax paid by the wife in respect of that
income shall be applied by the Commissioner in payment of the salaries tax
payable by the person for the year of assessment in which the marriage took
place, unless the husband and wife have elected under section 58A to be
separately charged in respect of that year of assessment, in which case any
provisional salaries tax so paid shall be applied in payment of the salaries tax
payable by the wife under section 13(2) as a result of the election. (Amended
71 of 1983 s. 33)
(Added 8 of 1973 s. 13)

PART XB

PROVISIONAL PROFITS TAX

63G. Liability for provisional profits tax

Every person who is chargeable to profits tax under Part IV in respect of
the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975 or any succeeding year of





assessment shall be liable to pay provisional profits tax in respect of that year of
assessment in accordance with this Part.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 40)

6311. Ainount of provisional profits tax
(1) Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4), provisional profits tax in
respect of any year of assessment shall be payable at the standard rate by
reference to the amount of assessable profits for the year preceding the year of
assessment, but after the set off of any loss available for set off in the year of
assessment under section 19 or 19C
Provided that, in the case of a corporation, provisional profits tax shall be
payable-
(a)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1975, at the
rate of 161%;
2
(b)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1976 and all
subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1979, at the rate of 17 %;
(c)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1980 and all
subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1983, at the rate of 161%;
(Replaced 32 of 1981 s. 10. Amended36of 1984s. 6; 28 of 1987
s.7)
(d)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1984 and all
subsequent years of assessment up to and including the year of
assessment commencing on 1 April 1986, at the rate of 181 %;
2
(Added36 of 1984s. 6. Amended28of 1987s. 7,-28 of 1988s.6)
(e) for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1987, at the
rateof18%; (Added28of 1987s. 7. Amended28of 1988s.6;
17 of 1989 s. 16)
(f)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1988, at the
rate of 17%; and (Added 28 of 1988 s. 6. Amended 17 of 1989
s.16)
(g)for the year of assessment commencing on 1 April 1989 and all
subsequent years of assessment, at the rate of 161 %. (Added 17
2
of 1989 s. 16)
(2) In calculating any assessable profits for a year preceding a year of
assessment for the purposes of computing provisional profits tax under
subsection (1), there shall be disregarded any loss available for set off in that
year.
(3) Where the amount of assessable profits of a person for the year
preceding the year of assessment was calculated on a basis period of more or
less than 1 year, an assessor may estimate the sum in respect of which such
person is liable to pay provisional profits tax in that year of assessment.





(4) If a person commences to carry on a trade, profession or business in
Hong Kong on a day within. a year of assessment commencing on or after 1
April 1974, an assessor may estimate the sum in respect of which such person is
liable to pay provisional profits tax in that year and the succeeding year of
assessment. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(5) If a person is liable to pay provisional profits tax, an assessor shall, as
soon as may be after the expiration of the time limited by the notice requiring
that person to furnish a return under section 51(1), assess or estimate the
amount of provisional profits tax which he is liable to pay.
(6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), an assessor may assess or estimate the
amount of provisional profits tax which any person is liable to pay if he is of the
opinion that the person is about to leave Hong Kong or that for any other
reason it is expedient to do so. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(7) When an assessor has assessed or estimated the amount of provisional
profits tax which a person is liable to pay, the Commissioner shall give a notice
to that person stating the amount of provisional profits tax to be paid, and such
due date for payment thereof as may be fixed by the Commissioner.
(7A) Where in any year of assessment a notice for payment of provisional
profits tax has been given under subsection (7) and thereafter the rate of
provisional tax for that year of assessment is amended, the amount of
provisional profits tax stated in the notice shall nevertheless be payable.
(Added 32 of 1981 s. 10)
(8) For the purposes of Part XII, provisional profits tax shall be deemed
to be a tax charged under this Ordinance and a notice under subsection (7) shall
be deemed to be a notice of assessment.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 40)

631. Demands for provisional profits tax
In any year of assessment, a notice for payment of provisional profits tax
may bc---
(a)given separately to the person liable to pay that provisional
profits tax; or
(b) included in a notice of assessment to profits tax.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 40)

63J. Holding over of payment of provisional profits tax
(1) Where in relation to any year of assessment a person is liable to
pay provisional profits tax, he may, by notice in writing lodged with the
Commissioner not later than 14 days before the day by which the provisional
profits tax is to be paid, apply to the Commissioner on any of the grounds
specified in subsection (2) to have the payment of the whole or part of such tax
held over until he is required to pay profits tax for that year of assessment or, in
the case of an application on the ground set out in subsection (2)(e), until-





(a)the determination of the objection or settlement thereof under
section 64(3); or
(b) he is required to pay profits tax for that year of assessment,
whichever is the sooner.
(2) The grounds referred to in subsection (1) are-
(a)that the assessable profits for the year of assessment of the person
assessed to provisional profits tax are, or are likely to be, less
than 90% of the assessable profits for the year preceding the year
of assessment or of the estimated sum in respect of which the
person is liable to pay provisional profits tax;
(b)that the amount of any loss brought forward for set ofr to that
year of assessment under section 19 or 19C has been omitted or is
incorrect;
(c)that the person assessed to provisional profits tax has ceased, or
will before the end of the year of assessment cease, to carry on his
trade, profession or business and that the assessable profits to be
assessed under section 18D for that year of assessment are, or are
likely to be, less than the assessable profits for the year preceding
the year of assessment or of the estimated sum in respect of which
the person is liable to pay provisional profits tax;
(d)that the person assessed to provisional profits tax has elected or is
deemed to have elected to be personally assessed under Part VII
for that year of assessment and that such personal assessment is
likely to reduce his liability to tax; or
(e)that the person assessed to provisional profits tax has objected
under section 64 to his assessment to profits tax for the year
preceding the year of assessment.
(3) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Commissioner
shall consider the same and may hold over the payment of the whole or part of
the provisional profits tax.
(4) The Commissioner shall, by notice in writing, inform the person
applying under subsection (1) of his decision.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 40)

63K. Provisional profits tax to be
applied against profits tax

When any person has paid provisional profits tax in respect of any year of
assessment, the Commissioner shall, not later than when he gives notice of
assessment of profits tax, apply the amount of provisional profits tax so paid in
payment first of-
(a)the profits tax payable by that person for that year of assessment;
then





(b)the provisional profits tax payable in respect of the year of
assessment succeeding that year of assessment,
and shall refund to the person paying the provisional profits tax the amount
thereof not so applied.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 40)

PART XC

PROVISIONAL PROPERTY TAx

63L. Liability for provisional property tax

Every person who is chargeable to property tax under Part 11 in respect of
any year of assessment commencing on or after 1 April 1983 shall be liable to
pay provisional property tax in respect of that year of assessment in accordance
with this Part.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 18)

63M. Amount of provisional property tax

(1) Provisional property tax in respect of any year of assessment shall be
payable at the standard rate on the net assessable value of land or buildings of
land and buildings for the year preceding the year of assessment.
(2) Where the amount of assessable value of land or buildings or land and
buildings for the year preceding the year of assessment was calculated in respect
of a period of less than one year, an assessor may estimate the assessable value
in respect of which provisional property tax is payable.
(3) Where a person becomes chargeable to property tax during a year of
assessment, an assessor may estimate the assessable value in respect of which
provisional property tax is payable in that year and the succeeding year of
assessment.
(4) Where a person is liable to pay provisional property tax, an assessor
shall, as soon as may be after expiration of the time limited by the notice
requiring that person to furnish a return under section 51(1), assess or estimate
the amount of provisional property tax which he is liable to pay.
(5) Notwithstanding subsection (4), an assessor may assess or estimate the
amount of provisional property tax which any person is liable to pay if he is of
the opinion that the person is about to leave Hong Kong or that for any other
reason it is expedient to do so.
(6) When an assessor has assessed or estimated the amount of provisional
property tax which a person is liable to pay, the Commissioner shall give a
notice to that person stating the amount of provisional property tax to be paid,
and such due date for payment thereof as may be fixed by the Commissioner.





(7) Where in any year of assessment a notice for payment of provisional
property tax has been given under subsection (6) and thereafter the allowance
mentioned in section 5(1A) or the rate of provisional property tax for that year
of assessment is amended, the amount of provisional property tax stated in the
notice shall nevertheless be payable.
(8) For the purposes of Part XII, provisional property tax shall be
deemed to be a tax charged under this Ordinance and a notice under subsection
(7) shall be deemed to be a notice of assessment.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 18)

63N. Demands for provisional property tax

In any year of assessment, a notice for payment of provisional property tax
may be-
(a) given separately to the person liable to pay that provisional
1 property tax; or
(b) included in a notice of assessment to property tax.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 18)

630. Holding over of payment of
provisional property tax

(1) Where in relation to any year of assessment a person is liable to pay
provisional property tax, he may, by notice in writing lodged with the
Commissioner not later than 28 days before the day by which the provisional
property tax is to be paid, apply to the Commissioner on any of the grounds
specified in subsection (2) to have the payment of the whole or part of such tax
held over until he is required to pay property tax for that year of assessment or,
in the case of an application on the ground set out in subsection (2)(d), until-
(a)the determination of the objection or settlement thereof under
section 64(3); or
(b) he is required to pay property tax for that year of assessment,
whichever is the sooner.
(2) The grounds referred to in subsection (1) are-
(a)that the assessable value for the year of assessment is, or is likely
to be, less than 90% of the assessable value for the year preceding
the year of assessment or of the estimated assessable value in
respect of which the person is liable to pay provisional property
tax;
(b)that the person assessed to provisional property tax has ceased,
or will before the end of the year of assessment cease, to be an
owner of land or buildings or land and buildings and that the
assessable value for the year of assessment is, or is likely to be,





less than the assessable value for the year preceding the year of
assessment or the estimated sum in respect of which the person is
liable to pay provisional property tax;
(c)that the person assessed to provisional property tax has elected or
is deemed to have elected to be personally assessed under Part
VII for that year of assessment and that such personal assessment
is likely to reduce his liability to tax; or
(d)that the person assessed to provisional property tax has objected
under section 64 to his assessment to property tax for the year
preceding the year of assessment.
(3) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the Commissioner
shall consider the same and may hold over the payment of the whole or part of
the provisional property tax.
(4) The Commissioner shall, by notice in writing, inform the person
applying under subsection (1) of his decision.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 18)

63P. Provisional property tax to he
applied against property tax

When any person has paid provisional property tax in respect of any year
of assessment, the Commissioner shall, not later than when he gives notice of
assessment of property tax, apply the amount of provisional property tax so
paid in payment first of-
(a)the property tax payable by that person for that year of
assessment; then
(b)the provisional property tax payable in respect of the year of
assessment succeeding that year of assessment,
and shall refund to the person paying the provisional property tax the amount
thereof not so applied.
(Added 8 of 1983 s. 18)

PART XI

OBJECTIONS AND APPEALS
(Amended 26 of 1969 s. 33)

64. Objections

(1) Any person aggrieved by an assessment made under this Ordinance
may, by notice in writing to the Commissioner, object to the assessment; but no
such notice shall be valid unless it states precisely the grounds of objection to
the assessment and, in the case of an assessment other than a provisional





assessment, is received by the Commissioner within 1 month after the date
of the notice of assessment or, in the case of a provisional assessment, within
1 month after the date of the notice under section 62(2) confirming such
assessment: (Amended2of]97]s.41)
Provided that-
(a)if the Commissioner is satisfied that owing to absence from Hong
Kong, sickness or other reasonable cause, the person objecting to
the assessment was prevented from giving such notice within such
period, the Commissioner shall extend the period as may be
reasonable in the circumstances; (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(b)where any assessment objected to has been made under section
59(3) in the absence of any return required under section 51, no
notice of objection against such assessment shall be valid unless,
in addition to such notice being valid in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this subsection, the return required as
aforesaid has been made within the period provided by this
subsection for objecting to the assessment or within such further
period as the Commissioner may approve for the making of such
return;
(c)where the assessment is a reassessment of the tax due from a
person having the effect of either increasing or reducing that
person's liability to tax, the person so reassessed shall have no
further right of objection than he would have had if the
reassessment had not been made except to the extent to which, by
reason of the reassessment, a fresh liability in respect of any
particular is imposed on him or an existing liability in respect of
any particular is increased or reduced. (Replaced 2 of 1971
s.41)
(2) On receipt of a valid notice of objection under subsection (1) the
Commissioner shall consider the same and within a reasonable time may
confirm, reduce, increase or annul the assessment objected to, and for the
purpose of discharging his functions under this subsection may, by notice in
writing, require the person giving the notice of objection to furnish such
particulars as the Commissioner may deem necessary with respect to the
matters which are the subject of the assessment and to produce all books or
other documents in his custody or under his control relating to such matters,
and may summon any person who in his opinion is able to give evidence
respecting the assessment to attend before him and may examine such person
on oath or otherwise. Where the Commissioner proposes to examine any
person on oath under this subsection, he shall, by prior notice in writing, afford
a reasonable opportunity to the person giving the notice of objection or his
authorized representative to be present at such examination.





(3) In the event of the Commissioner agreeing with any person assessed,
who has validly objected to an assessment made upon him, as to the amount at
which such person is liable to be assessed, any necessary adjustment of the
assessment shall be made.
(4) In the event of the Commissioner failing to agree with any person
assessed, who has validly objected to an assessment made upon him, as to the
amount at which such person is liable to be assessed, the Commissioner shall, within
1 month after his determination of the objection, transmit in writing to the person
objecting to the assessment his determination together with the reasons therefor
and a statement of the facts upon which the deterniination was arrived at, and such
person may appeal therefrom to the Board of Review as provided in section 66.
(5) The Commissioner shall for the purpose of this section have the
powers granted under section 4(1)(d), (e), (f) and (g) of the Commissions of
Inquiry Ordinance (Cap. 86), subject to the provisions of section 80 of this
Ordinance. (Amended 26 of 1969 s. 34)
(6) Any person, other than the person giving the notice of objection or his
authorized representative, may be allowed by the Commissioner any reasonable
expenses necessarily incurred by him in attending before the Commissioner
under subsection (2).
(7) No objection by a person to a personal assessment on his total income
under Part VII shall-
(a)extend the time for making any objection under any other
provision of this Ordinance;
(b) make valid any objection which is otherwise invalid; or
(c)authorize the revision of any amount which has been included in
the total income of an individual pursuant to the provisions
of section 42(1), where such amount has been the subject of,
or formed a part of, any assessment made under Part H, 111 or
IV which has become final and conclusive under section 70:
(Amended 17 of 1989 s. 17)
Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall operate to
prevent an objection by an individual on the grounds that an
amount included in the calculation under section 42 of his total
income as a share of the assessable profits or losses of a
partnership has not been ascertained in accordance with section
22A. (Added40 of 1972s. 7. Replaced7of]975s.41)
(8) Where an individual makes an objection in the circumstances
described in the proviso to subsection (7)(c), such objection shall be deemed to
be an objection by all the partners as to the share of assessable profits or losses
ascertained under section 22A and any determination or agreement made under
this section as to such ascertaimnent shall be binding on all the partners.
(Added 7 of 1975 s. 41)
(Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 29)





65. Constitution of the Board of Review

(1) For the purpose of hearing appeals in the manner hereinafter
provided, there shall be a panel for a Board of Review consisting of a chairman
and 10 deputy chairmen, who shall be persons with legal training and
experience, and not more than 150 other members, all of whom shall be
appointed from time to time by the Governor. The members of the panel shall
hold office for a term of 3 years but shall be eligible for reappointment.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 48; 35 of 1965 s. 31; 51 of 1969 s. 2; 65 of 1970 s. 9; 32
of 19 77 s. 3; 11 of 1985 s. 4; 4 of 1989 s. 3)
(2) There shall be a clerk to the Board of Review (hereinafter referred to
as the Board) who shall be appointed by the Governor.
(3) (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 48)
(4) 3 or more members of the panel, one of whom shall always be either
the chairman or a deputy chairman, shall be nominated by the Chief Secretary
and summoned by the clerk to attend meetings of the Board at which appeals
are to be heard. At any such a meeting a quorum shall consist of 3 members.
All matters coming before the Board shall be decided by a majority of votes and
in the case of an equality of votes the chairman or deputy chairman shall have a
second or casting vote. (Amended49ofl956s. 48;65 of 1970s. 9)
(5) At the request of the Chief Secretary, the clerk to the Board shall
summon a meeting of the Board consisting of all the members of the panel
available in Hong Kong. At such a meeting a quorum shall consist of 5
members. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(6) The remuneration, if any, of the chairman, deputy chairmen and other
members of the Board and the clerk to the Board shall be determined by the
Governor. (Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 48. Amended65 of 1970s. 9)

66. Right of appeal to the Board of Review

(1) Any person (hereinafter referred to as the appellant) who has validly
objected to an assessment but with whom the Commissioner in considering the
objection has failed to agree may within-
(a)1 month after the transmission to him under section 64(4) of the
Commissioner's written determination together with the reasons
therefor and the statement of facts; or
(b)such further period as the Board may allow under sub-
section (IA),
either himself or by his authorized representative give notice of appeal to the
Board; but no such notice shall be entertained unless it is given in writing to the
clerk to the Board and is accompanied by a copy of the Commissioner's written
determination together with a copy of the reasons therefor and of the statement
of facts and a statement of the grounds of appeal.(Replaced 2 of 1971 s.42)





(IA) If the Board is satisfied that an appellant was prevented by illness or
absence from Hong Kong or other reasonable cause from giving notice of
appeal in accordance with subsection (1)(a), the Board may extend for such
period as it thinks fit the time within which notice of appeal may be given under
subsection (1). This subsection shall apply to an appeal relating to any
assessment in respect of which notice of assessment is given on or after 1 April
1971. (Added2of]97]s.42. Amended 7of 1986s. 12)
(2) The appellant shall at the same time as he gives notice of appeal to the
Board serve on the Commissioner a copy of such notice and of the statement of
the grounds of appeal.
(3) Save with the consent of the Board and on such terms as the Board
may determine, an appellant may not at the hearing of his appeal rely on any
grounds of appeal other than the grounds contained in his statement of grounds
of appeal given in accordance with subsection (1).
(Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 32)

67. Transfer of appeals under section 66 for
hearing and determination by High
Court instead of Board of Review

(1) Where notice of appeal is given to the Board under section 66, the
appellant or the Commissioner may give notice in writing in accordance with
this section that he desires the appeal to be transferred to the High Court:
Provided that if both the appellant and the Commissioner give such notice,
the notice given by the Commissioner shall have no effect and shall be deemed
not to have been given.
(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall, if given by the appellant, be given
to the Commissioner, or, if given by the Commissioner, be given to the
appellant, not later than 21 days after the date on which the notice of appeal is
received by the clerk to the Board, and the person giving such notice shall at the
same time send a copy thereof to the Board.
(3) If the person to whom notice is given under subsection (1) consents
thereto, he shall, not later than 21 days after the date on which the notice is
given, notify his consent in writing to the Board and serve a copy of such
notification on the person giving the notice, and on receipt of such notification
by the Board the clerk to the Board shall transmit the notice of appeal to the
High Court together with the documents delivered to the Board under this
section and section 66(1) in connection with the appeal. (Amended L.N. 262
of 1985)
(4) An appeal in respect of which notice of appeal is transmitted to the
High Court under subsection (3) shall be heard and determined by the High
Court as in all respects an appeal to the High Court against the determination
to which the notice of appeal relates.





(5) The following provisions shall apply in relation to the hearing of an
appeal under this section-
(a)the High Court shall give 14 clear days' notice to the appellant
and the Commissioner of the date fixed for the hearing of the
appeal, and may adjourn the hearing to any other date as the
High Court may deem fit;
(b)the Commissioner shall be entitled to appear and be heard at the
hearing of the appeal;
(c)save with the leave of the High Court and on such terms as to costs
or otherwise as the High Court may order, the appellant shall not at
the hearing of the appeal rely on any grounds of appeal other than
the grounds contained in his statement of grounds of appeal given
with the notice of appeal under section 66(1);
(d)the onus of proving that the assessment appealed against is
excessive or incorrect shall be on the appellant;
(e)the High Court may summon any person appearing to the High
Court to be able to give evidence respecting the appeal to attend
at the hearing of the appeal and may examine any such person as
a witness on oath or otherwise.
(6) An appeal in respect of which notice of appeal is transmitted to the
High Court under subsection (3) shall not be withdrawn without the leave of
the High Court and except on such terms as to costs or otherwise as the High
Court may order.
(7) In determining an appeal under this section, the High Court may-
(a)confirm, reduce, increase or annul the assessment determined by
the Commissioner;
(b)make any assessment which the Commissioner was empowered to
make at the time he determined the assessment, or direct the
Commissioner to make such an assessment, in which case an
assessment shall be made by the Commissioner so as to conform
to that direction;
(c) make such order as to costs as the High Court may deem fit.
(Added 12 of 1979 s. 3)

68. Hearing and disposal of appeals
to the Board of Review
(1) Except where a notification of consent in respect of the transfer of any
appeal under section 67 is received by the Board within the time allowed in that
behalf by that section, every appeal under section 66 shall be heard by the
Board in accordance with this section and the clerk to the Board shall, as soon
as may be after the receipt of the notice of appeal, fix a time and place for
the hearing of the appeal, and shall give 14 clear days' notice thereof to the
appellant and the Commissioner:





Provided that the time so fixed for the hearing of the appeal shall not be
earlier than-
(a)in the case of an appeal in respect of which neither party to the
appeal gives notice under section 67(1), the expiration of the time
allowed by that section for giving such notice; or
(b)in the case of an appeal in respect of which notice under section
67(1) is given-
(i) by the appellant; or
(ii) by the Commissioner but not by the appellant,
the expiration of a period of 21 days after the date on which such
notice is given. (Replaced 12 of 1979 s. 4)
(2) Subject to subsection (2B), an appellant shall attend at the meeting of
the Board at which the appeal is heard in person or by an authorized
representative. (Amended40of]972s.8)
(M) At any time before the hearing of an appeal, the appellant may
withdraw the appeal by notice in writing addressed to the clerk to the Board.
(Added40 of 1972 s. 8)
(2B) If, on the date fixed for the hearing of an appeal, the appellant fails
to attend at the meeting of the Board either in person or by his authorized
representative the Board may-
(a)if satisfied that the appellant's failure to attend was due to
sickness or other reasonable cause, postpone or adjourn the
hearing for such period as it thinks fit;
(b) proceed to hear the appeal under subsection (213); or
(c) dismiss the appeal. (Added40 of 1972s. 8)
(2Q If an appeal has been dismissed by the Board under subsec-
tion (2B)(c) the appellant may, within 30 days after the making of the order for
dismissal by notice in writing addressed to the clerk to the Board, apply to the
Board to review its order and the Board may, if satisfied that the appellant's
failure to attend at the meeting of the Board for the hearing of the appeal was
due to sickness or any other reasonable cause, set aside the order for dismissal
and proceed to hear the appeal. (Added40 of 1972s. 8)
(213) The Board may, if satisfied that an appellant will be or is outside Hong
Kong on the date fixed for the hearing of the appeal and is unlikely to be in Hong
Kong within such period thereafter as the Board considers reasonable on the
application of the appellant made by notice in writing addressed to the clerk to the
Board and received by him at least 7 days prior to the date fixed for the hearing of
the appeal, proceed to hear the appeal in the absence of the appellant or his
authorized representative. (Added40 of 1972s. 8. Amended 7 of1986s. 12)
(215) The Board may, if it hears an appeal in the absence of an appellant
or his authorized representative under subsection (213), consider such written
submissions as the appellant may submit to the Board. (Added40 of 1972s. 8.
Amended 7 of 1975 s. 42)





(3) The assessor who made the assessment appealed against or some other
person authorized by the Commissioner shall attend such meeting of the Board
in support of the assessment.
(4) The onus of proving that the assessment appealed against is excessive
or incorrect shall be on the appellant. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 34)
(5) All appeals shall be heard in camera, but any appeal may be reported
in such publications as may be approved by the Attorney General in such a
manner that the identity of the appellant is not disclosed. (Replaced 2 of 1971
s.43)
(6) The Board shall have power to summon to attend at the hearing any
person whom it may consider able to give evidence respecting the appeal and
may examine him as a witness either on oath or otherwise. Any person so
attending may be allowed by the Board any reasonable expenses necessarily
incurred by him in so attending.
(7) At the hearing of the appeal the Board may, subject to the provisions
of section 66(3), admit or reject any evidence adduced, whether oral or
documentary, and the provisions of the Evidence Ordinance (Cap. 8), relating
to the admissibility of evidence shall not apply.
(8) (a)After hearing the appeal, the Board shall confirm, reduce,
increase or annul the assessment appealed against or may remit
the case to the Commissioner with the opinion of the Board
thereon.
(b)Where a case is so remitted by the Board, the Commissioner shall
revise the assessment as the opinion of the Board may require
and in accordance with such directions (if any) as the Board,
at the request at any time of the Commissioner, may give
concerning the revision required in order to give effect to such
opinion. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 34)
(9) Where under subsection (8), the Board does not reduce or annul such
assessment, the Board may order the appellant to pay as costs of the Board
a sum not exceeding $1,000, which shall be added to the tax charged and
recovered therewith. (Amended 11 of 1985 s. 5)
(10) The Board shall for the purpose of this section have the powers
granted under section 4(1)(d), (e), (f) and (g) of the Commissions of Inquiry
Ordinance (Cap. 86), subject to the provisions of section 80 of this Ordinance.
(Added35of]965s.34. Amended26of 1969s. 35)

69. Appeals to the High Court

(1) The decision of the Board shall be final:
Provided that either the appellant or the Commissioner may make an
application requiring the Board to state a case on a question of law for the
opinion of the High Court. Such application shall not be entertained unless it is





made in writing and delivered to the clerk to the Board, together with a fee of
$450, within 1 month of the date of the Board's decision. If the decision of the
Board shall be notified to the Commissioner or to the appellant in writing, the
date of the decision, for the purposes of determining the period within which
either of such persons may require a case to be stated, shall be the date of the
communication by which the decision is notified to him. (Amended 49 of 1956
s. 50; 11 of 1985 s. 6; 4 of 1989 s. 4)
(2) The stated case shall set forth the facts and the decision of the Board,
and the party requiring it shall transmit the case, when stated and signed, to the
High Court within 14 days after receiving the same.
(3) At or before the time when he transmits the stated case to the High
Court, the party requiring it shall send to the other party notice in writing of the
fact that the case has been stated on his application and shall supply him with a
copy of the stated case.
(4) Any judge of the High Court may cause a stated case to be sent back
for amendment and thereupon the case shall be amended accordingly.
(5) Any judge of the High Court shall hear and determine any question of
law arising on the stated case and may in accordance with the decision of the
court upon such question confirm, reduce, increase or annul the assessment
determined by the Board, or may remit the case to the Board with the opinion
of the court thereon. Where a case is so remitted by the court, the Board shall
revise the assessment as the opinion of the court may require.
(6) In any proceedings before the High Court under this section, the court
may make such order in regard to costs in the High Court and in regard to the
sum paid under subsection (1) as to the court may seem fit. ,
(7) Appeals from decisions of the High Court under this section shall be
governed by the provisions of the Supreme Court Ordinance (Cap. 4), the Rules
of the Supreme Court (Cap. 4 sub. leg.), and the Orders and Rules governing
appeals to the Privy Council. (Amended 92 of 1975 s. 58)
(Amended 92 of 1975 s. 59)

against decision of Board of Review

(1) Notwithstanding section 69, the appellant or the Commissioner may,
with the leave of the Court of Appeal granted on the application of the
appellant or the Commissioner, as the case may be, appeal directly to the Court
of Appeal against the decision of the Board.
(2) Leave to appeal under this section may be granted on the ground that
in the opinion of the Court of Appeal it is desirable that, by reason of the
amount of tax in dispute or of the general or public importance of the matter or
its extraordinary difficulty or for any other reason, the appeal be heard and
determined by the Court of Appeal instead of the High Court.





(3) Section 69 shall apply in relation to appeals under this section as it
applies in relation to appeals under that section except that for references in
that section to the High Court or a judge of the High Court there shall be
substituted references to the Court of Appeal.
(Added 12 of 1979 s. 5)

70. Assessments or amended assessments to he final

Where no valid objection or appeal has been lodged within the time limited
by this Part against an assessment as regards the amount of the assessable
income or profits or net assessable value assessed thereby, or where an appeal
against an assessment has been withdrawn under section 68(2A) or dismissed
under subsection (2B) of that section, or where the amount of the assessable
income or profits or net assessable value has been agreed to under section 64(3),
or where the amount of such assessable income or profits or net assessable value
has been determined on objection or appeal, the assessment as made or agreed
to or determined on objection or appeal, as the case may be, shall be final and
conclusive for all purposes of this Ordinance as regards the amount of such
assessable income or profits or net assessable value: (Amended 49 of 1956
s. 51; 35 of 1965 s. 35; 40 of 1972 s. 9; 7 of 1979 s. 4)
Provided that nothing in this Part shall prevent an assessor from making
an assessment or additional assessment for any year of assessment which does
not involve re-opening any matter which has been determined on objection or
appeal for the year. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 35)

70A. Powers of assessor to correct errors

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 70, if, upon application
made within 6 years after the end of a year of assessment or within 6 months
after the date on which the relative notice of assessment was served, whichever
is the later, it is established to the satisfaction of an assessor that the tax
charged for that year of assessment is excessive by reason of an error or
omission in any return or statement submitted in respect thereof, or by reason
of any arithmetical error or omission in the calculation of the amount of the
assessable income or profits assessed or in the amount of the tax charged, the
assessor shall correct such assessment:
Provided that under this section no correction shall be made to any
assessment in respect of an error or omission in any return or statement
submitted in respect thereof as to the basis on which the liability to tax ought to
have been computed where the return or statement was in fact made on the
basis of or in accordance with the practice generally prevailing at the time when
the return or statement was made.





(2) Where an assessor refuses to correct an assessment in accordance with
an application under this section he shall give notice thereof in writing to the
person who made such application and such person shall thereupon have the
same rights of objection and appeal under this Part as if such notice of refusal
were a notice of assessment. (Added 35 of 1965 s. 36)
(Replaced 28 of 1964 s. 11)

70B. Husband and wife
Where, following an election under section 58A for separate assessment by
a husband and wife, either spouse makes an objection, appeal or application
under this Part in respect of any assessment made in consequence of the
election-
(a)the other spouse shall be deemed to be joined in the objection,
appeal or application;
(b)nothing in section 70 shall prevent a re-assessment being made in
respect of either spouse; and
(c) amended assessments may be issued to both spouses.
(Added 71 of 1983 s. 34)

PART XII

PAYMENT AND REcovERY oF TAx

71. Provisions regarding payment of tax
(1) Tax charged under the provisions of this Ordinance shall be paid in
the manner directed in the notice of assessment on or before a date specified in
such notice. Any tax not so paid shall be deemed to be in default, and the
person by whom such tax is payable, or where any tax is payable by more than
one person or by a partnership then each of such persons or each partner in
the partnership, shall be deemed to be a defaulter for the purposes of this
Ordinance. (Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 53)
(2) Tax shall be paid notwithstanding any notice of objection or appeal,
unless the Commissioner orders that payment of tax or any part thereof be held
over pending the result of such objection or appeal: (Amended 7 of 1985 s. 2)
Provided that where the Commissioner so orders he may do so
conditionally upon the person who or on whose behalf the objection or appeal
is made providing security for the payment of the amount of tax or any part
thereof the payment of which is held over either-
(a)by purchasing a certificate issued under the Tax Reserve
Certificates Ordinance (Cap. 289); or
(b) by furnishing a banker's undertaking,
as the Commissioner may require. (Added 7 of 1985 s. 2)





(3) Where the Commissioner is of opinion either that the tax or any part
thereof held over under subsection (2) is likely to become irrecoverable, or that
the person objecting or appealing is unreasonably delaying the prosecution of
his objection or appeal, he may cancel any order made under that subsection
and make such fresh order as the case may appear to him to require.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 53; 35 of 1965 s. 3 7)
(4) Where, upon the final determination of an objection or appeal under
Part Xl, or upon any order made by the Commissioner, any tax which has been
held over under subsection (2) becomes payable or the tax charged is increased,
the Commissioner shall give to the person objecting or appealing a notice in
writing fixing a date on or before which any tax or balance of tax shall be paid.
Any tax not so paid shall be deemed to be in default. (Amended 30 of 1950
Schedule; 49 of 1956 s. 53; 35 of 1965 s. 37)
(5) Where any tax is in default, the Commissioner may in his discretion
order that a sum or sums not exceeding 5% in all of the amount in default shall
be added to the tax and recovered therewith.
(5A) Where on the expiry of a period of 6 months from the date when any
tax is deemed to be in default, whether such date was before or after 1 August
1984, there remains unpaid any amount of the aggregate of-
(a) the tax deemed to be in default; and
(b) any sum added thereto under subsection (5),
the Commissioner may order that a sum or sums not exceeding 10% in all of
the unpaid amount shall be added to the unpaid amount and recovered
therewith. (Replaced 52 of 1984 s. 2)
(5B) Any amount charged by the Commissioner prior to 1 August 1984 in
the purported exercise of his powers under subsection (5A) by way of surcharge
upon the unpaid amount of any sum added to tax under subsection (5) shall,
notwithstanding that the tax was not in default at the time of making such charge,
be deemed to have been validly charged and to be recoverable as if the tax had
been in default at the time of making such charge. (Added 52 of 1984 s. 2)
(6) Notwithstanding anything contained in the previous subsections
of this section the Commissioner may agree to accept payment of tax by
instalments. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 53)
(7) Where the Commissioner exercises his powers under the proviso
to subsection (2) and a person is required to purchase a certificate under
paragraph (a) of that proviso-
(a)a certificate in an amount equal to the tax or any part thereof the
payment of which is held over shall be purchased within a period
of 14 days from the date of the order of the Commissioner, or on
or before the date for the payment of tax specified in the notice of
the assessment, whichever is the later, failing which the provisions
of subsection (2) shall apply as they would if there had been no
order;





(b)the Commissioner shall, when he issues a certificate so purchased,
note on it particulars sufficient to identify the objection or appeal
to which it relates;
(e)upon the withdrawal or final determination of the objection or
appeal a certificate or part of a certificate so purchased shall be
accepted by the Commissioner in payment of so much of the tax
held over as becomes or is found to become payable, and no
interest shall be payable upon any certificate or part of a
certificate so accepted;
(d)where, upon the final determination of the objection or appeal,
and after all tax held over which becomes, or is found to be,
payable has been paid in the manner specified in paragraph (c),
any certificate or part of a certificate so purchased has not been
accepted as payment by the Commissioner under paragraph (c),
the holder thereof may surrender that certificate or part to the
Commissioner and-
(i) if 36 months or less since the date of purchase of the
certificate has elapsed, at his option require the Com-
missioner to-
(A)issue a new certificate in the place of the old certificate
or part of the old certificate bearing the same date of
issue and rate of interest as that old certificate; or
(B)repay the principal value represented by the certificate
or part together with the interest thereon at the rate
prescribed by the rules from the date of issue of the
certificate to the date of the final determination of the
objection or appeal; or
(ii) if more than 36 months since the date of purchase of the
certificate has elapsed, the Commissioner shall repay to the
holder the principal value represented by the certificate or
part together with interest thereon, at the rate prescribed by
the rules, from the date of issue of the certificate to the date
of the final determination of the objection or appeal; and
(e)no certificate so purchased shall be valid for any purpose except
as specified in the preceding paragraphs. (Added 7 of 1985 s. 2)
(8) The provisions of subsection (7) shall apply notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the rules relating to such certificates made under the Tax
Reserve Certificates Ordinance (Cap. 289) and any reference to the rules
relating to such certificates in that subsection shall refer to the rules so made.
(Added 7 of 1985 s. 2)
(9) Where the Commissioner exercises his powers under the proviso to
subsection (2) and a person is required to furnish a banker's undertaking under
paragraph (b) of that proviso, the undertaking shall-





(a) be in a form acceptable to the Commissioner;
(b) be furnished to the Commissioner within a period of 14 days
from the date of the order of the Commissioner, or on or before
the date for the payment of the tax specified in the notice of
assessment, whichever is the later;
(c) be given by a bank (as defined in the Banking Ordinance (Cap.
155));
(d) not be revocable without the consent of the Commissioner;
(e) be expressed to be an undertaking to pay-
(i) an amount equal to the tax or any part thereof the payment
of which is held over; and
(ii) interest on that amount, from the date for the payment of
the tax specified in the notice of assessment to the date of
withdrawal or final determination of the objection or appeal,
at the rate specified in subsection (11); and
(f) provide for payment to the Commissioner upon written
notification to the bank by the Commissioner that the objection
or appeal has been withdrawn or finally determined and that the
amount, and interest, stated by him is now due,
and if such person fails to supply such an undertaking in such manner the
provisions of subsection (2) shall apply as they would if there had been no
order. (Added 7 of 1985 s. 2)
(10) Where the Commissioner makes an order under subsection (2) but
does not exercise his powers under the proviso thereto, interest shall be payable
on so much of the amount of the tax or any part thereof the payment of which
is held over as becomes payable or is found to become payable upon the
withdrawal or final determination of the objection or appeal, from the date for
the payment of the tax specified in the notice of assessment or the date of the
order, whichever is the later, to the date of withdrawal or final determination of
the objection or appeal, at the rate specified in subsection (11). (Added 7 of
1985s.2)
(11) The rate of interest specified for the purposes of subsections (9)(e)(ii)
and (10) shall be the rate fixed by the Chief Justice by notice in the Gazette
under section 50 of the District Court Ordinance(Cap. 336). (Added7of]985
s.2)

72. Tax to include fines, etc.

In the succeeding sections of this Part, 'tax' includes any sum or sums
added under section 71(5) or (5A) by reason of default, together with any
fines, penalties, fees, or costs incurred, and any interest payable under section
71(9)(e)(ii) or (10).
(Amended 23 of 19 74 s. 5; 7 of 1985 s. 3)





73-74. (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 54)

75. Tax recoverable as a civil debt
through the District Court

(1) Tax due and payable under this Ordinance shall be recoverable as a
civil debt due to the Crown.
(2) Whenever any person makes default in payment of tax the
Commissioner may recover the same by action in the District Court
notwithstanding that the amount is in excess of the sum mentioned in section 33
of the District Court Ordinance(Cap. 336). (Amended 35 of 1966 Schedule; 68
of 1973 s. 5; 79 of 1981 s. 3)
(3) In proceedings under this section for the recovery of tax the
production of a certificate signed by the Commissioner stating the name and
last known postal address of the defaulter and particulars of the tax due by him
shall be sufficient evidence of the amount so due and sufficient authority for a
District Court to give judgment for the said amount.
(4) In proceedings under this section for the recovery of tax the court
shall not entertain any plea that the tax is excessive, incorrect, subject to
objection or under appeal, but nothing in this subsection shall be construed so
as to derogate from the powers conferred by the proviso to section 51(4B)(a) to
give judgment for a less sum in the case of proceedings for the penalty specified
therein. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 38)
(5) In any proceedings in the District Court under this section, the
Commissioner may appear in person or may be represented either by a legal
officer within the meaning of the Legal Officers Ordinance (Cap. 87) or by any
other person authorized by him in writing.
(Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 55)

75A. Recovery of tax from wife

Where section 12B(2) or 42A has applied to a husband and his wife for a
year of assessment and no election separate assessment has been made
under section 58A, such part of the total amount of tax charged on the husband
as bears the same proportion to such total amount as the amount of the income
of the wife bears to the income of the husband (including income of his wife
aggregated with his) may, if due and not paid, be collected from the wife, or if
she is dead from her executor, notwithstanding that no assessment has been
made upon her, and the provisions of this Ordinance as to the collection and
recovery of tax shall apply accordingly.
(Added 2 of 1971 s.44. Amended 71 of 1983 s. 35)





76. Recovery of tax from a debtor of the taxpayer
(1) Where tax payable by a person is in default, or a person charged to
tax has quitted Hong Kong or in the opinion of the Commissioner is likely to
quit Hong Kong without paying all the tax charged to him, and it appears to
the Commissioner to be probable that any other person (hereinafter in this
subsection referred to as 'the third party')- (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(a)owes or is about to pay money to such person (hereinafter in this
subsection referred to as 'the taxpayer'); or
(b) holds money for or on account of the taxpayer; or
(e)holds money on account of some other person for payment to the
taxpayer; or
(d)has authority from some other person to pay money to the
taxpayer,
the Commissioner may give the third party notice in writing (a copy of which
shall be sent by post to the taxpayer) requiring him to pay such moneys not
exceeding the amount of tax in default or charged, as the case may be, to the
officer named in the notice. The notice shall apply to all such moneys which are
in the third party's hands or due from him or about to be paid by him at the
date of receipt of such notice or which come into his hands or become due from
him or about to be paid by him at any time within a period of 30 days
thereafter. (Replaced 26 of 1969 s. 36)
(2) Any person who has made any payment in pursuance of this section
shall be deemed to have acted under the authority of the person by whom the
tax was payable or on whom it was charged and of all other persons concemed,
and is hereby indemnified in respect of such payment against all proceedings
civil or criminal notwithstanding the provisions of any written law, contract or
agreement.
(3) Any person to whom notice has been given under subsection (1) who
is unable to comply therewith shall within 14 days of the expiration of the
period of 30 days from the date of receipt of such notice give notice in writing
to the Commissioner acquainting him with the facts.
(4) Any person to whom a notice has been given under subsection (1) who
could have complied therewith but failed to do so within 14 days after the
expiration of the period referred to in subsection (1), shall be personally liable
for the whole of the tax which he was required to pay, and such tax may be
recovered from him by all means provided in this Ordinance for the recovery of
tax from a person who has made default in payment.
(Replaced 49 of 1956 s. 56)

77. Recovery of tax from persons leaving Hong Kong
(1) Where the Commissioner is of opinion that any person is about to or
likely to leave Hong Kong without paying all tax assessed upon him, he may





issue a certificate containing particulars of such tax and the name and last
known place of abode, business or employment of such person to a District
Judge, who shall on receipt thereof issue a direction to the Commissioner of
Police to take such measures including the use of such force as may be necessary
to prevent such person from leaving Hong Kong without paying the tax or
furnishing security to the satisfaction of the Commissioner for payment thereof.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 57,.35 of 1969 Schedule)
(2) The District Judge shall cause a notice of his direction to the
Commissioner of Police to be served on the person affected thereby either
personally or by being delivered at his last known place of abode, business or
employment. (Replaced 49 of 1965 s. 57. Amended 35 of 1969 Schedule)
(3) Production of a certificate signed by the Commissioner stating that
the tax has been paid, or that security has been furnished for payment of the
tax, to a police officer in charge of a police station shall be sufficient authority
for allowing such person to leave HongKong. (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule;
2 of 1971 s. 45)
(4) Any person who knowing that a direction has been issued under this
section for the prevention of his departure from Hong Kong, leaves or attempts
to leave Hong Kong without paying all tax assessed upon him or furnishing
security to the satisfaction of the Commissioner for payment thereof shall be
guilty of an offence and may be arrested without warrant by any police officer
or member of the Immigration Service. Any person who commits an oflence
under this subsection shall be liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for
6months. (Added49of]956s.57)
(5) No civil or criminal proceedings shall be instituted or maintained
against the Crown, the Commissioner, a District Judge, the Commissioner of
Police, or any police officer or member of the Immigration Service in respect of
anything lawfully done under the authority of this section. (Added 49 of 1956
s.57. Amended 35 of 1969 Schedule)
(Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)

77A. Refusal of clearance to ships and
aircraft where tax is in default

(1) In addition to any other powers of collection and recovery provided
by this Ordinance, where a person has been charged to tax in respect of his
profits from the business of shipowner or charterer or aircraft owner or
charterer and such tax is in default and whether such person has been assessed
directly or in the name of some other person, the Commissioner, with the prior
approval of the Chief Secretary, may issue to the Director of Marine, the
Director of Civil Aviation or other authority by whom clearance may be
granted, a certificate containing the name or names of the said person and the
particulars of the tax in default.





(2) On receipt of such certificate the Director of Marine, the Director of
Civil Aviation, or other authority, shall be empowered and is hereby required
to refuse clearance from any port, aerodrome or airport or place within Hong
Kong to any ship or aircraft owned wholly or partly or chartered by such
person until the said tax has been paid or until security for payment has been
given to the satisfaction of the Commissioner. (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(3) No civil or criminal proceedings shall be instituted or maintained
against the Crown, the Chief Secretary, the Commissioner, the Director of
Marine, the Director of Civil Aviation or other authority, in respect of a refusal
of clearance under this section, nor shall the fact that a ship or aircraft is
detained under this section affect the liability of the owner, charterer or agent to
harbour, airport or other dues and charges for the period of detention.
(Added 49 of 1956 s. 58)

78. (Repealed 49 of 1956 s. 59)

PART XIII

REPAYMENT

79. Tax paid in excess to be refunded

(1) If it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner by claim duly
made in writing within 6 years of the end of a year of assessment or within 6
months after the date on which the relevant notice of assessment was served,
whichever is the later, that any person has paid tax in excess of the amount with
which he was properly chargeable for the year, such person shall be entitled to
have refunded the amount so paid in excess: (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 60)
Provided that nothing in this section shall operate to extend or reduce any
time limit for objection, appeal or repayment specified in any other section or to
validate any objection or appeal which is otherwise invalid, or to authorize
the revision of any assessment or other matter which has become final and
conclusive. (Amended 35 of 1965 s. 39)
(2) An executor, trustee or receiver shall have the same right to make a
claim under the provisions of subsection (1) as the person whom he represents
would have had if such person had not been prevented from making such claim
by his death, incapacity, bankruptcy or liquidation and shall be entitled to have
refunded to him for the benefit of such person or such person's estate any tax
paid in excess within the meaning of subsection (1). (Replaced 49 of 1956
s.60)
(3) Where a non-resident person has been assessed in the name of another
person under section 20A or 20B and the tax so assessed has been paid by the
other person, the other person or the non-resident person, but not both, may





make a claim under subsection (1) for a refund of tax overpaid. In the event of a
refund being made to the other person his receipt shall be a valid discharge in
respect of the amount of overpaid tax so refunded. (Replaced 4 of 1989 s. 5)

PART XIV

PENALTIES AND OFFENCES

80. Penalties for failure to make returns,
mabng incorrect returns, etc.

(1) Any person who without reasonable excuse-
(a)fails to comply with the requirements of a notice given to him
under section 51(3), SI A(I), 52(1) or (2), or 64(2); or
(b)fails to attend in answer to a summons issued under section 64(2)
or 68(6), or having attended fails to answer any questions put to
him, being questions which, under section 64(2) or 68(6), as the
case may be, may be put to him; or
(c)fails to comply with the requirements of section 5(2)(c), 5(4),
5 1 (6), (7) or (8), 5 1 C(I), 5 1 D(I), 52(4), (5), (6) or (7), or 76(3),
shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty a fine of $5,000, and the court may order
the person convicted within a time specified in the order to do the act which he
has failed to do. (Replaced 35 of 1965 s. 40. Amended 26 of 1969 s. 37; 2 of
1971 s. 46; 43 of 1975 s. 6,.8 of 1983 s. 19; L.N. 411 of 1984; 17 of 1989 s. 18)
(IA) (Repealed 43 of 1975 s.6)
(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse-
(a)makes an incorrect return by omitting or understating anything
in respect of which he is required by this Ordinance to make a
return, either on his behalf or on behalf of another person or a
partnership;
(b)makes an incorrect statement in connection with a claim for any
deduction or allowance under this Ordinance;
(c)gives any incorrect information in relation to any matter or thing
affecting his own liability to tax or the liability of any other
person or of a partnership,-
(d)fails to comply wit~,tlNrfquirements of a notice given to him
under section 5 1 (1)~ or
(e) fails to comply with section 51(2),
shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty a fine of $5,000 and a further fine of treble
the amount of tax which has been undercharged in consequence of such
incorrect return, statement or information, or would have been so
undercharged if the return, statement or information had been accepted as
correct, or which has been undercharged in consequence of the failure to






comply with a notice under section 51(1) or a failure to comply with section
51(2), or which would have been undercharged if such failure had not been
detected. (Replaced 43 of 1975 s. 6. Amended L.N. 411 of 1984)
(2A) In the case of an offence under subsection (2)(d), the court may
order the person convicted to comply with the requirements of the notice given
to him under section 51(1) within such time as may be specified in the order.
(Added 43 of 1975 s. 6)
(2B) Any person who does not comply with an order of the court under
subsection (1) or (M) or under section 51(4B)(b) shall be guilty of an offence:
Penalty a fine of $5,000. (Added43of]975s.6)
(3) No person shall be liable to any penalty under this section unless the
complaint concerning such offence was made in the year of assessment in
respect of or during which the offence was committed or within 6 years after the
expiration thereof. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 61)
(4) Any person who aids, abets or incites another person to commit an
offence under this section shall be deemed to have committed the same ofrence
and to be liable to the same penalty. (Added49of]956s.61)
(5) The Commissioner may compound any offence under this section
and may before judgment stay or compound any proceedings thereunder.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 61)

80A. (Repealed 17 of 1989 s. 19)

81. Breach of secrecy and other matters to he oflences

Any person who-
(a)acts under this Ordinance without taking an oath of secrecy as
required by section 4(2); or
(b)acts contrary to the provisions of section 4(1) or to an oath taken
under section 4(2); or
(c)aids, abets, or incites any other person to act contrary to the
provisions of section 4, (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 62)
shall be guilty of an offence: Penalty a fine of 550,000. (Amended 43 of 1975
s. 7)

82. Penal provisions relating to fraud, etc.

(1) Any person who wilfully with intent to evade or to assist any other
person to evade tax-
(a)omits from a return made under this Ordinance any sum which
should be included; or (Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule)
(b)makes any false statement or entry in any return made under this
Ordinance; or





(c)makes any false statement in connection with a claim for any
deduction or allowance under this Ordinance; or
(d)signs any statement or return furnished under this Ordinance
without reasonable grounds for believing the same to be true; or
(e) gives any false answer whether verbally or in writing to any
question or request for information asked or made in accordance
with the provisions of this Ordinance; or
prepares or maintains or authorizes the preparation or
maintenance of any false books of account or other records or
falsifies or authorizes the falsification of any books of account or
records; or
(g)makes use of any fraud, art, or contrivance, whatsoever or
authorizes the use of any such fraud, art, or contrivance,
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor: Penalty on summary conviction a fine of
$5,000 and a further fine of treble the amount of tax which has been
undercharged in consequence of the offence or which would have been
undercharged if the offence has not been detected, and to imprisonment for 6
months, and on indictment a fine of $20,000 and a further fine of treble the
amount of tax so undercharged or which would have been so undercharged
and to imprisonment for 3 years. (Amended 49 of 1956 s. 63; 40 of 1972 s. 12;
L.N. 411 of 1984)
(2) The Commissioner may compound any offence under this section and
may before judgment stay or compound any proceedings thereunder. '

82A. Additional tax in certain cases

(1) Any person who without reasonable excuse-
(a)makes an incorrect return by omitting or understating anything
in respect of which he is required by this Ordinance to make a
return, either on his behalf or on behalf of another person or a
partnership; or
(b)makes an incorrect statement in connection with a claim for any
deduction or allowance under this Ordinance; or
(c) gives any incorrect information in relation to any matter or thing
affecting his own liability to tax or the liability of any other
person or of a partnership; or

(d) fails to comply with the requirements of a notice given to him
under section 51(1); or
(e) fails to comply with section 51(2),
shall, if no prosecution under section 80(2) or 82(1) has been instituted in
respect of the same facts, be liable to be assessed under this section to
additional tax of an amount not exceeding treble the amount of tax which-





(i) has been undercharged in consequence of such incorrect return,
statement or information, or would have been so undercharged
if the return, statement or information had been accepted as
correct; or
(ii) has been undercharged in consequence of the failure to comply
with a notice under section 51(1) or failure to comply with
section 51(2), or which would have been undercharged if such
failure had not been detected. (Amended 43 of 1975s.8)
(2) Additional tax shall be payable in addition to any amount of tax
payable under an assessment, or an additional assessment under section 60.
(3) An assessment of additional tax may be made only by the
Commissioner personally or the deputy commissioner personally.
(4) Before making an assessment of additional tax the Commissioner or
the deputy commissioner, as the case may be, shall-
(a)cause notice to be given to the person he proposes so to assess
which shall-
(i) inform such person of the alleged incorrect return, incorrect
statement or incorrect information or alleged failure to
comply with the requirements of the notice given to him
under section 51(1) for the alleged failure to comply with
section 51(2) in respect of which the Commissioner or
deputy commissioner intends to assess additional tax under
subsection(l); (Replaced 43 of 1975 s.8)
(ii) include a statement that such person has the right to submit
written representations to him with regard to the proposed
assessment on him of additional tax;
(iii)specify the date, which shall not be earlier than 21 days from
the date of service of the notice, by which representations
which such person may wish to make under subparagraph
(ii) must be received;
(b)consider and take into account any representations which he may
receive under paragraph (a) from or on behalf of a person
proposed to he assessed for additional tax.
(4A) Notwithstanding subsection (4), if the Commissioner or deputy
commissioner is of the opinion that the person he proposes to assess to
additional tax under subsection (1) is about to leave Hong Kong, he need not
serve a notice under subsection (4)(a), but may assess that person to additional
tax under subsection (1). (Added43of]975s.8. Amended 7of 1986s. 12)
(5) Notice of intention to assess additional tax and notice of an
assessment to additional tax shall be given in the same manner as is provided in
section 58(2) in respect of a notice of assessment under section 62.
(6) Where a person who is liable to be assessed to additional tax has died,
an assessment to additional tax may be made on his executor, and the





additional tax shall be recovered as a debt due from and payable out of the
deceased person's estate.
(7) A person who has been assessed to additional tax under subsection (1)
shall not be liable to be charged on the same facts with an offence under section
80(2) or 82(1).
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 38)

tax to Board of Review
(1) Any person who has been assessed to additional tax under section
82A may, within 1 month after notice of assessment is given to him, give notice
of appeal to the Board; but no such notice shall be entertained unless it is given
in writing to the clerk to the Board and is accompanied by-
(a) a copy of the notice of assessment;
(b) a statement of the grounds of appeal from the assessment;
(c)a copy of the notice of intention to assess additional tax given
under section 82A(4), if any such notice was given; and
(d)a copy of any written representations made under section 82A(4).
(Replaced 43 of 1975 s. 9)
(2) On an appeal against assessment to additional tax, it shall be open to
the appellant to argue that-
(a) he is not liable to additional tax;
(b)the amount of additional tax assessed on him exceeds the amount
for which he is liable under section 82A;
(c)the amount of additional tax, although not in excess of that for
which he is liable under section 82A, is excessive having regard to
the circumstances.
(3) Sections 66(2) and (3), 68, 69 and 70 shall, so far as they are
applicable, have effect with respect to appeals against additional tax as if such
appeals were against assessments to tax other than additional tax.
(Added 26 of 1969 s. 38)

83. Tax payable notwithstanding proceedings

The institution of proceedings for, or the imposition of, a penalty, fine, or
term of imprisonment under this Part shall not relieve any person from liability
to assessment or payment of any tax for which he is or may be liable.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 64)

84. Prosecutions, sanction of Commissioner
(1) No prosecution in respect of an offence under section 80 or 82 may be
commenced except at the instance of or with the sanction of the Commissioner.





(2) Nothing in this section shall derogate from the powers of the Attorney
General in respect of the prosecution of criminal ofFences. (Added 26 of 1969
s.39)

PART XV

GENERAL

85. Power to make rules

(1) The Board of Inland Revenue may from time to time make rules
generally for carrying out the provisions of this Ordinance and for the
ascertainment and determination of any class of income or profits. (Amended
30 of 1950 Schedule)
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power such rules
may-
(a)prescribe the procedure to be followed on application for refunds
and relief;
(b)provide for any matter which by this Ordinance is to be or may
be prescribed;
(e)for the purpose of any of the provisions of this Ordinance,
prescribe what is or is deemed to be included in, or excluded
from, the expression 'machinery or plant' and the expression
'implement, utensil or article'. (Added35of]965s.41)
(3) Such rules may prescribe fines recoverable on summary conviction for
any contravention thereof or failure to comply therewith not exceeding in each
case a sum of $200.
(4) All such rules made by the Board of Inland Revenue shall be
submitted to the Governor, and shall be subject to the approval of the
Legislative Council.

86. Board of Inland Revenue to specify forms

(1) The Board of Inland Revenue may specify any forms which may be
necessary for carrying this Ordinance into effect. (Amended 39 of 1969 s. 10)
(2) Where a specimen of any form bears an endorsement, purporting to
be signed by the secretary to the Board of Inland Revenue, to the effect that the
form is specified by the Board of Inland Revenue, it shall be presumed, until the
contrary is proved, that the form is a form specified by the Board of Inland
Revenue under subsection (1).(Added8of 1983s. 20)





87. General power of Governor in Council to exempt

The Governor in Council may by order exempt any person, office or
institution from payment of the whole or any portion of any tax chargeable
under this Ordinance. (L.N. 164 of 1989)

87A. Approval of retirement schemes

Upon application in such manner as may be prescribed the Commissioner
may, for the purposes of this Ordinance, approve, either as a whole or in part,
any retirement scheme which, in his opinion, complies substantially with such
requirements as may be prescribed, and may withdraw any approval so given.
(Added49of]956s.65. Amended7of1986s.12)

88. Exemption of charitable bodies

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Ordinance contained
there shall be exempt and there shall be deemed always to have been exempt
from tax any charitable institution or trust of a public character:
Provided that where a trade or business is carried on by any such
institution or trust the profits derived from such trade or business shall be
exempt and shall be deemed to have been exempt from tax only if such profits
are applied solely for charitable purposes and are not expended substantially
outside Hong Kong and either- (Amended 7 of 1986 s. 12)
(a)the trade or business is exercised in the course of the actual
carrying out of the expressed objects of such institution or trust;
or
(b)the work in connection with the trade or business is mainly
carried on by persons for whose benefit such institution or trust is
established.
(Added3of]949s.18. Amended 30 of 1950 Schedule; 49 of 1956 s. 66;
26 of 1969 s. 40; 65 of 1970 s. 10)

SCHEDULE1 [ss. 2 & 51

STANDARD RATE

For the years of assessment 1947148 to
1949/50 inclusive -10%.
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 67)
For the years of assessment 1950/51 to
1965166 inclusive -121%.
(Amended 15 of 1966 s. 4)





For the years of assessment 1966/67 to
1983184 inclusive - 15%.
(Added 15 of 1966s. 4. Amended36of1984
s.7)
For the years of assessment 1984-85 to
1986-87 inclusive - 17%.
(Added36 of 1984s. 7. Amended28of1987
S.8)
For the year of assessment 1987188 - 161%.
(Added28of 1987s. 8. Amended28of1988
s.7)
For the year of assessment 1988189 - 151%.
(Added28of 1988s. 7. Amended17of1989
s.20)
For the year of assessment 1989/90 and until
superseded - 15%.
(Added 17 of 1989 s. 20)

SCHEDULE 2 [ss. 13 & 43(1)l

RATES

For the years of assessment 1947/48 to 1949/50 inclusive
(Amended 49 of 1956 s. 68)

SECOND COLUMN THIRD COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $5,000 standard rate

(b) Upon the next $5,000

(C) -do-
(d) -do- The full standard rate
(C) -do- Ii standard rate
(f) -do-
(g) - do -

(h) Upon the remainder Twice the standard rate
Note:-Where a person is liable to the appropriate tax for a part only of any year of
assessment the amounts in the second column against items (a) to (g) will be reduced
in the proportion which the number of days he is so liable bears to the number of days
in that year of assessment.





For the years of assessment 1950/51 to 1965/66 inclusive
SECOND COLUMN THIRD COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $5,000 1 standard rate
(b) Upon the next $5,000 2
3 11 11

(C) - do - 3
(d) - do - 4
(e) - do - The full standard rate
- do - 11 standard rate
(g) - do -
5

(h) - do -
(i) - do - 14
5

(j) Upon the remainder Twice the standard rate
(Added 30 of 1950 Schedule.Amended 37 of 1950 Schedule; 15 of 1966 s.5)

For the years of assessment 1966/67 to 1971/72 inclusive

SECOND COLUMN THIRD COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $5,000 2J%
(b) Upon the next $5,000 51%

(C) - do - %%
(d) - do - 11%
(e) -do- 14%
(f) -do- 17%
(g) -do- 20%
(h) -do- 23%
(i) - do - 26%

(j) Upon the remainder 30%
(Added 15 of 1966s. 5.Amended40of1972s.2)





For the years of assessment 1972/73

SECOND COLUMN T~ COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $5,000 21%
(b) Upon the next $5,000 5%

(C) -do- 71%
(d) -do- 10%
(e) -do- 121%
(f) -do- 15%
(9) -do- 171%
(h) -do- 20%
(i) -do- 221%
(i) -do- 25%
(k) -do- 271%

(1) Upon the remainder 30%
(Added26ofl972s.2.Amended33of 1973s. 5)

For the years of assessment 1973/74 to 1977/78 inclusive

SECOND COLUMN THmO COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $10,000 5%
(b) Upon the next $10,000 10%
(C) -do- 15%
(d) - do - 20%
(e) - do - 25%
(f) Upon the remainder 30%

(Added33of 1973s. 5. Amended29of]979s.3;L.N.137of]981)





For the years of assessment 1978/79 to 1984/85 inclusive

SECOND COLUMN T~ COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $10,000 5%
(b) Upon the next $10,000 10%
(C) -do- 15%
(d) - do - 20%
(e) Upon the remainder 25%
(Added29of 1979s. 3.Amended21 of 1985 s. 3)

For the years of assessment 1985/86 to 1986/87 inclusive

SECOND COLUMN T~ COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $10,000 5%
(b) Upon the next $10,000 10%
(C) -do- 15%
(d) Upon the next 520,000 20%
(e) Upon the remainder 25%
(Adikd21 of 1985 s. 3.Amended28of 1987s. 9)

For the year of assessment 1987/88
SECOND COLUMN T~ COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $10,000 5%
(b) Upon the next $10,000 10%
(c) Upon the next $20,000 15%
(d) Upon the next $20,000 20%
(e) Upon the remainder 25%
(Added28of 1987s. 9.Amended28of 1988s. 8)





For the year of assessment 1988/89 and, c-b-7~ 1 1 ~,q - 3 0 Q
SECOND COLUMN TnRD COLUMN

(a) Upon the first $10,000 3%
(b) Upon the next $10,000 6%

(C) -do- 9%
(d) - do - 12%
(e) - do - 15%
(f) -do- 18%
(g) - do - 21%

(h) Upon the remainder 25%

(Added 28 of 1988 s. 8)

SCHEDULE 3 [s. 16(2)(b) & (6)]

PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANIES

fhe Hong Kong Electric Company, Limited.
China Light and Power Company, Limited-
The Hong Kong and China Gas Company, Limited.
(Added2of]97]s.48.Amended ]7of 1989s. 21)

SCHEDUL [s. 42B1

P T1
SCHED

P
UL

ses
Percentage reduction specified for the p oses of s. 42B(1)(aa)-
0

nt 1 9/8
'80 to
0 t
nil
s
'> 7
- fr t

For the years of assessment 1
1986/87 inclusive - nil
(Ant
en 7/88 and
s t _ 10.
(Amended 28 of 1987 s. 10)
For the year of a ent 1987/88 and
asse
subsequent y , of assessment - 10%
,~a
(Added 28 of 1987s. 10)





P T 2
T 2
P ~
Percentage reduction specifi d f th r /sesofs.421B(I)(bb)--
r
'e or 'e p~
For the years of assessment 19-, &0 to
1986/87 inclusive - nil
(Added 48 of1980 s.4. Amended28of1987
S. 10)
For the year of a ment 1987188 and
subsequent years o assessment - 10%
(A dded 28 of 1987 s. 10)

1

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2495

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

112

Number of Pages

173
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:47 +0800
<![CDATA[PRESCRIPTION OF FORMS UNDER SECTION 28]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2494

Title

PRESCRIPTION OF FORMS UNDER SECTION 28

Description






PRESCRIPTION OF FORMS UNDER SECTION 28.

[26th February, 1932.1

Pursuant to section 28 of the Estate Duty Ordinance and in
conjunction with section 14(12) and section 3 of that Ordinance,
the Governor in Council has prescribed the forms set out below as
being respectively the Form of Certificate of Assessment and the
Form of Corrective Affidavit.

I.R. Form E.D. 3

INLAND REVENUE DEPARTMENT,
ESTATE DUTY OFFICE,
3rd floor, Club Lusitano Building,
Ice House Street,
Hong Kong.

NO . ........................

Hong Kong . ...........................

CERTUTCATE OF ASSESSMENT.

Estate Duty Ordinance, Cap. 111.

GENTLEMEN,

................................................ deceased.

In accordance with Section 14(12) of Cap. I l l, I have now assessed the
value of the above estate at $ ... or under
$ ...............and shall, on payment of the sum set out
below, deliver to you or your authorized representative try certificate of
receipt of Estate Duty for presentation to the Probate Registrar.






NOTE:-Interest has been calculated to the date of this memorandum only, and is accruing at
the rate of 5 a day, but provided payment is made within one week
no recalculation will be required. After the lapse of one week the Commissioner may
take such steps as may be necessary to recover duty and full accrued interest without
further notice.

Cheques, Drafts and Cashier's Orders should be made payable to 'Hong Kong
Government- and crossed. They should not be made payable to any individual officer.

MESSRS . ..........................................

I.R. Form E.D. 11

CORRECTIVE AFFIDAVIT.

F,state Duty Ordinance, Cap. Ill, Section 3.

For use where the affidavit for the Commissioner or the account is to
be corrected.

NoTE-The Chinese characters should be given (in addition to any
romanized equivalent) in the case of all Chinese names.

(1) All In the ]Estate of (1)
aliases should
be included .............................................................................................. deceased.
(2) Insert (2)
'I' or 'we' and
name, address .
and descrip-
tion of each
person who
joins in affi- make oath (do solemnly and sincerely affirm) and say as follows --
davit or
affirmation.
1. This deceased died on .............................................
(3) Affidavit..............2. An (3) was delivered
for Commis-
sioner or............by on
Account.
3. It has now been discovered in the circumstances
stated overleaf that that (3) ................................................
..................... requires correction.

4. The Statement I annexed hereto is a true and accurate
statement of such necessary correction.

(4) Where 5. (4)
allowance is
claimed for
debts not
previously....................... ..............................................................
deducted the
appropriate.......................................................................................
paragraph as
required on an .......................................................................................
original affi-
davit should
be inserted
here, i.e., para . ................... ...................................................................
6 and 7 of
E.D. 1.

................................





6. Save as appears in and by this affidavit and the (3)

......................... --- which has been already delivered

no property chargeable with Estate Duty passed or is deemed

to have passed, so far as ........... know or believe,
on the death of the deceased.

(5) Strike 7. It now appears that in the circumstances stated
out to meet
the facts.
When correc- overleaf (5) too little or too much estate duty has been paid,
tions do not
afl`ect values all of which is submitted to the Commissioner of Estate Duty
strike out this
paragraph. in order that (5) the deficient duty, with interest thereon may
be accepted (or) that the overpaid duty may be returned

to ........................................ whose receipt shall be a

sufficient discharge.

All of which is true to the best of my knowl

(6) Insert (6)
appropriate
form of jurat.

Sworn/affirmed at ....................................

.................1 --------- Hong Kong
this ............day of .... 19 1

the same having been duly interpreted to the
deponent or affirmant in ..............................
dialect of the .............................................
language by .............................................

Sworn Interpreter

Before me,

A Commissioner, etc.





STATEMENT OF CORRECTIONS.



STATEMENT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES NECESSITATING
THE SEVERAL CORRECTIONS.


Name of Solicitor (if any) .........................................................
If communications are to be sent to the Solicitor, the executor should sign
here.
L.N. 158/67. 27 of 1968, s. 2(2).

Abstract

L.N. 158/67. 27 of 1968, s. 2(2).

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2494

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

111

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:47 +0800
<![CDATA[ESTATE DUTY (FORMS) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2493

Title

ESTATE DUTY (FORMS) NOTICE

Description






ESTATE DUTY (FORMS) NOTICE.

(Cap. 111, section 3(1)).

[1st January, 1971.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Estate Duty (Forms)
Notice, and shall come into operation on the 1st day of January
1971.

2. (1) Form 1 in the Schedule shall be the form of Affidavit
for the Commissioner.

(2) Form 2 in the Schedule shall be the form of Account for
the Commissioner.

SCI1EDULE. [para. 2.]
FORM 1. I.R.E.D. 1

AFFIDAVIT FOR TBE CONIMISSIONER.

(Estate Duty Ordinance, Cap. 111, Section 3).

For use to disclose all property passing on the death (whether it devolves
on the personal representative or not) and property of which the deceased was
a trustee for another person.

Chinese characters should be given (in addition to the romanized equivalent)
in the case of all Chinese names.

(1) All In the Estate of (1)
aliases should
be included . ....................................................................................
(2) Insert deceased of (2)
late address
and ......... .............................................................................
occupation.
1*
(3) Name,-(3)
address and We
occupation .......................................................................................
(or status if
a woman) to.......................................................................................
he stated.
make oath (do solemnly and sincerely ~) and say as follows:-

(4) Probate, 1. desire to obtain a grant* of (4)
letters of resealing of grant
administra ........................................................................................
tion etc. as
the case may of the above named deceased who died on ..............................
be. If
resealing of a......aged at
grant is being
applied for,
add the Court
making the
original grant
and the date
on which it
was made.
Delete whichever is inapplicable.





2. 1 am* applying for the grant in 21Y1 capacity of
We are our
(5) Executor, (5)
attorney
for executor,
the person 3.The Statement 'X' hereto annexed is a true and com
entitled toplete statement of (i) the names, ages and relationship to the
administra-
tion, guardian deceased of all persons surviving the deceased who, under the
etc. intestacy or partial intestacy, are entitled in distribution to the
estate, (ii) the names and addresses of the personal representatives
of all such as have since died and the dates of such deaths,
(iii) the names, ages, dates of death and the names and addresses
of their personal representatives of all persons being beneficiaries
under the will of the deceased who either survived the deceased
and have since died or predeceased the deceased in such circum-
stances that their benefits under the will did not lapse on their
deaths.
4. The Statement 'Y' hereto annexed is a true and com-
plete statement; as regards Part 1 thereof, of all the names including
'tong' or family names in which the deceased personally owned
property in this Colony and of the circumstances in which he/she*
came by and the purposes for which he/she* used those names,
and as regards Part 11 thereof, of all the names including 'tong'
or family names (other than those falling under Part 1) by virtue
of which he/she* was entitled on the date of death to any share or intereset
(whether in possessin or expectancy) in any property in the Colony, and of the name
and relationship, if any, to the deceased of the person entitled (whether as owner, trustee,
manager or otherwise) to use such name, and of the property held in such name
and the extent of the deceased's interest therein.

To the best of my/our* knowledge and beleif the deceased held no other property in the Colony
nor had any interest in any property in the Colony under any other 'tong' or family name or
under any other name whatsoever.

5.Each of the annexed Accounts shows true particulars
and values of all the property described in the headings to that
Account and the Accounts include, so far as I/we* after diligent
search have been able to ascertain, all property of the deceased
passing or deemed to pass on the death of the deceased and all
the property held by the deceased as trustee only and not bene-
ficially.
6.The Part 1 of the Schedule 1 to Account 1, and Schedule
2 to Account 2, contain true and particular lists of the debts due
and 0 1m the deceased at the time of his death contracted in the Colony
to persons resident therein or charged on property situate within the Colony,
together with names and address of the several persons to whom they are
respectively due and the descriptions and amounts of such debts.

The Part II of the Schedule 1 to Account 1 contains a true
account of the funeral expenses of the deceased.

7. Each of the Schedules of deductions to the Accounts
contains true and correct particulars of the debts, incumbrances
and liabilities described in that Schedule. I/We* know of no
facts which prevent such debts, incumbrances and liabilities from
being allowable by law in determining the value upon which estate
duty is payable.


8. 1/We* have made the fullest possible inquiries but have
not been able to ascertain the precise amount or value of the
property referred to in Exhibit to Account

Delete whichever is inapplicable.





So far as the amount and value can now be estimated, they are
stated in Account . IlWe* undertake, as
soon as the amount and value are fully ascertained, to bring in a
full account thereof, and to pay both the additional duty for
which I/we* may be liable, and any further duty, payable by
reason thereof, for which I/we* may be liable on other property
mentioned in this Affidavit.

9. Save as disclosed in the replies set forth to the questions
on Pages 4, 5 and 6 hereof, the deceased did not, within three
years of his death, make any gifts of money or other property to
any person whomsoever nor any disposition whatsoever in favour
of a relative.

10. Save as disclosed in the replies set forth to the questions
on Pages 4, 5 and 6 hereof, the deceased did not, at any time,
make any gifts of money or other property to any person whom-
soever accompanied by a reservation of interest or benefit to
himself, nor any disposition whatsoever in favour of a relative
accompanied by such a reservation.

11. Save as disclosed in the replies set forth to the questions
on Pages 4, 5 and 6 hereof and Accounts 1, 2 and 3, there is no
property in Hong Kong (under any title whatsoever) in respect
of which estate duty is chargeable on the death of the deceased.

12. The replies set forth to the questions numbered 1 to 10
on Pages 4, 5 and 6 hereof are true and correct.

ALL OF WHICH IS TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY/OUR*
KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.






QUESTIONAIRE





QUESTIONAIRE,-Continued







ACCOUNT1.

Property situate in the Colony which devolves on the personal representative
of the deceased.

Notes.

(i) In every case where there is insufficient space a separate statement
should be annexed and referred to, the totals being inserted here.

(ii) In every appropriate case interest, dividends, rent or profits accrued
to date of death must be separately inserted in the column provided.

(iii) In every case where there is no property the word NONE must be
inserted against each item concemed.

(iv) In every case where a professional valuation has been made the valua-
tion report should be annexed and referred to.

(v) The instructions in the margin applicable to particular items must
be complied with and in addition any other relevant information to
assist identification must be supplied.

(vi) All property, however trivial in value, must be included as the rate of
duty may be affected.

CLASS OF PROPERTY.






ACCOUNT 1,-Contineted



ACCOUNT1-Continued






ACCOUNT 1,-Continued


SCHEDULE 1.


Part I

An account of debts due and owing from the deceased contracte in the Colony
to persons resident therein or charged on property situate in Colony.


Part II
Account of the funeral expenses of the deceased




ACCOUNT 2.

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN PROPERTY VESTED IN THE
DECEASED AND OTHER PERSONS JOINTLY passing or accruing by
survivorship on the death of the deceased (see section 14(7A) of Cap. 111).






ACCOUNT 3.

REMAINDER OF THE PROPERTY IN THE COLONY IN RESPECT
OF WHICH ESTATE DUTY IS PAYABLE ON THE
DEATH OF THE DECEASED.

(Questionaire para. 1).






ACCOUNT 3,-Continued






STATEMENT 'X'

(i) Persons entitled in distribution under the intestacy or partial intestacy.


(ii) Personal representatives of such of the above as have died since the
death of the deceased.



(iii) Beneficiaries under the will who survived deceased and have since died
or who predeceased him/her but did not thereby lose their benefits.






STATEMENT 'Y'

Part 1.

Name (including 'tong' or family names) in which the deceased personally
held property in the Colony


Part II.

Name (including 'tong' or family names) other than those failing under
Part 1, by virtue of which the deceased had an interest in property in the Colony






SUMMARY OF AFFIDAVIT


Name of Solicitor (if any) ...............................................................
If communications are to be sent to the Solicitor, the executor shall sign here.

......................





FORM 2. I.R.E.D. 12

ACCOUNT FOR THE COMM8SIONER.

(Estate Duty Ordinance, Cap. 111, section 3).

For use where there is property passing on the death for which any person
other than the executor is accountable.

Note:-The Chinese characters should be given (in addition to any
romanized equivalent) in the case of all Chinese names.

(1) All IN THE ESTATE OF (1)
aliases must
be shown in of (2)
addition to
the name..........................1 deceased.
(2) Insert.IlWe* (3) ............. .
address, .... ...
occupation or
personal..................... .................................................................
description.
(3) Insert ........... 1
the name,
address, ...................................................................................
description of make oath/do solemnly and sincerely affirm* and say as follows:-
each person
who joins in
the affidavit
or affirmation.

(4) Here 1. 11We* (4)............................................................
state the
capacity in .......................................................................................
which the
deponent(s) .......................................................................................
is/are
tendering and as such 1 am/we are* accountable for the duty in respect of
duty, e.g.
donee of a certain of the property passing on the death of the abovenamed
gift, surviving
joint tenant,................................................... deceased who died on
trustee
guardian, etc.........aged at (5)
(5) State
place of death.

2. The Statement 1 hereto annexed is a true and accurate
statement of the particulars and value of the property for which
1 am/we are* accountable.

3. The Statement 2 hereto annexed is a true and accurate
statement of the particulars and value, so far as 1 am/we are*
aware, of all the property passing at the death for which 1 am/we
are* not accountable.

(6) (a) and 4. (6) (a) An affidavitlaffirmation* for the Commissioner
(b) are
alternative. has been delivered on
Strike out
that which isin respect of the estate of the deceased.
not applicable.
(b) So far as 1 am/we are* aware no affidavit/
affirmation* for the Commissioner has been delivered by the
executor to the estate.







*Delete as necessary.





All of which is true to the best of my/our* knowledg

Affirmed at ....................................
Sworn
Hong Kong, this .day
of ....19 , the same

having been duly interpreted to the
deponent/affirmant in Before me,
dialect of the Chinese language by
(Name)
........................... Sworn Interpreter.

(Signature)
A Commissioner, c

Affirmed
Sworn at ....................................

Hong Kong, this .... -- day

of ....19 , the same

having been duly interpreted to the
deponent/affirmant in Before me,
dialect of the Chinese language by
(Name)
........................... Sworn Interpreter.

(Signature)

A Commissioner, etc.

Affirmed
Sworn at ....................................

Rong Kong, this .day
of ....19 , the same

having been duly interpreted to the
deponentlaffirmant in Before me,
dialect of the Chinese language by
(Name)
........................... Sworn Interpreter.

(Signature)

A Commissioner etc.







STATEMENT 1.

Property passing on the death for which the person(s) making the
affidavit/ affirmation* is/are* accountable.



STATEMENT 2.

Other property of the deceased known to exist but for which the person(s)
making the affidavit/affirmation* is/are* not accountable.

Note.

If the executor has delivered or is about to deliver an affidavit for the
Commissioner it is sufficient to say so here.


Name of Solicitor (if any) .....................................................................
If communications are to be sent to the Solicitor, the deponent(s) must sign here.

* Strike out the alternative which does not apply.





RECEIPT FOR DUTY AND INTEREST

Received this ..................day of 19
the sum of $ ..for estate duty and interest thereon.

(Signature)-

.....................
Deputy Commissioner of Estate Duty.
L.N. 108/70. L.N. 113/70. Citation and commencement. L.N. 113/70. Forms. Schedule, Form 1. Schedule, Form 2. L.N. 113/70. (Page 1) (Page 2) (Page 3) (Page 4) (Page 5) (Page 6) (Page 7) (Page 8) (Page 9) (Page 10) (Page 11) (Page 12) (Page 13) (Page 14) (Page 15) (Page 16) (Page 17) (Page 18) (Page 1) (Page 2) (Page 3) (Page 4) (Page 5)

Abstract

L.N. 108/70. L.N. 113/70. Citation and commencement. L.N. 113/70. Forms. Schedule, Form 1. Schedule, Form 2. L.N. 113/70. (Page 1) (Page 2) (Page 3) (Page 4) (Page 5) (Page 6) (Page 7) (Page 8) (Page 9) (Page 10) (Page 11) (Page 12) (Page 13) (Page 14) (Page 15) (Page 16) (Page 17) (Page 18) (Page 1) (Page 2) (Page 3) (Page 4) (Page 5)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2493

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

111

Number of Pages

19
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:46 +0800
<![CDATA[ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2492

Title

ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 111





CHAPTER 111

ESTATE DUTY ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section .................................. Page

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2. Application................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

3. Interpretation...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

3A. Exercise of powers and duties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9
4. Appointment as commissioner for oaths ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
9

5. Estate duty . ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

6. What property is deemed to pass on death ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

7. Dispositions in favour of relatives .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
7A.....................Presumption of simultaneous death ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

8. Exemptions ................................ ... ... . ... ... ... 17

9. Accretions to gifts inter vivos ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

10. Exceptions for transactions for money consideration, property situate outside the

Colony. shares on local registers and certain land in the New Territories ... 20

1 0A. Exception for matrimonial home ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... -II

11................Aggregation of property .... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

12..................Payment of estate duty; etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

13..............Value of property etc . ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

14..................Recovery of estate duty; etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

14A. Exemption of executors of small estates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

15...........................Probate not to be issued until estate duty paid etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... 32
16. Increase of estate duty when delay in lodging affidavit 32

17. Duty of executor as to unregistered shares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

18. Charge of estate duty on property etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

19. Apportionment of estate duty; etc . ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

20. Remission and refunding of estate duty on certain grounds. Proviso regarding

war deaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

21.1 Remission in case of successive war deaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

22. Appeal to Supreme Court; etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

23. Schedule of properly to be annexed to probate ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

24. Penalties for intermeddling ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37







25. Notification of interest of deceased person in bank or business undertaking ... 39

26. Executor's accounts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

27. Power to reduce penalty and duty ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

28. Power to Governor in Council to make rules and prescribe forms, fees and

charges ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

29. Presumption as to shares standing in the name of the deceased; appeal ... ... 40

30. Relief in the case of certain settlements ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... 40

31. Relief in respect of quick succession where property consists of leasehold property

or a business ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... 40





Section Page

32. Reduction of full amount of duty where the margin above the limit of value is

small ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

33. Relief in the case of certain interests which do not fall into possession ... ... 41

34. Controlled companies ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

35. Charge on assets of controlled companies: etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 44

36. Benefits from company to deceased .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45

37. Surrender of benefits; etc . .............. .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45

38. Determination of net profits of company ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46
39. Allowances in the valuation of assets: etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 47

40. Limitation on charge: etc . ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 48

41. Limitation of exceptions .......... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

42. Duty to give information on death; penalty ... ... ... ... ... ... 51

43. Collection and incidence of duty: etc. .... ... .1. ... ... 52

44. Value of shares and debentures of controlled companies etc. ... ... ... ... 54

45. Limitation on dispositions through a controlled company in favour of relatives;

etc...................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 58

First Schedule.......................Duty applicable to deaths before 27 February 1931 ... ... ... 59

Second Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 27 February 1931 and before

1 July 1936 ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 59

Third Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 July 1936 and before 1 April

1941 ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 60

Fourth Schedule. Duly applicable it) deaths on or after 1 April 1941 and before 1 April

1 948 .......................... ... ... ... ... ... 60

Fifth Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 April 1948 and before

1 February 1959 ................... ... ... ... ... ... 61

Sixth Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 February 1959 and before

1 January 1963 ...... ......... ... ... ... ... ... 62

Seventh Schedule. Duly applicable to deaths on or after 1 January 1963 and before

1 April 1967 ... ... ... ... ... ... '' ... ... 62

Eighth Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 April 1967 and before 1 April

1970 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... 63

Ninth Schedule. Duly applicable to deaths on or after 1 April 1970 and before the







1 April 1972 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 63

Tenth Schedule. Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 April 1972 and before the

1 April 1974 ... ... ... ... ... 64

Eleventh Schedule.Duty applicable to deaths on or after 1 April 1974 and before the
commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1976 64
Twelfth Schedule.Duty applicable to deaths on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1976 and before the corn-

mencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1977 65
Thirteenth Schedule.Duly applicable to deaths on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1977 and before the com-
mencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1980 65
Fourteenth Schedule.Duly applicable to deaths on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1980 and before the corn-
mencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1981 66
Fifteenth Schedule.Duty applicable to deaths on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1981 and before the com-
mencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1982 66
Sixteenth Schedule.Duty applicable to deaths on or after the commencement of the

Estate Duty, (Amendment) Ordinance 1982 ... ... ... ... ... 66
Seventeenth Schedule. Provisions supplementary to sections 34 Lo 45 inclusive ... ... ... 67





CHAPTER 111

ESTATE DUTY

To amend and consolidate the law relating to estate duty.

[26 February 1932.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Estate Duty Ordinance.

2. This Ordinance shall apply in the case of every deceased person
dying or who shall have died on or after 1 January 1916; and it shall also
apply in the case of every deceased person who shall have died before
that date if representation to his estate has not been applied for before 2
May 1921.

3. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,account' means an account of the particulars and value of the estate
of a deceased person in such form as may be prescribed by the
Governor in Council, and verified by affidavit;

'affidavit for the Commissioner' means an affidavit in such form as may
be prescribed by the Governor in Council verifying the particulars
and value of the estate of a deceased person;

'applicable Schedule' in the case of persons dying before 27 February
1931 means the First Schedule, and in the case of persons dying
thereafter but before 1 July 1936 means the Second Schedule, and
in the case of persons dying on or after 1 July 1936 but before 1
April 1941 means the Third Schedule and in the case of persons
dying on or after 1 April 1941 but before 1 April 1948, means the
Fourth Schedule, and in the case





of person dying on or after 1 April 1948 but before 1 February 1959
means the Fifth Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on or
after 1 February 1959 but before 1 January 1963 means the Rixth
Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on or after 1 January
1963 but before 1 April 1967 means the Seventh Schedule, and in
the case of persons dying on or after 1 April 1967 but before 1 April
1970 means the Eighth Schedule, and in the case of persons dying
on or after 1 April 1970 but before 1 April 1972 means the Ninth
Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on or after 1 April 1972
but before 1 April 1974 means the Tenth Schedule. and in the case
of persons dying on or after 1 April 1974 but before the
commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1976
means the Eleventh Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on
or after the commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment)
Ordinance 1976 but before the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1977 means the Twelfth Schedule, and in
the case of persons dying on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1977 but before the
commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1980
means the Thirteenth Schedule, and in the case of persons dying
on or after the commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment)
Ordinance 1980 but before the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1981 means the Fourteenth Schedule, and
in the case of persons dying on or after the commencement of the
Estate duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1981 but before the
commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1982
means the Fifteenth Schedule, and in the case of persons dying on
or after the commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment)
Ordinance

Its

1982, means the Sixteenth Schedule-, (Amended, 47 of 1962, s. 2; 24
of 1967, s. 2; 37 of 1970, s. 2; 27 of 1972, s. 2; 24 of 1974, s. 2: 31 of
1976, s. 2; 31 of 1977, s. 2; 33 of 1980, s. 2; 29 of 1981, s. 2 and 28 qf
1982, s. 2)

,,assets' includes goodwill;

,,associated operations' means any 2 or more operations of any kind
being

(a)operations which affect the same property, or one of which
effects some property and the other or others of which affect
property which represents, whether directly or indirectly, that
property or income arising from that property, or any property
representing accumulations of any such income; or

(b)any 2 operations of which one is effected with reference to
the other, or with a view to enabling it to be effected or to
facilitating its being effected, and any third operation having
a like relation to either of those two, and any fourth operation
having a like relation to any of those three, and so on,





whether those operations are effected by the same person or by
different persons, whether they are connected otherwise than as
aforesaid or not, and whether they are contemporaneous or any of
them precedes or follows any other;

'average rate' means, in relation to a company, a rate per cent per
annum, the percentage being ascertained by

(a)computing the aggregate amount of the net profits of the
company for the relevant accounting years, a deduction being
made, where the company sustained a loss in any of those
years, of the amount of the loss;

(b) dividing that amount by the number of those years; and

(c)comparing the result with the principal value of the assets of
the company passing on the death of the deceased by virtue
of section 35 after making the allowances to be made under
section 39;

'Commissioner' means such person as the Governor may appoint as
Commissioner for the purpose of this Ordinance; (Amended, 21 of
1972, s. 2)

'company' includes any body corporate, wheresoever incorporated;

'debenture' means, in relation to a company, any obligation of the
company in respect of any loan capital issued by the company
otherwise than as consideration for a loan made to it in the ordinary
course of banking business, or in respect of any debt incurred by
the company

(a)for any money borrowed by the company, otherwise than by
way of temporary loan made in the ordinary course of a
banking business;

(b)for any transfer of capital assets made to the company by any
person, unless the obligation is one resulting from a dealing
with a person who transferred such assets to the company in,
and on terms consistent with, the ordinary course of a
business carried on by him;

(c)without consideration, or for consideration the value of which
to the company at the time when the debt was incurred was
substantially less than the value at that time of the debt,
including any premium thereon; or

(d)where the debt was of such a nature that it would in the
ordinary course of business and apart from some special
arrangement, have carried interest, if the debt did not carry
interest or carried interest at a rate which was either
unreasonably high or unreasonably low;

'disposition' includes any trust, covenant, agreement or arrangement,
whether made by a single operation or by associated operations,
and also, in relation to shares in or debentures of a company, the
extinguishment or any alteration of rights attaching thereto,
whether effected by a single operation or by associated operations;





'distributed assets' means. in relation to a company, assets of the
company to which section 35(3) applies which were disposed of or
distributed by the company as mentioned in that subsection, and
'value of the distribution' means, in relation to any distributed
assets, the value thereof or, if partial consideration, other than the
extinguishment, or an alteration, of rights attaching to shares in or
debentures of a company to which that section applies, was given
for the distribution in money or money's worth received by the
company for its own use and benefit, the value thereof less the
value of the consideration given;

'dividend' includes a bonus chargeable to tax under the Inland
Revenue Ordinance and also any bonus which would be so
chargeable if it had arisen in or been derived from the-Colony;

11
estate duty' means duty chargeable under this Ordinance;

'executor' means the executor or administrator of a deceased person
and includes, as regards any obligation under this Ordinance, any
person who takes possession of or intermeddles with the property
of a deceased person or any portion thereof,

'incumbrance' includes mortgage and terminable charge;

-interest in expectancy- includes an estate in remainder or reversion and
every future interest whether vested or contingent. but does not
include a reversion expectant upon the determination of a lease;

,,member' means, in relation to a company. a holder in his own right of
any share in or debenture of the company, and a person interested
in any share in or debenture of the company held, whether by
himself or another, otherwise than in the holder's own right;

,,officer' means, in relation to a company, any person who exercises the
functions of a director, manager, secretary or liquidator of the
company;

'payment' includes a transfer of property and a set-off or release of an
obligation, and references to the amount of a payment include, in
relation to property transferred or to an obligation set-off or
release, references to the value thereof,

'periodical payment means a payment by way of dividend or interest, a
payment by way of remuneration not being a single lump sum
payment, and any other payment being one of a series of payments,
whether inter-connected or not, whether of the same or of varying
amounts, and whether payable at regular intervals or otherwise;

'property' includes movable and immovable property and the proceeds
of sale thereof respectively and any money or investment for the
time being representing the proceeds of sale.





'property passing on the death' includes property passing either
immediately on the death or after any interval, and either certainly
or contingently, and either originally or by way of substitutive
limitation, and 'on the death- includes---ata period ascertainable
only by reference to the death';

'power' includes any right or power exercisable by virtue of the holding
of shares in or debentures of a company. and any right or power to
procure an issue of shares in or debentures of a company;

'settlement' means any non-testamentary disposition in writing,
whether made voluntarily or upon a good or valuable consideration
other than a bona fide pecuniary consideration, whereby any
definite and certain property is settled or agreed to be settled in
any manner for any purpose whatsoever.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance-

(a)a person shall be deemed competent to dispose of property if
he has such an estate or interest therein or such general power
as would, if he were dui juris, enable him to dispose of the
property; and 'general power- includes every power or
authority enabling the donee or other holder thereof to
appoint or dispose of property as he thinks fit, whether
exercisable by instrument inter vivos or by will, or both, but
exclusive of any power exercisable either in a fiduciary
capacity under a disposition not made by himself or as
mortgagee;

(b)a disposition taking effect out of the interest of the deceased
person shall be deemed to have been made by him. whether
the concurrence of any other person was or was not required;

(c)money which a person has a general power to charge on
property shall be deemed to be property of which he has
power to dispose;

(d)the creation by a person or with his consent of a debt or other
right enforceable against him personally or against property of
which he was or might become competent to dispose, or to
charge or burden for his own benefit. shall be deemed to have
been a disposition made by that person, and in relation thereto
the expression -property--- shall include the debt or right
created;

(e)the extinguishment at the expense of the deceased of a debt or
other right shall be deemed to have been a disposition made
by the deceased in favour of the person for whose benefit the
debt or right was extinguished, and in relation thereto the
expression 'property' shall include the benefit conferred by
the extinguishment of the debt or right.

(3) A person shall be deemed to have made a transfer of property
to a company if the property came to be included in the





resources of the company by the effect of a disposition made by him or
with his consent or of any associated operations of which such a
disposition formed one.

(4) A person shall be deemed to have received or had any payment,
income, profit, enjoyment, assets, or interest, the receipt or having
whereof by him is relevant for the purposes of this Ordinance, if any of
the following conditions have been satisfied in relation thereto, that is
to say

(a)if the relevant payment or other matter has been applied in any
manner for the benefit of that person, or has been dealt with
by that or any other person in any manner calculated to cause
it to inure for the benefit of that person at any time, whether in
the form of income or not or if any property which was or
would be available for the purpose by reason of the effect or
successive effects of any one or more of associated
operations relating to the relevant payment or other matter has
been so applied or dealt with;

(b)if any advantages received or to be received at any time by
that person have been provided out of that payment or other
matter, or out of any such property as aforesaid;

(c)if that person became able in any manner to control the
application of the relevant payment or other matter, or of any
such property as aforesaid, othewise than in a fiduciary
capacity;

(d)if the relevant payment or other matter, or any such property
as aforesaid. has been applied in any manner so as to increase
the value to that person of any property in which he was
beneficially interested; or

(e)as respects such profits as are mentioned in section 36, if the
receipt by. or accrual to, the company of those profits
operated in any manner so as to increase the value to that
person of any property in which that person was beneficially
interested, so however that the amount of the income or
profits which that person is to be treated as having received
by virtue of this paragraph shall be limited to the amount of
the increase in value of the property in question,

and references in this Ordinance to the deceased's receiving or having,
or being or becoming entitled to receive or have, any such payment or
other matter as aforesaid shall be construed accordingly.

(5) References in this Ordinance-

(a)to a disposition's being made by any person, to a power's
being exercised or exercisable by any person, or to any other
act's being done by any person, include references to its
being 9 made, or being exercised or exercisable, or being
done, by him and another jointly or by another at his direction
or by a company of which he had control, or powers
equivalent to control, within the meaning of sec





tion 44(3), whether with or without the consent of any
other person having similar powers; references importing
an omission on the part of any person in relation to any
such matter as aforesaid shall be construed in like manner;
and references in relation to any such matter, as aforesaid
to its being made, or being exercised or exercisable, or
being done or omitted, with the consent of any person
include references to its being made, or being exercised or
exercisable, being done or omitted, at his request or with or
subject to his acquiescence;
(b)to a person having any power or control or doing any act
in a fiduciary capacity shall be construed as references to
his having that power or control or doing that act in a
fiduciary capacity imposed on him otherwise than by a
disposition made by him and in such a capacity only;
(c)to an interest ceasing or being limited to cease on a death
shall be construed as including references to its being
subject to a limitation, in whatsoever form, having the
effect of providing in the alternative for its cesser on the
death or on the occurrence of some event, or the expiration
of some period, before the death;
(d)to a transfer of property, (except in the definition of
'payment' in subsection (1)) shall include a reference to a
payment of money, and the expressions 'disposition' and
,,value' respectively, in relation to money, shall include
payment and amount.
(Replaced, 1 of 1959, s. 2)

3A. (1) Where under this Ordinance any power is conferred
or any duty is imposed on the Commissioner and it is not provided
that the power or duty shall be exercised or performed by the
Commissioner personally, such power may be exercised or such duty
may be performed by a deputy commissioner of estate duty or an
assistant commissioner of estate duty.
(2) Except where this Ordinance provides that a power or duty
shall be exercised or performed by the Commissioner personally, the
Commissioner may, subject to such limitations as he may think fit,
authorize in writing any public officer to exercise any power or
perform any duty conferred or imposed upon him by this Ordinance.
(Added, 21 of 1972, s. 3)

4. (1) The Chief Justice may, by a commission signed by
him, appoint the Commissioner or any deputy commissioner to be
a commissioner to administer oaths and take declarations and
affirmations for the purposes of this Ordinance, and may revoke any
such appointment.
(2) Every person so appointed shall be styled a commissioner
for oaths and shall have all the powers and discharge all the duties
which now belong to the office of a commissioner to administer oaths.
(Added, 32 of 1934, s. 2)





5. In the case of every deceased person there shall, save as
hereinafter expressly provided, be levied and paid upon the principal
value, ascertained as hereinafter provided, of all property passing on
the death of such person, a duty called estate duty at the graduated
rates mentioned in the applicable Schedule:

Provided that, where the principal value of an estate comprises a
fraction of 5100, such fraction shall, for the purpose of determining the
amount of estate duty payable, be reckoned as $100:

Provided also that where an interest in expectancy in any property
has, before 27 February 1931, been bona fide sold or mortgaged
for full consideration in money or money's worth, then no higher duty
on that property shall be payable by the purchaser or mortgagee when
the interest falls into possession than is in accordance with the rates
mentioned in the First Schedule, and in the case of a mortgage any
higher duty payable by the mortgagor shall rank as a charge
subsequent to that of the mortgagee.

(Amended, 47 of
1962, s. 3)

6. (1) Property passing on the death of the deceased shall be
deemed to include the property following

(a)property of which the deceased was at the time of his death
competent to dispose;

(b)property in which the deceased or any other person had an
interest ceasing on the death of the deceased, to the extent to
which a benefit accrues or arises by the cesser of such interest,
and such property shall be deemed to pass on the death of the
deceased notwithstanding that that estate or interest has been
surrendered, assured, divested or otherwise disposed of,
whether for value or not, to or for the benefit of any person
entitled to an estate or interest in remainder or reversion in
such property, unless that surrender, assurance, divesting or
disposition was bona fide made or effected 3 years
before the death, or if it was made or effected for such
purposes as are recognized by the Commissioner as public or
charitable, one year before the death, and bona fide
possession and enjoyment of the property was assumed
thereunder immediately upon the surrender, assurance,
divesting or disposition, and thenceforward retained to the
entire exclusion of the person who had the estate or interest
limited to cease as aforesaid, and of any benefit to him by
contract or otherwise:

Provided that where property affected by such a
surrender, assurance, divesting or disposition is deemed to be
property passing on the death of the deceased by reason only
that the property was not, as from the date of the surrender,
assurance, divesting or disposition, retained to the entire
exclusion of the deceased or a person who had an estate or
interest limited to cease on the death of the deceased, and of
any benefit to him by contract or other





wise, the property shall not be deemed to pass on the death of
the deceased if subsequently, by means of the surrender of
the benefit reserved or otherwise, it is enjoyed to the entire
exclusion of the deceased or such other person as aforesaid,
and of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise, for a
period of 3 years immediately preceding the death, or in the
case of such purposes as are recognized by the Commissioner
as public or charitable, one year immediately preceding the
death:

Provided also that this paragraph shall not apply to any
property the interest in which of the deceased or other person
was only an interest as holder of an office or as recipient of
the benefits of a charity or as a corporation sole; (Amended, 1
of 1959, s. 3)

(e) property taken as a donatio mortis causa made by the
deceased or taken under a disposition made by him,
purporting to operate as an immediate gift inter vivos,
whether by way of transfer, delivery, declaration of trust,
or otherwise, which shall not have been bona fide made 3
years before the death or in the case of a gift inter vivos
made or effected for such purposes as may be recognized
by the Commissioner as public or charitable, one year
before the death, or taken under any gift, whenever made,
of which property bona fide possession and enjoyment shall
not have been assumed by the donee immediately upon the
gift and thenceforward retained to the entire exclusion of
the donor or of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to gifts
inter vivos which are made in consideration of marriage,
or which are proved to the satisfaction of the Commis-
sioner to have been part of the normal expenditure of the
deceased, and to have been reasonable having regard to the
amount of his income or to the circumstances, or which in
the case of any donee do not exceed in the he aggregate
in value or amount: (Amended, 28 of 1979, s. 2)

Provided also that where property taken under a
disposition purporting to operate as an immediate gift
inter vivos is deemed to be property passing on the death
of the deceased by reason only that the property was not,
as from the date of the disposition, retained to the entire
exclusion of the deceased or a person who had an estate or
interest limited to cease on the death of the deceased, and
of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise, the prop-
erty shall not be deemed to pass on the death of the
deceased if subsequently, by means of the surrender of the
benefit reserved or otherwise, it is enjoyed to the entire
exclusion of the deceased or such other person as afore-
said, and of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise,
for a period of 3 years immediately preceding the death or
in the case of such purposes as are recognized by the Com-





missioner as public or charitable, one year before the death:

(Amended, 29 of 1981, s. 3)

Provided also that money or money's worth paid or
applied by the deceased in or towards satisfaction or
discharge of a debt or incumbrance in the case of which
section 13(2) would have had effect on his death if the debt or
incumbrance had not been satisfied or discharged, or in
reduction of a debt or incumbrance in the case of which that
subsection has effect on his death, shall, unless so paid or
applied 3 years before the death, be treated as property
deemed to be included in the property passing on the death
and estate duty shall, notwithstanding anything in section
10(a), be payable in respect thereof accordingly; (Amended, 1 of
1959, s. 3)

(d)property to which the deceased has been absolutely entitled,
and which he has caused to be transferred to or vested in
himself and any other person jointly, whether by disposition
or otherwise (including also any purchase or investment
effected by the deceased either by himself alone, or in
concert, or by arrangement with any other person), so that the
beneficial interest therein or in some part thereof passes or
accrues by survivorship on his death to such other person;

(e)property passing under any past or future settlement made by
the deceased by deed or any other instrument not taking
effect as a will, whereby an interest in such property or the
proceeds of sale thereof, for life or any other period
determinable by reference to death is reserved, either
expressly or by implication, to the settlor, or whereby the
settlor may have reserved to himself the right by the exercise
of any power to restore to himself, or to reclaim the absolute
interest in such property or the proceeds of sale thereof,

any annuity or other interest purchased or provided by the
deceased either by himself alone or in concert or by
arrangement with any other person, to the extent of the
beneficial interest accruing or arising by survivorship or
otherwise on the death of the deceased, except that the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall have effect in
relation to an annuity or other interest purchased or provided
wholly or in part by any person who was at any time entitled
to, or amongst whose resources there was at any time
included,any property derived from the deceased, as if that
annuity or other interest had been provided by the deceased,
or, if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that
the application of all the property derived from the deceased
would have been insufficient to provide the whole of that
annuity or other interest, as if a similar annuity or interest of
an amount reduced to an extent proportionate to the
insufficiency proved had been provided by the deceased:





Provided that for the purpose of determining whether
there would have been any such insufficiency as aforesaid,
and the extent thereof, there shall be excluded from the
property derived from the deceased any part thereof as to
which it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that
the disposition of which it, or the property which it
represented, was the subject matter was not made with
reference to, or with a view to enabling or facilitating, the
purchase or provision of the annuity or other interest, or the
recoupment in any manner of the cost thereof.

In this paragraph-

'property derived from the deceased' shall include any
property which was the subject matter of a disposition,
made by the deceased, either by himself alone or in
concert or by arrangement with any other person,
notwithstanding that the disposition was made for full
consideration in money or money's worth paid to the
deceased for his own use or benefit, or which
represented any of the subject matter of such
disposition, whether directly or indirectly, and whether
by virtue of one or more intermediate dispositions, and
whether any such intermediate disposition was or was
not for full or partial consideration:

Provided that where the first-mentioned disposition
was for full consideration in money or money's worth
paid to the deceased for his own use or benefit and it is
proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the
disposition was not part of associated operations which
included a disposition by the deceased, either by himself
alone or in concert or by arrangement with any other
person, otherwise than for full consideration in money or
money's worth paid to the deceased for his own use or
benefit; or a disposition by any other person operating
to reduce the value of the property of the deceased, then,
in considering whether estate duty should be charged by
virtue of this paragraph, paragraph (c) and section 13(2),
the said first-mentioned disposition shall be left out of
the account as if this sub-paragragh did not apply in
relation to it; and (Amended, L.N. 100168)

'subject matter' includes, in relation to any disposition, any
annual or periodical payment made or payable under or
by virtue of the disposition; (Amended, 1 of 1959,s.3)

(g)debts and sums of money due and owing from persons in the
Colony to any deceased person at the time of his death on
obligation or other specialty, to the same extent as if they were
owing to the deceased upon simple contract, without regard
to the place where the obligation or





specialty shall be at the time of the death of the deceased;
and (Amended, 1 of 1959, s. 3)

(h)an interest limited to cease on the death which has been
disposed of or has determined, whether wholly or partly,
whether by surrender, assurance, divesting. forfeiture or in any
other manner, except by the expiration of a fixed period at the
expiration of which the interest was limited to cease, and
whether for value or not, after becoming an interest in
possession and the disposition or determination, or any of
them if there are more than one, is not excepted by the proviso
hereto, then

(i) if, had there been no disposition or determination as
aforesaid of that interest and no disposition of any interest
expectant upon or subject to that interest, the property in
which the interest subsisted would have passed on the death
under section 5, that property shall be deemed by virtue of
this paragraph to be included as to the whole thereof in the
property passing on the death; or

(ii) if, had there been no disposition or determination as
aforesaid of that interest and no disposition of any interest
expectant upon or subject to that interest, the property in
which the interest subsisted would have been deemed by
virtue of paragraph (b) to be included to a particular extent in
the property passing on the death. then. the property in which
the interest subsisted shall be deemed by virtue of this
paragraph to be included to that extent in the property
passing on the death:

Provided that where a disposition or determination of an
interest limited to cease on the death was bona fide effected or
suffered 3 years before the death, or, if it was effected or
suffered for such purposes as are recognized by the
Commissioner as public or charitable, one year before the
death, the disposition or determination shall be excepted by
this proviso

(a)if bona fide possession and enjoyment of the property in
which the interest subsisted was assumed immediately
thereafter by the person becoming entitled by virtue of or
upon the disposition or determination and thenceforward
retained to the entire exclusion of the person who
immediately before the disposition or determination had
the interest and of any benefit to him by contract or
otherwise, or

(b)in the case of a partial determination, if the conditions
specified in sub-paragraph (a) were not satisfied by
reason only of the retention or enjoyment by the
deceased of possession of some part of the property, or
of some benefit, by virtue of the provisions of the
instrument under which he had the interest. (Added, 1 of
1959, s. 3)





(2) In the application of subsection (1)(h) to a case in which an
incumbrance on the property in which the interest in question subsisted
has been created by associated operations which included a disposition
of that interest, references to that property shall be construed as
references to that property free from the incumbrance except in a case in
which the incumbrance was created for considera~ tion in money or
money's worth which was applied for purposes calculated to maintain or
increase the value of that property, and, in that case, shall be construed
as references to that property subject to the incumbrance to the extent
to which the consideration was so applied. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 3)

(3) Subsection (1)(h) shall have effect only in relation to a person
dying after the commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment)
Ordinance 1959, and paragraph (b) of that subsection shall not have
effect in relation to such a person. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 3)

(4) Property passing on the death of the deceased shall not be
deemed to include property held by the deceased as trustee for another
person, under a disposition not made by the deceased or under a
disposition made by the deceased more than 3 years before the death, or
in the case of a disposition made for such purposes as are recognized
by the Commissioner as public or charitable, one year before the death
where possession and enjoyment of the property was bona fide
assumed by the beneficiary immediately upon the creation of the trust
and thenceforward retained to the entire exclusion of the deceased or of
any benefit to him by contract or otherwise:

Provided that where property taken under such a disposition as
aforesaid is deemed to be property passing on the death of the deceased
by reason only that the property was not, as from the date of the
disposition, retained to the entire exclusion of the deceased or a person
who had an estate or inerest limited to cease on the death of the
deceased, and of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise. the
property shall not be deemed to pass on the death of the deceased if
subsequently, by means of the surrender of the benefit reserved or
otherwise, it is enjoyed to the entire exclusion of the deceased or such
other person as aforesaid and of any benefit to him by contract or
otherwise, for a period of 3 years immediately preceding the death or in
the case of a disposition made for such purposes as are recognized by
the Commissioner as public or charitable, one year immediately
preceding the death. (Amended, 1 of 1959, s. 3)

(5) Where property is settled by a person on himself for life, and
after his death on any other person with an ultimate reversion of an
absolute interest or absolute power of disposition to the settlor, the
property shall not be deemed for the purpose of this Ordinance to pass
to the settlor on the death of any such other person after the
commencement of this Ordinance, by reason only that the settlor, being
then in possession of the property as tenant for life, becomes, in
consequence of such death, entitled to dispose of the whole property.





(6)(a) Where by a disposition of any property an interest is
conferred on any person other than the disponer for the life of
such person or determinable on his death, and such person
enters into possession of the interest and thenceforward
retains possession thereof to the entire exclusion of the
disponer or of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise, and
the only benefit which the disponer retains in the said property
is subject to such life or determinable interest, and no other
interest is created by the said disposition, then, on the death
of such person the property shall not be deemed for the
purposes of this Ordinance to pass by reason only of its
reverter to the disponer in his lifetime.

(b)Where by a disposition of any property any such interest as
above in this subsection mentioned is conferred on 2 or more
persons, either severally or jointly, or in succession, this
subsection shall apply in like manner as where the interest is
conferred on one person.

(c)Provided that paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not apply where
such person or persons taking the said life or determinable
interest had at any time prior to the disposition been himself or
themselves competent to dispose of the said property.

(7) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b), (c) and (it) of subsec-
tion (1) and notwithstanding subsection (4), property passing on the
death of the deceased shall not be deemed to include property the
subject of any surrender, assurance, divesting, disposition, forfei-
ture, disposal, donatio mortis causa, gift inter vivos or determination
of an interest made, effected or suffered to or for the benefit in~
Colony of any charitable institution or trust of a public character, or
to the Government, or the Urban for charitable purposes.

2
(Added. 29 of 1970,s.2. Amended,74 of 1981,s.2)

7. (1) For the purposes of section 6(1)(c), any disposition made by
the deceased in favour of a relative of his shall be treated as a gift
unless

(a)the disposition was made on the part of the deceased for full
consideration in money or money's worth paid to him for his
own use or benefit; or

(b)the deceased was concerned in a fiduciary capacity imposed
on him otherwise than by a disposition made by him and in
such a capacity only:

Provided that where the disposition was made on the part of the
deceased for partial consideration in money or money's worth paid to
him for his own use or benefit, the value of the consideration shall be
allowed as a deduction from the value of the property for the purpose of
estate duty.

(2) Where the deceased made a disposition of property in favour
of a relative of his. the creation or disposition in favour of the





deceased of an annuity or other interest limited to cease on the death of
the deceased or of any other person shall not be treated for the
purposes of this section or of section 13(1) as consideration for the
disposition made by the deceased, except as provided in section 8.

(3) Where there have been associated operations effected with
reference to the receiving by the deceased of any payment in respect of
such an annuity or other interest as in mentioned in subsection (2), or
effected with a view to enabling him to receive or to facilitating the
receipt by him of any such payment, this section and section 45 shall
have effect in relation to each of those associated operations as they
have effect in relation to the creation or disposition in favour of the
deceased of such an annuity or other interest.

(4) In this section, section 8 and section 45-

'annuity' includes any series of payments, whether inter-connected or
not, whether of the same or of varying amounts, and whether
payable at regular intervals or otherwise, and payments of
dividends or interest on shares in or debentures of a company shall
be treated for the purposes of the said provisions as a series of
payments constituting an annuity limited to cease on a death if the
payments are liable to cease on the death, or the amounts thereof
are liable to be reduced on the death, by reason directly or
indirectly of the extinguishment or any alteration of rights attaching
to, or,of the issue of, any shares in or debentures of a company.

'relative' means

(a) wife or husband;

(b) father and mother;

(c) child, uncle and aunt;

(d)any issue of a person falling within either (a), (b) or (c) above
and the other party to a marriage with any such person or
issue;

(e)concubine recognized as such by the law appropriate to the
marriage; and

references to 'child' and 'issue' include references to any
illegitimate child and to any adopted child.

(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 4)

7A. Where, after the commencement of the Estate Duty

(Amendment) Ordinance 1982, 2 or more persons die in circumcise
stances rendering it uncertain that any one of the survived e the other or
others, the property chargeable with estate duty in respect of each death
shall be ascertained as if they had died at the same time and all relevant
property had devolved accordingly.

(Replaced, 28 of 1982, s. 3)

8. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the relief specified
herein shall be granted where, on the death of a person who





has made a disposition of property in favour of a relative of his or a
company, any estate duty becomes, or would but for this section
become payable by virtue of section 7(2),
(2) The sum on which estate duty would be payable apart
from this section on the death in respect of the property which was
the subject matter of the disposition or in respect of the property
liable to a debt or incumbrance created by the deceased which was
the subject matter of the disposition, as the case may be, shall first
be computed and, subject to the limitations provided for by subsec-
tion (4), there shall then be allowed as a deduction from that sum-
(a)the amount, if any, by which the aggregate of the payments
which have been made on account of the annuity or other
interest for the period from the date when the annuity or
other interest began to accrue in favour of the deceased
until his death, exceeds the aggregate of the income derived
from the deceased by virtue of the disposition for the
period from the date of the disposition until his death; and
(b)simple interest on so much, if any, of the amount aforesaid,
and for such period, as, in the opinion of the Commis-
sioner, is in all the circumstances just, at the rate of 4 per
cent per annum.
(3) In subsection (2), the expression ---theaggregate of the
income derived from the deceased by virtue of the disposition-
means-
(a)in relation to so much of the property which was the
subject matter of the disposition as did not consist of a
debt or incumbrance created by the deceased, such amount
as, in the opinion of the Commissioner, is in all the
circumstances equal to a reasonable return from the prop-
erty; and
(b)in relation to so much of the property which was the
subject matter of the disposition as did consist of a debt
or incumbrance created by the deceased, the aggregate
amount of the interest paid or payable by the deceased in
respect of that debt or incumbrance.
(4) The amount to be allowed as a deduction under subsec-
tion (2) shall, in the circumstances specified in the provisions of
subsections (5), (6) and (7) be limited to the extent specified in
those subsections respectively.
(5) If the annuity payments specified in subsection (2)(a) had
formed the consideration for a debt created by the deceased equal to
the total amount of those payments, and if section 13(1) were
applied to that debt. the full amount of that debt would not having
regard to the operation of section 13(2) have been allowable under
subsection (1) of that section, the said annuity payments shall, for
the purpose of ascertaining the amount to be allowed as a deduc-
tion under this section, be reduced so as not to exceed the amount, if
any, which would have been allowable in the circumstances afore-
said under subsection (1) of that section:





Provided that in applying the said subsection (2) for the
purposes of this subsection, property which is the subject matter of
the disposition shall not be treated as property derived from the
deceased.

(6) Where under section 7 a deduction for partial considera-
tion would have been allowable in respect of the annuity or other
interest if subsection (2) of that section had not applied to the
disposition and if any other consideration for the disposition had
not been given, the amount to be allowed as a deduction under this
section shall not exceed the amount of that deduction.

(7) Where the amount to be allowed as a deduction under this
section is allowed as a deduction from the value of the property
liable to a debt or incumbrance created by the deceased, it shall
not exceed the amount, if any, which would be allowed under
section 13(1) if sections 7 and 45 had not been passed.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 4)

9. (1) Where any shares in or debentures of a company are
comprised in a gift inter vivos and the donee is, as the holder of those
shares or debentures, issued with shares in or debentures of the same
or any other company, or granted any right to acquire any such
shares or debentures, then, unless the issue or grant is made by way
of exchange for the first mentioned shares or debentures, the shares
or debentures so issued, or the right granted, shall be treated for the
purposes of this Ordinance as having been comprised in the gift in
addition to any other property so comprised.

(2) In subsection (1), the reference to an issue being made or
right being granted to the donee as the holder of shares or
debentures shall be taken to include any case in which an issue or
grant is made to him as having been the holder of those shares or
debentures, or is made to him in pursuance of an offer or invitation
made to him as being or having been the holder of those shares or
debentures, or of an offer or invitation in connexion with which any
preference is given to him as being or having been the holder thereof.

(3) Where subsection (1) applies to determine, for purposes of
estate duty, the property comprised in a gift inter vivos made by the
deceased, the value of any consideration in money or money's worth
given by the donee for the issue or grant referred to in the said
subsection (1) shall be allowed as a deduction in valuing the property
comprised in the gift as property deemed to pass on the death by
virtue of the gift; but if any part, not being a sum of money, of the
said consideration consists of property comprised in the same or
another gift from the donor and deemed for purposes of estate duty
to pass on his death, no deduction shall be made in respect of it
under this subsection.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), there shall be left out of
account so much, if any, of the consideration for any shares in or
debentures of a company or for the grant of any right to be issued
with any such shares or debentures, as consists in the capitalization





of reserves of that company, or in the retention by that company, by
way of set-off or otherwise, of any property distributable by it, or is
otherwise provided directly or indirectly out of the assets or at the
expense of that or any associated company; and for this purpose 2
companies shall be deemed to be associated if one has a controlling
interest in the other, or if some person has a controlling interest in both.

(5) In the case of a donee who dies before the donor, subsections
(1) to (4) inclusive shall apply as if he had not died, and as if the acts of
his personal representative were his acts, and property taken by any
person under his testamentary dispositions or on his intestacy, or
partial intestacy, were taken under a gift made by him at the time of his
death.

(6) For purposes of aggregation, any property which is by virtue of
subsections (1) to (5) inclusive to be treated as comprised in a gift inter
vivos made by the deceased shall be deemed to be property in which
the deceased had an interest, except in so far as it is derived from
property originally comprised in the gift in which the deceased never
had an interest.

(7) For the purposes of estate duty, any question whether,
possession and enjoyment of any property comprised in a gift inter
vivos was at a particular time assumed or had by any person to the
exclusion of any other person shall, so far as the question depends on
the identity of the property, be determined by reference to the property
which would for the time being be treated, in relation to the death if it
occurred at that time, as property comprised in the gift.

(8) For the purposes of this section, the principal value of any
property at a time before the death of the deceased shall be ascertained
as it would be for the purposes of estate duty chargeable on his death if
he had died immediately before that time.

(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 4)

10. Estate duty shall not be payable in respect of-

(a)property passing on the death of the deceased by reason
only of a bona fide purchase from the person under whose
disposition the property passes nor in respect of the
determination of any annuity for lives where such purchase
was made or such annuity granted for full consideration in
money or money's worth paid to the vendor or grantor for his
own use or benefit. Where any such purchase was made, or
annuity granted, for partial consideration in money or
money's worth paid to the vendor or grantor for his own use
or benefit, the value of the consideration shall be allowed as a
deduction from the value of the property for the purpose of
estate duty; (Amended, L.N. 63170)

(b) property situate outside the Colony







(c)any share or other interest of a deceased member of a
company registered in a local or- branch register kept out of
the Colony under the Companies Ordinance; (Amended, 29 of
1970, s. 3)

(d)property situate in the New Territories, other than New
Kowloon, where the principal value of the estate does not
exceed $2,000 or the minimum principal value for which a rate
for the payment of estate duty has been provided under the
applicable Schedule, whichever is the greater,and property situate elsewhere in the Colony, where the
the princle value of the
estate does not exceed the minimum
principal value for which a rate for the payment of estate
duty has been provided under the applicable Schedule;
(Replaced, 47 of 1962, s. 4)

(e)any temple for the worship of ancestors, situate in the New
Territories, other than New Kowloon, registered in the name of
the manager of a clan, family or t'ong property similarly registered as is used for
maintenance of such temple; (Added, 38 of 1935, s. 2)

(f)any other temple in the New Territories, other than New
Kowloon, certified by the Secretary for District Administration
to be a Chinese temple as defined in section 2 of the Chinese
Temples Ordinance, and so much of any property as is used
for the maintenance of such temple; (Added, 38 of 1935, s. 2.
Amended, L.N. 94174, L.N. 370181 and L. N. 14183)

(g)property devised or bequeathed by the deceased or other-
wise passing death of the deceased to or for the
benefit in any charitable institution or trust
of a public character, or to the Government, or the Urban
Council for charitable purposes. (Added, 29 of 1970,
s. 3. Amended, 74 of 1981, s. 3)

10A. (1) Estate duty shall not be payable in respect of property

(a)which was, immediately before the death of the deceased-

(i) a residence owned by him and occupied solely by him
exclusively for residential purposes; and

(ii) the matrimonial home of the deceased and his spouse;
and

(b)which is devised or bequeathed by the deceased, of otherwise
passes on his death, to or for the benefit of his spouse.

(2) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (3)-

(a)property shall be deemed to be a residence and deemed to be
capable of being a matrimonial home if the property is the
exclusive right to enjoy the residence together with the





right to an undivided share in land on which the residence is
situated;

(b)a residence shall be deemed to be owned by the deceased if the
property is owned by him or by him and his spouse,

(c)a residence shall be deemed to be occupied solely by the
deceased if it is occupied solely by him or by him and his
Spouse and family

(3) Where more than one residence would, under subsection (1)
and but for this subsection, be exempt from estate duty, only one
residence shall be so exempt and the executor may, by notice in writing
to the Commissioner, elect which residence shall be exempt; in default of
which, the Commissioner shall make the election.

(4) For the purpose of determining the rate of estate duty to be paid
on property passing on death in respect of which estate duty is payable,
the property of the deceased exempt from estate duty under this section
and the property in respect of which estate duty is payable shall be
aggregated and, subject to section 11, estate duty shall be paid on the
property in respect of which estate duty is payable as if the value of the
property of the deceased exempt from estate duty under this section
formed part of the principal value of the estate.

(A dded, 28 of 1982, s. 4)

11. (1) For determining the rate of estate duty to be paid on any
property passing on the death of the deceased, all property so passing
in respect of which estate duty is payable shall be aggregated so as to
form one estate, and the duty shall be paid at the proper graduated rate
on the principal value thereof..

Provided that any property so passing, in which the deceased
never had an interest, shall not be aggregated with any other property
but shall be an estate by itself, and the duty shall be paid at the proper
graduated rate on the principal value thereof. (Amended, 1 of 1959, s. 5)

(2) For the purposes of this section, the deceased shall be deemed
to have had an interest in any property included, or deemed to be
included, by virtue of

(a) section 6(1)(f); or

(b) section 35,

in the property passing on his death. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 5)

(3) The proviso to subsection (1) shall not have effect in relation
to property consisting of a debt, or right, or benefit, passing on the
death of the deceased, that is treated as property by virtue of section
3(2)(d) or (e). (Added, 1 qf 1959, s. 5)

(4) Where the property which passes on a death, but in which the
deceased never had an interest. includes any policies of assurance on
his life. or moneys received under such a policy, or interests in





such a policy or moneys, then the rate of estate duty to be paid on any
such policy, money or interest so included (hereinafter referred to as---
alife insurance') shall be determined as follows

(a)in respect of the value of any life insurance or interest in a life
insurance to which immediately after the death any one person
is absolutely and indefeasibly entitled for his own benefit
otherwise than by virtue of a purchase for consideration in
money or money's worth, whether of that life insurance or
interest or of the policy or otherwise, the rate shall be that
appropriate to the value or aggregate value of that life
insurance or interest and of any other life insurance or interest
in a life insurance to which he is so entitled;

(b)subject to paragraph (a) the rate shall be that appropriate to
the aggregate value of all the life insurance or, if there is only
one, to the value of that life insurance:

Provided that for the purposes of this subsection

(i)where any life insurance or interest in a life insurance is
immediately after the death subject to a mortgage or charge,
the mortgage or charge shall be disregarded and the life
insurance or interest shall be valued accordingly; and

(ii)in relation to life insurances and interests therein which then
form part of the unadministered estate of a deceased person
this subsection shall have effect as if that person had been
then living and entitled to those life insurances and interests.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4)(a), the value of any interest
in a policy of assurance or moneys received under such a policy shall be
arrived at by apportioning the total value of the policy or moneys
according to the respective values of the interest in question and of the
interest a person would have if, except for the interest in question, he
were absolutely and indefeasibly entitled to the policy or moneys.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 5)

12. (1) Estate duty shall be payable as hereinafter mentioned.

(2) The executor of the deceased shall pay the estate duty in
respect of all property, of which the deceased was competent to dispose
at the date of his death, on delivering the affidavit for the Commissioner,
and may pay in like manner the estate duty in respect of any other
property passing on such death, which by virtue of any testamentary
disposition of the deceased is under the control of the executor or, in
the case of property not under his control, if the persons accountable
for the estate duty in respect thereof request him to make such payment.
(Amended, 47 of 1962, s. 5)

(3) Where the executor does not know the amount or value of any
property which has passed on the death, he may state in the affidavit for
the Commissioner that such property exists, but that he does not know
the amount or value thereof and that he undertakes





as soon as the amount and value are ascertained to bring in an account
thereof and to pay both the estate duty for which he is or may be liable
and any further estate duty payable by reason thereof for which he is or
may be liable in respect of the other property mentioned in the affidavit.

(4) Estate duty so far as not paid by the executor shall be paid on
an account setting forth the particulars of the property and delivered to
the Commissioner within 6 months after the death, by the person
accountable for the estate duty or within such further time as the
Commissioner may allow. Such duty shall be paid on delivering the
account. (Amended 47 of 1962, s.5)

(5) Every estate shall include all income accrued upon the property
included therein down to and outstanding at the date of the death of
the deceased.

(6) In addition to any estate duty payable, interest shall accrue and
be payable on such duty while it remains unpaid at the rate of 4 pet.
cent pet. annum from the date of the death of the deceased until the
expiration of 6 months from the death and at the rate of 8 per cent per
annum thereafter: (Replaced, 47of 1962,s. 5)

Provided that unless the Commissioner in any particular case with
the approval of the Governor in Council otherwise directs--

(a)in the case of any death occurring on or before 7 December
1941, no interest under this subsection shall be payable in
respect of the period from 8 December 1941 to 2 March 1946
and no part of the said period shall be taken into consideration
for the purpose of computation of the period of 6 months
referred to in this subsection, and

(b)in the case of any death occurring subsequent to 7 December
1941 and prior to 2 March 1946, the latter date shall be
substituted for the date of death for the purposes of this
subsection. (Added, 24 of 1950, Schedule. Amended, 47 of
1962, s. 5)

(7) The estate duty which is to be collected upon an affidavit for
the Commissioner or on an account. shall be due on the delivery thereof
or on the expiration of 6 months from the death, whichever first
happens.

(8) A rateable part of the estate duty on an estate in proportion to
the value of any leasehold property held solely by the deceased may at
the option of the person delivering the account be paid by 8 equal
yearly instalments, or 16 half-yearly instalments, and the first instalment
shall be due at the expiration of 6 months from the death, and the
interest on the unpaid portion of the duty shall be added to each
instalment and paid accordingly; but the duty for the time being unpaid.
with such interest to the date of payment, may be paid at any time, and
in case the property is sold shall be paid on completion of the sale, and
if not so paid shall be duty in arrear. (Added, 1 of 1959 s. 14. Amended,
47 of 1962, s. 5)

(Amended, 47 of 1962. s. 5)





13. (1) In determining the value of an estate for the purpose
of estate duty, allowance shall be made for reasonable funeral
expenses incurred in the G-el&my not exceeding-

(a)in the case of petsons eying before 1 January 1963, 51,000
or 21 per cent of the ascertained value of the estate, which-
ever is the smaller;

(b)in the case of persons dying on or after 1 January 1963 but
before 1 April 1972, $2,000 or 21- per cent of the ascertained
2
value of the estate, whichever is the smaller;

(c)in the case of persons dying on or after 1 April 1972 but
before the commencement of the Estate Duty (Amend-
ment) Ordinance 1977, 55,000 or 21 per cent of the ascer-
2
tained value of the estate, whichever is the smaller;

(d)in the case of persons dying on or after the commencement
of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1977, $10,000,

and for debts and incumbrances but an allowance shall not be
made-
(i)for debts incurred by the deceased and incumbrances
created by a disposition made by the deceased. unless such
debts or incumbrances were incurred or created hona.fide
for full consideration for money or money's worth wholly
for the deceased's own use and benefit and take effect out
of his interest; nor
(ii)for any debt in respect whereof there is a right to reimburse-
ment from any other estate or person unless such reimbur-
sement cannot be obtained, nor
(iii)more than once for the same debt or incumbrance changed
upon different portions of the estate,

and any debt or incumbrance for which an allowance is made shall
be deducted from the value of the property liable thereto. (Re-
placed, 31 of 1977, s. 3)

(2) Any allowance which but for this subsection would be
made under subsection (1) for a debt incurred by the deceased as
mentioned in paragraph (i) of that subsection, or for an incum-
brance created by a disposition made by the deceased, as therein
mentioned shall be subject to abatement to an extent proportionate
to the value of any of the consideration given therefor which
consisted of-

(a) property derived from the deceased; or

(b)consideration not being such property as aforesaid, but
given by any person who was at any time entitled to, or
amongst whose resources there was at any time included,
any property derived from the deceased:

Provided that if, where the whole or a part of the consideration
given consisted of such consideration as is mentioned in para-
graph (b) of this subsection, it is proved to the satisfaction of the





Commissioner that the value of the consideration given, or of that
part thereof, as the case may be, exceeded that which could have
been rendered available by application of all the property derived
from the deceased, other than such, if any, of that property as is
included in the consideration given or as to which the like facts
are proved in relation to the giving of the consideration as are
mentioned in the first proviso to section 6(1)(f) in relation to the
purchase or provision of an annuity or other interest, no abatement
shall be made in respect of the excess, and in this subsection the
expressions 'property derived from the deceased' and -subject
matter' have the meanings respectively attributed to them in section
6(1)(f). (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 6)

(3) Where a debt or incumbrance has been incurred or created
in whole or in part for the purpose of or in consideration for the
purchase or acquisition or extinction, whether by operation of law
or otherwise, of any interest in expectancy in any property passing
or deemed to pass on the death of a deceased person, and any person
whose interest in expectancy is so purchased, acquired, or extin-
guished becomes (under any disposition made by, or through devolu-
tion of law from, or under the intestacy of, the deceased) entitled to
any interest in that property, then in determining the value of the
estate of the deceased for the purpose of estate duty no allowance
shall be made in respect of such debt or incumbrance, and any
property charged with any such debt or incumbrance shall be
deemed to pass freed from that debt or incumbrance:

Provided that-

(a)if part only of such debt or incumbrance was incurred or
created for such purpose or as such consideration as
aforesaid, this provision shall apply to that part of such
debt or incumbrance only; and

(b)if a person whose interest in expectancy in the property so
purchased, acquired, or extinguished becomes entitled to
an interest in part only of that property, this provision
shall apply only to such part of the debt or incumbrance as
bears the same proportion to the whole debt or incum-
brance as the value of the part of the property to an interest
in which he becomes entitled bears to the value of the
whole of that property.

(4) No allowance shall be made f r de
~,~ kt~
du,~from the
tv
deceased, other than debts contracted M49 y persons
ordinarily resident therein, unless charged on property situate within

(5)(a) The principal value of any property shall be estimated
to be the price which, in the opinion of the Commissioner.
such property would fetch if sold in the open market at the
time of the death of the deceased.

(b)In estimating such principal value the Commissioner shall
not make any reduction in the estimate on account of the





estimate being made on the assumption that the whole
property is to be placed on the market at one and the
same time:
Provided that where it is proved to the Commissioner
that the value of the property has been depreciated by the
reason of the death of the deceased the Commissioner in
fixing the price shall take such depreciation into account.
(6) When an estate includes an interest in expectancy, estate
duty in respect of that interest shall be paid, at the option of the
person accountable for the estate duty, either with the duty in
respect of the rest of the estate or when the interest falls into
possession, and if the duty is not paid with the estate duty in respect
of the rest of the estate, then-
(a)for the purpose of determining the rate of estate duty in
respect of the rest of the estate the value of the interest shall
be its value at the date of the death of the deceased; and
(b)the rate of estate duty in respect of the interest when it falls
into possession shall be calculated according to its value
when it falls into possession, together with the value of the
rest of the estate as previously ascertained.
(7) The value of the benefit accruing or arising from the cesser
of an interest ceasing on the death of the deceased shall-
(a)if the interest extended to the whole income of the pro-
perty, be the principal value of that property; and
(b)if the interest extended to less than the whole income of
the property, be the principal value of an addition to
the property equal to the income to which the interest
extended.
(8) The value of any property for the purpose of estate duty
shall be ascertained by the Commissioner in such manner and by
such means as he thinks fit, and, if he authorizes any person to
inspect any property and to report to him the value thereof for the
purposes of this Ordinance, the person having the custody or
possession of that property shall permit the person so authorized to
inspect it at such reasonable times as the Commissioner considers
necessary.
(9) When the Commissioner requires a valuation to be made
by a person named by him, the reasonable costs of such valuation
shall be defrayed by the Commissioner.

14. (1) All duty, interest and penalties payable under this
Ordinance shall be recoverable by the Commissioner by action in the
District Court, notwithstanding that the amount is in excess of the
sum mentioned in section 33 of the District Court Ordinance:
(Amended, 68 of 1973, s. 5 and 79 of 1981, s. 3)
Provided that nothing in this section shall affect any other
remedy for the recovery of duty, interest or penalties payable under
this Ordinance.(Replaced, 47 of 1962, s. 7)





(2) In proceedings in the District Court under this section the
production of a certificate signed by the Commissioner stating the
name and last known postal address of the person sued and the
particulars of the duty, interest or penalty claimed from him shall be
sufficient evidence of the amount so claimed and sufficient authority
for the District Court to give judgment for such amount. (Added,
47 of 1962, s. 7. Amended, 31 of 1976, s. 3)

(2A) In proceedings under this section for the recovery of any
duty, interest or penalties the court shall not entertain any plea
that the amount claimed is excessive, incorrect or under appeal.
(Added, 31 of 1976, s. 3)

(3) In proceedings in the District Court under this section, the
Commissioner may appear in person or may be represented either by
a legal officer within the meaning of the Legal Officers Ordinance or
by any other person authorized by him in writing. (Added, 47 of
1962,s. 7)

(4) In any proceedings for the recovery of any such duty,
interest, fine, penalty or forfeiture in respect of any property passing
on the death of any person on or after 1 January 1916, it shall not be
necessary to issue concurrent writs, informations or other process.
Service of the writ, information or other process shall, where
practicable, be personal; but the order of a judge may be obtained, in
special circumstances, to dispense with personal service and giving
directions as to substituted service or as to notice of the proceedings
and time for appearance whether by posting copies to addresses
within or without the jurisdiction or otherwise as in the circum-
stances may seem just.

(5) In any such proceedings the court shall have jurisdiction to
appoint a receiver of the property and the rents and profits thereof
and to order a sale of the property. The provisions of Order 30, rules
2 and 3 of the Rules of the Supreme Court shall apply in the case of
any order made under this subsection.

(6) Subject to section 14A, every executor shall, to the best of
his knowledge and belief, specify in appropriate accounts annexed to
an affidavit for the Commissioner all the property in respect of
which estate duty is payable upon the death of the deceased, and
also (unless exempted in writing by the Commissioner) any property
of which the deceased was a trustee for another person, and shall be
accountable for the estate duty in respect of all property, of which
the deceased was competent to dispose at his death, but shall not be
liable for any duty in excess of the assets which he has received as
executor or might but for his own neglect or default have received.
(Amended, 27 of 1972, s. 4)

(7) Where property passes on the death of the deceased and his
executor is not accountable for the estate duty in respect of such
property. every person to whom any property so passes for any
beneficial interest in possession, and also to the extent of the
property actually received or disposed of by him, every trustee,
guardian, committee or other person in whom any interest in the





property so passing or the management thereof is at any time vested,
and every person in whom the same is vested in possession by
alienation or other derivative title, shall be accountable for the estate
duty on the property, and shall, within the time required by this
Ordinance or such later time as the Commissioner allows, deliver to
the Commissioner an appropriate account specifying the property in
question to the best of his knowledge and belief..
Provided that nothing in this section shall render a person
accountable for duty who acts merely as agent for another person
in the management of property.
(7A) Notwithstanding subsections (6) and (7), where a bene-
ficial interest in property vested in the deceased and another person
jointly passes or accrues by survivorship on the dealth of the
deceased-
(a) the executor; and
(b)the person to whom the beneficial interest so passes or
accrues,
shall be accountable for the estate duty in respect of such property
and shall, within the time required by this Ordinance, or such later
time as the Commissioner allows, deliver to the Commissioner an
appropriate account specifying the property in question to the best
of his (or their) knowledge and belief. (Added, 29 c!f 1970, s. 4)
(8) The Commissioner may summon before him any person
accountable for estate duty or any person who is, in the opinion of
the Commissioner, so accountable, and any person whom the
Commissioner believes to have taken possession of or administered
any part of the estate in respect of which estate duty is leviable on the
death of the deceased, or of the income of any part of such estate,
and any person whom the Commissioner believes to be indebted to
the deceased, and any person whom the Commissioner believes to be
capable of giving information as to such estate and may examine
such person and may require any such person to produce any
documents in his custody or power the inspection whereof may tend
to secure the payment of any duty under this Ordinance or the proof
or discovery of any fraud or omission in relation to any such duty.
Any such person shall at all reasonable times permit any person
thereunto authorized by the Commissioner to inspect all such
documents as aforesaid and to make such notes, copies or extracts
thereof or therefrom as he may deem necessary without fee or
reward. The Commissioner may also require any such person to
deliver to him and verify on oath a statement in writing c!f such
particulars. (Amended, 29 of 1970, s. 4)
(9) Subsection (8) shall apply to any company on a death on
which it appears to the Commissioner that section 35 or 44 has effect
in respect of that company, and to every person who is or was at any
time an officer, or an auditor of that company, as it applies to a
person whom the Commissioner believes to have taken possession of
or administered any part of an estate in respect of which estate duty
is leviable. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 7)





(10) Nothing in this section shall render a bona fide purchaser
for valuable consideration without notice liable to or accountable
for estate duty.

(11) All affidavits and accounts required under this section shall
be delivered to the Commissioner, who shall make such inquiry
respecting the contents of, or the particulars verified by, such
affidavit or accounts and the value of the various properties included
therein as he thinks necessary, and the person making or tendering
any such affidavit shall attend at the office of the Commissioner,
whenever required by him, and shall furnish and produce such
explanations and documentary or other evidence as the Commis-
sioner may require.

(12) When the Commissioner has ascertained the amount of
estate duty payable in respect of any accounts delivered to him in
pursuance of this Ordinance he shall notify the accountable person
of his decision by means of a certificate in the prescribed form. If
such amount exceeds the amount of estate duty already paid in
respect of the said accounts the accountable person shall forthwith
pay the excess to the Commissioner.

(13) In every case in which the Commissioner is satisfied that
too much estate duty has been paid, the excess, together with any
interest which has been paid in accordance with section 12(6), shall
be repaid by the Commissioner. (Replaced, 29 of 1970, s. 4)

(14) Where the accountable person discovers that for any
reason too little estate duty has been paid he shall forthwith deliver
to the Commissioner a further account, verified by oath, and shall at
the same time pay the difference between the estate duty chargeable
according to the true value of the estate and the estate duty already
paid.

(15) Notwithstanding subsection (12) and section 12, if-

(a)the Commissioner is not satisfied with the affidavit or
accounts delivered by any person; or

(b)a person has not delivered an affidavit or accounts within 6
months after the death, whether or not he has been
required by the Commissioner so to do, and the Commis-
sioner is of the opinion that such person is accountable for
estate duty,

the Commissioner may, according to the best of his judgment, assess
the amount of estate duty which is in his opinion payable and he
shall thereupon notify the person who is in his opinion accountable
and call upon him to pay such estate duty. (Replaced, 29 of 1970,
s.4)

(15A) Notwithstanding subsection (12) and section 12, the
amount of estate duty assessed under subsection (15) shall be paid
within one month after the giving of notice by the Commissioner.
(Added, 29 of 1970, s. 4)





(16) The Commissioner may remit the interest payable on
estate duty where the amount of such interest is in his opinion so
small as not to repay the expense and labour of calculation and
account.

(17) Every person or company who without lawful authority or
reasonable cause fails to comply with any of the provisions of this
section shall be liable to pay to the Commissioner, in addition to the
estate duty (if any)-

(a)a penalty of 51,000 or, in the case of such a company as is
referred to in subsection (9) or an officer or auditor of such
a company, $5,000; or

(b )a penalty equal to the amount of the estate duty (if any) at
the rate set out in the applicable Schedule remaining
unpaid for which he or the company is accountable,

according as the Commissioner elects. (Replaced, 29 of 1970, s. 4)

14A. (1) If the Commissioner is satisfied-

(a)that an executor has, to the best of his knowledge and
belief, disclosed in such manner as the Commissioner may
determine-
(i) all of the property belonging to a deceased; and
(ii) all of the property held by the deceased as trustee
for another person;

(b)that the principal value of the property belonging to the
deceased does not exceed 5400,000; and

(c) that no estate duty is payable on the death of the deceased,

the Commissioner may, subject to any conditions which he may
specify, exempt the executor from section 14(6).

(2) Where the Commissioner exempts any executor under
subsection (1) he shall issue to the executor a certificate of exemp-
tion in such form as he may determine.

(3) If, at any time after he has issued to an executor a
certificate of exemption under subsection (2), the Commissioner has
reasonable grounds for believing-

(a)that the principal value of the property belonging to the
deceased exceeds $400,000; or

(b) that estate duty is payable on the death of the deceased,

the Commissioner may withdraw the exemption granted to the
executor under subsection (1) and cancel the certificate of exemp-
tion, whereupon this Ordinance shall apply as if the exemption had
not been granted.
(Added, 21 of 1972, s. 5.Amended, 29 of 1981, s. 5)





15. (1) No probate or letters of administration shall be issued
by the court until the Commissioner shall have certified in writing
that the estate duty payable by the executor upon the estate in
respect of which probate or letters of administration is sought has
been paid or that he has allowed payment thereof to be postponed
under subsections (2) and (3). (Amended, 1 of 1959, s. 8)

(2) When the affidavit for the Commissioner contains the
statement and undertaking specified in section 12(3), the Commis-
sioner may allow payment of the whole or any part of the estate duty
to be postponed until after the issue of probate or letters of
administration upon condition that a further and complete affidavit
shall be filed and the proper estate duty paid thereon as soon as the
full value of the estate has been ascertained and the Commissioner
may require the person applying for such probate or letters of
administration to enter into a bond with or without sureties in such
an amount as he shall think fit to secure the filing of such affidavit as
aforesaid and the payment of the proper estate duty thereon within
such time as shall be named in such bond. Such bond may be in the
prescribed form.

(3) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that the estate duty
leviable in respect of any property cannot without excessive sacrifice
be raised at once, he may allow payment to be postponed for such
period, to such extent and on payment of such interest not exceeding
8 per cent per annum or any higher interest yielded by the property,
and on such terms as the Commissioner may think fit.

(4) Where the Commissioner allows payment to be postponed
under subsection (2), he may reduce or remit any interest payable.

16. (1) In every case where any account is delivered after the
lapse of 12 months from the death, the estate duty shall, without
prejudice to the exercise of the Commissioner's discretion under
section 27, be charged at twice the rates set out in the applicable
Schedule, unless the person accountable for the estate duty satisfies
the Commissioner that there is a reasonable excuse for the delay in
the delivery of the account: (Replaced, 47 of 1962, s. 8)

Provided that in any case in which, before the delivery of the
account, a grant of probate or of letters of administration or its
had been obtained from a competent court outsideMtL--
e period shall be 18 months from the death instead of one
year:

Provided also that unless the Commissioner in any particular
case with the approval of the Governor in Council otherwise
directs-

(a)in the case of any death occurring before 8 December 1941,
the period from such date to 2 March 1946 shall not be
taken into consideration for the purposes of this subsec-
tion. and





(b)in the case of any death occurring on or after 8 December
1941 and before 2 March 1946, the latter date shall be sub-
stituted for the date of the death referred to in the second
and eleventh lines of this subsection. (Added, 24 of 1950,
Schedule)

(2) For the purposes of this section, no account shall be
deemed to have been delivered until the duty which reasonably
appears to be payable in respect thereof has been paid, unless the
Commissioner shall have allowed payment of the estate duty in
respect of the said account to be postponed.

(3) For the purposes of this section, interest shall be charged
only on the duty which would have been payable if the duty had
been charged at the rate set out in the applicable Schedule.
(Added, 4 7 of 1962, s. 8)

17. (1) Every executor, within one year after obtaining pro-
bate or letters of administration to the estate of a deceased person
and before selling or otherwise disposing of any shares in any
istered under or incorporated by any Ordinance of-ti;~-
shares the deceased person was at the date of his
death the beneficial owner under a transfer in blank and not the
registered owner, shall cause such shares to be transferred on
the registers of the appropriate companies into the name of the
deceased, who shall then be deemed to have been so registered at
the time of his death.

(2) Every such company, notwithstanding anything in any
enactment or in its constitution, memorandum, articles or regula-
tions to the contrary, shall effect registration on payment of the
usual registration charges (if any) and in default shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of 51,000.

(3) Every executor who without reasonable excuse omits to
obtain the registration of any such shares as aforesaid within the
time limit aforesaid shall be liable to pay to the Commissioner in
addition to the estate duty (if any) a penalty of $1,000, or, at the
option of the Commissioner, a penalty equal to the amount of the
estate duty (if any) at the rate set out in the applicable Schedule.

18. (1) Subject to subsection (2)-

(a)a rateable part of the estate duty on an estate, in propor-
tion to the value of any property which does not pass to the
executor as such, shall be a first charge on the property in
respect of which estate duty is leviable;

(b)a rateable part of the estate duty on an estate paid by in-
stalments under section 12(8), in proportion to the value of
any leasehold property held solely by the deceased, shall be
a first charge on the property:

Provided that the property shall not be chargeable as against a
bona fide purchaser thereof for valuable consideration without
notice.(Replaced, 1 of 1959, s. 15)





(2) Notice of any charge on any leasehold property consti-
tuted by subsection (1) may be given by the Commissioner register-
ing in the Land Office against the property affected thereby a
Memorial signed by him specifying the subsection under which the
charge is constituted, the name, description, and date of death of the
deceased in respect of whose estate the claim to estate duty arises,
and particulars of the property charged. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 15)

(3) A notice in writing of any charge under subsection (1)
or (2) may be entered in the Land Office as an instrument affecting
land. (Added, 1 of 1959, s. 15)

(4) If the rateable part of the estate duty in respect of any
property is paid by the executor, it shall where occasion requires be
repaid to him by the trustees or owners of the property.

(5) A person authorized or required to pay the estate duty in
respect of any property shall, for the purpose of paying the estate
duty or raising the amount of the estate duty when already paid,
have power, whether the property is or is not vested in him, to raise
the amount of such estate duty and any interest and expenses
properly paid or incurred by him in respect thereof by the sale or
mortgage or a terminable charge on that property or any part
thereof.

(6) A person having a limited interest in any property who
pays the estate duty in respect of that property shall be entitled to the
like charge as if the estate duty in respect of that property had been
raised by means of a mortgage to him.

(7) Any money arising from the sale of property comprised in
a settlement or held upon trust to lay out upon the trusts of a
settlement may be expended in paying any estate duty in respect of
property comprised in the settlement and held upon the same trusts.

19. (1) In the case of property which does not pass to the
executor as such, an amount equal to the proper rateable part of the
estate duty may be recovered by the person, who being authorized or
required to pay the estate duty in respect of any property has paid
such duty, from the person entitled to any sum charged on such
property (whether as capital or as an annuity or otherwise) under a
disposition not containing any express provision to the contrary.

(2) Any dispute as to the proportion of estate duty to be borne
by any property or person may be determined upon application by
way of summons in the High Court, and where the amount claimed
does not exceed the sum mentioned in section 33 of the District
Court Ordinance such application shall be made to the District
Court. (Amended, 35 of 1950, s. 4; 35 of 1966, s. 6; 68 of 1973,
s. 5 and 79 of 1981, s. 3)

(3) Any party from whom a rateable part of estate duty can be
recovered under this section shall be bound by the accounts and
valuations as settled between the person entitled to recover the same
and the Commissioner.





20. The Governor in Council may remit the payment of any
estate duty or may order a refund of the whole or any portion of any
estate duty which may have been paid to the Commissioner, for the
remission or refund of which any equitable claim is proved to his
satisfaction:

Provided that in respect of deaths occurring on or between 8
June 1941 and 1 March 1946, the Commissioner in lieu of the
Governor in Council may remit the payment of any estate duty or
order the refund of the whole or any portion of any estate duty, and
for the purpose of the exercise of such discretion the Commissioner
shall take into account the provisions of paragraph 1 of Order No. 3,
made on 1 March 1946, under Proclamation No. 16 made by the
British Military Administration, as amended from time to time,
whether that Order shall have been repealed or not. (Added, 24 of
1950, Schedule)

21. Where the Commissioner is satisfied-

(a)that estate duty has become payable on property passing
on a death between 8 December 1941 and 16 September
1945 of a person who-
(i) dies from wounds inflicted, accident occurring or
disease contracted, within 3 years before death, on active
service against the enemy on land or sea or in the air or on
service which in the opinion of the Commissioner is of a
warlike nature or involves the same risk as active service
and such person was at the time when the wounds were
inflicted or when the accident occurred or disease was
contracted subject to any naval military or air force
discipline; or
(ii) dies from injuries received within 3 years of death
and which were in the opinion of the Commissioner caused
by operations 0 ~waror r peived during internment or
imprisonment in Kyy~or in any territory controlled
at the time of such internment or imprisonment by a
sovereign or state then at war with His Majesty or dies
from any cause which in the opinion of the Commissioner
was attributable to such internment or imprisonment; and

(b)that subsequent estate duty has again become payable
during the same period on the same property or any part
thereof on another such death, being the death of a person
to whom that property or that part thereof passed on the
earlier death,

then the whole of the estate duty payable on the later death on that
property or that part thereof shall be remitted or, if paid, shall be
repaid. That property or that part thereof shall not be aggregated
with any other property passing on a later death for the purpose of
determining the rate of estate duty.
(Added, 24 of 1950, Schedule)





22. (1) Any person who is aggrieved by a decision of the
Commissioner under section 14(12) or by an assessment of the
Commissioner under section 14(15) as to the amount of estate duty
payable and whether he is aggrieved on the ground of-

(a)property being considered to be property in respect of
which estate duty is payable and for which he is considered
accountable;

(b) the valuation of any property; or

(c) the rate of duty charged,

may, subject to subsection (1A), on payment of or giving security for
as hereinafter mentioned, the duty claimed by the Commissioner or
such portion of it as is then payable by him, appeal to the High
Court within 3 months from the date of notification of the decision
or assessment and his accountability or the amount of duty payable
shall be determined by the High Court and if the duty is less than
that paid to the Commissioner or if no duty is payable the excess
shall be repaid. (Replaced, 29 of 1970, s. 5)

(IA) The Commissioner may, where satisfied that a person
proposes to appeal under subsection (1), allow payment of the duty
claimed by him to be postponed for such period, to such extent and
on payment of such interest (if any) not exceeding 8 per centum per
annum and on such terms as the Commissioner may think fit.
(A dded, 29 qf 1970, s. 5)

(IB) Where the value of the property as alleged by the Corn-
missioner in respect of which the dispute arises does not exceed
$200,000 the appeal under this section shall be to the District
Court. (Added, 29o]*1970, s. 5. Amended, 79of]981,s.2)

(IC) The amount mentioned in subsection (IB) may be
amended by resolution of the Legislative Council. (Added, 79 of
1981,s.2)

(2) No appeal shall be allowed from any order, direction,
determination or decision of the High Court or the District Court
under any appeal under this section except with the leave of the High
Court or the District Court, as the case may be, or of the Court of
Appeal. (Added, 29 of 1970, s. 5)

(3) The costs of the appeal shall be in the discretion of the
court, and the court, where it appears to the court just, may order
the Commissioner to pay on any excess of duty repaid by him
interest at such rate per cent per annum and for such period as
appears to the court just.

(4) Provided that the High Court or the District Court, as the
case may be, if satisfied that it would impose hardship to require the
appellant as a condition of the appeal to pay the whole or, as the
case may be, any part of the duty claimed by the Commissioner or of
such portion of it as is then payable by him, may allow an appeal to
be brought on payment of no duty or of such part only of the duty as





to the court seems reasonable and on security to the satisfaction of
the court being given for the duty or so much of the duty as is not
paid, but in such case the court may order interest at such rate per
cent per annum as appears to the court just to be paid on the unpaid
duty so far as it becomes payable under the decision of the
court. (Amended, 29 of 1970, s. 5)

23. (1) A schedule under the hand of the Commissioner of all
the property passing on the death of a deceased person upon which
estate duty has been paid or is payable on the death, and of all the
property of a deceased person which, being trust property, is exempt
from duty on the death shall be annexed to the probate or letters of
administration, and any person who, without lawful authority or
reasonable excuse, in any way deals with any estate of the deceased
or any property held by the deceased in trust, which is not set out in
such schedule, shall be liable to a penalty of S1,000, or to a penalty
equal to 3 times the amount of the estate duty at the rate set out in
the applicable Schedule to this Ordinance payable upon the estate so
dealt with, at the election of the Commissioner:

Provided that the disclosure of any trust relating to property in
any such schedule shall not constitute notice of the trust as against
any purchaser or mortgagee for valuable consideration.

(2) Whenever a further affidavit is delivered, the probate or
letters of administration in respect of which such affidavit is delIV-
ered shall be lodged with the Commissioner who shall insert in the
schedule particulars of the additional property set out in the said
affidavit.

(3) Where the Commissioner has granted exemption to an
executor under section 14A(I)-

(a)there shall be annexed to the probate or letters of adminis-
tration the certificate of exemption issued to the executor
under section MA(2); and

(b)the penalties referred to in subsection (1) of this section
shall apply to any person who, without lawful authority or
reasonable excuse, in any way deals with any property-
(i) belonging to a deceased; or
(ii) held by a deceased in trust for another person,

which was not disclosed to the Commissioner under
section 14A(I). (Added, 21 of 1972, s. 6)

24. (1) Subject to subsection (3A), every person who. being
neither the executor appointed by the will of the deceased nor (in the
case of an intestacy) the person entitled in priority to the administra-
tion of the estate of the deceased, without lawful authority or excuse
or without first delivering to the Commissioner accounts of the
estate of the deceased as required by section 14, takes possession of
or in any way administers any part of the estate of a deceased
person, or any part of the income of any part of such estate, shall be





liable to a penalty of 51,000 and shall also be liable to a further
penalty equal to 3 times the amount of the estate duty at the rate set
out in the applicable Schedule payable upon the whole estate of the
deceased. (Amended, 21 of 1972, s. 7)

(2) Subject to subsection (3A), every person who, being the
executor appointed by the will of the deceased or (in the case of an
intestacy) the person entitled in priority to the administration of the
estate of the deceased, takes possession of or in any way administers
any part of the estate of a deceased person or any part of the income
of any part of such estate, with 6 months of the death of the deceased,
and fails within the said period of 6 months to deliver to the
Commissioner accounts of the estate of the deceased as required by
section 14, shall be liable to a penalty of $1,000, and shall also be
liable to a further penalty equal to 3 times the amount of the estate
duty at the rate set out in the applicable Schedule payable upon the
whole estate of the deceased. (Amended, 21 of 1972, s. 7)

(3) Subject to subsection (A), every person who, being the
executor appointed by the will of the deceased or (in the case of an
intestacy) the person entitled in priority to the administration of the
estate of the deceased, takes possession of or in any way administers
any part of the estate of a deceased person, or any part income of
any part of such estate, after the expiration of 6 months from the
death of the deceased. without first delivering to the Commissioner
accounts of the estate of the deceased as required by section 14, shall
be liable to a penalty of 51,000 and shall also be liable to a further
penalty equal to 3 times the amount of estate duty at the rate set out
in the applicable Schedule payable on the whole estate of the
deceased. (Amended, 21 of 1972, s. 7)

(3A) Subsections (1). (2) and (3) shall not apply in any case
where the Commissioner has granted exemption to an executor
under section 14A(I). (Added, 21 of 1972, s. 7)

(4) The Commissioner shall have power to allow in writing the
use of any specified part of the estate of a deceased person, or of any
specified part of the income of any such estate, for the purpose of the
burial of the deceased or for the prupose of the maintenance of the
former dependants of the deceased notwithstanding the non-delivery
of the accounts required by section 14, or for the purpose of
preparing such accounts, and such authorized use of the estate or
income as the case may be shall not render the person in question
liable to any of the penalties provided by this section.

(5) The recovery of any penalty provided in this section shall
be without prejudice to the liability of the accountable person to the
payment of estate duty on the estate of the deceased:

Provided however that the amount of the estate duty and the
penalty shall not in any case exceed 4 times the rate set out in the
applicable Schedule.

(6) For the purposes of this section, no account shall be
deemed to have been delivered until the duty which reasonably





appears to be payable in respect thereof has been paid, unless the
Commissioner shall have allowed payment of the estate duty in
respect of the said account to be postponed.

25. (1) Where a deceased person had at the date of his death
any interest, whether as partner de os . t r o creditor, in any bank
or business undertaking withi 1;,~the bank or business
undertaking, or, in the case of a bank or business undertaking which
is not a body corporate, the person having the management thereof.
shall, within one month from the date of first receiving information
of either his interest or the death of such deceased person, whichever
shall be the later, notify the Commissioner of such death and of the
extent of the interest of the deceased in the bank or business under-
taking, and in default of such notification as aforesaid a penalty of
$1,000 shall be recoverable from the bank or business undertaking,
or the owner thereof in the case or an unincorporated body.

(2) Where any business undertaking is carried on in a firm
name the penalty prescribed by this section shall also be deemed to
be due from the firm and may be recovered in an action against the
firm in the firm name.

(3) In any proceedings for the recovery of the penalty pre-
scribed by this section, the onus of proving that he has not rendered
himself liable to the penalty shall be on the person. company or firm
from whom it is sought to recover it.
(Replaced, 29 of'1970, s. 6)

26. At any time or times after the date of the probate or letters
of administration, it shall be lawful for the Commissioner, by notice
in writing sent to an executor at his last-known address, to require
him to deliver to the Commissioner a statement in writing (which
statement in writing shall be supported by a statutory declaration if
the Commissioner shall so require) containing the names and
addresses of all persons who were and are beneficially interested in
the estate of the deceased, together with the respective dates on
which such persons respectively became so interested and the extent
of their respective interests, and also all such particulars in regard to
such persons or any of them as the Commissioner may from time to
time require, and the executor shall, within 2 months from the date
of the service of such notice at such address, deliver the said
statement to the Commissioner and shall verify the same to his
satisfaction within the further period of one month. and in default
the executor shall be personally liable on summary conviction to a
fine of $1,000 or to imprisonment for 6 months.unless he can prove
to the satisfaction of the magistrate that his default was due to
circumstances not under his control.

27. The Commissioner may in his discretion remit or reduce
any penalty or the interest on any duty and he may reduce any duty
chargeable under this Ordinance, provided that such duty is not
reduced below the rate set out in the applicable Schedule.
(Amended, 47 of 1962, s. 10)





28. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Governor
in Council rnay make such rules, prescribe such forms and generally
do such things as he thinks expedient for regulating the practice
under this Ordinance. The powers conferred by this section shall
include a power to prescribe fees and charges in respect of affidavits
for the Commissioner.
29. (1) If the registered owner of any'll arre 9 s4
ye register
which is by law required to be kept withi'ill ~y dies, such
shares shall for the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be part
of the estate of the deceased, unless the executor of the deceased
proves to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that such share did
not form part of the estate of the deceased at his death. (Amended,
29 of 1970, s. 7)

(2) An appeal to the High Court as under section 22 shall lie
from any decision of the Commissioner under subsection (1).

30. (1) If estate duty has already been paid in respect of any
settled property since the date of the settlement, upon the death of
one of the parties to a marriage, no estate duty shall be payable on
the death of the other party to the marriage unless such person was
at the time of his or her death or had been at any time during the
continuance of the settlement competent to dispose of such property.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the term -settlement-
means any deed. will, agreement for a settlement. or other instru-
ment. or any number of instruments, whether made before or after
or partly before and partly after the commencement of this Ordin-
ance, under or by virtue of which instrument or instruments any
property. or any estate or interest in any property, stands for the
time being limited to or in trust for any persons by way of succession,
and the term -settled property- means the property comprised in a
settlement.

31. Where the Commissioner is satisfied that estate duty has
become payable on any property consisting of leasehold property or
a business (not being a business carried on by a company), or any
interest in leasehold property or such a business, passing upon the
death of any person, and that subsequently within 5 years estate
duty has again become payable on the same property or any part
thereof passing on the death of the person to whom the property
passed on the first death. the amount of estate duty payable on the
second death (if the death occurs on or after 27 February 1931), in
respect of the property so passing shall be reduced as follows-

(a)where the second death occurs within 1 year of the first
death, by 50 per cent;

(b)where the second death occurs within 2 years of the first
death, by 40 per cent.

(c)where the second death occurs within 3 years of the first
death. by 30 per cent;





(d)where the second death occurs within 4 years of the first
death, by 20 per cent.

(e)where the second death occurs within 5 years of the first
death, by 10 per cent:

Provided that where the value, on which the duty is payable, of
the property on the second death exceeds the value, on which the
duty was payable, of the property on the first death. the latter value
shall be substituted for the former for the purpose of calculating the
amount of duty on which the reduction under this section is to be
calculated.

32. The amount of estate duty payable on an estate at the rate
applicable thereto under the scale of rates of duty shall, where
necessary, be reduced so as not to exceed the highest amount of duty
which would be payable at the next lower rate, with the addition of
the amount by which the value of the estate exceeds the value on
which the highest amount of duty would be so payable at the lower
rate.

33. (1) In the case of settled property, where the interest of
any person under the settlement fails or determines by reason of his,
death before it becomes an interest in possession, and subsequent
limitations under the settlement continue to subsist, the property,
shall nojt be deemed to pass on his death.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the term 'settlement'
means any deed, will, agreement for a settlement. or other instru-
ment, or any number of instruments, whether made before or after
or partly before and partly after 27 February 193 1, under or by virtue
of which instrument or instruments any p~operty, or any estate or
interest in any property, stands for the time being limited to or in
trust for any persons by way of succession, and the term 'settled
property' means the property comprised in a settlement.

34. (1) The companies to which sections 35, 41, 44 and 45
respectively apply are any company which, at any relevant time, is
deemed to have been under the control of not more than 5 persons
not being a company which, at any such time, is deemed to have been
either a subsidiary company or a company in which the public were
substantially interested.

(2) A company shall be deemed to be under the control of not
more than 5 persons-

(a)if any 5 or fewer persons together exercise. or are able to
exercise, or are entitled to acquire, control, whether direct
or indirect, over the company's affairs, and in particular,
but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing
words, if any 5 or fewer persons together possess, or are
entitled to acquire, the greater part of the share capital or
voting power of the company; or





(b)if any 5 or fewer persons together possess, or are entitled to
acquire, either the greater part of the issued share capital of
the company, or such part of that capital as would, if the
whole of the profits of the company had been in fact
distributed to the members, entitle them to receive the
greater part of the amount so distributed; or

(e)if in any relevant accounting year, more than half of the
profits of the company have been, or could have been,
apportioned among not more than 5 persons; or

(d)if any 5 or fewer persons would, if the company were
wound up, be entitled as members or loan creditors of the
company to receive more than half of the assets of the
company which would be available for distribution to
members and loan creditors.

(3) In determining for the purposes of subsection (2) whether a
company is deemed to be under the control of not more than 5
persons, persons in any one of the following classes shall be treated
as a single person with other persons of that same class, namely-

(a) persons who are relatives of one another;

(b) nominees of another person together with that person;

(c)persons in a partnership within the meaning of section 3 of
the Partnership Ordinance, and

(d)persons interested 'In any shares or obligations of the
company which are subject to any trust or are part of the
estate of a deceased person.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person shall be
deemed to be the nominee of another person if, whether directly or
indirectly, he possesses on behalf of that other person, or may be
required to exercise on the direction of or on behalf of that other
person, any right or power which is material in determining whether
a company is, or is not to be deemed to have been under the control
of not more than 5 persons.

(5) A company shall be deemed to be-

(a)'a subsidiary company' if, by reason of the beneficial
ownership of shares therein, the control of the company is
in the hands of a company not being a company to which
the provisions of this section apply, or of 2 or more
companies none of which is a company to which the said
provisions apply; and

(b)'a company in which the public were substantially in-
terested' if shares of the company (not being shares
entitled to a fixed rate of dividend, whether with or without
a further right to participate in profits) carrying not less
than 25 per cent of the voting power were allotted
unconditionally to, or acquired unconditionally by, and
were at the end of the year or other period for which the





accounts of the company were made up beneficially held
by, the public (not including a company to which the
provisions of this section apply), and any such shares were
in the course of such year or other period the subject of
dealings on a stock exchange approved or deemed to have
been approved under section 25 of the Securities Ordinance
and the shares were quoted in any list of such exchange.

(Amended, 12 of 1974, s. 150)

(6) For the purpose of this section and in relation to any body
corporate incorporated outside the Colony

(a)references to winding-up shall include references to the
dissolution or cancellation of the registry of the body
corporate in any manner authorized by any rules, regula-
tions or other instrument constituting or regulating the
body corpoate or any enactment applying to the body
corporate; and

(b)references to an order or resolution for winding-up shall
include references to the signing of any instrument, the
making of any application or the doing of any other act
which is authorized as aforesaid with a view to dissolving.
or cancelling the registry of, the body corporate; and

(c)references to the liquidator shall include references to any
person in charge of the winding-up of the affairs of the
body corporate.

(7) In this section-

Ioan creditor' means a creditor in respect of any debt incurred by
the company-

(a)for any money borrowed or capital assets acquired by the
company; or

(b)for any right to receive income created in favour of the
company; or

(c)for consideration the value of which to the company was,
at the time when the debt was incurred, substantially less
than the amount of the debt including any premium
thereon,

or in respect of any redeemable loan capital issued by the
company:

Provided that a bank licensed to carry on banking business
under section 7 of the Banking Ordinance, shall not be deemed
to be a loan creditor in respect of any loan capital or debt issued
or incurred by the company for money lent by, such bank to the
company in the ordinary course of the bank's business;

'member' includes any person having a share or interest in the
capital or profits of a company;

'relative' has the meaning attributed thereto in section 7; and





'relevant time' means any time during the period ending with the
death of the deceased and beginning, as respects section 44,
3 years before his death, and, as respects sections 35, 41 and 45
at the date of the disposition transfer or other transaction or
event relevant for the purposes of those sections, or if that
disposition transfer or other transaction or event was one of
associated operations, at the date of the earliest of those
operations.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

35. (1) Where a person has made to a company to which this
section applies a transfer of any property, other than an interest
limited to cease on his death or property which he transferred in a
fiduciary capacity, and any benefits accruing to the deceased from
the company accrued to him in the 3 years ending with his death, the
assets of the company shall be deemed for the purposes of estate
duty to be included in the property passing on his death to an extent
determined, in accordance with subsection (2), by reference to the
proportion that the aggregate amount of the benefits accruing to the
deceased from the company bore to the net profits of the company.

(2) The extent to which the assets of the company are to be
deemed to be included as aforesaid shall be the proportion ascer-
tained by comparing the aggregate amount of the benefits accruing
to the deceased from the company in the last 3 accounting years with
the aggregate amount of the net profits of the company for the said
year:

Provided that-

(a)where, in any of the said accounting years, the company
sustained a loss, the amount of that loss shall be deducted
in ascertaining the said aggregate net profits of the
company;

(b)where the company came into existence in the last but one,
or in the last, of the said accounting years, the references in
this subsection to the said accounting years shall be con-
strued as references to the last 2 or the last, of those years,
as the case may be.

(3) The assets of the company which are deemed to be
included in the property passing on the death of the deceased by
virtue of this section shall include any assets thereof which have been
disposed of or distributed by the company at any time between the
beginning of the first of the accounting years aforesaid and the death
of the deceased, either-

(a)in or towards satisfaction of rights attaching to shares in or
debentures of the company., or

(b)otherwise howsoever except as follows, that is to say, by
way of sale for full consideration in money or money's
worth received by the company for its own use and benefit,
or in or towards discharge of taxes or rates or other





liability imposed by or under any enactment, or in or
towards discharge of a fine or penalty or of a liability for
tort incurred without collusion with the injured party,

including assets which have been so disposed of or distributed in a
winding-up, whether continuing at or completed before the death:

Provided that this subsection shall not apply to assets disposed
of or distributed by way of payments of dividends of amounts not
exceeding in the aggregate, as respects payments made in any
accounting year or in the period between the end of the last
accounting year and the death of the deceased, the amount of the
profits of the company for that year or period.
(4) The provisions contained in the Seventeenth Schedule
shall have effect for the purpose of supplementing and interpreting
this section, section 34 and sections 36 to 45 inclusive.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10. Amended, 47 ol'1962, s. 11; 24 ol'
1967, s. 3; 37 of 1970, s. 3: 27 oj'1972, s. 4; 24 qf1974, s. 3; 31
ol* 1976, s. 4; 31 of 1977, s. 4.. 33 of 1980, s. 3; 29 of 1981, s. 6
and 28 of'1982, s. 5)

36. The following shall be treated as benefits accruing to the
deceased from the company, that is to say-

(a)any profits of the company, and any periodical payment
out of the resources or at the expense of the company,
which the deceased received for his own benefit whether
directly or indirectly, and any enjoyment in specie of land
or other property of the company or of a right thereover
which the deceased had for his own benefit whether direc-
tly or indirectly;

(b)any such profits or payment or enjoyment which the
deceased was entitled to receive or have as aforesaid; and

(c)any such profits or payment or enjoyment which the
deceased could have become entitled to receive or have as
aforesaid by an exercise in the 3 years ending with his death
of any power exercisable by him or with his consent,

and where the deceased could, by an exercise in the said 3 years of
any such power as aforesaid, have become entitled to receive as
aforesaid any payment out of the resources or at the expense of the
company not being a periodical payment, but did not in fact receive
or become entitled to receive that payment, there shall be treated as
a benefit accruing to the deceased from the company interest on that
payment at the average rate from the earliest date on which he could
have become entitled to receive it.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

37. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3), if the
deceased has made, whether for value or not, a surrender of his title
to receive any such profit or payment or enjoyment as is mentioned
in section 36, or of any such power as is therein mentioned, section
36 shall have effect as if the surrender had not been made.





(2) The deceased shall be deemed to have made such a
surrender as aforesaid if a right which he had to receive any such
profit or payment or enjoyment as aforesaid, or if any such power as
aforesaid, has been extinguished or suspended by the effect solely or
partly of any disposition made by him or with his consent of shares
in or debentures of a company or of any other property or right, or
of the exercise or the leaving unexercised by him or with his consent of
any power or right, or of the extinguishment or suspension by him or
with his consent of any power or right, otherwise than in a fiduciary
capacity, or if apart from such a disposition or other act or omission
he would have become entitled to receive any such profit or payment
or enjoyment as aforesaid but by the effect solely or partly thereof he
did not become entitled to receive it.

(3) This section shall not apply to a surrender bonafide made
before the beginning of the 3 years ending with the death of the
deceased, or, if it was made for such purposes as are recognized by
the Commissioner as public or charitable, one year before the
beginning of the year ending with his death, if the deceased was at all
times during those 3 years, or during that year, as the case may be,
entirely excluded from receiving, or being entitled to receive, or
having any capacity by an exercise of any power exercisable by him
or with his consent to receive, any periodical payment by virtue of
the surrender or of any associated operations of which the surrender
was one.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

38. (1) Ths profits of the company for any accounting year,
or for the period between the end of the last accounting year and the
death of the deceased, hereinafter referred to as the assessable
profits. shall be determined by ascertaining the profits of the
company from all sources, in accordance with the provisions of the
Inland Revenue Ordinance relating to the ascertainment of assess-
ableprofitsa if at-Ordinance applied to profits not arising in or not
derived from same way as it does to profits arising
in or derived fro bject to the modification that such
assessable profits shall be computed by reference to the actual profits
for that year or period, and not by reference to the profits for any
other period:

Provided that-

(a)there shall be excluded from the ascertainment of such
assessable profits any profits which were not bona fide
acquired in the ordinary course of business nor the produce
of income yielding assets; and

(b)in determining such assessable profits no account shall be
taken of sections 19. 19C and 26 of the Inland Revenue
Ordinance. (Replaced, 7 of 1975, s. 43)

(2) The net profits of the company for the purpose of this
Ordinance for any accounting year shall be determined by adding
to the assessable profits for that year computed in accordance with





subsection (1) the amount of any interest on debentures in the
company deduction for which has already been made under the
Inland Revenue Ordinance in assessing the assessable profits of the
company.

(3) The provisions of subsection (1) shall, for a like purpose
and with any necessary adaptations, apply to the determination of
any loss sustained by a company, as it applies to the determination
of the assessable profits of a company.
(Added, 1 of'1959, s. 10)

39. (1) In determining the value of the estate for the purpose
of estate duty the provisions of section 13(1) as to making allowance
for debts and incumbrances shall not have effect as respects any debt
or incumbrance to which assets of the company passing on the death
by virtue of section 35 were liable, but the Commissioner shall make
an allowance from the principal value of those assets for all liabilities
of the company (computed as regards liabilities which have not
matured at the date of death, by reference to the value thereof. at
that date, and, as regards contingent liabilities, by reference to such
estimation as appears to the Commissioner to be reasonable) other
than-

(a)liabilities in respect of shares in or debentures of the
company; and

(b)liabilities incurred otherwise than for the purposes of the
business of the company wholly and exclusively.

(2) In estimating for the purpose of subsection (1), the princi-
pal value of the assets deemed to pass on the death by virtue of
section 35, the Commissioner shall fix the price thereof on the basis
of a sale of the business of the company as a going concern, and the
proportion of that value upon which estate duty is payable by virtue
of section 5 as modified by section 10(b), shall be ascertained by
comparing-

(a)the aggregate value at the date of death of the deceased of
those items of property which together form the assets of
the company other than those situate at that date outside
the-~; with

(b)the aggregate value at that date of those items of property
wheresoever situate, which together form the assets of the
company.

(3) Where the assets passing on the death by virtue of section
35 include any distributed assets, if partial consideration. other than
the extinguishment, or an alteration of rights attaching to shares in
or debentures of a company to which that section applies, was given
for the distribution in money or money's worth received by the
company for its own use and benefit, a further allowance shall be
made, in addition to the allowances specified in subsection (1). of an
amount equal to the value of the consideration given.





(4) For the purpose of the estimation of the principal value of
any distributed assets. section 13(5)(a) shall have effect with the
substitution for the reference therein to the time of the death of the
deceased of a reference to the time of the distribution, and effect
shall be given to the proviso to paragraph (b) of the said subsection
as at the time of the distribution only, due regard being had to the
expectation of life of the deceased at that time.
(Added. 1 of 1959, s. 10)

40. (1) If it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner
that-

the value of all such property as is mentioned in section 35(1) of
which the deceased made a transfer to the company, together
with an amount equal to any excess of interest at the average
rate on the value thereof from the date or respective dates of
transfer to the death of the deceased over the aggregate amount
of the benefits received by the deceased by virtue of the transfer
is less than the value on which estate duty would be chargeable
on the death under section 35 if all benefits accruing to him
from the company other than benefits received by him by virtue
of the transfer were disregarded,

then, an amount equal to the deficiency shall be deducted from the
proportion of the value of the company's assets that corresponds to
the benefits received by him by virtue of the transfer.

(2) References in subsection (1) to benefits received by the
deceased by virtue of a transfer'shall be construed as references to
benefits accruing to him from the company which he received or had
as consideration for the transfer, or in consequence of his having
received as consideration therefor shares or debentures or other
property which produced any of those benefits.

(3) Where the following conditions are satisfied, that is to say.
that the deceased has, within 3 years before his death, disposed of
any shares in or debentures of the company for consideration in
money or money's worth paid to him for his own use or benefit, and
that any benefits accrued to the deceased from the company by
virtue of those shares or debentures or by virtue of a power's having
been exercisable by him or with his consent in relation to those
shares or debentures, then-

(a)if the value of the said consideration or the aggregate value
of the shares or debentures ascertained as if they passed on
the death, whichever is the greater, is equal to or greater
than the proportion of the value of the company's assets
that corresponds to the benefits that so accrued to him, or
if the Commissioner is satisfied that the said proportion
would not. if fully ascertained. be found to be substantially
in excess of that value, duty on the said proportion shall
not be payable;

(b)in any other case, the amount on which duty is to be
charged in respect of the said proportion shall be reduced





by the amount of the value of the said consideration or of
the said aggregate value whichever is the greater:

Provided that-
(i)if estate duty on the death is payable upon such shares or
debentures on their value or any part thereof, or would be
so payable but for an exemption from estate duty, that
value, aggregated if necessary, shall be taken into account
as aforesaid, and in such a case references in this sub-
section to the value of the consideration shall not apply;
and
(ii) in assessing the value of such shares or debentures for the
purposes of this subsection if they have since the deceased
disposed of them, been substantially increased in value
by reason of a transfer of property to any company by
any person, or by reason of the extinguishment of, or
any alteration of the rights attaching to,, shares in or
debentures of any company, their principal value shall be
reduced to such an extent as in the opinion of the Commis-
sioner is necessary to offset the increase attributable to the
transfer, extinguishment or alteration.

(4) Where the following conditions are satisfied, that is to say,
that any benefits accrued to the deceased from the company by
virtue of any interest that he at any time had in shares or in
debentures of the company, or by virtue of a power's having at any
time been exercisable by him or with his consent in relation to shares
in or debentures of the company, and apart from this subsection
estate duty would be payable on the death both on the value of those
shares or debentures by virtue of any provision of this Ordinance
other than section 35 and on the proportion of the value of the
company's assets that corresponds to the benefits that so accrued to
him by virtue of that section, then-

(a)if the value of the shares or debentures is equal to, or
greater than, the said proportion, or if the Commissioner is
satisfied that the said proportion would not, if fully ascer-
tained, be found to be substantially in excess of the value of
the shares or debentures, duty on the said proportion shall
not be payable;

(b)in any other case, the amount on which duty is to be
charged in repect of the said proportion shall be reduced
by the amount of the value of the shares or debentures.

(5) Where the conditions set out in subsection (4) would be
satisfied but for the fact that, by reason of an exemption from estate
duty, not being an exemption on the ground that the deceased or
other person having an interest in the shares or debentures ceasing
on the death of the deceased had only an interest as the holder of an
office, nor being, in the case of a person dying on or after the
commencement of the Estate Duty (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance
1979, an exemption conferred by section 10(b), that duty is not





payable on the value of the shares or debentures, paragraphs (a) and
(b) of that subsection shall apply as if that exemption did not operate
and as if the duty had been payable on the value of the shares and
debentures accordingly: (Amended, 44 of 1979, s. 2)

Provided that where-

(a)the exemption in question depends on a payment of any
duty on an earlier death, or does not depend on such a
payment but depends wholly or partly on any dispositions
having been made; and

(b)since the date of that death or disposition, as the case may
be, the shares or debentures have been substantially in-
creased in value by reason of a transfer of property to any
company by any person or by reason of the extinguishment
of, or any alteration of the rights attaching to, shares in or
debentures of any company,

then, unless the exemption takes the form of a deduction from the
value of the shares or debentures of a fixed amount which is
independent of the value of the shares or debentures, the references
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (4) to the value of the shares
or debentures therein mentioned shall have effect as if they were
references to the value thereof reduced to the extent to which, in the
opinion of the Commissioner, that value is attributable to that
transfer, extinguishment or alteration.

(6) Where, by reason of an exemption from estate duty, that
duty is payable on part only of the value of the shares or debentures,
subsection (4) shall, with the necessary adaptations, be applied to
the part of the value of the shares or debentures on which duty is
payable and subsection (5) shall be applied to the part of the value of
the shares or debentures affected by the exemption; and, where there
are 2 or more exemptions from estate duty each of which operates on
part only of the value of the shares or debentures and the exemp-
tions are such that subsection (5) would operate differently in
relation to them, then, whether or not there is any part of the value
of the shares or debentures on which estate duty is payable,
subsection (5) shall, with the necessary adaptations, be applied
separately in relation to the parts of the value of the shares or
debentures affected by each exemption.

(7) In this section, the expression 'exemption from estate
duty' includes any exemption conferred by any provision of this or
any other enactment which has the effect of exempting property, in
whole or in part, from estate duty, whether that provision takes the
form that the property is not to be deemed to pass, or the form that
the duty is not to be payable, or the form that a deduction is to be
made from the value of the property, or any other form; and the
reference in paragraph (b) of the proviso to subsection (5) to an
increase in the value of shares or debentures includes, where those
shares or debentures have been acquired in substitution for any
other property, any increase in the value of any property which
those shares or debentures directly or indirectly represent.





(8) References in this section to the proportion of the value of
the company's assets that corresponds to any particular benefits shall
be construed as references to so much of the value on which estate
duty is chargeable on the death by virtue of section 35 as is
chargeable by reason of the bringing of those benefits into the
computation made under subsection (2) of that section.

(9) So much of any profit or periodical payment or enjoyment
of a kind mentioned in section 36 as is shown to the satisfaction of
the Commissioner to have represented, or to have been such that it
would if received have represented, reasonable remuneration to the
deceased for any services rendered by him as the holder of an office
under the company shall, notwithstanding anything in that section,
not be treated for the purposes of sections 34 to 45 inclusive, as a
benefit accruing to the deceased from the company; and any liability
of the company in respect of the remuneration of any person as the
holder of an office under the company shall be treated for the
purposes of the aforesaid sections as incurred for the purposes of the
business of the company wholly and exclusively to the extent to
which it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the
amount thereof was reasonable, and that extent only.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

41. (1) If a company to which section 35 applies was con-
cerned in a transaction falling within the scope of that section. or in
any one or more of associated operations of which that transaction
formed one, the provisions of section 10(a), and of section 40(3).
shall have no effect as respects that transaction or operation.

(2) Where a disposition has been made or an interest deter-
mined or surrendered to which either the proviso to section 6(1)(h).
or section 37(3), applies and, that disposition, determination or
surrender, or one or more associated operations of which that
disposition or determination or surrender formed one. concerned-

(a) a company to which section 35 applies; and

(b)another person being the owner of the beneficial interest
involved,

then the conditions as to the entire exclusion of the person referred
to in paragraph (b) shall not be treated for the purpose of the
aforesaid provisions as having been satisfied if it can be shown that
at the time of the said disposition, determination or surrender, or at
any time thereafter, the said person had any benefit by virtue of that
disposition, determination or surrender.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

42. (1) A company to which section 35 applies shall be under
obligation to inform the Commissioner, within one month from the
date of the death of the deceased, of the death, of the fact that the
deceased made a transfer of property to the company, and of the fact
that benefits accrued to the deceased from the company, and every
person who was an officer of the company at that date, or, if the





company has been wound up and dissolved before that date, who
was an officer of the company at any time, shall be under the like
obligation as respects such of the facts aforesaid as are within his
knowledge, unless he knows, or has reasonable cause for believing,
that the information in question has already been given to the
Commissioner by the company or some other person.

(2) If such company or any such person as aforesaid who is
under obligation by virtue of subsection (1) to give any information
to the Commissioner makes default in the performance of that
obligation, every such defaulter shall be liable to a penalty of
$10,000 and shall also be liable to a further penalty equal to 3 times
the amount of the estate duty at the rate set out in the applicable
Schedule payable upon the whole estate of the deceased.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

43. (1) The following persons shall be accountable for the
duty payable on the death of the deceased by virtue of section 35,
that is to say-

(a) the company;

(b)any person, other than a bona fide purchaser for full
consideration in money or money's worth received by the
company for its own use and benefit, who receives, whether
directly from the company or otherwise, or disposes of,
any assets which the company had, whether as capital or as
income, at the death or at any time thereafter;

(c)any person who received any distributed assets of the
company on their distribution:

Provided that a person shall not-
(i)by virtue of paragraph (b), be accountable in respect of any
assets for any duty in excess of the value of those assets; or
(ii)by virtue of paragraph (c), be accountable in respect of any
assets for more than a part of the duty bearing to the whole
thereof the same proportion that the value of the distribu-
tion of those assets bears to the principal value of the assets
of the company passing on the death by virtue of section 35
after making the allowances to be made under section 39.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the expressions 'dis-
tributed assets' and---assetsof the company passing on the death'
do not include any distributed assets of the company which the
deceased received on their distribution; and a person who, having
received any distributed assets of the company, has died before the
deceased shall be deemed to have been a person accountable by
virtue of paragraph (c) of that subsection. ~1

(3) Where a company incorporated outsi is
accountable for any duty by virtue of subsection (1) or of this
subsection, every person who is amember of that company at the
death shall also be accountable for a rateable part of that duty in
proportion to the value of his interest in that company.





(4) A person accountable for any duty by virtue of this section
shall, for the purpose of raising and paying the duty, have all the
powers conferred on accountable parties by this Ordinance.

(5) On a winding-up of the company section 265(1) of the
Companies Ordinance (which determines what debts shall have
priority over other debts in a Vinding-up) shall have effect as if there
were included in paragraph (o) of that subsection a reference to any
duty payable in respect of assets of the company passing on a death
by virtue of section 35 of this Ordinance, and section 79 of the
Companies Ordinance shall have effect accordingly.

(6) The duty payable on the death of the deceased by virtue of
section 35 shall be a first charge by way of floating security on the
assets which the company had at the death or has at any time
thereafter, and any part of the duty for which by virtue of subsection
(1)(c.) any person is accountable in respect of any distributed assets
shall be a first charge also on those assets:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall operate to make
any property chargeable as against a bonafide purchaser thereof
for valuable consideration without notice.
(7) Where any duty has been-

(a) paid by a person accountable therefor by virtue only of
subsection or
(b)raised by virtue of subsection (6) out of any distributed
assets charged therewith,
that person, or, as the case may be, the person who was entitled to
those assets subject to the charge, may, without prejudice to any
right of contribution or indemnity which he may have apart from
this subsection, recover the amount of duty so paid or raised as
aforesaid from any person who is accountable therefor otherwise
than by virtue of subsection (1)(c).
(8) No part of the duty paid by the company shall be recover-
able by it from any person on the ground only that he is entitled to
any interest in, or to any sum charged on, the assets which the
company had at the death of the deceased.
(9) The following provisions shall not have effect in relation to
the duty payable by virtue of section 35. that is to say-
(a)so much of section 12(2) as relates to payment of estate
duty on all property of which the deceased was competent
to dispose at his death;
(b)so much of section 14(6) as relates to the accountability of
the executor of the deceased in respect of all property of
which the deceased was competent to dispose at his death,
and subsection (7) of that section,
and section 18(1) shall have effect in relation to the estate as if the
property passing by virtue of se~4ion 35 had been property, passing
to the executor as such.
(Added, 1 ol'1959, s. 10)





44. (1) Where for the purposes of estate duty there pass
shares in or debentures of a company to which by virtue of section
34 this section applies, then if the deceased had the control of the
company at any time during the 3 years ending with his death, the
principal value of ~Lhe shares or debentures, in lieu of being estimated
in accordance with the provisions of section 13(5)(a), shall be
estimated by reference to the net value of the assets of the company
in accordance k,~ith the provisions of subsection (2) of this section:
Provided that any liability of the company arising, or which may
arise, after the death for corporation profits tax shall be taken into
account as if it were an actual but contingent liability at the date of
the death, in so far as the liability or its amount is referable to profits
accruing before the death, whether then realized or not; and in
estimating any such liability for taxation charged on profits arising
after flie death the Commissioner shall take into account the extent,
if any, to which the last-mentioned profits are likely to be insufficient
to meet the liability.
(2) The principal value of the shares and debentures men-
tioned in subsection (1) shall be estimated as follows-
(a)the net value of the assets of the company shall be taken to
be the principal value thereof estimated in accordance with
the said section 13(5)(a), less the like allowance for liabili-
ties of the company as is provided by section 39(1) in
relation to the assets of a company passing on a death by
virtue of section 35, but subject to the modification that
allowance shall be made for such a liability as is mentioned
in section 39(1)(b) unless it also falls within paragraph (a)
thereof.,
(b)the aggregate value of all the shares and debentures of the
company issued and outstanding at the death of the
deceased shall be taken to be the same as the net value of
the assets of the company;
(e)in a case in which there are both shares in and debentures
of the company issued and outstanding at the death, or
different classes of either, the net value of the assets of the
company shall be apportioned between them with due
regard to the rights attaching thereto respectively; and
(d)the value of any share, or of any debenture. or of a share or
debenture of any class, shall be a rateable proportion,
ascertained by reference to nominal amount, of the net
value of the assets of the company as determined under
paragraph (a). or, in the case mentioned in paragraph (e),
of the part thereof apportioned under that paragraph to
the shares of the company. or to its debentures, or to that
class thereof, as the case may be.
(3) For the purposes of this section, a person shall be deemed-
(a)to have control of a company at any time if he then had the
control of powers of voting on all questions. or on any
particular question. affecting the company as a whole,





which if exercised would have yielded a majority of the
votes capable of being exercised thereon, or if he could
have obtained such control by an exercise at that time of a
power exercisable by him or with his consent; or

(b)to have powers equivalent to control of a company if he
either has the capacity, or could by an exercise of a power
exercisable by him or with his consent obtain the capacity,
to exercise or to control the exercise of any of the following
powers, that is to say, the powers of a board of directors or
of a governing director of the company, power to nominate
a majority of directors or a governing director thereof.
power to veto the appointment of a director thereof, or
pow(4) This section shall not apply to the valuation f 51 res or
CS C
debentures of a class which have been dealt with on ~4rg
S~eek Exchange in the ordinary course of business on that exchange
and such dealings have been recorded during the year ending with
the death of the deceased, and, in making an apportionment under
subsection (2)(c) in the case of a company having shares or deben-
tures of such a class, the part of the value of the assets of the
company to be apportioned to shares or debentures of that class
shall be determined by reference to the prices_ recorded of such
dealings.

(5) Control of a company which a person had in a fiduciary.
capacity shall be disregarded for the purposes of this section but in
the cases dealt with in subsection (7), this section shall apply as if the
deceased had, within 3 years of his death, had control of the
company otherwise than in a fiduciary capacity, but only as to the
valuation of the shares in or debentures of the company as respects
which one of the conditions contained in paragraph (a) or (b) or the
proviso hereto is satisfied, namely-

(a)that immediately after the deceased's death a person having
control or powers equivalent to control of the company.
either alone or in conjunction with his relatives, has a
beneficial interest in possession in the shares or debentures.

(b)that immediately before and after the death the shares or
debentures are held by the trustees of some trust who then
have control of the company by virtue of shares in or
debentures of the company held by them as such trustees.
notwithstanding the fact that such trustees had control in
a fiduciary capacity:

Provided that, in the case of shares or debentures falling to be
valued on the death by virtue of a gift inter i.ii,os made by the
deceased, or by virtue of a disposition or determination, in refation
to which subsection (1)(h) and subsection (2) of section 6 have eFect,
of an interest limited to cease on the death, the above conditions
shall not apply, and the conditions shall be that immediately after
the death or at any previous time since the gift, or since the
disposition or determination, as the case may, be, the donee, or the





person becoming entitled by virtue of or upon the disposition or
determination, has or had control or powers equivalent to control of
the company, either alone or in conjunction with his relatives.

(6) In determining for the purpose of subsection (5), whether a
person at any time has or had control of a company either alone or
in conjunction with his relatives, or a beneficial interest in possession
in any shares in or debentures of a company-

(a)where that person or a relative of his is or was at any time
entitled under a trust, either alone or in conjunction with
that person's relatives, to not less than nine-tenths of
the income arising from any such shares or debentures,
that person or the relative in question, as the case may be,
shall be treated as being or having been able at that time
to control the exercise by the trustees of the trust or
other persons in whom those shares or debentures are or
were vested of any powers attached to those shares or
debentures;

(b)any shares in or debentures of the company, or interests
therein, which form part of a person's estate at his death
shall be treated as vesting immediately on his death in the
legatees or persons entitled on intestacy, without regard to
the powers exercisable for the administration of the estate;

(e)there shall. in so far as the Commissioner so directs. be
disregarded-
(i) any limited interest subsisting at the relevant time in
any shares in or debentures of the company; and
(ii) any voting rights exercisable by virtue of any prefer-
ence shares in the company, being voting rights which the
Commissioner is satisfied do not materially affect the effec-
tive control of the company's affairs.

(7) The cases referred to in subsection (5) as being dealt with
in this subsection are as follows-

(a)if during a continuous period of 2 years falling wholly
within the 3 years ending with his death, the deceased had
powers equivalent to control of the company; or

(b)if during any such period as aforesaid the dividends
declared by the company and the interest accruing due on
debentures of the company as defined in paragraph (c)(ii)
are, as to amounts forming in the aggregate more than
one-half of the total amount of the dividends and interest,
to be treated by virtue of sections 36 and 37 as benefits
accruing to the deceased from the company, or would have
fallen to be so treated if the deceased had made a transfer
of property to the company; or

(e)if at any time during the 3 years ending with the death of
the deceased, not being a time when some other person had
control or powers equivalent to control of the company,





the deceased had a beneficial interest in possession in
shares in or debentures of the company, or in both, of an
aggregate nominal amount representing one-half or more
of the aggregate nominal amount of the shares in and
debentures of the company then outstanding. but for this
purpose-
(i) at any time when both the deceased and another
person had such an interest in the same share or debenture,
the deceased's interest in it shall be treated as extending
only to the same fraction of it as that interest would have
been deemed for purposes of estate duty to extend to if the
share or debenture had passed on his death at that time;
and
(5) the expression 'debenture' shall not include an
obligation of the company in respect of a debt incurred by
it for money borrowed by way of temporary loan, if the
loan was not one of a series of temporary loans by the same
person and either was repaid within 2 years of being made
or was made less than 2 years before the deceased's death.

(8) Where any shares or debentures which fall to be valued in
accordance with this section have also fallen to be so valued on a
previous death within 5 years, then for the purposes of section 31
those shares and debentures shall, in relation to those deaths, be
treated in the same way as an interest in land or in a business not
carried on by a company, if on both deaths their value is wholly or
partly attributable to the value of land of the company or any
subsidiary of it or to the value of assets used by the company or any
subsidiary of it in a business not consisting mainly in the holding of
or dealing in investments other than land:

Provided that the amount on which the reduction under the
said section 31 is to be calculated shall be limited, where necessary,
to the duty on the part so attributable of the value, on which duty is.
payable, of the shares or debentures, and references to that part of
the value shall, in the proviso to the said section 31, be substituted
for the references to the whole value, whether in relation to the first
or the second death.

(9) In determining for the purposes of subsection (8) what part
of the value of any shares in or debentures of a company is
attributable to the value of particular assets,-

(a)the value of the shares or debentures shall be apportioned
in proportion to the net value of the company's assets after
allowing for liabilities other than liabilities in respect of
shares in or debentures of the company; and

(b)the value apportioned under this subsection to the value of
any shares in or debentures of another company, being a
subsidiary either of the first-mentioned company or of a
company of which that company is a subsidiary, shall,
where material, be similarly apportioned between the other
company's assets.





(10) Where a company alters its share capital by sub-dividing
any shares into shares of smaller amount, or by consolidating and
dividing any shares into shares of large amount, subsection (8) shall
apply to shares derived by those means from shares of the same class
which have fallen to be valued in accordance with this section on a
death occurring before the alteration of share capital, as if those
shares and the equivalent amount of the shares from which they
were so derived were the same shares; and if a company has issued to
holders of any shares other shares as fully paid bonus shares, that
subsection shall apply both to the shares in respect of which the issue
was made and to the shares so issued as if they were derived from
the former by sub-division.
(11) In this section-
(a)references to the assets of a company shall be construed as
references to the assets that it had at the death of the
deceased;
(b)references to a subsidiary company shall be construed in
accordance with the interpretation attributed to that ex-
pression in section 34(5)(a); and
(e)the expression 'relative' has the meaning attributed to it in
section 7.
(Added, 1 Qf 7959, s. 10)

45. (1) If a company, to which by virtue of section 34. this
section applies. was concerned in a transaction in relation to which
it is claimed that the provisions of paragraph (a) of or the proviso to
section 7(1) have effect. those provisions shall have effect in relation
thereto if and only if, and to the extent only to which, the Commis-
sioner is satisfied that those provisions would have had effect in the
following circumstances. namely, if the assets of the company had
been held by it on trust for the members thereof and any other person
to whom it is under any liability incurred otherwise than for the
purposes of the business of the company wholly and exclusively. in
accordance with the rights attaching to the shares in and debentures
of the company and the terms on which any such liability was
incurred, and if the company had acted in the capacity of a trustee
only with power to carry on the business of the company and to
employ the assets of the company therein.
(2) Any gifts made in favour of a relative of the deceased by a
company of which the deceased at the time of the gift had control
within the meaning of section 44(3) shall be treated for the purposes
of section 6(])(c) as a gift made by the deceased, and the property
taken under the gift shall be treated as included by virtue of that
paragraph in the property passing on the death of the deceased, if
and to the extent to which the Commissioner is satisfied that it
would fall to be so treated in the circumstances mentioned in
subsection (1).
(3) If the deceased has made in favour of a company to which,
by virtue of section 34, this section applies, a disposition which, if it
had been made in favour of a relative of his. would have fallen





within section 7(1), this section shall have effect in like manner as if
the disposition had been made in favour of a relative of his, unless it
is shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that no relative of
the deceased was, at the time of the disposition or subsequently
during the life of the deceased, a member of the company and for the
purposes of this subsection a person who is, or is deemed by virtue of
this provision to be, a member of a company to which this section
applies and which is a member of another such company shall be
deemed to be a member of that other company.

(4) In this section, the expressions 'annuity' and 'relative'
have the meaning attributed to them respectively in section 7.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 10)

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14. 16.
17, 23. 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying before 27 February 193 1)

1Amended, 20 of*1948, s. 4)

SECOND SCHEDULE [ss. 3. 5. 14, 16.
17~ 23, 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after 27 February 1931
but before 1 July 1936)

(Amended, 20 of 1948, s. 4)





THIRD SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14. 16.
17. 23, 24 & 27.]
(Persons dying on or after 1 July 1936
but before 1 April 1941)


FOURTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14, 16,
17, 23, 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after 1 April 1941
but before 1 April 1948)





Estate duty

FIFTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3. 5, 14. 16,
17, 23~ 24 & 27.]
(Persons dying on or after 1 April 1948
and before 1 February 1959)








SIXTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3. 5, 14, 16,
17. 23, 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after 1 February 1959
and before 1 January 1963)


SEVENTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14, 16,
17, 23, 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after 1 January 1963
and before 1 April 1967)






EIGHTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3. 5, 14, 16,
17, 23. 24 & 27.]
(Persons dying on or after 1 April 1967 and
before 1 April 1970)



NINTH SCHEDULE [ss, 1 5~ 14, 16,
17. 23. 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after 1 April 1970 and
before the 1 April 1972)






TENTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3. 5, 14, 16.
17, 23. 24 & 27.1

(Persons dying on or after 1 April 1972
and before 1 April 1974)






TWELFTH SCHEDULE (ss. 3. 5. 14, 16,
17. 23, 24 & 27.1

(Persons dying on or after the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1976 and before the commencement
of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1977)

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE (ss. 3. 5. 14, 16~
IT 23. 24 & 27.1

(Persons dying on or after the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1977 and before the commencement
of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1980)





FOURTEENTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14, 16,
17, 23, 24 & 27.1
(Persons dying on or after the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1980 and before the commencement
of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1981)

FIFTEENTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14, 16
17, 23, 24 & 27.i
(Persons dying on or after the commencement of the Estate Duty
(Amendment) Ordinance 1981 and before the commencement
of the Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1982)



SIXTEENTH SCHEDULE [ss. 3, 5, 14, 16,
17, 23. 24 & 27.]
(Persons dying on or after the commencement of the
Estate Duty (Amendment) Ordinance 1983)r-






SEVENTEENTH SCHEDULE [s. 35.]

PROVISIONS SUPPLEMENTSARY TO SECTIONS 34 TO 45 INCLUSIVE

Anmounts to be taken into account in respect of benefits, and
time when benefits are to he treated as accriting

1 . (1) The provisions of this paragraph shall have effect for the purpose of
determining the amounts to be taken into account, for the purposes of section 35(2),
as the amounts of benefits accruing to the deceased from the company.
(2) No amount shall be taken into account more than once.
(3) Where an amount is taken into account by reference to the deceased's
having been entitled to a benefit which he did not in fact receik c. or by reference to a
power which was not in fact exercised or was surrendered, due regard shall be had to
the efrect that his receiving the benefit, or the power's being exercised. would have had
in relation to other benefits.
(4) The amounts that are to be taken into account by reference to the deceased's
haking been entitled to a benefit ks hich he did not in fact receive. or by reference to a
power k& hich was not in fact exercised or kkas surrendered. shall be suc~ as kkould hake
fallen to be taken into account as benefits received bkI the deceased if he had acted in
relation to the claiming to benefits and the exercising of powers during the 3 years
ending with his death to his greatest financial advantage, due regard being had to ans
consijeration which he would have had to give in respect of a claim to any benefit or
the exercise of any power.
(5) In making for the purposes ol' sub-paragraph (4) a computation of ank
diminution of income which the deceased ksould hake Sustained bk giking am suefi
consideration as it therein mentioned. or of any increase of' income which the
company Xk0Uld have obtained from ank such consideration to be izi~ch to the
company. it shall be assumed that the consideration would have \ielded income equal
to interest at the aserage rate on the M110Lint or ~alue thereof.
(6) The amounts to be taken into ~ICCOLint shall include any tax charled under
the Inland Re\enue Ordinance. in respect ofthe benefits in question.
(7) The amount to be taken into account in respect ofa benefit consisting of an\
enjoyment in specie of land or buildings or land and buildings or other property of the
conipany or ol' a right thercok er shall be the kalue of the enjoyment thereof for the
period during which the benefit subsisted and that value shall be calculated in the
case of leasehold property situate in the Colony by reference to the annual assessment
as ascertained for the purposes of section 5 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance. and in
the casc of other land or buildings or land and buildings by such method as the
Commissioner may consider just and reasonable.

2_ ( 1 ) The provisions of this paragraph shall have effect for the purpose of
determining-
(a)A hether a benefit accruing to the deceased from the company is to be treated
as having accrued to him during the 3 years ending with his death, or during
a particular accounting year. or at any other relevant time: and
(b)the period during which a benefit consisting of any enjoyment in specie of
land or buildings or land and buildings or oler propenk of the company or
of a right thereover is to be treated as having subsisted.
(2) A benefit consisting of profits of the company. or a periodical payment
kkhich the deceased received. or became entitled to. but did not in fact. receike. shall
be treated as having accrued to him at the earliest time at which he could have
obtained receipt thereof.
(3) A benefit consisting of profits of the company or a periodical payment
which the deceased could have become entitled to receive by an exercise in the 3 years
ending with his death of a power which was not in fact exercised or was surrenjered
shall years treated as having accrued to him at the earliest time at which he could have
obtained receipt thereof if he had acted as mentioned in paragraph 1(4).
(4) A benefit consisting of interest on such a payment other than a periodical
payment as is mentioned in section 36 which the deceased could have become entitled
to receive shall be treated as having accrued to him in any accounting klear to the
extent to which the period during which the interest is to be treated as accruing fell
within that year.











(5) A benefit consisting of any such enjoyment is specie as aforesaid shall be
treated as having accured to the deceased in the said 3 Years if any part of the period
during which it subsisted fell within those years, and shall be treated as having accrued
to him in any accounting year to the extent to which the period during which it
subsisted fell within that year.
(6) A benefit consisting of any such enjoyment in specie as aforesaid shall be
treated as having subsisted during tfie following period, that is to say-
(a)in the case of enjoyment that the deceased had, during the period for which
he had it;
(b)in the case of enjoyment which he became entitled to, but did not in fact.
have, during the period for which he could have had it,
(e)in the case of enjoyment which he could have become entitled to have by an
exercise in the 3 years ending with his death of a power was not in fact
exercised or was surrendered. during the period for which he could have had
it if he had acted as mentioned in paragraph 1(4).

Adjustments as to Distributed Assets and Addifions to Assets

3. (1) Where the assets of the company passing on the death of the deceased
by virtue of section 35 include any distributed assets. or by reason of the company's
ha~ ing been wound up or dissolved before the death consist of distributed assets. the
following provisions of this paragraph shall have effect.
(2) The net profits of the company shall be determined as if the income of the
company had included, or the company had had income equal to. interest on a sum
equal to the value of such distribution at the average rate from the date thereof.

(3) If on any distribution the deceased received beneficially an interest in any of
the distributed assets, the benefits accruing to i he deceased from the company shall be
ascertained as if the amount brought into the income of the company under sub-
paraeraph (2) by, reference to the value of the distribution of those assets had been
income of the company which the deceased was entitled to receive immediately on its
accrual to the company, or, where the interest in those assets which the deceased
received was less than an absolute interest. had been such income to an extent
corresponding to the proportion which the value of the interest in those assets
received by him bore to the value of those assets.
(4) Where sub-paragraph (3) has effect-
(a)the value on which. apart from this provision, estate duty, would be payable
on the death of the deceased by virtue of section 35 shall be reduced by an
amount equal to the value of the distribution of the assets in question, or.
where the interest in those assets which the deceased received was less than
an absolute interest. by, an amount equal to the proportion of that value~
and
(b)any amount which is treated as a benefit accuring to the deceased from the
company by virtue of that sub-paragraph shall be treated for the purposes
of section 40( 1) and (2) as a benefit received by him.

4. (1) Where the principal value of the assets of the company passing on the
death of the deceased by virtue of section 35 is increased by reason of an addition*s
having been made to the assets of the company. otherwise than by way of profits in
respect of which the company was chargeable to tax under the Inland Revenue
Ordinance, between the beginning of the first of the relevant accounting years and the
death of the deceased, either-
(a) in consideration of an issue of shares in or debentures of the company: or
(b)otherwise howsoever, except by, way of purchase for full consideration in
money or money's worth given by, the company,
the following provisions of this paragraph shall have effect in relation to the added
assets.

(2) The net profits of the company shall be determined as if the income of the
company had included interest on a sum equal to the value of the addition at the
average rate from the beginning of the first of the relevant accounting years to the
date of the addition.





(3) If a transfer of any of the added assets or of any interest in any of them was
made to the company by the deceased, the benefits accruing to the deceased from the
company shall be ascertained as if the amount brough into the income of the company
under sub-paragraph (2) by reference to the value of the addition of those assets had
been income of the company which the deceased was entitled to receive immediately
on its accrual to the company, or had been such income to an extent corresponding to
the proportion which the value of the interest transferred bore to the value of those
assets, as the case may be.
(4) Where sub-paragraph (3) has efrect, if the deceased received as considera-
tion for the addition of the assets in question an interest in any shares in or debentures
of the company in respect of which estate duty would be payable on his death apart
from anything in section 40(3), any amount which is treated as a benefit accruing to
him from the company by virtue of that sub-paragraph shall be treated for the
purposes of section 40(3) as a benefit accruing to him ~v virtue of his interest in those
shares or debentures.
(5) In this paragraph, the expression 'value of the addition- means, in relation
to any added assets, the value thereof or, if partial consideration, other than an issue
of, or an alteration of rights attaching to, shares in or debentures of the company, was
given therefor in money or money's worth out of the resources or at the expense of the
company, the value thereof less the value of the consideration given.

Prevention of duplication qf charge in respect of benelits
and charge in respect ofshares

5. For the purposes of section 40(3). where the benefits that accrued to the
deceased from the company in the relevant accounting years included benefits that
accrued to him otherwise than as mentioned in that subsection. but the deceased had
at any time an interest in, or a power was at any time exercisable in relation to. shares
in or debentures of the company in respect of which estate duty would be payable on
his death apart from anything in that subsection, and by virtue of that interest or
power benefits accrued to the deceased from the company, in those years. or would so
have accrued to him if any payments had been made by virtue of rights attached to
those shares or debentures. then-
(a)if the first-mentioned benefits consisted to any, extent of payments made out
ofnioneys which, if not so applied, could have been applied in increasing the
last-mentioned benefits. or as payments which would have constituted such
benefits; or
(h)if the first-mentioned benefits are brought into the computation made
section 35(2) to the exclusion to any extent of the last-mentioned benefits.

the first-mentioned benefits shall to that extent be treated as if they, had accrued to the
deceased by virtue ofbis interest in, or ofthe power exercisable in relation to, the said
shares or debentures.

Accounting Year

6. (1) The expression 'accounting year' means in relation to a company, if
the company has, before the death of the deceased. made up accounts for a period of
12 months ending in the last year of his life, that period and each previous period of
12 months ending on the date corresponding to that to which the accounts were made
up, or, if not, a period of 12 months ending on such date in the last year of his life as
the Commissioner may determine and each previous period of 12 months ending on
the date corresponding to the date determined.
(2) The expression 'relevant accounting years- means the accounting years by,
reference to which the extent of the passing of the assets of the company, is to be
determined under section 35.
(3) Where an accounting year does not coincide with a perioo for which
accounts of the company were made up. the Commissioner may. for the purpose of
determining the profits or net profits of the company for that accounting year. divide
any such period and make such apportionments and aggregations of the profits of the
company as may be necessary, so, however, that any apportionments so made shall be
made in proportion to the number of months or fractions of months in the respective
periods for which the apportionment is made.





Grant of prior assurances

7. Where at any time a transfer of property, has been made by any person to a
company to which section 35 applies the company may apply to the Commissioner
for an assurance that the provisions of that section will not be applied on the death of
such person by reason only of such transfer and the Commissioner may if he is satisfied
that the transfer and any associated operations were effected bonafide for commercial
reasons and such transfer and any associated operations have not been effected with
the purpose of avoiding estate duty payable upon such death. give such an assurance.
(Added, 1 of 1959, s. 12. Amended, 47 of 1962, s. 14; 24 of 1967, s. 6; 37 of
1970, s. 5; 2~7 of 1972, s. 6.. 24 of 1974, s. 5: 31 of 1976, s. 6; 31 of 1977, s. 6; 33 of
1980, s. 5; 29 of 1981, s. 8 and> of 1982, s. 7)
Originally 3 of 1932. (Cap. 111, 1950.) 32 of 1934. 38 of 1935. 26 of 1936. 7 of 1941. 17 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 35 of 1950. 1 of 1959. 47 of 1962. 35 of 1966. 24 of 1967. L.N. 100/68. 29 of 1970. 37 of 1970. L.N. 63/70. 21 of 1972. 27 of 1972. 68 of 1973. 12 of 1974. L.N. 94/74. 24 of 1974. 7 of 1975. 31 of 1976. 31 of 1977. 28 of 1979. 44 of 1979. 33 of 1980. 29 of 1981. L.N. 370/81. 74 of 1981. 79 of 1981. 28 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. Short title. Application. Interpretation. 1894 c. 30, s. 22(1). 1940 c. 29, ss. 44, 47(2) & 59 and 1944 c. 23, s. 36. (Cap. 112.) 1894 c. 30, s. 22(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 45(1) & (2). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(3). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(4). 1954 c. 44, s. 29(6). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(5). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(6). 1952 c. 33, s. 72(2). Exercise of powers and duties. Appointment as commissioner for oaths. Estate duty. 1894 c. 30, s. 1. Schedules. 1919 c. 32, s. 29. [cf. 1940 c. 48, s. 17.] What property is deemed to pass on death. 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1900 c. 7, s. 11; 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11; 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1) & 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1939 c. 41, s. 31(2). 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11 & 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11 & 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1939 c. 41, s. 30(1) & (3). 1943 c. 28, s. 26. 1943 c. 28, s. 26. 1862 c. 22, s. 39. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(1) & (2) & 1950 c. 15, s. 43. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(3). 1940 c. 29, s. 43(6). (1 of 1959.) 1894 c. 30, s. 2(3); 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1896 c. 28, s. 14. 1896 c. 28, s. 15. Dispositions in favour of relatives. 1950 c. 15, s. 46(1). 1940 c. 29, s. 44(5), & 1950 c. 15, s. 46(2)(a). 1940 c. 29, s. 44(2) & (3). Presumption of simultaneous death. (28 of 1982.) Exemptions. 1944 c. 23, s. 40. 1944 c. 23, 3rd Schd. 1. 1950 c. 15, s. 46(2). 1944 c. 23, 3rd Schd. 3. Accretions to gifts inter vivos. 1957 c. 49, s. 38. Exceptions for transactions for money consideration, property situate outside the Colony, shares on local registers and certain land in the New Territories. [cf. 1894 c. 30, s. 3.] (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 153.) Exception for matrimonial home. Aggregation of property. 1894 c. 30, s. 4. 1939 c. 41, s. 30(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 52. 1940 c. 29, s. 45(3). 1954 c. 44, s. 33. Payment of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 6. mode of payment; provision for unknown values; collection from others than executor; estate includes accrued income; interest payable on estate duty; date when duty shall become due; option to pay by instalments. Value of property; allowance for debts and funeral expenses; exclusion of certain debts, etc., from deduction in valuing for estate duty; 1939 c. 41, s. 31(1). 1943 c. 28, s. 26. limitation on debts deducible from value of estate; 1910 c. 8, s. 57. allowance for local debts only; value of property; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(5). 1910 c. 8, s. 60. interest in expectancy; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(6). benefit arising from cesser of an interest; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(7). ascertainment of value of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(8). costs of valuation. 1894 c. 30, s. 7(9). Recovery of estate duty, etc.; (Cap. 336.) sufficient evidence; representation in District Court; (Cap. 87.) service; [cf. Exchequer Rules 1860. r. 3.] power to appoint receiver; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(13). (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) delivery of accounts of property; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(3). Beneficiaries and trustees accountable for estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(4). executors and surviving joint tenants accountable for estate duty on joint interests; power of inquiry; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(5). application of s.s. (8); 1940 c. 29, s. 57(1). protection of purchaser; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(18). affidavits and accounts to be delivered to the Commissioner; final ascertainment of amount of estate duty; repayment; duty to disclose liability to further estate duty; power to assess estate duty in certain circumstances; payment of estate duty assessed under s.s. (15); power to remit interest on estate duty; penalties for non-compliance with this section. Exemption of executors of small estates. Probate not to be issued until estate duty paid; when value cannot be ascertained immediately; deferred payment; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(9). power to reduce or remit interest. Increase of estate duty when delay in lodging affidavit. Duty of executor as to unregistered shares. Charge of estate duty on property; 1894 c. 30, s. 9. registration of Memorial in Land Office; entry in Land Office; reimbursement of executor; raising estate duty by sale, mortgage or terminate charge; payment by limited owner; payment of duty out of capital money. Apportionment of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 14. disputes; (Cap. 336.) parties bound by accounts as settled. Remission and refunding of estate duty on certain grounds. Proviso regarding war deaths. Remission in case of successive war deaths. Appeal to Supreme Court; postponement of payment of duty; appeal to District Court; no appeal without leave; costs of appeals; interest on excess repaid; payment of duty before appeal may be dispensed with. Schedule of property to be annexed to probate. Penalties for intermeddling. Notification of interest of deceased person in bank or business undertaking. Executor's accounts. Power to reduce penalty and duty. Power to Governor in Council to make rules and prescribe forms, fees and charges. Presumption as to shares standing in the name of the deceased; appeal. Relief in the case of certain settlements. 1894 c. 30, s. 5(2). 1914 c. 10, s. 14. Relief in respect of quick succession where property consists of leasehold property or a business. 1914 c. 10, s. 15. Reduction of full amount of duty where the margin above the limit of value is small. 1914 c. 10, s. 13(1). Relief in the case of certain interests which do not fall into possession. 1894 c. 30, s. 5(3). Controlled companies. 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). 1936 c. 34, s. 19 and 1940 c. 29, s. 58(1). 1936 c. 34, s. 19(1) (a) & (b). 1936 c. 34. S. 19 (1)(c). 1936 c. 34, s. 20(3). 1936 c. 34, s. 19(2). (Cap. 38.) 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). (Cap. 333.) 1936 c. 34, s. 19(3) and 1940 c. 29, s. 58(1)(b)(I). 1936 c. 34, s. 20(7) . (Cap. 155.) 1922 c. 17, s. 21(7). 1940 c. 29, s. 58 (1)(a). Charge on assets of controlled companies; 1940 c. 29, s. 46 and 1946 c. 64, s. 47. proportion of assets accruing to deceased; ascertainment of total assets of controlled companies; Seventeenth Schedule. Benefits from company to deceased. 1940 c. 29, s. 47(1). Surrender of benefits; 1940 c. 29, s. 48. benefits deemed to be surrendered; exemptions. Determination of net profits of company. 1940 c. 29, s. 49. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) 1944 c. 23, s. 37. Allowances in the valuation of assets; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(1). basis of valuation; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(2). allowance for partial consideration for distributed assets; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(3). valuation of distributed assets. 1940 c. 29, s. 50(4). Limitation on charges; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(1). interpretation; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(1). limitation of value where consideration given; 1950 c. 15, s. 47. 1952 c. 33, s. 72. prevention of double duty; 1944 c. 23, 38. effect of exemptions from duty; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. application of s.s. (4) and (5) with adaptations; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. meaning of exemption; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. value of assets accruing to deceased; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(3). Allowance for reasonable remuneration. 1940 c. 29, s. 51(4). Limitation of exceptions. 1940 c. 29, s. 56(1) & 1950 c. 15, s. 47(b)(ii). 1940 c. 29, s. 56(2) & 1950 c. 15, s. 43(1). Duty to give information on death; 1940 c. 29, s. 53. penalty. Collection and incidence of duty; 1940 c. 29, s. 54. interpretation; foreign corporations; powers of persons accountable; priority of estate duty on winding-up; (Cap. 32.) charge on assets of company; rights of person paying duty; duty not recoverable; accounting and charging. Value of shares and debentures of controlled companies; 1940 c. 29, s. 55 and 1954 c. 44, s. 29(1)(a). 1954 c. 44, s. 30(3). method of estimation; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(2). person deemed to have control of company for purposes of valuation. 1940 c. 29, s. 55(3) and 1954 c. 44, s. 29(1)(b). 1954 c. 44. S. 31(1)(e). quoted shares and debentures; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(4). interpretation of control; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(5). 1954 c. 44, ss. 29(1) & (5) & 31(2). 1954 c. 44, s. 31(2). determination for purposes of s.s. (5); 1954 c. 44, s. 31(3). cases dealt with in this subsection; 1954 c. 44, s. 29(2), (3) & (4). quick succession relief; 1954 c. 44, s. 30(4). determination for purposes of s.s. (8); 1954 c. 44, s. 31(5). alteration of share capital by company; 1954 c. 44 s. 30(5). interpretation. 1940 c. 29, s. 55(6) and 1954 c. 44, s. 31(1)(c) & (d). Limitation on dispositions through a controlled company in favour of relatives; 1950 c. 15, s. 46(1). gifts to relatives by controlled companies. gifts to relatives through controlled companies. 1940 c. 29, s. 44(4). 1940 c. 29, 7th Schedule. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.)

Abstract

Originally 3 of 1932. (Cap. 111, 1950.) 32 of 1934. 38 of 1935. 26 of 1936. 7 of 1941. 17 of 1948. 22 of 1950. 24 of 1950. 35 of 1950. 1 of 1959. 47 of 1962. 35 of 1966. 24 of 1967. L.N. 100/68. 29 of 1970. 37 of 1970. L.N. 63/70. 21 of 1972. 27 of 1972. 68 of 1973. 12 of 1974. L.N. 94/74. 24 of 1974. 7 of 1975. 31 of 1976. 31 of 1977. 28 of 1979. 44 of 1979. 33 of 1980. 29 of 1981. L.N. 370/81. 74 of 1981. 79 of 1981. 28 of 1982. L.N. 14/83. Short title. Application. Interpretation. 1894 c. 30, s. 22(1). 1940 c. 29, ss. 44, 47(2) & 59 and 1944 c. 23, s. 36. (Cap. 112.) 1894 c. 30, s. 22(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 45(1) & (2). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(3). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(4). 1954 c. 44, s. 29(6). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(5). 1940 c. 29, s. 58(6). 1952 c. 33, s. 72(2). Exercise of powers and duties. Appointment as commissioner for oaths. Estate duty. 1894 c. 30, s. 1. Schedules. 1919 c. 32, s. 29. [cf. 1940 c. 48, s. 17.] What property is deemed to pass on death. 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1900 c. 7, s. 11; 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11; 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1) & 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(2) & 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1939 c. 41, s. 31(2). 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11 & 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1881 c. 12, s. 38(2); 1889 c. 7, s. 11 & 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1894 c. 30, s. 2(1). 1939 c. 41, s. 30(1) & (3). 1943 c. 28, s. 26. 1943 c. 28, s. 26. 1862 c. 22, s. 39. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(1) & (2) & 1950 c. 15, s. 43. 1940 c. 29, s. 43(3). 1940 c. 29, s. 43(6). (1 of 1959.) 1894 c. 30, s. 2(3); 1910 c. 8, s. 59. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1946 c. 64, s. 47. 1896 c. 28, s. 14. 1896 c. 28, s. 15. Dispositions in favour of relatives. 1950 c. 15, s. 46(1). 1940 c. 29, s. 44(5), & 1950 c. 15, s. 46(2)(a). 1940 c. 29, s. 44(2) & (3). Presumption of simultaneous death. (28 of 1982.) Exemptions. 1944 c. 23, s. 40. 1944 c. 23, 3rd Schd. 1. 1950 c. 15, s. 46(2). 1944 c. 23, 3rd Schd. 3. Accretions to gifts inter vivos. 1957 c. 49, s. 38. Exceptions for transactions for money consideration, property situate outside the Colony, shares on local registers and certain land in the New Territories. [cf. 1894 c. 30, s. 3.] (Cap. 32.) (Cap. 153.) Exception for matrimonial home. Aggregation of property. 1894 c. 30, s. 4. 1939 c. 41, s. 30(2). 1940 c. 29, s. 52. 1940 c. 29, s. 45(3). 1954 c. 44, s. 33. Payment of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 6. mode of payment; provision for unknown values; collection from others than executor; estate includes accrued income; interest payable on estate duty; date when duty shall become due; option to pay by instalments. Value of property; allowance for debts and funeral expenses; exclusion of certain debts, etc., from deduction in valuing for estate duty; 1939 c. 41, s. 31(1). 1943 c. 28, s. 26. limitation on debts deducible from value of estate; 1910 c. 8, s. 57. allowance for local debts only; value of property; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(5). 1910 c. 8, s. 60. interest in expectancy; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(6). benefit arising from cesser of an interest; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(7). ascertainment of value of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 7(8). costs of valuation. 1894 c. 30, s. 7(9). Recovery of estate duty, etc.; (Cap. 336.) sufficient evidence; representation in District Court; (Cap. 87.) service; [cf. Exchequer Rules 1860. r. 3.] power to appoint receiver; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(13). (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) delivery of accounts of property; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(3). Beneficiaries and trustees accountable for estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(4). executors and surviving joint tenants accountable for estate duty on joint interests; power of inquiry; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(5). application of s.s. (8); 1940 c. 29, s. 57(1). protection of purchaser; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(18). affidavits and accounts to be delivered to the Commissioner; final ascertainment of amount of estate duty; repayment; duty to disclose liability to further estate duty; power to assess estate duty in certain circumstances; payment of estate duty assessed under s.s. (15); power to remit interest on estate duty; penalties for non-compliance with this section. Exemption of executors of small estates. Probate not to be issued until estate duty paid; when value cannot be ascertained immediately; deferred payment; 1894 c. 30, s. 8(9). power to reduce or remit interest. Increase of estate duty when delay in lodging affidavit. Duty of executor as to unregistered shares. Charge of estate duty on property; 1894 c. 30, s. 9. registration of Memorial in Land Office; entry in Land Office; reimbursement of executor; raising estate duty by sale, mortgage or terminate charge; payment by limited owner; payment of duty out of capital money. Apportionment of estate duty; 1894 c. 30, s. 14. disputes; (Cap. 336.) parties bound by accounts as settled. Remission and refunding of estate duty on certain grounds. Proviso regarding war deaths. Remission in case of successive war deaths. Appeal to Supreme Court; postponement of payment of duty; appeal to District Court; no appeal without leave; costs of appeals; interest on excess repaid; payment of duty before appeal may be dispensed with. Schedule of property to be annexed to probate. Penalties for intermeddling. Notification of interest of deceased person in bank or business undertaking. Executor's accounts. Power to reduce penalty and duty. Power to Governor in Council to make rules and prescribe forms, fees and charges. Presumption as to shares standing in the name of the deceased; appeal. Relief in the case of certain settlements. 1894 c. 30, s. 5(2). 1914 c. 10, s. 14. Relief in respect of quick succession where property consists of leasehold property or a business. 1914 c. 10, s. 15. Reduction of full amount of duty where the margin above the limit of value is small. 1914 c. 10, s. 13(1). Relief in the case of certain interests which do not fall into possession. 1894 c. 30, s. 5(3). Controlled companies. 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). 1936 c. 34, s. 19 and 1940 c. 29, s. 58(1). 1936 c. 34, s. 19(1) (a) & (b). 1936 c. 34. S. 19 (1)(c). 1936 c. 34, s. 20(3). 1936 c. 34, s. 19(2). (Cap. 38.) 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). 1922 c. 17, s. 21(6). (Cap. 333.) 1936 c. 34, s. 19(3) and 1940 c. 29, s. 58(1)(b)(I). 1936 c. 34, s. 20(7) . (Cap. 155.) 1922 c. 17, s. 21(7). 1940 c. 29, s. 58 (1)(a). Charge on assets of controlled companies; 1940 c. 29, s. 46 and 1946 c. 64, s. 47. proportion of assets accruing to deceased; ascertainment of total assets of controlled companies; Seventeenth Schedule. Benefits from company to deceased. 1940 c. 29, s. 47(1). Surrender of benefits; 1940 c. 29, s. 48. benefits deemed to be surrendered; exemptions. Determination of net profits of company. 1940 c. 29, s. 49. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) 1944 c. 23, s. 37. Allowances in the valuation of assets; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(1). basis of valuation; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(2). allowance for partial consideration for distributed assets; 1940 c. 29, s. 50(3). valuation of distributed assets. 1940 c. 29, s. 50(4). Limitation on charges; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(1). interpretation; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(1). limitation of value where consideration given; 1950 c. 15, s. 47. 1952 c. 33, s. 72. prevention of double duty; 1944 c. 23, 38. effect of exemptions from duty; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. application of s.s. (4) and (5) with adaptations; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. meaning of exemption; 1944 c. 23, s. 38. value of assets accruing to deceased; 1940 c. 29, s. 51(3). Allowance for reasonable remuneration. 1940 c. 29, s. 51(4). Limitation of exceptions. 1940 c. 29, s. 56(1) & 1950 c. 15, s. 47(b)(ii). 1940 c. 29, s. 56(2) & 1950 c. 15, s. 43(1). Duty to give information on death; 1940 c. 29, s. 53. penalty. Collection and incidence of duty; 1940 c. 29, s. 54. interpretation; foreign corporations; powers of persons accountable; priority of estate duty on winding-up; (Cap. 32.) charge on assets of company; rights of person paying duty; duty not recoverable; accounting and charging. Value of shares and debentures of controlled companies; 1940 c. 29, s. 55 and 1954 c. 44, s. 29(1)(a). 1954 c. 44, s. 30(3). method of estimation; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(2). person deemed to have control of company for purposes of valuation. 1940 c. 29, s. 55(3) and 1954 c. 44, s. 29(1)(b). 1954 c. 44. S. 31(1)(e). quoted shares and debentures; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(4). interpretation of control; 1940 c. 29, s. 55(5). 1954 c. 44, ss. 29(1) & (5) & 31(2). 1954 c. 44, s. 31(2). determination for purposes of s.s. (5); 1954 c. 44, s. 31(3). cases dealt with in this subsection; 1954 c. 44, s. 29(2), (3) & (4). quick succession relief; 1954 c. 44, s. 30(4). determination for purposes of s.s. (8); 1954 c. 44, s. 31(5). alteration of share capital by company; 1954 c. 44 s. 30(5). interpretation. 1940 c. 29, s. 55(6) and 1954 c. 44, s. 31(1)(c) & (d). Limitation on dispositions through a controlled company in favour of relatives; 1950 c. 15, s. 46(1). gifts to relatives by controlled companies. gifts to relatives through controlled companies. 1940 c. 29, s. 44(4). 1940 c. 29, 7th Schedule. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 112.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2492

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

111

Number of Pages

71
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:45 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTIONS BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2491

Title

RESOLUTIONS BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






RESOLUTIONS BY LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

(Cap. 110, section 3(2)).

[29th November, 1946.1

Resolved that if an entertainment is provided by or on behalf of the
organization known as Combined Services Entertainment, duty shall be
charged levied and paid in like manner as if the expression 'admission to
the entertainment' did not include admission of any member of Her
Majesty's Forces.

[18th December, 1957.1

Resolved, pursuant to section 3 of the Entertainments Tax
Ordinance, Chapter 110, that the duty charged, levied and paid on
payments for admission to an entertainment where all the performers
whose words or actions constitute the entertainment are actually
present and performing and the entertainment is in the opinion of the
Colonial Secretary of special cultural or artistic value, shall be at the
reduced rate of twenty-five per cent of the appropriate rate of duty as
prescribed by a resolution made and passed on the 1st day of April,
1941.
G.N. 629/46. G.N.A. 107/57.

Abstract

G.N. 629/46. G.N.A. 107/57.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2491

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:44 +0800
<![CDATA[RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2490

Title

RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY

Description






RATES OF ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY
(Cap. 110, section 3)

[1st April, 1975.]

CINEMATOGRAPH EXHIBITIONS



RACE MEETINGS

L.N. 90/75. L.N. 132/75.

Abstract

L.N. 90/75. L.N. 132/75.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2490

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:44 +0800
<![CDATA[ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2489

Title

ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS

Description






SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS.

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS.

Regulation................................... Page

1. Interpretation ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... A2

2. Prohibition of marking stamps or stamped tickets ... ... ... A2

3. Prohibition of purchasing stamped tickets or stamps from un-

authorized persons .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

4. Price of admission to be printed on tickets ... ... ... ... ... A 2

5. Adhesive stamps not to be issued except on tickets ... ... ... A2

6. No tickets other than stamped tickets to be issued on payments made

for admission ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A2

7. Tickets and stamps to be issued undefaced and defaced subsequently A 3
8. No Government ticket to be used admitting more than one person A 3

9. Provisions as to a ticket (other than a government ticket) used for

admitting more than one person ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

10...........................Provisions as to books or sheets of tickets ... ... ... ... ... A4

11...........Season ticket ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

12................................Provisions as to persons admitted without payment ... ... ... A 5

13..................Provisions as to societies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

14................................Provisions as to arrangements for furnishing returns ... ... ... A 5

15..................Application for exemption ... ... ... ... ... A 6

16................................Transfer to different parts of place of entertainment ... ... ... A 6

17. Collector may require records to be kept and tickets to be issued in

prescribed forms .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A6

is................................Production of tickets, stamps, vouchers and records ... ... ... A 7

19......................Application for repayment of duty ... ... ... ... ... A 7

20. 20. Power to make a charge of 60 rents for. admission 2

21........Offences ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7
22........Citation ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7





SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

ENTERTAINMENTS DUTY REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 110, section 7).

[12th December, 1930.]

1. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

,,entertainment' means an entertainment the payment for admission to
which is subject to duty;

'government ticket' means a ticket supplied by the Collector,

'stamp' means a stamp denoting duty.

2. Subject to the provisions of these regulations, or except as
allowed by the Collector, no person shall mark or cause to be marked in
any manner any government ticket or stamp.

3. No person shall purchase any government ticket or any stamp
except from a person duly appointed to sell and distribute stamps or
duly licensed to deal in stamps:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall apply to a person
purchasing a government ticket or stamp from the proprietor for the
purpose of being admitted to the entertainment.

4. The proprietor shall not issue or have in his possession at the
place of entertainment any ticket being a ticket authorizing or intended
to be issued for the purpose of authorizing any person to be admitted to
the entertainment, unless the price of admission and the statement
required by this regulation are legibly printed, stamped or otherwise
marked on the ticket.

For the purpose of this regulation the price of admission means the
price either inclusive or exclusive of the duty and there shall be printed
on every such ticket as aforesaid a statement whether the price printed
thereon in accordance with the requirements of this regulation includes
the duty or excludes the duty, as the case may be.

5. The proprietor shall not issue an adhesive stamp to any person
otherwise than securely affixed to a ticket issued for the purpose of
authorizing admission to the entertainment.

6. (1) The proprietor shall not, on any payment for admission to the
entertainment being made, issue in respect of that payment any ticket
authorizing admission to the entertainment other than a government
ticket denoting the proper amount of duty chargeable in respect of that
payment or a ticket to which is affixed an adhesive stamp denoting that
amount.





(2) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply in any
case where the proprietor has made arrangements approved by
the Collector for furnishing returns of payments for admission
and has given security to his satisfaction for the payment of duty.

7. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, the
proprietor shall not deface, cut, tear or diminish any government
ticket before it is issued to the person paying for admission, or
any adhesive stamp before the ticket to which it is affixed is so
issued, or admit any person to an entertainment with a govern-
ment ticket, or a ticket bearing an adhesive stamp, which has
been defaced, cut, torn or diminished.

(2) No person being the holder of a government ticket, or of
a ticket to which an adhesive stamp is affixed, issued for the pur-
pose of authorizing admission to an entertainment, shall deface,
cut, tear or diminish the ticket or stamp, as the case may be.

(3) The proprietor shall collect the tickets of all persons
about to be admitted to the entertainment with a government
ticket or a ticket bearing an adhesive stamp, and every person
about to be so admitted with such a ticket shall immediately
before admission to the entertainment deliver the ticket to the
person who is collecting the tickets.

(4) When a ticket is so collected, the proprietor shall forth-
with deface the stamp on the ticket by tearing the ticket into two
portions across the stamp and shall return one portion of the
ticket to the person to be admitted to the entertainment and shall
retain and keep until the removal by a public officer or until mid-
day on the day following the conclusion of the entertainment the
other portion thereof.

(5) The proprietor shall keep the portions of tickets used
each day separate from those used on previous days.

8. (1) The proprietor shall not issue any government ticket
purporting or intended to authorize the admission of more than
one person and shall not admit to the entertainment more than
one person by virtue of one government ticket.

(2) No person shall make use of one government ticket for
the purpose of obtaining or attempting to obtain admission to an
entertainment for himself together with any other person.

9. (1) Where the proprietor issues any ticket purporting or
intended to authorize the admission to the entertainment of more
than one person, he shall cause the ticket to be clearly marked
with the number of persons so authorized to be admitted and the
total price charged for the ticket and he shall not admit to the
entertainment by virtue of that ticket a greater number of persons
than that marked on the ticket.





(2) For the purposes of calculating the duty chargeable in
such a case, there shall be deemed to be as many payments for
admission as there are persons authorized to be admitted under
the ticket and each of those payments shall be deemed to be equal
in amount to the total price charged for the ticket divided by the
total number of the persons so authorized.

10. (1) Where the proprietor issues tickets in the form of a
book or sheet, he shall print on each such ticket either the price
of admission chargeable in respect of a single ticket, or the num-
ber of tickets in the book or sheet together with the total sum
paid therefor.

(2) Unless the proprietor has made arrangements approved
by the Collector for furnishing returns of payments for admission
and has given security to his satisfaction for payment of the duty,
he shall before issuing any such book or sheet of tickets as afore-
said either affix to each ticket in such book or sheet an adhesive
stamp appropriate to the sum payable in respect of a single ticket
or affix to the cover of the book or the principal part of the sheet
an adhesive stamp or stamps equal to the aggregate amount of
duty payable in respect of all the tickets in the book or sheet.

(3) Where the adhesive stamp is affixed to the cover of the
book or the principal part of the sheet as aforesaid, the proprietor
shall forthwith deface the stamp by writing in ink on the face of
the stamp the date of issue of the book or sheet and such stamp
shall not be required to be defaced at the time of admission to
the entertainment in the manner prescribed in paragraph (4) of
regulation 7.

11. (1) Where the duty is calculated and paid on a lump
sum paid for a season ticket or for a ticket authorizing admission
to any entertainment during a certain period of time, the pro-
prietor, before issuing the ticket shall, mark it with the name of
the person to whom it is to be issued and shall not admit to the
entertainment by virtue of that ticket any person other than the
person named on the ticket, and no person other than the person
named on the ticket shall obtain or attempt to obtain admission
to the entertainment by virtue of that ticket.

(2) Unless the proprietor of the entertainment has made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing returns of
payments for admission and has given security to his satisfaction
for the payment of duty, before issuing any such ticket as afore-
said, he shall affix thereto an adhesive stamp denoting the proper
amount of duty chargeable thereon and shall deface the stamp by
writing in ink on the face thereof the date of issue of the ticket,
and any such stamp shall not be required to be defaced at the
time of admission to the entertainment in the manner prescribed
in paragraph (4) of regulation 7.





12. (1) The proprietor shall not admit any person to the
entertainment without payment, unless that person is the holder
of a ticket or other document entitling him to be admitted with-
out payment and clearly marked 'Complimentary' or 'Free', or
of a badge recognized by the proprietor as entitling the holder
thereof so to be admitted.

(2) No person shall enter or otherwise obtain admission to
an entertainment without payment, unless he is the holder of such
a ticket, document or badge as aforesaid.

13. (1) Where the duty is calculated and paid on a lump
sum paid as subscription or contribution to any society, the com-
mittee or other persons responsible for the management of the
society shall issue to the person making the payment a card of
membership or other voucher, and shall before issuing such card
or voucher mark it with the name of the person to whom it is to
be issued.

(2) The said committee or other persons shall not admit to
the entertainment by virtue of any card or voucher so issued as
aforesaid any person other than the person named on the card or
voucher, and no person other than the person so named shall
obtain or attempt to obtain admission to the entertainment by
virtue of that card or voucher.

(3) Unless the said committee or other persons have made
arrangements approved by the Collector for furnishing returns of
payments for admission and have given security to the satisfac-
tion of the Collector for the payment of duty, before issuing such
card or voucher, they shall securely affix thereto an adhesive
stamp denoting the proper duty and shall deface the stamp by
writing in ink on the face of the stamp the date of issue of the
card or voucher and such stamp shall not be required to be de-
faced at the time of admission to the entertainment in the manner
prescribed in paragraph (4) of regulation 7.

14. (1) If any proprietor desires to make arrangements
approved by the Collector for furnishing returns of payments for
admission to an entertainment he shall make application in writ-
ing to the Collector in such form as he shall direct.

(2) If the Collector thinks fit to approve the arrangements,
he shall signify his approval in writing and shall specify the date
on which the arrangements are to take effect.

(3) If the approval of the Collector is expressed to be granted
subject to the compliance by the proprietor with any conditions,
it shall be the duty of the proprietor to comply with those condi-
tions.

(4) The Collector may at any time, either on his own motion
or on an application made to him in writing by the proprietor,





and without prejudice to his powers subsequently to grant his
approval to any arrangements, declare that any arrangements so
approved shall, on the date specified in that behalf in the declara-
tion, cease to be in force accordingly.

(5) Where at the time of the holding of an entertainment, it
is uncertain whether payments for admission thereto will or will
not be chargeable with duty the proprietor may make arrange-
ments for furnishing returns in the same manner as if the pay-
ments were subject to duty, and this regulation shall apply to any
such arrangements.

15. (1) If the proprietor of any entertainment claims that
duty ought not to be charged on admission to that entertainment
by reason of the provisions of the Ordinance, he shall, not less
than fourteen days before the date on which the entertainment is
to be held, make an application to the Collector claiming exemp-
tion accordingly.

(2) An application for the purposes of this regulation shall
be made in such form as the Collector may prescribe and the
applicant shall furnish to the Collector all particulars which he
may require in connexion with the said application.

(3) Where the Collector is satisfied that having regard to the
said provisions duty is not, or if certain conditions are complied
with, will not be, chargeable, he shall grant to the applicant a
certificate in writing to that effect.

(4) Where any such certificate as aforesaid is granted the
Collector may, if he thinks it necessary so to do for the protection
of the revenue. require the proprietor to comply with any condi-
tions specified in the certificate, and it shall be the duty of the
proprietor to comply with the conditions so specified.

16. Any reference in these regulations to admission to a place
of entertainment or to a person admitted to a place of entertain-
ment shall be deemed to include a reference to the admission to
another part of the place of entertainment for admission to which
part a payment involving duty or more duty is required of a per-
son who has been admitted to one part of that place of entertain-
ment and to such a person admitted to such another part of the
place of entertainment, and these regulations shall have effect
accordingly.

17. The Collector may, if he thinks it necessary so to do for
the protection of the revenue, require a proprietor to keep regis-
ters of payments for admission and records of adhesive stamps
and Government tickets purchased and used, in such form as he
may prescribe, and to issue tickets in such form and manner as
he may prescribe and it shall be the duty of the proprietor to
comply with such requirements.





18. (1) The proprietor shall at all reasonable times on demand by
any officer authorized by the Collector produce to that officer all books
and records kept by the proprietor in connexion with any entertainment
and all Government or other tickets and all portions of any tickets and all
adhesive stamps for the time being in his possession and shall allow the
officer to inspect and take an account of the same or to remove the same
for the purpose of examination or inquiry.

(2) A person who has been admitted to an entertainment in respect
of which the proprietor has not made arrangements approved by the
Collector for furnishing returns of payments for admission and given
security to the Collector's satisfaction for the payment of duty, shall
upon demand made during the course of or immediately before or after
the entertainment produce to any public officer the ticket, badge, card of
membership, voucher or document by means of which he was admitted,
or a portion of the ticket by means of which he was admitted bearing a
stamp defaced in accordance with paragraph (4) of regulation 7, or the
stamped cover of the book or the stamped principal part of the sheet
from which the ticket, by means of which he was admitted, was taken.

19. Every application for repayment of duty shall be made in such
form as the Collector may prescribe and the applicant shall truly furnish
to the Collector all particulars required by him in relation to such
application.

20. (1) A proprietor who) h made arrangements and given security
under paragraph (2) of regulation 6 may, with the approval of the
Collector, make a barge of 60 cents as the payment for admission
including duty.

(2) Where such charge is so made the price of admission
exclusive of duty shall be deemed to exceed 50 cents and the duty
shall be 10 cents.

21. Any person who contravenes the provisions of regulations 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18 and 19 shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of five
hundred dollars.

22. These regulations may be cited as the Entertainments Duty
Regulations.
28 of 1930. Second Schedule. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 31/56. Interpretation. G.N.A. 31/56. Prohibition of marking stamps or stamped tickets. Prohibition of purchasing stamped tickets or stamps from unauthorized persons. Price of admission to be printed on tickets. Adhesive stamps not to be issued except on tickets. No tickets other than stamped tickets to be issued on payments made for admission. Tickets and stamps to be issued undefaced and defaced subsequently. No Government ticket to be used admitting more than one person. Provisions as to a ticket (other than a government ticket) used for admitting more than one person. Provisions as to books or sheets of tickets. Season ticket. Provisions as to persons admitted without payment. Provisions as to societies. Provisions as to arrangements for furnishing returns. Application for exemption. (Cap. 110.) Transfer to different parts of place of entertainment. Collector may require records to be kept and tickets to be issued in prescribed forms. Production of tickets, stamps, vouchers and records. Application for repayment of duty. Power to make a charge of 60 cents for admission. Offences. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation.

Abstract

28 of 1930. Second Schedule. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 31/56. Interpretation. G.N.A. 31/56. Prohibition of marking stamps or stamped tickets. Prohibition of purchasing stamped tickets or stamps from unauthorized persons. Price of admission to be printed on tickets. Adhesive stamps not to be issued except on tickets. No tickets other than stamped tickets to be issued on payments made for admission. Tickets and stamps to be issued undefaced and defaced subsequently. No Government ticket to be used admitting more than one person. Provisions as to a ticket (other than a government ticket) used for admitting more than one person. Provisions as to books or sheets of tickets. Season ticket. Provisions as to persons admitted without payment. Provisions as to societies. Provisions as to arrangements for furnishing returns. Application for exemption. (Cap. 110.) Transfer to different parts of place of entertainment. Collector may require records to be kept and tickets to be issued in prescribed forms. Production of tickets, stamps, vouchers and records. Application for repayment of duty. Power to make a charge of 60 cents for admission. Offences. G.N.A. 75/51. Citation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2489

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:43 +0800
<![CDATA[ENTERTAINMENTS TAX ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2488

Title

ENTERTAINMENTS TAX ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ENTERTAINMENTS TAX ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 110





CHAPTER 110

ENTERTAINMENTS TAX
To impose duties in respect of admission to entertainments.

[12 December 19301

Originally 28 of 1930 (Cap. 110, 1950) -33 of 1939,3 of 1941,37 of 1950,14 of 1956,18 of 1957,35 of 1970,26 of
1973, L.N. 89175,33 of 1975, R. Ed. 1975,31 of 1981, 68 of 1983

Short title

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Entertainments Tax Ordinance.

Interpretation

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'admission' means admission as a spectator or one of an audience;

'admission to the entertainment' includes admission to any place in which the
entertainment is held;

'Collector' means the Collector of Stamp Revenue; (Replaced 31 of 1981 s. 65)

'cross-betting meeting' means a meeting of persons at which views of a race
meeting taking place at the same time elsewhere are shown on a screen; (Added
68 of 1983 s. 2)

,,entertainment' means

(a) a cinematograph exhibition; or

(b)a race meeting, or a cross-betting meeting, at which totalizator or pari-
mutuel betting is conducted on the premises of the meeting; (Replaced 35 of
1970s. 2. Amended26of 1973s. 2; L.N. 89/75;33 of 1975 s. 2; 68 of 1983 s. 65)

'payment on admission' includes any payment made by a person who, having been
admitted to one part of a place of entertainment, is subsequently admitted to
another part thereof for admission to which a payment involving duty or more
duty is required;

'proprietor' in relation to an entertainment includes any person responsible for the
management thereof and any person on whose behalf payments for admission
to an entertainment are received;

'society' includes a club, company, school, institution or other association of
persons by whatever name called.

[cf. U. K. 1916 c. 11 s. 1 (6); 1922 c. 17 s. 11; 1923 c. 14 s. 111

Duty on payments for admission to entertainments

3. (1) There shall be charged, levied and paid on all payments for admission to
any entertainment, including payments for admission to an entertainment made to a
person other than the proprietor of the entertainment,





and including payments of rent made in respect of an interest in any premises which
is primarily acquired for the purposes of securing admission to an entertainment, a
duty at such rates as the Legislative Council may by resolution prescribe. (Amended
33 of 1939 Supp. Schedule; G.N. 840140)

(2) The Legislative Council may by resolution increase, decrease, recast,
abolish or vary to any extent and in any manner whatsoever any of the duties
imposed at any time by or under this Ordinance.

(3) Every such resolution shall come into operation at the time of the passing
thereof unless some other time is specified in such resolution.

[cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 1; 1922 c. 17 s. 111

Method of payment of duty

4. (1) The duty shall be charged in respect of each person admitted for
payment, and in the case of admission by stamped ticket shall be paid by means of
the stamp on the ticket, and in the case of admission otherwise than by stamped
ticket shall be calculated and paid on the number of admissions.

(2) The duty in the case of admission otherwise than by stamped ticket shall be
recoverable from the proprietor as a debt due to the Crown. (Amended 18 of 1957
Third Schedule)

(3) Where the payment for admission to an entertainment is made by means of a
lump sum paid as a subscription or contribution to any society, or for a season
ticket or for the right of admission to a series of entertainments or to any
entertainment during a certain period of time, the duty shall be paid on the amount
of the lump sum, but where the Collector is of opinion that the payment of a lump
sum or any payment for a ticket represents payment for other privileges, rights or
purposes besides the admission to an entertainment, or covers admission to an
entertainment during any period for which the duty has not been in operation, the
duty shall be charged on such amount as appears to the Collector to represent the
right of admission to entertainments in respect of which the duty is payable.
(Amended 14 of 1956 s. 3)

(4) Where a person who has made a payment for admission to an entertainment
subsequently on being admitted to another part of the place of entertainment makes
a further payment for admission in respect of the same entertainment, there shall for
the purposes of entertainments duty be deemed to have been one payment of an
amount equal to the aggregate amount of the several payments. [cf. U.K. 1924 c. 21
s. 6(2)]

[cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 1(3), (4)]

Exemptions

5. (1) The duty shall not be charged on payments for admission to any
entertainment where the Collector is satisfied that

(a)the entertainment is provided by or on behalf of the Government or the
Urban Council;

(b)the entertainment is provided by or on behalf of a charitable institution or
trust of a public character which is exempt from tax under section 88 of the
Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112) and the whole





of the net proceeds of the entertainment are applied for charitable
purposes and are not expended substantially outside Hong Kong;

(c) the entertainment is of a wholly educational character; or

(d)the entertainment is provided partly for educational or scientific purposes
by a society not conducted or established for profit. (Replaced 33 of 1975 s.
3)

(2) The duty shall not be charged on payments made by members of Her
Majesty's Forces for admission to an entertainment provided by an organization
which satisfies the Collector that it is a non-commercial organization sponsored by
the Navy, Army or Air Force authorities. (Replaced 33 of 1975s.3)

(3) If any person against whom any decision of the Collector has been made
under this section is dissatisfied with such decision, he may appeal to the Governor
in Council whose decision shall be final:

Provided that any such appeal shall be notified in writing to the Clerk of
Councils within 1 month from the date of the communication of the decision of the
Collector. (Amended 14 of 1956 s. 3)

Control of admission

6. No person shall be admitted for payment to any entertainment where the
payment is subject to entertainments duty except

(a)with a ticket stamped with a stamp (not before used) denoting that the
proper entertainments duty has been paid; or

(b)in special cases with the approval of the Collector through a barrier which,
or by means of a mechanical contrivance which, automatically registers the
number of persons admitted,

unless the proprietor of the entertainment has made arrangements approved by the
Collector for furnishing returns of the payments for admission to the entertainment
and has given security up to an amount and in a manner approved by the Collector
for the payment of duty.

(Amended 33 of 1939 Supp. Schedule; G.N. 840140; 14 of 1956 s. 3)
[cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 1(2)]

Regulations

7. The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for securing the payment
of entertainments duty and generally for carrying the provisions of this Ordinance
into effect and in particular for

(a)the supply and use of stamps or stamped tickets, or for the stamping of
tickets sent to he stamped; and for securing the defacement of stamps
when used; and

(b)the use of tickets covering the admission of more than one person and the
calculation of the duty thereon; and for the payment of duty on the
transfer from one part of a place of entertainment to another; and





(c) controlling the use of barriers or mechanical contrivances (including
the prevention of the use of the same barrier or mechanical contriv-
ance for payments of a different amount), and for securing proper
records of admission by means of barriers or mechanical contrivances.
(Amended 33 of 1939 Supp. Schedule; G.N. 840140)
[cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 2]

Inspection

8. The Collector or any person authorized by him in writing for the purpose may
enter any place of entertainment while the entertainment is proceeding, and any
place ordinarily used as a place of entertainment at any reasonable times, with a
view to seeing whether the provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations made
thereunder are being complied with.

(Amended 14 of 1956 s. 3)
[cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 2(2)]

9. (Repealed 31 of 1981 s. 65)

Penalties

10. (1) If any person is admitted for payment to any place of entertainment and
the provisions of this Ordinance are not complied with the person admitted and the
proprietor of the entertainment to which he is admitted shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine in the case of the person admitted of $50 and in the case of the
proprietor of $1,000, and the proprietor shall in addition be liable to pay any duty
which should have been paid. [cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 1(2)]

(2) If any person acts in contravention of, or fails to comply with, any
regulations made under this Ordinance he shall be liable on summary conviction to
a fine of $500. [cf. U.K. 1916 c. 11 s. 2(1)]

(3) Any person who prevents or obstructs the entry of the Collector or of any
person authorized by him in writing under this Ordinance shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of $200. (Amended 33 of 1939 Supp. Schedule;

G.N.840/40;14of1956s.3)[ef.U.K.1916c.s.2(2)]

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2488

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

110

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:42 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTIONS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2487

Title

RESOLUTIONS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






RESOLUTIONS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council on
16 September 1964.

RESOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 4(1) of
the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance, as follows-

THAT the duty payable on rum issued to Gurkha
troops in Hong Kong during the period 1 April 1964
to the date of this Resolution is remitted and there-
after is waived until this Resolution is varied or
revoked.

Resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council under
section 4 of the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance on 7 June 1978.

RESOLVED under section 4 of the Dutiable Commodities Ordin-
ance that the Royal Nepalese Liaison Officer shall be
exempted from the payment of the duties prescribed under
the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance in connection with
alcoholic liquors and tobacco as if he were a consular
officer within the meaning of the Consular Relations
Ordinance subject to the following conditions-

(a)this exemption shall be personal to the incumbent of
the post of the Royal Nepalese Liaison Officer in
Hong Kong;

(b)this exemption shall cease immediately in the event of
any material change in the duties presently performed
by the Royal Nepalese Liaison Officer in Hong Kong.
*Note:Made and passed under section 4 before it was repealed and replaced by
Ordinance No. 66 of 1986, s. 5.
L.N. 226/87. Citation. Fees.

Abstract

L.N. 226/87. Citation. Fees.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2487

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:42 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES) (SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (URBAN COUNCIL AREA) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2486

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES) (SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (URBAN COUNCIL AREA) NOTICE

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES)
(SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (URBAN COUNCIL AREA)
NOTICE

(Cap. 109, section 6(5))

[1 September 1987.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities (Liquor
Licences) (Specification of Fees) (Urban Council Area) Notice.

2. The following fees are payable for liquor licences issued by the
Urban Council-

(a) Liquor licence-
$
(i) if a bar is kept on the premises 1,620
(ii) if a bar is not kept on the premises 810

(b) Club liquor licence ............................ 405
L.N. 140/64. L.N. 113/78.

Abstract

L.N. 140/64. L.N. 113/78.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2486

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:41 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES) (SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2485

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES) (SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) NOTICE

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR LICENCES)
(SPECIFICATION OF FEES) (REGIONAL COUNCIL AREA) NOTICE

(Cap. 109, section 6(7))

[1 April 1989]

L.N. 56 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities (Liquor Licences)
(Specification of Fees) (Regional Council Area) Notice.

2. Fees

A licensee shall pay the Regional Council the following fees, when it
issues, amends or transfers a liquor licence-

(a) the issue of a liquor licence-
$
(i) if a bar is kept on the premises................. 2,320
(ii) if a bar is not kept on the premises............ 1,160

(b) the issue of a club liquor licence ................. 580
(c) the transfer of a licence to other person .......... 65
(d) the amendment of a lit licence ..................... 65

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2485

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:40 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (MARKING AND COLOURING OF HYDROCARBON OIL) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2484

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (MARKING AND COLOURING OF HYDROCARBON OIL) REGULATIONS

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (MARKING AND COLOURING
OF HYDROCARBON OIL) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
2. Interpretation ........- ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
3. Marking and colouring of light diesel oil .. .. ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
4. Marker and colouring substance ........ ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
5. Proportion of marker and colouring substance ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2
5A.Prohibition on using kerosene in motor vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... . C 2
5B.Use of marked oil ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... C 2
5C.Defence to charges under regulation 5A or 5B ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3
6-7.[Revokeal ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3
8. Samples ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3
9. Prohibition with regard to marker and colouring substance ... ... ... ... C 3
10.Storage of marked oil ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... C 4
11.Marking of container, etc., of marked oil ... ... ... ... ...... ... C 4
12.Delivery of marked oil ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... C 4
13.Offences and penalties..... ... ... ... ... ... .. .. ... ... ... C 4





DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (MARKING AND COLOURING
OF HYDROCARBON OIL) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 109, section 6)

[6 September 1963.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities
(Marking and Colouring of Hydrocarbon Oil) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'colouring substance' means the colouring substance specified in
regulation 4;

'marker' means the marker specified in regulation 4.

3. No light diesel oil shall be sold or supplied for marine or
industrial use unless there has been added to the oil in the manner
prescribed by the Commissioner and in the proportion specified in
regulation 5, the marker and colouring substance specified in regulation
4.

4. (1) The marker shall be 1,4-dihydroxyanthraquinone.

(2) The colouring substance shall be C.I. Solvent Red 24 as
described in the Colour Index, Second Edition (1956), compiled by the
British Society of Dyers and Colourists and the American Association
of Textile Chemists and Colourists.

5. (1) The marker shall be added in the proportion of not less than
175 grams of 1,4-dihydroxyanthraquinone to every 100 kilolitres of light
diesel oil.

(2) The colouring substance shall be added in the proportion of not
less than 400 grams of C.I. Solvent Red 24 to every 100 kilolitres of light
diesel oil.

5A. No person shall-

(a)use or permit the use of kerosene as a fuel in any motor vehicle;

(b) sell, supply or permit the sale or supply of kerosene for the
purpose of being used as a fuel in any motor vehicle;

(c)place, or cause to be placed in the fuel tank of any motor
vehicle any kerosene; or

(d)drive or be in charge of any motor vehicle which has kerosene
in the fuel tank of that motor vehicle.

5B. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no person shall-





(a)use or permit the use of marked oil as a fuel in any motor
vehicle;

(b)sell, supply or permit the sale or supply of marked oil for the
purpose of being used as a fuel in any motor vehicle;

(c)place, or cause to be placed in the fuel tank of any motor
vehicle any marked oil; or

(d)drive or be in charge of any motor vehicle which has marked oil
in the fuel tank of that motor vehicle.

(2)The Commissioner, or any officer authorized by him in
that behalf may-

(a)by notice in writing permit the use of marked oil in a motor
vehicle not registered under the Road Traffic Ordinance for the
period stated in the notice;

(b)impose any condition or restriction as he thinks fit upon
giving the grant of such permission; and

(c)suspend such permission in the case of any breach of any
such condition or restriction.

5C. It shall be a defence for any person charged with an offence
under regulation 5A(a) or (d) or 5B(1)(a) or (d) to prove that he did not
know and could not by the exercise of reasonable diligence have
ascertained that kerosene or, as the case may be, marked oil was in the
fuel tank of the motor vehicle.

6-7. [Revoked, L.N. 8/87]

8. Any police officer or member of the Customs and Excise Service
may take a sample of any fuel from the fuel tank of any motor vehicle for
the purposes of an examination by himself as to its colour and, where the
sample appears to be marked or coloured, of analysis by a Government
Chemist.

9. No person shall-

(a)add any marker or colouring substance to any light diesel oil
except with the permission of the Commissioner;

(b)add to any light diesel oil any substance which is calculated to
impede the identification of any marker or colouring substance;

(c)remove any marker or colouring substance from any marked oil;

(d)import, buy, sell or otherwise deal in, or have in his possession
or under his control, any light diesel oil to which has been
added any substance which is calculated to impede the
identification of any marker or colouring





substance or from which any marker or any colouring
substance has been removed.

10. All marked oil shall be stored separately from other
hydrocarbon oil.

11. As and when the Commissioner requires, any drum, storage
tank, delivery pump or other container or outlet which contains marked
oil shall be conspicuously marked in English and Chinese 'THIS OIL IS
NOT TO BE USED FOR THE PROPULSION OF MOTOR VEHICLES'.

12. No person shall deliver marked oil to any other person without
also delivering a note bearing the statement in English and Chinese
'THIS OIL IS NOT TO BE USED FOR THE PROPULSION OF MOTOR
VEHICLES'.

13. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 3, 5, 9, 10, 11 or 12
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(2) Any person who contravenes regulation 5A or 5B commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $ 100,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.
L.N. 111/63. L.N. 125/63. 31 of 1969. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Citation. L.N. 8/87. Interpretation. L.N. 8/87. L.N. 8/87. Marking and colouring of light diesel oil. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Marker and colouring substance. L.N. 8/87. Proportion of marker and colouring substance. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 8/87. Prohibition on using kerosene in motor vehicles. L.N. 8/87. Use of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. (Cap. 374.) Defence to charges under regulation 5A or 5B. L.N. 8/87. Samples. L.N. 8/87. Prohibition with regard to marker and colouring substance. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 8/87. L.N. 162/69. Storage of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. Marking of container, etc., of marked oil. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Delivery of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. Offences and penalties. L.N. 8/87.

Abstract

L.N. 111/63. L.N. 125/63. 31 of 1969. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Citation. L.N. 8/87. Interpretation. L.N. 8/87. L.N. 8/87. Marking and colouring of light diesel oil. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Marker and colouring substance. L.N. 8/87. Proportion of marker and colouring substance. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 8/87. Prohibition on using kerosene in motor vehicles. L.N. 8/87. Use of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. (Cap. 374.) Defence to charges under regulation 5A or 5B. L.N. 8/87. Samples. L.N. 8/87. Prohibition with regard to marker and colouring substance. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 162/69. L.N. 8/87. L.N. 162/69. Storage of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. Marking of container, etc., of marked oil. L.N. 294/82. L.N. 8/87. Delivery of marked oil. L.N. 8/87. Offences and penalties. L.N. 8/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2484

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:40 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2483

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR) REGULATIONS

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR) REGULATION

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Regulation

Pa
ge

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation.................................... ... ... ... ... . ... ... R 2

2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

PART 11

LIQUOR LICENSING
BOARDS

3. Urban Council may delegate powers .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
4. Regional Council may delegate powers ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

5-12.......[Revoked] .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

Procedure of Board

13. Meetings of Board................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
14. Mode of voting .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

PART III

LIQUOR LICENCES

15..................Applications for liquor licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

16..................Advertisement of applications ... ... ... ... ... ... C* - *11 - B4

17. Decision of Board. Appeal to Governer in Council p d- B 4
..

18.......................Only one licence to be granted per person ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
19.......................Restriction against further applications ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4

20..................Issue and duration of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4

21.......................Liquor licence subject to conditions, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

22..............Transfer of licences .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

23.......................Revocation and suspension of licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

24..................Illness or absence of licensee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... R 5

25................Issue of temporary licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

26.............................Clubs to be licensed for supply of liquor to members ... ... ... ... ... B 5

27....................Permits for entertainment in bars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6

PART IV

OFFENCES AND






SUPPLEMENTAL

28. Offence to permit persons under 18 years to drink on licensed premises ... ... B 6

29. Restrictions on employment of young persons on licensed premises ... ... ... B 6
30. Penalties B 7

31................Police powers of access ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
32. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place B 7

Schedule. Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B8





DUTIABLE COMMODITIES (LIQUOR) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 109, section 6)

[24 April 1970.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities
(Liquor) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'bar' means any place exclusively or mainly used for the sale and
consumption of intoxicating liquor;

'Board'

(a)in relation to the Urban Council area, means the Urban
Council;

(b)in relation to the Regional Council area, means the Regional
Council;

'club liquor licence' means a club liquor licence issued under regulation
26;

'licensed premises' means the premises specified in a liquor licence on
which the sale of intoxicating liquor is permitted pursuant to the
licence;

'licensee' means a person holding a liquor licence and also means

(a)a person authorized to manage any licensed premises under
regulation 24; and

(b)in the case of a club liquor licence, a person nominated by the
club under regulation 26(2);

'liquor licence' includes a club liquor licence;

'prescribed fee' means the fee prescribed by the Schedule to the
Dutiable Commodities Regulations or where a notice has been
published in accordance with section 6(5) or (7) of the Ordinance,
the fee specified in such notice;

'secretary', in relation to a club, includes any officer of the club or
other person performing the duties of the secretary;





'temporary liquor licence' means a temporary liquor licence issued
under regulation 25.

(2) In these regulations a reference to a form by number shall be
read as a reference to the form so numbered in the Schedule.

PART 11

LIQUOR LICENSING BOARDS

3. The Urban Council may delegate its powers and functions under
these regulations to a committee of the Council.

4. The Regional Council may delegate its powers and functions
under these regulations to a committee of the Regional Council.

5-12. [Revoked, 19 of 1973, s. 541

Procedure of Board

13. (1) The Board shall meet during March, June, September and
December and at such other times as may be necessary for the
transaction of licensing business.

(2) The Board may in its discretion determine any matter by
circulation of papers to its members.

(3) A resolution in writing so circulated and approved in writing by
a majority of the members shall be valid and of the same effect as if it had
been passed at a meeting of the Board, but, if the opinion of the
members on any such matter is equally divided, the matter shall be
referred to the next meeting of the Board.

14. (1) All questions arising at any meeting of the Board shall be
determined by a majority of votes of the members present.

(2) In the case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a
second or casting vote.

PART 111

LIQUOR LICENCES

15. (1) Any person seeking a liquor licence, or any renewal, transfer
or amendment thereof, shall make application in writing to the Board in
accordance with Form 1.

(2) The applicant shall furnish to the Board-

(a)the particulars specified in the application form, and such
other particulars as the Board may require;





(b)such references to character as are required in the application
form; and

(c)such particulars as the Board may require of any person other
than the applicant who may have charge of the premises to be
licensed.

(3) In this regulation-

'Liquor licence' does not include a temporary liquor licence.

16. The Board shall in every case, at least 2 weeks before it meets to
consider an application, cause advertisement to be made at the expense
of the applicant, in such manner as the Board may decide, setting forth
the name and address of the applicant and the address and proposed
name or sign of the premises to which the application relates.

17. (1) The Board may refuse any application or may grant it
absolutely or subject to such conditions, in addition to those specified
in Form 2, as it thinks fit.

(2) The applicant or 20 persons residing within a radius of 400 metres from
the premises licensed or to be licensed may appeal-by way of petition
to the Governor in Council any decision of the Board under paragraph
(1).

18. No person may be granted more than one liquor licence which is
not a club liquor licence.

19. (1) Where an application is refused under regulation 17(1) or a
liquor licence is revoked under regulation 23(1), the Board shall refuse to
consider any further or other application for a liquor licence in respect of
the premises concemed within a period of 12 months after the date of
refusal or revocation

(a)by the former applicant or by the person whose licence was
revoked; or

(b)by any other person, unless such person satisfies the Board,
by furnishing to the Board such particulars as it may
reasonably require, that he is not acting on behalf of the
former applicant or the person whose licence was revoked, as
the case may be.

(2) Where the Board refuses to consider an application by a person
referred to in paragraph (1)(b), such person may appeal, by way of
petition, to the Govenor in Council against the refusal.



20. (1) As soon as practicable after the granting of an application
for a liquor licence or any renewal thereof, the Board shall, upon
payment to the Director of Accounting Services of the prescribed fee or
such proportion thereof as is provided by paragraphs (4) and (5), issue
to the applicant a liquor licence.





(2) [Deleted, 39 of 1985, s. 60]

(3) A liquor licence shall be valid for a period of 1 year, 9 months, 6
months or 3 months as the Board shall determine commencing from the
date on which it is granted or such other subsequent date as the Board
may determine.

(4) Where any liquor licence is granted for any period other than 1
year, the fee payable for such licence shall be such proportion of the
prescribed fee as the period for which such licence will be valid bears to
a period of 12 months.

(5) For the purpose of calculating the fee payable under paragraph
(4), any fraction of $1 shall count as $1.

21. A liquor licence shall be in accordance with Form 2 and subject
to the conditions set out therein and to any additional conditions
imposed under regulation 17.

22. Upon application in accordance with Form 1 the Board may
exercise the same powers in relation to the transfer of liquor licences as
are conferred by section 7 of the Ordinance, and, upon payment of the
prescribed fee, particulars of such transfer shall be endorsed by the
Director of Accounting Services on the licence.

23. (1) The Board may revoke or suspend for any period it thinks fit
any liquor licence on proof to its satisfaction of an offence\ against the
Ordinance, whether any person has been convicted of such offence or
not.

(2) A person may appeal, by way of petition, to hte Covernor in Council against and
any decision of the Board under paragraph (1).

24. In the case of illness or temporary absence of the holder of a
liquor licence, the secretary to the Board may in his discretion, on
payment of a fee of $ 10, authorize any person to manage the licensed
premises for a period not exceeding 3 months, and during that period
such person shall be deemed to be the licensee of the premises.

25. (1) The Commissioner of Police may, on payment of the
prescribed fee and subject to such conditions as he thinks fit, issue to
the holder of a liquor licence a temporary liquor licence for the retail sale
of liquors at any public entertainment or on any public occasion.

(2) A temporary liquor licence shall be in accordance with Form 3.

26. (1) No liquor shall be supplied at any premises used by any club
for the purposes of the club to any member of the club except under and
in accordance with a club liquor licence.





(2) Upon application by the secretary of a club in accordance with
Form 4, the Board may, on payment of the prescribed fee and subject to
such conditions as it thinks fit, issue a club liquor licence to the
secretary or other person nominated by the club for the purpose.

(3) A club liquor licence shall be in accordance with Form 5.

27. (1) No person shall adverise, present or carry on any
entertainment in a bar without a permit granted by the Commissioner of
Police either generally or in any particular case as may appear to him
expedient.

(2) The Commissioner may in his discretion grant, refuse or cancel
any such permit and may rant it subject to such conditions as he may
think fit.

(3) No such permit shall be granted in the name of more than 1
person.

(4) The person to whom the permit is granted shall be
responsible for the due observ rice of all the conditions of the permit
and shall, if so required, furn' h security for the observance thereof.

(5) A person aggrieved by any decision of the Commissioner under
this regulation may, within 14 days of being notified thereof,
appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council, who may
confirm, reverse or vary the decision of the Commissioner.

(6) In this regulation

'entertainment' includes any concert, stage play, stage performance
or other musical, dramatic or theatrical entertainment or any
part tl ir of' any nematograph display, lecture, story-telling,
exhibition of pic ures, photographs or books, exhibition of dancing,
conju rig or juggling, acrobatic performance, exhibition of normal
persons or animals, any sporting exhibition or contest or any
mechanical device designed for amusement.



PART IV

OFFENCES AND SUPPLEMENTAL

28. No licensee shall permit any person under the age of 18 years to
drink any intoxicating liquor on any licensed premises.

29. (1) No licensee shall employ, or permit the employment of, on or
about the licensed premises, or in connection with the business carried
on therein

(a) at any time any person under the age of 15 years; or





(b)between the hours of 8 p.m. and 6 a.m. any female under the
age of 18 years; or

(e)between the hours of 6 a.m. and 8 p.m. any female under the
age of 18 years except with the written permission of the
Board.

(IA) Any licensee aggrieved by the Board's refusal to grant
permission for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c) may appeal by way of petition,
to the Governor in Council.


(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) a person shall be deemed to
be employed, or permitted to be employed, by the licensee for whom he
works on or about the licensed premises notwithstanding that

(a)he receives no wages, commission or other advantage from
the licensee; or

(b)any services offered by the employee are to be performed
elsewhere than on the licensed premises.

30. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 28 or 29 shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) If any liquor is supplied to a member of a club in contravention
of regulation 26, the secretary of the club or other person nominated
under that regulation, as the case may be, shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 55,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(3) Any person who contravenes regulation 27 shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000.

31. Any police officer may enter at any hour of the day or night
every part of any premises or place in respect of which a liquor licence is
in force.

32. (1) If a police officer finds any person drinking intoxicating
liquor in any premises or place in which such liquor is sold by retail, and
a liquor licence or a temporary liquor licence in respect of such premises
or place is not, on demand, produced to him, the police officer may arrest
any person found drinking therein.

(2) Every such person shall, if such place is in fact unlicensed, be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine
of $250.





SCHEDULE
FORM 1 [regs. 15 & 22.1
No . ...............................
Application for Liquor Licence (or Transfer of Liquor Licence)

Name of applicant ......................................................................................................
Address
......................................................................................................................
Nationality
.................................................................................................................

Has held a licence for .............years.

Description of premises to be licensed ........................................................................
Licensed premises to be at ..........................................................................................
Its name or sign to be ..................................................................................................
Whether or not a bar is to be kept on the premises ......................................................
Whether permission for dancing is desired ..................................................................
Whether premises to be used as a hotel .......................................................................

To the LICENSING BOARD,

I give notice that 1 intend to apply at the next meeting of the Board for a liquor licence (or for
transfer of a liquor licence) in respect of the above-named premises.

Date .................... 19

(Signed) ...................................................

We, the undersigned, having resided in Hong Kong during the whole of the 10 years
immediately preceding the date of this application, and being in no way directly or indirectly
connected with the sale of liquor to the applicant, certify that the abovenamed applicant is a person of
good fame and reputation and fit and proper to hold a liquor licence.

(Signed) 1 . ...............................................................

(Address) .......................................

(Date) .... 19

2 ................................................................

(Address) .......................................

(Date) .... 19

FORM 2 [regs. 17 & 2 1.1






Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the premises


specified above to sell intoxicating liquors retail for consumption on the premises on


the following conditions-


1. No disorder shall be permitted on the premises.

2. No person shall be allowed to become drunk on the premises, nor shall


liquor be supplied plied to any person who is drunk.



3. No games of chance shall be played on the premises.


4. A decent and suitable privy and urinal shall be maintained in a state of

cleanliness and good repair for the use of customers.


5. The licensee shall not abandon the occupation of the premises or permit any

other person to become virtually the keeper
thereof.

6. The name of any liquor for which a standard of quality is is prescribed by

regulations shall
be clearly marked on the container in or from which the liquor is supplied to any customers.


supplied to any customers.

7. The licensee shall not permit to occupy or use any portion of the premises
for any immoral purpose.


8. Common prostitutes or reputed thieves shall not be knowingly suffered to
assemble or remain on the premises.

9. Drunkenness, or violent, quarrelsome or other disorderly conduct on the

premises shall not be wilfully or
knowingly permitted; nor shall persons of known bad

character be knowingly suffered or permitted to assemble and meet therein.


10. No dancing shall be permitted on the premises, except with the permission


Board endorsed hereon. A


PR

11. No bar shall be kept on the premises, except with the permission of the


Board endorsed hereon.

Endorsements



Date ...........19

..F]

.......... . 1

Secretary to the Board






3 [reg. 25.1
Temporary Liquor Licence

No ................................

Name of licensee
................................................................................................
........ Address of licensee
................................................................................................
..... Nature and place of public entertainment or public occasion
......................................

.......................................

.......................................
Period of licence, from ..............to

Fees $ ............................................

Licence is hereby granted to the person, for the period, and at the place specified above to sell
intoxicating liquors retail for consumption at the said place on the following conditions

(conditions to he inserted)

Date ............... 19

...................

Commissioner of Police

FORM 4 [reg. 26.]

Application foer Club Liquor Licence

Name of Club
..................................................................................................
...........

Name of Secretary ...(Telephone No . ..)

Name of nominee (if other than the Secretary)
...........................................................
Address
.................................................................................................
.....................
Nationality
.................................................................................................
................

Has held a licence for ................ years.

Club premises to be at
................................................................................................

To the LICENSING BOARD,

I give notice that 1 intend to apply at the next meeting of the Board for a club liquor licence in
respect of the above-named club.

Date ............... 19

(Signed) ..................

Secretary





FROM 5 [reg. 26.]

Club Liquor Licence

No ................................

Name of club
..............................................................................................................

Name of *secretary/ person nominated under regulation 26
........................................

......................................

Address of club ..........................................................................................................

Period of licence, from .................. to .........................................

Fee $ .............................................

Licence is hereby granted for the supply of intoxicating liquors to the
members of the club, at the premises and for the period specified above on the
following conditions-

(conditions to be inserted)

Date ..............., 19

...............

Secretary to the Board

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.
L.N. 58/70. L.N. 4/71. L.N. 30/73. 19 of 1973. L.N. 149/75. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 35/79. L.N. 223/80. L.N. 370/81. L.N. 378/81. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 320/83. 39 of 1985. L.N. 140/87. Citation. Interpretation. 39 of 1985, s. 60. 19 of 1973, s. 54. L.N. 140/87. (Cap. 109, sub. leg.) Schedule. Urban Council may delegate powers. 19 of 1973, s. 54. Regional Council may delegate powers. 39 of 1985, s. 60. Meetings of Board. Mode of voting. Applications for liquor licences. Schedule, Form 1. Advertisement of applications. Decision of Board. Appeal to Governor in Council. Schedule, Form 2. L.N. 189/82. Only one licence to be granted per person. Restriction against further applications. L.N. 223/80. Issue and duration of licences. L.N. 16/77. 39 of 1985, s. 60. L.N. 149/75. L.N. 320/83. Liquor licence subject to conditions, etc. Schedule, Form 2. Transfer of licences. Schedule, Form 1. L.N. 16/77. Revocation and suspension of licences. L.N. 35/79. Illness or absence of licensee. Issue of temporary licences. Schedule, Form 3. Clubs to be licensed for supply of liquor to members. Schedule, Form 4. Schedule, Form 5. Permits for entertainment in bars. [cf. Cap. 172, s. 8.] Offence to permit persons under 18 years to drink on licensed premises. Restrictions on employment of young persons on licensed premises. L.N. 223/80. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 74/82. Penalties. Police powers of access. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place. 39 of 1985, s. 60. L.N. 30/73. 39 of 1985, s. 60.

Abstract

L.N. 58/70. L.N. 4/71. L.N. 30/73. 19 of 1973. L.N. 149/75. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 35/79. L.N. 223/80. L.N. 370/81. L.N. 378/81. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 189/82. L.N. 320/83. 39 of 1985. L.N. 140/87. Citation. Interpretation. 39 of 1985, s. 60. 19 of 1973, s. 54. L.N. 140/87. (Cap. 109, sub. leg.) Schedule. Urban Council may delegate powers. 19 of 1973, s. 54. Regional Council may delegate powers. 39 of 1985, s. 60. Meetings of Board. Mode of voting. Applications for liquor licences. Schedule, Form 1. Advertisement of applications. Decision of Board. Appeal to Governor in Council. Schedule, Form 2. L.N. 189/82. Only one licence to be granted per person. Restriction against further applications. L.N. 223/80. Issue and duration of licences. L.N. 16/77. 39 of 1985, s. 60. L.N. 149/75. L.N. 320/83. Liquor licence subject to conditions, etc. Schedule, Form 2. Transfer of licences. Schedule, Form 1. L.N. 16/77. Revocation and suspension of licences. L.N. 35/79. Illness or absence of licensee. Issue of temporary licences. Schedule, Form 3. Clubs to be licensed for supply of liquor to members. Schedule, Form 4. Schedule, Form 5. Permits for entertainment in bars. [cf. Cap. 172, s. 8.] Offence to permit persons under 18 years to drink on licensed premises. Restrictions on employment of young persons on licensed premises. L.N. 223/80. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 74/82. L.N. 74/82. Penalties. Police powers of access. Power to apprehend persons drinking in unlicensed place. 39 of 1985, s. 60. L.N. 30/73. 39 of 1985, s. 60.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2483

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:38 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2482

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS

Description






DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART 1

CITATION

1. Citation ..............................A 5

PART 1A

LICENSING
PROVISIONS

1A. Activities for which licence or permit required ~ AS

PART II

FEES

2. Fees ..................................A6

PART III

CARRIAGE OF GOODS

3. Application ...........................A6
4. (Repealed) ............................A 6

5. Packing of goods and quantities in which goods may be imported, exported

or moved ............................................................................. A 6
6. Marking containers ................... A 7
7. Ship and aircraft stores ............. A 8

8. Quantities of dutiable goods allowed in possession of passengers and crew A 8

9. Foreign landing certificate and receipt for stores to be delivered to

Commissioner ......................A 9

PART IV

DUTY
Payment of duty

10. when duty payable ...................A 9

11. Receipts ......................................................................... A10

Exemptions from duty

12. Exemptions ..........................A10

13. Forfeiture for breach of certain conditions A 12





Regulation................................ Page
Refund of duty
14. Occasion when importer entitled to refund of duty A 12

14A. Refund of duty where duty-paid goods used in manufacture of dutiable

goods .............................A 13

15. Refund of duty on goods supplied for consular etc. use ......... A 13

15A......................................Refund of duty on goods drawn as samples A 13

PART V

DRAWBACK

16. Rate of drawback ....................A 14
16A......................................Amount of drawback A 14
17. Calculation of drawback .............A 14

18. Conditions for payment of drawback
.................................................... A 14

19. Qualifications for drawback .........A 14
20. Conditions precedent to claims for drawback A 15
21. Drawback on stores, etc., for ships and aircraft A 16

PART VI

LICENCES AND
PERMITS

22. Applications for licences and permits ......... A 16

23. (Rep-led) ...........................A 17
24. Issue of export permits by special importers A 17

25. Surrender of permits ......................... A 17

26. Identification of licensees .........A 17
27. Bonds ...............................A 18
27A......................................Power to grant or renew licences for short periods A 18
27B......................................Exemptions from licensing and permit requirements A18

PART VII

MANUFACTUR
E
Factories

28. Interpretation
.................................................... A 19

29. Marking of factories ................A 19
30. Factory construction ................A 19
31. Unnecessary articles prohibited in factory A 19
32. Manufacture to be wholly within factory A 19
33. Storage .............................A 20
34. Manufacturers' books ................A 20
35. Returns .............................A 20
36. Factory to be deemed a licensed warehouse A 20





Regulation................................ Page

Breweries

37. Interpretation
..................................................... A 21

38. Construction ........................A 21
39. Business ............................A 21

40. Machinery, etc . ............................... A 22

41. Weights and measures
................................................................... A 22

Brewing

42-43...................................(Repealed) A 22
44. Brewing book .......................A 23
45. (Repealed) .........................A23

46. Removal of beer from brewery ............. ................... ---
A23
47. (Repealed) ...........................A 23

Accounting

48. Stock books ............................
...............................A23

49. Returns ............................A 24

Distilleries

50. Interpretation ............................... A 24

51. Marking of distilleries ............A 24
52. Construction of distilleries .......A 24
53. Locks and seats ....................A 25

54. Spirit store to be deemed a licensed warehouse ...................
...........................A25

55......................................Containers A 26
55A.....................................Declaration of normal charge A 26

56. Unauthorized person prohibited in spirit store .......................................
A 26
57. Restrictions on liquor and materials entering and leaving distilleries _. A
26

58. Fermentation .......................A 27

59. Liquor to be reduced to uniform strength and spirit receivers emptied when

account is taken .................A 28

60. Duty-paid liquor and denatured spirit to be removed from distillery A 28

61. Records to be kept by distiller ...........................................
A 28

62. Returns by distiller ...............A 28

PART VIII







SALE
Certificates of origin and standards of quality for liquors

63. Certificates of origin for imported liquors ...... ............. ......
.........................A 29
64. Restrictions on movement of certain liquors ....... A 29





Regulation................................ Page
65. Method of determining quality of liquors A 30
66. Standards of quality for certain liquors A 30
67. Marking of certain liquors ..........A 32
68-77.....................................(Repealed) A32

PART IX

STORAGE of DUTIABLE GOODS

78. Interpretation ......................A33
79. Application .........................A33
80. Marking of warehouses ...............A33
81. Construction of warehouses ..........A33
82. Lamps ...............................A 34
83. Accommodation for members of the Customs and Excise Service A 34
84. Facilities for examination, etc., of goods A 34
85. Hours of opening ....................A 34
86. Entry, etc., only with a member of the Customs and Excise Service A 34
87. No smoking, etc . ...................A35
88. Only dutiable goods to be stored ....A35
89. Goods to be admitted under permit ...A35

90. Goods from ship or aircraft to be admitted on request to general bonded

warehouse ...........................A35
91. Non-removal of dutiable goods .......A35
92. Classification of goods .............A36
93. Empty containers ....................A36
94. Opening containers ..................A 36
95. Sampling and other treatment of goods A 37
96. Goods to be removed only under permit A37
97. Minimum quantities for removal ......A37
98. Record of goods .....................A38
99. Deficiencies ........................A38
100......................................Returns to Commissioner A38
101......................................Charges A39
102......................................Attendance of member of Customs and Excise Service may be directed A39
103......................................Payment of fees for attendances A39
103A.....................................Fees for storage A39

PART X

PENALTIES

104......................................Penalties A 40

Schedule. Licences........................and fees
.............................................................................................. A 40





DUTIABLE COMMODITIES REGULATIONS
(Cap. 109, section 6)
[160ctoberl9631 L.N.120of1963

L.N. 110 of 1963- L.N. 6 of 1970,40 of 1974, L.N. 157 of 1974, L.N. 179 of 1976, L.N. 141 of
1977, L.N. 134 of 1978, L.N. 202 of 1980, L.N. 203 of 1980, L.N. 202 of 1981, L.N. 188 of
1982, L.N. 189 of 1982, L.N. 294 of 1982, L.N. 56 of 1983, L.N. 319 of 1983, L.N. 35 of
1984, L.N. 388 of 1984, 61 of 1984, 18 of 1985, 20 of 1985, 39 of 19 5, 44 of

1985 1985, L.N. 7 of 1987, R. Ed.

1987,16 of 1989,36 of 1989, L.N. 165 of 1989

PART 1

CITATION

1. citation

These regulations may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities Regulations.

PART 1A

LICENSING
PROVISIONS

1A. Activities for which licence or permit required

(1) The import or export of liquors, tobacco, concentrates, non-alcoholic
beverages or cosmetics and the export of hydrocarbon oil or methyl alcohol are
prohibited except on the authority of an import and export licence.

(2) The import of hydrocarbon oil or methyl alcohol is prohibited except on the
authority of an import and export licence or a special import licence.

(3) The brewing of beer is prohibited except on the authority of a brewery
licence.

(4) The manufacture of liquor otherwise than by brewing or distillation is
prohibited except on the authority of a manufacturer's licence, a brewery licence or a
distillery licence.

(5) The manufacture of tobacco, hydrocarbon oil, concentrates, nonalcoholic
beverages and cosmetics is prohibited except on the authority of a manufacturer's
licence.

(6) The sale of liquor

(a) at any premises for consumption on those premises; or

(b)at any place of public entertainment or public occasion for
consumption at that place,





is prohibited except on the authority of a liquor licence, a temporary liquor licence or
a canteen licence.

(7) The supply of liquor at any premises used by a club for the purposes of the
club is prohibited except on the authority of a club liquor licence.

(L.N. 165 of 1989)

PART 11

FEES

2. Fees

(1) The fees payable for the issue of a certificate and for the issue, transfer,
substitution, amendment and renewal of licences and permits are specified in the
Schedule.

(2) Where no fee is prescribed for the issue of a licence or permit, no fee shall
be payable for any transfer, substitution, amendment or renewal of such licence or
permit.

(3) The fee payable for a licence granted under regulation 27A for a period less
than 1 year shall be a proportion of the annual fee payable for such licence and for
this purpose a part of a month shall count as a whole month.

(4) (Repealed L.N. 165 of 1989)

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 7 of 1987)

PART III

CARRIAGE OF
GOODS

3. Application

This Part shall apply to goods for the import, export or carriage of which a
permit under the Ordinance is or may be required.

4. (Repealed L.N. 7 of 1987)

5.Packing of goods and quantities in which goods
may he imported, exported or moved

Except with the special permission of the Commissioner

(a)goods shall be imported, exported or moved only in securely closed
containers, in each of which there shall be not less than





(i) liquor, except as herein provided-
either .......................81
or Chinese type spirits in jars 181
or
(ii) tobacco-
cigarettes ...................2000
or cigars ....................200
or other manufactured tobacco 1.5 kg in
..............................weight
or unmanufactured tobacco ....15 kg in
..............................weight
or
(iii) hydrocarbon oil ........401.

For the purpose of this paragraph, these quantities may be
either in 1 container or in 2 or more containers completely
enclosed in a larger container: but containers which are merely
bound or fastened together shall be deemed to be separate
containers, and shall be entered as such in all permits and
shipping documents;

(b)identical goods shall be packed in equal quantities in identical
containers;

(e) different goods shall not be packed in the same container.

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N.
7 of 1987)

6. Marking containers

(1) Except with the special permission of the Commissioner, containers shall
bear legibly and permanently marked thereon

(a)a description of the contents (in the case of Chinese type spirit the
character `W (tsau)) at least 50 mm high; and

(b)if for export, adequate shipping marks, serial numbers and the words
'FOR EXPORT' (or, as the case may be, 'EXPORTED ON
DRAWBACK' or 'SHIVS STORES FOR or AIRLINE COMPANY
STORES FOR (specifying the name of the ship or airline company
concerned)) in letters not less than 25 mm high.

(2) There shall be a sufficient number of such markings on each container to
ensure that when containers are stacked one above another at least one set of
markings is plainly visible.

(3) This regulation shall not apply to transit cargo.

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 294 of 1982)





7. Ship and aircraft stores

The master or any person for the time being in charge of any ship or aircraft in
which there are stores to which the Ordinance applies shall

(a)immediately on receipt of such stores cause them to be kept under his
control; (L.N. 157 of 1974; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

(b)maintain an accurate record of all such stores and upon receipt or
issue of any such stores forthwith make all necessary entries therein,
and where there is more than one place in which such stores are kept,
one record only shall be maintained which shall show the stocks in
each and all such places;

(c)supply or sell such stores only to members of the crew or to
passengers;

(d)not issue in any one day any greater quantity of such stores than is
sufficient for the use of members of the crew and passengers on that
day.

8. Quantities of dutiable goods allowed in

possession of passengers and crew

No passenger in or crew member of any ship or aircraft, while such ship or
aircraft is in Hong Kong, without the permission of the Commissioner, shall have in
his possession, custody or control on board such ship or aircraft any dutiable
liquor, tobacco or non-alcoholic beverages in excess of the quantities stated
hereunder--

(a) officers and passengers-

(i) liquors-
spirits or table wine 1 1, or beer or stout 4 1 and in addition
port or sherry or liqueur one-half litre; (L.N. 188 of 1982)
(ii) tobacco 250 g, or 50 cigars, or 200 cigarettes; (L.N. 189 of
1982)
(iii) non-alcoholic beverages 4 1:
(b) other crew members-
(i) tobacco 250 g, or 200 cigarettes;
(ii) non-alcoholic beverages 4 1:

Provided that quantities in excess of the above amounts which are the property
of any officer, crew member or passenger and are stored in the place provided for the
safe custody of stores under the provision of regulation 7 and are shown on the
record required by regulation 7 and are included in the Import and Export Statement
and in any application for ship's or aircraft's

+ U 11 11 ' A A shall 11 + 1, E 1,1 for forfeiture





9. Foreign landing certificate and receipt for
stores to he delivered to Commissioner

(1) Within a reasonable time after the export of goods, excluding goods
supplied as stores to aircraft or vessels replenishing such stores in Hong Kong,
of which the duty exceeds $500 the exporter shall, if the goods are dutiable
or exported on drawback, deliver to the Commissioner a certificate of the
authority at the place of destination that the goods have been duly landed
there: (20 of 1985 s. 13)
Provided that the Commissioner may require a certificate for any goods
exported whether or not the duty value exceeds $500. (L.N. 7 of 1987)
(2) When any goods, including stores, which are dutiable or exempted
from duty or exported on drawback are delivered under permit for export on
board any ship, aircraft, train or vehicle or to the Post Office, the exporter shall
forthwith furnish to the Commissioner endorsed on the permit-
(a)a certificate signed by a member of the Customs and Excise
Service that he has examined the goods; and
(b)a receipt for the goods signed by the master or the officer in
charge of the ship or the freight supervisor of the aircraft, or if
the goods are sent by post, by an officer of the Post Office; or in
other cases a certificate signed by a member of the Customs and
Excise Service that the goods have been so delivered.
(3) Every person requiring a permit to export any goods to which this
regulation applies may be required by the Commissioner to furnish a security,
with such cash or bond as he shall direct, for the due observance of this
regulation. (L.N. 7 of 1987)
(4) The Commissioner may relax all or any of the requirements of this
regulation as he may think fit in relation to any goods to which this Ordinance
applies.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

PART IV

DUTY

Payment of duty

10. When duty payable

Duty shall be paid upon dutiable goods-
(a)if imported and not removed to a general bonded or licensed
warehouse, before the goods are removed from the ship, aircraft
or vehicle on which they were imported or, as the case may be,
from the railway premises;





(b)if grown, produced or manufactured in Hong Kong and not
removed to a general bonded or licensed warehouse, before the
goods are removed from the premises on which they were grown,
produced or manufactured;
(c) (Repealed 16 of 1989 s. 6)
(d)if in a general bonded or licensed warehouse and not removed
for export or to another general bonded or licensed warehouse,
before the goods are removed from the warehouse:
Provided that the Commissioner may-
(i)allow a reasonable time not exceeding 6 weeks, or such other
period as the Commissioner may allow after the duty
becomes payable, for payment of the duty; and
(ii) as a condition precedent to the granting of such time require
the person to whom the time is granted to furnish a security,
with such cash or bond as the Commissioner so requires, for
the payment of such duty.
(L.N. 294 of 1982; 20 of 1985 s. 13; L.N. 7 of 1987;
16 of 1989 s. 6)

11. Receipts

The officer to whom any duty is paid shall cause a receipt to be endorsed
on the appropriate Removal Permit for duty-paid goods.

Exemptions from duty

12. Exemptions

Subject to the performance of any obligation imposed by the Ordinance or
any regulations made thereunder, the following goods shall be exempt from
duty-
(a)stores, fuel and lubricants for ships of more than 60 tons net
register or for ocean-going tugs or for aircraft including aircraft
engaged in flight-testing of engines, in such quantities as the
Commissioner may determine, for use either outside Hong Kong
or partly inside and partly outside Hong Kong;
(b)hydrocarbon oil used for the bench testing of aircraft engines
which are to be installed in aircraft operating for the most part
outside Hong Kong;
(c) goods exported from Hong Kong;
(d) goods destroyed with the consent of the Commissioner;
(e)goods imported for their own use and in their baggage by
passengers or crew members of any ship, aircraft, train or vehicle
in such quantities as the Commissioner may determine;





(f) wine for the sacrament, if certified as such by the head of a
denomination of the Church;

(g)with the written approval of the Commissioner and subject to such
conditions as the Commissioner may impose, ethyl alcohol and methyl
alcohol for the use of any educational, scientific or charitable
institution approved by the Financial Secretary in that behalf, (L.N. 6
of 1970; L.N. 157 of 1974; L.N. 179 of 1976; L.N. 165 of 1989)

(h)goods which the Commissioner shall, in his discretion, deem to be
samples or advertising matter and shown to his satisfaction to be of
no commercial value and not intended for re-sale;

(i)goods which are shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner to be
duty-paid goods which have been exported and subsequently re-
imported;

(j)goods which the Commissioner shall, in his discretion, consider to be
bona fide personal gifts sent to residents in Hong Kong and to be of
no commercial value and not intended for re-sale;

(k)goods in respect of which the duty is considered by the
Commissioner to be uneconomical to collect;

(1)goods which are shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner to
have been donated to bona fide charitable organizations for
distribution within Hong Kong without payment for the goods;

(m)goods which are shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner to be
for the use or consumption of any person who is entitled to be
accorded immunity or exemption from duty by operation of the
International Organizations and Diplomatic Privileges Ordinance (Cap.
190), the Chinese Visa Office (Privileges and Immunities) Ordinance
(Cap. 224), Privileges and Immunities (Joint Liaison Group and Land
Commission) Ordinance (Cap. 36), the Privileges and Immunities
(International Committee of the Red Cross) Ordinance (Cap. 402) or
the Consular Relations Ordinance (Cap. 259); (L.N. 157 of 1974; 61 of
1984 s. 5; 18 of 1985 s. 5; 44 of 1985 s. 7; 36 of 1989 s. 5)

(n)light diesel oil to which a marker and a colouring substance have been
added in the manner and proportion specified by the Dutiable
Commodities (Marking and Colouring of Hydrocarbon Oil)
Regulations (Cap. 109 sub. leg.);

(o)with the approval of the Commissioner in writing and subject to such
conditions as he may impose, diesel oil used in the blending of fuel oil
in licensed depots;

(p)fuel in the fuel tanks of vehicles arriving from the People's Republic of
China;





(q)goods drawn as samples for analysis by the Government
Chemist.
(L.N. 294 of 1982; 20 of 1985 s. 13; L.N. 7 of 1987)

13. Forfeiture for breach of certain conditions

(1) Where under the provisions of the Ordinance or under any practice
whereby-
(a)goods chargeable with a duty are allowed to be delivered without
payment of that duty on condition that they will not be sold or
will be re-exported or upon any other like condition; or
(b)the amount of duty payable on any goods depends on their being
imported or released on any such condition,
any goods are allowed to be delivered without payment of duty or on payment
of duty calculated in accordance with that provision or practice, and the
condition is not observed, the goods shall, unless the non-observance was
sanctioned by the Commissioner, be liable to forfeiture. (L.N. 294 of 1982)
(2) The provisions of this regulation shall apply whether or not any
undertaking or security has been given for the observance of the condition or
for the payment of the duty payable apart therefrom, and the forfeiture of any
goods under this regulation shall not affect any liability of any person who has
given any such undertaking or security.
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 257 U.K.]

Refund of duty

14. Occasion when importer entitled to refund of duty

(1) A refund of duty may be granted by the Commissioner and subject to
such conditions as the Commissioner may prescribe in respect of duty-paid
goods exported from Hong Kong with the consent of the Commissioner:
Provided that the duty refunded in no case exceeds the duty which has
been paid on the goods.
(2) An importer shall be entitled to a refund of any duty paid on
the importation of goods where it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner-
(a)that the goods were imported in pursuance of a contract of sale,
and that the description, quality, state or condition of the goods
was not in accordance with the contract or that the goods were
damaged in transit; and





(b)that the importer, with the consent of the Commissioner, has
destroyed the goods unused or has returned them to persons outside
Hong Kong who supplied them.

(3) Nothing in this regulation shall be taken to confer exemption from duty or to
authorize a refund of duty upon goods imported on approval or on sale or return or
other similar terms. (L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 35 of 1984; 20 of 1985 s. 13; L.N. 7 of 1987)

used in manufacture of dutiable goods

A refund of duty may be granted by the Commissioner and subject to such
conditions as the Commissioner may prescribe in respect of duty-paid goods used in
the manufacture of any dutiable goods:

Provided that the duty refunded shall in no case exceed the duty paid on the
goods.

(L.N. 202 of 1980; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

15. Refund of duty on goods supplied for consular etc. use

Any person who in the course of business has supplied duty-paid goods for
the use or consumption of a person who is entitled to be accorded immunity or
exemption from duty by operation of the International Organizations and Diplomatic
Privileges Ordinance (Cap. 190), the Chinese Visa Office (Privileges and Immunities)
Ordinance (Cap, 259), Privileges and Immunities (Joint Liaison Group and Land
Commission) Ordinance (Cap. 224), the Privileges and Immunities (International
Committee of the Red Cross) Ordinance (Cap. 402) or the Consular Relations
Ordinance (Cap. 36) shall, if he has complied with such terms and conditions as the
Commissioner may specify, either generally or in any particular case, be entitled to a
refund of the duty paid on those goods.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; 40 of 1974 s. 12; 61 of 1984 s. 5; 18 of 1985 s. 5; 44 of 1985 s. 7,-
36 of 1989 s. 5)

15A. Refund of duty on goods drawn as samples

The Commissioner may refund duty paid on any goods drawn as samples for
analysis by the Government Chemist:

Provided that the duty refunded shall in no case exceed the duty paid on the
goods.

(L.N. 7of 198 7)





PART V

DRAWBACK

16. Rate of drawback

The rate of drawback on duty-paid goods shall be equal to the rate of duty paid
on such goods.

16A. Amount of drawback

The amount of drawback payable on any goods shall in no case exceed the
duty paid thereon.

(L.N. 202 of 1980)

17. Calculation of drawback

Drawback shall be calculated to the nearest 100 ml or to the nearest 10 g, as the
case may be.

(L.N. 189 of 1982)

18. Conditions for payment of drawback

Drawback shall not be payable unless the goods in the manufacture or
preparation of which the duty-paid goods were used are

(a)alcoholic liquors, perfumed spirits, medicated spirits or toilet
preparations containing not less than 6% of alcohol by volume, at
20'C, in quantities of not less than 8 1 of each brand, mixture or
preparation; (L.N. 188 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

(b) beer, in quantities of not less than 25 1, (L.N. 202 of 1980)

(e) tobacco, in quantities of not less than-
(i) cigarettes ..................2000
(ii) cigars .....................200
(iii) other manufactured tobacco 1.5 kg;

(d)hydrocarbon oil in quantities of not less than 40 1 of each kind,
preparation or admixture. (L.N. 7 of 1987)

(L.N. 189 of 1982)

19. Qualifications for drawback

To qualify for drawback in respect of duty-paid goods a person shall

(a)be approved in that behalf as a fit person by the Commissioner who
shall have a discretion to give or withdraw such approval; (L.N. 7of
198 7)

(b)be the manufacturer of the goods in the manufacture or preparation
of which the duty-paid goods have been used;





(e) be the person who paid the duty on the goods;

(d)have duly completed and, within 7 working days or such longer period
as the Commissioner may in any case allow after the posting of the
goods or, as the case may be, the departure from Hong Kong of the
ship, vehicle, train or aircraft on which the goods were placed for
export or as stores, have delivered to the Commissioner such
particulars, declarations, as the Commissioner may require, in such
form as the Commissioner may specify. (20 of 1985 s. 13)

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

20. Conditions precedent to claims for drawback

Before drawback is claimed in respect of any goods the following conditions
shall be complied with to the satisfaction of the Commissioner

(1) the goods shall-

(a)in so far as they are manufactured in Hong Kong, be wholly
manufactured in the factory of the person claiming drawback;

(20 of 1985 s. 13)

(b)after manufacture, on 24 hours' written notice delivered to the
Commissioner be examined by, and weighed or measured and, if the
Commissioner so directs, packed in the presence of, a member of the
Customs and Excise Service;

(c)after the examination mentioned in paragraph (b), be certified by the
Government Chemist as to the quantity of dutiable goods contained in
the manufactured goods unless the Commissioner gives special
permission to the contrary;

(2) the containers shall-

(a)be secured with tape, wire or otherwise, and sealed in the presence of
a member of the Customs and Excise Service;

(b) (i) if for carriage as freight or stores, bear legibly and permanently
inscribed thereon adequate shipping marks, serial numbers, and
the words 'EXPORTED ON DRAWBACK' in letters not less
than 25 mm high, unless the Commissioner otherwise permits
under regulation 6(1); (L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N 189 of 1982)

(ii) if for carriage by post, be adequately addressed and labelled
'EXPORTED ON DRAWBACK';

(c)if the Commissioner so directs, be loaded in the presence of a member
of the Customs and Excise Service on the ship, aircraft or vehicle in
which they are exported.

(3) (Repealed L.N. 7of 1987)
(L.N. 294 of 1982)





21. Drawback on stores, etc., for ships and aircraft

(1) Drawback shall be paid on stores, fuel and lubricants for ships and ocean-
going tugs of more than 60 tons net register and for aircraft only in such quantities
as the Commissioner may determine, for use either outside Hong Kong or partly
inside and partly outside Hong Kong.

(2) Stores delivered to the aircraft dutiable goods bond at the Hong Kong
Airport shall, for the purposes of drawback, be deemed to have been exported.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; 20 of 1985 s. 13; L.N. 7 of 1987)

PART VI

LICENCES AND PERMITS

22. Applications for licences and permits

(1) Every person applying for a licence in respect of any premises shall furnish
to the Commissioner, or other officer authorized to grant the same

(a)the particulars specified in the application form, and such other
particulars as the officer may require;

(b) (Repealed L.N. 7of 1987)

(c)such particulars as the officer may require of any person other than
the applicant who may have charge of the premises;

(d)if the construction of the premises is subject to the officer's approval,
adequate plans signed by the applicant, showing clearly the whole of
the premises to be used in connection with his proposed business,
detailed drawings of all machinery installed or to be installed on the
premises and a description of the proposed use of all the machinery
and each portion of the premises; and

(e)if the premises are intended for manufacturing purposes, a complete
list of all apparatus to be used on the premises for the manufacture of
dutiable goods.

(2) Every person applying for a permit shall produce to the Commissioner, or
other officer authorized to grant the same, any invoices, bills of lading, shipping
orders and other documents together with such copies thereof as the Commissioner
may require relating to the goods in respect of which the application is made, and
any such invoices, bills of lading, shipping orders and other such documents and
copies thereof may be retained by the Commissioner and disposed of as he may
think fit.

(3) Applications for licences and permits shall be submitted in such number of
copies as the Commissioner may determine. (L.N. 7 of 1987)

(4) Every application for a permit to export goods as ship's or aircraft's stores
shall be accompanied by such declaration by the master of the ship, or





by the person in charge of the aircraft as the Commissioner may require.

(L.N. 6 of 1970)

(5) Every permit to export goods as ship's or aircraft's stores shall be endorsed
by the master or other person in charge of the ship or aircraft that he has received
the stores applied for.

(6) Every written application for a licence or permit shall be signed by the
person requiring the same or by some person duly authorized by him. If the
application is made by a corporation or partnership it shall be endorsed with details
of the office held in the corporation or partnership by the person signing the
application on behalf of the corporation or partnership.

(7) (Repealed L.N. 7of 1987)

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

23. (Repealed L.N. 165 of 1989)

24. Issue of export permits by special importers

The Commissioner may authorize employees of a licensee holding a special
importer's licence for hydrocarbon oil to issue export permits for hydrocarbon oil
exported as ship's stores and permits authorizing the removal of hydrocarbon oil
from one licensed warehouse to another:

Provided that the Commissioner may, without assigning any reason, cancel any
authority given under this regulation.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

25. Surrender of permits

Whenever the holder of a permit to do anything which may lawfully be done by
virtue of the terms of a permit issued under the provisions of the Ordinance and
regulations made thereunder, finds that he cannot avail himself thereof, he shall

(a)forthwith surrender the permit to the Commissioner or other officer
who granted it;

(b)until such surrender, keep the goods, wherever they may be, separate
and intact in their containers; and

(c)thereafter abide by such directions as the Commissioner may give for
the disposal of the goods.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

26. Identification of licensees

Every person applying for a prescribed licence shall furnish to the
Commissioner 2 copies of the photograph of





(a) in the case of an application by an individual person, himself, and
(b) any other person for the time being in charge of the licensed
premises,

of a reasonable likeness to the satisfaction of the Commissioner and of a size not
greater than 50 mm by 50 ram and not less than 40 mm by 40 mm, and shall
personally sign an application for such licence.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

27. Bonds

(1) An applicant for the issue of any licence or permit, in accordance with the
provisions of the Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder shall, as a condition
precedent to the issue thereof, furnish such security either in cash or by means of a
bond as the Commissioner may require to ensure- (L.N. 294 of 1982)

(a)the due observance of and compliance with the provisions of the
Ordinance and regulations made thereunder and the conditions of his
licence or permit;

(b) the payment of duty;

(e)the safe and secure keeping of all dutiable goods on his premises until
their lawful removal therefrom.

(2) Upon any failure to observe any obligation specified in subregulation (1) the
security furnished shall be forfeited to the Crown, without prejudice to any other
penalty which may be imposed. (L.N. 6 of 1970)

(3) Notwithstanding subregulation (2), the Governor in Council may entertain
and give effect to any moral claim in respect of any security so forfeited. (L.N. 7 of
1987)

27A. Power to grant or renew licences for short periods

Where it is proposed to grant or renew a licence to a person who is the holder
of some other licence, the first-mentioned licence may be granted or renewed for any
period less than 1 year in order that both licences shall expire on the same day.

(L.N. 6 of 1970)

27B. Exemptions from licensing and permit requirements

No licence or permit is required

(a)for goods imported by passengers or crew members in accordance
with regulation 12(e);

(b)for goods exported with the consent of the Commissioner by
passengers and crew members for their personal use outside Hong
Kong;





(c)for the export of duty-paid goods other than those exported on
drawback or refund of duty.

(L.N. 7of 1987)

PART VII

MANUFACTURE

Factories

28. Interpretation

In the following regulations relating to factories-
'factory' means any place or premises licensed for the manufacture of goods;

'goods' means dutiable or duty-paid goods of the class or description for the
manufacture of which a factory is licensed;

'manufacturer' includes the licensee and any person for the time being in charge of
a factory.

29. Marking of factories

There shall be legibly and permanently marked on the outside of every factory
in English and Chinese, in letters and characters at least 75 mm high, the words
'LICENSED FACTORY FOR (specifying the number of the factory and the nature of
the goods for which it is licensed).

(L.N. 189 of 1982)

30. Factory construction

Every factory shall be enclosed, constructed, maintained and cleansed to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

31. Unnecessary articles prohibited in factory

Except with the express permission of the Commissioner nothing but goods and
materials for manufacture shall be brought into a factory.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

32. Manufacture to he wholly within factory

Goods shall be manufactured wholly within a factory and shall not be removed
therefrom until their manufacture is complete, and dutiable goods





shall not be removed therefrom except in accordance with a prescribed permit
or with the special permission of the Commissioner.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

33. Storage

All goods in a factory shall be stored to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner and manufactured goods shall be stored apart from
unmanufactured goods and dutiable goods shall he stored apart from duty-paid
goods.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

34. Manufacturers' books

In every factory the manufacturer shall, to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner, keep, and at least once in any day on which manufacturing is
carried on in that factory make due entry of the particulars prescribed in,
a stock book and a factory book which shall be in such form as the
Commissioner may specify.
(L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

35. Returns

(1) Every manufacturer shall at weekly or such other regular intervals
and on such days as the Commissioner may by notice in writing to that
manufacturer appoint either generally or in any particular case, deliver to the
Commissioner a return in such form as the Commissioner may specify of all
goods taken into or out of or manufactured in a factory.
(2) A return under subregulation (1) shall be delivered to the
Commissioner before noon on the day on which it is due, or if that day is a
general holiday, before noon on the next working day.
(L.N. 7of 1987)

36. Factory to he deemed a licensed warehouse

Without prejudice to the regulations in this Part, every factory where
dutiable goods are manufactured shall be deemed to be a licensed warehouse
for the purpose of any regulations relating to the storage of dutiable goods
manufactured or to be manufactured within Hong Kong.
(20 of 1985 s. 13)





Breweries

37. Interpretation

In the following regulations relating to breweries

'licensed premises' or 'premises' means any premises whereon any person is
licensed to keep a brewery and, where the context admits, includes any

premises in connection with the licensed premises or with the business

conducted thereon;

'licensee' includes the person for the time being having the control or management
of the business conducted upon the licensed premises;

(L.N. 202 of 1980)

'vessel' means any vessel used or intended to be used in connection with

brewing or making beer. (L.N. 202 of 1980; 16 of 1989 s. 7)

38. Construction

(1) The licensed premises shall be enclosed by walls or fences to the

satisfaction of the Commissioner.

(2) The door of each portion of the premises shall carry on the outside

thereof a permanent description in English and Chinese of the purpose for which
such portion is used which use shall be in accordance with the plans submitted to
the Commissioner together with the application upon which the licence appertaining
to the said premises was issued.

(3) No structural alteration of the premises, or change in the use to which

any portion of the premises is put, shall be made without the consent in writing of
the Commissioner.

(4) Every part of the premises shall be illuminated to the satisfaction of

the Commissioner.

(5) The premises shall at all times be kept in good and substantial repair

and in sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.

(6) (a)The licensee shall provide and maintain in the premises, to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner, office accommodation, with all
necessary furniture, writing materials, heating and cooling equipment,
cleaning and lighting, and lavatory accommodation, for the use of
members of the Customs and Excise Service on duty at the premises.
(L.N. 6 of 1970)

(b)No charge shall be levied for the facilities required by this paragraph.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

39. Business

Except with the consent in writing of the Commissioner, no business other

than the licensee's business of brewing or making beer shall be carried on within





the premises and no intoxicating liquors other than beer brewed or made on the
premises shall be brought upon or stored in the premises.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

40. Machinery, etc.

(1) All machinery, apparatus, utensils, vessels or receptacles used in the
brewing or making, maturing or storing of beer shall be of a type, design or
capacity, as the case may be, approved by the Commissioner and shall, unless
he shall otherwise authorize, be so placed or fixed as to admit of the contents
being readily and accurately ascertained by gauge or measure and shall not be
altered in structure, shape, position or capacity, as the case may be, without the
consent in writing of the Commissioner.
(2) The name of every utensil, vessel or receptacle according to the
purpose for which it is intended shall be legibly painted, and kept so painted,
upon some conspicuous part of every utensil, vessel or receptacle used for the
brewing or making or maturing of beer and the normal full capacity thereof
shall be painted thereon in like manner. If more than one utensil, vessel or
receptacle is used for the same purpose, each shall be distinguished by a serial
number.
(3) All vessels or receptacles, other than bottles and cans, used for the
storage of beer shall have their normal full capacity clearly marked upon them.
(4) All machinery, apparatus, utensils, vessels or receptacles of every kind
shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

41. Weights and measures

The licensee shall provide and maintain upon the premises, and permit any
and every member of the Customs and Excise Service to use, sufficient and just
beams, scales or weighing machines and standard weights, gauges and measures
(including glass measures graduated in millilitres for the determination of the
contents of bottles, and also a cask or vessel capable of containing the contents
of the largest cask or container intended to be sent out from the brewery)
and other necessary and reasonable appliances to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner.
(L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 294 of 1982)

Brewing

42-43.(Repealed 16 of 1989 s. 8)





44. Brewing book

The licensee shall keep on the licensed premises, open at all times for
inspection, a brewing book, in such form as the Commissioner may specify, in which
he shall

(a)keep or cause to be kept a proper account of the licensee's business of
brewing or making beer; and

(b)enter or cause to be entered such particulars in relation to that
business as the Commissioner may specify.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; 16 of 1989 s. 9)

45. (Repealed 16 of 1989 s. 10)

46. Removal of beer from brewery

(1) Beer shall not be removed from the licensed premises unless it is
accompanied by a voucher or invoice in a form approved by the Commissioner. (L.N.
157 of 1974; L.N. 7 of 1987,- L.N. 165 of 1989)

(2) Beer shall not be removed from the licensed premises until its manufacture is
fully completed. (L.N. 202 of 1980)

47. (Repealed L.N. 202 of 1980)

Accounting

48. Stock books

Every licensee shall keep on the licensed premises stock books in English, in a
form approved by the Commissioner, and as soon as is reasonably possible and in
any event not later than the end of the day in which the need for an entry under
paragraphs (a), (aa), (b) and (c) arose, shall enter or cause to be entered therein
under the appropriate date

(a)the quantity of grain, molasses, sugar or other fermentable material
received on the premises, and the weight of any such material issued
for each brewing for the making of mash and wort;

(aa) the quantity of beer manufactured; (16 of 1989s.11)

(b) the manner in which all beer manufactured is disposed of, and

(c) the quantity of beer removed from the premises.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; 16 of 1989 s. 11)





49. Returns

The licensee shall furnish to the Commissioner on each successive Monday (or
if Monday is a general holiday, on the next working day) a return, in such form, and
containing such particulars in relation to the licensee's business of brewing or
making beer, as the Commissioner may specify.

(L.N. 294 of 1982; 16 of 1989 s. 12)

Distilleries

50. Interpretation

In the following regulations relating to distilleries-

'distiller' includes the licensee and any person for the time being in charge of a
distillery.

51. Marking of distilleries

There shall be legibly and permanently marked on the outside of every
distillery, in English and Chinese in letters and characters at least 75 mm high, the
words 'LICENSED DISTILLERY NO (specifying the number of the distillery).

(L.N. 189 of 1982)

52. Construction of distilleries

Every distillery shall be enclosed by walls or fences and every part thereof and
every fixture therein or thereon constructed and maintained in good and substantial
repair and in sanitary condition, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, and in
particular

(a)access to the distillery may be obtained only from a street or road to
which the public has access;

(b)the distillery shall be illuminated and ventilated to the satisfaction of
the Commissioner;

(c)necessary precautions to prevent the outbreak of fire shall be taken
in the distillery and such fire extinguishers and other fire fighting
appliances as the Commissioner may require shall be provided;

(d)in the distillery there shall be one or more stores (hereinafter called
spirit stores) for the collection and storage of all dutiable liquor;

(e)the stills shall be of a type approved by the Commissioner and shall
be so arranged, and the stills and the spirit stores so





constructed, that all spirit produced in the distillery must pass
from every still either directly into a spirit store or first into a
locked receiver and then into a spirit store, but in either case so
that no access can be had to the spirit except by a member of the
Customs and Excise Service, the spirit receiver shall have no
outlet except through a cock fitted with a lock affixed and sealed
by a member of the Customs and Excise Service;
no alterations or repairs, and no change in the use to which any
part of the premises is put, shall be made without the consent of
the Commissioner;
(g)the distiller shall provide and maintain, to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner, clean office accommodation and all necessary
furniture, writing materials, heating and cooling equipment,
lighting, and lavatory accommodation, for the use of members of
the Customs and Excise Service on duty at the premises and no
charge shall be levied for the facilities required by this paragraph.
(L.N. 7 of 1987)
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

53. Locks and seals

The Commissioner may cause locks or seals or both locks and seals to be
affixed to any spirit store, still, spirit pipe, fermenting vessel, condenser or, if he
deems it necessary, to any other utensil or place.
(L.N. 7of 198 7)

54. Spirit store to he deemed a licensed warehouse

Without prejudice to this Part, every spirit store shall be deemed to be a
licensed warehouse for the purpose of any regulations relating to the storage of
dutiable goods, except that-
(a) no separate licence shall be necessary for the store;
(b)on the outside of the store, instead of the words 'LICENSED
WAREHOUSE', there shall be legibly and permanently marked
in English and Chinese the words 'SPIRIT STORE';
(c)no liquor shall be removed from a spirit store except under and in
accordance with a prescribed permit;
(d)no permit shall be necessary for the removal of liquor from one
spirit store to another in the same distillery;
(e)without the express permission of the Commissioner no liquor
shall be taken into a spirit store in any distillery except liquor
distilled in that distillery.(L.N. 294 of 1982)





55. Containers

(1) All containers and utensils for distillation and storage of liquor shall
be kept clean to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.
(2) All containers of Chinese type spirits despatched from any distillery
shall have legibly painted thereon in Chinese characters the word 'M' (tsau)
and the name of the distillery.
(3) Every container for fermented or fermenting materials shall be of a
size approved by the Commissioner and shall have the normal charge, and a
serial number plainly and permanently marked thereon in English and Chinese;
no such container shall be filled with material for fermentation weighing more
or less than the normal charge. (L.N. 6 of 1970)
(4) Every container used for storing spirit in a spirit store shall be of a size
approved by the Commissioner and shall have the maximum capacity in litres
and a serial number plainly marked thereon in English and Chinese. It shall be
fitted or provided with an accurate gauge showing the quantity of spirit in the
container. (L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)
(5) Every container in a spirit store shall be kept securely covered so as to
prevent evaporation.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

55A. Declaration of normal charge

(1) Every distiller shall declare in writing to the Commissioner the normal
charge employed in his distillery for fermentation.
(2) Except with the permission of the Commissioner, no distiller shall
alter the normal charge declared in accordance with subregulation (1).
(3) In this regulation and in regulation 55 'normal charge' means the
usual quantity of raw materials placed in a receptacle for fermentation as part
of the process of distillation.
(L.N. 7 of 1987)

56. Unauthorized person prohibited in spirit store

No person shall, unless accompanied by a member of the Customs and
Excise Service, enter or be in any spirit store.
(L.N. 7 of 1987)

57. Restrictions on liquor and materials
entering and leaving distilleries

(1) Except with the permission of the Commissioner, no person shall take
into or store in any place within the distillery any liquor not produced in the





distillery or goods other than materials for the fermentation and distillation of liquor
and apparatus used in the distillery for the purpose of the fermentation and
distillation of liquor.

(2) No fermenting material shall be removed from a distillery.

(3) No fermented material shall be removed from a distillery unless all alcohol
contained therein has been removed therefrom by distillation.

(L.N. 7of 1987)

58. Fermentation

(1) Except with the special permission of the Commissioner, all material put on
to ferment shall be distilled immediately upon the expiration of the periods set out in
the following table

TABLE

TIME WITHIN WHICH MATERIAL IS TO BE
FERMENTED

Sugar or molasses or an
admixture of both Millet Rice
4 days 10 days 21 days

(2) Time shall commence to run-

(a)in the case of sugar or molasses or an admixture of sugar and
molasses, from the first mixing of the sugar or molasses or the
admixture with mother mash or other ferment approved by the
Commissioner;

(b)in the case of rice, from noon on the day on which the steamed rice is
mixed with yeast; and

(c)in the case of millet, from the first mixing of millet with yeast cake.

(3) No methods of accelerating fermentation shall be employed without the
prior consent of the Commissioner.

(4) In the case of the manufacture of Chinese type spirits from the fermented
mash of rice, the distiller shall declare to the Commissioner the type of yeast, method
of fermentation and raw materials used and shall enter that method, raw materials
and yeast in the record prescribed by regulation 6 1 (1).

(5) The distiller shall report to the Commissioner any change in the type of
yeast, raw materials or method of fermentation used as soon as practicable
thereafter.

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)





59. Liquor to he reduced to uniform strength and spirit

receivers emptied when account is taken

(1) Before an account is taken by a member of the Customs and Excise Service
of any liquor in a distillery, the liquor shall, if the Commissioner so directs, be
reduced to a uniform strength prescribed by him as a strength at which liquor of that
type is by trade usage commonly produced or sold. (L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) At or immediately after the taking of such account spirit receivers shall be
emptied.

60. Duty-paid liquor and denatured spirit

to he removed from distillery

(1) After duty is assessed on any liquor, such liquor shall forthwith be removed
from the spirit store and from the distillery.

(2) After any liquor has been denatured, the denatured spirit shall, unless the
Commissioner otherwise permits, be removed from the distillery immediately after the
Government Chemist has certified that the liquor is not in his opinion liable to duty.
(L.N. 7 of 1987)

61. Records to he kept by distiller

(1) In addition to any record which he is required to keep under any regulations
relating to the storage of dutiable goods, every distiller shall, whenever any
materials for the distillation of liquor are taken into or out of a distillery or are used or
dealt with in any manner whatever therein, forthwith make such entries in respect
thereof as the Commissioner shall specify in a book which shall be kept in the
distillery. The form of such book may be prescribed by the Commissioner. (L.N. 294
of 1982)

(2) Every distiller shall keep a record of the name and address of each person
employed by him in a distillery, the number of his identity card and particulars of the
commencement of, absence from, return to and termination of his employment, and
shall also keep a photograph of each such person. (L.N. 6 of 1970)

62. Returns by distiller

Every distiller shall furnish to the Commissioner once in every week or, on such
day as may be appointed by the Commissioner, in the case of any particular distiller
or generally, a return, in such form as the Commissioner may specify, showing

(a)the balance of dutiable liquor brought forward from the previous
week;





(b) the balance of raw materials brought forward from the previous
week;
(c) the quantity of liquor produced;
(d) the quantity of liquor denatured;
(e) the quantity of liquor on which duty has been paid;
(f) the intake of raw materials;
(g) the quantity of raw materials used;
(h) the balance of raw materials remaining in stock; and
(i) the balance of dutiable liquor remaining in stock.

(L.N. 7 of 1987)

PART VIII

SALE

Certificates of origin and standards of quality for liquors

63. Certificates of origin for imported liquors

(1) The Commissioner may require any imported intoxicating liquor for which a
standard of quantity is prescribed, except Chinese type spirits, to be accompanied
by a certificate (hereinafter in these regulations called a certificate of origin) from the
place where the liquor was made certifying the type, nature and quality of that
liquor. (L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

(2) Certificates of origin for brandy, whisky and rum shall contain such
analytical and other particulars as will enable the liquor to be readily identified.

(3) In these regulations, 'certificate of origin' includes any certificate, in
whatever form, which satisfies the above definition, and includes a certificate of age.

64. Restrictions on movement of certain liquors

If any intoxicating liquor

(a)is not accompanied by the certificate of origin required by regulation
63; or

(b)is found on analysis to differ materially in nature or qualify from that
specified in the certificate of origin; or

(c)is not of the standard of quality, if any, prescribed by these
regulations for that type of liquor,

a permit shall not be issued for the removal of the liquor from the place where it may
be, except





(i) to a ship, or from one ship to another, for export; or

(ii) to a general bonded or licensed warehouse, or from one such
warehouse to another; or

(iii)to any other place, if the liquor is for the private consumption of the
importer, but only in such quantities as the Commissioner may
determine; or

(iv)from a general bonded or licensed warehouse, after the liquor has, to
the satisfaction of the Commissioner, been manufactured; or

(v) from a general bonded or licensed warehouse, after the liquor, not
being brandy or whisky, has, to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner, been repacked or relabelled; or

(vi) for the removal of the liquor that would, but for the fact that it
contains an alcoholic strength of less than 40% by volume at 20'C, be
of the standard of quality prescribed by these regulations for brandy
if the Commissioner is of the opinion that that liquor is a very old
liqueur brandy.

(L.N. 7 of 1987)

65. Method of determining quality of liquors

(1) The quality of any liquor shall be determined by the Government Chemist as
follows

(a) in the case of Chinese type spirits, upon analysis;

(b) in the case of other liquor, in his discretion-

(i) upon analysis; or (ii) upon a certificate of origin required by
regulation 63; or (iii) upon both such analysis and such
certificate.

(2) The higher alcohols in spirit shall be determined by such method of analysis
as the Government Chemist thinks fit. (L.N. 157 of 1974)

66. Standards of quality for certain liquors

The following standards of quality are prescribed

(a)for all intoxicating liquors, every such liquor shall possess the aroma
and flavour natural to liquor of its type;

(b) for spirits-

(i) all spirits shall contain such proportions, if any, of volatile
acidity, aldehydes, furfural, esters and higher alcohols as are
natural to spirits of their type;

(E) brandy: the spirit obtained by the distillation of wine of grapes in
the manufacture of which no additional sugar has been added, or
a mixture of such spirits, that has been aged in wood for at least
3 years and contains an alcoholic strength of not less than 40%
by volume at 20'C;





cognac: brandy made in the Cognac region of France from
grapes grown therein;

(iii) whisky: the spirit obtained by distillation from a mash of cereal
grains saccharified by the diastase of malt or other natural
enzyme and fermented by the action of yeast, with or without
the addition of flavouring or caramel, that has been aged in
wood for at least 3 years and contains an alcoholic strength of
not less than 42% by volume at 20'C;

(iv) rum: the spirit distilled direct from fermented sugar cane
products, with or without caramel, that may be flavoured with
fruit or other botanical substances or flavouring, in such a
manner that the distillate possesses the taste, aroma and
characteristics generally attributed to rum and contains an
alcoholic strength of not less than 42% by volume at 20'C,
and also includes mixtures solely of such distillates;

grain spirit, with or over juniper berries, with or without other
aromatic botanical substances, with or without sugar, and with
an alcoholic strength of not less than 40% by volume at 20'C;

potatoes that, after reduction of strength, has been so distilled
or treated with charcoal or other processes so as to be without
distinctive character, aroma, taste, or colour, and with an
alcoholic strength of not less than 40% by volume at 20'C;

(v)Chinese type spirit: intoxicating liquors obtained by the
distillation of the fermented mash of rice, molasses, sugar, millet
or an admixture of molasses and sugar up to and including a
strength of alcohol by volume at 20'C of 58% for spirit made
from rice, molasses or sugar or both, and 70% for spirit made
from millet

rice spirit-Liu Pun
Sheung Ching

Sam Ching or Sei
Ching

molasses or sugar spirit or spirit made from an admixture of
molasses and sugar

To Liu Pun

To Sheung Ching (+-%A),
To Sam Ching or
To Sei Ching





millet spirit-Mow Toi Ko Leung (AR), Sai Fung Tai Kook
(;M) or Fan Chow ~).

If for sale, its strength in alcohol by volume at 20'C

shall not be less than-
(i) Liu Pun or To Liu Pun ...........22%.
(ii) Sheung Ching or To Sheung Ching 27%.
(iii) Sam Ching or To Sam Ching .....36%.
(iv) Sei Ching or To Sei Ching ......48%.
(v) Mow Toi, Ko Leung or Tai Kook ...50%.
(vi) Sai Fung or Fan Chow ...........60%.
(c) for wines-

(i) port: the fermented expressed juice of grapes grown in the Alto
Douro district in the north-east of Portugal, shipped from
Oporto, and wine of similar characteristics from other countries
or districts, which contains not less than 15% of alcohol by
volume at 20'C;

Port shall be free from added colouring matter and
preservatives other than alcohol and shall contain not less than
15% of alcohol by volume at 20'C

(ii)sherry: the fermented expressed juice of the grape, the produce of
Jerez (or Xeres) de la Frontera, shipped from Cadiz in Spain, and
wine of similar characteristics from other countries or districts
which contains not less than 15% of alcohol by volume at 20'C;

Sherry shall be free from added colouring matter and
preservatives other than alcohol and shall contain not less than
15% of alcohol by volume at 20'C

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 188 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

67. Marking of certain liquors

The name of the place of origin of port not produced in the Alto Douro district
in Portugal, or sherry not produced in Jerez de la Frontera in Spain, shall be clearly
marked on every container thereof.

68-77.(Repealed L.N. 165 of 1989)





PART IX

STORAGE OF DUTIABLE
GOODS

78. Interpretation

In this Part, 'warehouse-keeper' includes the licensee and any person for the
time being in charge of a warehouse.

79. Application

This Part shall apply to general bonded warehouses, licensed warehouses and
any premises deemed to be licensed warehouses under the provisions of any other
Part, except as may be provided in that Part.

80. Marking of warehouses

There shall be legibly and permanently marked on the outside of every
warehouse in English and Chinese in letters and characters at least 75 mm high, the
words 'GENERAL BONDED WAREHOUSE FOR or 'LICENSED WAREHOUSE
FOR (as the case may be) (specifying the number of the warehouse and the nature of
the goods for which it is licensed).

(L.N. 189 of 1982)

81. Construction of warehouses

Every warehouse and every part thereof and every fixture therein or thereon
shall be constructed and maintained in good and substantial repair and sanitary
condition to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, and in particular

(a)the warehouse shall be illuminated and ventilated to the satisfaction
of the Commissioner;

(b) the windows shall be suitably secured; (L.N. 6 of 1970)

(c)the warehouse shall be so constructed, and the door shall have such
fastenings capable of being fitted with locks affixed and sealed by a
member of the Customs and Excise Service, that when such locks are
fitted no person except a member of the Customs and Excise Service
can have any access to the warehouse;

(d) the Commissioner may cause locks to be fitted to any warehouse;

(e)no alterations or repairs shall be made without the consent of the
Commissioner.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)





82. Lamps

The type of lamps used in a warehouse shall be of a type and standard
approved by the Commissioner.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

83. Accommodation for members of

the Customs and Excise Service

(1) When required so to do by the Commissioner, the warehouse-keeper shall
provide and maintain in the premises to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, office
and lavatory accommodation, with heating and cooling equipment, lighting, furniture
and writing materials, for the use of the members of the Customs and Excise Service
on duty at the warehouse. (L.N. 6 of 1970)

(2) No charge shall be levied for any facilities required by the Commissioner
under this regulation.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

84. Facilities for examination, etc., of goods

Every warehouse-keeper, to the satisfaction of the Commissioner, shall provide
and maintain, in a suitable place in the warehouse

(a)adequate receptacles, accurate measures, beams and scales or
weighing machines, for examining, testing, sampling, bottling,
blending, mixing, denaturing, repacking, grading, reconditioning and
otherwise treating dutiable goods; and

(b) adequate receptacles for refuse.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

85. Hours of opening

(1) Warehouses shall be opened between 8.30 a.m. and 4.30 p.m. on weekdays
other than Saturdays or public holidays, and between 8.30 a.m. and 1 p.m. on
Saturdays. (L.N. 7 of 1987)

(2) At other times warehouses may be opened with the written permission of
the Commissioner. (L.N. 294 of 1982)

86. Entry, etc., only with a member of

the Customs and Excise Service

Except with the permission of the Commissioner, no person shall, unless
accompanied by a member of the Customs and Excise Service, enter or be in any
warehouse.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)





87. No smoking, etc.

No person shall smoke or use naked lights or matches in any warehouse.

88. Only dutiable goods to be stored

Except with the special permission of the Commissioner nothing other than
dutiable goods shall be stored in a warehouse.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

89. Goods to be admitted under permit

The keeper of any general bonded warehouse shall admit any dutiable goods
into his warehouse at the request of any holder of a permit in that behalf.

90.Goods from ship or aircraft to be admitted
on request to general bonded warehouse

At the request of the master of any ship lying in the harbour of Victoria or of the
person in charge of any aircraft at the Hong Kong Airport or of the owners,
charterers or agents of any such ship or aircraft, the keeper of any general bonded
warehouse shall forthwith remove from the ship or aircraft into his warehouse any
dutiable goods specified in the request, unless the warehouse is not licensed for
such goods or there is no accommodation for the goods in the warehouse.

91. Non-removal of dutiable goods

(1) Where

(a)any dutiable goods have been left for a period of 3 years in a general
bonded or licensed warehouse; and

(b)the owner of the goods fails to remove them or to make an
application to the Commissioner to have such goods re-entered in the
warehouse records,

the Commissioner may cause a notice in accordance with subregulation (2) to be
served on the owner or, if the owner is unknown, to be published in the Gazette.

(2) The notice shall contain-

(a) a description (including the marks) of the dutiable goods;

(b) the name of the owner of the goods, if known; and

(c)the date on which the goods were received into the general bonded
or licensed warehouse,

and shall state that on a date specified therein, being a date not less than 3 months
after the service of the notice or the publication thereof in the Gazette,





the goods will be offered for sale by public auction unless they are previously
removed by the owner or re-entered in the warehouse records.
(3) Where the dutiable goods to which a notice under subregulation (2)
relates are not removed from the warehouse or re-entered in the warehouse
records before the date specified for the sale thereof, the Commissioner may sell
the goods by public auction.
(4) On the sale by auction of any goods as aforesaid there shall be
deducted from the proceeds of sale, after payment of any necessary expenses
connected with the sale thereof, any duties and any other fee or charges payable
to the Crown or to the keeper of the warehouse wherein such goods had been
stored prior to the sale in respect of such goods, and the surplus (if any) after
such payments have been made shall be placed on deposit in the Treasury and,
if not claimed by the owner of the goods within 12 months thereafter, such
amount shall be forfeited to the Crown.
(5) Should any goods as aforesaid be unsaleable or should their condition
or value be such that the proceeds of sale would not, in the opinion of the
Commissioner, pay the necessary expenses of sale by public auction such goods
may be destroyed, and no person shall have any claim against any Government
officer or against the Crown for the goods destroyed or for the destruction of
such goods.
(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 294 of 1982)

92. Classification of goods

Dutiable goods may be divided into such classes as a warehouse-keeper,
with the approval of the Commissioner, may determine, having regard to the
rules of the Fire Insurance Association of Hong Kong in so far as they are
compatible with the law relating to dangerous goods.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

93. Empty containers

Subject to regulation 88, empty or damaged containers shall be kept in a
locked compartment apart from dutiable goods or as the Commissioner may in
any case specially direct.
(L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

94. Opening containers

No container of dutiable goods shall be opened except under the
supervision of a member of the Customs and Excise Service unless the
Commissioner gives permission to the contrary in any particular case.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)





95. Sampling and other treatment of goods

(1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 94 and after due notice, samples of
dutiable goods may be taken and dutiable goods may be repacked, bottled, blended,
denatured or treated in any other manner whatever as the Commissioner may permit,
in a warehouse.

(2) Notice may be given to the Commissioner in office hours on any working
day before that on which the operation begins, and shall specify

(a) the nature of the operation;

(b) the name and the number (if any) of the warehouse; and (e)
the day and time when the operation is to begin.

(3) No person shall begin or perform any such operation or any part thereof
except under the supervision of a member of the Customs and Excise Service, unless
the Commissioner gives special permission to the contrary.

(4) Dutiable goods shall not be repacked in containers in less quantities than
those specified in regulation 97.

(5) Containers, if any, which are deficient in content shall be filled from others in
the same ownership.

(6) Unless the Commissioner otherwise directs, samples shall not be removed
from a warehouse until duty has been paid thereon.

(L.N. 294 of 1982)

96. Goods to be removed only under permit

No goods shall be removed from a warehouse except under permit or with the
written authority of the Commissioner.

(L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 294 of 1982)

97. Minimum quantities for removal

The minimum amount of any one kind, brand, preparation or admixture of
dutiable goods which may be removed in any one consignment from a warehouse,
except as samples or with the special permission of the Commis

sioner, shall be-
(a) Liquor ...........................81
(b) Tobacco-
(i) cigarettes .......................2000
(ii) cigars ..........................200
(iii) other manufactured tobacco .....1.5 kg
(iv) unmanufactured tobacco ..........15 kg
(c) Hydrocarbon oil ..................401

(L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)





98. Record of goods

(1) Whenever any goods are taken into or out of a warehouses or are treated in
any manner, the warehouses-keeper shall forthwith make such entries in respect
thereof as the Commissioner may require in a stock account or record in such form
as may be approved by the Commissoner.

(2) Every warehouse-keeper shall, if requested by a member of the Customs and
Excise Service, produce the stock account or record referred to in subregulation (1)
for examination and shall provide him with copies of that stock account or record or
with any other relevant information which the member deems necessary.

(3) Except with the permission of the Commissioner, every warehousekeeper
shall retain the stock account or record referred to in subregulation (1) in the
warehouse for a period of 12 months.

(L.N. 7 of 1987)

99. Deficiencies

(1) Whenever any deficiency, from whatever cause, occurs or is found in
dutiable goods stored in a warehouse the keeper thereof shall forthwith duly enter
the same in the stock account or record required to be kept by regulation 98 and
shall within 24 hours report such deficiency to the Commissioner.

(2) In the case of a warehouse for hydrocarbon oil the keeper shall report the
deficiency referred to in subregulation (1) in the return required to be furnished by
regulation 100(2).

(L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

100. Returns to Commissioner

(1) The keeper of a general bonded warehouse shall daily, and of a licensed
warehouse weekly, or in either case at such other regular intervals and on such days
as the Commissioner may appoint, deliver returns to the Commissioner to his
satisfaction and in such form as he may prescribe of all dutiable goods taken into or
out of the warehouse, all such operations as are set out in regulation 95, and such
other relevant particulars as the Commissioner may require; returns shall be
delivered before noon on the day on which they are due, or if that day is a general
holiday, on the next working day.

(2) The keeper of a warehouse for hydrocarbon oil shall furnish to the
Commissioner on the first working day of each month or such other day as the
Commissioner may appoint, a return, in such form as the Commissioner may specify,
showing

(a)a balance of stock account of all types of hydrocarbon oil brought
forward;

(b) quantities of oil received into the warehouse;





(c)details of operation, production, treatment and use of oil in the
warehouses;
(d) quantities of oil delivered or taken for use on payment of duty;
(e) quantities of oil delivered without payment of duty;
(f) quantities of oil removed to approved premises;
(g) quantities of oil exported;
(h) quantities of oil delivered as stores; and
(i)a balance of stock account of all types of hydrocarbon oil carried
forward.
(3) For the purpose of this regulation a separate return is required in
relation to each warehouse.
(L.N. 294 of 1987; L.N. 7 of 1987)

101. Charges
Charges by warehouse-keepers for storing or moving dutiable goods shall
not exceed such as the Commissioner may approve.
(L.N. 294 of 1982)

102. Attendance of member of Customs and
Excise Service may be directed

The Commissioner may, to such extent as he considers necessary for the
due protection of the revenue, direct that a member or members of the Customs
and Excise Service be in attendance-
(a) at any warehouse;
(b)during the removal of goods to which this Ordinance applies
from one place to another.
(L.N. 157 of 1974; L.N. 294 of 1982)

103. Payment of fees for attendances

The fees prescribed in Part VII of the Schedule for attendances by
members of the Customs and Excise Service shall be payable by the person in
possession or control of the goods to which this Ordinance applies, but the
Commissioner may waive payment of the fees in such cases or classes of cases as
he thinks fit.
(L.N. 157 of 1974; L.N. 294 of 1982; L.N. 7 of 1987)

103A. Fees for storage

The fees payable for storage by the Customs and Excise Department with
the permission of the Commissioner of goods to which these regulations apply
are specified in the Schedule.
(L.N. 7 of 1987)





PART X

PENALTIES

104. Penalties

(1) Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Ordinance, any person who
acts in contravention of regulations 5, 10, 20, 31, 32, 35, 39, 40, 41, 44, 46, 47, 49, 52,
54, 55A, 58, 61, 63, 66, 67, 84, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 and 99 shall be guilty of an offence and
shall on summary conviction, in addition to any forfeiture under these regulations,
be liable- (L.N. 6 of 1970; L.N. 7 of 1987,. 16 of 1989 s. 13; L.N. 165 of 1989)

(a)for the first offence, to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 12
months;

(b)for every subsequent offence, to a fine of $100,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Any person who acts in contravention of regulations 6, 7, 8, 9, 25, 26, 29, 30,
33, 34, 38, 48, 51, 55, 56, 57, 59, 60, 62, 80, 81, 82, 83, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 93, 100, 101
and 103 shall be guilty of an offence and shall on summary conviction, in addition to
any forfeiture under these regulations, be liable to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 12 months. (L.N. 165 of 1989)

(3) In any case where a magistrate is of the opinion that an offence was
committed with intent to avoid payment of duty he may in addition to any fine
prescribed by this regulation inflict a fine not exceeding 10 times the amount of duty
payable on the goods in respect of which the offence was committed.

SCHEDULE[regs. 2, 103 & 103A]
LICENCES AND FEES
PART 1
GENERAL
Item Licence or permit Fee
1 . General bonded warehouse licence 10

2. Warehouse licence in respect of one or more of the following-

liquors, tobacco, hydrocarbon oil, methyl alcohol, non-alcoholic

beverages, concentrates and cosmetics---
(a) in conjunction with a licence to manufacture one or more

of the commodities concerned ....1,000
(b) in other cases ..............2,000

3. Import and export licence (for one or more of the following)---

liquors, tobacco, hydrocarbon oil, methyl alcohol, non-alcoholic

beverages, concentrates and cosmetics-





Item Licence or permit Fee

(a) except as in (b) .............500
(b) to persons licensed only to import for their own use or where
the duty value of a single shipment is less than 52,000 10% of the
..................................duty on the
..................................goods
imported
..................................with a
..................................minimum
fee of
..................................$2.

4. Special import licence (to keepers of licensed warehouses capable of

storing not less than 500 kilolitres of hydrocarbon oil) 1,000

PART II
LIQUORS
Item Licence or permit Fee
1 Manufacturers licence 200

2. Distillery licence .........- ....1,000

3. Still licence (available only to an educational, scientific or charitable

institution approved by the Financial Secretary) Free
4. Brewery licence ..................2,000

5. Canteen licence .......- .........10
6. Temporary liquor licence ........................................... 100
per diem

PART 111
TOBACCO
item Licence or permit Fee
1 Manufacturer's licence for Chinese prepared tobacco 500

2. Manufacturer's licence for other tobacco ................ 1,000

PART IV
HYDROCARBON OIL
Item Licence or permit Fee
1 Manufacturer's licence 10,000
PART V
NON-ALCOHOLIC BEvERAGEs AND CONCENTRATES
Item Licence or permit Fee
1. Manufacturer's licence 1,000





PART VI
COSMETICS
Item Licence or permit Fee
1 Manufacturer's licence 1,000
PART VII
MISCELLANEOUS
Item Service Fee
1. For every transfer of or substitution or amendment in any licence, not

otherwise specified, except a transfer from one person to another 5

2. For every transfer of any licence from one person to another, not

otherwise specified .............10

3. For every certificate of the Government Chemist that any spirits or

methyl alcohol are denatured ....5
.................................or
.................................one-twentieth
.................................of the duty,
.................................which would
.................................have been
.................................payable on the
.................................spirits or
.................................methyl alcohol
.................................had such spirits
.................................or methyl
.................................alcohol not
.................................been
.................................denatured,
.................................whichever is the
.................................greater.

4. For every landing certificate, certificate of shortages or breakages of

cargo found damaged or short in bond, endorsement, certificate of

accuracy or copy of or extract from official records, any other
certificates on which statistics or any official signature has been given in
connection with the importation, drawback, duty collection, shortage

or exportation of any goods to which this Ordinance applies 15

5. For storage of goods to which this Ordinance applies by the Customs

and Excise Department with the permission of the Commissioner 1 per package
.................................(irrespective of
.................................size) per day or
.................................part of a day,
.................................after the first 48
.................................hours.

6. For any attendance of a member of the Customs and Excise Service-

(a) at a warehouse or any other place; or

(b) during the removal of goods to which this Ordinance applies
from one place to another-

...............Per artPer Amour
............... Per Month
............... Day
Inspector ..... 130 910 19,800
Chief Customs Officer 110 770 16,800






Senior Customs Officer 90 630 13,100
Customs Officer 60 4208,500
............... (L.N. 165 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2482

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

42
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:38 +0800
<![CDATA[DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2481

Title

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 109





CHAPTER 109

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................................................................ 4
2. Interpretation ....................... 4
3. Application .......................... 6

PART II

GENERAL

4. Duty ............................................................................................ 7
5. Drawback .............................7
6. Regulations .......................... 7

7. Grant of licences and permits ........10
8. Applications for licences and permits 11
9. Register of requisitions and permits .12

10. Deputy for absent licensee ....................... 12
11. Powers of the Customs and Excise Service 13
IIA. Books and documents ................ 14
12. Seizure without warrant ................................................................... 14
13. Ships failing to bring to ........... 14

14. Search of place or ship with warrant or authority or by police officer 15
15. Seizure of things used for commission of offences 15
16. Obstruction of member of the Customs and Excise Service or police officer 16

17. Restrictions on dealing with and possession of certain goods ..................... 16
18. (Rep-led) ...........................18
19. Goods embarked for export not to be relanded 18
20. Restrictions on import and export ... 19
21. Penalty on not bringing to at stations; or carrying away officers 19
22. Import and export statements ............................. 19
23. Removal of goods from ships, vehicles or aircraft 20
24. Ships' or aircraft stores, etc . .... 21
25. Inspection, etc. of goods ...........21





Section.................................... Page
26. Assessment of duty and drawback ......22
26A................Value of goods and assessment of ad valorem duty 22
27. Production of documents necessary for calculating duty 24
27A..................Production of document as to origin of juice 25
28. Delivery of imported goods on giving security for duty 25
28A.............Goods imported for processing or repacking for export 25
29. Liability of licensee of general bonded or licensed warehouse 26
30. Contracts for sale of duty-paid goods when duties are altered or repealed 26
31. Execution and distress against licensees 27
32. Recovery of duty, etc . ..............28
33. Search of baggage and goods ..........28
34. Examination of articles (other than baggage) on shore, ship, etc . 39
35. (Rep-led) ............................30

36. Misrepresentation, concealment, removal of goods, and defacement of licence

or permit ............................30
37........................Counterfeiting documents, etc . 31
38............Restrictions on use and transfer of permits and licences 31
39...................................(Repealed) 31
40..................................Presumptions 31
41.................Import manifests to be evidence of importation 32
42......................Certain certificates to be evidence 32
43.........................Magistrate may call in expert 32
44...................................Informers 32
45...............Manner of seizure not to be inquired into by court 33
46.............................Offences and penalties 33
46A........................Liability for acts of servants 33
47..........................Commencement of prosecution 34
48...................................Forfeiture 34
49.............................Evidence of forfeiture 36

50. Protection of members of Customs and Excise Service in forfeiture

proceedings ..........................36
51.....................Goods abandoned as not worth the duty 36
52..............................Sale of perishables 36
PART Ill
LIQUORS
53.................................Interpretation 37
54.............Provision for case of death or insolvency of licensee 39
55........................Licensee to exhibit name, etc . 39
56.....................Measures or weights for sale of liquor 39





Section..................................... Page
57....................................(Repealed) 39
58.............Illegal possession of still or fermented material, etc . 40
59...........Presumptions in proceedings for illicit distillation, etc . 40
60......Free licences for small stills for registered doctors and pharmacists 41
61.......................Distilling, etc. adulterated liquor 41
62....................................(Repealed) 42
63....................................(Repealed) 42
64......Denatured spirits to be dutiable goods until certified to the contrary 42

PART IV

TOBACCO

65..............................Definition of tobacco 42
66.....................................(Rep-led) 43
67.....................Manufacture, etc. of adulterated tobacco 43
68..........................Restriction on tobacco growing 44
PART V
HYDROCARBON OIL
69..........................Definition of hydrocarbon oil 44
69A...................................(Repealed) 45

PART VI

METHYL ALCOHOL

70.................................Interpretation 45

71..................Marking of containers
................................................................ 45

72.....................Colouring, flavouring or other substance 45
73.....................................Storage 46
74....................................Exemptions 46
PART VII
CONCENTRATES AND NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES
75..................................Interpretation 46
PART VIII
COSMESTICS
76..................................Interpretation 47
Schedule .
........................................................................................................................ 47





CHAPTER 109

DUTIABLE COMMODITIES

To amend the law relating to the taxation and control of liquors, tobacco,
hydrocarbon oil, methyl alcohol, non-alcoholic beverages, cosmetics and other
substances, for providing for the licensing of certain dealings in liquors and for
purposes connected therewith.

(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 2; 40 of 1974 s. 2; 34 of 1976 s. 2; 20 of 1985 s. 2;
66 of 1986 s. 2)

[160ctoberl9631 L.N.120of1963

Originally 26 of 1963-37 of 1967,31 of 1969,3 of 1970, L.N. 146 of 1972,61 of 1972, L.N. 181
of 1972, 19 of 1973, L.N. 56 of 1974, 40 of 1974, 34 of 1976, 83 of 1976, 46 of 1977, L.N.
206 of 1977, 44 of 1978, 68 of 1978, 4 of 1979, 46 of 1980, 34 of 1982, L.N. 189 of 1982,
L.N. 294 of 1982, 75 of 1982, 34 of 1984, 35 of 1984, 20 of 1985, 39 of 1985, 62 of 1986,
66 of 1986, R.Ed. 1986, L.N. 128 of 1987, L.N. 203 of 1987, L.N. 382 of 1987, N. 387 of
1987, 10 of 1988, L.N. 49 of 1988, L.N. 158 of 1988,16 of 1989,29 of 1989. c

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

(1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Customs and Excise and any Deputy or
Assistant Commissioner of Customs and Excise; (Added L.N. 294 of 1982)

'container' includes any receptacle or vessel and any wrapper, packing, cover or
stopper;

'dutiable goods' means goods to which this Ordinance applies, which are not
exempt from duty and on which the full duty prescribed by law has not been
paid, and includes goods on which duty has been paid if subsequently
reimported; (Amended 3 of 1970s.3)

'duty-paid goods' means goods on which the full duty prescribed by law has been
paid;





'export' means to carry or cause to be carried out of Hong Kong by land, air or water
and includes the export of anything carried or sent from any country and
brought into Hong Kong by land, air or water for the sole purpose of being
carried to another country after transhipment into another conveyance, but
does not include transit cargo;

'former Ordinance' means the Dutiable Commodities Ordinance 1931 and also
means any provision thereof which was continued in force under the repealed
section 76 of this Ordinance; (Added3of1970s.3)

'gross tonnage' means gross tonnage determined in accordance with the Merchant
Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations (App. 1 p. AB 1); (Added 3 of 1970s.3)

'import' means to carry or cause to be carried into Hong Kong by land, air or water;

licence means a licence granted or issued under this Ordinance or under the former
Ordinance; (Replaced 3 of 1970 s. 3)

'liquor licence' means a licence for the sale or supply of liquor at any premises
specified therein for consumption on the premises; (Added 3 of 1970 s. 3)

'manifest' means the manifest of a ship or aircraft, and in relation to a vehicle, the
statement referred to in section 22 of goods imported or for export in such
vehicles;

'manufacture' includes every kind of preparation, mixing and treatment except
packing and unpacking;

'master' includes every person, except a pilot, having command or charge of any
ship;

'member of the Customs and Excise Service' means a person holding an office
specified in Schedule 1 to the Customs and Excise Service Ordinance (Cap.
342); (Amended 46 of 1977s. 18)

'net register' means register tonnage determined in accordance with the Merchant
Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations (App. 1 p. AB 1); (Replaced 3 of 1970s.3)

'offence' means an offence against any of the provisions of this Ordinance, and
includes any act or omission declared or deemed by any of the provisions of
this Ordinance to bean offence; (Amended3 of 1970s.36)

'permit' means a permit granted or issued under this Ordinance;

'place' means any area on land or water and includes any ship, aircraft, vehicle,
train, building, structure or enclosure, whether movable or not; (Added 66 of
1986 s. 3)

'railway' means the Kowloon-Canton Railway, British Section, and 'by rail' means
by means of the railway;

'Regional Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the District Boards
Ordinance(Cap. 366); (Added 39 of 1985 s. 60)

',ship' includes every description of vessel (not being or having the status of a
vessel of war) used, or adapted for use, in navigation or for the carriage of
goods or persons;





'transit cargo' means goods which are destined for a foreign place and are passing
through Hong Kong on the same ship or aircraft without transhipment;

'Urban Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the District Boards
Ordinance(Cap. 366); (Added 39 of 1985 s. 60)

'warehouse' means any premises or place or any part thereof specified by the
Commissioner either as a general bonded warehouse or as a licensed warehouse
and set apart for storing only dutiable goods. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982; 66 of
1986 s. 3)

If

(2) (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 3)

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), where

(a)duty has been paid on goods by reference to the purpose for which
the goods were intended to be used; and

(b)the goods are used, or are intended to be used, for some other
purpose which attracts a higher rate of duty,

then, until duty is paid at that higher rate, the goods shall be deemed to be goods on
which the full duty prescribed bylaw has not been paid. (Replaced 3 of 1970 s. 3)

(4) (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 3)

3. Application

(1) This Ordinance shall apply to alcoholic liquors, tobacco (other than any
smokeless tobacco product within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Public Health
and Municipal Services Ordinance (Cap. 132)), hydrocarbon oil, methyl alcohol,
concentrates, non-alcoholic beverages and cosmetics. (Amended 40 of 1974 s. 3; 34
of 1976 s. 3; 20 of 1985 s. 3; 62 of 1986 s. 4; 66 of 1986 s. 4)

(2) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution published in the
Gazette apply to any substance any of the provisions of this Ordinance specified in
the resolution with such modifications, if any, as may to them seem desirable, having
regard to the nature of the substance to which the resolution relates.

(3) While any resolution relating to any substance is in force under this section
the provisions of this Ordinance thereby applied shall have effect as if the substance
were goods to which this Ordinance applies, but subject to such modifications, if
any, as may be provided by the resolution.

(4) Except as provided in section 18, this Ordinance shall not apply to goods
which are the property of or imported or purchased for the Governor or for the
Government of the United Kingdom or of Hong Kong.

(5) Except as may be prescribed by regulations, the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to the importation, exportation and movement of goods shall not
apply to postal packets as defined in the Post Office Ordinance (Cap. 98).





PART 11

GENERAL

4. Duty

(1) Duty shall be assessed and payable on dutiable goods and refunded in
respect of such goods at the rates and in the manner set out in the Schedule.

(2) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the Schedule and in
particular, may amend it

(a) to impose any duty on any dutiable goods or any class of dutiable

goods;

(b) to increase, decrease, recast, abolish, vary, waive or remit

whether generally or particularly any duty imposed therein to any
extent whatever;

(e) to impose new duties on any dutiable goods or class of dutiable

goods, including goods that are already in Hong Kong at the
time such new duties are imposed; or

(d) to empower the Commissioner--

(i) to make refunds of duty in any particular case or generally;

(ii) to assess duty on any dutiable goods not specified in the
Schedule; or

(iii)to assess duty on a quantity, as specified in the Schedule, of
dutiable goods at a rate so specified.

(Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 5)

5. Drawback

(1) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that any duty-
paid goods have been used in Hong Kong by qualified persons in the manufacture
or preparation of any goods exported or taken as stores on board a ship, vehicle,
train or aircraft departing from Hong Kong, drawback shall be payable to such
persons in respect of such duty-paid goods at such rate as may from time to time by
regulations be prescribed. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) In this section, 'qualified person' means a person qualified in manner
prescribed by regulations for the purpose of drawback.

6. Regulations

(1) The Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe or provide for

(a) regulating, restricting, licensing or prohibiting, except by licensed

persons and on, from or to licensed premises, vehicles, trains,
ships or aircraft, as the case may be, the importation, exporta-





tion, manufacture, storage, sale, supply, use and possession of
goods to which this Ordinance applies; (Amended 66 of 1986
s.6)
(b)standards of quality for and determining the quality and origin
of, and for packing, canning or bottling any goods (to which this
Ordinance applies) to be manufactured, sold or exported under
licence; and for materials to be used in such manufacture;
(c)the form of licences and permits and any conditions to be
attached thereto, the public officers who may grant licences or
permits, the periods for which licences and permits may be
issued, the surrender of permits after issue and exemptions for
any requirements prescribed by this Ordinance in relation to a
licence or permit; (Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 6)
(d)the construction, maintenance, management and control of
licensed premises;
(e)books and records to be kept for the purposes of this Ordinance,
the manner in which they are to be kept, and the periods for
which they are to be preserved, and empowering the Com-
missioner and any member of the Customs and Excise Service
so authorized in writing by him to grant exemptions from any
such requirement; (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 6)
(f)the containers in which goods to which the Ordinance applies
may be imported, exported, kept, sold or supplied and for the
labelling or marking of such goods and containers;
(g)fees other than fees for liquor licences issued by the Urban
Council or the Regional Council; (Replaced 19 of 1973 s. 54.
Amended 39 of 1985 s. 60)
(h)the payment of fees, duties and drawback; (Replaced 66 of 1986
s.6)
(ha) the refund of duty-
(i)on duty-paid goods used in the manufacture of dutiable
goods;
(ii)on duty-paid goods destroyed in Hong Kong with the
written consent of the Commissioner;
(iii)on duty-paid goods exported from Hong Kong with the
written consent of the Commissioner;
(iv)on duty-paid goods drawn as samples for analysis by the
Government Chemist;
(v)on such other duty-paid goods as the Legislative Council
may by resolution direct; (Added 66 of 1986 s. 6)
(i)dispensing with or relaxing any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or duties imposed thereunder relating to goods-
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)





(i) used or intended to be used in the sacrament, or solely for
educational, scientific, medical or charitable purposes;

(ii)used or intended to be used in navigation, air or land traffic
through or outside Hong Kong, or as ships' or aircraft stores;

(iii) imported for their own use and in their baggage by passengers
and crew members of ships, aircraft, trains or vehicles;
(Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 6)

(iv) exported and subsequently reimported, or to such other goods
as the Legislative Council may by resolution direct;

(v) used or intended to be used as samples or advertising matter of
no commercial value and not intended for resale;

(vi) which are bona fide gifts sent to residents of Hong Kong and are
not intended for resale;

(vii) used in the blending of fuel oil or marked by means of chemicals
and coloration; (Added66 of 1986s.6)

(viii) drawn as samples for analysis by the Government Chemist;
(Added 66 of 1986 s. 6)

(ia) exemptions from or refunds of duty which are required by any

Ordinance as to immunities and privileges of a diplomatic,
consular or similar nature; (Added40 of 1974s. 4)

(j) the furnishing of bonds, or cash or other securities, by licensees

and others to secure the due payment of duty and the observance
of the provisions of this Ordinance and the conditions of licences;
(Amended 3 of 19 70 s. 36)

(k) the examination of the baggage and goods of persons entering or

leaving Hong Kong;

(1) requiring importers and exporters of goods to which this

Ordinance applies to furnish certificates relating to the goods from
places outside Hong Kong;

(m) marking by means of chemicals and coloration of hydrocarbon

oil; (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 6)

(n) the issue, suspension and revocation of liquor licences and the

establishment, functions and procedure of boards appointed for
the purpose; (Added3 of 1970s.4. Amended4of1979s.2)

(o) regulating the premises in respect of which a liquor licence is

granted; (Added3of1970s.4)

(p) regulating or prohibiting the sale and supply of liquor to minors;

(Added 3 of 1970 s. 4)

(q) regulating or prohibiting the employment and presence of minors

on licensed premises;







(r) the conditions of employment of minors on licensed premises;

(Added 3 of 19 70 s. 4)





(ra) the issue of certificates as evidence of landing, shortages and
breakages of cargo or relating to entries in official records; (Added 66
of 1986 s. 6)

(s)matters in which the Commissioner may give directions for the
protection of the revenue and the carrying out of the provisions of
this Ordinance, and for empowering him to give such directions;
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36,- L.N. 294 of 1982)

(sa) empowering the Commissioner to grant exemptions in any particular
case or generally from any regulations made under this section;
(Added 66 of 1986 s. 6)

(t)anything which is by this Ordinance to be prescribed or provided for
by regulation;

(u) generally, carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1)(n), regulations made under this section
may provide that a contravention of any regulation shall be an offence and prescribe
a penalty therefor: (Amended4of 1979s.2)

Provided that no penalty so prescribed shall exceed a fine of $100,000 and
imprisonment for 2 years.

(3) Any regulation made under this Ordinance may provide that in any criminal
proceedings for a contravention thereof

(a)it shall be for the person charged with such contravention to prove
certain facts; or

(b)facts may be presumed, with or without proof of other facts, until the
contrary is proved.

(4) Any regulation made in exercise of the powers conferred by subsection (3)
shall be subject to the approval of the Legislative Council.

(5) Where by regulations made under subsection (1)(n) the Urban Council is
appointed as a board empowered to issue liquor licences, the Urban Council may, by
notice published in the Gazette, specify the fees payable in respect of such licences.
(Added19of1973s.54. Amended L.N. 56 of 1974)

(6) (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 6)

(7) Where by regulations made under subsection (1)(n) the Regional Council is
appointed as a board empowered to issue liquor licences, the Regional Council may,
by notice published in the Gazette, specify the fees payable in respect of such
licences. (Added 39 of 1985 s. 60)

(8) (Spent)

7. Grant of licences and permits

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance-

(a)the Commissioner or other officer deputed by him in that behalf may
in his absolute discretion grant and issue licences or permits on
payment of the fees, for the periods prescribed, or if no such





period is prescribed in any case, for periods of one year at a time, and
may renew such licences or permits

(b) the Commissioner or an officer deputed by him to grant a licence

or permit may-

(i) in granting or renewing the licence or permit impose such special
conditions or restrictions in particular cases as he thinks fit;

(ii) permit the transfer of the licence or permit from one person to
another or, if the licence was issued for certain premises, the
substitution therefor of other premises, or may amend the
licence or permit, on sufficient cause being shown to his
satisfaction and on payment of the fee prescribed for such
transfer, substitution or amendment and of such fee, or such
proportionate part of such fee, payable under paragraph (a) as
the change may involve;

(iii) give either personally or by registered post such directions to
licensees or holders of permits in writing in prescribed matters as
he may deem necessary for the protection of the revenue;
(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 7)

(iv)revoke the licence or permit on proof to his satisfaction of an
offence against this Ordinance, whether any person has been
convicted of such offence or not;

(v) any licence or permit shall be in the prescribed form or, if no form
is prescribed in a particular case, in such form as the
Commissioner may approve;

(e) a list of general bonded warehouses shall be published in the

Gazette in January of each year and additions thereto or
deletions therefrom shall be similarly published within 1 month
of such addition or deletion becoming necessary. (Amended3of
1970 ss. 5 & 36)

(2) Any person who is aggrieved by the exercise of the powers conferred by
this section by the Commissioner or by any officer deputed by him in that behalf
may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

8. Applications for licences and permits

Any person seeking a licence or permit or the renewal, extension, transfer or
amendment of a licence or permit shall make application

(a) in accordance with regulations; or

(b) in any case not provided for by regulations, either personally

or in writing to the Commissioner in accordance with a form
approved by him and subject to his directions,





and shall furnish such information and evidence relating to the application as may
be prescribed or as the Commissioner may require.

(Replaced3of1970s.6. Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

9. Register of requisitions and permits

Every requisition for a permit and a copy of every permit issued shall be entered
in a book or books in the office of the officer authorized to issue the permit, and the
absence of a requisition or copy therefrom shall be prima facie evidence that a permit
has not been applied for or, as the case may be, that a permit has not been issued.

10. Deputy for absent licensee

(1) If a licensee intends to leave Hong Kong for more than 14 days at a time, or
is, by reason of any disability, incapable of acting, he, or in the case of disability, his
legal representative, shall, unless he has appointed a deputy licensee under
subsection (2), appoint a responsible person, approved by the Commissioner, to act
on his behalf during his intended absence or during his disability and shall lodge
with the Commissioner a notice of such appointment endorsed and countersigned
by the person appointed and during the absence or disability of the licensee the
person appointed shall, without prejudice to the responsibility of the licensee, have
the same duties and liabilities as the licensee under this Ordinance.

(2) A licensee may, subject to the prior approval of the Commissioner obtained
in accordance with subsection (3), appoint a deputy licensee.

(3) An application for the approval of the Commissioner under subsection (2)
shall be made in writing in a form approved by him, signed by both the licensee and
the proposed deputy licensee and giving such information and evidence relating to
the application as the Commissioner may require.

(4) Whenever a licensee who has appointed a deputy licensee intends to leave
Hong Kong, or is, by reason of any disability, incapable of acting, he, or in the case
of disability, his legal representative shall by notice in writing notify the
Commissioner of such intention to leave or of such disability.

(5) A deputy licensee shall while the licensee is absent from Hong Kong, or is,
by reason of any disability, incapable of acting

(a) during such absence or disability;

(b)notwithstanding any absence of any notice under subsection (4); and

(c) without prejudice to the responsibility of the licensee, have the same
duties and liabilities as the licensee under this Ordinance.

(6) If a licensee and a deputy licensee leave Hong Kong at the same time for
more than 14 days subsection (1) shall apply as if no deputy licensee had been
appointed under subsection (2).





(7) In this section-
'deputy licensee' means a deputy licensee appointed under subsection (2);

'licensee' means the holder of a licence in respect of any premises in which

dutiable goods are thereby authorized to be stored or manufactured.

(Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 8)

11. Powers of the Customs and Excise Service

(1) Every member of the Customs and Excise Service shall for the purposes of
this Ordinance have power to do all or any of the following things

(a)to enter at all reasonable times or, if specially authorized in writing by
the Commissioner for the purposes of this section, at any time by day
and night and remain as long as he thinks fit upon any premises or
place in respect of which any person holds a licence and to inspect
and examine the premises or place and every part thereof,
(Amended3of1970s.7)

(b)to require the production of any licence, permit, and any book or
document kept in pursuance of this Ordinance or any other document
which has a bearing on the quantity, origin, value or nature of any
goods to which this Ordinance applies, and to inspect, remove and
detain for the purpose of examination for so long as the Commissioner
may consider necessary and to examine and copy any such books or
documents; (Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36; 34 of 1984 s. 2; 66 of 1986 s.
9)

(c)to make such examination and inquiry as may be necessary to
ascertain whether the provisions of this Ordinance are complied with
as respects any goods to which this Ordinance applies; (Amended 3
of 19 70 s. 36)

(d)without payment, to take such samples of any goods to which this
Ordinance applies as the Commissioner may direct for examination or
for ascertaining the duty payable on such goods, and samples so
taken for examination or for ascertaining the duty payable may be
disposed of as the Commissioner may think fit; and

(e)to exercise such other powers as may be necessary for giving effect
to the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) The holder of every licence or permit issued under this Ordinance and his
servants or agents shall furnish the means required by a member of the Customs and
Excise Service as necessary for any entry, inspection, examination, inquiry or the
exercise of his powers under this Ordinance in relation to any goods to which this
Ordinance applies and which are or have been in the possession, custody or control
of such licensee or permittee.





(3) If in pursuance of this section any member of the Customs and Excise
Service, having demanded admission into any premises and declared his name
and business at any entrance thereof, is not immediately admitted, he and any
person acting in his aid may break into and forcibly enter the premises.

11A. Books and documents

(1) Any book or document kept in pursuance of this Ordinance shall be
kept in a legible form or in a non-legible form capable of being reproduced in a
legible form.
(2) If any book or document is kept otherwise than in a legible form, any
power conferred by this Ordinance to require the production of such book or
document, to remove and detain it for the purpose of examination, to examine
it or to take copies of it shall be construed as including power to require
production of it, to remove it and to detain it for the purpose of examination, to
examine or to take copies of a reproduction of the book or document or of the
relevant part of it in a legible form.
(Added 66 of 1986 s. 10)

12. Seizure without warrant

Any member of the Customs and Excise Service may without warrant-
(a)seize, remove and detain any goods to which this Ordinance
applies and in respect of which he finds or has reasonable cause
to suspect that an offence against this Ordinance has been
committed, or that the goods are otherwise liable to forfeiture
under this Ordinance; (Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)
(b)stop and board any ship, aircraft, train or vehicle and search the
same and every part thereof, and may remain thereon as long as
it remains in Hong Kong.

13. Ships failing to bring to

The master of any ship not exceeding 250 tons gross tonnage in the waters
of Hong Kong who shall refuse to stop and receive any member of the Customs
and Excise Service on board such ship or who shall refuse or neglect, to bring
his ship to when hailed by a member of the Customs and Excise Service in
charge of any ship employed in the service of the Government of Hong Kong
having displayed the customary flag or having exhibited or made a recognition
signal shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $5,000 in
addition to any other penalty to which he may be liable under the provisions of
this Ordinance.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 8)
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 78 U.K.]





14. Search of place or ship with warrant

or authority or by police officer

(1) Where it appears to any magistrate upon the oath of any person that there is
reasonable cause to believe that in any place there are concealed or deposited any
goods subject to forfeiture under this Ordinance, or with respect to which an offence
has been committed or is about to be committed against the provisions of this
Ordinance, the magistrate may, by his warrant directed to any member of the
Customs and Excise Service or to any police officer, empower such member or officer
by day or by night- (Amended3of1970s.36)

(a)to enter the place named in the warrant and there to search for and
seize, remove and detain any such goods; and

(b)to arrest any person being in such place in whose possession such
goods may be found, or whom such member or officer may
reasonably suspect of having concealed or deposited any such
goods there or thereabout. (Amended 66 of 1986 s.]])

(2) Such member or officer may, if necessary

(a)break open any outer or inner door of the place and enter thereinto;

(b) forcibly enter the place and every part thereof,

(e)remove by force any obstruction to such entry, search, seizure and
removal as he is empowered to effect;

(d)detain every person found in such place and prevent every person
from approaching or entering the same, until the search is complete;

(e)seize, remove and detain any such goods, whether in such place or in
any place whatever within Hong Kong, in the possession, custody or
control of any of the persons against whom his warrant has been
issued. (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 11)

(3) Whenever it appears to any member of the Customs and Excise Service
generally or specially authorized in writing by the Commissioner for the purposes of
this section, or to any police officer not below the rank of inspector, that there is
reasonable cause to believe that in any place there are concealed or deposited
goods liable to forfeiture under this Ordinance, or with respect to which an offence
has been committed or is about to be committed against this Ordinance, and he has
reasonable ground for believing that unless the place are searched forthwith the
goods are likely to be removed, the said officer in virtue of his office may exercise in,
upon and in respect of such place all the powers mentioned in this section as if he
were empowered to do so by warrant. (Amended 66 of 1986 s.]])

(4) (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 11)

15. Seizure of things used for commission of offences

(1) Whenever it is lawful under this Ordinance for a member of the Customs and
Excise Service or a police officer to seize, remove and detain any





goods, it shall be lawful for him in a like manner to seize, remove and detain

(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 12)

(a) any receptacle in which the goods are contained;

(b)any ship not exceeding 250 tons gross tonnage or any vehicle or
aircraft not being a public transport or state aircraft in which the
goods are found; (Amended3of 1970s.9)

(c)any machinery, implement, utensil or material used or intended to be
used for the commission of an offence against this Ordinance;anf

(d)anything which may appear to be or to contain evidence that any
offence against this Ordinance has been or is about to be committed.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)

(2) For the purposes of this section, 'public transport' in relation to ,'vehicle'
means 'taxis' or 'public buses' as defined in section 2 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance (Cap. 374). (Amended 75 of 1982 s. 114)

16.Obstruction of member of the Customs
and Excise Service or police officer

No person shall-

(a)delay, obstruct, hinder or molest any person duly engaged in the
performance of any duty or in the exercise of any power imposed or
conferred on him by or under this Ordinance or any person acting in
his aid; or (Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)

(b)rescue, damage or destroy any thing so liable to forfeiture or do
anything calculated to prevent the procuring or giving of evidence as
to whether or not any thing is so liable to forfeiture; or

(c)fail to produce any licence, permit, book or document which he is
required by or in pursuance of this Ordinance to produce; or

(d)fail to comply with the requisition of any person duly engaged in the
performance of any duty or the exercise of any power under this
Ordinance.

17. Restrictions on dealing with and
possession of certain goods

(1) No person shall import or export or have in his possession, custody or
control, or in any way deal with or dispose of, any goods to which this Ordinance
applies

(a)except in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance; or
(Amended 3 of 19 70 s. 36)

(b)unless he has discharged all the obligations with respect to the
goods imposed upon him by or under this Ordinance.





(2) No person shall have in his possession, custody or control any goods
knowing that in respect thereof an offence against this Ordinance has been
committed:

Provided that no person shall be convicted of an offence against this
subsection if he proves that when such goods came into his possession, custody or
control he had good and sufficient reason to believe that the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to the goods had been complied with. (Amended 3 of 1970s.36)

(3) Subject to subsection (3A), where regulations prohibit the import, export,
production or manufacture of any goods to which this Ordinance applies except on
the authority of a prescribed licence or permit, no person shall import, export,
produce or manufacture such goods except on the authority of such a licence or
permit and in accordance with the terms thereof. (Replaced 29 of 1989 s. 2)

(3A) Subsection (3) does not apply in the case of goods which are exempt from
duty or in such other cases, in relation to duty-paid goods, as may be prescribed by
regulations, or in the case of transit cargo. (Added29 of 1989 s.2)

(3B) Where regulations prohibit the sale or supply of any liquor except on the
authority of a prescribed licence or permit, no person shall sell, or advertise or
expose for sale, or supply, or possess for sale or supply, such liquor except on the
authority of such a licence or permit and in accordance with the terms thereof.
(Added29of 1989s. 2)

(4) No person shall manufacture, make, distil, rectify, purify, refine or process
any spirit except under and in accordance with a licence. (Added 3 of 1970s.10)

(5) No person shall sell, advertise or expose for sale, or supply, or possess for
sale or supply, any goods to which this Ordinance applies as goods of a standard
prescribed by regulations, if the goods are not goods of that standard. (Amended 66
of 1986 s. 13)

(6) No person shall have any dutiable goods in his possession, custody or
control unless

(a) he is-

(i) the holder, or the servant of the holder, of a removal or export
permit, personally conveying the goods direct from one place,
ship, vehicle, train or aircraft to another place, ship, vehicle,
train or aircraft in accordance with the permit; or

(ii) the licensee, or the servant of the licensee, of a general bonded
warehouse, personally conveying the goods, if imported in a
ship, vehicle, train or aircraft and duly entered in the manifest,
direct from the ship, vehicle, train or aircraft in which they were
imported to the warehouse; or





(b) the goods are-

(i) in a general bonded or a licensed warehouse; or

(ii) in a place licensed for the manufacture of such goods; or

(iii)on railway premises and under the control of the railway
authorities, if the nature of the goods has been disclosed to
those authorities; or

(iv) in a ship, vehicle, train or aircraft, if the goods were imported, or
are to be exported, in that ship, vehicle, train or aircraft and are
duly entered in the manifest; or (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 13)

(v) in a place approved by the Commissioner under section 28A.
(Added66of1986s.13)

(7) No person, not being authorized so to do by permit or otherwise in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, shall remove, deliver or send out
any dutiable goods from his stock, custody or possession; nor shall any person
take, receive or have in his stock, custody or possession any dutiable goods
removed or delivered thereto in contravention of this subsection.
(Amended3of1970s.36) [cf.1832c.16s.10 U.K.1

(8) No person shall, on his own account or on behalf of another, sell, offer for
sale or buy any dutiable goods which are in Hong Kong, unless the goods are

(a) in a general bonded or licensed warehouse; or

(b) in the place where they were manufactured; or

(c) in the ship, vehicle, train or aircraft in which they were imported;

or

(d) on the railway premises.

(9) The onus of proving that dutiable goods are in course of direct removal from
any place, ship, vehicle, train or aircraft to any other place, ship, vehicle, train or
aircraft shall be upon the accused.

(10) It shall be no defence to any charge under this section that the possession
or control of the accused was a joint possession or control. (Added 66 of 1986 s.
13)

18. (Repealed 29 of 1989 s. 3)

19. Goods embarked for export not to be relanded

(1) If any goods to which this Ordinance applies are placed on board any ship,
vehicle, train or aircraft for exportation or as stores and, except with the express
permission of the Commissioner in writing, are not duly exported or are unshipped or
removed or relanded in any part of Hong Kong, the master of the ship, the person in
charge of the vehicle, train or aircraft and any person by whom or by whose orders
or means the goods are so unshipped, removed or relanded, shall be guilty of an
offence, and the ship, if less than 250 tons gross





tonnage, vehicle, train or aircraft, not being a public transport or state aircraft, may
by order of a magistrate be forfeited. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) For the purpose of this section, 'public transport' in relation to ,'vehicle'
means 'taxi', 'public light bus' or 'public bus' as defined in section 2 of the Road
Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374). (Amended 75 of 1982 s. 114)

(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 12)

[cf. 1876 c. 36 s. 120
U.K.]

20. Restrictions on import and export

Except with the written permission of the Commissioner, no goods to which this
Ordinance applies shall

(a)be imported or exported otherwise than by air, road, rail or sea and to
or from such ports or places and by such routes, or

(b)be landed from or loaded or taken on any ship, aircraft, train or vehicle
elsewhere than at such places,

as the Commissioner by notification in the Gazette may appoint.
(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

21. Penalty on not bringing to at stations;

or carrying away officers

(1) If any ship arriving in or departing from Hong Kong or on which any goods
to which this Ordinance applies are being imported or exported does not bring to at
such stations as may be appointed by the Commissioner for examination or for the
landing of officers from such ships, the master of the ship shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $5,000. (Amended3of
1970s. 13;L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) If any ship departs from any such station without the knowledge of the
proper member of the Customs and Excise Service or from Hong Kong with any
member of the Customs and Excise Service or other Government officer on board,
without the consent of such member or officer, the master of the ship shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $5,000.

(3) This section shall apply to aircraft and vehicles and persons in charge
thereof as it applies to ships and the masters of ships.

[cf. 1876 c. 36 s. 136 U.K.; 1883 c. 55 s. 5 U.K.]

22. Import and export statements

(1) The owners, charterers or agents of every ship, aircraft or vehicle, in which
goods to which this Ordinance applies are imported or exported, or the master of
every such ship, the person in charge of every such aircraft or the driver of every
such vehicle shall, within 7 days or such longer period as the





Commissioner may specify, after the arrival in or departure from Hong Kong
of such ship, aircraft or vehicle furnish to the Commissioner at the office of
the Commissioner an accurate and complete statement of all such goods.
(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
(2) The owners, charterers or agents of every ship or aircraft which
arrives in or departs from Hong Kong having on board no goods to which this
Ordinance applies, or the master of every such ship or the persons in charge
of every such aircraft, shall, within 7 days or such longer period as the
Commissioner may specify, after such arrival or departure furnish to the
Commissioner or other prescribed officer at the office of the Commissioner a
statement that no such goods were carried in the ship or aircraft. (Amended 3
of 1970 s. 14; L.N. 294 of 1982; 66 of 1986 s. 14)
(3) Every statement furnished in accordance with the provisions of this
section shall be in a form approved by the Commissioner, signed by the party
furnishing it, and shall contain such particulars, if any, as may be prescribed
by regulations and such further particulars as the Commissioner or other
prescribed officer may require. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982; 66 of 1986 s. 14)
(4) Separate statements shall be furnished in respect of each class of
goods specified in section 3 or by any resolution under that section:
Provided that-
(a)where no goods of a class so specified were carried, it shall be
sufficient to include a statement to that effect in any other
statement made under this section; and
(b)where no goods to which this Ordinance applies were carried, a
single statement to that effect shall suffice. (Replaced 3 of 1970
S.14)
(5) If any statement is not furnished in accordance with, or is furnished in
breach of, the provisions of this section, the owners, charterers and agents of
the ship, aircraft or vehicle, the master of the ship, the person in charge of the
aircraft and the driver of the vehicle, in respect of which the statement is, or
should have been, furnished, shall each and all be guilty of an offence.
(6) The Commissioner may, with respect to any case or class of cases,
grant in writing exemptions from any of the requirements of this section and
may impose conditions with respect to such exemptions. (Added 66 of 1986
s.14)

23. Removal of goods from ships, vehicles or aircraft

(1) If any goods to which this Ordinance applies are in any ship, vehicle
or aircraft or on the railway premises they shall not be removed therefrom by,
or discharged or delivered therefrom to, any person except the licensee of a
general bonded warehouse or the holder of a valid permit in that behalf or the
servant of such permittee or licensee:





Provided that

(a)goods put on board any ship, vehicle or aircraft or on the railway
premises under permit shall not be relanded or removed therefrom
except under permit; and

(b)this subsection shall not apply to duty-paid goods after their first
removal within Hong Kong from the ship, vehicle or aircraft on which
they were imported or from the railway premises.

(2) Where an offence of removing, discharging or delivering any goods from
any ship, vehicle or aircraft contrary to subsection (1) is proved to have been
committed, every person being an owner, charterer, agent, master or other person in
charge or comprador of the ship, vehicle or aircraft shall be deemed guilty of that
offence unless he proves that the goods were removed or discharged without his
knowledge and that he had exercised due diligence to prevent such removal or
discharge. (Amended3of1970s.15)

(3) Goods thrown overboard from any ship, vehicle or aircraft shall be deemed
to have been unlawfully removed therefrom in contravention of this section. [cf.
1876c.36s. 179 U.K.]

24. Ships' or aircraft stores, etc.

(1) Goods to which this Ordinance applies and which are imported as transit
cargo or which are to be used as ships' or aircraft stores shall, while the ship or
aircraft is in Hong Kong, be kept in the prescribed manner or, in the absence of such
provision, in a secure place under the custody and control of the master or person in
charge of the ship or aircraft. Goods so imported shall not be landed in Hong Kong
unless the landing of such goods is specially authorized by the Commissioner in
writing. (Amended 40 of 1974 s. 5)

(2) The issue of permits to export any dutiable commodities as ships' or aircraft
stores shall be at the absolute discretion of the Commissioner or any person
authorized by him.

(3) The master shall use only such quantity of dutiable commodities as ships'
stores as the Commissioner or any person authorized by him shall in his discretion
provide.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

25. Inspection, etc. of goods

(1) The Commissioner or any member of the Customs and Excise Service or
other person authorized by him in writing either generally or in any particular
instance may at all times inspect any goods to which this Ordinance applies and
place locks, marks or seals on any container or place in which they maybe. (Amended
L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) Where in pursuance of any powers conferred by this section the
Commissioner, any member of the -Customs and Excise Service or an





authorized officer has placed any lock, mark or seal upon any goods in any place,
ship, vehicle, train or aircraft or upon any container in which such goods are kept,
then if, without the authority of the Commissioner or such member or officer, at any
time or in the case of a ship, vehicle, train or aircraft, while the ship, vehicle, train or
aircraft is within the limits of Hong Kong, that lock, mark or seal is opened, altered or
broken, or if, before that lock, mark or seal is lawfully removed, any of the goods are
conveyed away, any person so doing and the person who was in control of the
goods, container or place at the time any such lock, mark or seal was placed upon
them or the master of the ship or person in charge of the vehicle, train or aircraft
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $5,000. (Amended 66 of
1986 s. 15) [cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 70 U.K.]

26. Assessment of duty and drawback

(1) Subject to the provisions of sections 4 and 26A, the duty on dutiable goods
or any drawback shall be assessed by the Commissioner or any officer authorized by
him in that behalf, and the duty shall be paid at such times and to such officer, at the
office of the Commissioner or elsewhere, as he may direct. In assessing the duty or
drawback on any goods allowance may be made for any loss or contraction which
may since the goods became dutiable have occurred therein from unavoidable
accident or natural causes and, in the discretion of the Commissioner, for waste or
loss in manufacture if the loss, contraction or waste has been duly notified and
accounted for to the satisfaction of the Commissioner. The decision of the
Commissioner as to the amount of duty or drawback payable on any goods shall be
final. (Amended`46of 1980s. 3;34of 1984s.3)

(2) Where any notification of duty payable is given under the provision of
subsection (1) such notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on the person
concerned

(a)if given verbally by the Commissioner or other authorized officer to
the person responsible; or

(b) if delivered to him personally; or

(c)if addressed to him and left or forwarded by registered post to him at
his usual or last known place of abode or business.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

26A. Value of goods and assessment of ad valorem duty

(1) Subject to subsections (2), (2A), (3), (4) and (5), for the purpose of assessing
and calculating duty by reference to the value of any goods, the value shall be the
normal price which the goods would fetch, at the relevant time, on their sale in the
open market between a buyer and seller independent of each

other.(Replaced 20 of 1985 s. 5)





(2) The normal price of any imported dutiable goods shall be determined on the
assumptions that

(a)the goods are treated as having been delivered to the buyer at the
place of importation;

(b)the seller will bear freight, insurance, commission and all other costs,
charges and expenses incidental to the sale and the delivery of the
goods at that place;

(c) the buyer will bear any duty payable in Hong Kong.

(M) The normal price of any dutiable goods manufactured in Hong Kong shall
be determined on the assumptions that

(a)the goods are treated as having been delivered to the buyer at his
premises;

(b)the seller will bear transport, insurance, commission and all other
costs, charges and expenses incidental to the sale and the delivery of
the goods to the buyer; and

(c)the buyer will bear any duty payable in Hong Kong. (Added 20 of
1985 s. 5)

(3) A sale in the open market between a buyer and seller independent of each
other pre-supposes that

(a) the price is the sole consideration;

(b)the price made is not influenced by any commercial, financial or other
relationship, whether by contract or otherwise, between the seller or
any person associated in business with him and the buyer or any
person associated in business with him (other than the relationship
created by the sale of the goods in question); and

(c)no part of the proceeds of the subsequent re-sale, use or disposal of
the goods will accrue either directly or indirectly to the seller or any
person associated in business with him.

For the purposes of this subsection, 2 persons shall be deemed to be associated in
business with one another if, whether directly or indirectly, either of them has any
interest in the business or property of the other, or both have a common interest in
any business or property, or some third person has an interest in the business or
property of both of them.

(4) For the purpose of subsection (1), the Commissioner or any officer
authorized by him in that behalf may, subject to subsection (5), accept the value of
the goods as stated in the contract of sale, invoice or other document, relating to the
goods and produced under section 27, if the date of the contract of sale, invoice or
other document precedes the date on which the duty is assessed by not more than
12 months.

(5) 1f--

(a)an importer or manufacturer fails to produce any contract of sale,
invoice or other document required to be produced by the

Commissioner under section 27;(Amended20 of 1985 s.5)





(b)in the opinion of the Commissioner or any officer authorized by him in
that behalf the information in any contract of sale, invoice or other
document produced under section 27 is insufficient or inaccurate as to
the value of the goods; or

(e)in the opinion of the Commissioner or any officer authorized by him in
that behalf the value of the goods stated in any contract of sale,
invoice or other document produced under section 27 is not the value
in accordance with subsection (1),

the Commissioner or such officer may fix a value which shall be deemed to be the
value of the goods for the purpose of assessing and calculating duty.

(6) If in any contract of sale, invoice or other document produced under section
27 the value of the goods is stated in any currency other than Hong Kong dollars,
the Hong Kong dollars equivalent of such other currency shall be calculated at the
opening indicative counter exchange selling rate published by the Hong Kong
Association of Banks, in the case of a person permitted to make monthly returns, on
the last date of that return or, in any other case, on the day the goods are imported,
and where no such rate is published the Hong Kong dollars equivalent shall be
calculated at such rate of exchange as may be determined by the Commissioner, after
consulting the 2 note-issuing banks. (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 16)

(7) Any person who is aggrieved by the exercise of the powers conferred by
subsection (5) or (6) may appeal by way of petition to the Governor.

(8) In this section 'relevant time' means

(a) in the case of imported goods the time such goods are imported;

(b)in the case of goods manufactured in Hong Kong the time such goods
are removed from the premises on which they were manufactured.
(Added 20 of 1985 s. 5)

(Added 34 of 1984 s. 4)
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 258 U.K.]

27. Production of documents necessary

for calculating duty

(1) The Commissioner may require the importer or manufacturer of any goods to
which this Ordinance applies to produce contracts of sale, invoices, books of
account and any other documents which the Commissioner considers are necessary
for the purpose of assessing and calculating duties and such documents may be
retained by the Commissioner and disposed of as he may think fit. (Amended L.N.
294 of 1982; 34 of 1984 s. 5)

(2) Any document required to be produced under subsection (1) shall, if the
Commissioner so requires, be accompanied by a declaration in a form

specified by the Commissioner.(Added34 of 1984 s.5)





27A. Production of document as to origin of juice

The Commissioner may require the importer or manufacturer of any juice, or of
anything which purports to be juice, to produce a document in a form approved by
the Commissioner accurately showing the type of fruit or vegetable from which the
juice was obtained, and, in the case of juice which is a mixture of juices, the
proportion of each in the mixture.

(Added 20 of 1985 s. 6)

28. Delivery of imported goods on giving security for duty

(1) Where it is impracticable immediately to ascertain whether any or what duty
is payable in respect of any imported goods which are imported into, or
manufactured in, Hong Kong, the Commissioner or other officer authorized in
accordance with section 26 or 26A may, if he thinks fit and notwithstanding any
other provision of this Ordinance, allow these goods to be delivered upon the
importer giving a security by deposit of money or otherwise to his satisfaction for
the payment of any amount unpaid which may be payable by way of duty.
(Amended3of 1970s. 16;34 of 1984s. 6;20of1985s. 7)

(2) Where goods are allowed to be delivered under this section the
Commissioner or authorized officer shall, when he has determined the amount of
duty which in his opinion is payable, give to the importer a notice specifying the
amount; and the amount so specified or, where any amount has been deposited
under subsection (1), any difference between those amounts shall forthwith be paid
or repaid, as the case may require.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 255(1) & (3) U.K.]

28A. Goods imported for processing
or repacking for export

(1) Where the Commissioner is satisfied that any dutiable goods

(a)were imported solely for the purpose of further processing or
repacking for export; or

(b) which are beer, are solely for export, he may in writing grant permission
for those goods to be delivered to, or stored in, a place approved by him. (Replaced
16 of 1988 s. 2)

(2) The Commissioner may impose conditions in relation to permission granted
under subsection (1) and may, in addition, require the owner of such goods to
furnish such security, either in cash or by means of a bond, as the Commissioner
requires to ensure~-

(a) the due observance of conditions imposed under this section;

(b) the export of the goods; and

(c) the safe and secure keeping of the goods in the place.





(3) Upon any failure to observe any condition imposed under subsection (2),
any security furnished under that subsection shall be forfeited to the Crown,
without prejudice to any other penalty which may be imposed.

(4) Notwithstanding subsection (3), the Governor in Council may entertain and
give effect to any moral claim in respect of any security so forfeited.

(Added 66 of 1986 s. 17)

29. Liability of licensee of general

bonded or licensed warehouse

(1) The licensee of every general bonded or licensed warehouse shall be liable
for the duty payable in respect of any goods of which he has, or has had, the
custody, whether the goods are in his warehouse or not, until the goods are removed
from the warehouse in accordance with a permit under this Ordinance and shall in
addition be presumed to have unlawfully and in contravention of this Ordinance
removed any dutiable goods of which he has had the custody and for which he
cannot account; a deficiency shall be deemed not sufficiently accounted for unless it
is shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner to have been caused by natural
waste, leakage, breakage or by some other accident or event, other than an error in
accounting, which the licensee could not reasonably have foreseen.
(Amended3of1970s.17)

(2) If when assessing duty under the provisions of subsection (1) it is not
possible to ascertain the exact quantity, nature or value of the goods concerned, the
Commissioner may assess duty on the basis of the best evidence available or where
such evidence does not exist or is not considered to be correct he may decide on the
quantity and nature of the goods or he may fix a value which shall be deemed to be
the value of the goods for the purposes of calculation of duty.

(3) Any person who is aggrieved by a decision of the Commissioner made
under subsection (2) may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

30. Contracts for sale of duty-paid goods

when duties are altered or repealed

(1) When any new duty is imposed and when any duty is increased and any
duty-paid goods are delivered on or after the day on which the new or increased
duty takes effect, in pursuance of a contract made before that day, and the seller has
paid such new or increased duty, he may in the absence of any agreement to the
contrary recover as an addition to the contract price a sum equal to the amount paid
by him in respect of the goods on account of the new duty or the increase of duty,
as the case may be.





(2) When any duty is repealed or decreased and any duty-paid goods are
delivered on or after the day on which the duty ceases or the decrease in duty
takes effect, in pursuance of a contract made before that day, the buyer, in the
absence of any agreement to the contrary, may, if the seller has had in respect of
those goods the benefit of the repeal or decrease in the duty, deduct from the
contract price a sum equal to the amount of the duty or the decrease of duty, as
the case may be.
(3) When any addition to or deduction from the contract price may be
made under this section on account of any new or repealed duty, such sum as
may be agreed upon, or in default of agreement as may be determined by the
Commissioner, as representing in the case of a new duty any expenses incurred
and in the case of a repealed duty any expenses saved may be included in the
addition to or deduction from the contract price and may be recovered or
deducted accordingly. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
(4) This section shall apply although the goods have undergone some
process of manufacture since the duty was paid.

31. Execution and distress against licensees

(1) Where any sum is owing by any person licensed under the provisions
of this Ordinance in respect of any duty or of any penalty incurred by him
under this Ordinance, all goods on which duty is liable to be paid, whether or
not that duty has been paid, and all materials for manufacturing or producing
any such goods and all apparatus, equipment, machinery, tools, vessels and
utensils for, or for preparing any such materials for, such manufacture or
product or by which the trade in respect of which the duty is imposed is carried
on, which are in the possession, custody or control of that licensee or of any
agent of his or of any other person on his behalf or which, whether or not still
in such custody or possession, were in such custody or possession-
(a)at the time when the duty was charged or became chargeable or
at any time while it was owing; or
(b)at the time of the commission of the offence for which the penalty
was incurred,
shall be liable to be taken in execution in default of the payment of that sum.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)
(2) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1), where the Commissioner
or other officer authorized under section 26 or 26A has taken account of and
charged any goods chargeable with duty, and those goods are in the ordinary
course of trade sold for full and valuable consideration to a bona fide purchaser
and delivered into his possession before the issue of any warrant or process for
distress or seizure of the goods, those goods shall not be liable to be seized
under subsection (I):(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982; 34 of 1984 s. 7)





Provided that, where any goods have been so seized, the burden of proof
that the goods are by virtue of this subsection not liable to be so seized shall lie
upon the person claiming that they are not so liable.
(3) Where any duty payable by a licensee remains unpaid after the time
within which it is payable, the Commissioner may authorize in writing any
person to distrain anything liable to be taken in execution under this section
and to sell anything so distrained by public auction after giving 7 days' notice of
the sale:
Provided that where the licensee is a distiller, brewer, or manufacturer, he
may, subject in the case of a distiller to the requirements of this Ordinance as to
permits for the removal of spirits, at any time before the date appointed for the
sale, remove the whole or part of any product or materials for his manufacture
which may have been so distrained upon paying to the Commissioner in or
towards payment of the duty the true value of those products or materials.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36; L.N. 294 of 1982)
(4) Any notice required by subsection (3) shall be given by the
Commissioner in writing to any person, who to his knowledge was at the time
of seizure the licensee or the agent or servant of the licensee, and shall be
deemed to have been duly served on the person concerned- (Amended L.N.
294 of 1982)
(a) if delivered to him personally; or
(b)if addressed to him and left or forwarded by registered post to
him at his usual or last known place of abode or business.
(5) Where such notice cannot be served as provided in subsection (4) then
a notice that anything has been seized in default of any payment in accordance
with the provisions of subsection (1) shall be exhibited in a place available to
the public at the office of the Commissioner for a period of 7 days, such period
to commence 7 days before anything is sold. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
(6) The proceeds of sale of any such distress as aforesaid shall be applied
in or towards payment of the cost and expenses of the distress and sale and in
or towards payment of the duty due from the licensee, and the surplus, if any,
shall be paid to the licensee.
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 253 U.K.]

32. Recovery of duty, etc.
Without prejudice to any other mode of recovery provided in this
Ordinance, any duty payable or sum forfeited or deemed to be forfeited under
this Ordinance shall be deemed to be a debt due to the Crown.

33. Search of baggage and goods
(1) Any person landing from or proposing to embark in any ship or
aircraft or entering or leaving Hong Kong by land shall on demand by any





member of the Customs and Excise Service or police officer either permit his
person, goods and baggage to be searched by such member or officer or
together with his goods and baggage accompany such member or officer to a
place appointed by the Commissioner or to the office of the Commissioner or to
a police station and there permit his person, goods and baggage to be searched
by any member of the Customs and Excise Service or police officer in the
presence or under the supervision of a member of the Customs and Excise
Service not below the rank of revenue inspector or a police officer not below the
rank of inspector: (Amended 46 of 1977s. 17; L.N. 294 of 1982)
Provided that-
(a) no female person shall be searched except by a female; and
(b)the goods and baggage of any person who wishes to be present
when they are searched shall not be searched except in his presence.
(2) Any member of the Customs and Excise Service or police officer may
make the searches authorized by this section and any person who refuses to
comply with any lawful demand under this section may be arrested without
warrant by the officer making the demand.

34. Examination of articles (other than
baggage) on shore, ship, etc.
Any box, chest, package or other article, other than passenger's baggage
accompanied by the owner thereof, which is being landed from or is being
embarked on any ship, aircraft, vehicle or train or has been landed therefrom or
is in or on board thereof, or which is on or is being removed from or on to any
island, landing place, wharf, warehouse, platform or place adjoining thereto or
used in connection therewith, or which is being brought into or which is being
taken out of or has been brought into Hong Kong by land, sea or air-
(a)may be examined and searched by any member of the Customs
and Excise Service and may be detained until any person in
charge thereof has opened the same for such examination and
search, and if not so opened may be removed by such member
of the Customs and Excise Service to such place as the
Commissioner may direct;
(b)may be broken open by the orders of any member of the Customs
and Excise Service authorized by the Commissioner in that behalf
either generally or for a particular occasion, or of any police
officer not below the rank of inspector, for such examination and
search:
Provided that any person in charge or possession of such
box, chest, package or other article shall be given every
reasonable facility for being present at such breaking,
examination and search.
(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)





35. (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 18)

36. Misrepresentation, concealment, removal of

goods, and defacement of licence or permit

(1) No person shall make any incomplete statement or declaration or furnish any
incorrect information, whether or not such statement, declaration or information is
made verbally or in writing, or apply any incorrect description or supply any
incorrect particulars in any document made or furnished for the purposes of this
Ordinance or in connection with any application for any drawback or for any licence
or permit to be issued under this Ordinance.

(2) Any person who

(a)with intent unduly to obtain any drawback or any greater drawback
than that to which he is entitled or who attempts to evade payment of
duty on any goods to which this Ordinance applies, embarks or
causes to be embarked for exportation on any ship or aircraft, or
produces or causes to be produced to any member of the Customs
and Excise Service to be so embarked--

(i)any goods to which this Ordinance applies and which are not
entitled to drawback or not intended for export; or

(ii) any goods, matter or thing as goods to which this Ordinance
applies, the same not being goods to which this Ordinance
applies or which are different in type, nature, quantity or quality
from the goods shown on any export permit or statement which
is presented and which purports to cover such goods; or

(b)with any such intent fraudulently removes, deposits or conceals any
goods, matter or thing; or

(e)after any goods to which this Ordinance applies have been embarked
for exportation on any ship or aircraft, without the consent of the
Commissioner opens the packages in which the goods are contained
or cancels, or obliterates, or alters the marks, letter or devices thereon,

shall on summary conviction, in addition to all other penalties which he may thereby
incur, pay or forfeit either treble the amount of duty payable on any goods involved
or such drawback as the case may be or the sum of $5,000, at the election of the
Commissioner (which election shall be certified by the Commissioner in writing under
his hand), and all such goods, matters or things shall be forfeited and may be seized
by any member of the Customs and Excise Service. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(3) No person shall without lawful authority alter, deface or make any erasure
on a licence or permit, or have in his possession a licence or permit on which such
an erasure has been made or which has been so defaced or altered.

[cf. 1840 c. 18 s. 15 U.K.; 1918 c. 15 s. 15(5) U.K.]





37. Counterfeiting documents, etc.

No person shall-
(a)counterfeit or falsify any document which is required by or under
the provisions of this Ordinance or which is used in the
transaction of any business relating to any trade involving goods
to which this Ordinance applies; or
(b)knowingly accept, receive, or use any such document so
counterfeited or falsified; or
(c)without lawful authority alter or deface any such document after
it is officially issued; or (Amended 66 of 1986 s. 19)
(d)counterfeit any seal, signature, initials or other mark of or used
by any officer for the verification of such a document or for
the security of goods or for any other purpose relating to the
provisions of this Ordinance.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)
[cf. 1952 c. 44 s. 302 U.K.]

38. Restrictions on use and transfer of permits and licences

(1) No person shall without the consent of the Commissioner or an officer
authorized in accordance with section 7-
(a) transfer; or
(b) supply, permit or allow any other person to use,
any licence or permit issued under this Ordinance.
(2) No person shall, without the consent of the Commissioner or an
officer authorized in accordance with section 7, receive, obtain or use any
permit or licence issued to any other person under this Ordinance.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36; L.N. 294 of 1982)

39. (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 20)

40. Presumptions

In all proceedings under this Ordinance and in all proceedings for the
recovery of any duties imposed by or under this Ordinance, it shall be presumed
until the contrary is proved-
(a)that any goods to which this Ordinance applies are dutiable
goods;
(b)that dutiable goods on any premises are in the possession of
the licensee, tenant, lessee, occupier or person in charge of such
premises;





(c)that every person employed in or about any licensed premises is
employed by the person named in the licence or in charge of the
premises, as the case may be;
(d) that goods delivered or supplied are goods sold;
(e)that goods are of the weight and measure described in any bill of
lading, air waybill, permit or other document accompanying or
relating to the goods.(Amended 66 of 1986 s.21)

41. Import manifests to he evidence of importation

In any proceedings in respect of or involving any matter, civil or criminal,
arising from or in connection with this Ordinance, if any cargo appears on any
import manifest furnished to the Commissioner by the owners, charterers or
agents of any ship or aircraft, or by the master of a ship or person in charge of
an aircraft, at any time before or after the arrival of such ship or aircraft in
Hong Kong, it shall be presumed in favour of the Crown against any other
party that such cargo was imported into Hong Kong on board such ship or
aircraft unless any such other party proves affirmatively that such cargo was
not in fact carried into Hong Kong on board such ship or aircraft.
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36; L.N. 294 of 1982)

42. Certain certificates to he evidence

In all proceedings under this Ordinance and in all proceedings for the
recovery of any duty on goods to which this Ordinance applies, copies of or
extracts from the records of the Commissioner or the officer authorized to grant
any licence or permit, purporting to be certified by him, shall be prima facie
evidence of the facts stated or appearing therein or to be inferred therefrom.
(Amended 31 of 1969 Schedule; L.N. 294 of 1982)

43. Magistrate may call in expert

The magistrate hearing any charge under this Ordinance may, at the
request of the accused, employ an analyst or other expert to report on any
matter of a technical nature.

44. Informers

Save where, in the opinion of the court or magistrate, justice so requires,
the name or identity of any informer and the information given by such
informer shall not be disclosed in any civil or criminal proceedings and the
court or magistrate may make any order and adopt any procedure necessary to
prevent any such disclosure.





45. Manner of seizure not to be inquired into by court

On any trial before any magistrate and in any proceedings on appeal in the
High Court relating to the seizure of anything under this Ordinance, the magistrate
or the court shall proceed to such trial and to the hearing of such appeal on the
merits of the case only, without reference to matters of form and without inquiring
into the manner or form of making any seizure except in so far as the manner or form
of seizure may be evidence on such merits.

46. Offences and penalties

(1) Except as otherwise expressly provided, any person who contravenes the
provisions of sections 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 36, 37, 38, 55, 56, 58, 61, 68, 71 and 73
shall commit an offence and shall, in addition to any forfeiture which may be ordered,
be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years. (Amended 3 of 1970 s. 19; 40 of 1974 s. 7; 34 of 19 76 s. 5; 66 of 1986 s. 22)

(2) Any person who contravenes any condition, restriction, requirement or
direction lawfully imposed, made or given under this Ordinance shall be guilty of an
offence and, in addition to any forfeiture which may be ordered, shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year. (Added3 of
1970s.19. Amended 34 of 1984 s. 8)

(3) In any case where a magistrate is of the opinion that an offence was
committed with intent to avoid payment of duty, he may in addition to any fine
imposed under subsection (1) or (2) inflict a fine not exceeding 10 times the amount
of duty payable on the goods in respect of which the offence was committed.
(Amended3of 1970s. 19)

46A. Liability for acts of servants

(1) Where an offence against this Ordinance is committed by a servant of a
licensee, the licensee shall, without prejudice to the liability of any other person, also
be guilty of that offence but shall not be liable to any term of imprisonment.

(2) Where a prosecution is brought against a licensee by virtue of this section
in respect of an offence committed by a servant, it shall be a defence

(a) in the case of an offence against section 61, 71, 72 or 73, if the

licensee shows that he exercised such control over the servant
as would ensure that the servant was not likely to act in
contravention of that section; or (Amended 40 of 1974 s. 8; 34
of 1976 s. 6)

(b)in the case of any other offence, if the licensee shows that he took all
practicable steps to prevent the commission of the offence.





(3) Where a licence is granted to any person wholly or partly for the benefit of a
company references to 'licensee' in this section shall be read as including
references to the company.

(Added 3 of 1970 s. 20)

47. Commencement of prosecution

Any prosecution of any person for any offence against the provisions of this
Ordinance shall be commenced within 12 months from the date of such offence or 6
months from the discovery of the offence whichever is the later.

(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 36)

48. Forfeiture

(1) Wherever there occurs a contravention or an attempted contravention of
any provision of this Ordinance in respect of any goods, such goods shall be liable
to forfeiture whether or not any person is convicted of any offence. (Amended 3 of
1970 s. 36)

(2) Wherever there occurs a contravention or an attempted contravention of
any provision of this Ordinance, any thing which is mentioned in section 15(1)(a),
(b), (e) and (d) and which is made use of in such contravention or attempted
contravention shall be liable to forfeiture whether or not any person is convicted of
any offence. (Amended3of1970s.36)

(3) The Commissioner shall within 21 days of seizure give notice of the seizure
of any such goods or thing as liable to forfeiture to any person who to his
knowledge was at the time of the seizure the owner or one of the owners thereof..
(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

Provided that where there appears to be more than one owner notice given to
any one such owner shall satisfy the provisions of this section.

(4) Notice under subsection (3) shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly served on the person concerned

(a) if delivered to him personally; or

(b)if addressed to him and left or forwarded by registered post to him at
his usual or last known place of abode or business.

(5) Where a notice under subsection (3) cannot be given, then a notice of the
seizure together with the date and place thereof shall be exhibited in a place available
to the public at the office of the Commissioner for a period of 7 days, such period to
commence within 21 days after the seizure. (Amended L.N.294 of 1982)

(6) Any person claiming that any goods or thing seized as liable to forfeiture is
not so liable shall, within 1 month of the date of notice of seizure, give notice of his
claim in writing by registered post or by delivery by hand of

the same to the office of the Commissioner.(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)





(7) If on the expiration of the relevant period aforesaid for the giving of
notice of claim in respect of any goods or thing no such notice has been given to
the Commissioner, the goods or thing in question shall be deemed to have been
duly condemned as forfeited. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
(8) When notice of claim in respect of any goods or thing is duly given in
accordance with subsection (6), the Commissioner shall apply to a magistrate
for the condemnation of such goods or thing and if the magistrate finds that the
goods or thing was at the time of seizure liable to forfeiture he shall condemn
them or it as forfeited. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)
(9) In any application to a magistrate as aforesaid-
(a)the claimant shall first satisfy the magistrate that at the time of
the seizure the claimant had a proprietary interest in the goods or
thing so seized;
(b)a certified true copy of the record of evidence and proceedings,
including the decision of the court in any criminal trial relating to
such goods or thing, shall be admissible in evidence;
(c)a certificate purporting to be issued under the hand of the
Director of Marine certifying the gross tonnage of any ship shall
be admissible in evidence upon production of the certificate and
without proof of the signature thereon;
(d)a certificate purporting to be issued under the hand of the
Director of Marine certifying that the gross tonnage of any
ship does not exceed 250 gross tons shall upon production of
the certificate and without proof of the signature thereon be
conclusive evidence as to the facts stated therein.
(10) If no claimant satisfies the magistrate that at the time of seizure he had
a proprietary interest in the article or thing so seized, such article or thing shall
be deemed to be forfeited.
(11) Where proceedings as aforesaid are taken for condemnation of a
ship, vehicle or aircraft the magistrate may order delivery to the claimant of
the ship, or vehicle or aircraft seized until the hearing of the case on security
being given by payment into court of a sum of money equivalent to the value
of the ship, vehicle or aircraft as assessed by the Commissioner and if the ship,
vehicle or aircraft is not surrendered to the Commissioner before or at the
hearing of the case the security shall be deemed to be forfeited: (Amended
L.N. 294 of 1982)
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall prevent an order for
forfeiture being made in respect of such ship, vehicle or aircraft.
(12) Notwithstanding the earlier provisions of this section, it shall be
lawful for the Governor in Council in his absolute discretion after the
conclusion of legal proceedings, if any, to entertain and to give effect to any
moral claim to or in respect of any article or thing liable to forfeiture if, within 6
weeks after the article or thing is condemned as forfeited, notice in writing of





such oral claim is given either personally or by registered post to the Clerk of
Councils. (Amended3of 1970s.21)

49. Evidence of forfeiture

Forfeiture by order of a magistrate under this Ordinance may be proved in any
court, or before any competent tribunal, by the production of a certificate of such
forfeiture purporting to be signed by the magistrate or by an examined copy of the
record of such forfeiture certified by the magistrate's clerk.

50. Protection of members of Customs and Excise

Service in forfeiture proceedings

(1) Where in any proceedings which may involve the condemnation of anything
seized as liable to forfeiture judgment is given for the claimant the magistrate may
certify that there were reasonable grounds for the seizure.

(2) Where any proceedings, civil or criminal, are brought against the
Commissioner, any member of the Customs and Excise Service or other public officer
in respect of anything seized or forfeited which has subsequently been restored to
any person under the provisions of this Ordinance, then if the court is satisfied that
there were reasonable grounds for the seizure and for the restoration of such thing,
the plaintiff or the prosecutor shall not be entitled to recover any damages or costs
and the defendant shall not be liable to any punishment. (Amended3of 1970s. 22;L.N.
294 of 1982)

51. Goods abandoned as not worth the duty

(1) Dutiable goods abandoned by the importer or proprietor as not worth the
duty may be destroyed or disposed of within such time and in such manner as the
Commissioner may direct.

(2) Dutiable goods unclaimed by the importer or proprietor after a period of 7
days from the time of notice being given by the Commissioner that the goods had
been received into his custody shall be deemed to have been abandoned as not
worth the duty and may be disposed of in the manner prescribed in subsection (1).

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

52. Sale of perishables

If any article seized under the provisions of this Ordinance is, in the opinion of
the Commissioner, of a perishable nature or of such nature that it may deteriorate if
stored for any length of time, such article may, by direction of the Commissioner, be
sold and the proceeds thereof retained to abide the result of any claim that may
legally be made in respect thereof.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)





PART 111

LIQUORS

53. Interpretation

(1) In the application of this Ordinance to liquor-, (Amended 66 of

1986s.23)

'adulterated liquor' means any liquor mixed or coloured with any ingredient
whatever or with water, so as to increase the bulk and measure of the liquor, to
impair its quality or to conceal its inferior quality, and any liquor, whether
injurious to health or not, which is in nature and quality not virtually as labelled,
but does not include

(a)whisky or rum mixed with water only so as not to reduce the strength
below 42% of ethyl alcohol by volume; (Amended 34 of 1982 s. 2; 35
of 1984 s. 2)

(b)brandy, gin or vodka mixed with water only so as not to reduce the
strength below 40% of ethyl alcohol by volume; (Amended 34 of 1982
s. 2)

(e)brandy which in the opinion of the Commissioner is very old liqueur
brandy; (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(d)beer mixed with water in course of its manufacture by a person
licensed under section 17 to manufacture such beer; (Added 46 of
1980 s. 4)

(Replaced 83 of 19 76 s. 2)

'alcoholic strength' in relation to

(a)any liquor means the volume of ethyl alcohol (also known as ethanol)
contained in the liquor in percentage proportion to the volume of the
liquor at the standard temperature of 20'C as determined by a method
approved by the Government Chemist; and

(b)a mixture containing methyl alcohol (also known as methanol) means
the volume of methyl alcohol contained in the mixture in percentage
proportion to the volume of the mixture at the standard temperature of
20'C as determined by a method approved by the Government Chemist;
(Added34 of 1982 s.2)

'beer' includes ale, porter, stout, spruce beer, black beer and any other kind of beer
and extends to any liquor made or sold as beer or as a substitute for beer;
(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 23)

'Chinese type spirits' means any intoxicating liquor

(a)obtained by the distillation of the fermented mash of rice, molasses,
sugar, millet or an admixture of molasses and sugar up





to and including a strength of alcohol by volume at 20'C of 58% for
spirit made from rice or from molasses or sugar or both, and 70% for
spirit made from millet; and

(b)commonly consumed by Chinese and not by Europeans; (Replaced
66 of 1986 s. 23)

'cider' means any intoxicating liquor obtained from the fermentation of apple juice;
(Added 66 of 1986 s. 23)

'denatured spirits' means

(a)liquor to which has been added crude pyridine, of a quality approved
by the Government Chemist, in the proportion of half a litre of such
pyridine to each 100 1 of liquor, and which has been coloured to the
satisfaction of the Government Chemist with methyl violet; (Amended
L.N. 189 of 1982)

(b)liquor which has been mixed with an equal volume of Chinese
vinegar, if such vinegar contains not less than 2% by weight of acetic
acid;

(ba) liquor which has been mixed with a substance or substances
approved by the Government Chemist and which the Commissioneris
satisfied is for industrial use; and (Added61of1972 s. 2. Amended
L.N. 294 of 1982)

(e)any other liquor which the Government Chemist certifies cannot
practicably be converted to an intoxicating liquor by dilution,
distillation, flavouring, or any other process or processes; (Replaced
3 of 1970 s. 23. Amended 61 of 1972 s. 2; 20 of 1985 s.8)

'industrial type liquor' means a liquor not intended for use as a beverage; (Added
66 of 1986 s. 23)

'intoxicating liquors' includes spirits, liqueurs, wines, beer, Chinese type spirits and
all other liquors fit or intended for use as a beverage;

liquor 'alcoholic liquor', 'spirituous liquor' or 'spirit' means any liquid which
contains more than 1.2% of ethyl alcohol by volume except

(a) denatured spirits;

(b)any such liquid that is an ingredient in any goods, if that liquid
cannot be converted to pure ethyl alcohol or to an intoxicating liquor
or if such a conversion would not be economical; (Replaced 29 of
1989 s. 4)

perry means any intoxicating liquor obtained from the fermentation of pear juice;
(Added66 of 1986s.23)

'sparkling wine' means wine which, when the receptacle containing the beverage is
opened, releases carbon dioxide and having, when contained in the receptacle
prior to such opening, an excess pressure of not less than 300 kPa at a
temperature of 20' C; (Added 66 of 1986 s. 23)

',still wine' means wine other than sparkling wine;(Added 66 of 1986 s. 23)





'wine' means a liquor obtained from the fermentation of fresh grapes or fruit,

or of the must of fresh grapes or fruit, whether or not that liquor is
fortified with spirits or flavoured with aromatic extracts. (Added 66 of
1986s.23)

(2) Where the Schedule provides for different rates of duty in respect of
European-type liquors and Non-European-type liquors for the purpose of assessing
the duty to be paid in respect of liquor the Commissioner may, if he is of the opinion
that a liquor is of a type commonly consumed by Chinese but not by Europeans,
treat that liquor as Non-European-type liquor. (Added 66 of 1986 s. 23)

54. Provision for case of death or insolvency of licensee

In case of the death or insolvency of the holder of a licence issued under this
Ordinance, his executor or administrator or trustee may carry on the business on the
licensed premises until the expiration of the licence, subject in every respect to the
same regulations and conditions as the licensee.

(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 24)

55. Licensee to exhibit name, etc.

Every holder of a liquor licence or canteen licence shall have his full name, the
nature and number of his licence, and such other particulars as may be prescribed by
regulations, painted legibly and permanently in letters at least 75 nun high on some
conspicuous part of his licensed premises; and no person who is not the holder of a
liquor licence or canteen licence shall exhibit any sign, writing, painting or other mark
reasonably calculated to suggest that his premises are licensed for the sale or supply
of intoxicating liquors for consumption on the premises, or that such liquors are sold
or supplied for consumption on the premises.

(Replaced 29 of 1989 s. 5)

56. Measures or weights for sale of liquor

Every person licensed under this Ordinance to sell liquor shall sell and dispose
of his liquors by measures or weights of the standards in use in Hong Kong and not
otherwise, except when the quantity is less than 250 mi, or except when the liquor is
sold in bottles; he shall also measure or weigh such liquors in the presence of any
customer who may require him to do so.

(Amended L.N. 189 of 1982)

57. (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 25)





58. Illegal possession of still or fermented material, etc.

(1) No person shall, except under and in accordance with a licence, or except
with the specific approval in writing of the Commissioner or officer authorized by
him in that behalf- (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(a)knowingly keep or have in his possession, custody or control any
still or part of a still or other utensil or apparatus suitable and
intended for manufacturing, making, purifying, refining, distilling,
rectifying or processing spirits; (Amended 29 of 1989 s.6)

(b)have in his possession, custody or control any fermenting or
fermented material. (Amended3of 1970s. 25)

(2) No person shall remove any denaturants from any denatured spirits without
the specific authority in writing of the Commissioner. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(3) Where there is insufficient evidence to convict a person of an offence under
subsections (1) and (2), but it is proved that such an offence has been committed on
some part of the premises belonging to or occupied by that person in such
circumstances that it could not have been committed without his knowledge, that
person shall be liable on summary conviction to a penalty of $1,000. [cf. 1952 c. 44
s. 106(2)-(5) U.K.]

(4) Any person found on premises on which spirits are being unlawfully
manufactured, made, distilled, rectified, purified, refined or processed may be
detained. (Amended3of 1970s. 25)

(5) All spirits and all stills, apparatus, vessels, utensils, fermenting or fermented
materials or other materials for manufacturing, making, distilling, rectifying, purifying,
refining or processing spirits- (Amended 3 of 1970 s.25)

(a)found in the possession of any person who commits an offence
under subsection (1); or

(b)found on any premises on which such offence has been committed,

shall be liable to forfeiture.

(6) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Ordinance relating to goods
seized as liable to forfeiture, any member of the Customs and Excise Service by
whom anything is seized as liable to forfeiture under this section may at his
discretion forthwith spill, break up or destroy that thing.

59. Presumptions in proceedings for illicit distillation, etc.

(1) In any proceedings under this Ordinance relating to illicit distillation, all
spirits and all stills, apparatus suitable for distilling, vessels, utensils, fermenting
and fermented materials or any chattels or things, whether fixed to





the premises or not, found in or upon any land or other premises shall be deemed to
have been in the possession, custody or control of the occupier of the premises
unless he proves that he did not know, and could not with reasonable diligence have
known, that such spirits, stills, apparatus, vessels, utensils, materials or other such
chattels or things were in or upon the premises. (Amended3of 1970s. 26) [cf. 1923
c. 14s. 13(5) U.K.]

(2) Every person found in or escaping from any room or place where, in
contravention of this Ordinance, materials are being fermented or fermenting
materials or intoxicating liquors are being made or prepared or in which any stills,
apparatus suitable for distilling, vessels, utensils or other materials for
manufacturing, distilling, rectifying, purifying, refining or processing spirits are
found or are being made or prepared shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to
have been unlawfully making, distilling, rectifying, purifying, refining or processing
spirits. (Amended 3 of 1970 ss. 26 & 36; 66 of 1986 s. 26) [cf. 1831 c. 55 s. 19
U.K.]

60. Free licences for small stills for registered

doctors and pharmacists

The Commissioner may in his discretion issue a licence free of charge to any
practitioner registered under the Medical Registration Ordinance (Cap. 161), or to
any pharmacist registered under the Pharmacy and Poisons Ordinance (Cap. 138), to
keep and use on any specified premises a still of not more than 40 l capacity for the
purposes only of his profession or business.

(Amended L.N. 189 of 1982; L.N. 294 of 1982)

61. Distilling, etc. adulterated liquor

(1) Any person who imports, distils, makes, manufactures, sells, exposes for
sale or has in his possession for sale, supplies or deals in, or puts in any container
for any such purpose, any adulterated liquor shall be guilty of an offence and shall,
if such adulterated liquor is proved to the satisfaction of a magistrate to be injurious
to health, be liable to imprisonment for 2 years, in addition to any other penalty to
which he may be liable under this Ordinance. (Amended 3 of 1970 s. 27; 34 of 1976
s. 7)

(IA) Where a person is convicted under this section and it is proved to the
satisfaction of a magistrate that an adulterant in any adulterated liquor in respect of
which that person has been convicted is a denaturant which is present in such
quantities as not to render the liquor being a denatured spirit within the meaning of
this Ordinance, that person shall, in addition to any other penalty to which he is
liable under this Ordinance, be liable to imprisonment for 2 years. (Added 34 of
1976s.7)





(IB) For the purposes of subsection (1), any adulterated liquor found in
licensed premises shall be presumed until the contrary is proved, to be in the
possession of the licensee for the purpose of sale. (Added34 of 1976s.7)

(2) In the case of any conviction under this section the magistrate may order
that any liquor to which the conviction relates and any similar liquor, whether the
same be proved to have been adulterated or not, which was on the defendant's
premises or in his possession or under his control at the time of the commission of
the offence, or which has been seized under this Ordinance, shall be forfeited:

Provided that no such liquor shall be forfeited if it is proved to the satisfaction
of the magistrate by the defendant, or by any person into whose possession such
liquor may have come, that the same has not been adulterated or was not for sale.

(3) Any liquor forfeited under this section shall be disposed of as the
Commissioner directs. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

62. (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 27)

63. (Repealed 16 of 1989 s. 4)

64. Denatured spirits to he dutiable goods

until certified to the contrary

(1) All the provisions of this Ordinance relating to dutiable goods shall apply to
any denatured spirits unless and until the Government Chemist has certified in
writing in each case that such spirits are denatured spirits, and upon the issue of
such certificate the liquor to which it relates shall be deemed to be not dutiable.
(Amended3of 1970s. 28)

(2) Any fee prescribed by the Governor in Council for such certificate may be
proportionate to the duty which would have been payable had the liquor not been
denatured: but no such fee (except a minimum fee) shall exceed one-tenth of the
duty.

PART IV

TOBACCO

65. Definition of tobacco

In the application of this Ordinance to tobacco---

'Chinese prepared tobacco' (Suk Yin) is tobacco prepared in the traditional
Chinese manner from tobacco leaf grown in China, and comprises 7 main types,
namely--





Sang Chit
Ting Sook
Yee Sook
Chai See
Kan Yip

Sheung Sook

and Jing Chit
and may include any other traditional Chinese prepared tobacco which,
in the opinion of the Commissioner, is of a type and quality approximate
to any of the 7 types of Chinese prepared tobacco specified above;
(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 29; L.N. 294 of 1982)

'cigar' means any roll of tobacco capable of being smoked by itself and which

(a) has an outer wrapper of natural tobacco; or

(b)predominately contains broken or threshed leaf and has a binder of
reconstituted tobacco and an outer wrapper of reconstituted tobacco
fitted spirally; (Added66 of 1986s.29)

'cigarette' means any roll of tobacco capable of being smoked by itself not being a
cigar; (Added 66 of 1986 s. 29)

'manufacture' means the conversion of tobacco into manufactured tobacco;

'manufactured tobacco' includes cigarettes, cigars, snuff, hand-rolling tobacco,
smoking tobacco, cigar cuttings, reconstituted tobacco and Chinese prepared
tobacco; (Added 66 of 1986 s. 29)

'manufacturer' includes any person who owns or controls any factory or other
place wherein tobacco is manufactured;

'tobacco' includes manufactured and umnanufactured tobacco of every description
and tobacco stalks, tobacco refuse, tobacco seedlings and tobacco plants;

'unmanufactured tobacco' means tobacco which has undergone no process of
manufacture except curing, stripping or drying or any of them.

66. (Repealed 10 of 1988 s. 2)

67. Manufacture, etc. of adulterated tobacco

(1) A tobacco manufacturer shall not in manufacturing tobacco use any

substance other than water or steam, except to such extent as may be permitted

by the Commissioner and subject to such conditions as the Commissioner may

impose. (Amended L.N. 294 of 1982)

(2) Save where their use by him is permitted by or under this section, a

tobacco manufacturer shall not receive or have in his possession any of the

following substances, namely





(a)sugar or any other saccharine substance or extract, except such as he
proves to be for domestic use;

(b)leaves or plants of any description other than tobacco leaves or
plants;

(e)any substance for use, or capable of being used, as a substitute for or
to increase the weight of tobacco.

(3) Any tobacco manufacturer who contravenes any of the provisions of this
section shall be liable to a fine of $5,000 and the tobacco or other substance in
respect of which the offence was committed shall be liable to forfeiture.

68. Restriction on tobacco growing

No person shall plant or cultivate tobacco (on any land of any category)
without the written approval of the Commissioner or other officer deputed by him in
that behalf.

(Amended 3 of 1970 s. 30; 29 of 1989 s. 7)

PART V

HYDROCARBON
OIL

(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 30)

69. Definition of hydrocarbon oil

In the application of this Ordinance to hydrocarbon oil-

,,aircraft spirit' means any light oil suitable and intended for use as fuel in any
aircraft;

'heavy oil' means any hydrocarbon oil other than light oil; (Replaced 66 of
1986s.31)

'hydrocarbon oil' means petroleum oil, coal tar, and oil produced from coal, shale,
peat, or any other bituminous substances, and all hydrocarbons that are in a
liquid form at a temperature of 15'C and under a pressure of 101 kPa, except any
such hydrocarbons that are an ingredient in any goods that do not have the
usual characteristics of hydrocarbon oil; (Replaced 29 of 1989 s. 8)

'kerosene' means heavy oil of which more than 50% by volume distils at a
temperature not exceeding 240 C; (Added66 of 1986s.31)

'light diesel oil', commonly known as 'gas oil', means a heavy oil of which not more
than 50% by volume distils at a temperature not exceeding 240'C and of which
more than 50% by volume distils at a temperature not

exceeding340'C;(Added44of 1978s. 2. Amended L.N. 189 of 1982)





'light oil' means hydrocarbon oil of which not less than 50% by volume distils at a
temperature not exceeding 185'C, or of which not less than 95% by volume
distils at a temperature not exceeding 240'C, or which gives off an inflammable
vapour at a temperature of less than 23'C when tested in the manner prescribed
by the Commissioner of Customs and Excise of the United Kingdom; (Amended
L.N. 189 of 1982)

'marked oil' means light diesel oil to which a marker and a colouring substance have
been added as provided by regulations made under section 6; (Added66 of
1986s.31)

'motor spirit means any light oil which has been rendered suitable for use as a fuel
in any internal combustion engine by the addition of any compound or
compounds of lead, and any other fight oil suitable and intended for use in any
internal combustion engine, but shall not include aircraft spirit.,

(Amended 66 of 1986 s. 31)

69A. (Repealed 66 of 1986 s. 32)

PART VI

METHYL ALCOHOL

70. Interpretation

In the application of this Ordinance to methyl alcohol

'denatured methyl alcohol' means methyl alcohol certified by the Government
Chemist to have been mixed with a substance or substances approved by the
Government Chemist, in such manner that it cannot practicably be returned to
its original form; (Added66 of 1986s.33)

'methyl alcohol' means the substance also known as methanol, but does not
include methyl alcohol that is an ingredient in any goods, if that methyl alcohol
cannot be converted to pure methyl alcohol or if such a conversion would not
be economical. (Amended 29 of 1989 s. 9)

71. Marking of containers

No person shall place or cause to be placed or keep or cause to be kept

in any container any methyl alcohol unless such container is conspicuously

marked in English and Chinese with the word 'poison'.

72. Colouring, flavouring or other substance

The Commissioner may direct an importer to add such colouring,

flavouring or other substances, and in such quantities, as the Commissioner

may from time to time specify, to any methyl alcohol in his possession.

(Amended L.N. 294 of 1982; 29 of 1989 s. 10)





73. Storage

A distiller or importer of intoxicating liquor shall not bring onto of have in any
premises used for holding intoxicating liquor any methyl alcohol.

(Amended 29 of 1989 s. 11)

74. Exemptions

No duty shall be payable on denatured methyl alcohol.

(Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 34)

(Part VI Added 34 of 1976 s. 9)

PART VII

CONCENTRATES AND NON-ALCOHOLIC
BEVERAGES,

75. Interpretation

In the application of this Ordinance to concentrates and non-alcoholic

beverages

'concentrate' means any liquid intended for consumption as a beverage after
dilution;

'juice' means

(a) the undiluted juice of any fruit or vegetable; or

(b)in relation to any particular fruit or vegetable, juice which is obtained
by the addition of water to a concentrate made from the juice of that
fruit or vegetable and which has the organoleptic and analytical
characteristics of the undiluted juice of that fruit or vegetable; or

(c) a mixture of such juices, to which no flavouring or colouring has been
added;

'milk' means milk obtained from cows, buffaloes or goats, whether or not it is
skimmed or partly skimmed, or is reconstituted milk, buttermilk or whey
produced from such milk:

Provided that no flavouring or colouring has, in any case, been added;

'non-alcoholic beverage' means any liquid which is placed in a sealed container for
sale as a beverage and includes soda water, Indian or quinine tonic water,
mineral water, ginger beer, a herbal or botanical beverage, shandy, and any
liquid which is or which purports to be a carbonated or non-carbonated drink
with a fruit, syrup or milk base but does not include concentrate, liquor, distilled
water, milk, juice or soup;

'sealed' includes closed by means of a screw top or cork.

(Part VII added 20 of 1985 s. 9)





PART VIII

COSMETICS

76. Interpretation

In the application of this Ordinance to cosmetics-

'cosmetics' means any preparation designed to improve, beautify and generally
increase the attractiveness of the person by external application and includes
any preparation which

(a)is, or purports to be, for the care of skin or hair, including any cream,
emulsion, gel, lotion, powder, spray or liquid;

(b)is, or purports to be, a make-up for beautification, including any
powder, lipstick, eye make-up, rouge, or preparation for manicure;

(c)promotes, or purports to promote, good grooming, including any
talcum powder, deodorant, depilatory, antiperspirant, suntan product
or a salt or foam for the bath;

(d)is, or purports to be, a fragrance, including any cologne, sachet,
perfume, scent or toilet water,

but does not include any preparation which is a soap, liquid soap, toothpaste,
or shampoo for the cleansing of hair and scalp, unless such preparation
purports to be any of the preparations referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or
(d).

(Part VIII added 20 of 1985 s. 9)

SCHEDULE [ss. 4(1),(2) & 53(2)]

PART I

DUTY ON LIQUOR

1. Duty shall be payable on the following types of European-type liquor at the rate of 30% of the

value of the liquor (in accordance with section 26A of the Ordinance) and, in addition, at the rate

specified against that type of liquor, per litre measured at a temperature of 20'C
Type of Liquor
...........................................
Brandy ....................................$52.00
Liqueurs, Whisky, Gin, Rum, Vodka and other spirituous liquors 52.00

Intoxicating liquors in this Part above the strength of 45% alcohol by volume,. for

every 1 % above such strength in addition to the duties specified above ..... 1.50 .

(Replaced L.N. 158 of 1988. Amended 16 of 1989 s. 5)

1A. Duty shall he payable on the following types of European-type liquor at the rate of 20% of
accordance '

the value of the liquor (in accordance it,

tion 26A of the Ordinance) and, in addition, at the
rate specified against that type of liquor, 7 measured at a temperature of 20'C





Type of Liquor

Champagne and other sparkling wines..................................................................... 32.00
Still wines above 15% alcohol by volume ................................................................ 22.00
Still wines not more than 15% alcohol by volume ........................................................ 18.00
(Replaced L.N. 158 of 1988. Amended 16 of 1989 s.5)

2. Duty shall be payable on the following type of European-type liquor at the following rate per
hectolitre measured at a temperature of 20'C

Type of Liquor

$

Cider and Perry and other similar beverages............................................................ 145.00

Bear (Added 16 of 1989 s. 5) ........................................................................... 220.00
(Amended L.N. 128 of 1987; L.N. 158 of 1988; 16 of 1989 s. 5)

3. (Repealed 16 of 1989 s. 5)

4. Duty shall be payable on the following types of Non-European-type liquor at the following

rates per hectolitre measured at a temperature of 20 C
Type of Liquor
..........................................$
Non-European-type wines ..................950.00
Chinese-type spirits and other spirituous liquors, Sake, Arrack 490.00

and in addition for every 1 % by which the alcoholic strength by volume exceeds 30% 16.35
(Amended L.N. 128 of 1987, L.N. 158 of 1988; 16 of 1989 s. 5)

5. Duty shall be payable on the following types of Industrial-type liquor at the following rates
per

hectolitre measured at a temperature of 20'C-
Type of Liquor
....................................... $
Ethyl alcohol, and admixtures containing ethyl alcohol 490.00
and in addition for every 1 % by which the alcoholic strength exceeds 30 % 16.35
(Amended L.N. 128 of 1987; L.N. 158 of 1988; 16 of 1989 s. 5)

6. The Commissioner may assess the duty on

(a)intoxicating liquors not specified in this Part at the rate prescribed for liquor which
in his opinion most nearly approximates to the liquor on which duty is to be
assessed; and

(b)any quantity of liquor of less than 12 1 imported at any time in one consignment at
$85.00 per litre.

PARTII

DUTY ON TOBACCO




1......................................Duty shall be payable on tobacco at the following rates-
..................................... $
(a) for each 1000 cigarettes 190.00
(b) cigars ..........................250.00 /kg

(e) Chinese prepared tobacco ....50.00


(d) all other manufactured tobacco except tobacco intended for the

manufacture of cigarettes 230.00
...................(AmendedL.N. 158 of1988; 16 of.1989 s. 5)





2. For the purpose of applying the duty under paragraph 1(a) a cigarette more than 90 mm long,
excluding any filter or mouthpiece, shall be treated as if each additional 90 mm or portion of 90
rum were a separate cigarette.

(Replaced 10 of 1988 s.
3)

PART III

DUTY ON HYDROCARBON
OIL

1 ..........................................Duty shall be payable on hydrocarbon oil at the following rates per litre-
(a) motor spirit and aircraft spirit 2.75
(b) light diesel oil ..................... 1.37

(Amended L.N. 128 of 1987; L.N. 158 of1988; 16 of 1989 s. 5)

2. Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that light diesel oil on which duty
has been paid under paragraph 1(b) has been used in road vehicles owned and operated by the
grantee of a franchise under section 5 of the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap. 230) in
maintaining public bus services on specified routes as defined by section 2 of that Ordinance, a
sum amounting to $0.65 per litre of the light diesel oil so used shall be refunded to the grantee.

3. Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that light diesel oil on which duty
has been paid under paragraph 1(b) has been used in road vehicles owned and operated by the
Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation under section 4(1)(d) of the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation Ordinance (Cap. 372) in maintaining bus services within the North-west Transit
Service Area, a sum amounting to $0.65 per litre of the light diesel oil so used shall be refunded to
the Corporation.

(Added L.N. 203
of1987)

PART IV

DUTY ON METHYL
ALCOHOL



1. Duty shall be payable on methyl alcohol and any admixture containing methyl alcohol at the
rate of $490.00 per hectolitre measured at a temperature of 20'C and in addition, for every 1 % by
which the alcoholic strength by volume exceeds 30% $16.35 per hectolitre.

(Amended L.N. 128. 1987; L.N. 158 of 1988; 16 of1989 s.5)

PART V

DUTY ON NON-ALCOHOLIC
BEVERAGES

1 . Duty shall be payable on non-alcoholic beverages at the rate of $60.00 per
hectolitre.

PART VI

DUTY ON COSMETICS

1. Duty shall be payable on cosmetics at the rate of 25% of the value of the cosmetics (in
accordance with section 26A of the Ordinance).

(Replaced 66 of 1986 s. 35)







Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2481

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

109

Number of Pages

50
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:37 +0800
<![CDATA[BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2480

Title

BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS

Description






BETTING DUTY REGULATIONS

(Cap. 108, section 7)

[29 August 1975.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Betting Duty Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Board' means the Hong Kong Lotteries Board established under
section 4A of the Ordinance;

'cash-sweep' means any cash-sweep conducted by a club with the
permission of the Chief Secretary under section 2 of the Ordinance;

'Collector' means the Collector of Stamp Revenue;

-lottery- means any lottery conducted by the Board under a licence
granted under section 4D of the Ordinance;

'totalizator' and 'pari-mutuel' means any totalizator or pari-mutuel
conducted by a club with the permission of the Chief Secretary
under section 3 of the Ordinance.

3. (1) The secretary of every club conducting a cash-sweep, a
totalizator or pari-mutuel in the Colony shall draw up for the Collector a
statement showing

(a)the number of tickets sold and the amounts received in
respect of the totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on each race;

(b) the number and value of cash-sweep tickets sold;

(e)the number and value of cash-sweep chances allocated
otherwise than by ticket in respect of each race.

(2) In the case of cash-sweeps conducted by a club organizing the
race in respect of which the cash-sweep is held and in the case of bets
on any totalizator or pari-mutuel, the statement shall be drawn up and
delivered within 15 days after the day on which the race is held.

(3) In all other cases the statement shall be drawn up and delivered
within 3 days after the day on which the race is held and before any
money is distributed among the contributors or subscribers.

(4) The duty charged under section 6 of the Ordinance on bets or
cash-sweeps shall be paid to the Collector in such manner as may be
agreed between the club conducting such betting or cash-sweeps and
the Collector or, in default of such agreement, as may be determined by
the Collector.





(5) [Deleted, 31 of 1981, s. 65]

(6) The Collector or any person authorized by him in writing for the
purpose may require the secretary of a club conducting a cash-sweep, a
totalizator or pari-mutuel in the Colony to produce at such place and at
such reasonable time as he may direct any books, accounts, vouchers,
lists, counterfoils or other documents relating to any cash-sweep,
totalizator or pari-mutuel.

(7) Any person who contravenes this regulation and for which no
other penalty is provided shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(8) Where the treasurer, or a steward or any member of the
committee of management of any club consents to or connives at the
commission of an offence under paragraph (7), such treasurer, steward
or member shall be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be
liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

4. (1) The Secretary of the Board shall, within 15 days after the day
on which a lottery is held, draw up and deliver to the Collector a
statement showing the number of tickets sold and the amounts received
in respect of the bets made on the lottery.

(2) The Board shall account to the Collector for the amount of duty
charged on the proceeds of the lottery under section 6 of the
Ordinance.. and such duty shall be delivered to the Collector together
with the statement under paragraph (1).

(3) The Collector or any person authorized by him in writing for the
purpose may require the Secretary of the Board to produce at such place
and at such reasonable time as he may direct any books, accounts,
vouchers. lists, counterfoils or other documents relating to any lottery.

5. Duty required to be paid under the Ordinance shall be
recoverable as a debt due to the Crown.

6. The Collector may specify the form of the statements to be used
under these regulations.
L.N. 204/75. 31 of 1981. Citation. Interpretation. Collection of betting duty in respect of cash-sweeps, totalizators and pari-mutuels. 31 of 1981, s. 65. Collection of duty in respect of lotteries. Duty to a debt to the Crown. Collector may specify form of statements.

Abstract

L.N. 204/75. 31 of 1981. Citation. Interpretation. Collection of betting duty in respect of cash-sweeps, totalizators and pari-mutuels. 31 of 1981, s. 65. Collection of duty in respect of lotteries. Duty to a debt to the Crown. Collector may specify form of statements.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2480

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

108

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:36 +0800
<![CDATA[BETTING DUTY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2479

Title

BETTING DUTY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BETTING DUTY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 108





CHAPTER 108

BETTING DUTY

Tomake provision for the taxation of bets on authorized totalizators or pari-mutuels
or lotteries and on contributions or subscriptions towards authorized cash-
sweeps and to amend the law relating to gambling.

(Amended 17 of 1933 s. 2; 51 of 1975 s. 2)

[1 January 19321

Originally 40 of 1931 (Cap. 108 R. Ed. 1950) 17 of 1933, 26 of 1934, G.N. 697 of 1934, 25 of
1937, G.N. 906 of 1937,33 of 1939,33 of 1940, 20 of 1941, 7 of 1947, 20 of 1948, 6 of
1949, 49 of 1949, G.N.A. 50 of 1952, G.N.A. 37 of 1961, 70 of 1973, L.N. 87 of 1975, 31
of 1975, 51 of 1975, 19 of 1944, L.N. 97 of 1984, L.N. 65 of 1985, 70 of 1985, R. Ed.
1985, 1 of 1988, 37 of 1989 14v2J7fig

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Betting Duty Ordinance.

2. Authorization of club cash-sweeps
on horse and pony races

Ordinary social or sporting clubs in Hong Kong may, with the permission in
writing in each case of the Chief Secretary and subject to such conditions as he may
see fit to impose, conduct cash-sweeps on horse or pony races:

Provided that not less than 88%, or in the case of a club organizing the race not
less than 72%, of the total contributions or subscriptions, after deduction of the
duty, shall be devoted to prizes for the subscribers.

(Amended 25 of 1937 s. 2; 20 of 1941 s. 2; 7 of 1947 s. 2; 51 of 1975 s. 3;
37 of 1989 s. 3)

3.Authorization of totalizator or pari-mutuel
betting on horse or pony races

(1) Ordinary race, jockey or hunt clubs which organize meetings for horse or
pony races in Hong Kong may, with the written permission of the Chief Secretary
and subject to such conditions as he may see fit to impose, conduct totalizator or
pari-mutuel betting on the race course premises on such races. (Amended 37 of 1989 s.
3)





(2) The Royal Hong Kong Jockey Club may, with the written permission of the
Chief Secretary and subject to such conditions as he may see fit to impose, conduct
totalizator or pari-mutuel betting on horse or pony races at or from premises other
than the race course premises where the races are held. (Amended 37 of 1989 s. 2)

(3) Not less than

(a)in the case of betting of a form referred to in section 6(1)(a), 83%; and
(Amended L.N. 65 of 1985)

(b)in the case of betting of a form referred to in section 6(1)(b), 77%,
(Amended L.N. 97 of 1984; L.N. 65 of 1985)

of the total bets on a totalizator or pari-mutuel shall be allocated in prizes in that or
any other totalizator or pari-mutuel in such manner as the club organizing the
totalizator or pari-mutuel may determine. (Replaced 19 of 1983s.2)

(4) The percentages of the total bets specified in subsection (3)(a) and (b) may
be amended by resolution of the Legislative Council. (Added 19 of 1983 s.2)

(Replaced 70 of 1973 s.2. Amended51of 1975ss.3&4)

4. Allocation of chances in cash-sweeps

(1) In the case of cash-sweeps organized by clubs in Hong Kong the chances
shall be allocated by numbered tickets issued in books with or without counterfoils
as the Chief Secretary may decide:

Provided that the Chief Secretary may permit any club to issue lists of numbers
against which the names of the subscribers shall be entered.

(2) In the case of cash-sweeps organized by clubs or other bodies elsewhere,
ordinary social, sporting race, jockey or hunt clubs in Hong Kong as agents for the
organizing club or other body and with the permission in writing of the Chief
Secretary may provide lists of numbers, against which their members may sign their
names as subscribers for chances, or may issue books of numbered tickets, as the
Chief Secretary may decide.

(Amended 25 of 1937 s. 2; 51 of 1975 s. 3; 37 of 1989 s. 3)

4A. Appointment, function and constitution

of Hong Kong Lotteries Board

(1) There shall be a Hong Kong Lotteries Board whose function shall be to
conduct such lotteries as may be permitted by licence granted under section 4D, and
for the purpose of any such lottery the Board may use such of the facilities of the
Club as may be agreed between the Board and the Club.

(2) The Board shall consist of 7 members appointed by the Governor of whom





(a) 4 shall be Stewards of the Club nominated by the Club; and

(b) 3 shall be other persons.

(3) The Governor shall appoint one of the members of the Board to be the
Chairman thereof.

(Added 51 of 1975 s. 5)

4B. Meetings of the Board

(1) The Board shall meet at such times and at such places as the Chairman may
appoint.

(2) At any meeting the Chairman shall preside:

Provided that if at any meeting the Chairman is absent there shall preside either

(a)such member as the Chairman may direct to preside for the purposes
of that meeting; or

(b)in the absence of any such direction, one member of the Board elected
from among those present at such meeting.

(3) At any meeting of the Board 3 members shall be a quorum.

(4) The Board may make standing orders for regulating the procedure at, and in
connection with, its meetings.

(Added 51 of 1975 s. 5)

4C. Allocation of proceeds of a lottery

(1) 59% of the proceeds of a lottery shall be allocated in prizes in that or any
other lottery as the Board may determine. (Replaced 19 of 1983s.3. Amended L.N. 97 of
1984; ]of 1988s.2)

(1A) The percentage of the proceeds specified in subsections (1), (2) and (3)
may be amended by resolution of the Legislative Council. (Added 19 of 1983 s. 3; 1 of
1988 s. 2)

(2) The Board shall pay to the Club 7.5% of the proceeds of a lottery on account
of all costs, charges, expenses, fees and commitments incurred or charged by the
Club in providing facilities in order for the Board to perform its function under
section 4A(1). (Amended 70 of 1985 s. 2; 1 of 1988 s. 2)

(3) 321 of the proceeds of a lottery shall be paid into the Lotteries Fund.
(Replaced 1 of 1988 s. 2)

(Added 51 of 19 75 s. 5)

4D. Authorization of lotteries

(1) The Chief Secretary may by licence authorize the Board to conduct such
lottery as may be specified in the licence.

(2) Any licence granted under subsection (1) may relate to more than one
lottery.





(3) The Chief Secretary may, when granting a licence under subsection (1),
impose such conditions as he thinks fit, and may at any time add to or vary any such
conditions.

(Added 51 of 1975 s. 5)

4E. Interpretation

In sections 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D and 6-

'Board' means the Hong Kong Lotteries Board established under section 4A;
'Club' means the Royal Hong Kong Jockey Club;

'Lotteries Fund' means the Lotteries Fund established by resolution made and
passed by the Legislative Council on 30 June 1965 (Cap. 2 sub. leg.) and
published in the Gazette;

'lottery' means any lottery conducted by the Board under a licence granted under
section 4D;

'proceeds of a lottery' means the total or aggregate amount of the bets made on a
lottery.

(Added 51 of 1975 s. 5)

5. Restriction on sale of tickets

No tickets, lists, receipts, or other substitutes for tickets recording the numbers
of the chances allocated for any cash-sweep, totalizator or pari-mutuel may be made,
printed, issued, sold or offered for sale except by or on behalf of a club which has
received the permission of the Chief Secretary under this Ordinance.

(Replaced6 of 1949s.2. Amended51of 1975s.3)

6. Duty on bets and cash-sweeps

(1) On every bet made on any totalizator or pari-mutuel authorized by this
Ordinance, there shall be charged a duty

(a) in the case of a win bet, a place bet, a double bet, a quinella bet
and a forecast bet, at the rate of 9.5% of the amount of every
such bet; and

(b)in the case of any other form of bet, at the rate of 16% of the amount of
every such bet. (Amended 19 of 1983 s. 4; L.N. 97 of 1984; L.N. 65 of 1985)

(1A) There shall be charged on the proceeds of a lottery duty at the rate of
30%. (Added51of 1975s.6. Amended 19 of 1983s. 4; L.N. 97of 1984)

(2) On every cash-sweep ticket sold and on every cash-sweep chance allocated
by list as provided in section 4 there shall be charged a duty at the rate of 30% on
the amount paid, contributed or subscribed. (Amended 19 of 1983 s. 4; L.N. 97 of 1984)





(3) The rates of duty specified in subsections (1), (1A) and (2) may be

amended by resolution of the Legislative Council. (Amended51of1975s.6)

(4) The secretary, treasurer and every steward and member of the

committee of management of the club, as well as the club itself if a corporation,
shall be jointly and severally liable for the duty payable.
(5) For the purposes of this section-

'double bet' means the form of betting where the first horse in each of two races has
to be selected;

'forecast bet means the form of betting where, in one race, the first and second
horses in the correct finishing order have to be selected;

'place bet means the form of betting where, in one race, the first horse, or the first or
second horse, or the first, second or third horse, as the case may be, has to be
selected in order to be paid a dividend from the place pool;

'quinella bet' means the form of betting where, in one race, the first two horses have
to be selected;

'win bet' means the form of betting where, in one race, the first horse has to be
selected.

(Replaced L.N. 87 of 1975; 31 of 1975 s. 2)

7. Regulations

The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for securing the

payment of duty and generally for carrying the provisions of this Ordinance into
effect.

(Amended 33 of 1939; G.N. 840 of 1940 Supp, Schedule)

8. Penalties

Any person who, and the secretary, treasurer and every steward or member

of the committee or management of any club which, acts in contravention of or fails
to comply with any provision of this Ordinance or of any regulation made or
condition imposed thereunder for which no other penalty is provided shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine of $1,000.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2479

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

108

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:35 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY ORDINANCE (ALTERATION OF FARES) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2478

Title

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE (ALTERATION OF FARES) NOTICE

Description






TRAMWAY ORDINANCE (ALTERATION OF FARES)
NOTICE

(Cap. 107, section 51)

[1 August 1981.1

1. This notice may be cited as the Tramway Ordinance

(Alteration of Fares) Notice.

2. The rate of fare of thirty cents specified in section 50(1)

of the Ordinance is altered to the rates of fares specified in the

Schedule.

SCHEDULE LE

RATES OF FARES

per trip
1. Adult ........................................................... 60 cents
2. Student holding a student 'rave' pass. during the hours during
which the card may he used ...................................... 30 cents

3. Child under 12 years (other than a child under 3 years accom
panied) ...................................................... 20 cents

4. Child (accompanied) under 3 years ............................... Free

per ticket
5. Monthly ticket (valid for current calendar month only) ........ $50.00

SCHEDULE
RATE OF FARES

per trip

1. Adult ........................................................ 60 cents

2. Child under 12 years (other than a child under 3 years
accompanied by an adult) ................................. 20 cents

3. Child under 3 years and accompanied by an adult .............. Nil

per ticket

4. Monthly ticket (valid for current calendar month only)....... $50
L.N. 243/81. L.N. 274/81. L.N. 199/83. Citation. Alteration of rates of fares. L.N. 199/83.

Abstract

L.N. 243/81. L.N. 274/81. L.N. 199/83. Citation. Alteration of rates of fares. L.N. 199/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2478

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:35 +0800
<![CDATA[USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE TRAMWAY RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2477

Title

USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE TRAMWAY RULES

Description






USE OF ELECTRIC POWER ON THE
TRAMWAY RULES.

(Cap. 107, sections 31 and 34).

[14th May, 1902.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Use of Electric Power on the
Tramway Rules.

2. In the following rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'current' means an electric current exceeding one-thousandth part of
one ampere;

'energy' means electrical energy;

'generator' means the dynamo or dynamos or other electrical apparatus
used for the generation of energy;

'motor' means any electric motor carried on a car and used for the
conversion of energy;

'pipe' means any gas or water pipe, or other metallic pipe, structure or
substance,

'wire' means any wire or apparatus used for telegraphic, telephonic,
electrical signalling or other similar purposes.

3. Any dynamo used as a generator shall be of such pattern and
construction as to be capable of producing a continuous current
without appreciable pulsation.

4. One of the two conductors used for transmitting energy from the
generator to the motors shall be in every case insulated from earth, and
is hereinafter referred to as the 'line'; the other may be insulated
throughout or may be uninsulated in such parts and to such extent as is
provided In the following rules, and is hereinafter referred to as the
'return'.

5. Where any rails, on which cars run, or any conductors laid
between or within three feet of such rails, form any part of a return such
part may be uninsulated. All other returns or parts of a return shall be
insulated, unless of such sectional area as will reduce the difference of
potential between the ends of the Uninsulated portion of the return
below the limit laid down in rule 9.

6. When any uninsulated conductor laid between or within three feet
of the rails forms any part of a return, it shall be electrically connected to
the rails at distances apart not exceeding one hundred feet by means of
copper strips having a sectional area of at least one-sixteenth of a square inch,
or by other means of equal conductivity.





7. When any part of a return is uninsulated it shall be connected
with the negative terminal of the generator, and in such case the
negative terminal of the generator shall also be directly connected,
through the current indicator hereinafter mentioned, to two separate
earth connexions which shall be placed not less than twenty yards apart:

Provided that in place of such two earth connexions the company
may make- one connexion to a main for water supply of not less than
three inches internal diameter, with the consent of the owner thereof
and of the person supplying the water, and provided that where, from
the nature of the soil or for other reasons, the company can show to the
satisfaction of an inspecting officer of the Government that the earth
connexions herein specified cannot be constructed and maintained
without undue expense, the provisions of this rule shall not apply. The
earth connexions referred to in this rule shall be constructed, laid and
maintained so as to secure electrical contact with the general mass of
earth, and so that an electro-motive force not exceeding four volts shall
suffice to produce a current of at least two amperes from one earth
connexion to the other through the earth, and a test shall be made at
least once in every month to ascertain whether this requirement is
complied with. No portion of either earth connexion shall be placed
within six feet of any pipe except a main for water supply of not less
than three inches internal diameter metallically connected to the earth
connexions with the consents hereinbefore specified.

8. When the return is partly or entirely uninsulated the company
shall in the construction and maintenance of the tramway

(a)so separate the uninsulated return from the general mass of
earth and from any pipe in the vicinity;

(b) so connect together the several lengths of the rails;

(c)adopt such means for reducing the difference produced by the
current between the potential of the uninsulated return at any
other point; and

(d)so maintain the efficiency of the earth connexions specified in
the preceding rules,

as to fulfil the following conditions-

(i) that the current- passing from the earth connexions
through the indicator to the generator shall not at any
time exceed either two amperes per mile of single tram-
way line, or five per cent of the total current output of
the station,

(ii)that if at any time and at any place a test be made by
connecting a galvanometer or other current-indicator to the
uninsulated return to any pipe in the vicinity, it shall always
be possible to reverse the direction of any current





indicated by interposing a battery of three Leclanche cells
connected in series if the direction of the current is from the
return to the pipe, or by interposing one Leclanche cell if the
direction of the current is from the pipe to the return.

In order to provide a continuous indication that condition (i) is
complied with, the company shall place in a conspicuous position a
suitable properly connected and correctly marked currentindicator and
shall keep it connected during the whole time that the line is charged.

The owner of any such pipe may require the company to permit him
at reasonable times and intervals to ascertain by test that the conditions
specified in (ii) are complied with as regards his pipe.

9. When the return is partly or entirely uninsulated a continuous
record shall be kept by the company of the difference of potential during
the working of the tramway between the points of the uninsulated return
farthest from and nearest to the generating station. If at any time such
difference of potential exceeds the limit of seven volts, the company
shall take immediate steps to reduce it below that limit.

10. Every electrical connexion with any pipe shall be so arranged as
to admit of easy examination, and shall be tested by the company at
least once in every three months.

11. Every line and every insulated return or part of a return
except anyfeeder shall be constructed in sections not exceeding
one-half of a mile in length, and means shall be provided for
insulating each such section for purposes of testing.

12. The insulation of the line and of the return when insulated, and
of all feeders and other conductors, shall be so, maintained that the
leakage current shall not exceed one-hundredth of an ampere per mile of
tramway. The leakage current shall be ascertained daily before or after
the hours of running when the line is fully charged. If at any time it
should be found that the leakage current exceeds one half of an ampere per mile of tram-
way, the leak shall be localized and removed as soon as practicable
and the running of the cars shall be stopped unless the leak
is localized and removed within twenty-four hours:

Provided that where both line and return are placed within a
conduit this regulation shall not apply.

13. The insulation resistance of all continuously insulated cables
used for lines, for insulated returns, for feeders, or for other purposes,
and laid below the surface of the ground, shall





not be permitted to fall below the equivalent of ten megohms for
a length of one mile. A test of the insulation resistance of all
such cables shall be made at least once in each month.

14. Where in any case in any part of the tramway the line is erected
overhead and the return is laid on or under the ground, and where any
wires have been erected or laid before the construction of the tramway
in the same or nearly the same direction as such part of the tramway, the
company shall, if required so to do by the owners of such wires or any
of them, permit such owners to insert and maintain in the company's line
one or more induction-coils or other apparatus approved by the
company for the purpose of preventing disturbance by electric
induction. In any case in which the company withholds its approval of
any such apparatus the owners may appeal to the Governor in Council,
who may, if he thinks fit, dispense with such approval.

15. Any insulated return turn shall be placed parallel to and at a
distance not exceeding three feet from the line inches the line and return are
both erected overhead, or eighteen inches when they are both laid
underground.

16. In the disposition, connexions and working of feeders the
company shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid injurious
interference with any existing wires.

17. The company shall so construct and maintain its system as to
secure good contact between the motors and the line and return
respectively.

18. The company shall adopt the best means available to prevent
the occurrence of undue sparking at the rubbing or rolling contacts in
any place and in the construction and use of its generator and motors.

19. In working the cars the current shall be varied as required by
means of a rheostat containing at least twenty sections or by some other
equally efficient method of gradually varying resistance.

20. The company shall, so far as may be applicable to its system of
working, keep records as specified below. These records shall, if and
when required, be forwarded for the information of the Governor in
Council.

Daily records.

Number of cars running.
Maximum working current.
Maximum working pressure.





Maximum current from the earth connexions (see rule 8(i)

Leakage current (see rule 12).

Fall of potential in return (see rule 9).

Monthly records.

Condition of earth connexions (see rule 7).

Insulation resistance of insulated cables (see rule 13).

Quarterly record.

Conductance of joints to pipes (see rule 10).

Occasional records.

Any test made under the provisions of rule 8(ii).

Localization and removal of leakage, stating time occupied.

Particulars of any abnormal occurrence affecting the electric
working of the tramway.

21. Any person who acts in contravention of rules 3 to 13 and 15 to
20 shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars, and also in the case of a
continuing offence to a further fine of ten dollars for every day after the
first during which such offence continues.
10 of 1902. Schedule. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.

Abstract

10 of 1902. Schedule. G.N.A. 75/51. G.N.A. 75/51.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2477

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:34 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2476

Title

TRAMWAY REGULATIONS

Description






TRAMWAY REGULATIONS

(Cap. 107, section 38)

[12 September 1986.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Tramway Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Transport;

'designated tram stop' means a place designated as a tram stop under
regulation 3;

'Secretary' means the Secretary for Transport.

3. (1) The company may, with the permission in writing of the
Commissioner, designate any place on a road as a tram stop by the
erection thereon, or as near thereto as practicable, of a sign of such type
and construction as may be approved by the Commissioner.

(2) If the Commissioner considers it is in the public interest that a
place on a road be designated as a tram stop he may, by notice in
writing served on the company giving reasons, require the company to
designate that place as a tram stop by erecting a sign in the manner
prescribed by paragraph (1) before the date specified in the notice
(which date shall be not earlier than 14 days after the date of the notice).

(3) The company may, with the permission in writing of the
Commissioner, revoke the designation of any place as a tram stop by
removing the sign erected in respect thereof.

(4) The Commissioner may, by notice in writing served on the
company giving reasons, require the company to revoke the designation
of any place as a tram stop, either temporarily or permanently, by
removing the sign erected in respect thereof before the date specified in
the notice (which date shall, where practicable, be not earlier than 7 days
after the date of the notice).

(5) The Commissioner shall notify-the company in writing of any
refusal to grant permission under paragraph (1) or (3).

(6) The company shall at all times maintain any sign erected under
this regulation in good order, condition and repair to the satisfaction of
the Commissioner.

(7) Any place on a road in respect of which, at the commencement
of these regulations, a sign has been erected and is maintained by the
company for the purpose of indicating that cars may stop at that place,
shall be deemed to be a designated tram stop.





(8) In any proceedings under these regulations in relation to a place alleged
to be a designated tram stop, a sign that is erected at or near such place and
which purports to indicate that cars may stop at that place shall be deemed to
have been erected under this regulation unless the contrary is proved.

(9) If the company-

(a) erects a sign in contravention of paragraph (1);

(b) removes a sign in contravention of paragraph (3);

(e)fails to comply with the terms of a notice issued under paragraph (2)
or (4) and does not appeal in accordance with regulation 6; or

(d)where an appeal is made in accordance with regulation 6, fails to
comply with the terms of the notice as confirmed, varied or amended
by the Secretary under that regulation,

the company commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to a
further fine of SI 00 for each day on which the offence continues.

4. (1) The driver of a car shall, if requested to do so, stop the car at a
designated tram stop for the purpose of allowing passengers or intending
passengers to alight from or board the car.

(2) The driver of a car shall not, for the purpose of allowing passengers or
intending passengers to alight from or board the car, stop the car at a place other
than a designated tram stop.

(3) The driver of a car who without reasonable excuse contravenes
paragraph (1) or (2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.

5. The company shall from time to time issue advisory instructions to the
Commissioner of Police setting out the course of action recommended in the
event of a trolley wire falling onto a road or the safety of the public being
otherwise endangered in connexion with the tramway.

6. (1) The company, if it is aggrieved by any decision or requirement of, or
the refusal of permission by, the Commissioner under regulation 3, may, within
14 days of receiving notice in writing of such decision, requirement or refusal,
appeal in writing to the Secretary.

(2) The Secretary shall, within 28 days of receiving notice of an appeal
under paragraph (1), consider the appeal and may confirm, reverse, vary or
amend the decision or requirement of, or the refusal of permission by, the
Commissioner.

(3) The Secretary shall notify the company and the Commissioner of his
decision on an appeal.
L.N. 220/86. Citation. Interpretation. Designation of tram stops. Boarding and alighting of passengers. Company to issue instructions. Appeal by company.

Abstract

L.N. 220/86. Citation. Interpretation. Designation of tram stops. Boarding and alighting of passengers. Company to issue instructions. Appeal by company.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2476

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:33 +0800
<![CDATA[PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION OF TRAVELLING RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2475

Title

PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION OF TRAVELLING RULES

Description






SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION.

PREVENTION OF NUISANCES AND REGULATION
OF TRAVELLING RULES.

(Cap. 107, section 39).

[1st February, 1916.]

Rules made by the company.

1. These rules shall extend and apply to all cars used on the
tramways and to all places in respect of which the company has for the
time being power to make rules.

2. (1) All tickets issued by the company are issued on the
conditions that these rules are to be observed.

(2) Monthly tickets issued by the company may be issued upon
such terms, consistent with the Ordinance and any rules made
thereunder, as the company may from time to time impose.

(3) Every person to whom a monthly ticket is issued shall sign the
monthly ticket in ink before using it.

(4) Every person using a monthly ticket shall, at the request of an
uniformed inspector of the company, furnish such inspector with a
specimen of his signature to enable the inspector to compare the same
with the signature appearing on the monthly ticket produced by such
person.

3. No person shall travel or attempt to travel as a passenger on a
car in any class if a notice has been put up in the said car stating that
the accommodation in that class is fully taken up.

4. No person shall travel or attempt to travel on the top of any car
in excess of the number of passengers for which seating accommodation
is provided on the top of such car.

5. No passenger shall enter or depart from a car from that side
which is on the right hand of the motorman.

6. No person shall converse with the driver of any car while such
driver is on duty.

7. No passenger shall take any luggage on a car of a description
calculated in the opinion of the conductor to annoy or inconvenience
other passengers. All personal and other luggage shall be carried by the
passenger unless the conductor requires it to be put in some particular
place in which case the passenger shall comply with the requirements of
the conductor.





8. No passenger shall smoke so as to cause nuisance or
inconvenience to other passengers.

9. No person shall spit inside or upon any car.

10. No passenger or other person shall while travelling in or
upon any car play or perform on any musical instrument.

11. No person in a state of intoxication or affected with any
infectious or contagious disease shall enter or mount or attempt
to enter or mount any car. Any such person found on any car
shall leave on request, and in default of compliance, may be re-
moved by or under the direction of the conductor.

12. No person shall swear or use obscene or offensive language
whilst in or upon any car or commit any nuisance in or upon
or against any car or any premises or property of the company or
interfere with the comfort of any passenger.

13. No person whose dress or clothing might in the opinion
of the conductor soil or injure the seats or fittings of a car or the
dress or clothing of any passenger, and no person who in the
opinion of the conductor might for any other reason be offensive
to passengers, shall be entitled to enter or remain in or on any car
and shall leave on request. Any such person may be prevented
from entering any car and shall not enter any car if requested not
to do so by the conductor; and if found in or on any car shall on
the request of the conductor leave the car upon the fare, if pre-
viously paid, being returned.

14. Every passenger shall upon demand pay to the conductor
the fare legally demandable for the journey and accept a ticket
corresponding thereto, but this rule shall not apply to a monthly
ticket holder or to Government postmen and policemen on duty
and in uniform.

15. Every passenger shall when required show the ticket or
monthly ticket given to him covering the journey he is travelling
on, or any free pass held by him, to the conductor or to any duly
authorized servant of the company and shall also, when required,
either deliver up any such ticket or pass for inspection or pay the
fare legally demandable for the distance travelled over by such
passenger.

16. (1) No person shall use or attempt to use a monthly
ticket which does not bear his signature in ink.

(2) No person to whom a monthly ticket has been issued
shall sell or transfer or attempt to sell or transfer the monthly ticket
issued to him, to any other person.





(3) No person to whom a monthly ticket has been issued shall
knowingly permit any other person to use such monthly ticket.

17. If a person to whom a monthly ticket has been issued is
convicted of any offence against these rules, the monthly ticket issued
to him shall be forfeited, and no compensation shall be payable to him or
to any other person in respect of such forfeiture.

18. The company, in its absolute discretion, may decline to issue a
monthly ticket to any person or to renew a monthly ticket already issued
to any person.

19. Any reference in these rules to the holder of a monthly ticket
shall be deemed to refer to and include any person to whom and in
whose name the company issues a monthly ticket and whose name
appears on the face thereof.

20. Tickets shall only be available for the car on which they are
issued. Every passenger who leaves a car for any reason and resumes
his journey by another car shall pay a fresh fare from the point at which
he enters the second car.

21. No passenger or any other person not being an official or
servant of the company shall travel on the front, back, steps or sides of
a tramcar or elsewhere than in or upon that space, or a part thereof,
within the tramcar provided for the accommodation of passengers. Any
person travelling in contravention of this rule shall immediately cease so
to do upon request by the conductor or motorman of the tramcar or any
other official of the company or by any police officer in uniform.

22. No person except a passenger or intending passenger shall
enter or mount any car.

23. No person shall enter. mount or leave or attempt to enter, mount
or leave any car whilst in motion.

24. No person shall take a dog or other animal into or on any car
except by permission of the conductor. Any dog or other animal taken
into or on any car which becomes a nuisance or annoyance to
passengers or which interferes with or gets in the way of the driver or
the driving or controlling apparatus of the car shall be removed by the
person incharge of such dog or other animal from the car immediately
upon request of the conductor, and in default of compliance with such
request, may be removed by or under the direction of the conductor.

25. No person shall enter, get upon or travel in or on any car with
loaded firearms or with any article, instrument or imple





ment which may in the opinion of the conductor be dangerous
or offensive to any passenger.

26. No person shall stand in such a position on the car as
to hamper the motorman in any way or shall touch any part of
the controlling gear of any car.

27. No passenger shall stand on the platform of a car after
being requested to go inside by the conductor. No passenger
shall stand or travel in any exit passage-way.

28. Any person who requires change to be given him before
he is able to pay his right fare shall, if the conductor is unable to
give him change, upon request immediately leave the car.

29. No person shall wilfully obstruct or impede any officer
or servant of the company in the execution of his duty upon or in
connexion with any car or tramway of the company.

30. The conductor of each car shall enforce or prevent a
breach of these rules to the best of his ability.

31. If the conductor has reason to believe that any person
has committed a breach of any rule made by the company, he
shall be entitled to ask such person for his name and address in
Hong Kong and any such person shall on demand forthwith furnish
to the conductor his true name and his true address in Hong Kong.

32. Any person offending against or committing a breach of
any of these rules shall be liable to a penalty of one hundred
dollars.

33. In these rules, 'conductor' includes any officer or servant
in the employment of the company and having charge either tem-
porarily or otherwise of a car and also includes an inspector of
the company.

34. These rules may be cited as the Prevention of Nuisances
and Regulation of Travelling Rules.
Supp. to Gazette 31.12.1915, p. 540. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. (Cap. 107.) G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47.

Abstract

Supp. to Gazette 31.12.1915, p. 540. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. (Cap. 107.) G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N.A. 93/56. G.N. 67/46. G.N. 112/47.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2475

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:33 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2474

Title

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 107





CHAPTER 107

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page
1. Short title ............................4
2. Interpretation .........................4

CONSTRUCTION OF TRAMWAY

3. Construction and route of tramway ......5
4. Power to lay single line where double line authorized, and to reconvert into
double line ............................6
5. Power to widen bridges, etc . ..........6
6. Attachment .............................6
7. Electricity ............................7
8. Power to lay down sea water pipes ......7
9. Gauge of tramway .......................7
10.............................Power to break up roads 8
11...................Completion of works, and restoration of road 8
12.................Further provisions as to construction of tramway 9
13......................Repair of roads on which tramway laid 9
14..........................Maintenance and level of rails 9
15...............................Alteration of track 9
16................................Payment for works 10
17..................Temporary tramways may be made when necessary 11
is.........Application of road materials excavated in construction of works 12
19......................Protection of departments and persons 12
20...........................Protection of sewers, etc . 14
21..............Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines 15
22....................Rights of departments, etc., to open roads 15
23.........Differences between company and others (other than the Director) 16
24.....................Differences between company and Director 16
25.............Tramway not to be opened until certified fit for traffic 17

INSUFFICIENT USER OF TRAMWAY

26.......................................Procedure when public not afforded full benefit of tramway 17
27.......................................Procedure on non-compliance with order 18





Section..................................... Page

DISCONTINUANCE OF TRAMWAY

28............................Discontinuance of tramway 18

INSOLVENCY OF COMPANY

29...................Proceedings in case of insolvency of company 19

PURCHASE OF TRAMWAY

30........................Purchase by Government of tramway 19

MOTIVE POWER

31...................................Motive power 20
32...............................Construction of cars 20
33...................Powers to authorities to inspect cars, etc . 20
34..............Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance 21

35-37. (Repealed) ........................21

RULES

38...................Regulations made by the Governor in Council 21
39............................Rules made by the company 22

WHEELS AND WIDTH OF CARS

40.............................Wheels and width of ears 22

POWER TO SELL

41..................................Power to sell 22

POWER TO LEASE

42..................................Power to lease 23

POWER TO MORTGAGE

43................................Power to mortgage 23

RIGHTS OF GOVERNMENT

44....................Rights of Government in military emergency 24
45....................Fares, etc., to be paid in such emergency 24

46. (Repealed).................................................................................................................
...........................................24





Section.................................... Page

TRAFFIC UPON THE TRAMWAY

47........................................Traffic upon tramway 24
48........................................Company may refuse to carry certain goods 24
49........................................(Repealed) 25

FARES

50........................................Fares for passengers 25
51........................................Alteration of the rates of fares 25
52........................................(Repeated) 25
53........................................If cars full, company not bound to carry 25
54........................................Passengers' luggage 25
55........................................Payment of fares 26
55A.......................................Exemption of hire service and tour service 26
ABANDONMENT OF UNDERTAKING
56........................................On abandonment, road to be restored 26

OFFENCES

57........................................Breach of provisions of Ordinance, etc . 27
58........................................Offences concerning car or tramway 27
59........................................Offences concerning passengers 28
60........................................Power to detain persons who commit offences 28
61........................................Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway 28
62........................................Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages, etc . 29
MISCELLANEOUS
63........................................Recovery of fares, charges and fines 29
64........................................Fares etc., to be sued for within 6 months 29
65........................................Company to be responsible for all damage through its act or default 29
66........................................Right of user of roads only acquired 30
67........................................Power to police to regulate traffic 30
68........................................Rights of public reserved 30
69........................................Nuisances 30
70. Saving.........................................................................................................................
..........................................30





CHAPTER 107

TRAMWAY

To authorize the construction of a tramway.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

[23 May 19021

Originally 10 of 1902, (Cap. 107,1950) -32 of 1902,12 of 1910,30 of 1911,50 of 1911,51 of
1911, 1 of 1912, 2 of 1912, 8 of 1912, 20 of 1912, 21 of 1912, 22 of 1912, 43 of 1912, 17
of 1913, G.N.A. 246 of 1913, 34 of 1915, 5 of 1924, 25 of 1937, 33 of 1939, 32 of 1946,
20 of 1948, 9 of 1950, 48 of 1962, R. Ed. 1964, 30 of 1967, 35 of 1969, 54 of 1971, 7 of
1972, 41 of 1972, 48 of 1972, 78 of 1975, L.N. 156 of 1977, L.N. 76 of 1982, L.N. 298 of
1982, 75 of 1982, L.N. 127 of 1986, 9 of 1988

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Tramway Ordinance.

(Amended 5 of 1924 s. 6)

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires- (Amended 51

of 1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule)

,,ear' includes all cars and trucks used upon the tramway; (Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4;
1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule)

'company' means Hong Kong Tramways Limited; (Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of
1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939
Schedule)

'court' means the High Court; (Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; ]of 1912 Schedule; 43 of
1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 92 of 1975 s. 59)

'department' includes The Ministry of Defence (The Navy Department), The
Ministry of Defence (The Army Department), and the Hong Kong Government;
(Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; ]of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule)

'Director' means the Director of Highways; (Added 20 of 1948 s. 4; L.N. 76 of
1982; L.N. 127 of 1986)

'Government' means the Governor acting on behalf of Her Majesty or her assigns,
or on behalf of the Government of the Colony; (Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 51 of
1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913
Supp. Schedule)

'road' means any roadway over which the tramway passes, and the roadway of any
bridge forming part of or leading to the same; (Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of
1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939
Schedule)





'special case' means a special case stated for the opinion of the court under the
provisions of any enactment relating to civil procedure; (Amended 50 of 1911 s.
4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 20 of
1948 s. 4)

'works' or 'undertaking' means the works or undertaking of whatever nature herein
authorized to be executed. (Amended50 of 1911 s. 4;51 of 1911;2 of 1912
Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule)

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 9 of 1950 Schedule)

CONSTRUCTION OF
TRAMWAY

3. Construction and route of tramway

(1) The company may construct, lay down and maintain the tramway authorized
by this Ordinance, with all proper electric generating stations, crossings, passing
places, sidings; junctions, rails, turntables; plates, offices, weigh-bridges, sheds,
overhead and other wires, cables, standards, poles and brackets, pipes and all such
other works and conveniences in connection therewith as the company may for the
purposes thereof think fit, and may work and use the same.

(2) The tramway authorized by this Ordinance is the tramway delineated on a
plan or set of plans deposited with the Director and signed by him and on behalf of
the company and dated 1 March 1950, together with such additions, extensions and
amendments as may be approved by the Governor in Council or otherwise pursuant
to this section or section 4 or 15 or such other plan or set of plans as may be
approved by the Governor in Council and deposited with the Director similarly
signed. (Amended 48 of 1962 s. 2(a) )

(3) The company may construct, lay down and maintain the said tramway in
such other positions along the lines of route shown on the said plan or set of plans
as the Governor in Council may approve.

(4) The company may construct, lay down and maintain as additions to or as
extensions of such tramway all such lines, crossings, passing places, sidings,
junctions, turntables and other works as the Governor in Council may approve,
subject however to the following conditions

(a)plans thereof shall previously be deposited in the office of the
Director;

(b)the company shall give timely and adequate notification by public
advertisement or otherwise of their intention to apply for such
approval;

(e) such approval shall require confirmation by a resolution of the

Legislative Council.
(Replaced 9 of 1950 Schedule.Amended48of1962s.2(b))





4. Power to lay single fine where double fine authorized,

and to reconvert into double line

Where a double line of tramway is hereby authorized to be laid down and has
been constructed, it shall be lawful for the company, with the consent of the
Governor in Council, to lay down in lieu thereof a single line of tramway and, with
the like consent, at any time thereafter to convert such single line into the double
line hereby authorized to be laid down.

5. Power to widen bridges, etc.

Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the company may, in the
construction of the tramway at its own expense alter the level of and widen any
bridge, road, street or space along or over which the tramway is hereby authorized to
be laid down, and make and construct all necessary cuttings and embankments,
bridges, viaducts, culverts, catch-water drains and other works, and divert streams:

Provided that the earth excavated and thrown to waste is disposed of to the
satisfaction of the Director, and in such manner as to prevent its being washed by
rain into the harbour.

(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

6. Attachment

(1) The company may with the consent of the owner of any house or building
attach thereto such brackets, rosettes, wires and apparatus as may be required for
the efficient working of the tramway.

(2) Where the company is unable to obtain such consent and is of the opinion
that such consent is being unreasonably withheld, the company may apply to the
Director, on notice to the owner, for a certificate that the attachment is essential to
the efficient working of the tramway and the Director, if he is satisfied that the
attachment is so essential, shall issue to the company a certificate under his hand to
that effect.

(3) The company may serve on the owner a copy of such certificate and a copy
of this section and, on the expiry of one month from the date of such service, if there
shall be no appeal in accordance with the provisions of subsection (4), the company
may enter upon the premises at any reasonable time, during the hours of daylight
and make such attachment. subject nevertheless to the payment to the owner of
such compensation as may be agreed between the company and the owner, or, in
default of agreement, such compensation as may be determined by arbitration in
accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance (Cap. 341).

(4) If an owner is aggrieved by the issue of a certificate in accordance with the
provisions of subsection (2), he may, at any time during such period of





one month as is referred to in subsection (3) on notice to the company, appeal
by petition to the Governor in Council and on such appeal, the Governor in
Council, after hearing the Director, may confirm or revoke such certificate.
(5) No consent of an owner, decision of the Director or compensation
payable in accordance with the provisions of subsection (3) shall have effect
after that owner ceases to be the owner of the house or building in question but
no attachments fixed under the provisions of this section shall be removed other
than by or with the consent of the company until the expiration of 3 months
after any subsequent owner has given to the company notice in writing
requiring the attachments to be removed and where such notice is given the
provisions of subsections (3) and (4) shall apply as if such owner has
unreasonably withheld his consent in the first instance.
(6) An owner may require the company to remove temporarily the
attachments where necessary during any reconstruction or repair to his house
or building.

(7) For the purpose of this section, 'owner' means the person whose
name is registered in the Land Office as the owner or holder of the land on
which the house or building in question is built and any registered mortgagee of
such land.
(Added 48 of 1962 s. 3)

7. Electricity

The company may generate and use electricity for the purposes of lighting
its own buildings, erections and premises and for any other purposes of its own.
(Replaced 9 of 1950 Schedule)

8. Power to lay down sea water pipes

Subject to the approval of the Director as to the method and position of
laying down, the company may lay down under any public roadway, street or
space pipes from any of its generating stations to the sea. The company may
also lay down any such pipes over or under any private land with the consent of
the owner thereof. The company may pump sea water through any such pipes
for the purposes and works of the tramway, and shall make proper provision,
to the satisfaction of the Director, for the return of the surplus sea water into
the sea.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

9. Gauge of tramway

The tramway shall be constructed on a gauge of not less than 1 m in width,
and with steel rails which shall, before being laid down, be approved by the





Director and shall be laid and maintained in such manner that the uppermost surface
thereof shall be on a level with the surface of the road.

(Amended 33 of 1939 Schedule; L.N. 156 of 1977)

10. Power to break up roads

The company for the purpose of making, forming, laying down, maintaining,
renewing, altering, adding to or removing the tramway or any part thereof
respectively, may open and break up any road subject to the following regulations-
(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

(a)it shall give to the Director notice of its intention, specifying the time
at which it will begin to do so, and the portion of road proposed to be
opened or broken up, such notice to be given 7 days at least before
the commencement of the work:

Provided that the Director, if he is satisfied that it is not practical
owing to the urgency of the work for the company to give such
notice, may permit the company to give such lesser period of notice
as he may consider practicable; (Added 48 of 1962s.4)

(b)it shall not open or break up or alter the level of any road except with
the authority, under the superintendence and to the satisfaction of
the Director.

11. Completion of works, and restoration of road

When the company has opened or broken up any portion of any road, it shall
be under the following further obligations, namely

(a)it shall, with all convenient speed, complete the work on account of
which it opened or broke up the same, and (subject to the formation,
maintenance, renewal or alteration of, addition to, or removal of the
tramway) fill in the ground and make good the surface and, to the
satisfaction of the Director, restore the road to a good condition;

(b)it shall in the meantime cause the place where the road is opened or
broken up to be fenced and watched, and to be properly lighted at
night.

If the company fails to comply with any of the provisions of this section it shall
(without prejudice to the enforcement of specific performance of the requirements of
this Ordinance or to any other remedy against it) be liable to a fine of 51,000, and in
case of a continuing offence to a further fine of $250 for every day after the first on
which the default continues. (Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 5 of 1924 s. 13 & Schedule; 33 of
1939 Schedule; 48 of 1962 s. 5)





12. Further provisions as to construction of tramway

In addition to the requirements of section 10, the company shall, when it gives
notice as aforesaid to the Director of its intention to open or break up any road for
any of the purposes aforesaid, lay before the Director, if so required by him, a cross
section showing the proposed mode of constructing, laying down, maintaining,
renewing, altering, adding to or removing the tramway or works in respect of which it
proposes to open or break up such road, and a statement of the materials intended to
be used therein; and the company shall not commence the construction, laying
down, maintenance, renewal, alteration of, addition to or removal of such tramway or
works, or any part thereof respectively, except for the purpose of necessary repairs,
until the required cross section and statement, if any, have been approved by the
Director; and the work shall be executed under the superintendence and to the
satisfaction of the Director, and where there are an approved cross section and
statement in accordance therewith.

(Amended 5 of 1924 s. 8; 48 of 1962 s. 6)

13. Repair of roads on which tramway laid

The company shall, at its own expense, at all times maintain and keep in good
condition and repair, with such materials and in such manner as the Director may
direct and to his satisfaction, so much of any road whereon any tramway belonging
to the company is laid as lies between the rails of the tramway and (where a double
line of tramway is laid by the company in any road, the lines being not more than 1.5
m apart) the portion of the road between the two lines of tramway, and in every case
so much of the road as extends 0.5 m from the running edge of the table of each rail
of and on each side of any such tramway. Except as aforesaid the company shall not
be liable to pay for the cost of the maintenance or repair of any road whereon the
tramway is laid.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule; 48 of
1962 s. 7; L.N. 156 of 1977)

14. Maintenance and level of rails

The company shall maintain in good condition and repair, and at their proper
level so as not to be a danger or annoyance to the ordinary traffic, the rails of which
the tramway for the time being consists, and the substructure upon which the same
rest.

(Amended 48 of 1962 s. 8)

15. Alteration of track

(1) If the Director is of the opinion that it is necessary or desirable, to enable him
to carry out any works in any road or for the better regulation of traffic in any road,
including any road over which no tramway passes, that the





company should alter or move its track on any road, he may serve on the company
not less than one month's notice in writing of his intention to apply to the Governor
in Council for an order under this section.

(2) A notice served in accordance with the provisions of this section shall
specify

(a) the work which the Director considers necessary or desirable; and

(b) the time by which such work should be carried out.

(3) If the company

(a) objects to such application;

(b)is of the opinion that the cost of carrying out such work would exceed
the amount which, in accordance with the provisions of section 17,
would be wholly payable by the company; or

(c)is of the opinion that it would not be practicable to carry out such
work within the time stipulated in the notice,

the company may, within such period of one month, give to the Director notice of
such objection or opinion together with, in the case of a submission in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (b), an estimate of the cost of carrying out such
work.

(4) The Governor in Council shall consider every application under this section
and every objection thereto or other submission thereon made by the company and
shall afford the company an opportunity of being heard by an authorized officer of
the company or by counsel or solicitor.

(5) The Governor in Council, after considering such application and every
objection thereto and submission thereon by the company, may order that the
company shall carry out such work as is described in the notice, within such period
as is stipulated in such order.

(6) If the company fails to comply with the provisions of any such order within
such period as is stipulated therein or such greater period as may be allowed by the
Governor in Council the company shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to a continuing penalty of $250 for every
day, after the date of expiry of such period as was stipulated in the order or such
greater period as may have been allowed by the Governor in Council, during which
the company has not complied with the provisions of such order.

(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Director may authorize
the company to carry out such alterations to the level or line of any track as the
Director may consider to be necessary or desirable and to be minor alterations or
realignments. emergency measures or temporary provision.

(Added 48 of 1962 s. 9)

16. Payment for works

(1) When the company has carried out, to the satisfaction of the Director, such
work as is the subject of an order made in accordance with the provisions





of section 15(5) or a notice given in accordance with the provisions of section
17, the company, subject to the provisions of this section, shall be entitled to be
paid, out of the general revenue of the Colony, the reasonable cost of carrying
out such work.
(2) If-
(a)the work includes the renewal or replacement of apparatus of the
company so that the company derives a benefit from the life of
new apparatus being longer than the life of the apparatus so
renewed or replaced; or
(b)by reason of the carrying out of such work the company has
received or will receive any other benefit by way of greater
efficiency of the running of the tramway system, reduction of
wear on cars or tram rails or any other part of the apparatus of
the company or by any other way,
the amount to be paid to the company shall be reduced by the amount or value
of any such benefit.
(3) If by reason of the carrying out of such work the company has been or
will be put to any greater expense or loss by way of lesser efficiency of the
running of the tramway system or increase of wear on cars or tram rails or any
other part of the apparatus of the company, the amount to be paid to the
company shall be increased by the amount or value of any such additional
expense or loss.
(4) The amount to be paid to the company shall be such amount as may
be agreed between the Director and the company as the reasonable cost of the
carrying out of such work, after deduction therefrom and addition thereto of
such amounts as may be so agreed as representing the amount or value of such
benefits and expenses and losses as are referred to respectively in subsections (2)
and (3), or in default of agreement such amount as shall be determined by
arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance
(Cap. 341).
(5) The Director may make payments on account whilst any such work is
in progress but such payments on account shall not exceed in total four-fifths of
the Director's estimate of the value of work done to the date of each such
payment.
(Added 48 of 1962 s. 9)

17. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary

Where by reason of the execution of any work affecting the surface or soil
of any road along which the tramway is laid, it is in the opinion of the Director
necessary or expedient temporarily to remove or discontinue the use of such
tramway or any part thereof, the Director shall, before such tramway or any
part thereof is temporarily removed or the use thereof discontinued, give to the





company one month's notice at least of the necessity or expediency of such
temporary removal or discontinuance, and immediately on receipt of any such notice
the company may, subject to such conditions and rules as the Governor in Council
may make, construct in the same or any adjacent road and, subject as aforesaid,
maintain so long as necessary a temporary tramway in lieu of the tramway or part
thereof so removed or discontinued, and the provisions of section 13 shall apply
until the removal of the temporary tramway.

(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 33 of 1939 Schedule; 48 of 1962 s. 10)

18.Application of road materials excavated in construction of works

Any paving, metalling or material excavated by the company in the
construction of its works from any road under the control of the Director may be
applied by the company, so far as may be necessary, in or towards the reinstating of
such road, provided such paving, metalling or material is in the opinion of the
Director fit and proper to be used for such purpose, and all surplus paving, metalling
or material not so used shall be the property of the company, and shall be removed
by the company with all reasonable diligence.

(Amended 51 of 1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

19. Protection of departments and persons

For the purpose of making, forming, laying down, maintaining, renewing,
altering, adding to or removing the tramway or any part thereof, the company may,
where it is necessary or appears expedient for the purpose of preventing frequent
interruption of the traffic by repairs or works in connection with the same, alter the
position of any mains or pipes for the supply of gas or water, or any tubes, wires,
standards, poles or apparatus for telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting or any
other purposes, subject to the following restrictions(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4)

(a)before altering the position of any such mains or pipes, tubes, wires,
standards, poles or apparatus the company shall obtain the written
assent of the Director to such alteration; (Amended 33 of 1939
Schedule)

(b)before laying down the tramway in a road in which any mains or
pipes, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus may be laid, the
company shall, whether it contemplates altering the position thereof
or not, give 7 days' notice to the department or person to whom they
belong of its intention to lay down or alter the tramway, and shall at
the same time deliver a plan of the proposed work. If it appears that
the construction of the tramway as proposed would endanger any
such main or pipe,





tube, wire, standard, pole or apparatus, or interfere with or impede the
supply of water or gas, or the telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting
or other communication, such department or person may give notice
to the company to lower or otherwise alter the position of the said
mains or pipes, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus in such
manner as may be considered necessary; and any difference as to the
necessity therefor shall be settled in manner provided by this
Ordinance for the settlement of differences between the company and
departments or persons; (Amended50 of 1911 s. 4;51 of 1911; 1 of
1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912 Schedule; 21 of 1912 s. 5)

(e)the company shall not remove or displace any of the mains or pipes,
valves, siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus, or
other work belonging to any such department or person, or do
anything to impede the passage of water or gas, or the telegraphic,
telephonic, electric lighting or other communication into or through
such mains or pipes, valves, siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards,
poles or apparatus, without the consent of such department or
person, or in any other manner than such department or person may
approve, until good and sufficient mains, pipes, valves, siphons,
plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus, and other works
necessary or proper for continuing the supply of water or gas or
telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting or other communication as
efficiently as the same was supplied by the mains or pipes, valves,
siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus proposed
to be removed or displaced, have at the expense of the company been
first made and laid down in lieu thereof and are ready for use to the
reasonable satisfaction of the surveyor or engineer of such
department or person, or in case of disagreement between such
surveyor or engineer and the company, in such manner as the
Director or other fit and proper person specially appointed by the
Governor may direct; (Amended 12 of 1910 s. 2; 50 of 1911; 1 of
1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(d)all alterations to be made under this section shall be made with as
little detriment and inconvenience to such department or person as
the circumstances admit and under the superintendence of such
department or person or of its or his surveyor or engineer;

(Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(e)the company shall not lay down any such mains or pipes, valves,
siphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus contrary
to the provisions of any Ordinance relating to water,





gas or other companies, or to telegraphs; (Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of
1912 Schedule)

(f)the company shall make good all damage done by it to property
belonging to or controlled by any such department or person, and
shall make full compensation to all parties for any loss or damage
which they may sustain by reason of any interference with such
property or with the private service pipes or wires of any person
supplied by any such department or person with water or gas or
electric light unless such department or person, by or by reason of its
or his own default, neglect or omission, has contributed to or assisted
in the doing, happening or bringing about of such loss or damage;
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(g)if by any such operations as aforesaid the company interrupts the
supply of water or gas or electric light in or through any main, pipe or
wire for a period exceeding 12 consecutive hours, it shall be liable to a
fine of 5100 for every day or portion of a day after the expiration of
such period of 12 hours during which such supply is so interrupted.
(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

20. Protection of sewers, etc.

If the tramway or any works connected therewith interfere with any sewer, drain,
watercourse or subway, or in any way affect the sewerage or drainage of the Colony
the company shall not commence the construction of the tramway or works until it
has given to the Director 14 days' previous notice in writing of its intention so to do,
and has left with such notice all necessary particulars relating thereto, nor until the
Director has signified his written approval of the same, unless he does not signify his
approval, disapproval or other directions within 14 days after service of the said
notice and particulars as aforesaid; and the company shall comply with the directions
of the Director in the execution of the said works, and shall provide by new, altered
or substituted works, in such manner as the Director may require, for the proper
protection of and for preventing injury or impediment to the sewers, drains,
watercourses, subways, sewerage or drainage hereinbefore referred to by or by
reason of the tramway, and shall save harmless the Director against the expense
occasioned thereby; and all such works shall be done by or under the
superintendence of the Director at the cost and expense of the company, and when
any new, altered or substituted works are completed by or at the cost or expense of
the company under this Ordinance, the same shall thereafter be as completely under
the control of the Director, and be maintained by him, as any other sewers, drains,
watercourses, subways, sewerage or drainage.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)





21. Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines

if any cable or line used for the purpose of telegraphic, telephonic or electric
signalling communication, now or hereafter to be constructed and worked in the
Colony by a Government department or by Cable and Wireless Limited, or any aerial
or subterranean line connected with any such cable, or the sheathings, coverings or
supports of any such cable or line, be injuriously affected by the construction or
working of the undertaking, or by electrolysis or other cause arising or resulting from
the undertaking, the company shall pay the expenses of all such alterations in or
additions to such cable, line, sheathings, coverings or supports as may be necessary
to remedy such injurious affection. For the purposes of this section a cable or line
shall be deemed to be injuriously affected if telegraphic, telephonic or electric
communication by means of such cable or line is, whether through induction or
otherwise, in any manner affected by any act or work of the company.

(Amended 32 of 1902 s. 1; 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 17 of 1913 s. 2;
33 of 1939 Schedule)

22. Rights of departments, etc., to open roads

Nothing in this Ordinance shall take away or abridge any power to open or break
up any road along or across which the tramway is laid or any other power now
vested in any department or person for the doing of any matter or thing which such
department or person is authorized to do, but in the exercise of such power all such
departments and persons shall be subject to the following restrictions- (Amended 50
of 1911 s. 4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 21 of 1912 s. 5; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(a)they shall cause as little detriment or inconvenience to the company
as circumstances admit;

(b)before they commence any work whereby the traffic on the tramway
will be interrupted they shall (except in cases of urgency, in which
case notice of the commencement of such work shall be given to the
company within 24 hours after such commencement) give to the
company and the Director notice of their intention to commence such
work, specifying the time at which they will begin to do so, such
notice to be given 24 hours at least before the commencement of the
work; (Amended 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(e)they shall not be liable to pay to the company any compensation for
loss of traffic occasioned thereby, or for the reasonable exercise of the
powers so vested in them as aforesaid;

(d)whenever for the purpose of facilitating such work any such
department or person so requires, the company shall either stop traffic
on that portion of the tramway to which such notice refers,





where such traffic would otherwise interfere with such work, or
shore up and secure such portion of the tramway at its own risk
and cost during the execution of the work there:
Provided that such work shall always be completed with all
reasonable expedition; (Replaced 33 of 1939 Schedule)
(e)such work so far as it immediately affects the tramway shall not
be executed except under the superintendence of the company,
unless the company does not give such superintendence at the
time specified in the notice for the commencement of the work or
permanently discontinues the same during the progress of the
work, and such work shall be executed without cost to and to the
reasonable satisfaction of the company. (Amended 50 of 1911;
51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912 Schedule)

23. Differences between company and
others (other than the Director)

If any difference arises between the company on the one hand and any
department or person (other than the Director) to whom any sewer, drain,
tube, wires, standards, poles or apparatus for telegraphic, telephonic, electric
lighting or other purposes may belong on the other hand, with respect to any
interference or control exercised, or claimed to be exercised, by or on behalf of
such department or person, or by the company by virtue of this Ordinance in
relation to the tramway or works or in relation to any work or proceeding of
such department or person, or with respect to the propriety of or the mode of
execution of any work relating to the tramway, or with respect to the amount of
any compensation to be made by or to the company, or on the question
whether any work is such as ought reasonably to satisfy the department or
person concemed, or with respect to any other subject or thing regulated by or
comprised in this Ordinance, the matter in difference shall (unless otherwise
specially provided for by this Ordinance) be settled by a special case, or if there
are any facts in dispute, by an action, and if any department is a party to such
difference such special case may be stated by, or such action may be brought by
or against, the chief officer in the Colony of such department in the title of his
office without naming any individual person.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 21 of 1912 s. 5; 17 of 1913 s. 3)

24. Differences between company and Director

If any difference arises between the company on the one hand and the
Director on the other hand with respect to any interference or control exercised
or claimed to be exercised by the company or the Director by virtue of this





Ordinance in relation to the tramway or works, or in relation to any work or
proceeding of the Director or with respect to the propriety of or the mode of
execution of any work relating to the tramway, or with respect to the cost of the
maintenance or repair of any road along or across which the tramway passes, or with
respect to the amount of any compensation to be made by or to the company, or on
the question whether any work is such as ought to satisfy the Director, or with
respect to any other subject or thing regulated by or comprised in this Ordinance,
the matter in difference shall (unless otherwise specially provided for by this
Ordinance) be settled by a special case, or if there are any facts in dispute, by an
action.

(Amended 17 of 1913 s. 4)

25. Tramway not to be opened until certified fit for traffic

Neither the tramway nor any portion thereof shall be opened for public traffic
until the same has been certified to be fit for such traffic by the Director of Electrical
and Mechanical Services or other officer, who must either be a civil or electrical or
mechanical engineer, duly appointed in writing for that purpose by the Governor in
Council, and the Governor in Council has, by notification in the Gazette authorized
the same to be opened for such traffic.

(Amended 48 of 1962 s. 11; L.N. 76 of 1982; L.N. 298 of 1982)

INSUFFICIENT USER OF
TRAMWAY

26. Procedure when public not afforded

full benefit of tramway

If it be represented in writing to the Governor in Council by the Commissioner
for Transport or by 20 inhabitant ratepayers that the public are not afforded the full
benefit of the tramway, the Governor in Council may (if satisfied that prima facie the
case is one for inquiry) appoint an officer to inquire into the matter and to hold an
inquiry and report thereon, and if the truth of the representation be proved, the
Governor in Council may issue an order to the company requiring it to provide such
a service of cars as will afford to the public the full benefit of the tramway, and such
order may prescribe the number of cars which the company shall run upon the
tramway and the mode and times in and at which such cars shall be run. Every such
order shall be served upon the company within 48 hours after it has been made, and
shall be published in the Gazette next following the making thereof..

Provided that the Governor in Council shall, before issuing any such order, be
satisfied that under good and economical management the prescribed service will be
fairly remunerative to the company; and that, after the company has complied with
such order for not less than 30 days, the Governor in





Council may on the application of the company revoke or modify any such
order.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N.A. 246 of
1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule; 30 of 1967 Schedule)

27. Procedure on non-compliance with order
If for the period of 3 months after the service of such order the company
fails or neglects to comply therewith, the tramway shall be deemed to be
a tramway to which all the provisions of this Ordinance relating to the
discontinuance of the tramway after proof of such discontinuance shall apply,
and it may be dealt with accordingly.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

DISCONTINUANCE OF TRAMWAY

28. Discontinuance of tramway
If the company discontinues the working of the tramway or of any part
thereof for the space of 6 months (such discontinuance not being occasioned by
circumstances beyond the control of the company, for which purpose the want
of sufficient funds shall not be considered a circumstance beyond its control)
and such discontinuance is proved to the satisfaction of the Governor in
Council, the Governor in Council may by order declare that the powers of the
company in respect of the tramway or the part thereof so discontinued shall
from the date of such order be at an end, and thereupon the powers of the
company shall cease and determine, unless the same are purchased by the
Government in manner by this Ordinance provided. Where any such order has
been made the Director may, at any time after the expiration of 2 months from
the date of such order, under the authority of a certificate to that effect of the
Governor in Council, remove the tramway or part of the tramway so
discontinued, and the company shall pay to the Director the cost of such
removal and of the making good of the road by the Director, such cost to be
certified by him, and his certificate shall be final and conclusive, and if the
company fails to pay the amount so certified within 2 months after delivery to it
of such certificate or a true copy thereof, the Director may (without any
previous notice to the company but without prejudice to any other remedy
which he may have for the recovery of the amount) sell and dispose of the
materials of the tramway or part of the tramway removed, either by public
auction or private contract and for such sum and to such person as he may
think fit, and may out of the proceeds of such sale reimburse himself the
amount of the cost certified as aforesaid and of the cost of sale, and the
balance, if any, of the proceeds of sale shall be paid to the company.
(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 21 of 1912 s. 5; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule)





INSOLVENCY OF COMPANY

29. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company

If it appears to the Governor in Council that the company is insolvent, so that it
is unable to maintain the tramway or work the same with advantage to the public, the
Governor in Council may inquire into the financial affairs of the company, and if
satisfied that the company is so insolvent as aforesaid, may by order declare that the
powers of the company shall, at the expiration of 6 months from the making of the
order, be at an end, and the powers of the company shall cease and determine at the
expiration of the said period unless the same are purchased by the Government in
manner by this Ordinance provided, and thereupon the Director may remove the
tramway in like manner and subject to the same provisions as to the payment of the
costs of such removal and to the same remedy for recovery of such costs in every
respect as in cases of removal under section 28.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913
Supp. Schedule; 5 of 1924 s. 8)

PURCHASE OF TRAMWAY

30. Purchase by Government of tramway

The Governor in Council may at the expiration of 50 years from 23 May 1902, or
at the expiration of any subsequent period of 5 years, or at the expiration of 3
months after the making of any order under section 28 or 29, on giving to the
company a notice in writing in manner following- (Amended50 of 1911; 1 of 1912
Schedule; 5 of 1924 s. 8; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

(a) at least 6 months' notice prior to the expiration of such 50 years;

(b)at least 6 months' notice prior to the expiration of any such
subsequent period of 5 years;

(c) at least 2 months' notice prior to the expiration of such 3 months,
require the company to sell and thereupon the company shall sell to the Government
its undertaking, and all lands, buildings, works, materials and plant of the company
suitable to and used by the company for the purposes of its undertaking, for and in
consideration of the then value of the same:

Provided that the value aforesaid shall be deemed to be the fair value at the time
of the purchase, due regard being had to the cost of construction less depreciation,
and to the then nature, condition and state of repair of the buildings, works,
materials and plant, and to the fact that they are in such a condition and state of
repair as to be ready for immediate working, and to the





suitability of the same for the purposes of the undertaking, but without any addition
in respect of compulsory purchase, or of goodwill, or of any profits which might
have been made from the undertaking, or of any similar considerations. In case of
difference such value as aforesaid shall be determined by a special case. When any
such sale has been made and completed all the rights, powers and authorities of the
company in respect of the premises sold, or where any order has been made by the
Governor in Council under section 28 or 29 all the rights, powers and authorities of
the company previous to the making of such order in respect of the premises sold,
shall be transferred to and vested in and maybe exercised by the Government.
(Amended 50 of 1911; ]of 1912 Schedule; 5 of 1924 s. 8)

MOTIVE POWER

31. Motive power

The cars used on the tramway shall be moved by electric power conveyed by
means of a bare overhead wire and the rails of the tramway:

Provided that the exercise of the powers by this section conferred with respect
to the use of electric power shall be subject to any rules which the Governor in
Council may make for securing to the public all reasonable protection against danger
in the exercise of the powers hereby conferred with respect to the use of electric
power on the tramway. In the event of the company being unable at any time to
move the cars by electric power the cars may temporarily be moved by animal,
mechanical or other power.

(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule; 48 of
1962s.13)

32. Construction of cars

Every motor car and trailer car used on the tramway shall be so constructed as
to provide for the safety of passengers and for their safe entrance to and exit from
and accommodation in such car and their protection from the machinery used for
drawing or propelling such car.

33. Powers to authorities to inspect cars, etc.

The Director of Electrical and Mechanical Services, or any officer, who must
either be a civil or electrical or mechanical engineer, appointed for that purpose by
the Governor in writing, may inspect any car used on the tramway and the machinery
therein and any wires or other machinery of the company and report thereon, and the
Governor may (after receiving from the company





and considering its report on the matter) by order prohibit the use of any such
car, wires or machinery as may be determined to be unsafe or unfit for use.
(Amended 12 of 1910 s. 1; 50 of 1911 s. 4; 48 of 1962 s. 14; L.N. 76 of
1982; L.N. 298 of 1982)

34. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance

The company or any person using electric power on the tramway contrary
to the provisions of this Ordinance, or to any of the rules under section 3 1, shall
be subject to a fine of $250, and also in the case of a continuing offence to a
further fine of $100 for every day after the first during which such offence
continues.
(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 50 of 1911 s. 4; 5 of 1924 s. 9; 33 of 1939
Schedule; 48 of 1962 s. 15)

35-37. (Repealed 75 of 1982 s. 114)

RULES

38. Regulations made by the Governor in Council

(1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for-
(a)the construction of new cars and other apparatus of the tramway
and the maintenance and cleanliness of cars and apparatus of the
tramway used in connection with its public service;
(b) the safety of passengers and of other persons travelling on cars;
(c) the speed at which a car may be driven;
(d) the use of warning apparatus on cars;
(e) the licensing of drivers and conductors of cars;
(f) the use of electric power on the tramway;
(g) the provision of stopping places for cars;
(h)the issue of a certificate in accordance with the provisions of
section 6 and any appeal against such issue;
(i)the application to cars and to drivers of cars and to the company
and to any other person, with such modification as may be
necessary, of any regulations made in accordance with the
provisions of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374), other than
regulations relating to the construction and maintenance of
vehicles;
(j)the general control of the use of cars on a road and: the carrying
of passengers and other persons therein.
(2) Any regulation made under this section may provide that a
contravention thereof shall be an offence and may prescribe punishment and





penalties for such offence not exceeding a fine of $1,000 and imprisonment for 6
months and a continuing penalty not exceeding $100 for every day during
which the offence continues.
(Replaced 48 of 1962 s. 17)

39. Rules made by the company

(1) The company, with the approval of the Governor in Council, may
make rules providing for-
(a)the prevention of the commission of any nuisance in or upon any
car or in or against any premises belonging to the company;
(b)the control of the conduct of passengers on a car and persons
attempting to board or leave a car;
(c)the issue of tickets, including season tickets, their inspection on a
car and the general control thereof;
(d)the disposal of lost property found on a car or on any premises of
the company;
(e)any other matter, relating to the running of the tramway, which
is necessary to be prescribed or provided for.
(2) Any rule made under this section may provide that a contravention
thereof shall be an offence and may prescribe punishment and penalties for such
offence not exceeding a fine of $1,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.
(Replaced 48 of 1962 s. 18)

WHEELS AND WIDTH OF CARS

40. Wheels and width of cars

The company may use on the tramway cars with flange-wheels or wheels
suitable only to run on the rails of the tramway and, subject to this Ordinance,
the company shall have the exclusive use of the tramway for cars with
flange-wheels or other wheel suitable only to run on the said rails, and no car
used on the tramway shall exceed 2 m in width exclusive of any driver's
observation mirror.
(Amended 48 of 1962 s. 19; L.N. 156 of 1977)

POWER TO SELL

41. Power to sell

Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the company may sell
or assign the whole of its undertaking to such person, by public auction or
private contract or partly by public auction and partly by private contract, and
with, under and subject to such terms and conditions in all respects, as the





company thinks fit, with power at any such sale to fix a reserve price for or buy
in the same; and when any such sale or assignment has been made and
completed all the rights, powers, authorities, obligations and liabilities of the
company in respect of the undertaking shall be transferred to, vested in and
may be exercised by and shall attach to the person to whom the same have been
sold or assigned, in like manner as if the undertaking had been constructed by
such person under the powers conferred upon him by this Ordinance, and in
reference to the same he shall be deemed to be the company and to be subject in
all respects to the provisions of this Ordinance and to any order or rules made
thereunder:
Provided that the company may at any time sell or assign any land,
machinery, property, chattel or effect which is not required for the efficient
maintenance and working of its undertaking.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 22 of 1912; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of
1939 Schedule)

POWER TO LEASE

42. Power to lease

Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the company may
demise or let the whole of its undertaking to such person, for such term of years
or from year to year or for any less period, and for such rent and upon such
terms and conditions in all respects, as the company thinks fit, to take effect
either in possession or at some future date, and either with or without a
premium as a consideration for such demise; and when any such demise or
letting has been made the lessee shall be subject in all respects to the provisions
of this Ordinance and to any order or rules made thereunder:
Provided that the company may at any time demise or let any land,
machinery, property, chattel or effect which is not required for the efficient
maintenance and working of its undertaking.
(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of
1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

POWER TO MORTGAGE

43. Power to mortgage

Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, it shall be lawful for
the company to borrow money on mortgage of the whole of its undertaking,
and for that purpose to assign or demise by way of mortgage all its lands,





messuages or tenements, erections, buildings, works, rolling stock, plant, machinery,
chattels and effects, to any person, and to enter into all such covenants, provisos,
declarations and agreements as the company thinks fit or proper, and any mortgagee
in possession shall be subject in all respects to the provisions of this Ordinance and
to any order or rules made thereunder.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913
Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

RIGHTS OF GOVERNMENT

44. Rights of Government in military emergency

The Governor in Council may by order direct that precedence over the company
and all other persons in the user of the tramway or any part thereof be taken for
defensive or military purposes or for the passage of troops and war material, on
giving to the company, when practicable, 3 clear days' notice before each occasion
of such user.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

45. Fares, etc., to be paid in such emergency

The Governor in Council shall direct the payment to the company for such user
as aforesaid of such fares and charges as may be agreed on, or if no agreement be
come to, then the amount of the fares and charges to be paid shall be determined
upon a special case.

(Amended 33 of 1939 Schedule)

46. (Repealed 7 of 1972 s. 2)

TRAFFIC UPON THE TRAMWAY

47. Traffic upon tramway

The tramway may be used for the purpose of conveying passengers, animals,
goods, merchandise, commodities, minerals and parcels.

48. Company may refuse to carry certain goods

Save and except passengers' luggage not exceeding 7 kg in mass or 30 in
volume, the company shall not be bound to carry any animals, goods, merchandise,
commodities, minerals or parcels.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; L.N. 156 of 1977)





49. (Repealed 78 of 1975 s. 2)

FARES

50. Fares for passengers

(1) The company may demand and take for every passenger travelling upon the
tramway or any portion thereof fares not exceeding the following rates

From any point on the tramway to the 1 Thirty cents*.

terminus indicated on the car.

(Amended 41 of 1972 s. 2; 78 of 1975 s. 3) (2) A
list printed in the English and Chinese languages of all the fares for the time being
authorized to be taken shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place at the offices of the
company, and inside every car used upon the tramway:

Provided that if there be any variation between the English and Chinese prints
of the said list, the English print thereof shall prevail.

(Replaced 32 of 1946s. 3. Amended20 of 1948s.4)

51. Alteration of the rates of fares

(1) Subject to the consent of the Governor in Council it shall be lawful for the
company to alter the rates of fares for the time being authorized in respect of the
whole or any portion of the tramway.

(2) Any such alteration shall come into force one month after its publication in
the Gazette or within such shorter period after such publication as the Governor in
Council may order.

(Replaced 32 of 1946 s. 4)

52. (Repealed 41 of 1972 s. 3)

53. If cars full, company not bound to carry

The company shall not be bound to find accommodation for any passenger in
or on any car in or on which the accommodation is fully taken up, notwithstanding
that such passenger may have purchased a ticket entitling him to travel upon the
tramway.

(Replaced 34 of 1915 s. 4)

54. Passengers' luggage

No passenger may take on the tramway personal luggage other than small hand-
baskets, bags or parcels, no one of which shall exceed 7 kg in mass or 30 1

* For new rates----See Tramway Ordinance (Alteration of Fares) Notice (Cap. 107 sub.
leg.)





in volume. All such personal luggage shall be carried by hand and at the
responsibility of the passenger, and shall not occupy any part of a seat nor be of
a form or description to annoy or inconvenience other passengers.
(Amended 51 of 1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule; L.N. 156 of 1977)

55. Payment of fares

The authorized fares shall be paid to such persons and at such place and in
such manner as the company may, by notice annexed to the list of fares,
appoint.
(Replaced 32 of 1946 s. 6. Amended 20 of 1948 s. 4)

55A. Exemption of hire service and tour service

(1) Sections 50, 51 and 55 shall not apply to a tramway service that is a
hire service or a tour service.
(2) The maximum number of cars that may be used at any time to operate
a tour service shall be subject to the approval in writing of the Commissioner
for Transport.
(3) On every car used on a tour service, the fare payable shall be displayed
conspicuously on the front and near side of the car in English and Chinese so as
to be easily visible to intending passengers before boarding.
(4) For the purposes of this section-
(a)'designated tram stop' means a place designated as a tram stop
in accordance with regulations made under section 38;
(b)'hire service' means a service for the carriage of passengers
where a person hires a car for a period subject to payment;
(c)'tour service' means a service for the carriage of passengers at
separate fares from one designated tram stop to another such
stop on the route of a car which-
(i) is designed for the purpose of sightseeing by the passengers;
(ii) is conspicuously marked 'tour tram' in English and
Chinese; and
(iii) has an entry gate operated by a conductor.
(Added 9 of 1988 s. 2)

ABANDONMENT OF UNDERTAKING

56. On abandonment, road to he restored

If the company abandons its undertaking or any part thereof and takes up
the tramway or any portion thereof, it shall, with all convenient speed and in all
cases within 8 weeks at the most (unless the Director otherwise consents in
writing), fill in the ground and make good the surface and restore to the





satisfaction of the Director the portion of the road upon which the tramway or
such portion thereof as is abandoned was laid to a good condition, and shall
clear away surplus paying or metalling material or rubbish occasioned by such
work, and shall in the meantime cause the place where the road is opened or
broken up to be fenced and watched and to be properly lighted at night:
Provided that if the company fails to comply with the provisions of this
section the Director may at any time, after 7 days' notice to the company,
remove the tramway and do the work necessary for the restoration of the road
to the extent provided for in this section and the expense incurred by him in so
doing shall be repaid by the company.
(Amended 50 of 1911 s. 4; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 33 of 1939
Schedule)

OFFENCES

57. Breach of provisions of Ordinance, etc.

Any person who commits any offence against this Ordinance for which no
penalty is specially provided, or wilfully obstructs any person acting under the
authority of the company in the lawful exercise of any of the powers hereby
conferred, shall be liable to a fine of $500.
(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 5 of 1924
Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule; 48 of 1972 s. 4)

58. Offences concerning car or tramway

Any person who wilfully and without lawful excuse-
(a)interferes with, removes or alters any part of the tramway or of
the works connected therewith; or
(b)places or throws any stone, dirt, wood, refuse or other material
on any part of the tramway; or
(c)does or causes to be done anything in such manner as to obstruct
any car using the tramway, or to endanger the lives of persons
therein or thereon; or
(d) knowingly aids or assists in the doing of any of such things,
shall be liable (in addition to any proceedings by way of indictment or
otherwise to which he may be subject) to a fine of $1,000 and in default of
payment to imprisonment for 12 months.
(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 8 of 1912
s. 62; 5 of 1924 Schedule)





59. Offences concerning passengers

Any person who-

(a)while travelling or after having travelled in any car, avoids or attempts
to avoid payment of his fare; or

(b)having paid his fare for a certain distance, knowingly and wilfully
proceeds in any such car beyond such distance and does not pay or
tender the additional fare for the additional distance, or attempts to
avoid payment thereof; or

(c)knowingly or wilfully refuses or neglects, on arriving at the point to
which he has paid his fare, to quit such car,

shall be liable to a fine of $ 100.
(Replaced 5 of 1924 Schedule. Amended32of 1946s. 7)

60. Power to detain persons who commit offences

It shall be lawful for any officer or servant of the company, and for any person
called by him to his assistance, to seize any person whom such officer or servant
may have reasonable grounds for believing to have committed any offence against
this Ordinance or against any rule made thereunder, and to detain such person until
he can be handed over to a police officer, and any police officer to whom any person
is so handed over shall detain any such person until he can conveniently be brought
before a magistrate:

Provided that it shall be lawful for any police officer in his discretion to release
such person upon being furnished by such person with his true name and true
address in the Colony.

(Replaced 34 of 1915 s. 6)

61. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway

No person shall be entitled to carry or to require to be carried on the tramway
any dangerous goods as defined by virtue of the Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap.
295), or any Ordinance amending or substituted for the same, and every person who
sends by the tramway any such goods without distinctly marking their nature on the
outside of the vessel or package containing the same, or otherwise giving notice in
writing to the book-keeper or other servant with whom the same are left, at the time
of such sending, shall be liable to a fine of $100, and it shall be lawful for the
company to refuse to take any parcel that it may suspect to contain any such
dangerous goods or require the same to be opened to ascertain the fact.

(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913 Supp. Schedule; 5 of 1924 s. 13 & Schedule;
33 of 1939 Schedule)





62. Penalty for using tramway with
flange-wheeled carriages, etc.

Any person who (except under the authority of this Ordinance) uses the
tramway with carriages, cars or vehicles having flange-wheels or other wheels
suitable to run on the rails of the tramway shall be liable to a fine of 5100.

(Amended 30 of 1911 s. 10; 5 of 1924 Schedule)

MISCELLANEOUS

63. Recovery of fares, charges and fines

(1) Every fare or charge imposed by this Ordinance or any rule or bylaw made
thereunder, the recovery of which is not otherwise provided for, may be recovered in
the District Court as a civil debt.

(2) Every fine imposed by this Ordinance or any rule or bylaw made hereunder,
the recovery of which is not otherwise provided for, may be recovered before a
magistrate, and the provisions of the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227) shall apply
to every proceeding before, and every order by, a magistrate under this subsection.

(Replaced 35 of 1969 Schedule)

64. Fares etc., to be sued for within 6 months

No person shall be liable to the payment of any fare, charge or fine imposed by
virtue of this Ordinance or any rule or bylaw made thereunder unless proceedings
for the recovery of the same shall have been commenced within 6 months.

(Replaced 35 of 1969 Schedule)

65. Company to be responsible for all damage

through its act or default

The company shall be answerable for all accidents, damages and injuries
happening through its act or default, or through the act or default of any person in
its employment, by reason or in consequence of any of its works or cars, and shall
save harmless all departments, and persons collectively and individually, and their
officers and servants, from all damages and costs in respect of such accidents,
damages and injuries.

(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 43 of 1912; G.N. 246 of 1913
Supp. Schedule)





66. Right of user of roads only acquired

Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance, the company shall not
acquire any right other than that of user of the roads along or across which the
tramway is laid.
(Amended 5 of 1924 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

67. Power to police to regulate traffic

Nothing in this Ordinance shall limit the powers of the police to regulate
the passage of any traffic along or across any public road along or across which
the tramway is laid, and the police may exercise their powers as well on as off
the tramway and with respect as well to the traffic of the company as to the
traffic of other persons, and in particular nothing in this Ordinance shall limit
the power of the Commissioner of Police under any Ordinance to make
regulations with reference to traffic.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 33 of 1939 Schedule)

68. Rights of public reserved

Nothing in this Ordinance shall take away or abridge the right of the
public to pass along or across every or any part of any public road along or
across which the tramway is laid, whether on or off the tramway, with
carriages, cars or vehicles not having flange-wheels suitable only to run on the
rails of the tramway.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

69. Nuisances

Nothing in this Ordinance shall exonerate the company from any
indictment, action or other proceedings for nuisance in the event of any
nuisance being caused or permitted by it.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

70. Saving

Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affect the rights of
Her Majesty the Queen, Her Heirs or Successors, or the rights of any body
politic or corporate or of any other persons except such as are mentioned in this
Ordinance and those claiming by, from or under them.
(Replaced 20 of 1948 s. 4)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2474

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Number of Pages

31
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:32 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (LOW POWER DEVICES) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2473

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (LOW POWER DEVICES) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (LOW POWER DEVICES) (EXEMPTION
FROM LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106, section 39)

[23 June 1989]

L.N. 194 of 1989

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Low Power Devices)

(Exemption from Licensing) Order.

2. Interpretation

In this order, unless the context otherwise requires

'BS4727 means the British Standard Specification entitled 'Glossary of
electrotechnical, power, telecommunication, electronics, lighting and colour
terms published by the British Standards Institute of the United Kingdom;

'effective radiated power' has the meaning assigned to it by BS 4727: Part 3: Group
07: 197

'lowpower device' means a transmitter or transmitter-receiver system which meets
the technical criteria set out in the table under paragraph 1 of the Schedule;

'spurious emission' has the meaning assigned to it by Article 1 of Chapter 1 of the
Radio Regulations published by the General Secretariat of the International
Telecommunications Union, edition of 1976, as revised from time to time.

3. Exemption

No person shall be required to hold a licence under section 8(1) of the

Ordinance in respect of a low power device so long as the conditions set out in

the Schedule are satisfied.

SCHEDULE [paras. 2 & 3]

1.The transmitter of the device shall operate within the fundamental frequencies shown in the
first column of the following table and shall generate fundamental output levels no greater
than the limits set out in the second column--





First column Second column

3-195 kHz electric field strength not to exceed 40 dB V/m
and magnetic field strength not to exceed 48.4
dBnA/m at 100 m from low power device
26.96-27.28 MHz electric field strength not to exceed 107 dB M
V/m
at 3 m from low power device
40.66-40.70 MHz, effective radiated power not to exceed 10 mW
187.5-188.0 MHz,
266.75-267.25 MHz,
313.75-314.25 MHz and
919.5-920.0 MHz
2 435-2 465 MHz transmitter output power not to exceed 3 mW
and effective radiated power not to exceed 95mW

2.The output levels of spurious emission from the transmitters shall satisfy the following
conditions

(a)in the case of transmissions at fundamental frequencies of or below 920 MHz, the
output levels of the spurious emission shall be, in the case of the frequency of the
spurious emission shown in the first column of the following table, the output set out
in the second column

First column Second column

3-415 kHz electric field strength not to exceed 17 dB p V/m
and magnetic field strength not to exceed 25.4
dBnA/m at 300 m
415 kHz-30 MHz electric field strength not to exceed 30 dB uVlm
and magnetic field strength not to exceed 38.4
dBnA/m at 30 m
87-137 MHz and effective radiated power not to exceed 60 nW
470-790 MHz
30-1 000 MHz excluding 300 nW
87-137 MHz and 470-790 MHz
1000-2 000 MHz 1 W

(b)in the case of transmissions at fundamental frequencies between 2435 to 2465 MHz,
effective radiated power shall not exceed 9.5 W outside those frequencies.

3.A device with a fundamental frequency of 3 000 GHz or above shall satisfy at least one of the
following 2 conditions

(a) the maximum usable range of the device does not exceed 30 in;

(b) the transmission path does not cross a public street or unleased Crown land.

4.The use of the device shall not cause harmful interference with any other authorized
telecommunication apparatus or system.

5.The device shall tolerate interference from other authorized telecommunication apparatus or
system.

6.The device shall be made available for inspection, if so required, by any person authorized for
the purpose by the Authority.

7.Any person using the device shall comply with any direction given by the Authority for the
purpose of avoiding interference with any other authorized telecommunication apparatus or
system.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2473

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:31 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (CORDLESS TELEPHONE APPARATUS) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2472

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (CORDLESS TELEPHONE APPARATUS) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (CORDLESS TELEPHONE

APPARATUS) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106, section 39)

[2 March 1989]

L.N. 317/88

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Cordless Tele

phone Apparatus) (Exemption from Licensing) Order.

Interpretation

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires

'base unit' means the part of the cordless telephone apparatus connected by

wire to the telephone network;

'cordless telephone apparatus' means any radiocommunication apparatus

designed or adapted to provide a wireless extension to a telephone;

'portable' means the part of the cordless telephone apparatus capable of

connection to the base unit by radio.

Exemption for purposes of section 8(1)(b)

3. A person who is in possession of or uses cordless telephone apparatus

that conforms to the specifications in the Schedule is exempted from section 8(1)(b)
of the Ordinance.

Exemption for purposes of section 8(1)(c) and (d)

4. (1) A person who

(a) deals in the course of trade or business in; or

(b) demonstrates, with a view to sale in the course of trade or business,

cordless telephone apparatus that conforms to the specifications in the Schedule is
exempted from section 8(1)(c) and (d) of the Ordinance on condition that(i) the
apparatus is of a model that the Authority has certified as meeting the specifications
in the Schedule; and

(ii) the base unit and the portable unit of the apparatus each bear a label

identifying the Authority's certification.

(2) The label referred to in subparagraph (1)(ii) shall-
(a) display prominently the words-
'Telecommunication Ordinance (Cap. 106)






Certificate No.


Telecommunications Authority

and the identifying number of the certificate issued by the Authority in
accordance with subparagraph (1)(i);

(b)be rectangular in shape with length and width in the proportions of 2:

(c) be not less than 50 mm long by 25 mm wide;

(d) be light grey in colour behind the words 'Telecommunications
Authority' and white or ivory in colour elsewhere, with the
text in characters of not less than 1.5 nun high; and

(e) be attached to an outside surface of the units.

SCHEDULE [paras. 3 & 4(1)]

PARTI

SPECIFICATION FOR THE RADIO
CHARACTERISTICS OF
CORDLESS TELEPHONE APPARATUS

Interpretation

1. For the purposes of this Part-

'a.c.' means alternating current;

'adjacent channel power' means that part of the total power output of a transmitter under
defined conditions of modulation (that is, modulated by a modulating signal of 1 250 Hz at a
level which is 20 dB greater than that required to produce 60% of the maximum permissible
frequency deviation as allowed under paragraph 9(1)) which falls within the bandwidth of a
receiver of the type normally used in the system and operating in either of the adjacent
channels;

'associated base unit' means the base unit with which a portable unit is intended to operate;

'associated portable unit' means the portable unit with which a base unit is intended to operate;

'cleardown' means the opening of the telephone line loop by the base unit in response to an
appropriate action on the portable unit;

'extreme test conditions' means testing temperatures of between 40 degrees Celsius and 0 degree
Celsius, and testing source voltages equal to

(a)in the case of apparatus to be connected to an arc. mains source, 1. 1 and 0.9 times the
nominal mains voltage where the mains frequency shall be between 49 Hz and 51 Hz; or

(b)in the case of apparatus using the usual type of nickel cadmium battery, 1.25 and 0.85
times the nominal voltage of the battery; or

(c)in the case of apparatus using the Leclanche type battery, 0.85 times the nominal
voltage; or

(d) in the case of apparatus using the mercury type battery, 0.9 times the nominal
voltage;
or

(e)in the case of apparatus using other types of primary batteries, the end point voltage
declared by the equipment manufacturer; or

(f)in the case of apparatus using other power sources or capable of being operated from a
variety of power sources, the extreme test voltages declared by the equipment
manufacturers;





frequency deviation' means the difference between the instantaneous frequency of the
modulated radio frequency signal and the carrier frequency in the absence of modulation;

'incoming call security' means the rejection by the portable unit of ringing commands
transmitted to it from base units other than its associated base unit;

'normal test conditions' means any convenient combination of temperature between 15 degrees
Celsius and 35 degrees Celsius and relative humidity between 10% and 80% and testing
source voltage equal to

(a)in the case of apparatus to be connected to an a.c. mains source, the nominal mains
voltage where the mains frequency shall be between 49 Hz and 51 Hz; or

(b)in the case of apparatus using the usual type of nickel cadmium battery, the nominal
voltage of the battery (1.2 volts per cell); or

(c)in the case of apparatus using other power sources or types of battery, either primary
or secondary, that declared by the equipment manufacturer;

,,outgoing call security' means the rejection by the base unit of line seizure commands and
dialled information transmitted to it by portable units other than its associated portable
unit;

'spurious emission' means emission radiated by the apparatus and its antenna at frequencies
other than those of the carrier and sidebands associated with normal modulation.

Operating frequencies

2. (1) The apparatus shall be capable of transmitting and receiving angle modulated
emissions on not more than 2 of the following pairs of frequencies

Transmitter Frequencies

Channel No. Base UnitPortable Unit
1 1642.00 kHz47.45625 MHz
2 1662.00 kHz47.46875 MHz
3 1682.00 kHz47.48125 MHz
4 1702.00 kHz47.49375 MHz
5 1722.00 kHz47.50625 MHz
6 1742.00 kHz47.51875 MHz
7 1762.00 kHz47.53125 MHz or
47.44375 MHz
8 1782.00 kHz47.54375 MHz

(2) The apparatus shall not contain facilities for transmission of radio frequencies other
than those specified in subparagraph (1).

(3) Where the apparatus is capable of operating on more than one pair of frequencies, the
operating frequencies shall be selected by means of manual switches at the base and portable units

(4) The frequencies for transmission shall not be selectable separately from the frequencies
for reception.

Permitted effective radiated
power

3. (1) The effective radiated power of a portable unit transmitter-

(a)when measured under normal test conditions and without modulation, shall not exceed
10 milliwatts; and

(b)when measured under extreme test conditions and without modulation, shall not be
more than 3 dB above that measured under normal test conditions.

(2) When the effective radiated power of a base unit transmitter is measured under normal
test conditions and without modulation

(a) it shall not exceed 10 milliwatts; and

(b)the maximum direct current power supplied to the output stage of the transmitter shall
not exceed 1 watt.





Security codes for outgoing
calls

4. (1) A portable unit shall be equipped with means for transmitting a coded signal in
connection with any outgoing call ('outgoing call security code') for reception and recognition
by the associated base unit.

(2) A base unit shall be equipped with means for identifying the outgoing call security code.
transmitted from the associated portable unit, and for rejecting all other codes.

(3) The outgoing call security code shall be a member of a set of sequences numbering at
least 10 000 and allocated to the base unit and the portable unit at the time of manufacture.

(4) The means of storage of the outgoing call security code sequence within the unit shall be
such that it is not possible to alter or directly identify (for the purposes of modification) the
code sequence after manufacture without permanently disabling the equipment.

Security codes for incoming
calls

5. (1) A base unit shall be equipped with means for transmitting a coded signal in connection
with any incoming call ('incoming call security code') for reception and recognition by the
associated portable unit.

(2) A portable unit shall be equipped with means for identifying the incoming call security
code transmitted from the associated base unit, and for rejecting all other codes.

(3) The incoming call security code shall be a member of a set of sequences numbering at
least 10000.

(4) The sequence used for the incoming call security code shall be identical to the sequence
used for the outgoing call security code.

(5) The apparatus shall be so designed that the incoming call security code is transmitted to
the associated portable unit whenever a ringing current is applied to the base unit, and the
portable unit generates a burst of audible ringing signal upon receiving the code from the base
unit.

Positive cleardown

6. (1) Where, in the absence of any other signal on the radio channels being used by a
portable unit and its associated base unit, the portable unit is switched from the state in which it
is used for conversation and dialling 'talk' mode') to the state in which it is receptive to
incoming calls standby mode'), or to the 'off' state (if provided), the associated base unit will
respond by reverting to the off line idle state ('cleardown') within one second.

(2) Where a portable unit other than the associated portable unit but using the same carrier
frequencies as the associated portable unit ('the interferer') is within operating range of the base
unit and is in -talk- mode, and

(a)the signal from the interferer, as received at the base unit, is lower in level than the
signal from the associated portable unit by at least 20 dB, 'cleardown' must occur
within one second of the associated portable unit being switched to the standby mode or
off state (if provided); and

(b)the signal from the interferer, as received at the base unit, is higher in level than the
signal from the associated portable unit, cleardown must occur within 30 seconds of the
associated portable unit being switched to the 'standby' mode or 'off' state (if
provided).

Battery low indication

7. (1) A portable unit shall incorporate a 'battery low' indicator for giving visible warning
that the batteries require re-charging.







(2) The indicator shall operate while the user is still able to establish a call and before the
portable unit begins to fail.

Frequency error

8. The difference between the measured carrier frequency of the transmitter and its nominal
value, under both normal test conditions and extreme test conditions, or in the case of the base
unit transmitter with any value of load impedance applied to the transmitter output, shall not
exceed 2.0 kHz.





Frequency deviation

9. (1) Between the normal level of the modulating signal of a transmitter (that is, a level
which produces a frequency deviation of 2.4 kHz for the base unit transmitter or 1.5 kHz for the
portable unit transmitter at a modulation frequency of 1 kHz) and a level 20 dB higher, the
maximum permissible frequency deviation for modulation frequencies of between 300 Hz and 3.4
kHz shall not exceed

(a) for the base unit transmitter, 4.0 kHz; and

(b) for the portable unit transmitter, 2.5 kHz.

(2) At the normal level of the modulating signal of a transmitter, as defined in subparagraph
(1), the frequency deviation

(a)for modulation frequencies of between 3.4 kHz and 7 kHz, shall not exceed the
frequency deviation at a modulation frequency of 3.4 kHz;

(b)for a modulation frequency of 7 kHz, shall not exceed 50% of the maximum
permissible frequency deviation as allowed under subparagraph (1);

(c)for modulation frequencies of above 7 kHz, shall fall at a rate equal to or greater than 3
times per octave.

Adjacent channel
power

10. The adjacent channel power shall not exceed 1 microwatt.

Spurious emission

11. (1) The strength of the electric field of the spurious emission produced by the apparatus
shall not exceed 500 microvolts per metre measured within the frequency range of 0.5 MHz-30
MHz at a distance of 3 metres from the apparatus.

(2) The effective radiated power of the spurious emission produced by the apparatus shall
not exceed 50 nanowatts within the frequency ranges of 87 MHz-137 MHz and 470 MHz-790
MHz, and 250 nanowatts outside these ranges but within the range 30 MHz-1 000 MHz.

PART 11

SPECIFICATION FOR THE PART OF CORDLESS TELEPHONE
APPARATUS FOR
CONNECTION TO THE PUBLIC SWITCHED TELEPHONE NETWORK

Interpretatio
n

12. For the purposes of this Part
means alternating current;

'basic network loop' means the 2 wires, designated W and W, connecting the apparatus to the
telephone exchange;

'break period' means, in loop disconnect signalling, the period during which the current in the
basic network loop falls to the lower of the 2 values used to represent signalling pulses;

'CCITT- means the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee established
under the International Telecommunication Convention (Buenos Aires 22 December 1952);

'dBm' means the unit for power level such that zero dBm is equal to one milliwatt;

'd.c.' means direct current;

'DTMF' means dual tone multi-frequency;







'idle state' means the condition of the apparatus when it is both offiline and not in the ringing
state;

'inter-digital pause' means the interval between successive pulse trains or tone bursts in a series
of digits;





'loop disconnect signalling' means the form of signalling where the basic network loop is
repeatedly interrupted by signalling pulses during which the current of the loop falls to a
very low value; 'make period' means, in loop disconnect signalling, the period during which
the current in the

basic network loop returns to the higher of the 2 values used to represent signalling pulses;

'network interface' means the point of interconnection between the apparatus and the
subscriber

termination of the public switched telephone network;

'off-line' means the state of the apparatus where the subscriber termination has an electrical con

figuration that enables the current in the basic network loop to be at its minimum steady
state value;

,,on-line' means the state of the apparatus where the subscriber termination has an electrical con

figuration that enables the current in the basic network loop to be at its maximum steady
state value;

'pulse train' means a series of consecutive pulse periods determining a digit signalled to the

telephone network;

'receiving loudness rating' means the receiving loudness rating defined in CCITT Recommenda

tions 1984 Volume V-Series P Recommendations P.64, P.76 and P.79;

'rms' means root mean square;

'sending loudness rating' means the sending loudness rating defined in CCITT Recommendations

1984 Volume V-Series P Recommendations P.64, P.76 and P.79;

',shunt wire' means the wire which connects to the B-wire via a 1.8 microfarads 15% 250 volts

capacitor;

-sidetone masking rating' means the sidetone masking rating defined in CCITT Recommenda

tions 1984 Volume V-Series P Recommendations P.64, P.76 and P.79;

'specification limit graphs' means the graphs numbered CT/001 to CT/008 signed by the Clerk
of

Councils and dated 15 November 1988, copies of which are deposited in the offices of the
Postmaster General at the General Post Office.

Provision of protection
barrier

13. (1) Subject to subparagraph (2), in apparatus using or generating internally a voltage
where the sum of the d.c. component and 3 times the a.c. component of that voltage exceeds
150

volts, one or more protection barriers shall be incorporated at the network
interface.

(2) Nothing in subparagraph (1) shall require the incorporation of a protection barrier in
respect of any ringing signal having a frequency of between 14 Hz and 30 Hz and a voltage

(including any d.c. component) of







(a) less than 100 volts rms with respect to earth; or

(b)less than 150 volts rms and reducing to 100 volts rms or less within 500 milliseconds
when a 2 000 ohm resistor is connected across it.

Proof test voltage for protection barrier
14. (1) Where a protection barrier is required by virtue of paragraph 13-

(a)it shall be capable of withstanding a 50 Hz proof test voltage of (1 500 2E) volts peak
a.c. (where E is the peak a.c. or d.c. voltage to he isolated) or 2 200 volts peak a.c.,
whichever is the greater, for not less than 60 seconds;

(b)the insulation resistance between the 2 points of application of the proof test voltage,
when measured at 500 volts d.c. immediately following this test, shall exceed 20
megaohms; and

(c) it shall-

(i) where d.c. voltage is to be isolated, be of the type referred to in subparagraph (2)
as a capacitor type;

(ii) in any other case be of a type specified in subparagraph (2), and shall comply
with the specifications set down in respect of that type.





(2) For the purposes of subparagraph (1), the types of protection barrier and their
specifications are--

(a) isolating transformer type, where-

(i) the step down ratio of the transformer shall be so designed that the induced
voltage on the isolated winding shall not exceed 50 volts a.c. rms when the maximum
a.c. voltage against which protection is required is applied across the non-isolated
winding; or

(ii) the transformer shall saturate at a flux value such that the induced voltage on the
isolated winding shall not exceed 75 volts a.c. rms;

(b) capacitor type, in which-

(i) where d.c. voltage is to be isolated the capacitor shall be suitable for connection
with either polarity of voltage applied to its terminals; and

(ii) the maximum energy stored by the capacitor shall not exceed 4 joules when it is
fully charged to the maximum voltage against which protection is required;

(c)fuse disconnection barrier, in which, in the case of the voltage against which protection
is required being referenced to earth, fuses or similar devices shall be connected in series
with the A-wire and B-wire, and voltage dependent de-vices shall be connected from the
A-Wire to earth and the B-wire to earth at the network interface point, or, in the case
of the voltage against which protection is required not being referenced to earth, the
fuse or similar device shall be connected in series with either the A-wire or B-wire, and
voltage dependent devices shall be connected across the A-wire and B-wire at the
network interface point, and where in either case

(i) the voltage dependent device shall be of a type that causes a short-circuit between
its terminal in the event of failure;

(ii) when the continuous power rating of the voltage dependent device is exceeded,
the fuse shall operate to isolate the protected circuit before the voltage dependent
device is damaged;

(iii) the current rating of the fuse shall not exceed 250 milliamperes;

(iv) the voltage rating of the fuse shall be not less than the maximum voltage against
which protection is required; and

(v) the fuse shall break and disconnect within 250 milliseconds when a current of 3
times the fuse rated current flows;

(d) isolating relay type, where-

(i) the voltage to be isolated shall be connected to the coil winding of the relay while
the network interface shall be connected to the contact-set of the relay; or

(ii) the voltage to be isolated shall be connected to the contact-set of the relay while
the network interface shall be connected to the coil winding of the relay; or

(iii) the voltage to be isolated and the network interface shall be connected to
separate contact-sets which are isolated from each other by a barrier of insulating
material or a metal screen connected to earth.

Electrical safety standard

15. The apparatus shall comply with the requirements of the British Standard Specification
'Safety requirements for mains-operated electronic and related apparatus for household and
similar general use' (BS415:1979), insofar as that Specification is not varied by this Part.

Independence of line
polarity







16. The requirements specified in the following paragraphs of this Part shall be met
independently of line polarity of the basic network loop.

Insulation resistance at idle
state

17. The insulation resistance of the apparatus shall exceed 5 megaohms when measured with
80 volts d.c. between the 2 terminals of the apparatus designated for connection to the basic
network loop and between either of these wires and earth.

Bleed current at idle
state

18. The apparatus shall not draw more than 30 microamperes when measured with a 50
volts d.c. source via a 1.5 kiloohm resistor,





Capacitance at idle state

19. The apparatus shall not induce a capacitance exceeding 0. 1 microfarad between the B-
wire and the shunt wire.

Voltage level at idle state

20. The apparatus shall not induce a voltage exceeding 2 millivolts peak to peak on the
basic network loop.

Incoming call detection

21. The apparatus shall be so designed that the ringing signal detection circuit is activated by
a ringing signal current of 3 milliamperes rms or greater.

On-line d.c.
characteristics

22. When plotted against the corresponding values of current the steady state voltages
measured at the 2 terminals of the apparatus designated for connection to the basic network loop

shall he not less than zero and not greater than the upper limit of the limit curve determined by
the straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in the following table and as shown in
specification limit graph No. CT/001



On-line impedance

23. When measured with a d.c. feed current of between 20 milliamperes and 110
milliamperes the impedance of the apparatus presented to the basic network loop shall be such as
to give a balance return loss of greater than 9 decibels

(a) with respect to a 600 ohm resistor, over the frequency range of 300 Hz-3 400 Hz; and

(b)with respect to an impedance reference network consisting of a parallel connection of a
620 ohm resistor and a 3 10 nanofarad capacitor in series with a 370 ohm resistor, over
the frequency range of 200 Hz-4 000 Hz.

Loop disconnect
signalling

24. Apparatus employing loop disconnect signalling shall comply with the following
requirements

(a)for transmitted digits 1 to 9, the basic network loop shall be interrupted and restored for
a number of times that equals the value of the digit sent, and for digit 0, the number of
times shall he 10;

(b)the rate of pulsing shall be not less than 9 pulses per second and not greater than 11
pulses per second;

(c)the break period shall be not less than 63% and not greater than 72% of the total pulse
period;

(d)the inter-digital pause, including one make period, shall be not less than 600
milliseconds and not greater than 920 milliseconds;

(e)the apparatus shall be capable of accepting, storing and transmitting digits also when
interruption occurs to the line-feeding current during the inter-digital pause, where the
interruption

(i) has a duration not greater than 110 milliseconds; and

(ii) starts not less than 90 milliseconds after the last make of the previous digit; and

(iii) finishes not less than 100 milliseconds prior to the first break of the following
digit;





(f)after pulsing out of the last digit held in the store the apparatus shall be capable of
accepting digit signals for a period of 500 milliseconds also when interruption occurs to
the line-feeding current, where the interruption

(i) has a duration not greater than 110 milliseconds; and

(ii) starts not less than 90 milliseconds after the last break pulse; and

(iii) finishes not more than 460 milliseconds after the last break pulse;

(g)during the pulse break period the resistance of the pulsing out loop of the apparatus shall
exceed 100 kiloohms

(h)when connected to a 48 volts d.c. supply through a series resistor of 1850 ohms the
current produced by the pulsing out loop of the apparatus shall exceed 22 milliamperes.

DTMF signalling

25. Apparatus employing DTMF signalling shall comply with the following requirements-

(a)the signal transmitted by the apparatus to the basic network loop to represent each digit
shall consist of 2, and only 2, frequencies, the nominal value of which shall be as in the
following table ('nominal frequencies')-


(b)the difference between each measured frequency and the corresponding nominal
frequency shall be not more than 1.5% of the nominal frequency;

(c)when plotted against the corresponding values of line current the signal power level of
the DTMF signal measured across a 600 ohm resistive load shall be not greater than the
upper limit and not less than the lower limit of the corresponding limit curves
determined by straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in the following table
and as shown in specification limit graph No. CT/002





(d)the level of the high frequency component of the DTMF signal shall be not less than,
nor more than 4 decibels greater than, the level of the signal's low frequency
component;

(e)the total power of all unwanted frequency components shall be not less than 20 decibels
below the lower limit for the low frequency group of the signal;

(f)the level of any individual unwanted frequency component shall not exceed the limit of
the limit curve determined by the straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in
the following table and as shown in specification limit graph No. CT/003



(g)the level of each of the frequency components shall reach to within 1 decibel of the
final value within 10 milliseconds from the time when any one button is depressed;

(h)when no button is depressed, or at any time after 10 milliseconds from the time when
any button is released, the total power level of any signal emitted from the apparatus to
the basic network loop shall not exceed 80 dBm;

(i)the inter-digital pause or any DTMF signal shall have a duration of not less than 50
milliseconds;

(j)apparatus employing an automatic DTMF dialler shall comply with the following
timing format

(i) the signal duration and inter-digital pause shall be not less than 50 milliseconds
and not greater than 200 milliseconds;

(ii) the apparatus shall be capable of sending digit signals not earlier than 1 second
and not later than 5 seconds after the telephone exchange line is seized;

(k)the peak voltage of transients generated by the apparatus during dialling or release of
any button shall not exceed 6 volts.

Sending loudness rating

26. When plotted against the corresponding values of cable length the sending loudness
rating of the apparatus shall he not greater than the upper limit and not less than the lower limit
of the limit curves determined by straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in the
following table and as shown in specification limit graph No. CT/004



Receiving loudness rating

27. When plotted against the corresponding values of cable length the receiving loudness
rating of the apparatus shall be not greater than the upper limit and not less than the lower limit
of the limit curves determined by straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in the
following table and as shown in specification limit graph No. CT/005-





Sidetone masking rating

28. When plotted against the corresponding values of cable length the sidetone masking
rating of the apparatus shall be not greater than the upper limit and not less than the lower limit
of the limit curves determined by straight lines joining the successive co-ordinates in the
following table and as shown in specification limit graph No. CT/006



Transmission power limitation

29. When plotted against corresponding values of frequency the power level of individual
spectral components of the energy transmitted by the apparatus into the basic network loop
shall not exceed the limit of the limit curve determined by straight lines joining the successive co-
ordinates in the following table and as shown in specification limit graphs No. CT/007 and
CT/008-


Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2472

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:31 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2471

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (CHINA LIGHT AND POWER
COMPANY LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM
LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106. section 39)

[19 July 1985.]

1. This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (China Light and
Power Company Limited) (Exemption from Licensing) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires

'company' means the China Light and Power Company Limited.

3. The company. subject to the conditions specified in paragraph 4, to the
extent that it establishes. uses and maintains a means of telecommunication for
the provision of circuits connected by wire or any material substance for the
purposes of control, protection and communication as part of or closely
associated with overhead or underground electricity power cables between the
control centres of the Hong Kong and Shenzhen power supply systems. are
exempted from the obligation to hold a licence under section 8(1) of the
Ordinance.

4. The company shall----

(a)establish and maintain the circuits referred to in paragraph 3 to the
satisfaction of the Authority; and

(b)not connect the circuits directly or indirectly to any public
telecommunications network.
L.N. 201/85. Citation. Interpretation. Exemption. Conditions.

Abstract

L.N. 201/85. Citation. Interpretation. Exemption. Conditions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2471

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:30 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (PUBLIC NON-EXCLUSIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE CUSTOMERS) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2470

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (PUBLIC NON-EXCLUSIVE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE CUSTOMERS) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (PUBLIC NON-EXCLUSIVE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE CUSTOMERS)
(EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106, section 39)

[6 January 1984.]

1. This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Public Non-
exclusive Telecommunications Service Customers) (Exemption from
Licensing) Order.

2. Any person to the extent that he possesses or uses any
apparatus for telecommunication, as a customer of the holder of a public
non-exclusive telecommunications service licence granted under the
Telecommunication Regulations, for the purpose of availing himself of
the service provided by the holder shall, for so long as he continues to
be such a customer, be exempted from the obligation to hold a licence
under section 8(1) of the Ordinance:

Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall exempt any person
from the obligation to hold a licence under section 8(1) of the Ordinance
where the apparatus for telecommunication is used by him for the
purpose of providing a service to the public by any means of
telecommunication.
L.N. 5/84. L.N. 81/87. Citation. Exemption. (Cap. 106, sub. leg.) L.N. 81/87.

Abstract

L.N. 5/84. L.N. 81/87. Citation. Exemption. (Cap. 106, sub. leg.) L.N. 81/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2470

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:29 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (MODE CONTROL EQUIPMENT) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2469

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (MODE CONTROL EQUIPMENT) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (MODEL CONTROL
EQUIPMENT) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106, section 39)

[2 October 1981.]

1. This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Model
Control Equipment) (Exemption from Licensing) Order.

2. In this order, unless the context otherwise requires

'BS 472T' means the British Standard Specification entitled 'Glossary
of electrotechnical power, telecommunication, electronics, lighting
and colour terms' published by the British Standards Institute of
the United Kingdom;

'meanpower' has the meaning assigned to it by BS 4727: Part 3: Group
07: 1971;

'model control equipment' means radiocommunication apparatus
designed or adapted for the purpose of controlling (other than by
means of telephony) the movement of a model vehicle. vessel or
aircraft or a model of any other type by means of the emission of
electromagnetic energy from that apparatus and the reception of
such energy by receiving apparatus in the model:

'spurious emission' has the meaning assigned to it by Article 1 of
Chapter 1 of the Radio Regulations published by the General
Secretariat of the International Telecommunications Union. edition
of 1976, as revised from time to time;

'telephony' has the meaning assigned to it by BS 4727: Part 3: Group 0
1: 197 1.

3. No person shall be required to hold a licence under section 8(1)
of the Ordinance in respect of any model control equipment so long as
the conditions set out in the Schedule are satisfied.

SCHEDULE [para. 3.]

1. The operating frequency shall be within the frequency band 26.96 MHz to
27.28MHz.

2.The operating radio frequency determining element shall be sealed so that it
cannot be adjusted.

3. The maximum mean power of the emission shall be 0.5 watt.

4.Emission shall be confined within a 20 kHz band centred on the carrier
frequency. The strength of the electric field of the spurious emissions produced
by the model control equipment shall not exceed 500 uV/m measured at a
distance of 3 metres from the model control equipment.

5.The use of the model control equipment shall not cause undue interference
with any other authorized telecommunication apparatus or system.





6.The model control equipment shall be made available for inspection, if so
required, by any person authorized for the purpose by the Authority.
7.Any person using the model control equipment shall comply with any direction
given by the Authority for the purpose of avoiding interference with any other
authorized telecommunication apparatus or system.
L.N. 300/81. Citation. Interpretation. Exemption. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 300/81. Citation. Interpretation. Exemption. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2469

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:29 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (CABLE AND WIRELESS (HONG KONG) LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2468

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (CABLE AND WIRELESS (HONG KONG) LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (CABLE AND WIRELESS
(HONG KONG) LIMITED) (EXEMPTION FROM
LICENSING) ORDER

(Cap. 106, section 39)

[1 October 1981.]

1. This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Cable
and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited) (Exemption from Licensing)
Order.

2. Any person, to the extent that he possesses or uses any
apparatus for telecommunication that is connected by wire or other
material substance to a public telecommunication service provided
by Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited in accordance with the
terms of the licence granted to it under sections 7 and 34 of the
Ordinance, is exempted from the obligation to hold a licence under
section 8(1) of the Ordinance:

Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall exempt any
person from the obligation to hold such a licence where the
apparatus for telecommunication is used by him for the purpose
of providing a service to the public by any means of telecom-
munication.
L.N. 296/81. L.N. 80/87. Citation. Exemption. L.N. 80/87.

Abstract

L.N. 296/81. L.N. 80/87. Citation. Exemption. L.N. 80/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2468

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:28 +0800
<![CDATA[TELECOMMUNICATION (HONG KONG TELEPHONE COMPANY) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) (FEES) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2467

Title

TELECOMMUNICATION (HONG KONG TELEPHONE COMPANY) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING) (FEES) ORDER

Description






TELECOMMUNICATION (HONG KONG TELEPHONE
COMPANY) (EXEMPTION FROM LICENSING)
(FEES) ORDER

(Telecommunication (Hong Kong Telephone Company)
(Exemption from Licensing) Order, paragraph 4(b))

[14 July 1989]

L.N.239,of 1989

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Telecommunication (Hong Kong Telephone
Company) (Exemption from Licensing) (Fees) Order.

2. Specification of scale of charges

The scale of charges set out in the Schedule is specified for the purposes of the
Telecommunication (Hong Kong Telephone Company) (Exemption from Licensing)
Order (Cap. 106 sub. leg.).

3. Charges by Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited

Where any DATAPAK service uses the international database access service
of Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited, nothing in this order shall be construed
as preventing the Hong Kong Telephone Company from charging, instead of the
relevant charge for that service specified in the Schedule, a sum equal to the amount
usually charged to the public by Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited for a
similar service.

SCHEDULE PART I
SCHEDULE PART I

SCHEDULE PART I

SCHEDULE PART II


SCHEDULE PART III




Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2467

Edition

1964

Volume

v8

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:07:27 +0800